Model Ta-C2/P2

Machine Code:
D194/D195/ D203/D204
M195/M196/M207/M208

Field Service Manual

November 2014
Important Safety Notices
Warnings, Cautions, Notes

In this manual, the following important symbols and notations are used.

• A Warning indicates a potentially hazardous situation. Failure to obey a Warning could result in
death or serious injury.

• A Caution indicates a potentially hazardous situation. Failure to obey a Caution could result in
minor or moderate injury or damage to the machine or other property.

• Obey these guidelines to avoid problems such as misfeeds, damage to originals, loss of valuable
data and to prevent damage to the machine

• This information provides tips and advice about how to best service the machine.

General Safety Instructions

For your safety, please read this manual carefully before you use this product. Keep this manual handy
for future reference.
Safety Information
Always obey the following safety precautions when using this product.
Safety During Operation
In this manual, the following important symbols and notations are used.

[A]: ON
[B]: OFF
[C]: Push ON/Push OFF
[D]: Standby

1
 Switches and Symbols
Where symbols are used on or near switches on machines for Europe and other areas, the meaning of
each symbol conforms with IEC60417.
IT Power Distribution
This product is also designed for an IT power distribution system with phase-to-phase voltage
220-240V.

Responsibilities of the Customer Engineer

Customer Engineer

Maintenance shall be done only by trained customer engineers who have completed service training for
the machine and all optional devices designed for use with the machine.

Reference Material for Maintenance

• Maintenance shall be done using the special tools and procedures prescribed for maintenance of
the machine described in the reference materials (service manuals, technical bulletins, operating
instructions, and safety guidelines for customer engineers).
• Use only consumable supplies and replacement parts designed for use with the machine.

Before Installation, Maintenance

Warning Label

The following figure shows the warning labels attached to this machine. Understand the symbols, and be
sure to observe the instructions of the warning labels.

Label

Description General Caution Be careful of the heat. Do not put your hand.

2
Shipping and Moving the Machine

• Work carefully when lifting or moving the machine. If the machine is heavy, two or more customer
engineers may be required to prevent injuries (muscle strains, spinal injuries, etc.) or damage to the
machine if it is dropped or tipped over.
• Personnel moving or working around the machine should always wear proper clothing and
footwear. Never wear loose fitting clothing or accessories (neckties, loose sweaters, bracelets,
etc.) or casual footwear (slippers, sandals, etc.) when lifting or moving the machine.
• Always unplug the power cord from the power source before you move the machine. Before you
move the product, arrange the power cord so it will not fall under the machine.

Power

• This machine has two power supply cord. To reduce the risk of electric, disconnect two power
supply cords before servicing or maintenance.

• Always disconnect the power plug before doing any maintenance procedure. After switching off
the machine, power is still supplied to the main machine and other devices. To prevent electrical
shock, switch the machine off, wait for a few seconds, then unplug the machine from the power
source.
• Before you do any checks or adjustments after turning the machine off, work carefully to avoid
injury. After removing covers or opening the machine to do checks or adjustments, never touch
electrical components or moving parts (gears, timing belts, etc.).
• After turning the machine on with any cover removed, keep your hands away from electrical
components and moving parts. Never touch the cover of the fusing unit, gears, timing belts, etc.

Installation, Disassembly, and Adjustments

• After installation, maintenance, or adjustment, always check the operation of the machine to make
sure that it is operating normally. This ensures that all shipping materials, protective materials, wires
and tags, metal brackets, etc., removed for installation, have been removed and that no tools
remain inside the machine. This also ensures that all release interlock switches have been restored
to normal operation.
• Never use your fingers to check moving parts causing spurious noise. Never use your fingers to
lubricate moving parts while the machine is operating.

3
 Special Tools

• Use only standard tools approved for machine maintenance.

• For special adjustments, use only the special tools and lubricants described in the service manual.
Using tools incorrectly, or using tools that could damage parts, could damage the machine or
cause injuries.

During Maintenance

General

• Before you begin a maintenance procedure: 1) Switch the machine off, 2) Disconnect the power
plug from the power source, 3) Allow the machine to cool for at least 10 minutes.
• Avoid touching the components inside the machine that are labeled as hot surfaces.

Safety Devices

• Never remove any safety device unless it requires replacement. Always replace safety devices
immediately.
• Never do any procedure that defeats the function of any safety device. Modification or removal of
a safety device (fuse, switch, etc.) could lead to a fire and personal injury. Always test the
operation of the machine to ensure that it is operating normally and safely after removal and
replacement of any safety device.
• For replacements use only the correct fuses or circuit breakers rated for use with the machine. Using
replacement devices not designed for use with the machine could lead to a fire and personal
injuries.

Organic Cleaners

• During preventive maintenance, never use any organic cleaners (alcohol, etc.) other than those
described in the service manual.
• Make sure the room is well ventilated before using any organic cleaner. Use organic solvents in
small amounts to avoid breathing the fumes and becoming nauseous.

4
 • Switch the machine off, unplug it, and allow it to cool before doing preventive maintenance. To
avoid fire or explosion, never use an organic cleaner near any part that generates heat.
• Wash your hands thoroughly after cleaning parts with an organic cleaner to prevent contamination
of food, drinks, etc. which could cause illness.
• Clean the floor completely after accidental spillage to prevent slippery surfaces that could cause
accidents leading to hand or leg injuries. Use dry rags to soak up spills.

Lithium Batteries

• Always replace a lithium battery on a PCB with the same type of battery prescribed for use on that
board. Replacing a lithium battery with any type other than the one prescribed for use on the board
could lead to an explosion or damage to the PCB.
• Never discard used batteries by mixing them with other trash. Remove them from the work site and
dispose of them in accordance with local laws and regulations regarding the disposal of such
items.

Ozone Filters

• Always replace ozone filters as soon as their service life expires (as described in the service
manual).
• An excessive amount of ozone can build up around machines that use ozone filters if they are not
replaced at the prescribed time. Excessive ozone could cause personnel working around the
machine to feel unwell.
• To avoid possible accumulation of ozone in the work area, locate the machine in a large well
ventilated room that has an air turnover rate of more than 50 m3/hr/person.

Power Plug and Power Cord

• Before servicing the machine (especially when responding to a service call), always make sure that
the power plug has been inserted completely into the power source. A partially inserted plug could
lead to heat generation (due to a power surge caused by high resistance) and cause a fire or other
problems.
• Always check the power plug and make sure that it is free of dust and lint. Clean it if necessary. A
dirty plug can generate heat which could cause a fire.

5
 • Inspect the length of the power cord for cuts or other damage. Replace the power cord if
necessary. A frayed or otherwise damaged power cord can cause a short circuit which could lead
to a fire or personal injury from electrical shock.
• Check the length of the power cord between the machine and power supply. Make sure the power
cord is not coiled or wrapped around any object such as a table leg. Coiling the power cord can
cause excessive heat to build up and could cause a fire.
• Make sure that the area around the power source is free of obstacles so the power cord can be
removed quickly in case of an emergency.
• Make sure that the power cord is grounded (earthed) at the power source with the ground wire on
the plug.
• Connect the power cord directly into the power source. Never use an extension cord.
• When you disconnect the power plug from the power source, always pull on the plug, not the
cable.

After Installation, Servicing

Disposal of Used Items

• Never incinerate used toner or toner cartridges.

• Toner or toner cartridges thrown into a fire can ignite or explode and cause serious injury. At the
work site always carefully wrap used toner and toner cartridges with plastic bags to avoid spillage
before disposal or removal.

• Always dispose of used items (developer, toner, toner cartridges, OPC drums, etc.) in accordance
with the local laws and regulations regarding the disposal of such items.
• To protect the environment, never dispose of this product or any kind of waste from consumables at
a household waste collection point. Dispose of these items at one of our dealers or at an
authorized collection site.
• Return used drums to the service center for handling in accordance with company policy regarding
the recycling or disposal of such items.

• The development unit cooling system circulates propylene glycol from a sealed tank through hoses
that pass behind cooling plates on the sides of each development unit.
• The coolant tank is located at the bottom of the cooling box on the back of the main machine.

6
 • Always obey local laws and regulations if you need to dispose of a tank or the propylene glycol
coolant.
• The tank must never be emptied directly into a local drainage system, river, pond, or lake.
• Contact a professional industrial waste disposal organization and ask them to dispose of the tank.

Points to Confirm with Operators

At the end of installation or a service call, instruct the user about use of the machine. Emphasize the
following points.
• Show operators how to remove jammed paper and troubleshoot other minor problems by
following the procedures described in the operating instructions.
• Point out the parts inside the machine that they should never touch or attempt to remove.
• Confirm that operators know how to store and dispose of consumables.
• Make sure that all operators have access to an operating instruction manual for the machine.
• Confirm that operators have read and understand all the safety instructions described in the
operating instructions.
• Demonstrate how to turn off the power and disconnect the power plug (by pulling the plug, not the
cord) if any of the following events occur: 1) something has spilled into the product, 2) service or
repair of the product is necessary, 3) the product cover has been damaged.
• Caution operators about removing paper fasteners around the machine. They should never allow
paper clips, staples, or any other small metallic objects to fall into the machine.

Special Safety Instructions for Toner

Accidental Physical Exposure

• Work carefully when removing paper jams or replacing toner bottles or cartridges to avoid spilling
toner on clothing or the hands.
• If toner is inhaled, immediately gargle with large amounts of cold water and move to a well
ventilated location. If there are signs of irritation or other problems, seek medical attention.
• If toner gets on the skin, wash immediately with soap and cold running water.
• If toner gets into the eyes, flush the eyes with cold running water or eye wash. If there are signs of
irritation or other problems, seek medical attention.
• If toner is swallowed, drink a large amount of cold water to dilute the ingested toner. If there are
signs of any problem, seek medical attention.

7
 • If toner spills on clothing, wash the affected area immediately with soap and cold water. Never use
hot water! Hot water can cause toner to set and permanently stain fabric.

Handling and Storing Toner

• Toner, used toner, and developer are extremely flammable.

• Never store toner, developer, toner cartridges, or toner bottles (including empty toner bottles or
cartridges) in a location where they will be exposed to high temperature or an open flame.

• Always store toner and developer supplies such as toner and developer packages, cartridges, and
bottles (including used toner and empty bottles and cartridges) out of the reach of children.
• Always store fresh toner supplies or empty bottles or cartridges in a cool, dry location that is not
exposed to direct sunlight.

Toner Disposal

• Never attempt to incinerate toner, used toner, or empty toner containers (bottles or cartridges).
Burning toner can explode and scatter, causing serious burns.
• Always wrap used toner and empty toner bottles and cartridges in plastic bags to avoid spillage.
Follow the local laws and regulations regarding the disposal of such items.
• Dispose of used toner and toner cartridges at one of our dealers or at an authorized collection site.
Always dispose of used toner cartridges and toner bottles in accordance with the local laws and
regulations regarding the disposal of such items.

Safety Instructions for the Machine

Prevention of Physical Injury

1. Before disassembling or assembling parts of the machine and peripherals, make sure that the
machine and peripheral power cords are unplugged.
2. The plug should be near the machine and easily accessible.
3. Note that some components of the machine and the paper tray unit are supplied with electrical
voltage even if the main power switch is turned off.
4. If any adjustment or operation check has to be made with exterior covers off or open while the
main switch is turned on, keep hands away from electrified or mechanically driven components.

8
 5. If the [Start] key is pressed before the machine completes the warm-up period (the [Start] key starts
blinking red and green), keep hands away from the mechanical and the electrical components,
because the machine starts making copies as soon as the warm-up period is completed.
6. The inside and the metal parts of the fusing unit become extremely hot while the machine is
operating. Be careful to avoid touching those components with your bare hands.

• To avoid the danger of fire or explosion, keep the machine away from flammable liquids, gases,
and aerosols.

Health Safety Conditions

1. Never operate the machine without the ozone filters installed.

2. Always replace the ozone filters with the specified types at the proper intervals.
3. To avoid possible accumulation of ozone in the work area, locate the machine in a large well
ventilated room that has an air turnover rate of more than 30m3/hr/person.
4. Toner and developer are non-toxic, but if you get either of them in your eyes by accident, it may
cause temporary eye discomfort. Try to remove with eye drops or flush with water as first aid. If
unsuccessful, get medical attention.

Observance of Electrical Safety Standards

1. The machine and its peripherals must be installed and maintained by a customer service
representative who has completed the training course on those models.
2. The NVRAM on the system control board has a lithium battery which can explode if replaced
incorrectly. Replace the NVRAM only with an identical one. The manufacturer recommends
replacing the entire NVRAM. Do not recharge or burn this battery. Used NVRAM must be handled
in accordance with local regulations.

Safety and Ecological Notes for Disposal

1. Never incinerate toner bottles or used toner. Toner dust may ignite suddenly when exposed to an
open flame.
2. Dispose of used toner, developer, and organic photoconductors in accordance with local
regulations. (These are non-toxic supplies.)
3. Dispose of replaced parts in accordance with local regulations.
4. When keeping used lithium batteries in order to dispose of them later, do not put more than 100
batteries per sealed box. Storing larger numbers or not sealing them apart may lead to chemical
reactions and heat build-up.

9
 • The danger of explosion exists if a battery of this type is incorrectly replaced.
• Replace only with the same or an equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Discard used
batteries in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

Laser Safety

1. The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) prohibits the repair of laser-based optical
units in the field.
2. The optical housing unit can only be repaired in a factory or at a location with the requisite
equipment.
3. The laser subsystem is replaceable in the field by a qualified Customer Engineer.
4. The laser chassis is not repairable in the field.
5. Customer engineers are therefore directed to return all chassis and laser subsystems to the factory
or service depot when replacement of the optical subsystem is required.

• Use of controls, or adjustment, or performance of procedures other than those specified in this
manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
• Turn off the main switch before attempting any of the procedures in the Laser Unit section. Laser
beams can seriously damage your eyes.

Safety Instructions for the Fiery Controller

Fuse

• The Fiery controller uses a double pole fuse. If this fuse blows, be sure to replace it with an identical
fuse.

10
Batteries

• Always replace a battery with the same type of battery prescribed for use with the Fiery controller
unit. Replacing a battery with any type other than the one prescribed for use could cause an
explosion.
• Never discard used batteries by mixing them with other batteries or other refuse.
• Always remove used batteries from the work site and dispose of them in accordance with local
laws and regulations regarding the disposal of such items.

11
 New Features
Main Machines

Model Numbers and Names

The "Production No." numbers in the 1st column of the table below are used exclusively in the manuals
to refer to different machines. The name in the 2nd column is not used in the service manuals.

Production No. Model Name Remarks

D194 Pro C7100S Copier model/ 80ppm/ 4 stations

D195 Pro C7110S Copier model/ 90ppm/ 4 stations

D203 Pro C7100SX Copier model/ 80ppm/ 5 stations

D204 Pro C7110SX Copier model/ 90ppm/ 5 stations

M195 Pro C7100 Printer model/ 80ppm/ 4 stations

M196 Pro C7110 Printer model/ 90ppm/ 4 stations

M207 Pro C7100X Printer model/ 80ppm/ 5 stations

M208 Pro C7110X Printer model/ 90ppm/ 5 stations

Base Machine

D194/D195/D203/D204

12
 No. Copier D194 (80ppm, 4 stations)/ D195 (90 ppm,4 stations)
D203 (80ppm, 5 stations)/ D204 (90ppm, 5 stations)

(1) ADF

(2) Touch-panel operation with LCD (SVGA)

(3) Attention light (standard)

1st Tray, tandem tray, fixed size A4 (or LT)

(4)
1000 + 1000 sheets (80 g/m2)

(5) 2nd Tray, universal cassette, 500 sheets (80 g/m2)

M195/M196/M207/M208

No. Printer M195 (80ppm, 4 stations)/ M196 (90 ppm,4 stations)

M207 (80ppm, 5 stations)/ M208 (90ppm, 5 stations)

(1) Touch-panel operation with LCD (SVGA)

(2) Attention light (standard)

1st Tray, tandem tray, fixed size A4 (or LT)

(3)
1000 + 1000 sheets (80 g/m2)

13
 No. Printer M195 (80ppm, 4 stations)/ M196 (90 ppm,4 stations)
M207 (80ppm, 5 stations)/ M208 (90ppm, 5 stations)

(4) 2nd Tray, universal cassette, 500 sheets (80 g/m2)

Base Configuration

When Installing the LCIT RT 5090

No. Paper Source Paper Capacity Total

(1) Main 1st Tray 1,000 + 1,000 2,000

(2) Main 2nd Tray 500 500

(3) LCIT 1st Tray 1,000 1,000

(4) LCIT 2nd Tray 2,000 2,000

(5) LCIT 3rd Tray 1,000 1,000

(6) Bypass Tray 500 500

Total (80g/m2) 7,000

• Only one LCIT is available

• Two finisher models are available: The Booklet Finisher SR5060 which performs corner stapling
and booklet stapling, and the Finisher SR5050 which performs corner stapling only.
• The finisher (7) in the illustration above is the Booklet Finisher SR5060.

14
When Installing the Vacuum Feed LCIT RT 5100

No. Paper Source Paper Capacity Total

(1) Main 1st Tray 1,000 + 1,000 2,000

(2) Main 2nd Tray 500 500

(3) 1st Vacuum Feed LCIT 1st Tray 2,200 2,200

(4) 1st Vacuum Feed LCIT 2nd Tray 2,200 2,200

(5) 2nd Vacuum Feed LCIT 1st Tray 2,200 2,200

(6) 2nd Vacuum Feed LCIT 2nd Tray 2,200 2,200

(7) 3rd Vacuum Feed LCIT 1st Tray 2,200 2,200

(8) 3rd Vacuum Feed LCIT 2nd Tray 2,200 2,200

(9) Bypass Tray 500 500

Total (80g/m2) 16,200

• Three Vacuum Feed LCITs are available.

• Two finisher models are available: The Booklet Finisher SR5060 which performs corner stapling
and booklet stapling, and the Finisher SR5050 which performs corner stapling only.
• The finisher (10) in the illustration above is the Booklet Finisher SR5060.

15
 Full System

No. Unit

1 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777) *1

2 Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (D777)*2*3

3 Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778) *2

4 Main machine

5 Buffer Pass Unit Type S3 (D795)

6 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736) *4

7 Cover Interposer Tray CI5030 (D738)

8 Multi-Folding Unit FD5020 (D740) *5

9 High Capacity Stacker SK5030 (D776) *6

10 Booklet Finisher SR5060 (D734) *7

11 Trimmer Unit TR5040 (D520) *8

12 LCIT RT 5090 (D732) *3

16
 No. Unit

13 Ring Binder RB5020 (D737) *4

14 Finisher SR5050 (D735) *7

15 Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 (D517) *9

16 Multi Bypass Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D517) *10

17 Decurl Unit DU5040 (D3A4) *11

18 A3/11"x17" Tray Unit TK5010 (B331) *12

19 RPIP Interface Box Type S3 (M462) *13

*1 The Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (1) is installed on only the Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (2).
*2 Three Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (2) can be installed in the line by installing Bridge Unit BU5010 [3]
between them.
*3 Either the Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (2) or the LCIT RT 5090 (12) can be installed, but these units cannot be
installed together in the same line.
*4 Either the Perfect Binder GB5010 (6) or the Ring Binder RB5020 (13) can be installed, but these units cannot
be installed together in the same line.
*5 If the Multi Folding Unit FD5020 (8) is installed, the Booklet Finisher SR5060 (10) or Finisher SR5050 (14)
must be installed as the last unit downstream.
*6 If the Perfect Binder GB5010 (6) and Multi-Folding Unit FD5020 (8) and Ring Binder RB5020 (13) are not
installed, two High Capacity Stacker SK5030 (9) can be installed in the line.
*7 Either the Booklet Finisher SR5060 (10) or the Finisher SR5050 (14) can be installed, but these units cannot
be installed together in the same line.
*8 The Trimmer Unit TR5040 (11) can be attached only to the Booklet Finisher SR5060 (10) not the Finisher
SR5050 (14).
*9 The Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 (15) is installed on the LCIT RT 5090 (12) or Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (2).
If the Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 is installed on the Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100, the Multi Bypass Tray
Connection Kit must be installed.
*10 The Multi Bypass Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (16) is installed on only the Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 (15).
*11 The Decurl Unit DU5040 (17) is installed inside the left side of the main machine.
*12 The A3/11"x17" Tray Unit TK5010 (18) is installed inside the front side of the main machine.
*13 The RPIP Interface Box Type S3 (19) is required for the peripherals of 3rd party vendors.

• The two tone color scheme, dark and light gray, with rounded corners and soft lines are distinctive
features of these machines.
• Most screws are recessed or hidden with easily removed plastic covers to enhance the overall
smooth appearance of the main machine and peripheral units.

17
 New Features

New Technology
Operation Panel
• 10.4inch SVGA
GW Controller
• PP user interface
• IMSS enhance
DFE
• EFI Pro 80 & QX
• 5th station
Engine
• 90ppm, Life: 14,400K
• Reducing of banding by changing drive coupling for development unit
Scanner
• LED Lighting Scanner
5th Station
• Color: Clear and White
• Customer Replaceable
Drum
• USR Drum
Toner/Developer
• SPR-F Toner Japan Color Cover Ratio 97%
• HS Carrier

18
Product Control
• DEMS Reduce Banding
• Change amount of toner used depending on Media
Paper Transfer
• Skew adjustment is easier for field technician
Image Transfer
• 5 station mode (Only the 5th station operate)
2nd Image Transfer
• AC Transfer for texture media
• Increased Life for 2nd Image Transfer Roller
PCU
• Increase life for charger roller
• End alert for Lubricant
Developer
• Better color consistency
Toner
• Clear and White Toner
• 5th station (TCRU easy replace)
Fuser
• Elastic fuser belt For textured paper
• Refresh Roller For paper Edge
• Envelope
Waste Toner
• Bigger waste toner bottle decrease CPP(70K->136K)

New Toner

Newly Developed Chemical Toner

• 10% larger color gamut (especially Cyan is expanded)
• Lower toner pile height
• Lower energy consumption by lowering melting point

19
 AC Transfer for Textured Media

This technology enables to promote better toner transfer to textured media, by generating better
adherence ability between toner and ITB.

[A]: ITB
[B]: Textured Media

Toner is partially transferred to the media.

Toner will be flicked to ITB and Increase adherence ability of other toner.

20
More toner can be transferred to the media.

Output Comparison

[A]: DC Transfer
[B]: AC Transfer Better Transfer

New Elastic Fuser Belt

Current Fuser Belt
The elastic layer is thin, and the toner cannot reach on the bottom of textured media.
New Elastic Fuser Belt
New belt supports thicker elastic layer, and it enables to reach the toner on the bottom of the
textured media, and better fusing by providing stable pressure and heat on media surface.

21
 Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller
Purpose
In order to improve scratch mark issues, we plan to apply fuser belt smoothing roller.
Effect
When feeding paper with rough edges, it may damage surface of the fuser belt which would
causes scratch marks on the following prints.
Fuser belt smoothing roller gives press/rub against the belt surface to smoothen the rough part
caused by the paper edges. This reduces the scratch marks.

DEMS (Development Electric-field Modulation System)

Development roller and drum rotation may cause periodical axial vibration which would cause image
density unevenness.
New DEMS system detects such periodical axial vibration and automatically adjusts development and
charge bias to stabilize image density unevenness.

Modified Couplings

The Coupling that moves the Augers inside the development unit has been modified so that there is some
play in the coupling. This will prevent the Augers from wobbling and maintain the same gap in between
the Developer Unit and Drum. In result this will prevent banding.

22
 Prevention of Paper Scratch

Locations where countermeasures are made

• Entrance where paper enters from LCT PTFE Tape is placed on Guide Plate.
• Edges of Guide Plates on Registration Unit Teflon tape are placed.
• Entrance Guide Plate at Paper Transfer Image Unit PTFE Tape is placed on Guide Plate.
RTB 116 • Exit Guide Plate Rollers are added.

23
 Shock Jitter Canceller

The amount of space in between the Paper Transfer Unit Rollers will be adjusted according to the paper
weight.

Predecessor Product has a shock jitter canceller which will adjust the space in between the Paper
Transfer Unit Rollers. However, the amount of space was the same for all paper weight. For This
machine, the amount of space will be adjusted per paper weight, so that detail adjustment could be
made.

24
Symbols, Abbreviations and Trademarks
Conventions

These manuals cover eight machines: D194, D195, D203, D204 and M195, M196, M207, M208.
• The D194, D195, D203, D204 are the copier versions. They have the ADF and scanner unit.
• The M195, M196, M207, M208 are the printer versions. They have neither ADF nor scanner unit.

Symbols Used in Text

Symbol What it means

Binding screw (shoulder hexagonal head)

Binding screw (round flathead)

Black screw (heavy, fusing unit, TCRU)

Bushing

C-ring

Connector

E-ring

FFC (Flat Film Connector)

Gear

Harness clamp

Harness clamp (metal: fusing unit)

Hook (or tab release)

Knob screw (black)

Knob screw (sliver)

Pivot screw

Screw (common screw)

Shoulder screw

25
 Symbol What it means

Spring

Standoff

Stud screw

Tapping screw (for plastic)

Timing belt

The notations "SEF" and "LEF" describe the direction of paper feed. The arrows indicate the direction of
paper feed.

[A]: SEF (Short Edge Feed)

[B]: LEF (Long Edge Feed)

In this manual "Main Scan" means "Horizontal" and "Sub Scan" means "Vertical", both relative to the
direction of paper feed.

[A]: Main Scan

[B]: Sub Scan

26
Commonly Used Terms and Abbreviations

Here is a list of commonly used terms and abbreviations that are used throughout the Field Service
Manual and Appendices.

Terms Meaning

(ccw) Counter-clockwise rotation of a drum, roller, gear, etc.

(cw) Clockwise rotation of a drum, roller, gear, etc.

BW Black and white (monochrome) copying or printing

Bank Paper Bank (1st, 2nd Tray of the main machine)

CIT Cover Interposer Tray (D738) (option)

FC Full Color copying or printing

FIN Finisher (D734/D735) (option)

HCS High Capacity Stacker (D776) (option)

ITB Image Transfer Belt

JG Junction Gate

LCIT Large Capacity Input Tray

LD Laser Diode (Laser Unit)

LDB Laser Diode Board (Laser Unit)

LE Leading Edge

LSDB Laser Synchronization Detection Board (Laser Unit)

MFU Multi Folding Unit (D740) (option)

MUSIC Mirror Unit Skew Interval Correction

PCDU Photoconductor Development Unit

PFU Paper Feed Unit (for Tray 1 and Tray 2: Pickup and feed rollers, sensors, solenoids)

PTB Paper Transport Belt

PTR Paper Transfer Roller

PTU Paper Transfer Unit

27
 Terms Meaning

RB Ring Binder (D737) (option)

TCRU Trained Customer Replacement Units

TE Trailing Edge

Toner Mark sensors, the three sensors of the ITB sensor array. They detect MUSIC
TM patterns on the ITB. In this manual, these are the ID/MUSIC sensors, but you may see
"TM" in the SP mode.

"Toner Mark/Photo"-sensor. The “P” refers to the center sensor of the ITB sensor array. In
TM/P this manual, "ID/MUSIC sensors" is used. However, you may see "TM/P" in the SP
mode.

TRM Trimmer Unit (D520) (option)

VTU Vertical Transport Unit (paper feed between paper banks and right drawer)

YCMK Yellow, Cyan, Magenta, Black

S Special color for 5th Station

Trademarks

• PCL® is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.

• Ethernet® is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
• PowerPC® is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
• Fiery is a registered trademark of Electronics for Imaging (EFI), Inc.
• Adobe, Acrobat, PageMaker, PostScript, PostScript 3, and Reader are either registered
trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other
countries.
• Firefox and Thunderbird are registered trademarks of the Mozilla Foundation.
• Firefox is a registered trademark of the Mozilla Foundation.
• JAWS® is a registered trademark of Freedom Scientific, Inc., St. Petersburg, Florida and/or other
countries.
• Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds.
• Macintosh, Mac OS, Bonjour, Safari, and TrueType are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the
U.S. and other countries.

28
• Microsoft, Windows, Windows Server, Windows Vista, Internet Explorer, and Outlook are either
registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corp. in the United States and/or other
countries.
• Microsoft, Windows, Windows Server, Windows Vista, and Internet Explorer are either registered
trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corp. in the United States and/or other countries.
• NetWare is a registered trademark of Novell, Inc. in the United States and other countries.
• IPX, IPX/SPX, and NCP are trademarks of Novell, Inc.
• IPX and IPX/SPX are trademarks of Novell, Inc.
• "Red Hat" is a registered trademark of Red Hat, Inc.
• The SD and SD logo are trademarks of SD-3C, LLC.
• UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group.
• UPnP is a trademark of UPnP Implementers Corporation.
• This product includes RSA BSAFE® Cryptographic software of EMC Corporation. RSA and BSAFE
are registered trademarks or trademarks of EMC Corporation in the United States and other
countries.

• The proper names of Internet Explorer 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11 are as follows:

• Microsoft® Internet Explorer® 6
• Windows® Internet Explorer® 7
• Windows® Internet Explorer® 8
• Windows® Internet Explorer® 9
• Internet Explorer® 10
• Internet Explorer® 11
• The proper names of the Windows operating systems are as follows:
• The product names of Windows Vista are as follows:
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Ultimate
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Business
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Home Premium
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Home Basic
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Enterprise
• The product names of Windows 7 are as follows:
Microsoft® Windows® 7 Home Premium

29
 Microsoft® Windows® 7 Professional
Microsoft® Windows® 7 Ultimate
Microsoft® Windows® 7 Enterprise
• The product names of Windows 8 are as follows:
Microsoft® Windows® 8
Microsoft® Windows® 8 Pro
Microsoft® Windows® 8 Enterprise
• The product names of Windows 8.1 are as follows:
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 Pro
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 Enterprise
• The product names of Windows Server 2003 are as follows:
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2003 Standard Edition
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2003 Enterprise Edition
• The product names of Windows Server 2003 R2 are as follows:
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2003 R2 Standard Edition
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2003 R2 Enterprise Edition
• The product names of Windows Server 2008 are as follows:
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 Standard
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 Enterprise
• The product names of Windows Server 2008 R2 are as follows:
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 R2 Standard
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 R2 Enterprise
• The product names of Windows Server 2012 are as follows:
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 Foundation
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 Essentials
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 Standard
• The product names of Windows Server 2012 R2 are as follows:
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 R2 Foundation
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 R2 Essentials
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 R2 Standard
• Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and might be trademarks of
their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights to those marks.
• Microsoft product screen shots reprinted with permission from Microsoft Corporation.

30
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Important Safety Notices................................................................................................................................... 1
Warnings, Cautions, Notes...........................................................................................................................1
General Safety Instructions............................................................................................................................1
Responsibilities of the Customer Engineer.................................................................................................... 2
Customer Engineer................................................................................................................................ 2
Reference Material for Maintenance...................................................................................................2
Before Installation, Maintenance..................................................................................................................2
Warning Label....................................................................................................................................... 2
Shipping and Moving the Machine..................................................................................................... 3
Power......................................................................................................................................................3
Installation, Disassembly, and Adjustments......................................................................................... 3
Special Tools..........................................................................................................................................4
During Maintenance...................................................................................................................................... 4
General.................................................................................................................................................. 4
Safety Devices........................................................................................................................................4
Organic Cleaners.................................................................................................................................. 4
Lithium Batteries......................................................................................................................................5
Ozone Filters..........................................................................................................................................5
Power Plug and Power Cord................................................................................................................ 5
After Installation, Servicing............................................................................................................................6
Disposal of Used Items.......................................................................................................................... 6
Points to Confirm with Operators......................................................................................................... 7
Special Safety Instructions for Toner.............................................................................................................7
Accidental Physical Exposure............................................................................................................... 7
Handling and Storing Toner................................................................................................................. 8
Toner Disposal....................................................................................................................................... 8
Safety Instructions for the Machine...............................................................................................................8
Prevention of Physical Injury................................................................................................................. 8
Health Safety Conditions...................................................................................................................... 9
Observance of Electrical Safety Standards.........................................................................................9
Safety and Ecological Notes for Disposal...........................................................................................9
Laser Safety......................................................................................................................................... 10
Safety Instructions for the Fiery Controller................................................................................................. 10

31
 Fuse...................................................................................................................................................... 10
Batteries................................................................................................................................................11
New Features................................................................................................................................................... 12
Main Machines............................................................................................................................................12
Model Numbers and Names.............................................................................................................12
Base Machine......................................................................................................................................12
Base Configuration............................................................................................................................. 14
Full System.................................................................................................................................................... 16
New Features............................................................................................................................................... 18
New Technology.................................................................................................................................18
New Toner...........................................................................................................................................19
AC Transfer for Textured Media........................................................................................................ 20
New Elastic Fuser Belt.........................................................................................................................21
Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller................................................................................................................22
DEMS (Development Electric-field Modulation System)................................................................. 22
Modified Couplings............................................................................................................................ 22
Prevention of Paper Scratch............................................................................................................... 23
Shock Jitter Canceller..........................................................................................................................24
Symbols, Abbreviations and Trademarks ..................................................................................................... 25
Conventions..................................................................................................................................................25
Commonly Used Terms and Abbreviations............................................................................................... 27
Trademarks...................................................................................................................................................28
1. Product Information
Product Overview.............................................................................................................................................63
Component Layout.......................................................................................................................................63
Paper Paths...................................................................................................................................................65
Main Unit............................................................................................................................................. 65
Main Unit + Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (2 connections)............................................................... 66
Drive Layout..................................................................................................................................................66
Specifications....................................................................................................................................................71
Machine Codes and Peripherals Configuration............................................................................................72
System Configuration and Options............................................................................................................ 72
Internal Options........................................................................................................................................... 75

32
 EFI Options................................................................................................................................................... 75
EFI.........................................................................................................................................................75
EFI Options.......................................................................................................................................... 75
TCRU Options.............................................................................................................................................. 76
Consumables................................................................................................................................................77
2. Installation
Installation Requirements................................................................................................................................. 79
Operating Environment............................................................................................................................... 79
Power Requirements.................................................................................................................................... 80
Input voltage level...............................................................................................................................81
Breaker Switch.....................................................................................................................................81
Machine Level.............................................................................................................................................. 82
Space Requirements.................................................................................................................................... 82
Space Around the Main Machine.....................................................................................................83
Total Space Required......................................................................................................................... 84
Main Machine Installation...............................................................................................................................86
Installation Flow........................................................................................................................................... 86
Accessories...................................................................................................................................................87
Installation: Power Off................................................................................................................................. 90
Rating Voltages for Connection Points.............................................................................................. 91
Unpack.................................................................................................................................................92
Attach Fusing Roller Knob Holder......................................................................................................93
Operation Panel Installation...............................................................................................................95
Install Operation Panel: Standard Installation.................................................................................. 96
Operation Panel: Easy Access Installation..................................................................................... 105
Power Cord....................................................................................................................................... 121
Attention Light....................................................................................................................................122
Media Identification Unit................................................................................................................. 123
Level the Main Machine...................................................................................................................124
Attach Decals.................................................................................................................................... 124
Test Breaker Switch...........................................................................................................................126
Install Toner Bottles........................................................................................................................... 127
Installation: Power On...............................................................................................................................130

33
 Important Notice on Security Issues................................................................................................130
Connect Main Machine to Power Source and Power On............................................................ 131
Password Setting...............................................................................................................................131
Filling Developer and Initialization for 5th Station Model............................................................ 132
Initialize Process Control.................................................................................................................. 137
GW Printer Controller Settings................................................................................................................. 137
SP Settings......................................................................................................................................... 137
Removing the Gigabit Ethernet Board............................................................................................ 138
Fiery Controller (E-43A/ E-48A) Connection and Setup......................................................................142
Connect EFI Box to Main Machine................................................................................................. 142
Connect the EFI Box Power Cord....................................................................................................144
Connect the Fiery Power Link USB Cable (NA only).....................................................................144
Power On with Fiery Controller (When the Fiery Power Link USB Cable is Not Connected)....145
Power On with Fiery Controller (When the Fiery Power Link USB Cable is Connected)........... 146
Installing the Specialty Color Support on Fiery Controller............................................................146
Fiery Controller Setup............................................................................................................................... 150
Fiery Controller Selection.................................................................................................................150
Fiery Language Selection.................................................................................................................151
Fiery Controller Settings................................................................................................................... 151
Paper Trays................................................................................................................................................ 154
Loading the Paper Trays...................................................................................................................154
Tray Paper Settings...........................................................................................................................155
Tray Heaters.............................................................................................................................................. 155
Paper Library Data Installation.................................................................................................................157
Printing the SMC Report............................................................................................................................158
How to download SMC data from the machine to the SD card.................................................. 158
Test Color Print (D194/D195/D203/D204).......................................................................................160
ACC Adjustment (D194/D195/D203/D204).................................................................................... 160
Checking the Print Quality........................................................................................................................ 163
Color Image Check.......................................................................................................................... 163
Color Registration Check................................................................................................................. 164
Ruled Line Check.............................................................................................................................. 165
Image Position Check.......................................................................................................................168

34
 FR Density Adjustment...................................................................................................................... 174
Check the Image Quality with 75% Chart......................................................................................177
TCRU Setting..............................................................................................................................................177
Moving the Machine.................................................................................................................................178
Removing the Rear Boxes................................................................................................................ 179
Switching the System On/Off.................................................................................................................. 191
AC Power and Main Power Switch.................................................................................................191
Power On with Fiery Controller....................................................................................................... 192
Turning the System Off..................................................................................................................... 193
GW Printer Controller Options.....................................................................................................................194
OCR Unit Type M2 (D166) (For Only Copier Model)..........................................................................194
Accessories........................................................................................................................................194
Details About Searchable PDF........................................................................................................ 194
Installation Procedure.......................................................................................................................195
Restoration Procedure...................................................................................................................... 197
SD card for NetWare printing Type S3 (D3A8).................................................................................... 198
Accessories........................................................................................................................................198
Installation Procedure.......................................................................................................................198
PostScript3 Unit Type S3 (D3A8)............................................................................................................ 200
Accessories........................................................................................................................................200
Installation Procedure.......................................................................................................................200
SD Card Appli Move................................................................................................................................ 202
Overview...........................................................................................................................................202
Move Exec........................................................................................................................................ 202
Undo Exec.........................................................................................................................................203
5th Station Replacement Kit Type S3 (D880)............................................................................................. 205
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 205
Installation.................................................................................................................................................. 206
Filling Developer and Initialization..................................................................................................217
Power On with Fiery Controller....................................................................................................... 221
RPIP Interface Box Type S3 (M462)............................................................................................................222
Overview....................................................................................................................................................222
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 224

35
 Installation.................................................................................................................................................. 224
Setting.........................................................................................................................................................227
Preparation........................................................................................................................................227
Parameter Setting Tool..................................................................................................................... 228
Decurler Unit DU5040 (D3A4)....................................................................................................................232
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 232
Installation.................................................................................................................................................. 233
Installing the Guide Plate................................................................................................................. 241
SP Settings......................................................................................................................................... 243
Docking............................................................................................................................................. 243
Curl Correction.......................................................................................................................................... 246
SP Mode Adjustments.......................................................................................................................246
Tray Heaters......................................................................................................................................248
Scanner Heater (Service Option).................................................................................................................249
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 249
Installation.................................................................................................................................................. 249
Service Slot Board (Service Option)............................................................................................................ 252
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 252
Installation.................................................................................................................................................. 253
LCIT RT 5090 (D732)................................................................................................................................... 258
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 258
Installation.................................................................................................................................................. 259
Tapes, Retainers................................................................................................................................259
Covers................................................................................................................................................260
Ground Plate.....................................................................................................................................266
Docking to Main Machine...............................................................................................................267
Height Adjustment.............................................................................................................................272
Tray Heaters (service option)................................................................................................................... 273
Accessories........................................................................................................................................273
Installation......................................................................................................................................... 274
Moving the LCIT........................................................................................................................................ 278
A3/11"x17" Tray Unit TK5010 (B331).....................................................................................................281
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 281

36
 Installation.................................................................................................................................................. 281
Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (D777)............................................................................................................ 287
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 287
Installation.................................................................................................................................................. 289
Disconnecting the Vacuum Feed LCIT from the Main Machine....................................................296
Tray Heater (Option)................................................................................................................................ 297
Vacuum Feed LCIT Tray Heater (D777)......................................................................................................298
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 298
Installation.................................................................................................................................................. 298
Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778)........................................................................................................................303
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 303
Installation.................................................................................................................................................. 306
Horizontal Transport Unit.................................................................................................................306
Docking: Downstream...................................................................................................................... 328
Docking: Upstream........................................................................................................................... 334
Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777).................................................................................... 337
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 337
Installation.................................................................................................................................................. 339
Attaching the Sponge Strip.............................................................................................................. 366
Attaching the Side Fences and End Fences.................................................................................... 368
Attaching the Extension Tray to the Finisher................................................................................... 370
SP Setting...........................................................................................................................................371
Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 (D517).............................................................................................................373
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 373
Installation (On the Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100)................................................................................... 374
Installation (On the LCIT RT5090)........................................................................................................... 374
Before You Begin..............................................................................................................................375
If the LCIT Has Already Been Installed............................................................................................375
Unpacking......................................................................................................................................... 376
Flat Cover.......................................................................................................................................... 376
Mounting and Connecting the Multi Bypass Tray..........................................................................378
Bypass Covers...................................................................................................................................383
LCIT Covers....................................................................................................................................... 384

37
 End fence and tab sheet fence........................................................................................................ 390
Attaching the Tray Number Decals................................................................................................. 391
Docking, Height Adjustment............................................................................................................ 392
Multi Bypass Attachment Kit for Vacuum Feed LCIT Type S3 (D777)...................................................... 393
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 393
Installation (On the Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100)................................................................................... 394
Before You Begin..............................................................................................................................394
If the Vacuum Feed LCIT Has Already Been Installed................................................................... 395
Preparing for the Multi Bypass Tray................................................................................................395
Mounting the Multi Bypass Tray......................................................................................................396
Replacing the Pulley and Belt.......................................................................................................... 399
Connecting the Multi Bypass Tray...................................................................................................407
Bypass Covers...................................................................................................................................409
Installing the Motor on the Vacuum Feed LCIT...............................................................................410
End fence and tab sheet fence........................................................................................................ 412
Attaching the Tray Number Decals................................................................................................. 413
Docking, Height Adjustment............................................................................................................ 414
Multi Bypass Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D517)......................................................................................415
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 415
Installation.................................................................................................................................................. 416
Attaching the Extension Tray to the Finisher................................................................................... 418
SP Setting...........................................................................................................................................420
Buffer Pass Unit Type S3 (D795)..................................................................................................................421
Accessory Check....................................................................................................................................... 421
Installation.................................................................................................................................................. 422
Unpacking......................................................................................................................................... 423
Ground Plate, Unit Entrance Sheets................................................................................................ 424
Buffer Unit Entrance Sheets.............................................................................................................. 424
Sponge.............................................................................................................................................. 426
Docking the Unit to the Mainframe................................................................................................. 426
Removing the Shipping Brackets..................................................................................................... 429
Connecting the Downstream Peripheral......................................................................................... 430
Connect the Power Cord..................................................................................................................431

38
 Leveling the Unit................................................................................................................................432
Cover Interposer Tray CI5030 (D738).......................................................................................................433
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 433
Installation.................................................................................................................................................. 434
Tapes................................................................................................................................................. 434
Multi-Folding Unit FD5020 (D740).............................................................................................................445
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 445
Installation.................................................................................................................................................. 446
Tapes................................................................................................................................................. 446
Paper Guide, Sponge Strip............................................................................................................. 447
Ground Plate.....................................................................................................................................448
Docking............................................................................................................................................. 448
Removing Parts for the Cover Interposer Tray................................................................................451
Power Cord....................................................................................................................................... 452
Finishing the Installation................................................................................................................... 452
Auxiliary Tray, Fold Depressor........................................................................................................454
Moving the Multi-Folding Unit................................................................................................................. 454
Ring Binder RB5020 (D737)........................................................................................................................456
Operating Environment.............................................................................................................................456
Machine Level........................................................................................................................................... 457
Minimum Space Requirements.................................................................................................................457
Power Supply ............................................................................................................................................457
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 457
Before You Begin.......................................................................................................................................458
Installation Procedure................................................................................................................................459
Remove All Shipping Materials....................................................................................................... 459
Prepare the Unit for Docking........................................................................................................... 461
Prepare the Upstream Unit for Docking.......................................................................................... 462
Dock the Unit to the Upstream Unit................................................................................................. 463
Install the Shoes and Level the Unit................................................................................................. 464
Attach Ring Supply Level Indicator..................................................................................................464
Test the Breaker Switch.................................................................................................................... 465
Centering Paper in the Paper Path........................................................................................................... 466

39
 Checking and Correcting Side-to-Side Registration......................................................................466
Checking and Correcting Skew.......................................................................................................469
After Installation.........................................................................................................................................472
Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)...................................................................................................................474
Bookbinder Accessories........................................................................................................................... 474
Bookbinder Installation............................................................................................................................. 474
Before You Begin..............................................................................................................................474
Unloading the Bookbinder...............................................................................................................475
Bookbinder Exterior Tape, Braces.................................................................................................. 479
Bookbinder Interior Tape, Braces................................................................................................... 484
Main Grip, Cover Transport Tape, Braces, etc............................................................................. 492
Trimming Unit Tape...........................................................................................................................501
Book Stacking Tray Tape................................................................................................................. 507
Confirming Removal, and Storing Braces, Cushions, Screws.......................................................508
Check List...........................................................................................................................................511
Docking the Bookbinder........................................................................................................................... 513
Filling Bookbinder Glue Supply Unit....................................................................................................... 513
Handling and Storing the Glue Pellet Supply.................................................................................515
Testing the Breaker Switch........................................................................................................................516
Final Check................................................................................................................................................ 517
Setting the Bookbinder for Moving..........................................................................................................517
Same Floor........................................................................................................................................ 520
Gluing Unit........................................................................................................................................ 520
Sub Grip Unit.................................................................................................................................... 521
Another Floor (by Elevator)..............................................................................................................521
Left Side (Paper Exit).........................................................................................................................522
Right Side (Paper Entrance)............................................................................................................. 523
Shipping the Bookbinder.......................................................................................................................... 523
Transit Pass Unit for Perfect Binder Type S1 (D736).................................................................................. 524
Relay Unit Accessories.............................................................................................................................. 524
Relay Unit Installation................................................................................................................................525
Testing the Breaker Switch............................................................................................................... 533
High Capacity Stacker SK5030 (D776).....................................................................................................535

40
 Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 535
Installation.................................................................................................................................................. 537
Shipping Tapes................................................................................................................................. 537
Paper Guide, Sponge Strips, Ground Plate................................................................................... 538
Docking: Upstream........................................................................................................................... 540
Lock Hasps........................................................................................................................................ 542
Height Adjustment.............................................................................................................................542
Finishing the Installation................................................................................................................... 543
Docking: Downstream...................................................................................................................... 544
Roll-Away Cart (D456-17)............................................................................................................. 544
Booklet Finisher SR5060 (D734)/Finisher SR5050 (D735).................................................................... 548
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 548
Installation.................................................................................................................................................. 550
Tapes, Retainers, Shipping Plates................................................................................................... 550
Ground Plate.....................................................................................................................................555
Sponge Strips....................................................................................................................................556
Paper Guide......................................................................................................................................556
Shift Tray............................................................................................................................................557
Booklet Tray (Only for D734)......................................................................................................... 558
Docking............................................................................................................................................. 561
Auxiliary Tray....................................................................................................................................564
Finishing the Installation................................................................................................................... 565
Punch Unit PU5020 NA, EU, SC.............................................................................................................565
Accessories........................................................................................................................................565
Installation......................................................................................................................................... 566
Moving the Finisher................................................................................................................................... 575
Trimmer Unit TR5040 (D520)...................................................................................................................... 577
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 577
Installation.................................................................................................................................................. 578
Tapes, Stopper Plate........................................................................................................................ 578
Output Tray....................................................................................................................................... 579
Ground Plate.....................................................................................................................................580
Preparing the Booklet Finisher SR5060 for Docking.....................................................................580

41
 Docking............................................................................................................................................. 582
Finishing the Installation................................................................................................................... 583
Optional Counter Interface Unit Type A (B870).........................................................................................585
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 585
Installation.................................................................................................................................................. 585
Common Adjustments....................................................................................................................................592
Height and Level Adjustment.................................................................................................................... 592
Before you begin:............................................................................................................................. 592
Setting the Leveling Shoes................................................................................................................592
Skew and Side-to-Side Registration for Peripherals...............................................................................594
Overview...........................................................................................................................................594
Checking Side-to-Side Registration.................................................................................................598
Correcting Side-to-Side Registration...............................................................................................599
Detecting Paper Skew...................................................................................................................... 600
Correcting Skew............................................................................................................................... 601
Operation Guidance for Users.....................................................................................................................605
Operation Guidance for Users................................................................................................................ 605
Main Machine.................................................................................................................................. 605
ADF (Copier Model Only)...............................................................................................................606
Vacuum Feed LCIT............................................................................................................................607
Booklet Finisher SR5060................................................................................................................. 610
Preparation for TCRU................................................................................................................................ 610
Preparation (SP Setting)................................................................................................................... 610
Explain the Counter.......................................................................................................................... 610
Explain the Part Replacement Procedures...................................................................................... 610
“Adjustment Item Menu Guide: TCRU”, “Troubleshooting: TCRU”............................................. 610
3. Preventive Maintenance
Preventive Maintenance Tables....................................................................................................................611
PM Counter Display...................................................................................................................................... 612
Opening the PM Counter......................................................................................................................... 612
PM Parts Screen Details............................................................................................................................ 613
All PM Parts list: Main Menu............................................................................................................613
Number Button Submenu.................................................................................................................614

42
 Parts List for PM Yield Indicator....................................................................................................... 614
Lubrication Points........................................................................................................................................... 616
Fuser Unit Main Drive Gears....................................................................................................................616
Cleaning, Lubrication Around Fuser Unit Heating Roller....................................................................... 617
Cleaning and Lubrication Around Pressure Roller.................................................................................. 619
Lubrication Around Fusing Roller............................................................................................................. 621
Cleaning Points.............................................................................................................................................. 624
Overview....................................................................................................................................................624
Inspection and Cleaning...........................................................................................................................624
Before You Begin..............................................................................................................................624
1st Tray, 2nd Tray............................................................................................................................ 625
Vertical Transport Unit...................................................................................................................... 626
Right Drawer..................................................................................................................................... 630
Left Drawer........................................................................................................................................ 640
Purged Paper Sensor........................................................................................................................649
Scanner Unit Cleaning..............................................................................................................................649
Controller Box Filter...................................................................................................................................653
Toner Shield Glass.................................................................................................................................... 654
Around the PCDU......................................................................................................................................655
Development Cooling Sheet, Development Case, Quenching Lamp.......................................... 655
Potential Sensor................................................................................................................................ 656
ITB Unit....................................................................................................................................................... 657
Transfer Belt Speed Feedback Sensor............................................................................................ 657
4. Replacement and Adjustments
Notes on the Main Power Switch.................................................................................................................661
Push Switch................................................................................................................................................ 661
Characteristics of the Push Switch (DC Switch).............................................................................. 661
Shutdown Method............................................................................................................................ 663
Forced Shutdown .............................................................................................................................663
Switching the System On/Off with Fiery Controller...............................................................................664
AC Power and Main Power Switch.................................................................................................664
Power On with Fiery Controller....................................................................................................... 666
Turning the System Off..................................................................................................................... 666

43
 General Cautions.......................................................................................................................................... 668
Rear Boxes................................................................................................................................................. 668
Drum........................................................................................................................................................... 668
PCDU..........................................................................................................................................................669
ITB Unit....................................................................................................................................................... 669
Scanner Unit (D194/D195/D203/D204).......................................................................................... 669
Laser Unit....................................................................................................................................................670
Development..............................................................................................................................................670
Cleaning.....................................................................................................................................................670
Fuser Unit....................................................................................................................................................671
Paper Feed.................................................................................................................................................671
Used Toner.................................................................................................................................................671
Fiery Controller.......................................................................................................................................... 671
Liquid Coolant Disposal............................................................................................................................672
Positions of WARNING and CAUTION labels...................................................................................... 672
Main Unit: Copier Model................................................................................................................ 673
Main unit: Printer Model.................................................................................................................. 675
LCIT RT5090..................................................................................................................................... 677
Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100.............................................................................................................678
Multi Bypass Tray BY5010..............................................................................................................678
Finisher SR5050............................................................................................................................... 679
Booklet Finisher SR5060................................................................................................................. 680
Multi-Folding Unit FD5020............................................................................................................. 681
Trimmer Unit TR5040....................................................................................................................... 682
Ring Binder RB5020........................................................................................................................ 682
Perfect Binder GB5010................................................................................................................... 683
Buffer Pass Unit Type S3.................................................................................................................. 684
High Capacity Stacker SK5030..................................................................................................... 685
Special Tools and Lubricants........................................................................................................................ 686
Tool List.......................................................................................................................................................686
Exterior Covers...............................................................................................................................................688
Right Front Door, Left Front Door............................................................................................................. 688
Right Front Door................................................................................................................................688

44
 Left Front Door...................................................................................................................................688
Right Cover................................................................................................................................................ 689
Left Cover................................................................................................................................................... 690
Opening the Rear Boxes...........................................................................................................................691
Cooling Box Cover....................................................................................................................................694
Controller Box Cover................................................................................................................................ 695
Cooling Box Top Cover............................................................................................................................ 697
Controller Box Top Cover.........................................................................................................................698
Toner Bank Door....................................................................................................................................... 699
Toner Bank Canopy Cover.......................................................................................................................700
Toner Bank Front Cover............................................................................................................................ 702
Front Cover................................................................................................................................................ 704
Attention Light............................................................................................................................................ 705
Scanner Right Cover................................................................................................................................. 705
Scanner Front Cover................................................................................................................................. 707
Scanner Rear Cover (Front)......................................................................................................................707
Scanner Rear Cover (Rear)...................................................................................................................... 708
ADF.............................................................................................................................................................709
Exterior Covers for Printer Models........................................................................................................... 712
Rear Cover: M195/M196/M207/M208................................................................................. 713
Center Cover: M195/M196/M207/M208.............................................................................. 713
Front Cover: M195/M196/M207/M208.................................................................................714
Operation Panel............................................................................................................................................ 715
Operation Panel (with Arm)......................................................................................................................715
Operation Panel........................................................................................................................................ 717
First Shield Plate, 2nd Shield Plate, SD/USB..........................................................................................718
LCD Unit, Touch Panel.............................................................................................................................. 721
OPU, LCDC................................................................................................................................................722
OPU: TP............................................................................................................................................. 723
LCDC (LCD Controller).....................................................................................................................724
OPU: IO.............................................................................................................................................724
Operation Panel LED PCB, Key PCBs......................................................................................................724
LED PCB.............................................................................................................................................725

45
 Key PCB 1......................................................................................................................................... 726
Key PCB 2......................................................................................................................................... 727
Touch Panel Position Adjustment.............................................................................................................. 727
ADF................................................................................................................................................................. 729
ADF Removal............................................................................................................................................. 729
After ADF Replacement.............................................................................................................................729
CIS RGB Adjustment.........................................................................................................................729
Checking for Skew............................................................................................................................729
Platen Adjustment..............................................................................................................................730
ADF Covers................................................................................................................................................732
ADF Rear Cover................................................................................................................................732
ADF Front Cover............................................................................................................................... 734
Feed Cover........................................................................................................................................736
Original Feed Unit............................................................................................................................ 737
Pickup Roller, Feed Belt............................................................................................................................ 738
Pickup Roller......................................................................................................................................739
Feed Belt............................................................................................................................................741
ADF Separation Roller.............................................................................................................................. 742
ADF Sensors...............................................................................................................................................743
Original Registration Sensor............................................................................................................743
Original Length Sensors................................................................................................................... 744
Original Exit Sensor..........................................................................................................................745
Boards........................................................................................................................................................ 747
ADF Control Board...........................................................................................................................747
Sensors, Switches...................................................................................................................................... 749
Separation Sensor, Skew Correction Sensor................................................................................. 749
Interval Sensor, Original Width Sensors........................................................................................ 751
Interval Sensor.................................................................................................................................. 753
Original Width Sensors....................................................................................................................754
APS Feeler......................................................................................................................................... 757
ADF Lift Interlock SW........................................................................................................................757
Lift-up Sensor.....................................................................................................................................758
Original Set Sensor.......................................................................................................................... 759

46
 A4/LT SEF Sensor............................................................................................................................ 760
Bottom Plate HP Sensor....................................................................................................................761
Bottom Plate Position Sensor............................................................................................................762
ADF Feed Cover Interlock SW........................................................................................................ 763
Pickup Roller HP Sensor................................................................................................................... 764
Motors........................................................................................................................................................ 765
Before You Begin..............................................................................................................................765
ADF Entrance Motor.........................................................................................................................766
ADF Scan Motor...............................................................................................................................768
ADF Relay Motor..............................................................................................................................770
ADF Bottom Plate Lift Motor.............................................................................................................771
ADF Feed Motor............................................................................................................................... 773
ADF Transport Motor........................................................................................................................775
ADF Pick-up Roller Motor................................................................................................................ 775
CIS Unit...................................................................................................................................................... 778
CIS Removal......................................................................................................................................778
ADF Cleaning............................................................................................................................................ 782
Scanner Unit...................................................................................................................................................787
Exposure Glass..........................................................................................................................................787
ADF Exposure Glass................................................................................................................................. 788
Re-attaching...................................................................................................................................... 790
APS Sensors, IDB.......................................................................................................................................792
Lens Block...................................................................................................................................................793
Sub Scan Magnification Adjustment (SP4-008-001)................................................................... 796
Sub Scan Registration Adjustment (SP4-010-001).......................................................................796
Main Scan Registration Adjustment (SP4-011-001).................................................................... 797
Exposure Lamp (LED)................................................................................................................................ 797
Exposure Lamp Removal..................................................................................................................797
Re-installation....................................................................................................................................798
Scanner Unit.............................................................................................................................................. 799
Scanner Motor...........................................................................................................................................802
SIO............................................................................................................................................................. 804
Scanner HP Sensor....................................................................................................................................805

47
 Platen Sensor............................................................................................................................................. 806
Scanner Wire.............................................................................................................................................807
Preparation........................................................................................................................................807
Wire Replacement............................................................................................................................ 808
Preparation for Re-assembly............................................................................................................810
Re-assembly...................................................................................................................................... 811
Scanner Unit Cleaning..............................................................................................................................812
Laser Unit........................................................................................................................................................ 816
Laser Units.................................................................................................................................................. 816
Before Replacing the Laser Unit.......................................................................................................816
Precautions When Replacing the Laser Unit...................................................................................817
S and YM Laser Unit Removal: D194/D195/D203/D204...................................................... 817
YM and S Laser Unit Removal: M195/M196/M207/M208.................................................. 825
CK Laser Unit Removal: D194/D195/D203/D204/M195/M196/M207/M208........... 828
Re-installation....................................................................................................................................840
SP Adjustments After Laser Unit Replacement................................................................................ 841
Toner Shield Glass.................................................................................................................................... 842
Toner Supply.................................................................................................................................................. 843
Toner Bottle Port (S) Cleaning.................................................................................................................. 843
Toner Supply Unit Removal (SYMCK).....................................................................................................844
Re-installation....................................................................................................................................848
Toner Supply Clutch (SYMCK).................................................................................................................849
Re-installation....................................................................................................................................850
Toner Pump Unit (SYMCK)....................................................................................................................... 850
Toner End Sensor 1 (YMCK)....................................................................................................................851
TSB..............................................................................................................................................................852
RFID (Antenna), RFID (CPU)..................................................................................................................... 854
Toner Bottle Detection Sensor (YMCK)................................................................................................... 856
Toner Bottle Motor (K).............................................................................................................................. 861
Toner Bottle Motor (YMC)........................................................................................................................864
Toner Bottle Motor (S)...............................................................................................................................868
Toner Bottle Cap Motor (YMCK).............................................................................................................869
Toner Agitator Motor (YMCK)................................................................................................................. 871

48
 Toner Supply Motor.................................................................................................................................. 877
Used Toner Collection...................................................................................................................................880
Used Toner Bottle...................................................................................................................................... 880
Main Unit Used Toner Transport Motor.................................................................................................. 881
Used Toner Transport Motor Sensor, Timing Belt................................................................................... 882
Used Toner Bottle Motor...........................................................................................................................883
Used Toner Bottle Sensors, Bottle Set Switch..........................................................................................885
Common Procedure..........................................................................................................................885
Used Toner Bottle Set Switch........................................................................................................... 888
Near Full, Full Sensors......................................................................................................................889
Toner Bottle Motor Sensor............................................................................................................... 889
Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU).................................................................................................891
Removing PCDUs...................................................................................................................................... 891
Removing PCDUs/ ITB Unit When an Abnormality Occurs......................................................... 893
Precautions When Re-installing the PCDU......................................................................................895
Charger Unit.............................................................................................................................................. 896
After Replacing the Charger Unit.................................................................................................... 897
Drum........................................................................................................................................................... 897
After Replacing/Cleaning a Drum..................................................................................................899
PCU Cleaning Unit.................................................................................................................................... 899
After Replacing /Cleaning a PCU Cleaning Unit.......................................................................... 901
Development Unit...................................................................................................................................... 901
Vent Filter....................................................................................................................................................902
After Replacing the Vent Filter..........................................................................................................903
Replacing Developer................................................................................................................................ 904
Preparations Prior to Discharging Developer.................................................................................904
Removing Old Developer................................................................................................................ 905
Installing New Developer................................................................................................................ 909
PCU Cleaning Unit Gears.........................................................................................................................915
After Replacing/Cleaning a Drum Lubrication Blade................................................................... 916
Drum Lubrication Blade.............................................................................................................................916
After Replacing/Cleaning a Drum Lubrication Blade................................................................... 918
Separating the Lubrication Unit and Cleaning Unit................................................................................919

49
 Drum Cleaning Blade................................................................................................................................920
After Replacing/Cleaning a Drum Cleaning Blade...................................................................... 922
Drum Lubrication Bar, Lubricant End Sensor...........................................................................................922
After Replacing/Cleaning a Drum Lubrication Bar....................................................................... 924
Drum Lubrication Roller, Joint................................................................................................................... 924
After Replacing/Cleaning a Drum Lubrication Roller................................................................... 926
Other Precautions......................................................................................................................................926
After Replacing/ Cleaning the Drum, PCU Cleaning Unit and These Units’ Parts.............................. 927
Required tools and supplies.............................................................................................................927
Drum ................................................................................................................................................. 927
PCU Cleaning Unit............................................................................................................................932
Greasing the Drum Shaft.......................................................................................................................... 936
Development Side Seals........................................................................................................................... 937
Development Side Seal (Front)........................................................................................................937
Development Side Seal (Rear)........................................................................................................ 939
Cleaning the Doctor Blade....................................................................................................................... 940
Drum Cleaning Motor, Drum Motors, Development Motor.................................................................. 943
Before Removing Any Motor........................................................................................................... 943
Drum Cleaning Motor...................................................................................................................... 945
Drum Motor.......................................................................................................................................946
Development Motor......................................................................................................................... 947
Liquid Cooling Unit....................................................................................................................................948
Tank and Coolant Disposal............................................................................................................. 953
Charge Roller Cleaning Roller Solenoids................................................................................................953
Charge roller cleaning roller solenoids (S), (Y)............................................................................. 954
Charge roller cleaning roller solenoids (M), (C), (K).................................................................... 955
Potential Sensors (SYMCK)...................................................................................................................... 960
TD Sensor................................................................................................................................................... 962
Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit.............................................................................................................964
ITB Unit....................................................................................................................................................... 964
Before Pulling Out the ITB Unit........................................................................................................ 964
1st Stop Position................................................................................................................................964
2nd Stop Position..............................................................................................................................966

50
 Re-installation....................................................................................................................................966
Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement.................................................................................................. 967
Transfer Belt Removal....................................................................................................................... 967
Precautions when Re-installing the Intermediate Transfer Belt...................................................... 972
After Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement......................................................................................... 975
Belt Check......................................................................................................................................... 977
ITB Unit Cover Plates.................................................................................................................................977
ID/MUSIC Sensor Fan............................................................................................................................. 978
ITB Drive Motor......................................................................................................................................... 979
ITB Contact Motor (K)...............................................................................................................................980
ITB Contact Motor (YMC)........................................................................................................................ 981
ITB Contact Motor (S)............................................................................................................................... 982
PTR Separation Motor...............................................................................................................................984
Belt Centering Motor.................................................................................................................................985
Re-installation....................................................................................................................................985
ID/MUSIC Sensors...................................................................................................................................986
After ID/MUSIC Sensor Replacement............................................................................................987
Image Transfer Contact Sensor (K) 1...................................................................................................... 988
Image Transfer Contact Sensor (K) 2...................................................................................................... 990
Image Transfer Contact Sensor (YMC)................................................................................................... 990
Image Transfer Contact Sensor (S).......................................................................................................... 991
PTR Separation Sensor..............................................................................................................................992
Belt Centering Roller HP Sensor............................................................................................................... 993
Belt Centering Sensor................................................................................................................................994
Transfer Belt Speed Feedback Sensor.....................................................................................................996
After Replacing or Cleaning............................................................................................................ 996
Front Overrun Sensor................................................................................................................................997
Rear Overrun Sensor.................................................................................................................................998
Image Transfer Rollers...............................................................................................................................999
After Replacing the Image Transfer Rollers.................................................................................. 1000
Paper Transfer Bias Roller...................................................................................................................... 1001
After Replacing the Image Transfer Bias Roller........................................................................... 1003
Image Transfer Power Pack (K), (C)......................................................................................................1003

51
 Image Transfer Power Pack (M)............................................................................................................ 1005
Image Transfer Power Pack (Y), (S).......................................................................................................1007
Paper Transfer DC Power Pack..............................................................................................................1008
Paper Transfer AC Power Pack..............................................................................................................1010
TDRB.........................................................................................................................................................1011
Anti-Condensation Heater (Right)......................................................................................................... 1014
Anti-Condensation Heater (Left)............................................................................................................ 1014
ITB Unit Thermostat................................................................................................................................. 1015
ITB Drive Motor Encoder Shaft.............................................................................................................. 1015
ITB Cleaning Unit.........................................................................................................................................1019
ITB Cleaning Unit.................................................................................................................................... 1019
Installation.......................................................................................................................................1020
After Replacing the ITB Cleaning Unit.......................................................................................... 1022
Cleaning Blade....................................................................................................................................... 1022
After Replacing the Cleaning Blade............................................................................................. 1023
Lubrication Roller.................................................................................................................................... 1023
After Replacing the Lubrication Roller.......................................................................................... 1025
Lubricant.................................................................................................................................................. 1025
After Replacing the Lubricant........................................................................................................ 1027
Lubrication Blade.................................................................................................................................... 1027
After Replacing the Lubrication Blade.......................................................................................... 1028
PTR/ITB Cleaning Unit Motor................................................................................................................1028
ITB Cleaning Unit Cover Set Switch...................................................................................................... 1032
ITB Cleaning Unit Set Switch..................................................................................................................1033
Paper Feed...................................................................................................................................................1035
Main Machine Tray Removal................................................................................................................ 1035
Tray 1.............................................................................................................................................. 1035
Tray 2 (Universal Tray).................................................................................................................. 1037
Paper Feed Units..................................................................................................................................... 1038
Tray 1 Paper Feed Unit..................................................................................................................1038
Tray 2 Paper Feed Unit..................................................................................................................1040
Pick-up, Feed, Separation Rollers......................................................................................................... 1043
Paper Feed, Pickup Roller Lift, Paper End Sensors...............................................................................1044

52
 Paper Feed Sensor......................................................................................................................... 1044
Pickup Roller Lift Sensor................................................................................................................. 1045
Paper End Sensor...........................................................................................................................1046
Pickup Roller Solenoid............................................................................................................................1046
Re-installation................................................................................................................................. 1048
Separation Roller Solenoid.................................................................................................................... 1049
Tray 1 Rear Fence Return Sensor (Left Tandem Tray)..........................................................................1050
Tray 1 Rear Fence HP Sensor (Left Tandem Tray)................................................................................1051
Tray 1 Right Tray Paper Sensor (Right Tandem Tray)..........................................................................1052
Bottom Plate Lift Wire..............................................................................................................................1053
Re-installation (Bottom Plate Lift Wire)..........................................................................................1054
Paper Feed Motors, Grip Motors..........................................................................................................1055
Common procedure.......................................................................................................................1056
Paper Feed Motor..........................................................................................................................1058
Grip Motor......................................................................................................................................1059
Lift Motors (Tray 1, Tray 2).................................................................................................................... 1061
Common procedure.......................................................................................................................1061
Tray 1 Lift Motor.............................................................................................................................1062
Tray 2 Lift Motor.............................................................................................................................1063
Tray 1 Right Tray Lock Solenoid............................................................................................................1064
Tray 1 Left Tray Lock Solenoid...............................................................................................................1066
Vertical Transport Unit.................................................................................................................................1069
Vertical Transport Unit (VTU)................................................................................................................. 1069
Re-installation................................................................................................................................. 1075
Bank Exit Motor.......................................................................................................................................1076
Vertical Transport Motor........................................................................................................................ 1078
Main Relay Sensor 1.............................................................................................................................. 1079
Bank Exit Sensor......................................................................................................................................1080
1st Transport Sensor............................................................................................................................... 1081
Vertical Transport Sensor....................................................................................................................... 1082
2nd Transport Sensor............................................................................................................................. 1083
Right Drawer................................................................................................................................................1084
Right Drawer............................................................................................................................................1084

53
 Shift Unit ..................................................................................................................................................1086
Registration Entrance Motor.................................................................................................................. 1089
Registration Timing Motor...................................................................................................................... 1092
Registration Gate Motor.........................................................................................................................1093
Shift Roller Motor.................................................................................................................................... 1095
Duplex Transport Motor 2..................................................................................................................... 1097
Shift Unit Motor ...................................................................................................................................... 1099
Shift Timing Motor...................................................................................................................................1101
CIS Fan.................................................................................................................................................... 1102
Main Relay Sensor 2.............................................................................................................................. 1103
Main Relay Sensor 3.............................................................................................................................. 1104
LCIT Relay Sensor 1................................................................................................................................1105
LCIT Relay Sensor 2................................................................................................................................1105
Double-Feed Sensor 1 (LED)................................................................................................................. 1106
Double-Feed Sensor 2 (Receptor).........................................................................................................1107
Shift Unit Sensor...................................................................................................................................... 1108
Registration Gate Sensor........................................................................................................................1108
CIS, CRB.................................................................................................................................................. 1109
Adjusting the CIS LED.................................................................................................................... 1111
Transfer Timing Sensor........................................................................................................................... 1112
Duplex Transport Sensor 4.....................................................................................................................1113
Duplex Transport Sensor 5.....................................................................................................................1114
DRB.......................................................................................................................................................... 1115
Separation Power Pack.......................................................................................................................... 1117
Paper Transfer Roller (PTR) Unit................................................................................................................. 1123
PM Parts List: Replacement.....................................................................................................................1123
PTR Unit....................................................................................................................................................1123
After Replacing the PTR Unit..........................................................................................................1124
Discharger............................................................................................................................................... 1124
After Replacing the Discharger..................................................................................................... 1125
Lubricant.................................................................................................................................................. 1125
Re-installation................................................................................................................................. 1127
After Replacing the Lubricant........................................................................................................ 1127

54
 Cleaning Blade (CL Blade).................................................................................................................... 1128
After Replacing the Cleaning Blade............................................................................................. 1129
Lubrication Roller.................................................................................................................................... 1129
PTR (Paper Transfer Roller).....................................................................................................................1130
After Replacing the PTR..................................................................................................................1132
Cleaning Roller....................................................................................................................................... 1132
PTR/ITB Cleaning Unit Motor................................................................................................................1134
Separation Power Pack.......................................................................................................................... 1137
Paper Transport Belt (PTB) Unit.................................................................................................................. 1138
PTB Unit....................................................................................................................................................1138
Paper Transport Belts..............................................................................................................................1140
PTB Sensor 1, 2.......................................................................................................................................1140
PTB Fans...................................................................................................................................................1141
Pressure Roller Fan..................................................................................................................................1142
ITB Cooling Fan.......................................................................................................................................1143
Fuser Unit..................................................................................................................................................... 1144
Before You Begin.................................................................................................................................... 1144
Fuser Unit................................................................................................................................................. 1145
Separation Unit Cover, Top Cover........................................................................................................1146
Front Cover, Front Frame....................................................................................................................... 1147
Front Cover..................................................................................................................................... 1147
Front Frame.....................................................................................................................................1148
Rear Cover, Rear Frame.........................................................................................................................1149
Rear Cover......................................................................................................................................1149
Rear Frame..................................................................................................................................... 1149
Rear Harness Cover................................................................................................................................1152
Periodic Cleaning................................................................................................................................... 1153
Fusing Roller Separation Plate...................................................................................................... 1153
Pressure Roller Separation Plate................................................................................................... 1154
Upper Entrance Guide Plate......................................................................................................... 1155
Periodic Lubrication................................................................................................................................ 1155
Main Drive Gears.......................................................................................................................... 1155
Heating Roller Fusing Lamp................................................................................................................... 1156

55
 Heating Roller......................................................................................................................................... 1159
Re-installation................................................................................................................................. 1164
Fusing Roller, Fuser Belt..........................................................................................................................1164
Before Fusing Roller Re-installation...............................................................................................1169
To Clean the Surface of a Fusing Roller....................................................................................... 1169
After New Fusing Roller Installation..............................................................................................1170
Cleaning, Lubrication.....................................................................................................................1172
Pressure Roller Fusing Lamp................................................................................................................... 1175
Pressure Roller......................................................................................................................................... 1180
Cleaning and Lubrication.............................................................................................................. 1186
Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller....................................................................................................................1187
Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller Contact Sensor.........................................................................................1190
Pressure Roller Paper Sensor, Fuser Unit Exit Sensor...........................................................................1191
Accordion Jam Sensor............................................................................................................................1195
Fusing Roller NC Sensor, Heating Roller NC Sensor, Heating Roller Thermistor............................. 1196
Heating Roller Thermostat (Front).......................................................................................................... 1199
Heating Roller Thermostat (Center)....................................................................................................... 1200
Pressure Roller Cam Position Sensors....................................................................................................1202
Heating Roller Thermopile......................................................................................................................1204
Fusing Motor, Pressure Roller Lift Motor, Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller Motor, Fuser Belt Smoothing
Roller Contact Motor.............................................................................................................................. 1205
Common Procedure....................................................................................................................... 1206
Fusing Motor...................................................................................................................................1207
Pressure Roller Lift Motor............................................................................................................... 1208
Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller Motor............................................................................................... 1209
Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller Contact Motor.................................................................................1209
Fuser Cleaning Unit.....................................................................................................................................1211
Fuser Cleaning Unit PM Parts.................................................................................................................1211
Fuser Cleaning Unit.................................................................................................................................1211
Web......................................................................................................................................................... 1212
Roller (Web Contact Roller)...................................................................................................................1220
Spring Plate............................................................................................................................................. 1221
Fuser Cleaning Unit Set Sensor..............................................................................................................1222

56
 Web End Sensor..................................................................................................................................... 1223
Web Motor............................................................................................................................................. 1224
Left Drawer...................................................................................................................................................1227
Pulling Out and Closing the Left Drawer...............................................................................................1227
Pulling Out the Left Drawer............................................................................................................1227
Closing the Left Drawer..................................................................................................................1227
Left Drawer.............................................................................................................................................. 1228
Exit Relay Motor......................................................................................................................................1230
Invert Exit Motor......................................................................................................................................1231
Duplex Transport Motor 1..................................................................................................................... 1233
Exit Motor................................................................................................................................................ 1235
Duplex Inverter Motor............................................................................................................................ 1236
Main Unit Relay Fan............................................................................................................................... 1238
Exit Unit Entrance Sensor........................................................................................................................1240
Exit JG Sensor......................................................................................................................................... 1240
Duplex Transport Sensor 1.....................................................................................................................1241
Duplex Transport Sensor 2.....................................................................................................................1242
Duplex Transport Sensor 3.....................................................................................................................1243
Exit Relay Sensor.....................................................................................................................................1243
Purge Relay Sensor.................................................................................................................................1244
Duplex Invert Sensor...............................................................................................................................1244
Exit Sensor............................................................................................................................................... 1245
Purged Paper Sensor.............................................................................................................................. 1245
Heat Pipe Temperature Sensor.............................................................................................................. 1246
Duplex Motors and Rollers.........................................................................................................................1248
Main Boards, HDD Units............................................................................................................................1249
Charge Bias/Development Bias Power Pack (CK)..............................................................................1249
Re-installation................................................................................................................................. 1252
Charge Bias/Development Bias Power Pack (YM)............................................................................. 1252
Re-installation................................................................................................................................. 1255
Charge Bias/Development Bias Power Pack (S).................................................................................1255
Potential Sensor Board (YMCK)............................................................................................................ 1257
Re-installation................................................................................................................................. 1259

57
 Potential Sensor Board (S)..................................................................................................................... 1260
EXDB........................................................................................................................................................ 1261
AC Drive Board.......................................................................................................................................1262
PSU3........................................................................................................................................................ 1263
PSU Cooling Fan 2........................................................................................................................ 1265
PSU4........................................................................................................................................................ 1266
PSU Cooling Fan 1........................................................................................................................ 1268
PSU5........................................................................................................................................................ 1268
PSU Cooling Fan 3........................................................................................................................ 1270
PFB........................................................................................................................................................... 1271
NRYF........................................................................................................................................................1272
Noise Filter.............................................................................................................................................. 1274
TDCU....................................................................................................................................................... 1275
IOB, BCU.................................................................................................................................................1277
When installing the new BCU....................................................................................................... 1280
PSU1, 2, Controller Box Intake Fan 1,2...............................................................................................1280
IPU............................................................................................................................................................1282
Controller Board..................................................................................................................................... 1285
Gigabit Ethernet Board...........................................................................................................................1287
NVRAM................................................................................................................................................... 1289
Controller Board NVRAM............................................................................................................. 1289
BCU NVRAM (EEPROM).............................................................................................................. 1292
HDD......................................................................................................................................................... 1293
Coolant Remaining Switch..................................................................................................................... 1294
Fans and Filters............................................................................................................................................1296
Before You Refer to This Section............................................................................................................1296
Controller Box Exhaust Fan (Top Right, Top Left, Bottom)...................................................................1296
Exhaust Filters, Ozone Filter.......................................................................................................... 1298
Controller Box Ozone Collecting Fan...................................................................................................1300
Ozone Filter, Air Filters.................................................................................................................. 1302
Ozone Exhaust Fan (S, Y, M, C, K)...................................................................................................... 1303
Paper Exit Guide Cooling Fan............................................................................................................... 1306
Fusing Exit Exhaust Fan...........................................................................................................................1309

58
 Feed Motor Cooling Fan........................................................................................................................1310
Heat Sink Cooling Suction Fan.............................................................................................................. 1312
Heat Sink Cooling Exhaust Fan............................................................................................................. 1314
Paper Cooling Exhaust Fans, Paper Cooling Intake Fan.....................................................................1316
Transport/ Fusing Exhaust Fan.............................................................................................................. 1318
Air Box Exhaust Fans (Top, Bottom)...................................................................................................... 1320
Exhaust Filters................................................................................................................................. 1321
Rear Box Ozone Exhaust Fan................................................................................................................1323
Ozone Filter, Air Filter....................................................................................................................1325
Rear Box Heat Sink Collecting Fan, Rear Box Exhaust Fan................................................................ 1327
Exhaust Filter...................................................................................................................................1330
Development Unit Cooling Fan 1, 2, 3.................................................................................................1332
Image Adjustment........................................................................................................................................1334
Adjusting the Image Position on Side 1.................................................................................................1334
Adjusting the Image Position on Side 2 in Alignment with Side 1 (Registration to Align Front and Back
Images Using Template).........................................................................................................................1337
TCRU Procedures: Preparations....................................................................................................1337
TCRU Procedures: Printing and Measuring the Template........................................................... 1338
TCRU Procedures: Entering the Value...........................................................................................1339
TCRU Procedures: Checking the Adjustment Results................................................................... 1340
TCRU Procedures: Further Reducing the Off-Registration for Side 1 and Side 2..................... 1340
TCRU Procedures: Cases for which it is Necessary to Reconfirm Front/Back Registration
(Recommended)............................................................................................................................. 1344
Service Technician Procedures: Front and Back Registration Adjustment by Using NICE (Copier
Model Only)...................................................................................................................................1344
Adjusting the Image Position on Side 2.................................................................................................1348
5. System Maintenance
Service Program Mode...............................................................................................................................1353
Firmware Update........................................................................................................................................ 1354
Overview................................................................................................................................................. 1354
Procedure................................................................................................................................................ 1354
Update procedure..........................................................................................................................1354
Error Screens During Updating..............................................................................................................1359
Updating JavaVM....................................................................................................................................... 1365

59
 Creating an SD Card for Updating....................................................................................................... 1365
Updating Procedure.......................................................................................................................1365
List of Error Messages.................................................................................................................... 1367
NVRAM Data Upload/Download............................................................................................................1369
Uploading Content of NVRAM to an SD card.....................................................................................1369
Downloading an SD Card to NVRAM................................................................................................. 1371
Address Book Upload/Download............................................................................................................ 1373
Information List........................................................................................................................................ 1373
Download Address Book (Backup).......................................................................................................1373
Upload Address Book (Restore)............................................................................................................ 1375
UP/SP Data Import/Export........................................................................................................................1377
Overview................................................................................................................................................. 1377
Import/export conditions.............................................................................................................. 1377
UP Data Import/Export.......................................................................................................................... 1377
Data that can be imported and exported.................................................................................... 1377
Data that cannot be imported or exported.................................................................................. 1378
Exporting Device Information........................................................................................................1378
Importing Device Information........................................................................................................1379
SP Data Import/Export...........................................................................................................................1381
Data that can be imported and exported.................................................................................... 1381
Exporting Device Information........................................................................................................1381
Importing Device Information........................................................................................................1383
Possible solutions for import/export problems.....................................................................................1384
Stamp Data Download...............................................................................................................................1387
Download Procedure............................................................................................................................. 1387
Capturing the Debug Logs..........................................................................................................................1389
Overview................................................................................................................................................. 1389
Security of the Operation Log....................................................................................................... 1390
Retrieving the Debug Logs......................................................................................................................1391
Procedure for Retrieving the Debug Log...................................................................................... 1391
Approximate Time to Transfer Debug Log................................................................................... 1393
SP Text Mode (Saving SMC List to SD Card)........................................................................................... 1395
Overview................................................................................................................................................. 1395

60
 SP Text Mode................................................................................................................................. 1395
Procedure................................................................................................................................................ 1395
File Names of the Saved SMC Lists.......................................................................................................1397
Error Messages....................................................................................................................................... 1398

61
62
1. Product Information

Product Overview
Component Layout

No. Item No. Item

1 ADF (D194/D195/D203/D204 only) 12 PFU (Tray 2)

63
 1. Product Information

No. Item No. Item

Scanner Unit (D194/D195/D203/D204

2 13 PFU (Tray 1)
only)

3 Decurl Unit (option) 14 Vertical Transport Unit

4 ITB Cleaning Unit 15 Paper Transfer Roller (PTR) Unit

5 Fuser Unit 16 Right Drawer

6 Paper Transport Belt (PTB) Unit 17 ITB Unit

7 Left Drawer 18 PCDUs

8 Duplex/Purge 19 Laser Units

9 Used Toner Bottle 20 Toner Bank

10 Tray 1 (Tandem Tray) 21 Operation Panel

11 Tray 2 (Universal Tray) 22 Attention Light

64
 Product Overview

Paper Paths

Main Unit

No. Item No. Item

Original Path
1 7 Vertical Paper Path
(D194/D195/D203/D204 only)

2 Straight-Through Path 8 LCIT (option)

3 Decurl Unit (option) 9 Multi Bypass Unit (option)

Paper Registration Unit

4 Inverter /Exit 10 • Correcting Skew
• Correcting Side-to-Side Registration

5 Duplex Paper Path 11 Toner Image Transfer Area

Paper bank
6 • Tray1 12 Transport Belt
• Tray2

65
 1. Product Information

Main Unit + Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (2 connections)

No. Item No. Item

1 1st LCIT Path 3 Bridge Unit Path

2 Straight-Through Path in 1st LCIT 4 2nd LCIT Path

Drive Layout

Here is a list of the main motors inside the machine. This list is not complete, but this perspective drawing
shows you the approximate location of the main motors viewed from the front of the machine.

66
 Product Overview

No. Item No. Item

1 Toner Supply Motor 12 Polygon Motor (CK)

2 Skew Motor (S) 13 Toner Pump Motor (K)

3 Toner Pump Motor (S) 14 Skew Motor (K)

4 Skew Motor (Y) 15 ITB Contact Motor (K)

5 Toner Pump Motor (Y) 16 PTR Separation Motor

6 Polygon Motor (YM) 17 Rear Fence Drive Motor

7 Skew Motor (M) 18 Web Motor

8 Toner Pump Motor (M) 19 ITB Contact Motor (YMC)

67
 1. Product Information

No. Item No. Item

Scanner Motor
9 20 Decurl Motor (option)
(D194/D195/D203/D204 only)

10 Skew Motor (C) 21 Decurler Paper Transport Motor (option)

11 Toner Pump Motor (C) 22 Polygon Motor (S)

This list is not complete, but this perspective drawing shows you the approximate location of the main
motors viewed from the back of the machine.

No. Item No. Item

1 Toner Bottle Motor (Y) (M) (C) (K) 23 Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller Motor

68
 Product Overview

No. Item No. Item

2 Toner Bottle Cap Motor (Y) (M) (C) (K) 24 Pressure Roller Lift Motor

3 Toner Agitator Motor (Y) (M) (C) (K) 25 PTR/ITB Cleaning Motor

ADF Exit Motor

4 26 Used Toner Transport Motor
(D194/D195/D203/D204 only)

ADF Scan Motor

5 27 Tray 2 Lift Motor
(D194/D195/D203/D204 only)

ADF Bottom Plate Lift Motor

6 28 Tray 2 Paper Feed Motor
(D194/D195/D203/D204 only)

ADF Entrance Motor

7 29 Tray 2 Grip Motor
(D194/D195/D203/D204 only)

ADF Feed Motor

8 30 Tray 1 Lift Motor
(D194/D195/D203/D204 only)

ADF Pickup Roller Motor

9 31 Vertical Transport Motor
(D194/D195/D203/D204 only)

ADF Transport Motor

10 32 Tray 1 Paper Feed Motor
(D194/D195/D203/D204 only)

11 Drum Cleaning Motor (S) (Y) (M) (C) (K) 33 Bank Exit Motor

12 Development Motor (S) (Y) (M) (C) (K) 34 Tray 1 Grip Motor

13 Drum Motor (S) (Y) (M) (C) (K) 35 Transfer Timing Motor

14 ITB Contact Motor (S) 36 Duplex Transport Motor 2

15 Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller Contact Motor 37 Shift Unit Motor

16 Exit Motor 38 Registration Entrance Motor

17 Exit Relay Motor 39 Registration Gate Motor

18 Invert/Exit Motor 40 Registration Timing Motor

19 Duplex Transport Motor 1 41 Shift Roller Motor

20 Invert/Duplex Motor 42 ITB Drive Motor

69
 1. Product Information

No. Item No. Item

21 Used Toner Bottle Motor 43 Toner Bottle Motor (S)

22 Fusing Motor - -

• There is a drum cleaning motor, development motor, and drum motor for each PCDU (SYMCK).
• To access most of these motors for servicing, both rear doors must be opened. Some boards and
air ducts may also require removal.

70
 Specifications

Specifications
See "Appendices" for the following information:
• Main Specifications
• Peripheral Specifications

71
 1. Product Information

Machine Codes and Peripherals Configuration

System Configuration and Options

No. Item Machine Code

D734-17 (NA/TWN)
1 Booklet Finisher SR5060
D734-27 (EU/AP/CHN/KOR)

D520-17 (NA/TWN)
2 Trimmer Unit TR5040
D520-27 (EU/AP)

D776-17 (NA/TWN)
3 High Capacity Stacker SK5030
D776-27 (EU/AP/CHN/KOR)

D737-17 (NA)
4 Ring Binder RB5020
D737-27 (EU/AP)

D740-17 (NA/TWN)
5 Multi-Folding Unit FD5020
D740-27 (EU/AP/CHN/KOR)

6 Cover Interposer Tray CI5030 D738-17

72
 Machine Codes and Peripherals Configuration

No. Item Machine Code

D795-17 (NA/TWN)
7 Buffer Pass Unit Type S3
D795-27 (EU/AP/CHN/KOR)

8 Decurl Unit DU5040 D3A4-17

9 RPIP Interface Box Type S3 M462-17 (NA/EU)

10 LCIT RT 5090 D732-18

11 Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 D517-17

12 Multi Bypass Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 D517-02

13 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 D777-02

D777-17 (NA/TWN)
14 Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100
D777-27 (EU/AP/CHN/KOR)

15 Bridge Unit BU5010 D778-17

16 A3/11"x17" Tray Unit TK5010 B331-14

D736-17 (NA)
17 Perfect Binder GB5010
D736-27 (EU/AP)

D735-17 (NA/TWN)
18 Finisher SR5050
D735-27 (EU/AP/CHN/KOR)

- Tab Sheet Holder Type 3260 B499-04

- Punch Unit PU5020 NA D449-17

- Punch Unit PU5020 EU D449-27

- Punch Unit PU5020 SC D449-28

- Roll-Away Cart Type 5010 D456-17

- Transit Pass Unit for Perfect Binder Type S1 D736-04 (NA/EU/AP)

- Cover Interposer Tray for Perfect Binder Type S1 D736-02 (NA/EU/AP)

- 5th Station Replacement Kit Type S3 D880-17

Multi Bypass Attachment Kit for Vacuum Feed LCIT

- D777-04
Type S3

73
 1. Product Information

No. Item Machine Code

- Ring Opener Type A D419-17 (NA/EU/AP)

D762-00 (EU/AP/TWN /CHN/

- Ricoh Brand Plaque 4 for PP Products
KOR)

- Savin Brand Plaque 4 for PP Products D762-01 (NA)

- Lanier Brand Plaque 4 for PP Products D762-02 (NA /AP)

• The Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (13) is installed on only the Vacuum Feed LCIT
RT5100 (14).
• Three Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (14) can be installed in the line by installing the Bridge Unit
BU5010 (15) between them.
• Either the Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (14) or the LCIT RT 5090 (10) can be installed, but these
units cannot be installed together in the same line.
• Either the Perfect Binder GB5010 (17) or the Ring Binder RB5020 (4) can be installed, but these
units cannot be installed together in the same line.
• If the Multi Folding Unit FD5020 (5) is installed, the Booklet Finisher SR5060 (1) or Finisher
SR5050 (18) must be installed as the last unit downstream.
• If the Perfect Binder GB5010 (17) and Multi-Folding Unit FD5020 (5) and Ring Binder RB5020
(4) are not installed, two High Capacity Stacker SK5030 (3) can be installed in the line.
• Either the Booklet Finisher SR5060 (1) or the Finisher SR5050 (18) can be installed, but these units
cannot be installed together in the same line.
• The Trimmer Unit TR5040 (2) can be attached only to the Booklet Finisher SR5060 (1) not the
Finisher SR5050 (18).
• The Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 (11) is installed on the LCIT RT 5090 (10) or Vacuum Feed LCIT
RT5100 (14). If the Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 is installed on the Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100, the
Multi Bypass Attachment Kit for Vacuum Feed LCIT Type S3 must be installed.
• The Multi Bypass Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (12) is installed on the Multi Bypass Tray BY5010
(11).
• The Decurl Unit DU5040 (8) is installed the tray1 of the main machine.
• The A3/11"x17" Tray Unit TK5010 (16) is installed inside the front side of the main machine.
• The RPIP Interface Box Type S3 (9) is required for the peripherals of 3rd party vendors.
• The Transit Pass Unit for Perfect Binder Type S1 and Cover Interposer Tray for Perfect Binder Type
S1 are required option for the Perfect Binder GB5010 (17).
• The 5th Station Replacement Kit Type S3 is required for the color exchange of S Color.

74
 Machine Codes and Peripherals Configuration

Internal Options

Item Machine Code Remarks

B870-11(NA/EU/AP/CHN /
Optional Counter Interface Unit Type A
KOR)

D166-25 (NA)
Copier model
OCR Unit Type M2 D166-26 (EU)
only
D166-24 (AP/CHN/KOR)

Copier Model SD card for NetWare printing D3A8-01 Copier model

Type S3 (NA/EU/ AP/CHN/KOR) only

Printer Model SD card for NetWare printing D3A8-09 Printer Model

Type S3 (NA/EU/ AP/CHN/KOR) only

D3A8-05 (NA)
D3A8-06 (EU)
PostScript3 Unit Type S3
D3A8-07 (AP/CHN/TWN/
KOR)

EFI Options

EFI

Item Machine Code

M468-01 (NA/EU/AP/ TWN /KOR)

Color Controller E-43A
M468-03 (CHN)

Color Controller E-83A M469-01 (NA/EU/AP)

EFI Options

Item Machine Code

EFI 5th Station Hardware Upgrade Kit Type S3 M468-06

75
 1. Product Information

Item Machine Code

EFI Graphic Arts Package Premium Edition (for Color Controller

M468-08
E-43A)

EFI Impose TBA

EFI Compose TBA

EFI Impose Compose Suite TBA

EFI Color Profiler Suite V4.X includes ES-2000 D525-10

EFI Color Profiler Suite V4.X software only D525-11

EFI ES-2000 D525-13

M391-06 (NA/EU/AP/
FACI Furniture Bundle (for Color Controller E-43A)
TWN /KOR)

FACI Furniture Bundle (for Color Controller E-83A) M391-07(NA/EU/AP)

EFI Server HDD Security (for Color Controller E-43A) D450-11

EFI Server HDD Security (for Color Controller E-83A) M382-04(NA/EU/AP)

EFI DIMM 4GB (for Color Controller E-43A) TBA

Color Profile Suite Support and Maintenance Contract N/A

• The EFI 5th Station Hardware Upgrade Kit Type S3 is required for printing in S color (5th station
model only).

TCRU Options

Item Machine Code

TCRU/ORU Type S3 (Set A) D877-17

D878-17 (NA)
TCRU/ORU Type S3 (Set B) D878-27 (EU/AP/ TWN /
CHN/ KOR)

TCRU/ORU Type S3 (Set C) D879-17

76
 Machine Codes and Peripherals Configuration

Consumables

Item Machine Code

Ring Cartridge LT Type RB5000 D421-01 (NA)

Ring Cartridge A4 Type RB5000 D421-02 (EU/AP)

Ring Supply LT White 100 Type A D392-34 (NA)

Ring Supply LT Black 100 Type A D392-35 (NA)

Ring Supply LT White 50 Type A D392-36 (NA)

Ring Supply LT Black 50 Type A D392-37 (NA)

Ring Supply A4 White 100 Type A D392-38 (EU/AP)

Ring Supply A4 Black 100 Type A D392-39 (EU/AP)

Ring Supply A4 White 50 Type A D392-40 (EU/AP)

Ring Supply A4 Black 50 Type A D392-41 (EU/AP)

Glue Supply Type A D917-01 (NA/EU/AP)

Developer Clear Type S3 D876-42

Developer White Type S3 D876-43

77
 1. Product Information

78
2. Installation

Installation Requirements
Operating Environment

Item Details

Target Temperature & Humidity 23°C (73.4°F), 50% RH

Temperature range 10° to 32°C (10° to 90°F)

Humidity range 15 to 80% RH

Ambient illumination Less than 1500 lux

Ventilation Air turnover rate of more than 30m3/hr/person

Ambient dust Less than 0.10 mg/m3

79
 2. Installation

• If the machine is installed in a location where the ambient temperature is more than 30°C (86°F),
do not run full color printing longer than 2 hours, and never turn the main power switch off
immediately after a long print job. Leave the machine on so that the fans can expel the hot air from
the machine and cool the electronic components.
• If this machine is to be used in a location where both temperature and humidity are high, the tray
heaters should be turned on. The tray heaters for the paper bank are built in. Just open the 1st and
2nd tray and turn them on.
1. If the installation site has air-conditioners or heaters, put the machine in a location that agrees with
these conditions:
• Where there are no sudden temperature changes from low to high, or high to low.
• Where the machine will not be directly exposed to cool air from an air conditioner in the
summer.
• Where the machine will not be directly exposed to reflected heat from a heater in the winter
2. Do not put the machine where it will be exposed to gases like ammonia that can cause corrosion.
3. Put the machine on a strong level surface. The front and rear of the machine must be level ±2.5 mm
(0.1").
4. Never put the machine where it can be subjected to strong vibration.
5. Never connect the machine to a power source shared with other electrical devices.
6. The machine can generate an electromagnetic field which can cause interference with radio or
television reception.
7. Do not install the machine at any location over 2000m (6500 feet) above sea level.

Power Requirements

• Make sure that the wall outlet is near the mainframe.

• Keep the area around the power outlet open and free of clutter so the operator can get to it easily
and quickly.
• Make sure the plug connection to the power outlet is tight.
• Do not connect more than one electrical device to the same power outlet.
• Be sure to ground the machine.
• Never place anything on the cord and never wrap the cord around itself or around another object.

80
 Installation Requirements

Input voltage level

North America 208 to 240V, 50/60 Hz: More than 16A x2

Europe/Asia 220 to 240V, 50/60 Hz: More than 16 A x2

Permissible voltage fluctuation: ±10%

Breaker Switch

The machine is equipped with a breaker switch located at the rear, lower right corner. Inspect and test
the breaker switch at least once a year.

• If the breaker switch appears dirty and covered with soot, it probably requires replacement.

81
 2. Installation

Machine Level

D194/D195/D203/D204

M195/ M196/M207/M208

The covers and scales should be removed before leveling the machines.

Front to rear Less than 5.0 mm (0.2") away from level

Right to left Less than 5.0 mm (0.2") away from level

The machine feet can be rotated to raise and lower each corner of the machine until it is level.

Space Requirements

Put the mainframe near the power source. Consideration should be given not only to machine operation,
but servicing the machine as well, with front doors and rear boxes fully open.

82
 Installation Requirements

Space Around the Main Machine

RTB 153
Space at the rear

The illustration above is a top view of the main machine. This illustration is not drawn to scale.
Measurements are rounded up slightly, but they will allow you to estimate how much space will required
to work around the machine and service the machine without moving it.
• Approximately 670 mm (26.5 in.) clearance required behind the machine with both rear boxes
open.
• Approximately 630 mm (25 in.) at the front of the machine with both front doors open.

No. Part Range of Movement

Front Doors Both doors swing open to the front

Main Machine Remains stationary.

Cooling Box Swings open to the rear ( x3)

Controller Box Swings open to the rear ( x3)

Left Drawer Slides open to the front for servicing (fusing unit, etc.)

Right Drawer Slides open to the front for servicing (registration unit, etc.)

• The rear boxes (cooling box and controller box) are on hinges and can be swung open to the rear
in order to service parts on the back of the machine (motors, sensors, etc.).
• The front doors swing open to the front, and then the left drawer or right drawer (or the ITB unit as
well) can be pulled out the front of the machine on their rails for servicing.

83
 2. Installation

Total Space Required

No. Unit mm in.

1 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777) *1 286 11.3

2 Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (D777)*2*3 1,024 40.3

3 Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778) *2 330 13.0

4 Main machine 1,320 52.0

5 Buffer Pass Unit Type S3 (D795) 330 13.0

6 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736) *4 1090 42.9

7 Cover Interposer Tray CI5030 (D738) 540 21.3

8 Multi-Folding Unit FD5020 (D740) *5 470 18.5

9 High Capacity Stacker SK5030 (D776) *6 900 35.4

10 Booklet Finisher SR5060 (D734) *7 996 39.2

11 Trimmer Unit TR5040 (D520) *8 1,115 43.9

12 LCIT RT 5090 (D732) *3 865 34.0

84
 Installation Requirements

No. Unit mm in.

13 Ring Binder RB5020 (D737) *4 870 34.3

14 Finisher SR5050 (D735) *7 996 39.2

Total of the longest connection pattern (mm, in.) 10,779mm 424.4 in.
1+2+2+2+3+3+4+5+6+7+8+9+10+11=

*1 The Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (1) is installed on only the Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (2).
*2 Three Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (2) can be installed in the line by installing Bridge Unit BU5010 [3]
between them.
*3 Either the Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (2) or the LCIT RT 5090 (12) can be installed, but these units cannot be
installed together in the same line.
*4 Either the Perfect Binder GB5010 (6) or the Ring Binder RB5020 (13) can be installed, but these units cannot
be installed together in the same line.
*5 If Multi Folding Unit FD5020 (8) is installed, the Booklet Finisher SR5060 (10) or Finisher SR5050 (14) must
be installed as the last unit downstream.
*6 If the Perfect Binder GB5010 (6) and Multi-Folding Unit FD5020 (8) and Ring Binder RB5020 (13) are not
installed, two High Capacity Stacker SK5030 (9) can be installed in the line.
*7 Either the Booklet Finisher SR5060 (10) or the Finisher SR5050 (14) can be installed, but these units cannot
be installed together in the same line.
*8 The Trimmer Unit TR5040 (11) can be attached only to the Booklet Finisher SR5060 (10) not the Finisher
SR5050 (14).

• The Decurl Unit is not listed because it is installed inside the left side of the main machine.
• A3/11"x17" Tray Unit is not listed because it is installed inside the front side of the main machine.
• The Multi Bypass Tray and Multi Bypass Banner Sheet Tray are not listed because it is installed on
top of the LCIT or Vacuum Feed LCIT.
• The RPIP Interface Box Type S3 is not listed because it is installed on top of the unit.

85
 2. Installation

Main Machine Installation

Installation Flow

86
 Main Machine Installation

Accessories

No. Description Q’ty

Operation Panel for copier model (D194/D195/D203/D204) 1

1.
Operation Panel for printer model (M195/M196/M207/M208) 1

2. Attention Light 1

3. Arm Cover 1

4. Operation Panel Rear Cover - Convex 1

5. Wrench 1

6. Shoes 4

7. Screws (M4x6) 4

8. Operation Panel Harness Cover 1

9. Cleaning Cloth (D194/D195/D203/D204) 1

10. Cleaning Cloth Holder (D194/D195/D203/D204) 1

11. Screw Cover 1

12. Fusing Roller Knob Holder 1

13. Fusing Roller Knob 1

14. Operation Panel Rear Cover - Flat 1

15. Nylon Clamp 2

16. Screws (M4x6) 7

17. Arm 1

19. Fiery Decals 2

20. Original Set Decals (D194/D195/D203/D204) 1

21. Power Cord 1

22. Fiery Power Link USB (NA only) 1

23. Adobe Decal 1

87
 2. Installation

No. Description Q’ty

24. Power Bracket (NA only) 2

25. Paper Set Decals 1

26. Logo Plate : Small 1

27. Logo Plate : Large 1

28. Ink Jet Paper Caution Decal (NA only) 1

29. Operation Panel Decals: Blank 1

30. Operation Panel Decals 1

31 Media Identification Unit 1

- Set of Manuals 1

- Print Sample 1

88
Main Machine Installation

89
 2. Installation

Installation: Power Off

• The unit must be connected to a power source that is close to the unit and easily accessible.
• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch are turned OFF and that its power
cord is disconnected before doing the following procedures.

90
 Main Machine Installation

Rating Voltages for Connection Points

• Be sure to plug cable connectors into the correct sockets.

Right Side

Connection Points Rating Voltages

[A] LCIT Max. DC24V

[B] LCIT Anti-condensation Heaters Max. AC 230V +10%

Left Side

91
 2. Installation

Connection Points Rating Voltages

[C] Finisher Max. DC24V

Unpack

1. External Tape
1. Remove the tape from the front and right side.
2. Remove the tape at the rear and left side.
2. Right Drawer
1. Lower the handle.
2. Pull the right drawer out until it stops.
3. Remove the tape.

3. Paper Trays
1. Pull out the top tray and remove any tape and packing material.
2. Pull out the bottom tray and remove any tape and packing material.
4. Factory Settings Sheet
1. The Factory Settings Sheet is stored at the factory under the used toner bottle.
2. Remove the sheet and keep it in a safe place.

92
 Main Machine Installation

Attach Fusing Roller Knob Holder

A fusing roller knob is provided as an accessory.

• This knob can be attached as shown below and rotated by hand to feed jammed paper out of the
fusing unit. This knob is stored in a holder that must be attached to the inside surface of the left front
door. (Procedure described below.)

1. Open the left front door [A].

93
 2. Installation

2. Use a clean cloth and alcohol to clean the surface around [B] on the inner surface of the
left front door.

3. Peel the strip from the back of the holder to expose its adhesive surface.
4. Attach the holder [A] to the door.

94
 Main Machine Installation

5. Set the knob [A] in the holder and close the door.

Operation Panel Installation

There are four possible ways to configure the operation panel when it is installed.

Config. Description

Standard. The support arm is perpendicular to the right side of the machine and the
1
operation panel is recessed from the front of the machine.

Standard Diagonal. The support arm is set at an angle so that the operation panel is flush
2
with the front of the machine.

Standard Diagonal Extended. The support arm is set an angle (same as Configuration 2)
3 and the arm is extended so that the operation panel extends beyond the front of the
machine.

Easy Access (Sitting Position). This is the same as Configuration 3 but the operation panel
4 is removed and re-hung on lower hooks so it is lower. This allows access to the operation
panel from a sitting position.

95
 2. Installation

• This installation procedure describes how to install the operation panel with Configuration 1 or 4.
• For more about how to install the operation panel with Configuration 2 or 3, refer to the
Replacement and Adjustment section. (page 715 "Operation Panel")

Install Operation Panel: Standard Installation

1. LCIT cover [A] ( x1).

96
 Main Machine Installation

2. Right cover [A] ( x7).

3. Remove the arm mounting screws ( x3).

4. Set the arm on the machine and route the harness [A] down through the hole.
5. Reach inside the right side of the machine and pull the harness down to take up all of the
slack.

97
 2. Installation

6. Set the base of the arm [B] on the shoulder screws.

7. Make sure that the base of the arm [A] is flat and that the wide ends of the keyholes on
both sides are centered on the shoulder screws.
8. Push the base of the arm [B] to the right to lock the narrow ends of the keyholes onto the
shoulder screws.
9. Make sure that the three screw holes in the base are aligned with the three holes below.

98
 Main Machine Installation

10. Fasten the base of the arm [A] ( x3).

• Use the 3 screws that were removed in step 3.

11. Set the back of the operation panel [A] in front of the mounting plate [B].
• There are four cutouts on the back of the operation panel [A] and two hooks on the mounting
plate [B]
• The bottom cutouts , in the operation panel [A] are attached to the two hooks , on
the mounting plate [B].
• The other two cutouts on the back of the operation panel [A] (marked blue in the photo
below) are not used.
12. Attach the operation panel to the mounting plate as shown on the right.

99
 2. Installation

13. At the back of the operation panel, make sure that both hooks are connected securely.
14. Fasten the back of the operation panel [A] to the mounting bracket [B] ( x4: M4x6
Accessories No.7).
Use a short screwdriver to attach screw [1].

• Use the M4x6 screws to fasten the operation panel at this step. If you use the longer screws
(M4x8) they could touch and damage the operation panel board.
• If it is difficult to align the screw holes, point the operation panel down slightly and then align
them.

100
 Main Machine Installation

15. Connect the harnesses ( x2).

16. Mount the clamp [A] (provided with this machine) on the mounting plate, and route the
USB cable of the arm through it as shown below to connect it ( x1: Accessories No.15,
USB x1).

• Be careful that the USB cable is not caught with the plate.

101
 2. Installation

No Good

17. Connect the ground wire [A] ( x1: M4x6 Accessories No.16).

• The head of the ground wire should be positioned at a 45 degree angle from the screw.
• The harness should have enough slack to curve below as shown.

102
 Main Machine Installation

18. Attach the convex rear cover [A] to the back of the operation panel ( x2: M4x6
Accessories No.16).

103
 2. Installation

19. Attach the flat rear cover [A] above the lower cover ( x2: M4x6 Accessories No.16).

20. Attach the arm cover [A] ( x2: M4x6 Accessories No.16).

21. Attach the screw cover [A] on the top of the support arm.

104
 Main Machine Installation

22. Connect the harness of the operation panel and the USB cable ( x4, x2, USBx1).

23. Re-attach the covers.

Operation Panel: Easy Access Installation

Follow this procedure to install the operation panel for easy access so it can be used from a sitting
position.

1. LCIT cover [A] ( x1).

105
 2. Installation

2. Right cover [A] ( x7).

3. Remove the arm mounting screws ( x3).

106
 Main Machine Installation

4. Route the harness [A] of the arm down through the hole.

5. Remove shoulder screw [A] and re-fasten it at the lower hole ( x1).
6. Remove shoulder screw [B] and re-fasten it at the upper hole ( x1). The screws should
now be diagonally opposite one another as shown below.

7. Set the base of the arm [A] on the shoulder screws.

8. Make sure the base of the arm is flat against the top of the machine.
9. Push the support arm [B] to the right to lock the base onto the shoulder screws. You can
see the three holes of the base aligned with the holes below.
10. Attach the base [A] ( x3).

• Make sure that these screws are fastened tightly.

107
 2. Installation

11. Remove the screws on top of the support arm [A] ( x4).
Keep these screws.

108
 Main Machine Installation

12. Support arm cover [A] ( x3)

13. At the bottom of the base [A], open the clamp and pull a short length of the harness out of
the hole to create some slack in the harness ( x1).

109
 2. Installation

14. Slowly push the arm [A] to the left to extend it.

15. Push the arm to the left until the holes on the top of the arm are aligned with the four holes
below, and then re-attach the screws you removed in Step11 ( x4).

• Make sure that these screws are fastened tightly.

110
 Main Machine Installation

Display Installation for Easy Access

1. Cover [A] ( x2).

2. Loosen the swivel screw [A] so that you have the full range of horizontal movement
for adjusting the position of the operation panel.
Do not remove this screw!

3. Swing the panel base unit [A] to the arrow direction and then remove the mounting
screw [B] ( x1).

111
 2. Installation

4. Lift the panel base unit and then remove the support arm front cover [A] ( x2).

5. Open the clamp. Then change the bind position from [A] to [B] and close the clamp
( x1).

112
 Main Machine Installation

6. Push the harness and USB cable into the hole and close the clamp ( x1).

7. Re-attach the support arm front cover and panel base unit.
8. Push the harness and USB cable down behind the mounting plate.

113
 2. Installation

9. Position the back of the operation panel [A] near the mounting plate [B], and then
connect the operation panel harness ( x2).

10. Raise the operation panel and hang the cutouts [A] (marked with red dotted lines) on
the hooks (also marked with red dotted lines).

• You must hang the operation panel using the cutouts [A]. Do not use the cutouts closest to
the mounting plate (marked with blue squares).

• Route the USB cable [A] of the arm as shown below.

114
 Main Machine Installation

11. Check the hooks at [1] and [2] to make sure that the operation panel is hung
correctly on the mounting plate, and then fasten the operation panel and mounting
plate together ( x4 M4x6 Accessories No.7).
Use a short screwdriver to attach screw [A].

115
 2. Installation

• Use the M4x6 screws to fasten the operation panel at this step. If you use the longer
screws (M4x8) they could touch and damage the operation panel board.
12. Mount the clamp [A] (provided with this machine) on the mounting plate, and route
the USB cable of the operation panel through it as shown below to connect it ( x1:
Accessories No.15,USB x1).

13. Connect the ground wire ( x1: M4x6 Accessories No.16).

• The head of the ground wire should be positioned at a 45 degree angle from the screw.
• The harness should have enough slack to curve below as shown.

116
 Main Machine Installation

14. Fasten the operation panel harness cover [A] (Accessories No.8) to the back of the
operation panel ( x1).

15. Make sure the harness and the USB cable are securely in place inside the operation
panel harness cover [A].

Cover Attachment

1. Re-attach the cover [A] and screw cover [B] ( x2).

117
 2. Installation

2. Attach the convex plate [A] at the top ( x2: M4x6 Accessories No.16).

3. Attach the flat plate [B] at the bottom ( x2: M4x6 Accessories No.16).

• In operation panel configuration 1, 2, 3, the convex plate [A] is attached at the bottom,
and the flat plate [B] is attached at the top.
• For this installation (Configuration 4), the positions of these plates are reversed (The
convex plate is attached at the top and the flat plate at the bottom.)
4. Re-attach the support arm cover ( x3).

118
 Main Machine Installation

5. Attach the arm cover [A] ( x2: M4x6 Accessories No.16).

6. Attach the screw cover [A] on the top of the support arm.

119
 2. Installation

7. Connect the harness of the operation panel and the USB cable. ( x4, x2,
USBx1).

Opening the Toner Bank Door

• With the operation panel [A] fully depressed, the toner bank door [B] cannot be opened.
• To open the toner bank door, swing the operation panel up, and then open the door.

120
 Main Machine Installation

Power Cord

1. Connect the lower power cord.

2. Attach the bracket [A] ( x1).

3. Connect the upper power cord.

4. Attach the bracket [A] ( x1).

121
 2. Installation

5. Re-attach the right cover ( x7).

Attention Light

1. The attention light is installed on the top rear edge [A] ( x3).

• The three screws must be removed from their holes (these screws are not accessories).
• Take care not to drop the screws from the opening in the frame.
2. Connect the light [B] ( x1, x2).

3. Set the base of the light [A] in the socket so that the back of the socket [B] fits into the
knockout.
4. Fasten the base to the main machine ( x3).

122
 Main Machine Installation

Media Identification Unit

1. Put the media identification unit [A] on top of the toner bank as shown below (the right of
the operation panel).

Configuration of the Operation Panel: 1

Configuration of the Operation Panel: 2,3,4

• If the media identification unit cannot be put on the position shown above, put it on a flat
space of top of the main machine or paper feeding peripherals.

123
 2. Installation

2. Connect the USB cable [A] of the media identification unit to the USB port on the rear right
of the main machine.

• The USB cable [A] can be connected to the USB port on the right side of the operation panel.
3. Attach the accessory clamp and then route the USB cable so that it does not twine around
other cables.

Level the Main Machine

The machine must be leveled front-to-rear and side-to-side within ±2.5 mm/1000 mm.

1. Install the leveling shoes, one at each corner of the main machine. Adjust the height of the
legs so that the machine is level left-to-right.
2. Adjust the height of the legs so that the machine is level front-to-back.

• These leveling adjustments are critical. The level of all the peripheral options (LCIT, Finisher,
etc.) must be adjusted to match the level adjustment of the main machine.

Attach Decals

Attach the decals at the locations shown below.

124
 Main Machine Installation

D194/D195/D203/D204

[1]: Original Set Decal

[2]: Ink Jet Paper Caution Decal (NA only)
[3]: Paper Set Decals
[4]: Adobe Decal

M195/M196/M207/M208

[1]: Ink Jet Paper Caution Decal (NA only)

[2]: Paper Set Decals
[3]: Adobe Decal

125
 2. Installation

Test Breaker Switch

The breaker switch is at the bottom corner of the rear right side of the machine. The optional ring binder
also has a breaker switch.

The breaker switches should be tested at installation and after that at least once a year:
• After prolonged use, if the breaker switch is covered with soot, this could indicate that the switch
has malfunctioned or been damaged.
• To prevent damage to the breaker switch, installation of a voltage stabilizer (constant voltage
transformer) is recommended for work sites where there is significant fluctuation in the AC power
source.

To test the breaker switch:

1. Plug the power cord into its power source.

• Do not turn on the AC power switch. The AC power switch must be off.
2. To test the breaker switch:
• [1] is the normal position of the breaker switch test button.
• Use the tip of a small screwdriver or pen to push the breaker test button. The breaker
switch should flip to the "O" position [2]. This indicates that the breaker switch is
operating normally.
• If the breaker switch does not flip to the "O" position, the switch must be replaced.
• Push the switch up to the "|" position [3] for normal operation.

• The main power switch will not turn on if the breaker switch is not returned to the "|"
position as shown at [1].

126
 Main Machine Installation

Install Toner Bottles

• The toner bottles contain pre-mixed toner and developer.

1. Open the toner bank door [A].

2. Remove the toner bottle from its package.

127
 2. Installation

3. Hold both ends of the toner bottle firmly and shake it 5 or 6 times.

4. Remove the cap of the toner bottle (same for all colors).

• When setting the toner bottles, set them after confirming that the joint bracket can rotate
slightly.

128
 Main Machine Installation

5. Press the toner bottle in until it locks in place.

6. Repeat Steps 2 to 5 to install the other toner bottles from left to right in this order: Y, M, C,
K and S.

129
 2. Installation

Installation: Power On

Important Notice on Security Issues

• Copier models (D194/D195/D203/D204) display a password settings screen at the first power-
up.
• Copier models are equipped with SP5-755-002 (allows the machine to skip the screen for
changing the administrator password).
In order to increase the security of the MFP, and to ensure that the customer sets the administrator
password, an administrator set/change prompt display is shown up at the first power-up.

When the customers set the administrator/supervisor login password, the display disappears and the
home display will appear. The customers, however, can erase this screen with the following procedure if
they think there is no need to set the password.

1. On the Program/Change Administrator screen, press [Change] next to Supervisor and

then touch [OK] without inputting any password.
2. Touch [OK] again when the Confirm password display shows up.
3. For Administrator 1, do the same procedure as steps 1 and 2.
4. Press the [OK] button, then the home display appears.
SP5-755-002 allows you to skip this screen temporarily and continue the installation procedure
without setting an administrator password. However, the Program/Change Administrator screen
appears every time you turn the power OFF/ON, if the password is not set.

130
 Main Machine Installation

Connect Main Machine to Power Source and Power On

1. Connect the power cord of the main machine to the power source.
2. Open the front left door and then make sure that the AC power switch [A] is ON.
The AC power switch is ON when shipped. If it is OFF, turn it ON.

3. Turn the main power switch [A] of the main machine ON.

4. After turning on the machine, close both of the front doors and wait for the unit to warm
up. (This takes approximately 5 minutes)
5. After turning the machine ON, it automatically starts transferring toner. After this has
finished, make sure the remaining toner meter on the operation panel is on 5 units (full).

Password Setting

The following Program/Change Administrator screen is displayed at the first power-up.

131
 2. Installation

1. Change the Supervisor login password.

2. Input the password, and then press [OK].

3. Confirm the password, and then press [OK].
4. Change the Administrator 1 login password.

5. Input the password, and then press [OK].

6. Confirm the password, and then press [OK].

Filling Developer and Initialization for 5th Station Model

RTB 33
Replace the For the 5th station model copier/printer (D203/D204/M207/M208), this procedure is required.
procedure
1. Make sure the main power switch is turned OFF

RTB 39: Recovery procedure for 5th station development unit installation error

132
 Main Machine Installation

RTB 33
Replace the 2. Open the front doors.
procedure

• Keep both the front doors open until pouring developer is complete.
3. Turn the main power switch ON (DO NOT CLOSE THE DOOR).
4. Enter the SP mode.
5. Set SP3-106-001 (4st/5st Selection) to “1”.
1: 5st
6. Select the color of the special toner with SP3-107-001 (Fifth Station Color Selection).
7. Turn the main power switch OFF.

Pouring Developer

1. Remove the funnel cover [A] at the bottom right of the main machine and take out the
funnel [B] from inside ( x1).

2. Turn the main power switch ON again.

• Keep both the front doors open until pouring developer is complete.
• If you turn the main power switch ON with the front door still closed, and the main
machine goes into the initialization without any developer, it may generate an SC. If this
happens, start again from step 1.
3. Enter the SP mode.
Stay in the SP mode until process setup is complete.

133
 2. Installation

RTB 33
Replace the procedure

4. Remove the cover [A] from the developer supply port on the 5th station PCDU and
remove the cap [B] from the developer supply port.

5. Attach the funnel to the supply port [A].

6. Shake the developer pack well, so that the developer breaks into small pieces, and
then unseal the bag.

• Be careful not to spill any developer when unsealing the bag.

7. Execute SP3-024-005 (Developer Fill :Exe: Execute:S) and pour the developer in
from the funnel.

• Be careful not to spill any developer when pouring it in.

• When you execute the SP, the development unit runs for about 30 seconds. Pour the
developer in during that period. If you do not pour all of it in during the 30 seconds,
execute SP3-024-005 again.
• You can change the fill time (30 seconds) via SP3-024-011 (Developer Fill :Exe: Drive
Time Upper Limit).

134
 Main Machine Installation

RTB 33
Replace the procedure

8. Take the funnel out of the supply port and put the cap back in place after filling the
unit with developer.
9. Execute SP3-025-001 (Dev Fill OK?: From Left: SYMCK) and check the results of
filling the developer.

Code Result Name Meaning

0 No execution Default

1 Succeeded -

Before execution, TD sensor output was above

2 No developer exited
1.5V (developer present).

After execution, TD sensor output was below 1.5V

3 No developer entered
(no developer present).

4 Used toner bottle full The used toner bottle was detected full.

5 Development motor lock The development motor was not operating.

One or both motors locked: Used Toner Transport

6 Used toner transport lock
Motor, Used Toner Bottle Motor.

Front doors were closed, main power switch was

9 Forced abort
off, or some other event interrupted execution.

Automatic Execution of Each Initialization

1. If filling the developer succeeds, exit the SP mode and close both front doors.
The following initial settings are carried out automatically.
• TD sensor initialization
• Process initialization

• The process initialization makes the following adjustments all together.

• Development auger agitation for developer
• AC current adjustment
• Charge roller cleaning
• Transfer current adjustment
• Process control (potential control)
• MUSIC
• Toner initial setting

135
 2. Installation

RTB 33
Replace the procedure
• DEMS adjustment
2. Execute the following SP to check the results after automatic execution is finished.
• SP3-031-001 (TD Sens Init OK? : From Left:SYMCK)

Code Result Name Meaning

0 No execution SP default

1 Succeeded -

Developer set
2 -
incorrectly

TD sensor
3 calibration Vtcnt cannot be adjusted to Vt target (2.7V±0.1V)
abnormal

9 Forced end Door open, machine OFF, or machine not ready

• SP3-041-002 (DEMS Exe OK? : From Left:SS)

Code Result Name Meaning

0 Not executed Factory default setting (SP default)

1 Success -

2 Large phase shift Delta P>P (Max) *See note in margin for details

3 Small amplitude A>A (Min)*See note in margin for details

4 HP sensor error HP signal not detected within set time

5 M/A Max error Toner deposition on drum: M/A Avg>M/A (max)

6 M/A Min error Toner deposition on drum: M/A Avg<M/A (min)

Forced end due to door open, power OFF, error, etc.

9 Forced end
(Set at start of execution)

* Delta Meaning of P>P (max): If the shift in phase (Delta P) of the approximated sine
wave exceeds the maximum value P (max) of the control, the control is judged
unnecessary and DEMS does not execute (this is not an error).
* Meaning of A<A (min): If the amplitude (A) of the approximated sine wave is smaller
than the minimum value A (min) of the control, the control is judged unnecessary and
DEMS does not execute (this is not an error).

136
 Main Machine Installation

RTB 33
Replace the procedure

3. Exit the SP mode.

4. Turn the main power switch OFF.
5. Re-attach the covers.

Initialize Process Control

1. Leave the front doors closed.

2. Execute SP3020-001 to start process control. (Process control sets the machine for
optimum operation based on the conditions around the drums.)
3. Watch the operation panel. When you see "Complete", the process control settings are
done.
4. Check with SP3012-001 to make sure that initialization was successful.
5. Exit SP mode.

GW Printer Controller Settings

CMYK models only: Do the following procedures if the GW printer function will be used. (GW printing is
not available with CMYKS models.)

SP Settings

Disable the connection settings of the external controller and enable the GW printer apps.

1. Enter the SP mode.

2. Set SP5-193-001 (External Controller Info. Settings) to “0”.
0: External Controller is not installed, 1: EFI
3. Set SP5-895-001 (External Mech Count Setting) to “0”.
0: Enable, 1: Disable

137
 2. Installation

4. Exit the SP mode and turn the main power switch [A] OFF/ON.

Removing the Gigabit Ethernet Board

Remove the Gigabit Ethernet board. If it is not removed, this machine will not go into energy save mode
when the GW printer function is used.

1. Turn OFF the main power switch [A].

138
 Main Machine Installation

2. Open the left front door and turn OFF the AC power switch [A].

3. On the open side of the controller box [A], remove two screws ( x2).

139
 2. Installation

4. On the hinged side of the controller box, remove three screws ( x3).

5. On the back of the controller box, remove eight screws ( x8).

6. Controller box cover [A]

140
 Main Machine Installation

7. Loosen the screws of the sliding cover [A] on the front of the controller box( x10). You
do not need to remove all of these screws.

8. Slide the sliding cover [A] slightly to the right and remove it.

9. Gigabit Ethernet board [A] ( x1, x2)

• Discard the gigabit ethernet board removed.

141
 2. Installation

10. Re-attach the covers. RTB 62: Also attach a small connector cover

11. Turn ON the AC power switch and then close the left front cover.
12. Turn ON the main power switch.
13. Proceed to “Paper Trays” (page 154 "Paper Trays").

Fiery Controller (E-43A/ E-48A) Connection and Setup

Do the following procedures if the Fiery printer function will be used.

The following procedure is the same for both Color Controller E-43A and E-48A.

Connect EFI Box to Main Machine

• Refer to the Fiery controller service manual for more details about the installation requirements for
the controller.

1. Make sure the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are off.
2. Set the Fiery controller box on the floor.

142
 Main Machine Installation

3. Connect the shielded cable [A] to the controller box of the main machine. The correct
connection point is marked "External CTL".

4. Connect the other end of the shielded cable [A] to the lower network cable slot of the
Fiery Controller box.

• You must use the shielded cable provided with the Fiery controller box.
5. Connect the cable [B] from the client network to the upper network cable slot.

Color Controller E-43A

143
 2. Installation

Connect the EFI Box Power Cord

1. Connect the power cord to the back of the controller box.

2. Connect the other end of the power cord to a power source.

Connect the Fiery Power Link USB Cable (NA only)

After the power link USB cable (NA only) provided with this machine is connected, the power of the
Fiery Controller can be turned ON/OFF in tandem when the machine's power is turned ON/OFF.

1. Connect the power link USB cable [A] to the slot on the controller box of the main
machine.

144
 Main Machine Installation

2. Remove the Upper USB port cover [A] from the back of the Fiery Controller.

3. Connect the power link USB cable [A] to the back of the Fiery Controller.
4. Set the OFF/ON switch [B] to the ON position.

Power On with Fiery Controller (When the Fiery Power Link USB Cable is Not
Connected)

1. Turn on the AC power switch of the main machine.

2. Push the main power switch of the main machine to turn the power on.

145
 2. Installation

3. Turn on the switch on the back of the Fiery Controller box.

4. Press and turn on the switch on the front of the Fiery Controller box.

Power On with Fiery Controller (When the Fiery Power Link USB Cable is Connected)

1. Turn on the AC power switch of the main machine.

2. Push the main power switch of the main machine to turn the power on.
The power of the Fiery Controller box is also turned ON in conjunction.

Installing the Specialty Color Support on Fiery Controller

For the 5 station model copier/printer (D203/D204/M207/M208), this procedure is required.

146
 Main Machine Installation

• To support the specialty color on the Fiery Controller, an additional printer interface board [A] has
to be installed on the Fiery Controller.
• The additional printer interface board is provided with the EFI 5th Station Hardware Upgrade Kit
Type S3.

1. Make sure the Fiery Controller power is off.

2. Make sure the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are off.
3. Remove the left cover [A] from the Fiery Controller ( x2).

147
 2. Installation

4. Remove the board mounting bracket screw from the inside of the machine and then
remove the slot cover [A] from the connector panel ( x1).

Color Controller E-43A

Color Controller E-83A

148
 Main Machine Installation

5. Locate the slot [A] for the additional printer interface board on the motherboard using the
diagrams below.

Color Controller E-43A

Color Controller E-83A

6. Insert the additional printer interface board [A] in the motherboard connector, and then
secure it to the chassis with the board mounting bracket screw removed in step 4 ( x1).

• Ensure that the Type B USB port on the additional printer interface board is covered, and the
OFF/ON switch is set to the OFF position. Switching to the ON position may result in a power
failure or an unexpected error.

149
 2. Installation

• Do not connect any cables to J102 [A] and J103 [B] connectors on the additional printer
interface board.

7. Re-attach the left cover.

8. Turn on the AC power switch of the main machine.
9. Turn on the switch on the back of the Fiery Controller.
10. Press and turn on the switch on the front of the Fiery Controller.
11. Push the main power switch to turn the power on.
12. Print the Configuration page and look for the Printer Info section.
Make sure that the“Special Effect Toner” field includes “Clear” or “White.”

Fiery Controller Setup

The following procedure is the same for both Color Controller E-43A and E-48A.

Fiery Controller Selection

1. Enter the SP mode.

2. Set SP5-193-001 to “1” (External Controller Info. Setting).

150
 Main Machine Installation

Fiery Language Selection

If the operator wants to use a language other than English to operate the Fiery controller, the language
selection must be done first. To select a different language, the Fiery system must be re-installed. For
details, the Field Service Manual for the Color Controller: E-43A or E-83A.

Fiery Controller Settings

You must do the Fiery controller settings immediately after you turn the machine on for the first time.
• Make sure that that the Activity light on the Controller LCD is flashing green and then go to the
machine's operation panel.

1. Wait for the "Please wait" message to go off.

2. Press the "Fiery" tab on the LCD after the Fiery operating menu has appeared.
3. Press the "Setup" button on the operation panel.
4. The "Login" screen appears.
5. Press the "Password" button to open the soft keyboard.
6. Enter "Fiery. 1" with the soft keyboard, and then press the "OK" button.
• Password entry is case sensitive (the machine distinguishes between lower case and upper
case letters).
• Use the "Shift" button to enter a capital letter.
7. The setup screen appears after you enter the password correctly.
8. Press the "WINS" button.

151
 2. Installation

9. Press the "Use WINS" button to disable this function and then press the "Save" button.

10. Press the "DNS" button.

11. Press "Get DNS address automatically" to disable this function, and then press "Save".
The button color turns gray to indicate that this button is disabled.

152
 Main Machine Installation

12. Press "IP Address" to enter the IP address.

13. Press "IPv4 Address".

14. Press the "Manual Configuration Button".

15. Press the "IP Address" bar [A] to enter the IPv4 address, and then enter the IPv4 address.
• The soft keyboard appears
• Enter the IP address with the soft keyboard, and then press the "OK" button.
16. Press the "Subnet Mask" bar [B] to enter the subnet mask IP, and then enter the subnet
mask IP.
• The soft keyboard appears.
• Enter the IP address with the soft keyboard, and then press the "OK" button.
17. Press the "Default gateway" bar [C] to enter the default gateway IP address, and then
enter the default gateway IP address.
• The soft keyboard appears.
• Enter the IP address with the soft keyboard, and then press the "OK" button.

153
 2. Installation

18. Press the "Save" button after IP address setting has been completed.

19. Press the "Go Back" button, and then press the "Exit Setup" button.
20. Press the "Reboot Now" button.

21. The Fiery server and copier system automatically turn off to reboot.

Paper Trays

Loading the Paper Trays

Load each paper tray.

1. Move the side fence and bottom fence to the correct positions for the paper.

154
 Main Machine Installation

2. Attach the paper size decals to the front of the paper cassette trays and the tandem tray.
3. Load the left side of Tray 1 (tandem tray).
4. Close Tray 1 and confirm that the machine moves the stack in the left side of the tray to the
empty right side of the tray.
5. Fill Tray 1 and Tray 2 with paper with the A4/LT paper provided with the machine.

• The size of the paper in Tray 2 is detected automatically.

Tray Paper Settings

1. Press the [Paper Setting] key on the operation panel.

2. Select the Tray icon.
3. Select the paper type and paper weight for each tray.

• The paper type and paper weight for the paper provided with the machine should be set to
"Plain Paper" and "Weight 2".

Tray Heaters

There are two heater switches on the front of the machine.

155
 2. Installation

• The left switch [A] controls the operation of the paper bank heaters of the main machine and the
LCIT heaters. This heater prevents the collection of moisture around the paper feed trays. It should
be switched on when there the machine is subject to high humidity.
• The right switch [B] controls the operation of the ITB unit heaters. This heater keeps the area around
the ITB warm to facilitate cold starts. It should be switched on in areas where it is cold, especially in
the early morning hours.
• If the temperature sensor (a thermostat) inside the machine will automatically shut the heaters off if
the internal temperature becomes too high.
When these switches are ON:
• The heaters turn on when the main machine is turned off (or enters energy save mode).
• The heaters turn off when the main machine is turned on again (or leaves energy save mode).
When these switches are OFF:
• The heaters do not turn on when the main machine is turned off (or enters energy save mode).
• Both heaters are turned OFF before the machine leaves the factory.
When these switches are ON and SP5965-1 is set to "1", the heaters always remain on.

1. Open the top tray.

2. Press the left switch [A] to set up the main machine tray bank heaters and the LCIT
heaters.
3. Press the right switch [B] to set up the ITB unit heaters.

• Do not switch on the heaters unless they are needed.

• Please explain to the operator that while the heaters can improve machine performance when
humidity is high or temperatures are low, the heaters will consume slightly more power.
• Set SP5965-1 to "1" if you want to have the heaters on at all times. Use this setting only if the work
area is extremely humid or exceptionally cold.

156
 Main Machine Installation

Paper Library Data Installation

Follow this procedure to install the Paper Library data.

1. Create a folder in the root directory of an SD card and name the folder "mqp".
2. Copy the paper database file into the "mqp" folder, and then rename the copied file
"library.mqp".
3. Make sure that the machine is turned off.
4. Insert the SD card which has the "library.mqp" file into SD card Slot 2 (lower slot) on the
right side of the controller box.
5. Turn on the machine.
6. Make sure that the data version of the SD card is newer than the data version of the flash
ROM on the controller. If not, prepare the latest data version of the Paper Library on an
SD card.
• The version of the data on the SD card can be checked with SP5711-202.
• The version of the data in the flash ROM on the controller can be checked with SP5711-201.
7. Enter SP5-711-001, and then touch [EXECUTE].

8. Next, touch [EXECUTE] again.

157
 2. Installation

9. When the machine displays "Completed" and prompts you to re-boot, touch [Exit] to
leave the SP mode.

10. Turn off the machine and remove the SD card from SD card Slot 2.
11. Turn on the machine.
12. Check the Paper Library data version with SP5-711-201 (Flash ROM) to confirm that the
Paper Library data has been updated.

Printing the SMC Report

Print the SMC report. This is a complete list of all SP settings and defaults.

1. Go into the SP mode.

2. Do SP5-990-6 to print a list of the non-default SP code settings for future reference.
• SP5990-1 (All) printout is about 140 pages single-sided.
• SP5990-6 (non-default) requires only about 5 sheets.
3. Keep the SMC report in a safe location with the factory setting sheet under the used toner
bottle.

How to download SMC data from the machine to the SD card

1. Insert the SD card to slot #2 on the right side of the machine.

2. Turn the main power switch on.

158
 Main Machine Installation

3. Wait until the following screen appears on the operation panel. If the screen does not
appear, press [Program] button (Copier Model) or [fierydriven] button (Printer Model) on
the operation panel.

4. Touch “01 SP->SD” on the operation panel and wait approximately 1 minute for the
download process to complete.

5. When successfully downloaded, the operation panel displays “Completed”.

Touch “[Start] Confirm” to exit.

159
 2. Installation

6. Turn off the machine and remove the SD card from the card slot.
7. In the SD card, the SMC data is saved with the following naming convention: splist_[Serial
Numbers]_[Date/Time when the SMC is taken(YYYYMMDDHHmmss)].csv

Test Color Print (D194/D195/D203/D204)

1. Make sure that A3 or DLT paper is in one of the trays. Use the same type of paper that the
customer normally uses for color output.
2. Place a "Color Chart C-4" on the exposure glass.
3. Select the Full Color mode and print one copy of the chart. (This is the copy that you will
use in the ACC procedure if calibration is necessary.)
4. Check the quality of the copy with the operators.
5. If the quality of the color is satisfactory, ACC adjustment is not necessary.
-or
If the quality of the color is not satisfactory, do the ACC adjustment described in the next section.

ACC Adjustment (D194/D195/D203/D204)

Automatic color calibration (ACC) is done at the factory with the procedure below.
• Do this procedure only if the color quality is not satisfactory.
• If you do this procedure at installation, use the A4/LT paper provided with the machine.

1. Make sure that you have a copy of the C4 Color Chart before you begin, and write
"Before ACC adjustment" in the Memo box.

160
 Main Machine Installation

2. Push [User Tools].

3. To print a color pattern, select "Maintenance"> "Auto Color Calibration".
4. Touch [Start].

Machine will start self-check before printing test pattern

Press [Start Printing].

5. Touch [Start Printing].

Now self-checking.
Test pattern will be printed.
Please wait.

The machine does process control, and then it prints a test pattern.

Place Test Pattern on the exposure glass correctly.

Then press [Start Scanning]

6. Remove the C-4 test chart placed on the exposure glass during the previous procedure.
7. Place the color test pattern face-down that you made in Step 4 and 10 sheets of blank
paper on the color test pattern.
8. Make sure that the arrow and notation on the color test pattern ("Face down and align
the arrow with the rear left corner of the exposure glass.") is at the rear left corner.

161
 2. Installation

9. Touch [Start Scanning] on the display. The machine scans the pattern once.
• If you see the "Scanning failed..." message after you press [Start Scanning], check the position
of the pattern on the exposure glass.
• Make sure that the arrow on the test pattern is in the upper left corner of the exposure glass.
10. Remove the pattern from the exposure glass and replace it with the C-4 Color Chart.
11. Touch [Exit] three times to return to the Copy mode screen.
12. Make another Full Color copy of the C4 Color Chart, and write "After ACC adjustment" in
the Memo box.
13. Compare the results of the first copy marked "Before ACC adjustment" and the second
copy marked "After ACC adjustment".

If the results of the second copy after ACC adjustment are better than the results of the copy before
adjustment, you are finished.
-or-
If the results of the second copy are worse than the results of the first copy:
• Push the [User Tools] key.
• Touch "Maintenance"> "Auto Color Calibration"> "Previous Setting".
14. If the operator is satisfied with neither the first nor second copy:
• Enter the SP mode and do SP3-011-2 to execute process control.
• Do this procedure again from Step 2.

162
 Main Machine Installation

Checking the Print Quality

The print quality must be checked after installation before the customer starts to use the machine. Here is
a list of the points that must be checked and adjusted if necessary.
• Color Image Check. Make sure that the PS test page has solid colors without imperfections (no
blotches, no scratches). Confirm that the density differences in the PS test pattern are clearly visible.
• Color Registration Check. Make sure that the grid lines on the test pattern are superimposed
correctly.
• Ruled Line Check. Make sure that the grid lines on the test pattern are not scratched.
• Image Position Check. Check the image position and do the perpendicularity adjustment, skew
correction and registration adjustment.
• FR Density Adjustment. Software application ‘Image View FR’ contained in the NICE SD card
calculates and corrects the shading value across the main scan and applies the corrections to the
engine (SP).
• Image Quality Check with 75% Chart. Use NICE to output the image with 75% chart and then
check the image quality.
The procedures for each of these checks are described below.

Color Image Check

Before You Begin...
• Use "T6000 (70W)", Mondi: Color Copy 100gsm or Hammermill Color COPY digital 28 lb
(105gsm) paper to check the image quality of the printout.
• To do these checks at installation, use the accessory paper provided with the machine.
Procedure
1. Turn on the main power switch.
2. Press the "Fiery" tab on the LCD.
3. Press the "Printable Info" button.
4. Press the "PS Test Page" button, and then the "OK" button.
5. Confirm that each 100% pattern [A] has a solid color without imperfections (no blotches, no
scratches).
6. Make sure that the difference in the density between the 60% [B] and 50% [C] patterns is
clearly obvious.

163
 2. Installation

Recovery
Do one or both of these procedures if you see a problem on the printout.
1. If you detected a solid color problem in the 100% patterns, enter the SP mode, and then
execute process control manually with SP3-011-2 (Density Adjustment).
2. If you could not see any difference between the 50% and 60% patterns, execute color
calibration with the "Fiery Controller".

Color Registration Check

Procedure for Copier (D194/D195/D203/D204)
1. Turn on the main power switch.
2. Set a sheet of paper on the original tray of ADF.
3. Enter “Adjustment Settings for Skilled Operators” and select “To Print Screen”.
4. Press “Copier” and then touch [OK].
5. Enter the SP mode and then select SP2109-3.
6. Select Pattern 8 (Grid Pattern Large), and then touch [OK].
7. Select a paper Tray and print mode (simplex or duplex).
8. Select the "Full Color" mode.

• Make sure that the "Full Color" mode is selected. Otherwise, the color registration check
cannot be done correctly.
9. Press the [Start] key on the operation panel.
10. Confirm that the grid lines for each color are superimposed correctly.

164
 Main Machine Installation

Recovery
Do this procedure if you see the lines do not overlap correctly.
1. Exit from SP2109-3 and then select SP3011-4 (Full MUSIC).
2. Do SP2109-3 to print out Grip Pattern Large and then check the test pattern again.
Procedure for Printer (M195/M196/M207/M208)
1. Turn on the main power switch.
2. Enter the SP mode and then select SP2109-3.
3. Select Pattern 8 (Grid Pattern Large), and then touch [OK].
4. Press the "APL Window" button at the top of the LCD.
5. Select a paper tray and print mode (simplex or duplex).
6. Prepare the PC for printing.
7. Print a test page with the Fiery printer driver.
8. Confirm that the grid lines for each color are superimposed correctly.

• Do not use the [Print] button on the LCD to print the test pattern. Only a black and white
image will be output if you use the [Print] button on the LCD. The color registration check
requires a color image output.
• Make sure that the test page has black, red, green, and blue colors.
Recovery
Do this procedure if you see the lines do not overlap correctly.
1. Exit from SP2109-3 and then select SP3011-4 (Full MUSIC).
2. Do SP2109-3 to print out Grip Pattern Large and then check the test pattern again.

Ruled Line Check

Before You Begin...
• Use "T6000 (70W)", Mondi: Color Copy 100gsm or Hammermill Color COPY Digital 28 lb
(105gsm) paper to check the image quality of the printout.
• To do these checks at installation, use the accessory paper provided with the machine.
Procedure for Copier (D194/D195/D203/D204)
1. Turn on the main power switch.
2. Set a sheet of paper on the original tray of ADF.
3. Enter “Adjustment Settings for Skilled Operators” and select “To Print Screen”.
4. Press “Copier” and then touch [OK].

165
 2. Installation

5. Enter the SP mode and then select SP2109-003. For S color’s test pattern: select
SP2109-004 (S).
6. Select the Pattern No. 8 (Grid Pattern Large), and then touch [OK].
7. Print out the grid pattern sample for each single color with SP2109-5 (2:Cyan, 3:Magenta,
4:Yellow, 5:Black, 6: S).

8. Select a paper Tray and print mode (simplex or duplex).

9. Select the "Full Color" mode.

• Make sure that the "Full Color" mode is selected. Otherwise, the ruled line check cannot
be done correctly.
10. Press the [Start] key on the operation panel. A grid pattern prints for the selected color.
11. Repeat this procedure for each color (2: C, 3: M, 4: Y, 5: K, 6: S).

166
 Main Machine Installation

• The pattern of S is almost invisible.

12. Check that the grid lines for each single color test pattern are not scratchy.
Recovery
Do this procedure if you see any scratches in the lines.
1. Enter the SP mode and execute SP3011-2 (Density Adjustment).
2. Repeat the Ruled Line Check.
Procedure for Printer (M195/M196/M207/M208)
1. Turn on the main power switch.
2. Enter the SP mode and then select SP2109-3. For S color’s test pattern: select SP2109-004
(S).
3. Select Pattern 8 (Grid Pattern Large), and then touch [OK].
4. Print out the grid pattern sample for each color with SP2109-5.
5. Press the "APL Window" button at the top of the LCD.
6. Select a paper tray and print mode (simplex or duplex).
7. Prepare the PC for printing.

167
 2. Installation

8. Print a test page with the Fiery printer driver. A grid pattern prints for the selected color.
9. Repeat this procedure for each color (2:C, 3:M, 4:6, 5:K, 6: S).
10. Confirm that the grid lines for each color test pattern are not scratched.

• Do not use the [Print] button on the LCD to print the test pattern. Only a black and white
image will be output if you use the [Print] button on the LCD. The color registration check
requires a color image output.
• Make sure that the color is correct for each test pattern.
Recovery
Do this procedure if you see the lines do not overlap correctly.
1. Exit from SP2109-3 and then select SP3011-4 (Full MUSIC).
2. Do SP2109-3 (SP2109-4 for S color) to print out Grid Pattern Large (Pattern 8) and then
check the test pattern again.

Image Position Check

Perpendicularity Adjustment
Check if skew in the main scan direction is exhibited on a BK image.
The corner indicated in red should be 90 degrees.

1. Set A3 or DLT plain paper (63.1-80.0 gsm) on Tray 2.

• Use the accessory paper "T6000 (70W)" provided with this machine.

168
 Main Machine Installation

2. Select [14: Trimming Area] in SP 2-109-003 (Test Pattern - Pattern Selection) to print 1 copy
of the test pattern Trimming Area in b/w and simplex.
3. Confirm that the value of SP2-104-40 (Skew Adjustment - Manual K CE) is “0”.
If the SP value is not “0”, change the SP value to “0”.
4. If the corner is not 90 degrees, adjust skew with SP2-104-40 (Skew Adjustment - Manual K
CE).
Decreasing the SP value will change the perpendicularity of the corners as follows.

• Actually, the value of SP2-104-40 (Skew Adjustment - Manual K CE) is added to the
value of SP2104-41 (Skew Adjustment – Manual K User).
• Both SPs have a range of -10 to +10.
• Therefore, the actual range is -20 to +20.
Skew Correction
1. Set A3 or DLT plain paper (63.1-80.0 gsm) on Tray 2.

• Use the accessory paper "T6000 (70W)" provided with this machine.
2. Select [14: Trimming Area] in SP 2-109-003 (Test Pattern - Pattern Selection) to print 5 copies
of the test pattern Trimming Area in b/w and simplex.
3. Measure the two locations [1] and [2] on all 5 copies.

• We recommend the use of a magnifying glass.

4. Calculate the skew amount “[1] – [2]” on all 5 copies and then calculate the average value
of 5 copies.
If the average value is not within the recommended range +/- 0.2mm, go to next step.

169
 2. Installation

5. Open the right front door.

6. Lower the handle B5 [A] and then remove the small cover [B] ( x1).

7. Loosen two screws on the adjustor plate ( x1, x1).

8. Move the adjustor plate left or right to adjust the skew so that the skew amount “[1] – [2]” on
all 5 copies is within the recommended range +/- 0.2mm.

170
 Main Machine Installation

• 1 notch [A] on the scale is equivalent to a skew adjustment of approximately 0.2mm. *

This value may vary with variations in parts.

• If [1] > [2]: move the adjustor plate to the right.

• If [1] < [2]: move the adjustor plate to the left.

171
 2. Installation

9. After adjusting the skew, tighten the screws on the adjustor plate ( x1, x1).
10. Re-attach the small cover and then raise the handle B5 ( x1).
11. Close the right front cover.
12. Do steps 2-4 again to confirm that the skew has been improved.
• A3 skew amount = ([1] - [2]) / 293 × 200
• DLT skew amount = ([1] - [2]) / 275.4 × 200
OK: within the range +/- 0.2mm
Registration Adjustment
Adjust the margin position to the target position by adjusting the main scan registration and sub-
scan registration.
1. Set A3 or DLT plain paper (63.1-80.0 gsm) on Tray 2.

• Use the accessory paper "T6000 (70W)" provided with this machine.
2. Confirm that the value of SP2-103-001 (Erase Margin Adjustment - Lead Edge Width) is
“4.0mm”.
3. Confirm that the value of SP2-103-003 (Erase Margin Adjustment - Left) is “2.0mm”.
4. Confirm that the value of SP2-122-102 (Erase Margin Adj Leading Edge - Plain:Weight 2) is
“1”.
If the SP value is not “1”, change the SP value to “1”.
5. Select [14: Trimming Area] in SP 2-109-003 (Test Pattern - Pattern Selection) to print 5 copies
of the test pattern Trimming Area in b/w and simplex.
6. Measure the two locations [1] and [2] on all 5 copies and then calculate the average value of
5 copies.

• In the following steps, the average value for [1] is expressed as 1’ and the average
value for [2] as 2’.

172
 Main Machine Installation

7. Calculate the sub-scan registration adjustment amount [X] from average value 2’.
5 [mm] - 2' [mm] = X [mm]
8. Update the sub-scan registration value to SP1-501-001 (Lead Edge Reg - Standard Value).

• Update the currently set value by adding the X [mm] value calculated in step 7.
Example) If 1.0 [mm] is set for SP1-501-001 and the X [mm] value is -0.2 [mm], the
updated value will be 0.8 [mm].
9. Calculate the main-scan registration adjustment amount [Y] from average value 1’.
2 [mm] - 1' [mm] = Y [mm]
10. Update the main-scan registration value to SP1-502-001 (Side-to-Side Reg - Standard
Value).

• Update the currently set value by adding the Y [mm] value.

Example) If 1.0 [mm] is set for SP1-502-001 and the Y [mm] value is 0.2 [mm], the
updated value will be 1.2 [mm].
11. Confirm that the values of SP1-501-002 (Lead Edge Reg – Offset on the reverse side) and
SP1-502-002 (Side-to-Side Reg – Offset on the reverse side) are “0”.
If the SP values are not “0”, change the SP values to “0”.
12. After adjusting, select [14: Trimming Area] in SP 2-109-003 (Test Pattern - Pattern Selection)
to print 5 copies of the test pattern Trimming Area in b/w and simplex.
13. Measure the two locations [1] and [2] on all 5 copies.

173
 2. Installation

14. Adjustment is finished if the [1] value is 1.8mm to 2.2mm (recommended value) and the [2]
value is 4.8mm to 5.2mm (recommended value).

FR Density Adjustment

FR means ‘front-to-rear’ (across the main scan). The software application ‘Image View FR’ contained in
the NICE SD card calculates and corrects the shading value across the main scan and applies the
corrections to the engine (SP).

Preparation

• Take note of all of the following before running the Image View FR application.
• First, check if the uneven density can be corrected in Adjustment Settings for Skilled
Operators #0205. (Note that adjustments made in this menu take effect only after power
cycling the machine.)

174
 Main Machine Installation

• If no improvement is confirmed after doing the above, set the value(s) back to ‘0’ and turn
off/on the main power.
• Replace parts exceeding life, if any.
• Clean the dust shield glass of the laser unit.
• Clean the charge roller unit in Adjustment Settings for Skilled Operators.
• Clean the doctor gap.
• Unzip ‘installer zip file:NICE Image View FR V2.*.zip’ and run ‘setup .exe’. DO NOT
apply changes to the file directory.
• Prepare A3 or DLT size paper.
Pre-adjustment: Scanner calibration (D194/D195/D203/D204)
NICE ver.2.0 has been added with a new scanner calibration function for higher FR density
adjustment precision.
1. Place a blank piece of A3/DLT paper on the contact glass.
2. Insert the NICE SD card into the service slot on the controller box and press ‘Scan: Calibration
for FR’ on the main NICE menu screen.
3. Remove the blank piece of paper from the contact glass.

• The blank paper must be of the same paper used for printing test charts.

• Calibration data will be stored in the SD card.

• Scanner calibration is required only once for multiple FR density adjustments performed on the
same day on the same machine.
• Following paper types are not recommended: Colored paper, textured paper, cast coated
paper (Adjustment precision may decrease.)

175
 2. Installation

Procedure
1. Insert the NICE SD card into the service slot on the controller box.
2. Press ‘Test Print: FR Adjust’ on the main menu screen.
75%/60% (75U/60L) and 30%/15% (30U/15L) halftone charts will be printed in CMYK
(total of 8 sheets).

• This test chart can only be printed on A3 or DLT paper.

3. For printer models (M195/M196/M207/M208): If deviation exists, adjust SP2-113-001
to 004(Adjust LR density difference YMCK).
For copier models (D194/D195/D203/D204): place the 75U/60L and 30U/15L charts
of the affected color on the contact glass and press ‘Scan: FR Adjustment’ to scan these charts.
The following steps are for copier models only.

• The following steps can also be used for printer models if it is possible to use the scanner
(Pro C901, Pro C651/751, Pro C5100/5110, MP C8002/6502) of another
machine.
4. Press ‘Download to SD: FR SP’ to copy the engine SP data onto the SD card. SP data
(SP2152-***) will be saved as a csv file on the SD card.
5. Turn off the main power and remove the SD card from the card slot and insert the SD card into
your PC.
6. Start up ‘Image View FR’ and click ‘START.’

7. Select the machine type and paper size (A3 or DLT).

176
 Main Machine Installation

8. Click ‘START’ and select the tiff files (75/30U tiff files) requiring the adjustment and csv file
(s/n_shading_before.csv) saved on the SD card in step 4.

9. Wait until the calculation process completes.

• File ‘s/n_shading_after_75/60/30/15.csv’ will be saved on the SD card, which
contains the modified shading SP value.
• The original csv file will be renamed as ‘yyyymmdd_hhmm_s/n_shading_xbefore.csv.’
10. Remove the SD card from the PC and insert it into the service slot on the controller box.
11. Turn on the main power and press ‘Upload to Machine: FR SP’ on the main menu screen.
12. Turn the machine power off/on for the modified SP values to take effect.
13. Repeat the above steps until the desired results are obtained.

Check the Image Quality with 75% Chart

Use NICE to output 75% chart with the accessory paper "T6000 (70W)" provided with this machine.
Check the image quality by comparing the output 75% chart with the print sample 75% chart in tray 2.
Note that the output 75% chart and print sample 75% chart are both intended for checks by the service
technician and should be taken with the technician after use (do not show/give to the customer).

TCRU Setting

If the client is participating in the TCRU program, the TCRU feature must be initialized so the TCRU
setting menus can be displayed.

177
 2. Installation

1. Go into the SP mode.

2. Execute SP5185-001 (TCRU: Set Machine).

Moving the Machine

The machine is extremely heavy. When it is necessary to move the machine even a short distance to re-
locate it, apply pressure only on the areas that are marked with red squares in the illustrations below.

• Be careful not to press down on the ADF when moving the machine.

Pushing the Machine

[A] Front

[B] Left Side

[C] Right Side

[D] Rear

178
 Main Machine Installation

Removing the Rear Boxes

If the machine cannot fit through a door, the cooling box and controller box can be removed.
With both boxes removed the machine is 750 mm (30 in.) wide.

Cooling Box

1. Remove the screws from the left edge of the cooling box [A] ( x3).

2. Slowly, swing the cooling box open.

179
 2. Installation

3. On the open side of the cooling box [A], remove the screws ( x2).

4. On the hinged side of the cooling box, remove the screws ( x3).

5. On the back of the cooling box, remove the screws ( x8).

180
 Main Machine Installation

6. Cooling box cover [A]

7. Use the tip of a small screw driver to remove the screw covers (x4) on top of the
cooling box [A].

8. Cooling box top cover [A] ( x4)

181
 2. Installation

9. Disconnect the harnesses ( x1).

10. Depress the release buttons [A] on both coolant hoses [B] to disconnect them.
Use a cloth to soak up any fluid leakage from the hoses.

182
 Main Machine Installation

• There will be a small amount of leakage.

If there is a large amount of leakage, re-connect the hoses and disconnect them again.
Cover the ends of the hoses with a plastic bag when you move the machine, to prevent
drops of the liquid from getting on the customer’s floor.
11. On the inside panel, release the hose conduit band at [A] ( x1).
12. Pull the hose conduit [B] away from the cooling box.

13. Slowly pull the hose conduit and hoses [A] out of the cooling box.

183
 2. Installation

14. Stow the conduit [B] inside the machine.

15. Upper hinge cover [A] ( x1)

16. Lower hinge cover [B] ( x1)

17. Raise the handles and then lift the cooling box off its hinges and set it down.

• The cooling box weighs about 16 kg (36 lb).

184
 Main Machine Installation

Controller Box

1. On the open side of the controller box [A], remove two screws ( x2).

185
 2. Installation

2. On the hinged side of the controller box, remove three screws ( x3).

3. On the back of the controller box, remove eight screws ( x8).

4. Controller box cover [A]

5. Use the tip of a small screw driver to remove the screw covers (x4) on the top of the
controller box [A].

186
 Main Machine Installation

6. Controller box top cover [A] ( x4)

7. I/F cable bracket (x2) [A] ( x1 each)

8. Disconnect the I/F cable ( x2, x3, x3).

187
 2. Installation

9. Remove the screws from the right edge of the controller box [A] ( x3).

10. Slowly, swing the controller box open.

• Do not open the controller box completely since it may result in damage or
disconnection of the harnesses.

188
 Main Machine Installation

11. Remove the shield cover [A] from the inside of the controller box ( x6).

12. Ground screws ( x2)

13. Disconnect all connectors and open all clamps.

• It is not necessary to remove I/F cable [A] of the ADF.

14. Upper hinge cover [A] ( x1).

189
 2. Installation

15. Lower hinge cover [B] ( x1).

16. Raise the handles and then lift the controller box off its hinges and set it down.

• The controller box weighs about 21 kg (47 lb).

190
 Main Machine Installation

Switching the System On/Off

AC Power and Main Power Switch

AC Power Switch [A]

The AC power switch is located inside the front left door. The AC power switch should be left on at the
end of the work day.

• This switch should always be turned off before servicing the machine.

Main Power Switch [A]

The main power switch is located on top left. This is the switch that the operator uses to turn the machine
on and off and the beginning and end of each work day.

191
 2. Installation

The following screen is displayed during the shutdown process until the end after pushing the main
power switch to turn the power off.
When shutdown process is finished, main power is turned off automatically.

• Maximum waiting time: 8 minutes

• Never turn off the AC power switch before shutting down the Fiery controller.

The correct shut down procedure for the Fiery controller is described below.

Power On with Fiery Controller

Fiery Power Link USB Cable Is Not Connected
1. Turn on the AC power switch of the main machine.
2. Push the main power switch to turn the power on.
3. Turn on the switch on the back of the Fiery Controller box.
4. Press and turn on the switch on the front of the Fiery Controller box.
Fiery Power Link USB Cable Is Connected
1. Turn on the AC power switch of the main machine.
2. Push the main power switch of the main machine to turn the power on.
The power of the Fiery Controller box is also turned ON in conjunction.

192
 Main Machine Installation

Turning the System Off

Fiery Power Link USB Cable Is Not Connected
On the Fiery controller operation panel:
1. Press the [Fiery] tab.
2. Press the [Restart Fiery] button.
3. Press the [Shut Down] button.
On the Main Machine:
1. Push the main power switch to turn the power off.
2. Open the left front door.
3. Turn the AC power switch off.
Fiery Power Link USB Cable Is Connected
1. Push the main power switch of the main machine to turn the power off.
The power of the Fiery Controller box is also turned off in conjunction.
1. Open the left front door.
2. Turn the AC power switch off.
To turn off only the power of the Fiery Controller box
1. Set the OFF/ON switch [A] to the OFF position.

• When the OFF/ON switch is set the ON position, the Fiery Controller box restarts even if you
shut it down.
1. Press the [Fiery] tab on the Fiery controller operation panel.
2. Press the [Restart Fiery] button.
3. Press the [Shut Down] button.

193
 2. Installation

GW Printer Controller Options

OCR Unit Type M2 (D166) (For Only Copier Model)

Accessories

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list.

No. Description Q’ty

1 SD Card 1

Details About Searchable PDF

• Searchable PDF embeds the text information in the scanned document without processing the data
on your computer.
If this option is installed:
• You can search the text in the scanned document.
• You can add extra text to the file name.
• The orientation of the originals is detected, and the document is automatically rotated.
• The OCR unit is provided on an SD card. By installing the SD card on the main machine, the
function key is added to the operation panel. You do not need to install the OCR unit on the
computer.
• After installing the OCR unit, you can specify the settings of the searchable PDF function.

194
 GW Printer Controller Options

• The machine embeds the text information of the scanned document after scanning the originals
(after the originals are ejected from the ADF). Therefore, you can remove the originals from the
exposure glass or ADF.
• You can use other applications such as copy and printer while the machine embeds the text
information of the scanned document.

Installation Procedure

1. Turn off the main power switch.

2. Remove the SD card slot cover [A] from the SD Card slots ( x1).

3. Insert the SD card (OCR Unit) in SD card slot 1 (upper) [A] or SD slot 2 (lower) [B] with its label
face towards the front of the machine. Then push it slowly into the SD slot until you hear a click.

195
 2. Installation

4. Turn on the main power switch.

5. Go to SP 5-878-004 (Option Setup: OCR) and press [EXECUTE].
The SD card ID is recorded in NVRAM, and the machine ID of the main machine is recorded in the
SD card.
6. When the display tells you that the execution is completed, press [Exit].

• If the execution failed, the display tells you that the execution failed.
• If the execution failed, do the following.
• Check if the SD card is already used.
• Turn off the main power switch, and do steps 1 to 5 again.
7. Turn the main power switch off and on.
8. Go to SP 5-878-004 (Option Setup: OCR) and press [EXECUTE].
The OCR dictionary is copied to the HDD from the SD card.

• SP 5-878-004 links the SD card and the machine in the first execution, and then copies the
OCR dictionary to the HDD in the second execution.
9. Turn off the main power switch, and then remove the SD card form the SD card slot.

• Keep the SD card in the SD card storage location. You need the original SD card if the HDD is
broken.
10. Re-attach the SD card slot cover ( x1).
11. Turn on the main power switch.
12. Press [Send File Type / Name] on the [Scanner] screen.

13. Check if [OCR Settings] is displayed on the [Send File Type / Name] screen.

196
 GW Printer Controller Options

• You can switch the searchable PDF function on and off in the [OCR Settings] screen after installing
the OCR unit.
• If you want to use the searchable PDF function, select [On] for [OCR Settings]. (Default: [Off])

Restoration Procedure

When you install the OCR Unit Type M2, the searchable PDF function is saved on the HDD and the SD
card ID is saved in NVRAM.
Therefore, you need to re-install the OCR Unit Type M2 after replacing the HDD or NVRAM.

When the original SD card exists

• When you replace the HDD
Re-install the OCR Unit Type M2 from the original SD card.
• When you replace the NVRAM
If you upload / download the NVRAM data, re-install the OCR Unit Type M2 from the original SD
card.
If you do not upload / download the NVRAM data, order a new SD card (service part) of the
OCR Unit Type M2. Then re-install the OCR Unit Type M2 from the new SD card.
• When you replace the HDD and NVRAM at the same time
Re-install the OCR Unit Type M2 from the original SD card.
When the original SD card is lost
Order a new SD card (service part) of the OCR Unit Type M2, and then re-install from the new SD
card.

• When you re-install the OCR Unit Type M2, do the same procedure as the original installation
procedure. (Installation Procedure)

197
 2. Installation

SD card for NetWare printing Type S3 (D3A8)

Product for copier model (D194/D195/D203/D204): “Copier Model SD card for NetWare printing
Type S3”
Product for printer model (M195/M196/M207/M208): “Printer Model SD card for NetWare
printing Type S3”

Accessories

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list.

No. Description Q’ty

1 SD Card 1

Installation Procedure

1. Turn off the main power switch.

2. Remove the SD card slot cover [A] from the SD Card slots. ( x1)

198
 GW Printer Controller Options

3. Insert the SD card (NetWare printing) in SD card slot 1 (upper) [A] or SD slot 2 (lower) [B] with its
label face towards the front of the machine. Then push it slowly into the SD slot until you hear a
click.

4. Perform the merge operation if necessary (page 202 "SD Card Appli Move").
5. Re-attach the SD card slot cover ( ×1).
6. Turn ON the main power.
7. Print out the “Configuration Page”, and then check if this option is correctly recognized.

199
 2. Installation

PostScript3 Unit Type S3 (D3A8)

Accessories

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list.

No. Description Q’ty

1 SD Card 1

- PS3 Decal 1

Installation Procedure

1. Turn off the main power switch.

2. Remove the SD card slot cover [A] from the SD Card slots. ( x1)

200
 GW Printer Controller Options

3. Insert the SD card (PS3) in SD card slot 1 (upper) [A] or SD slot 2 (lower) [B] with its label face
towards the front of the machine. Then push it slowly into the SD slot until you hear a click.

4. Perform the merge operation if necessary (page 202 "SD Card Appli Move").
5. Re-attach the SD card slot cover ( ×1).
6. Stick the "Adobe PostScript3" decal on the front face of the main machine.
7. Turn ON the main power switch.
8. Print out the “Configuration Page”, and then check if this option is correctly recognized.

• The PDF firmware installed as standard contains a program required to print PS3 data as default.
However, this PS3 program is normally disabled.

201
 2. Installation

• The PS3 firmware is a dongle (key) which enables PS3 data printing functions. When the PS3
firmware is installed, the PS3 program in the PDF firmware is enabled. Due to this specification, the
self-diagnosis result report shows the ROM part number/software version of the PDF firmware
contained in the PS3 program.

SD Card Appli Move

Overview

The service program "SD Card Appli Move" (SP5-873) lets you move application programs from one
SD card to another SD card.
If more than one application is required, the applications must be moved to one SD card with SP5873-1
(PostScript 3, IPDS unit, etc.).
Be very careful when you do the SD Card Appli Move procedure:
• The data necessary for authentication is transferred with the application program from an SD card
to another SD card. Authentication fails if you try to use the SD card after you move the application
program from one card to another card.
• Do not use the SD card if it has been used before for other purposes. Normal operation is not
guaranteed when such an SD card is used.

Move Exec

The menu "Move Exec" (SP5-873-001) lets you move application programs from the original SD card
to another SD card.

• Do not turn ON the write protect switch of the system SD card or application SD card on the
machine. If the write protect switch is ON, a download error (e.g. Error Code 44) occurs during a
firmware upgrade or application merge.
• If the printer/scanner unit or the printer unit has been installed, the destination card should be those
SD cards.
1. Turn off the main power switch.
2. Make sure that a target SD card is in SD Card Slot 1 [A]. The application program is moved to this
SD card.
3. Insert the source SD card with the application program in SD Card Slot 2 [B].The application
program is copied from this source SD card.

202
 GW Printer Controller Options

4. Turn on the main power switch.

5. Start the SP mode.
6. Select SP5-873-001 "Move Exec".
7. Follow the messages shown on the operation panel.
8. Turn off the main power switch.
9. Remove the source SD card from SD Card Slot 2.
10. Turn the main power switch on.
11. Check that the application programs run normally.

Undo Exec

"Undo Exec" (SP5-873-002) lets you move back application programs from an SD card in SD Card
Slot 1 to the original SD card in SD Card Slot 2. You can use this program when, for example, you have
mistakenly copied some programs by using Move Exec (SP5-873-001).

• Do not turn ON the write protect switch of the system SD card or application SD card on the
machine. If the write protect switch is ON, a download error (e.g. Error Code 44) occurs during a
firmware upgrade or application merge.
1. Turn off the main power switch.
2. Insert the original SD card in SD Card Slot 2 [B]. The application program is copied back into this
card.
3. Insert the SD card with the application program in SD Card Slot 1[A].The application program is
copied back from this SD card.

203
 2. Installation

4. Turn on the main power switch.

5. Start the SP mode.
6. Select SP5-873-002 "Undo Exec."
7. Follow the messages shown on the operation panel.
8. Turn off the main power switch.
9. Remove the SD card from SD Card Slot 2.
10. Turn on the main power switch.
11. Check that the application programs run normally.

204
 5th Station Replacement Kit Type S3 (D880)

5th Station Replacement Kit Type S3 (D880)

RTB 110: Important Information about 5th Station Replacement Kit

• A Fiery Controller (Color Controller E-43A/E-83A) and 5th Station Fiery upgrade kit are required
to print in color S.
RTB 34: Notes on installation of E-43A/E-83A and 5th station kit
RTB 39: Recovery procedure for 5th station development unit installation error

• Although customers who purchase this optional kit can replace the toner color themselves, a service
technician have to fill the developer and initialize the settings at the first installation.

Accessories

No. Description Q'ty

1 Development Unit 1

2 5th Station Toner Cartridge Replacement Tool 1

3 Toner Supply Unit 1

4 Storage Case 1

5 Development plate 1

6 Toner Supply Unit Plate 1

7 TCRU Screw 2

8 Hex screwdriver 1

9 TCRU decal (for 5th Development Unit) 1

10 Color Identification Decal_ S:CLR (for Toner Supply Unit) 1

11 Color Identification Decal_ S:W (for Toner Supply Unit) 1

12 Color Identification Decal_ S:CLR (for PCDU) 1

13 Color Identification Decal_ S:W (for PCDU) 1

205
 2. Installation

Installation

• Prepare a developer and bring it.

• Developer Clear
• Developer White

• The unit must be connected to a power source that is close to the unit and easily accessible.
• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch are turned OFF and that its power
cord is disconnected before doing the following procedures.

1. Turn the main power switch ON.

206
 5th Station Replacement Kit Type S3 (D880)

2. Open the toner bank door and then remove the special toner bottle currently being used.

• Pull out the toner bottle as it is. You do not have to open the bottle cap in the SP mode unlike
with CMYK bottles.
3. Attach the 5th station toner cartridge replacement tool [A] provided with this option and
then close the toner bank door.

4. Access the Adjustment Settings for Skilled Operators menu.

5. Press [Machine: Maintenance].

207
 2. Installation

6. Press [Select Color of Special Toner].

7. Press [Select Color of Special Toner].

8. Select the toner to install, and then press [OK].

208
 5th Station Replacement Kit Type S3 (D880)

9. Press [Exit].

• Tube cleaning and color change is carried out automatically by executing this setting.
10. Turn the main power switch OFF.
11. Remove the 5th station toner cartridge replacement tool.
12. Attach the new toner bottle.
13. Open both the front doors.
14. Front cover [A] ( x2)

15. Remove the PCDU (page 891 "Removing PCDUs").

16. Attach a color identification decal [B] (provided with this option) to the PCDU that you just
removed [A].
Also, attach a color identification decal [B] (provided with this option) to the PCDU [A]
that you are going to install now (provided with this option).

209
 2. Installation

In the example below, a decal for clear toner is being attached. If you are removing clear
toner and installing white toner, attach the clear toner decal to the PCDU that you are
removing, and attach the white toner decal to the PCDU that you are installing.

• Decal (S:CLR) [A]: for clear toner

• Decal (S:W) [B]: for white toner

• Put the removed PCDU on the development plate which is in the storage case and then cover
it so that it is not exposed to the light.

210
 5th Station Replacement Kit Type S3 (D880)

17. Remove the tube [A] and connect it to the stud [B] so that the toner is not spilled.

18. Toner supply unit [A] ( x2, x1)

19. Attach a color identification decal [B] (provided with this option) to the toner supply unit
[A] that you just removed.

211
 2. Installation

20. Attach a color identification decal [B] (provided with this option) to the toner supply unit
[A] that you are going to install, provided with this option.

• Decal (S:CLR) [A]: for clear toner

• Decal (S:W) [B]: for white toner

21. Put the removed toner supply unit on the toner supply unit plate which is in the storage
case.

212
 5th Station Replacement Kit Type S3 (D880)

22. Attach the toner supply unit [A] provided with this option, and then connect the tube [B]
and connector [C] to it ( x2, x1).

23. Attach the positioning mark decals (TCRU decal) to the development unit provided with
this option.
The TCRU decal is also provided with this option.

• Attach the positioning mark decals (TCRU decal). These decals make it easy for the customer
to set the S PCDU in place.

213
 2. Installation

24. Pull out the slide rail for the 5th station PCDU and set the development unit [A] provided
with this option.

25. Remove the drum, PCU cleaning unit, and charger unit from the PCDU removed in step 15
and then install them on the development unit provided with this option.

• When setting the drum in place, it is necessary to align the drum shaft.
• Set the drum in place so mark [A] on the drum and mark [B] on the drum shaft on the main unit
are in a straight line.

214
 5th Station Replacement Kit Type S3 (D880)

• The 5th station PCDU is not secured with screws. This makes it easier for the user to replace it.

26. Attach the color identification decal [B] provided with this option to the PCDU [A].

215
 2. Installation

• Decal (S:CLR) [A]: for clear toner

• Decal (S:W) [B]: for white toner

27. Push the PCDU in and then attach the lock screw ( x1).

• Slowly push the PCDU until it is inserted all the way and then give a final strong push.

• If you cannot push the PCDU in, remove the charger unit and then turn the drum
counterclockwise by one gear tooth.
And try pressing it in again.
• Do not turn the drum excessively. Doing so will cause the phase to shift (refer to step 22’ note
for details).

216
 5th Station Replacement Kit Type S3 (D880)

28. Re-attach the front cover with TCRU screws provided with this option ( x2).

Filling Developer and Initialization

Pouring Developer

1. Open both the front doors.

• Keep both the front doors open until pouring developer is complete.
2. Remove the funnel cover [A] at the bottom right of the main machine and take out the
funnel [B] from inside ( x1).

3. Turn the main power switch ON.

• If you turn the main power switch ON with the front door still closed, and main machine
goes into the adjustment operation when main machine starts up without any developer,
it may generate an SC. If this happens, start again from step 1.
4. Enter the SP mode.
Stay in the SP mode until process setup is complete.

217
 2. Installation

5. Remove the cover [A] from the developer supply port on the 5th station PCDU and
remove the cap [B] from the developer supply port.

6. Attach the funnel to the supply port [A].

7. Shake the developer pack well, so that the developer breaks into small pieces, and
then unseal the bag.

• Be careful not to spill any developer when unsealing the bag.

8. Execute SP3-024-005 (Developer Fill :Exe: Execute:S) and pour the developer in
from the funnel.

• Be careful not to spill any developer when pouring it in.

• When you execute the SP, the development unit runs for about 30 seconds. Pour the
developer in during that period. If you do not pour all of it in during the 30 seconds,
execute SP3-024-005 again.
• You can change the fill time (30 seconds) via SP3-024-011 (Developer Fill :Exe: Drive
Time Upper Limit).

218
 5th Station Replacement Kit Type S3 (D880)

9. Take the funnel out of the supply port and put the cap back in place after filling the
unit with developer.
10. Execute SP3-025-001 (Dev Fill OK?: From Left: SYMCK) and check the results of
filling the developer.

Code Result Name Meaning

0 No execution Default

1 Succeeded -

Before execution, TD sensor output was above

2 No developer exited
1.5V (developer present).

After execution, TD sensor output was below 1.5V

3 No developer entered
(no developer present).

4 Used toner bottle full The used toner bottle was detected full.

5 Development motor lock The development motor was not operating.

One or both motors locked: Used Toner Transport

6 Used toner transport lock
Motor, Used Toner Bottle Motor.

Front doors were closed, main power switch was

9 Forced abort
off, or some other event interrupted execution.

Automatic execution of each initialization

1. If filling the developer succeeds, exit the SP mode and close both front doors.
The following initial settings are carried out automatically.
• TD sensor initialization
• Process initialization

• The process initialization makes the following adjustments all together.

• Development auger agitation for developer
• AC current adjustment
• Charge roller cleaning
• Transfer current adjustment
• Process control (potential control)
• MUSIC
• Toner initial setting

219
 2. Installation

• DEMS adjustment
2. Execute the following SP to check the results after automatic execution is finished,
• SP3-031-001 (TD Sens Init OK? : From Left:SYMCK)

Code Result Name Meaning

0 No execution SP default

1 Succeeded -

Developer set
2 -
incorrectly

TD sensor
3 calibration Vtcnt cannot be adjusted to Vt target (2.7V±0.1V)
abnormal

9 Forced end Door open, machine OFF, or machine not ready

• SP3-041-002 (DEMS Exe OK? : From Left:SS)

Code Result Name Meaning

0 Not executed Factory default setting (SP default)

1 Success -

2 Large phase shift Delta P>P (Max) *See note in margin for details

3 Small amplitude A>A (Min)*See note in margin for details

4 HP sensor error HP signal not detected within set time

5 M/A Max error Toner deposition on drum: M/A Avg>M/A (max)

6 M/A Min error Toner deposition on drum: M/A Avg<M/A (min)

Forced end due to door open, power OFF, error, etc.

9 Forced end
(Set at start of execution)

* Delta Meaning of P>P (max): If the shift in phase (Delta P) of the approximated sine
wave exceeds the maximum value P (max) of the control, the control is judged
unnecessary and DEMS does not execute (this is not an error).
* Meaning of A<A (min): If the amplitude (A) of the approximated sine wave is smaller
than the minimum value A (min) of the control, the control is judged unnecessary and
DEMS does not execute (this is not an error).

220
 5th Station Replacement Kit Type S3 (D880)

3. Exit the SP mode.

4. Turn the main power switch OFF.
5. Re-attach the covers.

Power On with Fiery Controller

Restart the Fiery Controller.

• The Fiery Controller will not be able to recognize the S toner until you restart it.

221
 2. Installation

RPIP Interface Box Type S3 (M462)

Overview

This device is an interface (I/F) for connecting Ricoh products and peripherals of 3rd party vendors. The
image below shows an example of a 3rd party vendor's peripheral connected to the main machine.

Configuration
The RPIP interface box type S3 consists of just the hardware and core software. It functions as an
interface after a parameter settings file compatible with the 3rd party peripheral has been
prepared and written to the RPIP interface box type S3.
Writing Data
The parameter setting tool is used to write the specific parameters of the 3rd party peripheral to the
RPIP interface box type S3.
Only data for one model can be written. Parameter settings files for multiple peripherals cannot be
written to the RPIP interface box type S3. If you wish to use a peripheral from a different maker, it is
necessary to reconnect the peripheral and then overwrite the parameter settings file.

LED

222
 RPIP Interface Box Type S3 (M462)

Name Color Description

Power is supplied from the main machine and the LED

1 Power LED Blue
lights up in tandem with the power of the main machine

3rd party peripheral Lights when ready for paper feeding and blinks when
2 Blue
status LED feeding.

3 Spare LED1 Blue Lights when in write mode.

4 Spare LED2 Blue -

5 Spare LED3 Blue -

Lights up red when an error occurs.

Lit: 3rd party peripheral jam
6 Error LED Red
Blinking: Communication error, error with main
machine or emergency stop switch pressed

Rear Panel I/F

Name Description

RPIP interface box type S3 Connects to the main machine or the most downstream
[A]
I/F cable Ricoh peripheral.

Used in emergencies to stop a job.

[B] Emergency stop switch Also used to cancel the blinking during an emergency
stop.

Upper: Connects to a PC. Normally the upper port is

used.
[C] Serial ports
Lower: Normally not used. Configured for potential
custom applications.

223
 2. Installation

Name Description

[D] Parallel port Connects to the 3rd party peripheral.

Accessories

No. Description Q'ty

RPIP Interface Box Type S3

1 1
(The cable is 1.5m long.)

2 Velcro 2

3 Parallel cable 2

Installation

Connect the interface box to the main machine (or the most downstream Ricoh peripheral) and the 3rd
party peripheral.

• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are turned OFF
and that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedures.
• Also make sure that the power of the 3rd party peripheral is turned OFF and that its power cord is
disconnected.
• Rating voltage of output connector for accessory; Max.DC24V.

224
 RPIP Interface Box Type S3 (M462)

• RPIP interface box type S3 is only compatible with post-processing related peripherals. At this time,
it cannot be used with paper feed related peripherals.

Recommended Installation Location

• A flat space where this option can be fastened to securely and where the status indicator LEDs
can be seen

1. Attach the velcros to the bonding surface [A] on the back of the RPIP interface box type
S3 (2 pieces).

2. Peel off the films from the velcros.

3. Press the RPIP interface box type S3 [A] to the surface at the installation location so it
sticks securely in place.

Before performing the subsequent steps, turn OFF the AC power switch and leave it for 5 minutes
so the residual charge can dissipate.

225
 2. Installation

4. Connect the I/F cable [A] to the main machine or the most downstream Ricoh peripheral.

5. Connect the parallel cable [A] to the RPIP interface box type S3 ( x2).

6. Connect a 3rd party peripheral to the main machine or the most downstream Ricoh
peripheral.
7. Connect the parallel cable to the connector on the 3rd party peripheral.

226
 RPIP Interface Box Type S3 (M462)

Setting

Required software/middleware
• Notebook PC
• RS-232C cable (for example: SANWA SUPPLY / KR-LK2)
• NET Framework 4.0X

• When using a USB-RS-232C adapter, use an adapter from a reputable manufacturer, or you may
get illegible text or installation errors. We recommend the following device.
• ELECOM / UC-SGT1

Preparation

1. Decompress the compressed folder [Parameter_Setting_Tool_ver.xx] and copy it to the

desired directory (Use notebook PC).
2. Copy the specific parameter settings file for the 3rd party vendor peripheral to the desired
directory (Use notebook PC).
3. Remove the connector cover [A] on the serial port [B] and connect the notebook PC to it.

• Do not discard the connector cover.

4. Turn the AC power switch [A] ON and then turn the main power switch [B] ON.
Wait until the main machine warms up.

227
 2. Installation

5. Press and hold the emergency stop switch for about 3 seconds to put it in the write mode.

• When the RPIP interface box type S3 is in the write mode, the power LED and spare LED1
light up blue.

• Jobs cannot be received while in the write mode.

Parameter Setting Tool

• These procedures are performed at the notebook PC.

1. Launch [ParameterSettingTool.exe].

228
 RPIP Interface Box Type S3 (M462)

2. Press the [Restore] button.

3. Select the parameter settings file that was prepared and select [Open].

• The parameters are displayed on the screen. Do not edit numerical values.
4. Press the [Data Write] button and the "Transfer Form" opens.

5. Select the port to use from the COM Port box.

229
 2. Installation

6. Press the [Connection] button and check that the Connection Status bar changes to
"COMXX Connection."

7. Press the [Write Start] button.

It starts writing the data.
When "Write End" is displayed in the [Communication Log], writing is complete.

230
 RPIP Interface Box Type S3 (M462)

8. Press the [Disconnection] button and close the tool.

9. Press and hold the emergency stop switch for about 3 seconds to cancel the write mode.
10. Make sure the LEDs, which lit up in the write mode, turns off.
11. Turn the main power switch off.
12. Disconnect the RS-232C cable and attach the connector cover to the serial connector. Then
turn the main power switch ON.
The written parameter data is updated after the machine is restarted (main power switch is turned
off/on). Be sure to restart the machine.

• "Data read" can be used to read the current parameters written to the RPIP interface box type S3.

231
 2. Installation

Decurler Unit DU5040 (D3A4)

Accessories

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list and illustration.

No. Description Q'ty

1 Main Board unit 1

2 Harness A (for motor) 1

3 Harness B (for sensor) 1

4 Screw (M4×8) 12

5 Clamp (Black) 1

6 Clamp (White) 2

7 Sheet for upper/lower path adjustment 1

8 Safety plate 1

9 Connector guide plate A 1

10 Connector guide plate C 1

11 Decurler Unit 1

232
 Decurler Unit DU5040 (D3A4)

Installation

• The unit must be connected to a power source that is close to the unit and easily accessible.
• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch are turned OFF and that its power
cord is disconnected before doing the following procedures.

1. Prepare a place to lay the Decurler Unit [A].

2. Lay the Decurler Unit [A] on the carton box [B] as shown below so that the entrance gate
of the Decurler Unit does not touch any object or the floor.

• Keep this position before attaching this unit to the main machine.
• Do not lay the Decurler Unit on the floor with the entrance gate of the Decurler Unit facing
downward. Otherwise, the sheets [C] on the entrance gate may be bent or folded.

233
 2. Installation

3. Remove the finisher connector cover [A] of the main machine ( x1).

4. Remove the left cover [A] ( x7).

234
 Decurler Unit DU5040 (D3A4)

• Support the cover with your hand when you remove the last screw, to prevent the cover from
falling.
5. Remove the bracket [A] ( x4).
6. Remove the side stay [B] ( x4).
7. Remove the guide plate [C] ( x2).

8. Remove the noise reduction plate [A] ( x3).

9. Attach white clamps [A] and [B] ( x2).

235
 2. Installation

10. Attach black clamp [C] ( x1).

11. Remove shipping plate [A] from the Decurler Unit ( x4).

12. Lay the Decurler Unit down at the location prepared in Step 1.
13. Connect accessory harness A at [A] ( x2).

236
 Decurler Unit DU5040 (D3A4)

14. Connect accessory harness B at [B] ( x1).

15. Align the safety plate [A] with the embossed guide and fasten it ( x2).

16. Install the Decurler Unit [A] on the left side of the main machine ( x4).

17. Route accessory harness A [A] (for the motor) through the white clamp, and close the
clamp ( x1).

237
 2. Installation

18. Route accessory harness B [B] (for the sensor) through the black clamp and the white
clamp, and close the clamps ( x2).

19. Re-attach the side stay [A] ( x4).

20. Align the bracket [A] of the board unit with the embossed guide and fasten it ( x4).

21. Connect accessory harness A at [A] ( x1).

238
 Decurler Unit DU5040 (D3A4)

22. Connect accessory harness B at [B] ( x1).

23. Route harness A through white clamp [C] and close the clamp ( x1).
24. Route harness B through clamps [D] and [E] and close the clamps ( x2).

• There must be no slack in harness B at [F]. This prevents the harness from interfering with the
left drawer when it is pulled out.

25. Release the unconnected harnesses from the main machine ( x2).
26. Close the clamps again.

• Do not remove the heavy tape at [A] This tape prevents the harnesses from interfering with re-
installation of the left cover.

27. Connect the harnesses to the board, and then clamp the harness ( x2, x1).
28. Check the following:
• Make sure that the sealed band [A] on the harness is positioned above the clamp.
• The taped portion of the harness [B] should be positioned away from the right cover screw
hole as shown. This prevents the harness from interfering with re-installation of the cover.

239
 2. Installation

29. Re-attach the covers removed.

30. On the front side at both ends of the connection bracket of the first downstream unit,
remove the screws and replace them with the screws provided with this option ( x2
M4x8).

240
 Decurler Unit DU5040 (D3A4)

31. Re-attach the bracket [A] ( x4).

Installing the Guide Plate

• There are two connector guide plates "A" and "C".

• You must select the correct guide plate for the peripheral unit that will be connected to the left side
of the main machine.
• Each guide plate is marked to tell you which guide plate to install. Refer to the table below.

241
 2. Installation

Downstream Unit Letter Embossed on Plate

Multi Folding Unit

Ring Binder
A
Perfect Binder

Cover Interposer Tray

Finisher (D734 or D735)

C
High Capacity Stacker

Buffer Pass Unit Not Required

1. If the Buffer Pass Unit is to be installed, skip this section and go to the next section.
2. Remove the guide plate from the right side of the downstream unit ( x2). Keep these
screws in a safe place!

3. Select the correct guide plate ("A" or "C") for the peripheral unit. The guide plate in the
illustration below is marked "A" (for Multi Folding Unit, Ring Binder, Perfect Binder, or
Cover Interposer Tray).

4. Attach the guide plate with the screws removed in Step 2.

When you attach guide plate A to the downstream unit:
• There are two sets of holes on guide plate A.

242
 Decurler Unit DU5040 (D3A4)

• Attach the screws to the outer holes (marked below by the red arrows) if the next downstream
unit is the Multi Folding unit.
• Attach the screws to the inner holes (marked by the blue arrows) if the Ring Binder, Perfect
Binder, or Cover Interposer Tray is the next downstream unit.

SP Settings

1. Switch on the machine and enter the SP mode.

2. Refer to the accessory sheet and enter the settings for SP1927 and SP1928.

3. Exit SP mode and turn off the main machine.

Docking

1. Connect the downstream peripheral unit to the main machine.

243
 2. Installation

2. Dock the downstream peripheral unit.

3. Turn on the main machine.

4. Make sure that the front door of the main machine and Decurler Unit are both closed.
5. Do SP5-804-244 (De-curler Unit Move:Upper Default). This sets the upper path in the
Decurler Unit as the default paper path.

• If either door is open when you execute SP5-804-244, the machine will issue SC593.
• In this occurs, execute SP5-804-243 (De-curler Unit Move:Lower Default), make sure both
doors are closed, then cycle the machine off/on and execute SP4804-244 again.
6. Turn off the main machine.
7. Check if the upper path of the Decurler Unit is positioned as the default paper path.

• Two procedures are described below. Do the procedure for whichever peripheral unit you
are installing.
Guide Plate A
Follow this procedure if plate "A" is installed for:
• Multi Folding Unit
• Ring Binder
• Perfect Binder
• Cover Interposer Tray
1. Look down between the machine and unit and locate the red reference points.
• [A] is the red reference point on the downstream unit.
• [B] is the red reference point on the Decurler Unit.
2. Remove the rear cover of the peripheral unit.

244
 Decurler Unit DU5040 (D3A4)

3. Adjust the leveling bolts on the left side of the main machine (front and rear corners) until
reference points [A] and [B] are at the same height.

Guide Plate C
Follow this procedure if plate "C" is installed for:
• High Capacity Stacker
• Finisher (D734 or D735)
1. Look between the machine and unit and locate the reference points.
• [A] is the cutout on guide plate C attached to the main machine.
• [B] is the red reference point on the on the Decurler Unit.
2. Remove the rear cover of the finisher.
3. Adjust the leveling bolts on the left side of the main machine (front and rear corners) until the
cutout [A] and reference point [B] are at the same height.

245
 2. Installation

Curl Correction

SP Mode Adjustments

Turn on the machine and do some test prints and check for excessive curling.

• Do test prints with paper feed from each paper tray.

Back Curl [A]
Back curling (convex curling) occurs when the leading and trailing edges of the sheets curl under.

Face Curl [B]

Face curling (concave curling) occurs when the leading and trailing edges of the sheets curl up.

Curl Correction
Curl correction is done with settings in the SP mode. There are six SP codes for curl correction, one
for each paper tray.

246
 Decurler Unit DU5040 (D3A4)

Paper Source SP No. Range

Tray 1 1st Tray: Main Machine SP1-906-001

Tray 2 2nd Tray: Main Machine SP1-906-002

Tray 3 Top Tray: LCIT SP1-906-003

Tray 4 Middle Tray: LCIT SP1-906-004

Tray 5 Bottom Tray: LCIT SP1-906-005

Tray 6 Multi Bypass Tray: On top of LCIT SP1-906-006

[0 to 5 / 3 / 1]
Tray 3 Top Tray: Vacuum Feed LCIT SP1-906-007

Tray 4 Bottom Tray: Vacuum Feed LCIT SP1-906-008

Tray 5 Top Tray: Vacuum Feed LCIT SP1-906-009

Tray 6 Bottom Tray: Vacuum Feed LCIT SP1-906-010

Tray 7 Top Tray: Vacuum Feed LCIT SP1-906-011

Tray 8 Bottom Tray: Vacuum Feed LCIT SP1-906-012

1st Tray Main Machine: SP1-906-001

This is the list of settings (range) for Tray 1. These settings are identical for each paper tray.

Setting Used For Sample

No pressure applied by soft

0 None. This is the same as the default setting (3)
roller.

1 Slight Face Curl Sample [B] in previous

2 Excessive Face Curl illustration.

No pressure applied by soft

3 None. This is the normal default setting.
roller.

4 Slight Back Curl Sample [A] in previous

5 Excessive Back Curl illustration.

247
 2. Installation

Tray Heaters

If the machine is being used where humidity is high:

• Turn on the tray heaters of the main unit. This will prevent moisture from collecting around and in the
paper trays while the machine is idle or switched off.
• If the LCIT is installed, recommend installing the optional tray heaters in the LCIT. This will prevent
moisture from collecting around and the paper trays in the LCIT while the machine is idle or
switched off.

248
 Scanner Heater (Service Option)

Scanner Heater (Service Option)

Accessories

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list and illustration.

No Description Q'ty

1 Heater: 230V 9W 1

2 Screws M3x6 2

Installation

• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch are turned OFF and that its power
cord is disconnected before doing the following procedure.

1. Exposure glass (page 787 "Exposure Glass")

2. Scanner rear cover (page 707 "Scanner Rear Cover (Front)",page 708 "Scanner Rear
Cover (Rear)")
3. Scanner front cover (page 707 "Scanner Front Cover")

249
 2. Installation

4. Rotate the scanner motor pulley counter-clockwise to move the carriage from left to
right.

5. Pull out the connector [A] for the scanner heater located on the back side of the scanner
from the left side of the scanner ( x2).

250
 Scanner Heater (Service Option)

6. Pass the connector through the hole on the left side and then fix the scanner heater [A] to
the base of the carriage ( x2).

• Access the screw on the left side of the scanner heater through the hole in the scanner frame.

7. Connect the connector [A] of the scanner heater to the main machine ( x1, x1).

251
 2. Installation

Service Slot Board (Service Option)

Accessories

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list and illustration.

No. Description Q'ty

1 Service Slot Board 1

2 Harness 1

3 Clamp 3

4 Screw: M3x6 3

252
 Service Slot Board (Service Option)

Installation

• The unit must be connected to a power source that is close to the unit and easily accessible.
• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch are turned OFF and that its power
cord is disconnected before doing the following procedures.

1. On the open side of the controller box [A], remove two screws ( x2).

2. On the hinged side of the controller box, remove three screws ( x3).

3. On the back of the controller box, remove eight screws ( x8).

4. Controller box cover [A]

253
 2. Installation

5. Loosen the screws of the sliding cover [A] on the front of the controller box( x10). You do not
need to remove all of these screws.

6. Slide the sliding cover [A] slightly to the right and remove it.

7. Attach the service slot board [A] to the side frame ( x3: M3x6).

254
 Service Slot Board (Service Option)

8. Connect the harness [B] (provided with this option) to the connectors of the service slot board (
x2, x1).

9. Attach the clamps (provided with this option) to the side frame and then route the harness through
the clamps to the PSU2 under the controller board ( x3).
10. Connect the connector [A] ( x1).

255
 2. Installation

11. Re-attach the covers.

• When retrieving the debug logs, remove the SD card slot cover [A] and then insert the SD card into
the SD card slots. .

256
 Service Slot Board (Service Option)

• You can set two SD cards (master/slave).

• Do the log settings with the SP mode.
- SP5-901-009: Engine Log SD-Card Save Set /Save Setting: Engine Log
- SP5-901-010: Engine Log SD-Card Save Set /Save Setting: Debug Monitor

257
 2. Installation

LCIT RT 5090 (D732)

Accessories

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list and illustration.

No. Description Q'ty

1 Frame – Sheet Metal 1

2 Rear Cover 1

3 Side Cover 1

4 Top Cover 1

5 Decals - Paper Set 3

6 Flat Cover (for Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 (D517)) 1

7 Tab Fences 3

8 Front Cover 1

9 Washer 1

10 Screws (M4x8) - Blue 2

11 Screws (M4x8) - Silver 10

12 Binding Screw (with lock washer) 1

13 Upper Joint Pins (Grooved) 2

14 Lower Joint Pins (Smooth) 1

15 Leveling Shoes 4

16 Sponge Strip 1

258
 LCIT RT 5090 (D732)

Installation

• The unit must be connected to a power source that is close to the unit and easily accessible.
• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are turned OFF
and that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedures.

Tapes, Retainers

1. At the front [A] and right, remove all visible tapes.

2. On the left [B], remove visible tapes.
3. Remove tape and cover from the I/F connector [C].

259
 2. Installation

4. Open each drawer and remove the tape.

Covers

1. Locate the positioning pins at the front [A] and rear [B].

260
 LCIT RT 5090 (D732)

2. Position the holes on the bottom of the frame with the positioning pins at the front and back, and set
the frame [A] on the left side of the unit.
3. Make sure that the holes and positioning pins [B] are engaged at the front and back.

4. At the front, fasten the base of the frame [A] ( x2 M4x8).

5. At the rear, fasten the base of the frame [A] ( x2 M4x8).

261
 2. Installation

6. Attach the side cover to the right side of the frame.

• First, set the bottom tabs of the side cover [A] into the cutouts in the flat plate.
• Next, set the claws on the left side [B] of the side cover into the holes in the frame.

7. Check the left side under the top of the frame [A], and make sure that the claws and holes are
matched correctly and that the side cover is flat against the right side of the frame.
8. Fasten the side cover [B] to the frame ( x2 M4x8).

9. Set the top cover on top of the frame.

• Insert the claws [A] on the left underside of the top cover into the holes in the frame.
• At the same time, insert the tabs on the top left edge of the top cover [B] into the holes in the
frame.

262
 LCIT RT 5090 (D732)

10. Make sure the top cover is flat against the frame.

11. Fasten the top cover at the front [A] and rear [B] ( x2 M4x8).

12. Open the front door.

263
 2. Installation

13. Hang the keyholes in the bracket on the back of the front cover [A] onto the shoulder screws of the
front frame plate [B].
14. Slide front cover [C] down until the top is flat and level with the top of the top cover [D].

15. Attach the front cover [A] ( x2 M4x8)

16. Close the front door [B].

264
 LCIT RT 5090 (D732)

17. Make sure the front cover is set correctly.

• Top right edge [A]
• Bottom right edge [B]

18. Hang the keyholes in the bracket on the back of the rear cover [A] onto the shoulder screws of the
rear frame plate [B].
19. Slide the cover [C] down so that the cover joints are at the same level.

265
 2. Installation

20. Fasten the rear cover [A] ( x2 M4x8).

21. Make sure the rear cover is set correctly.

• Top left edge [A]
• Bottom left edge [B]

Ground Plate

1. Locate the ground plate on the bottom, left edge of the unit.

266
 LCIT RT 5090 (D732)

2. Ground plate [A] ( x2).

3. Turn the plate over so that the tines are down [B], and then attach it to the same holes with the same
screws ( x2).

• If you are going to install the Multi Bypass Tray, the tray heaters, or both, install them now.
These must be installed before the unit is docked to the main machine.

Docking to Main Machine

1. Remove six plates on the right side of the main machine ( x all, x1).

267
 2. Installation

2. There are two notched joint pins with the accessories.

3. Attach one notched pin on the right side of the main machine at the front [A], and the other notched
pin at the rear [B].

4. Attach the smooth joint pin to the right rear edge [A] of the machine.
• There is only one smooth joint pin.
• The smooth pin must be attached at [A].

268
 LCIT RT 5090 (D732)

5. Peel the tape from the back of the sponge strip.

6. Attach the sponge strip [A] to the top left edge of the unit.

7. Push the unit close to the side of the main machine.

8. Pull the ground wire [A] out of the unit.
9. Use the accessory screw and flat washer [B] to fasten the ground wire to the main machine at [C].

269
 2. Installation

• Be sure to disconnect the ground wire before pulling the unit away from the main machine.
10. Align the unit with the right side of the main machine.
11. Push the unit toward the right side of the main machine until they are about 15 cm (6 in.) apart.

12. Open the front door of the unit.

13. Screw [A] ( x1).
14. Pull the spring-loaded lock lever [B] forward and release it to make sure that it is free and moves
easily.

270
 LCIT RT 5090 (D732)

15. Slowly, push the unit [A] onto the right side of the main machine. You should hear two clicks as the
lock lever connects with the two upper joint pins.
16. Behind the door, re-attach screw [B] to fasten the lock lever.

17. Hang one tab fence [A].

• Three tab fences are provided with this option, but only one can be stored inside the LCIT.
Give the remaining two tab fences to the operator for safekeeping.

271
 2. Installation

18. At the rear, attach the unit I/F connector to the side of the main machine.

Height Adjustment

1. Set the leveling shoes [A].

2. Adjust the height of the unit and make sure that it is level.

272
 LCIT RT 5090 (D732)

• On the right side of the main machine [A], check the height of the LCIT paper exit [B].
• Move the main machine entrance plate [C] up and down and confirm that it does not contact the
paper exit of the LCIT.

Tray Heaters (service option)

Accessories

Check the accessories against the list below.

No. Description Qty

1 PTC Heater 1

273
 2. Installation

No. Description Qty

2 Heater Relay Harness 1

3 Heater Cover 2

4 Screws M4x8 7

5 Saddle Clamps 2

6 Harness Clamps 2

Installation

• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are turned OFF
and that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedure.

1. If the LCT is already installed, disconnect it and pull it away from the side of the machine.
• Lock lever ( x1)
• Interface cable ( x1)
• Ground screw ( x1)

274
 LCIT RT 5090 (D732)

2. Remove the screws from the right cover of the LCIT ( x6).
3. Hold the bottom of the right cover, push it to the left to disconnect the hooks at the top edge of the
cover, and pull it away.

4. Connect the heater assembly [A] and heater relay harness [B] ( x1).

5. Pull out each tray until it stops. You do not need to remove them.

275
 2. Installation

6. Attach the PTC heater to the bottom plate of the LCIT ( x3).

7. Attach clamps [A] and saddle clamps [B], and then close the clamps around the harness ( x4).

8. Re-attach the right cover ( x6).

276
 LCIT RT 5090 (D732)

9. Attach the two heater covers at the bottom of the LCIT ( x4).

• The heater harnesses must pass between the two covers.

• Make sure that the harnesses are not pinched between the covers.

10. Remove the connector plate from the bottom edge of the main machine ( x1).

11. Push the LCIT close to the main machine.

12. Re-connect the green ground wire [A] ( x1).
13. Connect the heater cable [B] ( x1).

• Confirm that the relay harness and the ground wire are not pinched between the mainframe
and the LCIT.

277
 2. Installation

Moving the LCIT

Always follow this procedure before moving the LCIT.

• To prevent damage to the ground wire (and the heater connector if the heater is installed) never
attempt the move or change the position of the main machine with the LCIT connected to the right
side of the machine.
1. At the rear, disconnect the unit I/F connector.

2. Open the front door of the unit.

3. Screw ( x1)
4. Pull the spring-loaded lock lever forward to separate it from the joint pins on the side of the main
machine.

278
 LCIT RT 5090 (D732)

5. Slowly, pull the LCT a short distance away from the machine.

6. Disconnect the ground wire [A] ( x1).

7. Disconnect the heater connector [B], if the heaters (option) have been installed ( x1).

279
 2. Installation

8. Pull the LCIT away from the side of the main machine.

280
 A3/11"x17" Tray Unit TK5010 (B331)

A3/11"x17" Tray Unit TK5010 (B331)

Accessories

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list and illustration.

No. Description Q'ty

1 A3/DLT Tray 1

2 Paper Size Decals 2

3 Short Connector 1

4 Pin Bracket 1

5 Screw 2

Installation

• The unit must be connected to a power source that is close to the unit and easily accessible.
• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are turned OFF
and that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedures.

281
 2. Installation

1. Stay [A] ( x2).

2. Remove the retainers [B] [C] and the shipping material [D] ( x1).

3. Check the position of the front and back side fences and make sure that they are set for
DLT or A3.
4. If you need to adjust the positions of the side fences for the paper to be loaded in the tray,
remove the front panel [A] ( x4).
5. Remove the fences and adjust their positions for the paper to be loaded:
Front fence [B] ( x1), Back fence [C] ( x1), End fence [D] ( x1)

282
 A3/11"x17" Tray Unit TK5010 (B331)

6. Open the front doors.

7. Pull out the tandem feed tray [A] completely.

8. Push the right tandem tray [B] into the machine.
9. Remove the left tandem tray [C] ( x2 left, x3 right).

10. From the left tandem tray, remove the front cover [A] ( x3).

283
 2. Installation

11. Pull out the right tandem tray [B] then remove it ( x2).

12. Insert the short connector [A] into the socket inside the machine [B].
Hold the connector as shown in the illustration.

13. Using the screw removed in Step 9, attach the pin bracket [A] to the center rail.

284
 A3/11"x17" Tray Unit TK5010 (B331)

14. Using the screws removed in Steps 11 for the right rail and screws provided with this
option for the left rail, install the tray [B] on the right rail [C], center rail [D], and left rail
[E].

• Make sure that the pin on the bracket [A] is put through the hole in the bottom plate of the
tray.
• Make sure that three screw holes [F] are visible before tightening the tray.
• If one of the three screw holes is not visible [G], the paper tray cannot be opened after the
paper tray is closed.
• Tighten the screw holes indicated by triangle marks.

285
 2. Installation

15. Re-install the front cover [A] ( x3).

16. Use SP5-959-2 (Paper Size: 1st Tray (A3 Kit)) to select the paper size for Tray 1 (A3 or
DLT).
17. After selecting the paper size, switch the main power switch off and on to change the
indicator on the operation panel.

286
 Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (D777)

Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (D777)

Accessories

No. Description Q’ty

1 Joint Bracket 1

2 Cushion 1

3 Joint Pins 2

4 Leveling Shoes 4

5 Tapping Screw : 4x10 2

6 Screw: Polished Round/Spring: M5x10 2

7 Power Cord 1

8 Decal- Paper Tray [3] 1

9 Decal- Paper Tray [4] 1

10 Decal- Paper Tray [T1] 1

*Not used with this machine

11 Decal- Paper Tray [T2] 1

*Not used with this machine

12 Decal: Paper Set Direction 2

287
 2. Installation

• The support plate [A] provided with the paper tray is used when attaching the vacuum feed banner
sheet tray type S3 to this machine.

288
 Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (D777)

Installation

• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are turned OFF
and that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedure.

• This is the procedure for installing the vacuum feed LCIT to right of the main machine. The
procedure for installing it to the right of the bridge unit BU5010 is the same as this procedure.

1. Remove all visible external tapes on the external surfaces of the vacuum feed LCIT.
2. Pull the paper tray 1, 2 and then remove the shipping materials .

289
 2. Installation

3. Remove six plates shown below on the right side of the main machine.

4. Attach the joint pins [A] and joint bracket [B] to the main machine ( x2: M5x10).

• Tighten the joint pins [A] with a wrench.

• Fix the joint bracket [B] with the M5x10 screws provided with this option.

290
 Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (D777)

5. Lift the rear right cover [A] of the vacuum feed LCIT slightly and remove it ( x6).

6. Lift the rear left cover [A] of the vacuum feed LCIT slightly and remove it ( x10).

7. Open the front door and release the lock stay ( x1).
The removed screw is used in step 11.

8. Remove the ground plate [A] ( x2).

291
 2. Installation

9. Change the orientation of the ground plate [A], and then install it as shown below (
x2).

10. Attach the cushion [A] to the docking side of the vacuum feed LCIT as shown below.

11. Install the vacuum feed LCIT on the main machine.

Match the frames of the vacuum feed LCIT with the joint pins and joint bracket of the main machine.

292
 Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (D777)

12. Open the front door and fix the lock stay ( x1).
Use the screw removed in step 6.

13. Place the four leveling shoes [A] below the bolts [B] under each corner of the vacuum
feed LCIT.
14. Turn the nuts [B] to lower the bolt until the bolts reach the leveling shoes [A].

293
 2. Installation

15. Place a level on the top of the vacuum feed LCIT and then adjust the machine level and
height with leveling shoes.

• Machine level: Less than 5mm (0.2”) from level (measure from left-to-right and front-to-rear)
• Machine height: The paper feed port [A] of the vacuum feed LCIT is positioned within the
range of the paper feed port [B] of the main machine.

294
 Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (D777)

16. Fix the joint bracket ( x2: M4x10).

17. Re-attach both rear covers of the vacuum feed LCIT.

18. Connect the vacuum feed LCIT I/F cable [A] to the main machine.

295
 2. Installation

19. When attaching the decal: paper tray, attach it along the LED of the paper tray.

• Upper paper tray: decal- paper tray [3]

• Lower paper tray: decal- paper tray [4]
• Decal- Paper Tray [T1], [T2] are not used with this machine.

20. Plug in the machine.

Disconnecting the Vacuum Feed LCIT from the Main Machine

Open the front door [A] of the vacuum feed LCIT, and then disconnect the Vacuum Feed LCIT while
pressing the connecting lever [B] in the direction indicated with the arrow.

296
 Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (D777)

Tray Heater (Option)

An optional tray heater can be installed under paper feed tray 2. (page 298 "Vacuum Feed LCIT Tray
Heater (D777)")

297
 2. Installation

Vacuum Feed LCIT Tray Heater (D777)

Accessories

No. Description Q'ty

1 Relay Harness 1

2 Heater Bracket 1

3 Screw 5

4 Heater 1

Installation

• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are turned OFF
and that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedure.

1. Pull paper tray 2 from the vacuum feed LCIT.

2. Paper tray 2 [A] ( x4)

298
 Vacuum Feed LCIT Tray Heater (D777)

• Two or more customer engineers are required to lift paper tray 2 off the rails because paper
tray 2 is extremely heavy. Work carefully when lifting or moving it.
3. Lift the rear right cover [A] of the vacuum feed LCIT and remove it ( x6).

4. Lift the rear left cover [A] of the vacuum feed LCIT and remove it ( x10).

5. Attach the heater [A] to the bottom of the vacuum feed LCIT ( x3).
Access from the front.

299
 2. Installation

6. Attach the heater bracket [A] ( x2).

Access from the rear.

7. Pass the heater harness through the hole in the rear side, and connect it to the relay harness ( x2,
x2).

8. Route the relay harness as shown below ( x8).

300
 Vacuum Feed LCIT Tray Heater (D777)

9. Connect the relay harness to the PSU.

Red arrow: CN803

10. Re-attach both rear covers.

11. Re-attach paper tray 2.

• The tray heater is not operated by the ON/OFF switch, but is always ON when the AC power of
the vacuum feed LCIT is plugged in. If you wish to turn the heater OFF, you have to disconnect the
relay connector [A].

301
 2. Installation

302
 Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778)

Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778)

• Up to three units of vacuum feed LCIT RT5100 can be connected by installing a bridge unit
BU5010 [A] between them.

Accessories

No. Description Q'ty

* Horizontal Transport Unit 1

1 Control Board 1

2 Exit Motor Unit 1

3 Entrance Motor Unit 1

4 Detent Unit 1

5 Detent 2

6 Jam Removal Lever 1

7 Leveling Shoes 4

8 Left Slide Rail 1

9 Right Slide Rail 1

10 Joint Bracket 2

11 Interface Harness 1

12 Interlock Switch Harness 1

303
 2. Installation

No. Description Q'ty

13 Drawer Connector Harness 1

14 Communication Harness 1

15 Cooling Fan Harness 1

16 Motor Harness 1

17 Clamp (large) 6

18 Clamp (small) 3

19 Edge Saddle (large) 1

20 Edge Saddle (small) 1

21 Screw with Spring Washer (M5x10) 8

22 Screw (M3x6) 4

23 Tapping screw (M4x8) 25

24 Fan Assembly 1

25 Decal - Paper Feed Tray [5] 1

26 Decal - Paper Feed Tray [6] 1

27 Decal - Paper Feed Tray [7] 1

28 Decal - Paper Feed Tray [8] 1

29 Decal – U10 Knob 1

Decal - Paper Feed Tray [T3]

30 1
*Not used with this machine

Decal - Paper Feed Tray [T4]

31 1
*Not used with this machine

304
Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778)

305
 2. Installation

Installation

• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are turned OFF
and that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedure.

Horizontal Transport Unit

1. Remove all visible external tapes on the external surfaces.

306
 Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778)

2. Remove the six covers on the right side of the downstream vacuum feed LCIT.

3. Lift the rear right cover [A] of the downstream vacuum feed LCIT and remove it ( x6).

4. Lift the rear left cover [A] of the downstream vacuum feed LCIT and remove it ( x10).

• Attaching position of the four units

• [A]: Detent unit
• [B]: Entrance motor unit

307
 2. Installation

• [C]: Exit motor unit

• [D]: Control board

5. Attach the detent unit [A] ( x3: M4x8).

308
 Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778)

6. Attach the entrance motor unit [A] ( x3: M4x8).

• Check that the belt is not out of position. If the belt is out of position, a horizontal transport unit
jam occurs.
• Before securing the motor unit [A], slide it to the left. From the resulting gap, insert a thin
screwdriver or other tool to check the belt [B] tension.

309
 2. Installation

7. Attach the exit motor unit [A] ( x3: M4x8).

8. Attach the control board [A] and fan assembly [B] ( x4: M4x8).

• Tighten the fan assembly [B] and control board [A] together (blue circle).

9. Connect the drawer connector harness [A] and motor harness [B] to the control board
( x4).

CN208 CN210

CN207 CN205

310
 Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778)

10. Route the drawer connector harness and motor harness as shown below, and then insert
the connectors into the relay connectors in the frame.

11. Attach the edge saddles [A] [B] provided with this option to the following locations.

311
 2. Installation

12. Route the drawer connector harness and motor harness as shown below. Then connect
the connectors to the drawer connector and motor ( x2, x4).

Control Board

Upper Side

Exit Motor Unit

312
 Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778)

• Route the harness [A] so that the bind shown in red circle is located above the edge saddle
[B].

13. Connect the cooling fan harness [A] and communication harness [B] to the main board of
the vacuum feed LCIT ( x2).
14. Route the cooling fan harness and communication harness as shown below. Then connect
the connector of the cooling fan harness to the cooling fan, and insert the connector of the
communication harness into the relay connector in the frame ( x1).

CN37

CN13

313
 2. Installation

Main Board of the Vacuum Feed LCIT

Control Board

• Route the cooling fan harness so that the connector [A] is located above the clamp [B].
15. Connect the interlock switch harness [A] to the control board ( x1).
16. Insert the connector of the interlock switch harness into the relay connector in the frame
through the clamp [B] provided with this option.

CN216

314
 Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778)

17. Connect the interface harness [A] to the main board of the vacuum feed LCIT ( x2).
18. Route the harness as shown below through the clamps [B] provided with this option. (
x5).

CN29

CN30

315
 2. Installation

19. Connect the interface harnesses to the control board ( x5).

CN245 CN217

CN201 CN203

CN202 - -

316
 Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778)

• Route the interface harnesses so that the binds of the harness are located below the edge
saddle.

20. Pull away the harness [A].

21. Attach the edge saddle [B] provided with this option.

22. Insert the connector into the relay connector in the frame through the clamp.

23. Pull the paper tray 1 from the vacuum feed LCIT.

317
 2. Installation

24. Lift the tray 1 front cover [A] and remove it ( x4).
• screws [B]: shoulder screws

• Remove the tray 1 front cover beforehand so that it does not hit the floor when putting the
paper tray 1 on the floor.

25. Remove the paper tray 1 [A] from the vacuum feed LCIT ( x4).

• Two or more customer engineers are required to lift the paper feed unit off the rails because
the paper feed unit is extremely heavy (approx.30kg). Work carefully when lifting or moving
it.

318
 Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778)

26. Remove the horizontal transport front cover [A] from the vacuum feed LCIT ( x2).

27. Remove the stay [A] from the horizontal transport front cover ( x3).

28. Remove the brackets [A] [B] from the horizontal transport front cover ( x4).

319
 2. Installation

29. Attach the horizontal transport front cover to the horizontal transport unit ( x5).

• Do not remove fixing tapes when turning over the horizontal transport unit to attach the screws
to the back side.

30. Attach the detents [B] to the stay [A] removed in step 27 ( x4: M4x8).

320
 Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778)

31. Attach the right slide rail [A] provided with this option to the vacuum feed LCIT ( x4:
M4x8).

• “L” is engraved on the left slide rail.

• “R” is engraved on the right slide rail.

32. Attach the left slide rail [A] provided with this option to the vacuum feed LCIT ( x4:
M4x8).

321
 2. Installation

• Attach the rear screws after removing the fan bracket [A].

33. Remove the upper inner cover from the vacuum feed LCIT.
1. Open the front door.
2. Two levers [A] ( x1 each)
3. Knob [B] ( x1)

4. Raise the Jam U9 removing plate and remove the handle [A] ( x2).

322
 Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778)

5. Three knobs [A] ( x1 each)

6. Upper inner cover [B] ( x5)

34. Remove the bracket [A] and knob [B] from the jam removal lever provided with this
option ( x3).

35. Attach the bracket [A] removed in step 34 to the vacuum feed LCIT ( x2).

323
 2. Installation

36. Set the jam removal lever [A] through the hole in the slide rail as shown below.

324
 Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778)

37. Fix the jam removal lever to the bracket ( x2).

38. Cut out the plastic knockouts for the jam removal lever from the upper inner cover.

325
 2. Installation

39. Paste the decal – U10 knob [A] to the lower side of the point where you cut.

40. Re-attach the upper inner cover.

41. Attach the stay [A], which detents were attached to in step 30, to the vacuum feed LCIT
( x2).

42. Set the horizontal transport unit on the slide rails.

326
 Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778)

• When holding the horizontal transport unit, hold its rear center and front center.

• Hang the tabs located at the four corners of the slide rail into the cutouts in the horizontal
transport unit.

43. Attach four screws [A] provided with this option ( x4: M3x6).

327
 2. Installation

44. Push in the horizontal transport unit.

45. Re-attach the covers.

Docking: Downstream

1. Attach the two joint brackets [A] provided with this option to the right side of the
downstream vacuum feed LCIT ( x 2 each: M5x10).

Upper side

328
 Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778)

Lower side

2. Remove the plate [A] from the right side of the bridge unit ( x4).

3. Dock the downstream vacuum feed LCIT; to do this.

329
 2. Installation

Insert the upper joint pin [A] and lower joint pin [B] on the left side of the bridge unit into
the holes in the joint brackets on the downstream vacuum feed LCIT.

Upper Side

Lower Side

330
 Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778)

4. Attach the leveling shoes [A] and then adjust the height so that the tops of the units are at
the same level (Four locations: front left, front right, rear left, rear right).

5. Fix the upper joint bracket to the bridge unit ( x2: M5x10).

331
 2. Installation

6. Fix the lower joint bracket to the bridge unit ( x2: M5x10).

7. Remove the rear cover [A] from the bridge unit ( x5).

332
 Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778)

8. Connect the harness of the rear side of the bridge unit to the downstream vacuum feed
LCIT ( x5).

• Route the harnesses so that the clamp is located between the binds [A].

9. Re-attach the removed covers.

333
 2. Installation

Docking: Upstream

1. Attach the joint bracket [A] provided with the upstream vacuum feed LCIT to the right side
of the bridge unit ( x2).

2. Dock the upstream vacuum feed LCIT; to do this.

Insert the joint pin on the left side of the upstream vacuum feed LCIT into the hole in the
joint bracket on the bridge unit.
3. Open the front door of the upstream vacuum feed LCIT, and then fix the lock stay and
joint bracket ( x1 each).

334
 Bridge Unit BU5010 (D778)

4. Remove the rear cover of the upstream vacuum feed LCIT, and then fix the joint bracket
( x1).

5. Re-attach the rear cover of the upstream vacuum feed LCIT, and then connect the I/F
cable [A] to the bridge unit ( x1).

6. When attaching the decal - paper feed tray [5 to 8] (provided with this option) to the
upstream vacuum feed LCIT, attach them along the LED of the paper feed tray.

• Upper paper feed tray : lower number

• T3,T4: not used with this machine

335
 2. Installation

336
 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777)

Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3

(D777)

• Vacuum feed banner sheet tray type S3 is connected to the vacuum feed LCIT.
• When two or more vacuum feed LCITs are connected, vacuum feed banner sheet tray type S3 can
be connected to only the upstream vacuum feed LCIT.

Accessories

No. Description Q'ty

1 End Fence (Short) 2

2 End Fence (Long) 1

3 Front Cover 1

4 Upper Bottom Plate 1

5 Lower Bottom Plate 1

6 Rear Cover 1

7 Support Plate 1

8 Relay Tray 1

9 Extension Tray 1

10 Safety Cover 1

11 Stopper Plate 4

12 Edge Saddle 2

13 HP Sensor Bracket 1

14 Tapping Bind Screw – M3x6 2

15 Tapping Bind Screw – M4x6 6

16 Tapping Screw – M4x8 6

17 Tapping Screw – M3x10 2

337
 2. Installation

No. Description Q'ty

18 Decal Sheet: Scale 1

19 Decal: Position Indicator 2

20 Side Fence 2

21 Wire Cover 4

22 E-ring 4

23 Sponge Strip 1

338
 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777)

Installation

• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are turned OFF
and that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedure.

1. Remove all visible external tapes on the external surfaces of the vacuum feed banner
sheet tray type S3.
2. Lift the right top cover [A] of the vacuum feed LCIT and remove it ( x4).

• Removed screws are used when attaching the front cover and rear cover provided with this
option.

339
 2. Installation

3. Lift the rear right cover [A] of the vacuum feed LCIT and remove it ( x6).

4. Lift the rear left cover [A] of the vacuum feed LCIT and remove it ( x10).

5. Pull paper tray 1 from the vacuum feed LCIT.

6. Lift the tray 1 front cover [A] and remove it ( x4).
• screws [B]: shoulder screws

340
 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777)

• Remove the tray 1 front cover beforehand so that it does not hit the floor when putting the
paper tray 1 on the floor.

7. Paper tray 1 [A] ( x4)

• Two or more customer engineers are required to lift the paper tray 1 off the rails because
paper tray 1 is extremely heavy. Work carefully when lifting and moving it.
8. Remove the stay [A] on the right side of the vacuum feed LCIT ( x4).

• After removing the stay, keep it in storage in case the vacuum feed banner sheet tray is
dismantled at some point in the future.

341
 2. Installation

9. Attach the safety cover [A] (provided with this option) to the far side of the vacuum feed
LCIT ( x6: M4x6).

342
 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777)

10. Pull the harness of the vacuum feed banner sheet tray to the outside of the tray.

343
 2. Installation

11. Mount the shoulder screws [B] on the front/rear of the vacuum feed banner sheet tray
into the holes [A] that receive the shoulder screws on the vacuum feed LCIT.

12. Fix the vacuum feed banner sheet tray with the screws provided with this option.
Near side: ( x3: M4x8)

344
 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777)

Far side: ( x2: M4x8)

13. Attach the front cover [A] provided with this option ( x2).

• Use the screws removed from the right top cover in Step 2.

345
 2. Installation

14. Attach the edge saddles [A] provided with this option and pass the harnesses of the
vacuum feed banner sheet tray through the rear side.

15. Route the harnesses as shown below and connect it to the board of the vacuum feed LCIT
( x3).

CN36

CN60

CN40

• Disconnect the terminal connectors and connect the harness because CN60 is connected with
terminal connectors [A] as shown below.

346
 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777)

16. Disconnect the connectors [A] [B].

17. Connect the relay connectors, which were routed from above, to the connectors [A] [B]
disconnected in step 16 ( x2).

• The harnesses [C] disconnected from connectors [A] [B] in step 16 are connected nowhere.

347
 2. Installation

18. Attach the rear cover [A] provided with this option ( x2).

• Use the screws removed from the right top cover in Step 2.
19. Remove the support plate [A] on the side of the paper tray removed from the vacuum
feed LCIT.

348
 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777)

20. Widen the side fences of the paper tray and attach the support plates on the inside of the
side fences.

• The support plates are held in place by magnets on both sides of the paper tray.

21. Remove the side plate [A] from the paper tray ( x4).
Keep the plate in storage in case the vacuum feed banner sheet tray is dismantled at some point in
the future.

• Lift up the operating lever to remove the screws on the front.

349
 2. Installation

22. Remove the left cover [A] from the paper tray ( x4).

• Lift up the operating lever to remove the screws on the front.

350
 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777)

23. Remove the sensor bracket [A] from the paper tray ( x1, x1).

24. Remove the HP sensor [A] from the bracket and replace it with the HP sensor bracket [B]
provided with this option ( x3).

25. Attach the HP sensor bracket to the paper tray ( x1, x1).

26. Re-attach the left cover.

351
 2. Installation

27. Turn the roller [A] clockwise, and lift up the bottom plate above the embossed part [B].

28. When the bottom plate has been lifted above the embossed part, insert an object such as
a screwdriver into the hole in the sheet metal to hold the pin [A].

29. Attach the four stopper plates [A] provided with this option ( x2 each).

• Screws with washers are mounted in advance on the stopper mounting position.
• Remove the washers from the screws when attaching the four stopper plates.

Front left and front right

352
 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777)

Rear left and rear right

30. Remove the screwdriver or other object inserted in step 28.

31. Remove the jam removal lever [A] on the front of the paper tray ( x3).

32. Disconnect the connector [A] ( x1)

353
 2. Installation

33. Stay [A] ( x6)

354
 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777)

34. Re-hang the wire.

Before

After

1. Turn the wire take-up roller clockwise and loosen the wire.

355
 2. Installation

2. Remove the pulley [A] in the middle and then install it into the position [B]( x1).
3. Re-hang the long wire as shown below.

• Remove the pulley cover [A] and then remove the pulley.

4. Attach the removed pulley cover ( x1).

5. Remove the wire [A] from the wire hook.

356
 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777)

6. Replace the wire hook with the one of the rear side and then attach it so that the hook faces
down ( x1 each).

• Before replacing the wire hook, check the position of the graduations on both the front
and rear. When attaching the wire hook, fasten it so that the graduations are in the same
position as before replacing it.

357
 2. Installation

7. Re-hang the wire as shown below and then hook the wire [A] on the wire hook.

• Hang the wire into the groove of the pin on the frame.

• At the upper pulley, pass the long wire through the pulley and pass the short wire
between two E-rings.

358
 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777)

• After re-hanging the wire, change the position where it hangs from the top to the bottom.

8. Attach the pulley covers (provided with this option) to the 2 pulleys ( x2).
Two E-rings are also provided with this option.

359
 2. Installation

35. Move and add pulleys on the rear side in the same way as on the front, and re-hang the
wires.

36. Attach the stay and jam removing lever removed in steps 31 and 33.
37. Attach the decals [A] and [B] (provided with this option) to the bottom plate of the paper
tray.
Align the decals with alignment lines (indicated by the red lines below) on the bottom plate.

• Decal [A]: mm scale

• Decal [B]: inch scale

360
 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777)

• Decal [C] is used in step 47. So do not discard the decal sheet after attaching decals [A] and
[B].
38. Attach the decals (position indicator) [A] (provided with this option) to the both side
fences.

39. Remove the screws from the end fence [A], and then remove the end fence from the
paper tray as it falls down diagonally ( x2).

361
 2. Installation

40. Pull out the vacuum feed LCIT slide rails and mount the paper tray on them, and fasten it
in place ( x4).

• Two or more customer engineers are required to mount the paper tray 1 on the rails because
paper tray 1 is extremely heavy. Work carefully when mounting it.
41. Push the paper tray and close it.

362
 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777)

42. Turn the wire take-up roller [A] at the front of the paper tray counter-clockwise to raise
the bottom plate until you can see it completely from the vacuum feed banner sheet tray.

• The raised bottom plate will not lower even if the wire take-up roller is released. However, if
the bottom plate is raised too high, pulling out the paper tray will cause it to lower.
43. Remove the screws on the bottom plate ( x3).

363
 2. Installation

44. Attach the upper bottom plate [A] provided with this option ( x3).

• Use the screws removed in step 43.

45. Insert the lower bottom plate [A] (provided with this option) to attach it ( x2: M3x6).

364
 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777)

• If the bottom plate is lifted too far and a screwdriver cannot get in, pull the paper tray out
slightly so it can be lowered. Please note that if you pull the tray out too far, it may come in
contact with and deform the extension tray, so be very careful when doing this.
46. Re-attach the tray 1 front cover.
47. Attach the decal [A] (provided with this option) to the upper bottom plate.

• Decal [A]: Rear end scale and end fence installation diagram

48. Open the front door of the vacuum feed LCIT and lock the paper tray 1 ( x1).
Once the paper tray 1 is locked, it cannot be pulled out.

365
 2. Installation

49. Re-attach the rear covers.

Attaching the Sponge Strip

1. Cut the cushion at the position [A] along the groove of the left top cover of the vacuum
feed LCIT.
2. Remove the screws on the left top cover ( x2).

366
 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777)

3. Slide the left top cover [A] in the direction of the blue arrow and remove it.

4. Slide the center top cover [A] in the direction of the blue arrow and remove it ( x3).

5. Slide the right top cover [A] in the direction of the arrow and remove it ( x3).

367
 2. Installation

6. Attach the sponge strip (provided with this option) to the right side of the right top cover
removed in step 5.

• Insert the rib [B] into the notches [A] of the sponge strip.

7. Re-attach the covers.

8. Close the top cover [A] and then confirm that there is no gap.

Attaching the Side Fences and End Fences

1. Attach the side fences [A] provided with this option as shown below.
The side fences are held to the vacuum feed banner sheet tray by magnets.

368
 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777)

2. Stand the end fence (long) [A] provided with this option as shown below. Put the end
fences (short) [B] (provided with this option) on the side of the tray.
The end fences are held to the vacuum feed banner sheet tray by magnets.

369
 2. Installation

Attaching the Extension Tray to the Finisher

1. Pull out the extender of the finisher's shift tray.

2. Insert the relay tray [A] provided with this option.

3. Fasten the relay tray together from the bottom with the screws provided with this option,
so that it does not come apart ( x2: M3x10).

370
 Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D777)

4. Insert the extension tray [A] provided with this option.

5. Use the shift tray emergency stop switch of the finisher to lower the shift tray and then
attach the support plate [A] provided with this option.
Raise the shift tray by using the shift tray emergency stop switch after attaching the support plate.

• Insert the pins [A] of the support plate into the holes [B] of the shift tray.

SP Setting

After starting up the main machine, it is necessary to make sure the vacuum feed banner sheet tray is
recognized by using the following SP.

371
 2. Installation

1. Enter the SP mode.

2. Change SP5-150-002 from [0] to [1].
3. Exit the SP mode.
4. Restart the main machine.

372
 Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 (D517)

Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 (D517)

• The Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 can be installed on the LCIT RT 5090 or Vacuum Feed LCIT RT
5100.
• When two or more Vacuum Feed LCITs are connected, the Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 can be
installed on only the downstream Vacuum Feed LCIT (the closest one to the main machine).

Accessories

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list and illustration.

No. Description Q'ty

1 Tab Sheet Fence 1

2 Sponge Strip 1

3 Bracket 1

4 End Fence 1

5 Decal (Tray A) 1

6 Decal (Tray 6) *Not used 1

7 Decal (Tray 7) *Not used 1

8 Screws (M4x8) 2

9 Screws (M4x6) 4

10 Left Cover 1

11 Joint Pins 2

- Decal (ROHS) *China Only

373
 2. Installation

Installation (On the Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100)

• When installing the Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 on the Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100, the Multi
Bypass Attachment Kit for Vacuum Feed LCIT Type S3 is required.
Refer to page 393 "Multi Bypass Attachment Kit for Vacuum Feed LCIT Type S3 (D777)" for how
to install the Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 on the Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100.

Installation (On the LCIT RT5090)

• This section describes how to install the Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 on the LCIT RT5090.
For how to install the Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 on the Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100, refer to
page 393 "Multi Bypass Attachment Kit for Vacuum Feed LCIT Type S3 (D777)".

• The unit must be connected to a power source that is close to the unit and easily accessible.
• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are turned OFF
and that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedures.

374
 Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 (D517)

Before You Begin...

• The Multi Bypass Tray must be installed on the LCIT before the LCIT is docked to the mainframe.
• If the LCIT is already installed, it must be disconnected from the mainframe before installation of the
Multi Bypass Tray.

If the LCIT Has Already Been Installed...

Skip to the next section if you are installing the LCIT and Multi Bypass Tray together.
1. If the LCIT is connected to the machine, disconnect it.
2. To prevent damage to the connectors and ground wire, before pulling the LCIT away from the
mainframe:
• Pull the LCIT about 20 cm (8") away from the main machine.
• Disconnect the connectors and the ground wire ( x1 M4x8).
• Pull the LCIT completely away from the machine.
3. Open the front door [A].
4. Remove the following covers:
• Front cover [B] ( x2 M4x8)
• Rear cover [C] ( x2 M4x8)
• Top cover [D] ( x2 M4x8)
• Side cover [E] ( x2 M4x8)
5. Frame [F] ( x4 M4x8)

• Do not remove the sponge strip from the left side of the frame.

375
 2. Installation

Unpacking

1. Remove the accessory packet [A] and open it.

2. Remove all tape and shipping materials.

• The guide plate of the unit bottom sticks out, so place the unit on a table as shown below.

Flat Cover

1. Remove the left top cover [A] from the LCIT( x2 M4x8).

376
 Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 (D517)

2. Disconnect the right top cover [A] from the LCIT ( x2 M4x8).
Keep these screws! You need them to attach the next cover.
3. Slide the cover to the right to disconnect the claws under the right edge and then lift it off.

4. Attach the flat cover [A] with the screws removed from the previous right top cover ( x2 M4x8).
• This flat cover is provided with the LCIT.
• This flat cover (like the previous cover) has three large claws under the right edge. Make sure
these claws engage in the holes in the LCIT frame.

377
 2. Installation

5. Set the bracket [A] and fasten it ( x1 M4x6).

Mounting and Connecting the Multi Bypass Tray

1. Attach the joint pins [A] and [B].

2. Locate the alignment marks for the bypass unit.

• Two thin vertical lines [A] on the bypass unit (one on the front, one on the rear).
• Two arrows on the LCIT frame cover at the front [B], at the rear [C].
• These lines and arrows must be aligned correctly when you mount the bypass tray on top of
the LCIT.

378
 Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 (D517)

3. Pick up the bypass unit on its left side [A] and right side [B].

• The bypass unit weights 20 kg (44 lb.). You may need assistance to set the bypass unit on top
of the LCIT.
4. Set the bypass unit on top of the LCIT. Align the thin lines on the front [A] and rear [B] of the bypass
covers with the arrows on the front and rear sides of the LCIT frame.

• Aligning these points ensures that the holes on the bottom of the bypass unit will slip easily
over the vertical joint pins on the LCIT.

379
 2. Installation

5. Open the bypass tray.

6. Front cover [A] ( x1 M4x8)

7. Rear cover [A] ( x2 M4x8)

8. Check the rear [A] and front [B].

9. Make sure the unit is flat on top of the LCIT, and that the joint pins are visible.

380
 Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 (D517)

10. Fasten the unit at the front [A] and rear [B] ( x2 M4x6).

11. At the rear, open the clamp to disconnect the three harness cables ( x1).

381
 2. Installation

12. Remove the short harnesses.

These harnesses are not used for this installation.

13. Locate the three connection points [A] on the LCIT (inside the tray), and then connect the 3
harnesses ( x3).
Clamp [B] is not used for this installation.

14. When you close the harnesses, make sure that the two lock bands are positioned as shown below.

382
 Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 (D517)

Bypass Covers

1. Set the left cover [A] provided with this option. Make sure that the claws are set correctly in their
holes.

2. Fasten the left cover [A] ( x2, M4x8).

383
 2. Installation

3. Re-attach:
Front cover [A] ( x1 M4x8)
Rear cover [B] ( x2 M4x8)

4. Remove the tape from the sponge strip [A].

5. Position the sponge strip to the left side of the bypass unit.

LCIT Covers

• The frame, covers, screws and sponge strip in this section are provided with the LCIT.
1. Remove the right stay [A] from the frame ( x2 M4x8).

384
 Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 (D517)

2. Position the holes on the bottom of the frame with the positioning pins at the front and back, and set
the frame [A] on the left side of the unit.
3. Make sure that the holes and positioning pins are engaged at the front and back.

4. At the front, fasten the base of the frame [A] ( x2 M4x8).

385
 2. Installation

5. At the rear, fasten the base of the frame [A] ( x2 M4x8).

6. Set the top cover [A] on top of the frame.

• Insert the claws [B] on the left underside of the top cover into the holes in the frame.
• At the same time, insert the tabs [C] on the top left edge of the top cover into the holes in the
frame.

7. Fasten the top cover.

Front [A] ( x1 M4x8)
Rear [B] ( x1 M4x8)

386
 Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 (D517)

8. Open the front door.

9. Hang the keyholes in the bracket [A] on the back of the front cover onto the shoulder screws of the
front frame plate.
10. Slide the front cover [B] down until the top is flat and level with the top of the top cover.
11. Fasten the front cover ( x2 M4x8).

12. Close the front door.

13. Make sure the front cover is set correctly.
• Top front edge [A]
• Bottom front edge [B]

387
 2. Installation

14. Hang the keyholes in the bracket on the back of the rear cover [A] onto the shoulder screws of the
rear frame plate [B].

15. Slide the cover [A] down so that the cover joints are at the same level.
16. Fasten the rear cover ( x2 M4x8).

388
 Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 (D517)

17. Make sure the rear cover is set correctly.

• Top rear edge [A]
• Bottom rear edge [B]

18. Peel the tape from the back of the sponge strip if the sponge strip has not been attached to the LCIT.
19. Attach the sponge strip [A] to the left edge of the frame.
20. Close the bypass unit [B].

389
 2. Installation

End fence and tab sheet fence

• The items in this section are bypass unit accessories.

1. Set the end fence [A].

2. Store the tab sheet fence [A] as shown. Also store the end fence [B] here if the customer does not
need to use it at this time.

390
 Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 (D517)

Attaching the Tray Number Decals

1. Attach the decal (tray A) to the front of the unit as shown below.

2. First, attach the decal (tray A) [A] at the position shown.

3. Pull the back strip [B] from behind the upper part of the decal, and then press where the strip was
removed.
4. Pull the back strip [C] from behind the lower part of the decal, and then press where the strip was
removed.
5. Pull the clear sheet [D] from the surface of the decal.

391
 2. Installation

Docking, Height Adjustment

Follow the procedures in the LCIT installation section to complete this installation.
• Docking (page 267 "Docking to Main Machine")
• Height adjustment (page 592 "Height and Level Adjustment")

392
 Multi Bypass Attachment Kit for Vacuum Feed LCIT Type S3 (D777)

Multi Bypass Attachment Kit for Vacuum Feed

LCIT Type S3 (D777)

• When installing the Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 on the Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100, this option is
required to match the feed speed of the vacuum feed LCIT.

Accessories

No. Description Q'ty

1 Stepping Motor Assembly 1

2 Pulley Gear 1

3 Timing Pulley: Transport 1

4 Timing Pulley 1

5 Sponge Strip 1

6 Timing Belt: M134 2

7 Timing Belt: M96 1

8 Timing Belt: M140 1

9 Cover plate 1

10 Tapping screw: M4x8 4

393
 2. Installation

Installation (On the Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100)

This section describes how to install the Multi Bypass Tray BY5010 on the Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100
with the Multi Bypass Attachment Kit for Vacuum Feed LCIT Type S3.

• The unit must be connected to a power source that is close to the unit and easily accessible.
• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are turned OFF
and that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedures.

Before You Begin...

• When two or more Vacuum Feed LCITs are connected, the Multi Bypass Tray can be installed on
only the downstream Vacuum Feed LCIT (the closest one to the main machine).
• The Multi Bypass Tray must be installed on the Vacuum Feed LCIT before the Vacuum Feed LCIT is
docked to the mainframe.
• If the Vacuum Feed LCIT is already installed, it must be disconnected from the mainframe before
installation of the Multi Bypass Tray.

394
 Multi Bypass Attachment Kit for Vacuum Feed LCIT Type S3 (D777)

If the Vacuum Feed LCIT Has Already Been Installed...

Skip to the next section if you are installing the Vacuum Feed LCIT and Multi Bypass Tray together.
1. If the Vacuum Feed LCIT is connected to the machine, disconnect it.
2. To prevent damage to the connectors, before pulling the Vacuum Feed LCIT away from the
mainframe:
• Pull the Vacuum Feed LCIT about 20 cm (8") away from the main machine.
• Disconnect the connectors.
• Pull the Vacuum Feed LCIT completely away from the machine.

Preparing for the Multi Bypass Tray

1. Remove the accessory packet [A] and open it.

2. Remove all tape and shipping materials.

• The guide plate of the unit bottom sticks out, so place the unit on a table as shown below.

395
 2. Installation

3. Rear cover [A] ( x2 M4x8)

4. Open the bypass tray.

5. Front cover [A] ( x1 M4x8)

Mounting the Multi Bypass Tray

1. Cut the cushion at the position [A] along the groove of the left top cover of the Vacuum Feed LCIT.

396
 Multi Bypass Attachment Kit for Vacuum Feed LCIT Type S3 (D777)

2. Remove the screws on the left top cover ( x2).

3. Slide the left top cover [A] in the direction of the blue arrow and remove it.

4. Slide the center top cover [A] in the direction of the blue arrow and remove it ( x3).

5. Attach the cover plate [A] (provided with the Multi Bypass Attachment Kit) to the front edge ( x2:
M4x8).

397
 2. Installation

• Fixing screws are also provided with the Multi Bypass Attachment Kit.

6. Remove the tape from the sponge strip provided with the Multi Bypass Attachment Kit.
7. Attach the sponge strip [A] to the rear edge.

• Paste it from the left end so that there is no gap between the left end and sponge strip and
between the right end and sponge strip.

8. Attach the bracket [A] and joint pins [B] ( x1: M4x6).
These are provided with the Multi Bypass Tray.

• The fixing screw is also provided with the Multi Bypass Tray.

398
 Multi Bypass Attachment Kit for Vacuum Feed LCIT Type S3 (D777)

9. Mount the Multi Bypass Tray on the Vacuum Feed LCIT ( x2: M4x6).
Align the holes at the front and rear of the Multi Bypass Tray with the joint pins on the Vacuum Feed
LCIT.

• The bypass unit weighs 20 kg (44 lb.). You may need assistance to set the bypass unit on top
of the Vacuum Feed LCIT.
• Fixing screws are provided with the Multi Bypass Tray.

Replacing the Pulley and Belt

It is necessary to replace the following parts of the Multi Bypass Tray with ones provided with the Multi
Bypass Attachment Kit in order to match the feed speed of the vacuum feed LCIT.

399
 2. Installation

Around the Paper Feed Motor/ Paper Transport Motor

[A]: Timing Belt x2

[B]: Pulley Gear
[C]: Timing Pulley

Around the Relay Motor

[A]: Timing Pulley

[B]: Timing Belt

Around the Paper Feed Motor and Paper Transport Motor

1. Bypass tray rear cover [A] (cap x 1, x3)

400
 Multi Bypass Attachment Kit for Vacuum Feed LCIT Type S3 (D777)

2. Remove the lift motor [A] with the bracket ( x3, x1).

• Remove it while pushing the coupling [A] of the motor.

• When the coupling is off the tray shaft, the tray may fall down suddenly. So work
carefully.

3. Remove the transport motor fan [A] with the bracket ( x1, x1).

401
 2. Installation

4. Open the clamps and then free the harnesses ( x8).

5. Disconnect the paper height sensor connectors ( x3).
6. Disconnect the ground wire ( x1).

7. Disconnect the connectors from the bypass tray PCB [A] ( x8).

• It is not necessary to disconnect the connector [B].

8. Loosen the six screws on the paper feed motor and paper transport motor to free the tension
of the timing belt ( x6).

402
 Multi Bypass Attachment Kit for Vacuum Feed LCIT Type S3 (D777)

9. Paper height sensor [A] ( x3).

10. Remove the timing belt [A] from the paper transport motor.
11. Remove the timing belt [B] from the paper feed motor.

403
 2. Installation

12. Remove the motor/PCB bracket ( x6).

13. Replace the pulley gear and timing pulley for the ones provided with the Multi Bypass
Attachment Kit (pulley gear [A], timing pulley [B]) ( x1 each).
14. Set the two timing belts: M134 [C] temporarily.
Timing belts: M134 are also provided with the Multi Bypass Attachment Kit.

404
 Multi Bypass Attachment Kit for Vacuum Feed LCIT Type S3 (D777)

15. Re-attach the motor/ PCB bracket ( x6).

16. Attach the timing belts to the paper feed motor and paper transport motor while sliding them
and then fix the motors ( x6).

• Slide direction of each motor

17. Re-attach the removed parts and connectors.

• When re-attaching the lift motor, insert the pin [B] of the tray shaft into the dent [A] of the
coupling.
Moving the sensor shutter [C] while lifting the tray makes the tray shaft rotate. That makes
it easy to insert the pin into the dent.

405
 2. Installation

Around the Relay Motor

1. At the rear, open the clamps and then free the harnesses ( x8, x1).

2. Harness bracket [A] ( x3)

3. Relay motor assembly [A] ( x3, x1)

406
 Multi Bypass Attachment Kit for Vacuum Feed LCIT Type S3 (D777)

• Be careful not to drop the bushing.

4. Replace the timing pulley and timing belt for the ones provided with the Multi Bypass
Attachment Kit (timing pulley: transport [A], timing belt: M96 [B]) ( x1).

5. Re-attach the relay motor assembly and then attach the timing belt to the relay motor.
6. Fix the relay motor assembly ( x6).
7. Re-attach the harness bracket and harnesses.

Connecting the Multi Bypass Tray

1. At the rear, open the clamp to disconnect the three harness cables ( x1).

407
 2. Installation

2. Remove the short harnesses.

These harnesses are not used for this installation.

3. Remove the connector socket [A] from the 6-pin connector.

4. Locate the three connection points [A] on the Vacuum Feed LCIT (inside the tray), and then securely
connect the 3 harnesses ( x3).
Clamp [B] [C] are not used for this installation.

408
 Multi Bypass Attachment Kit for Vacuum Feed LCIT Type S3 (D777)

5. When you close the harnesses, make sure that the two lock bands are positioned as shown below.

Bypass Covers

1. Set the left cover [A] provided with the Multi Bypass Tray. Make sure that the claws are set
correctly in their holes.

2. Fasten the left cover [A] ( x2, M4x8).

409
 2. Installation

• Fixing screws are provided with the Multi Bypass Tray.

3. Re-attach:
Front cover [A] ( x1 M4x8)
Rear cover [B] ( x2 M4x8)

Installing the Motor on the Vacuum Feed LCIT

1. Lift the rear left cover [A] of the Vacuum Feed LCIT slightly and remove it ( x6).

410
 Multi Bypass Attachment Kit for Vacuum Feed LCIT Type S3 (D777)

• When attaching the rear left cover, hang it on the hook.

2. Lift the rear right cover [A] slightly and remove it ( x10).

• When attaching the rear right cover, hang it on the hook.

411
 2. Installation

3. Attach the stepping motor assembly [C] while attaching the timing belt: M140 [B] to the pulley [A]
and stepping motor ( x2: M4x8, x1).

• The stepping motor assembly, timing belt: M140 and fixing screws are provided with the
Multi Bypass Attachment Kit.

4. Re-attach the covers.

End fence and tab sheet fence

• The items in this section are bypass unit accessories.

1. Set the end fence [A].

412
 Multi Bypass Attachment Kit for Vacuum Feed LCIT Type S3 (D777)

2. Store the tab sheet fence [A] as shown. Also store the end fence [B] here if the customer does not
need to use it at this time.

Attaching the Tray Number Decals

1. Attach the decal (tray A) to the front of the unit as shown below.

413
 2. Installation

2. First, attach the decal (tray A) [A] at the position shown.

3. Pull the back strip [B] from behind the upper part of the decal, and then press where the strip was
removed.
4. Pull the back strip [C] from behind the lower part of the decal, and then press where the strip was
removed.
5. Pull the clear sheet [D] from the surface of the decal.

Docking, Height Adjustment

Follow the procedures in the Vacuum Feed LCIT installation section to complete this installation.
• Docking (page 287 "Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100 (D777)")
• Height adjustment (page 592 "Height and Level Adjustment")

414
 Multi Bypass Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D517)

Multi Bypass Banner Sheet Tray Type S3

(D517)
Accessories

No. Description Q'ty

1 Banner Sheet Tray 1

2 End fence 2

3 Joint Plate 2

4 Relay Tray 1

5 Extension Tray 1

6 Support Plate 1

7 Tapping bind screw: M4x6 6

- Tapping screw: M3x10 2

RTB 38: Install these protective sheets when installing the Multi Bypass Banner
Sheet Tray Option

415
 2. Installation

Installation

• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are turned OFF
and that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedure.

1. Remove the screws from the banner sheet tray [A] and then separate the base tray [B] and cover
[C] ( x4).

2. Insert the base tray [A] under the bypass tray.

3. Hang the two joint plates [A] (provided with this option) in the gap under the extension tray.

416
 Multi Bypass Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D517)

4. Move each joint plate [A] under the base tray edges and then fix them to the base tray ( x1
each: M4x6).
Fixing screws are provided with this option.

5. Insert the cover [A] separated in step 1 between the extension tray and base tray, and then fix it
( x4: M4x6).
Fixing screws are provided with this option.

6. Pull the extension tray [A] and then hang it on screws as shown below.

417
 2. Installation

7. Stand the end fences [A] (provided with this option) as shown below.
The end fences are held to the banner sheet tray by magnets.

Attaching the Extension Tray to the Finisher

1. Pull out the extender of the finisher's shift tray.

2. Insert the relay tray [A] provided with this option.

418
 Multi Bypass Banner Sheet Tray Type S3 (D517)

3. Fasten the relay tray together from the bottom with the screws provided with this option, so that it
does not come apart ( x2: M3x10).

4. Insert the extension tray [A] provided with this option.

5. Use the shift tray emergency stop switch of the finisher to lower the shift tray and then attach the
support plate [A] provided with this option.
Raise the shift tray by using the shift tray emergency stop switch after attaching the support plate.

419
 2. Installation

• Insert the pins [A] of the support plate into the holes [B] of the shift tray.

SP Setting

After starting up the main machine, it is necessary to make sure the Multi Bypass Banner Sheet Tray is
recognized by using the following SP.
1. Enter the SP mode.
2. Change SP5-150-001 from [0] to [1].
3. Exit the SP mode.
4. Restart the main machine.

420
 Buffer Pass Unit Type S3 (D795)

Buffer Pass Unit Type S3 (D795)

Accessory Check

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list:

No. Description Q'ty

1 Tapping Screws - M4 x 8 6

2 Leveling Shoes 4

3 Docking Bracket (L) 1

4 Docking Bracket (R) 1

5 Sheets 4

6 Sponge Strip 1

7 Power Cord 1

8 Ground Plate 1

421
 2. Installation

Installation

• The unit must be connected to a power source that is close to the unit and easily accessible.
• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are turned OFF
and that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedures.
• The buffer pass unit is unstable and can fall over easily. To avoid personal injury or damage to the
unit, use caution when you pull out the buffer pass unit drawer until the unit has been docked to the
main machine.
• The power cord that comes with the buffer pass unit is for use with this equipment only. Do not use it
with other appliances. Doing so could result in fire or electric shock.

• Rated Voltage of Output Connector [A] for Accessories: Max. DC 24 V.

Fuse Rating (DC5V, DC24V Fuse)

PCB: CTB

422
 Buffer Pass Unit Type S3 (D795)

ID Rating Manufacturer Type No.

[A] CP1 DC32V/5A IDEC CORP NRPS10-G5A

[B] CP2 DC6V/1.5A TYCO ELECTRONICS CORP miniSMDC150F

Unpacking

1. Remove all visible external tapes on the external surfaces.

2. Open the front door and remove all visible tapes.

423
 2. Installation

• There are no tapes inside the unit.

• The unit is top heavy and unstable. Use caution when you pull out the buffer pass unit drawer
until this unit has been docked to the main machine.

Ground Plate, Unit Entrance Sheets

1. Remove the right cover [A] of the buffer pass unit ( x6).

2. Attach the ground plate [A] ( x2; M4x8).

Buffer Unit Entrance Sheets

• This procedure describes how to attach two sheets to the entrance guide of the Buffer Unit. Check
the main machine and determine if the Decurler Unit option is installed.
• If the Decurler Unit option is installed, do not install the sheets. Re-attach the right cover, and
go to ‘Docking the Unit’.

424
 Buffer Pass Unit Type S3 (D795)

• If the Decurler Unit is not installed, follow this procedure to attach two sheets to the entrance
guide of the Buffer Unit.
1. On the right side of the Buffer Unit, remove the entrance guide [A] ( x2).

2. One sheet is attached to the underside of the upper plate of the Buffer Unit entrance guide [A].
• Select one sheet and remove the tape.
• Position the sheet as shown and attach it to the underside of the upper plate.
3. One sheet is attached to the topside of the bottom plate of the Buffer Unit entrance guide [B].
• Select one sheet and remove the tape.
• Position the sheet as shown and attach it to the topside of the lower plate.

4. Re-attach the entrance guide, and then re-attach the right cover.

425
 2. Installation

Sponge

1. Attach the sponge strip [A] (provided with this option) to the Buffer Pass Unit as shown in the
illustration below.

Docking the Unit to the Mainframe

1. Attach the docking brackets to the main machine:

Rear [A] ( x2; M4x8)
Front [B] ( x2; M4x8)

426
 Buffer Pass Unit Type S3 (D795)

2. Open the front door.

3. Pull out the locking lever ( x 1).

4. Push the buffer pass unit [A] against the main machine.

427
 2. Installation

• If the Decurler Unit option is installed, adjust the height to match the bent part [A] of the
Decurler Unit with the indicated part [B] of the Buffer Pass Unit [B].

5. Push in the lock lever [A] and fasten it with the screw [B] just removed ( x 1).

6. Connect the I/F cable [A] of the buffer pass unit to the socket of the main machine.

428
 Buffer Pass Unit Type S3 (D795)

Removing the Shipping Brackets

1. Open the front door [A] and remove tapes [B].

2. Remove two screws [A] on the clamp bracket [B].

3. Slowly pull out the buffer pass unit drawer [C].

• Work carefully! The unit is unstable with the drawer pulled out and can tip over easily before
it is docked to the main machine.
4. Clamp bracket [B] ( x 2).
5. Four shipping brackets [D] ( x 1 each).

429
 2. Installation

6. Push in the buffer pass unit drawer [C].

7. Close the front door.

Connecting the Downstream Peripheral

1. Attach the docking bracket [A] (provided with the downstream peripheral) to the left side of the
buffer pass unit ( x4).

430
 Buffer Pass Unit Type S3 (D795)

• Two sheets must be attached to the upper and lower plates on the entrance guide of the
downstream unit.
2. Remove the entrance guide of the downstream unit ( x2).
3. One sheet is attached to the underside of the upper plate of the downstream unit entrance guide
[A].
• Select one sheet and remove the tape.
• Position the sheet as shown and attach it to the underside of the upper plate.
4. One sheet is attached to the topside of the bottom plate of the downstream entrance guide [B].
• Select one sheet and remove the tape.
• Position the sheet as shown and attach it to the topside of the lower plate.

5. Re-attach the entrance guide, and then re-attach the right cover.
6. Re-attach the entrance guide to the downstream unit ( x2).

Connect the Power Cord

1. Connect the power cord [A] to the buffer pass unit and connect the other end of the cord to a
power outlet.

431
 2. Installation

Leveling the Unit

1. Set the leveling shoes and adjust the height of the unit. (page 592 "Height and Level Adjustment")

2. Load some B4 paper in the 2nd tray of the main machine, and make several copies.
3. Check paper skew and side-to-side registration and correct if necessary. (page 594 "Skew and
Side-to-Side Registration for Peripherals")

432
 Cover Interposer Tray CI5030 (D738)

Cover Interposer Tray CI5030 (D738)

Accessories

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following illustration and list.

No. Description Q'ty

1 Spacer 1

2 Front Door 1

3 Auxiliary Tray 1

4 Relay Guide Plate 1

5 “L” Hinge Pins (Tray Unit Front Cover) 2

6 Sponge Strip 1

7 Leveling Shoes 4

8 Joint Bracket 1

9 Screw (M4x8) 3

10 Screw (M3x8) 1

11 Screw (M3x6) 2

12 Screw (M4x8) 6

13 Shoulder Screw 2

14 Flat Knob Screw (M4x10) 1

- Decal: EMC Address 1

433
 2. Installation

Installation

• The unit must be connected to a power source that is close to the unit and easily accessible.
• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are turned OFF
and that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedure.

Tapes

1. Remove all the tape and shipping materials from the tray unit [A].
2. Cover [B].
3. Remove all the tape and shipping materials from the transport unit [C].
4. Remove the tape and covers from both connectors [D].

434
 Cover Interposer Tray CI5030 (D738)

5. Attach the accessory bracket [A] provided with the downstream unit ( x4) to the left side of the
transport unit.

6. Peel the tape off the sponge strip [A] and attach it to the right side of the transport unit.
7. Attach the relay guide plate [B] ( x2: M3x6).

• When docking the Cover Interposer Tray to the main machine:

- If the decurl unit is not installed in the main machine, attach the relay guide plate provided
with the cover interposer tray.

435
 2. Installation

- If the decurl unit is installed in the main machine, attach the guide plate marked “A” that is
provided with the decurl unit and attach screws to the inner holes (marked by the red circle).
Do not attach the relay guide plate provided with the cover interposer tray.

8. Remove the ground plate [C] from the bottom rail, turn it over, and then attach it at the same
location ( x2).

9. Attach the joint bracket [A] provided with this option to the upstream unit ( x4 M4x8).

• When docking the Cover Interposer Tray to the main machine:

To prevent interference with the Decurl Unit (if it is installed), remove and use the Decurl Unit
screws to attach the upper left and right corner of the bracket ( x2).

436
 Cover Interposer Tray CI5030 (D738)

10. Loosen the screws to unlock the casters, carefully move the unit to the side of the downstream unit,
and then push both casters under the unit.

• The unit is top heavy and can tip easily once the casters are unlocked and pushed under the
unit.

11. Release the lock lever [A] ( x1).

12. Push the unit against the side of the upstream unit.
13. Push in the lock lever, and then re-attach the screw ( x1).

437
 2. Installation

14. Connect the I/F connector ( x1).

15. Remove the rear cover of the feed unit [A] ( x2).

• When you re-attach the cover, be sure that it engages correctly with the catch at [B].

16. While holding the feed unit by the handles [A] and [B], lower the unit onto the pins below.

438
 Cover Interposer Tray CI5030 (D738)

17. Remove the front cover [A] ( x2), and then fasten the feed unit ( x2: M4x8).

18. Attach the spacer [A] ( x1: M4x10).

439
 2. Installation

19. Attach the front cover [A] to the front door [B] with “L” pins [C].

20. Attach the front cover [A] ( x2).

440
 Cover Interposer Tray CI5030 (D738)

21. Connect the back of the feed unit ( x1 M4x8, [A] x5).
22. Attach the rear cover [B] ( x2).

• Check the harnesses and make sure that they are not pinched.

23. Attach the shoulder screws ( x2).

441
 2. Installation

24. Set the auxiliary tray on the two shoulder screws [A], slide the tray up [B], and then fasten the tray
( x2: M4x8).

25. Set the four leveling shoes.

26. Place a level on the top of the unit and then adjust the height so that the unit is level left-to-right and
front-to-back with leveling shoes.

442
 Cover Interposer Tray CI5030 (D738)

• Make sure that the unit is level with the main machine.

27. Connect the base of the cover interposer tray to the downstream unit.

• Do this after you have installed the downstream unit.

• Remove the rear cover of the downstream unit, and then use the accessory screws for the base
of the cover inserter tray ( x1: M3x8).
• Be sure to tighten the screws so there is no slippage between the units.

443
 2. Installation

28. Check paper skew and side-to-side registration and correct if necessary (page 594 "Skew and
Side-to-Side Registration for Peripherals").

444
 Multi-Folding Unit FD5020 (D740)

Multi-Folding Unit FD5020 (D740)

Accessories

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following illustration and list.

No. Description Q'ty

1. Joint Bracket 1

2. Paper Guide 1

3. Sheet (for downstream unit) 1

4. Ground Plate 1

5. Screws M3x6 2

6. Screws M3x6 2

7. Screws M4x14 4

8. Leveling Shoes 5

9. Power Cord*1 1

10. Sponge Strip 1

*1 In China, do not use the power cord provided with this unit. Contact your supervisor and use the power cord
specified for use in China.

445
 2. Installation

Installation

• The unit must be connected to a power source that is close to the unit and easily accessible.
• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are turned OFF
and that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedures.

Tapes

1. Remove all tape and packing material from the front, left, rear, and right sides.

2. Open the front door [A].

3. Grip the handle [B] and slowly pull the fold unit out of the machine.
4. Remove all tape and packing material from inside.

446
 Multi-Folding Unit FD5020 (D740)

Paper Guide, Sponge Strip

1. Attach the paper guide [A] ( x2 M3x6).

• When docking the Multi-Folding Unit to the main machine:

- If the decurl unit is not installed in the main machine, attach the paper guide provided with
the Multi-Folding Unit.
- If the decurl unit is installed in the main machine, attach the guide plate marked “A” that is
provided with the decurl unit and attach screws to the inner holes (marked by the red circle).
Do not attach the paper guide provided with the Multi-Folding Unit.

2. Peel the tape from the sponge strip [B] and attach the strip to the top right edge of the unit.

447
 2. Installation

Ground Plate

1. Attach the ground plate [A] to the lower right edge of the unit ( x2 M3x6).

Docking

1. Fasten the joint bracket [A] to the left side of the upstream unit ( x4 M4x14).

448
 Multi-Folding Unit FD5020 (D740)

• When docking the Multi-Folding Unit to the main machine:

To prevent interference with the Decurl Unit (if it is installed), remove and use the Decurl Unit
screws to attach the upper left and right corner of the bracket ( x2).

2. Open the front door [A].

3. At the front right corner, remove the screw of the lock bar [B] ( x1 M3x6). Keep this screw.
4. Pull out the lock bar.
5. Slowly push the unit [C] against the left side of the upstream unit (or main machine) so that the lock
bar is directly and squarely under the arms of the joint bracket.
6. Push in the lock bar so it slides up into the notches in the arms on both ends of the joint bracket [D].
7. Fasten the lock bar by re-attaching the screw removed in Step 3 ( x1).
8. Connect the I/F cable [E] to the upstream unit (or main machine).

• If you are docking to the main machine, you must first remove the plastic cap at the I/F cable
connection point.

449
 2. Installation

• Do the remaining steps only if the Cover Interposer Tray will be installed.
9. Remove:
Rear upper cover [A] ( x4)
Rear lower cover [B] ( x3)

10. Re-attach the base bracket [B] of the cover interposer tray [A] in the opposite direction ( x3).
11. Connect the base bracket to the Multi-Folding Unit [C] ( x1).

450
 Multi-Folding Unit FD5020 (D740)

12. Re-attach the rear covers.

Removing Parts for the Cover Interposer Tray

Three parts must be removed before the tray unit of the cover interposer tray can be mounted on top of
the Multi Folding Unit.
1. Open the front door.

• The following parts require removal only if the upstream unit is the Cover Interposer Tray.
• These parts must be removed so that the tray unit of the Cover Interposer Tray will fit on top of
the Multi Folding Unit.
2. Remove:
Bracket [A] ( x1)
Cross-piece [B] ( x2)
Metal plate from the door [C] ( x2)
3. After removing [B] and [C], reattach [A].

451
 2. Installation

Power Cord

1. Insert the power cord socket [A] into the power connection point.

• In China, do not use this power cord provided with this option. Contact your supervisor and
use the power cord specified for use in China.

2. Connect the power supply cord plug to a power outlet.

Finishing the Installation

1. Set the five leveling shoes.

452
 Multi-Folding Unit FD5020 (D740)

2. Place a level on the top of the unit and then adjust the height so that the unit is level left-to-right and
front-to-back with leveling shoes.

3. Load some B4 paper in the 2nd tray of the main machine, and make several copies.
4. Check paper skew and side-to-side registration and correct if necessary (page 594 "Skew and
Side-to-Side Registration for Peripherals").
5. Peel the tape from the accessory sheet strip.

6. Attach the sheet aligned along the edge of the paper guide of the downstream unit.
• The gap between the sheet and the edge should be within 2 mm at the inside [A].
• The gap between the sheet and edge should be within 1 mm at the outside [B].

453
 2. Installation

Auxiliary Tray, Fold Depressor

1. Raise the auxiliary tray [A] or pull out the flexible page depressor [B] when required.
• The auxiliary tray [A] keeps Z-folded paper (FM1) flat in the tray so that the trailing edges do
not trigger an early tray full alert in the top tray.
• The flexible page depressor [B] prevents folded paper (especially FM3 Letter Fold-out sheets)
from opening out and triggering an early tray full alert in the top tray.

Moving the Multi-Folding Unit

Always observe the following points when moving the Multi-Folding unit.

• To prevent damage to the connection brackets, never attempt to move or change the position of the
system with the downstream peripheral connected.

454
 Multi-Folding Unit FD5020 (D740)

1. Turn the system off.

• Press the main power switch on the left corner of the main machine to turn the machine off.
• The power-down alert message appears on the operation panel. Wait for the operation panel
to go off.
• Switch off the AC power switch.
2. Unplug the main machine from the power source.
• Grip the head of the plug firmly, and then pull it out.
• Never pull on the cord.
3. Disconnect the unit I/F cord from the upstream unit (or main machine) and downstream unit.
4. Make sure that the front door of the unit is closed.
5. Disconnect the unit power plug.
• Grip the head of the plug firmly, and then pull it out.
• Never pull on the cord.
6. When you move the unit:
• Place your hands on the front left and right corners of the unit.
• Push the unit in the direction of the arrow.
• Pushing the unit front-to-rear prevents twisting the delicate frame of the unit.

455
 2. Installation

Ring Binder RB5020 (D737)

Operating Environment

1. Temperature Range
• Allowed: 10°C to 32°C (50°F to 90°F)
• Recommended: 15°C to 25°C (59°F to 77°F) Rh 50%
2. Humidity Range:
• Allowed: 15% to 80% Rh
• Recommended: 30% to 70%
3. Ambient Illumination: Less than 1,500 lux (do not expose to direct sunlight or strong light.)
4. Ventilation: Air must be replaced a minimum of 3 times per hour
5. Ambient Dust: Less than 0.10 mg/m3

6. If the installation area has air-conditioners or heaters, put the finisher in a location that agrees with
these conditions:
• Where there are no sudden temperature changes from low to high, or high to low.
• Where it will not be directly exposed to cool air from an air conditioner in the summer.
• Where it will not be directly exposed to reflected heat from a heater in the winter
7. Do not put the finisher where it will be exposed to corrosive gases.

456
 Ring Binder RB5020 (D737)

8. Put the finisher on a strong and level surface. The front and rear of the machine must be less than 5
mm (0.2") away from level.
9. Do not put the finisher where there could be strong vibrations.
10. Do not connect the finisher to a power supply shared with other electrical devices.
11. The machine generates a strong electromagnetic field. This can cause interference with radio or
television reception.

Machine Level

1. Front to rear: Less than 5 mm (0.2") away from level

2. Right to left: Less than 5 mm (0.2") away from level
The finisher legs can be turned to adjust them up or down to make the machine level.

Minimum Space Requirements

The minimum clearances at the front and back are the same as the host machine.

Power Supply

Input voltage level 100 to 240V 50/60 Hz

NA: 120V 50/60 Hz 5A
EU: 220 to 240V 50/60 Hz 3A

• The finisher must have an independent power source. Avoid multi-wiring.

• The finisher must be properly grounded at the power source.

Accessories

Check each accessory against the list below to make sure that you have everything.

No. Item Q'ty

1 Docking Bracket 1

2 Entrance Guide Plate 1

457
 2. Installation

No. Item Q'ty

3 Sponge Strip 1

4 Power Cord 1

5 Ring Opener 1

6 Ring Supply Level Indicator 1

7 Screws (M4 x 14) 4

8 Tapping Screws (M3 x 6) 4

9 Leveling Shoes 4

10 Ground (Earth) Plate 1

- Option Reference Sheet 1

Before You Begin

The ring binder weighs 140 kg (308 lb.).

458
 Ring Binder RB5020 (D737)

• To prevent bending or breaking the top cover, never lift the unit by its top cover [A]. Always raise
the unit from the base [B].

Installation Procedure

• The unit must be connected to a power source that is close to the unit and easily accessible.
• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are turned OFF
and that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedure.

Remove All Shipping Materials

1. Remove all visible tapes, cushion, two accessory boxes, and wrapping material attached to the
outside of the unit.
2. Remove:
Brace [A] x1 ( x4)
Brace [B] x1 ( x4)

• Do not discard these braces. They must be reattached to the unit before it is moved or shipped
to another location.

459
 2. Installation

3. Open the right door and left door.

4. Remove all tapes and packing material.
5. Remove the brace and red tag [A] ( x2).

6. Pull the binder unit [A] out of the unit until it stops.
7. Remove the tape [B] on top of the unit.
8. Pull down the ring cartridge handle and cover [C].
9. Pull the ring cartridge out and remove the cushion [D].

460
 Ring Binder RB5020 (D737)

10. Push the ring cartridge in and close its cover.

11. Push the binder unit into the unit.
12. Close the left front door and right front door.

Prepare the Unit for Docking

1. Attach the ground plate [A] ( x2: M3x6).

2. Attach the entrance guide plate [B] ( x2: M3x6).

• When docking the Ring Binder to the main machine:

- If the decurl unit is not installed in the main machine, attach the entrance guide plate
provided with the Ring Binder.
- If the decurl unit is installed in the main machine, attach the guide plate marked “A” that is
provided with the decurl unit and attach screws to the inner holes (marked by the red circle).
Do not attach the entrance guide plate provided with the Ring Binder.

461
 2. Installation

3. Remove the tape from the back of the sponge strip [C].
4. Attach the sponge strip to the top edge [D] of the unit as shown below.

Prepare the Upstream Unit for Docking

1. Attach the docking bracket [A] ( x4 M4x14).

• When docking the Ring Binder to the main machine:

To prevent interference with the Decurl Unit (if it is installed), remove and use the Decurl Unit
screws to attach the upper left and right corner of the bracket ( x2).

462
 Ring Binder RB5020 (D737)

Dock the Unit to the Upstream Unit

1. Open the right door of the unit.

2. Pull out the locking lever [A] ( x1).
3. Align the right side of the unit with the docking brackets [B] and [C] on the left side of the upstream
unit, and then slowly push the unit onto the brackets.
4. Connect the unit’s I/F cable [D] to the upstream unit.
5. Push in the locking lever and check that it slides into the slots of the docking brackets.
6. Check that the top edge of the unit is parallel with the left edge of the upstream unit.
7. Refasten the locking lever [A] ( x1) and close the right front door.

463
 2. Installation

Install the Shoes and Level the Unit

1. Set the four leveling shoes under the feet of the unit.
2. Open the right front door and left front door.
3. Place a level on the frame.
4. Use a wrench to turn the nut at each foot until the machine is level (page 592 "Height and Level
Adjustment").

Attach Ring Supply Level Indicator

1. Open the front door.

2. Pull out the ring binder.
3. Lift the ring supply cartridge out of the top of the binder unit.
4. Set the ring supply level indicator [A] behind the tabs on the side of the ring supply cartridge [B].

464
 Ring Binder RB5020 (D737)

Test the Breaker Switch

1. If the main machine is on, turn it off.

2. Confirm that the breaker switch [A] is set to the right.

• The breaker switch is at the bottom of the left rear corner near the power cord. When it is set
to the right, you should see a straight line (-).
3. Connect the power cord to the finisher, and then connect the other end to a power supply outlet.
4. Use the sharp point of a pen [B] or similar tool to push in the breaker switch until it snaps to the off
position. (You should see "0".)

465
 2. Installation

5. If the breaker does not snap to the off position:

• Check that the power cord is correctly connected to the finisher and power supply.
• Push the breaker switch again to see if it snaps to the off position.
• If the breaker switch does not snap to the off position, it must be replaced.
6. Be sure to reset the breaker switch to the on (-) position.

Centering Paper in the Paper Path

At installation you must confirm that the paper is exiting the ring binder correctly and do the necessary
correction if required. There are two checks:
• The paper should be centered in the paper path.
• The paper should feed straight out of the ring binder.

Checking and Correcting Side-to-Side Registration

Checking Side-to-Side Registration

Do these steps to confirm that the paper is centered in the paper path.
1. Make sure the I/F cable of the ring binder unit is connected.
2. If the finisher is connected to the left side of the ring binder, separate it and pull it away from the left
side of the ring binder.

466
 Ring Binder RB5020 (D737)

3. Enter the SP mode and temporarily disable side-to-side registration control in the main machine (SP
1206-001).
4. Execute a run by feeding paper (A4 or LT) from Tray 2 of the host machine (punching only, no ring
binding).
5. During the run, each sheet of paper briefly protrudes about 5 to 10 mm before it switches back into
the ring binder and feeds to the punch unit, as shown below.
• There are two scales on the left side of the ring binder below the paper exit.
• The rear scale [A] is for LT-size paper and the front scale [B] is for A4-size paper. Be sure to
read the correct scale for the paper size in use.

6. Check the position of the paper on the scale to determine if the paper is centered.

• Read the rear scale for LT-size paper and the front scale for A4-size paper.
• The scale lines are spaced 2 mm apart.
• The edges of the paper should be at the center line and not deviate more than ±2 mm.
7. If the edge of the paper is on the scale at the center [A], no adjustment is required.
-or-
If the edge of the paper is ±2 mm off the center line on the scale, adjustment is required. Do the
procedure in the next section.

467
 2. Installation

[A] Leading/trailing edges centered. No adjustment necessary.

[B] Leading/trailing edges offset to the rear more than 2 mm. Adjustment required.

[C] Leading/trailing edges offset to the front more than 2 mm. Adjustment required.

Correcting Side-to-Side Registration: Bracket Adjustment

• Disconnect the ring binder from the upstream unit.

1. On the docking bracket attached to the upstream unit, loosen screws , , , and .
2. Remove bracket [A] ( x1), rotate it 90 degrees, and re-fasten the screw. Changing the position
of this bracket aligns the oval cut-out horizontally and frees the joint bracket so it can slide side-to-
side.
3. Look at the scale [B].
4. Slide the bracket to the left or right and tighten the screw.
If the deviation from center was toward the front, slide the bracket to the rear and tighten the screw
(1).
-or-
If the deviation from center was toward the rear, side the bracket to the front and tighten screw .
5. Tighten screws , , and .

468
 Ring Binder RB5020 (D737)

6. Do another test run to check the results of the adjustment.

7. When you are finished checking and correcting side-to-side registration, use the SP code to restore
main machine shift control to its original value.

Checking and Correcting Skew

Checking for Paper Skew

Do these steps to confirm that the paper is not skewed in the paper path.
1. Make sure that the I/F cable of the ring binder unit is connected.
2. If the finisher is connected to the left side of the ring binder, separate it and pull it away from the left
side of the ring binder.
3. Execute a straight-through run (no ring binding, no punching) with A3 or DLT from Tray 2 of the
host machine.
4. During the run, each sheet of paper exits the side of the ring binder, as shown below.
• There are two scales on the left side of the ring binder below the paper exit.
• The rear scale [A] is for DLT-size paper and the front scale [B] is for A3-size paper. Be sure to
read the correct scale for the paper size in use.

469
 2. Installation

5. Check the position of the paper on the scale to determine if the paper skews as it exits.

• Read the rear scale for DLT-size paper and front scale for A3-size paper.
• The scale lines are spaced 2 mm apart.
• The paper must not deviate more than ±2 mm on the scale.

[A] Centered. No adjustment necessary.

[B] Trailing edge skew to the front, total skew more than ±2 mm. Adjustment required.

470
 Ring Binder RB5020 (D737)

[C] Trailing edge skew to the rear, total skew more than ±2 mm. Adjustment required.

Correcting Skew
1. Disconnect the ring binder from the upstream unit.
2. Remove the spacers [A] from the right side of the ring binder at the base ( x2).

3. On the docking bracket attached to the upstream unit, loosen the screws.
4. Insert a spacer and tighten the screws.
If the trailing edge is skewing toward the front of the machine, insert a spacer [A] under the rear
end of the bracket and tighten the screws.
-or-
If the trailing edge is skewing toward the rear of the machine, insert a spacer [B] under the front
end of the bracket and tighten the screws.

471
 2. Installation

5. To another run to check the adjustment. If skew is still present, insert another spacer.

After Installation

Confirm that the operators understand the following important points:

• Decals attached to the machine provide guidance for removing paper jams. Point out the decal
locations.
• Detailed instructions on removing ring jams are provided in the operating instructions under
"Removing Jammed Ring Combs".
• When pulling out and pushing in the binder unit on its rails, always grip the binder unit by its
handle (Mc8).

• Always grip handle Mc8 when pulling out or pushing in the binder unit.
• Never touch any other surface of the binder unit when it is moving on its rails.
• To avoid injury to the fingers, never push on the top of the binder unit to slide it back into the finisher
as shown below.

472
 Ring Binder RB5020 (D737)

• Never store paper, extra rings, manuals or any other material below the output tray. Obstacles in
this area (shown in red in the illustration below) will interfere with the raising and lowering of the
tray and cause an error.

473
 2. Installation

Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

Bookbinder Accessories

There are no accessories provided in the bookbinder box. The required accessories are provided with
the relay unit and inserter unit.

Bookbinder Installation

• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are turned OFF
and that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedure.

Before You Begin

The bookbinder contains many large moving parts. Braces, cushions, and orange tape are attached
inside and outside the bookbinder to immobilize and protect the working parts during handling and
shipping.
Large red warning tags are attached with ribbons to braces, cushions, and screws that must be removed
at installation. However, these items must not be discarded. Some braces must be reinstalled if the
machine needs to be moved to a new location. Due to the large number of braces that must be retained
(there are over 20), they should be marked for future reference as they are removed.
Here are some simple rules to follow during removal of the braces, cushions, and screws:
• Use a marker with indelible ink to mark each item or its tag as instructed when it is removed from
the bookbinder. This will make it easier for the service technician to identify the brace for
reinstallation. This will also help you to confirm that everything has been removed from inside the
machine.
• After removing a brace, set the screws in the correct holes and tape them in place. This will make it
easier to find the correct screws for reinstallation.
• The red warning tags must remain attached by the ribbons to the braces, cushions, and screws. If
they are reattached before moving the machine, they will serve as reminders of the items that must
be removed after the machine has been moved to the new location.
• Remove the orange tape carefully and save as much of it as possible.

• The actual color of the new Ring Binder is much darker that the older Ring Binder that appears in
the photographs of this section. The installation instructions are the same.

474
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

Unloading the Bookbinder

• The bookbinder weighs 316 kg (695 lb.). At least four service technicians are required to unload
the bookbinder from its pallet.
• You will need a manual forklift to position the pallet for unloading.

1. Remove the packing straps and cardboard cover.

2. Use a manual forklift [A] to position the pallet so there is at least 2 meters (6.5 ft.) of free space to
the right side of the bookbinder [B].

3. Remove the packing from the top of the machine [A].

4. Pull down the protective plastic cover [B] on all four sides.

475
 2. Installation

• Collapsible metal handles are provided on the right and left side of the bookbinder.
• To avoid physical injury, always use these handles to lift either the right or the left side of the
bookbinder.
• Never attempt to raise the left or right side of the bookbinder alone. Two people, one on each
handle, should lift one side together.

5. Position one person at the left to prevent the bookbinder from tipping over.
6. On the right [A], have two people use the handles to lift the machine, while another person
removes the Styrofoam block and then pulls the plastic cover under the machine to the left as far as
possible.

476
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

7. Position one person at the right to prevent the bookbinder from tipping over.
8. On the left [B], have two people use the handles to lift while another removes the Styrofoam block
and the plastic cover together.

9. Pull out the two ramps [A].

10. Two nails are taped to one of the ramps. Align the holes in the top of each ramp with the holes in
the pallet, then insert the nails into the holes to fasten the left ramp [B] and right ramp [C] to the
edge of the pallet.

11. Confirm that:

• Both ramps are firmly attached to the edge of the pallet with nails [A] and [B].
• Both ramps extend straight out from the side of the pallet.
• Area [C] between the ramps is free of obstacles.

477
 2. Installation

• As the bookbinder is being pulled off the pallet, never step across either of the ramps and
place your foot in the area between the ramps [C].
12. With one person [D] behind the bookbinder gently pushing, and two people in front pulling the
bookbinder by the handles [E], slowly move the bookbinder down the ramps.

13. Once the bookbinder [A] is off the pallet, it can be pushed or rotated on its casters.
14. Remove the nail from each ramp and reattach the ramps [B] and [C] to the pallet.
15. Tape the nails [D] to the pallet.

478
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

Bookbinder Exterior Tape, Braces

• Braces, cushions, and screws removed from the machine for installation should be retained for
reinstallation in the event that the bookbinder must be shipped to a new location.

1. Remove all strips of tape and packing from the front and top.

479
 2. Installation

2. Tape [A]
3. Pull out the glue supply drawer [B] and remove long tape [C].

4. Upper braces [A] [B] ( x3 ea.)

480
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

Left Side

5. Lower braces [A], [B], [C] ( x2 ea.)

Left Side

6. Mark the two (large) upper braces "D".

7. Mark the three (small) lower braces "H".

481
 2. Installation

8. At the rear, remove all tape (as shown below) from the back, top, power cord and interface cable.

Rear

9. Remove brace x1 [A], brace [B] x1 and tags ( x2 ea.)

482
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

Right Side: Near Bottom

10. Mark the removed large brace "I" and mark the removed small brace "H".

11. Open the top cover [A].

12. Remove tape, cushions [B] and [C]. Slide the cushion at [C] down to remove it.

Left Side

13. Remove the tape, cushions [A], [B].

14. Disconnect the tape at [C] then lower lever Mk4.
15. Carefully cut the strips of tape at [D] then remove the strips of tape and the cushions.

483
 2. Installation

• Pulling on the strips of tape without cutting them could damage the roller shaft.

Front: Top

16. Lower the top cover.

Bookbinder Interior Tape, Braces

1. Rear cover [A] ( x8)

484
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

Rear

2. Rear upper cover [A] ( x5)

3. Remove tape, cushion [A].

485
 2. Installation

4. Remove:
[A] Brace, tag ( x2)
[B] Brace, tag ( x4)
[C] Brace, tag ( x4). (These four screws are tagged with wire.)

5. Mark the removed braces "G", "A", "B" as shown below.

486
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

6. Open the right front door [A] then left front door [B].

Front

7. On the left door [A], remove the top hinge [B] and bottom hinge [C].
• While holding the left front door with one hand, behind the top hinge [B], push the black lever
[1] in the direction of the arrow to release the top hinge.
• Swing the top hinge [2] out slightly.
• While still supporting the left door with one hand, repeat the procedure to remove the bottom
hinge [C] and then remove the left door [A].

487
 2. Installation

8. Repeat Step 7 to remove the top hinge [A] and bottom hinge [B] then remove the right front door
[C]. (You may have to lower lever Mk11 so you can remove the right door.)

9. Remove the strips of tape, and cushions from the jam release levers (x5):[A] Mk7, Mk8/ [B]
Mk12/ [C] Mk13, Mk14

488
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

10. Raise lever Mk12 [A].

11. Remove the screws of the upper inner cover on the left side [A] and right side [B] ( x6).
12. Release jam release levers [C] and [D], then hold them in the released position as you remove the
upper inner cover.

489
 2. Installation

13. At the left rear corner, push the book stack release lever [A] completely to the right to release the
book stacking tray.

Rear

14. Pull out the book stacking tray [A] and trimmings box [B] together.
15. Remove the strips of tape and cushions shown below.

490
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

Front

16. Remove:
[A] Tape, cushion
[B] Jam clear knob Mk10.

• Mk10 must be reattached at the end of installation.

17. Remove the screws of the lower inner cover [A] ( x7).
18. Raise the jam clear levers [B] and [C] as you remove the cover [A].
19. Return the jam clear levers [B] and [C] to their original positions.

491
 2. Installation

Main Grip, Cover Transport Tape, Braces, etc.

1. Remove the strips of tape and cushions from the horizontal transport unit at the left [A], right [B],
and center [C].

492
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

Front

2. Remove the tape [A] with tag.

3. Slide the registration unit to the rear then remove tape, cushion [B].

493
 2. Installation

4. Remove the cushion [A] shown below:

• First, at the front, rotate the grip motor pulley [A] counter-clockwise about 3 mm to release the
pressure on the cushion.

• Rotate the pulley only enough to release the cushion.

Front

• Second, at the rear, manually rotate the grip motor pulley [A] counter-clockwise about 3 mm
to release the pressure on the cushion.

• Rotate the pulley until the gap is about 18 mm (no wider).

494
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

• To prevent changing the correct value (15 mm), do not make this gap wider than 18
mm.

Rear

5. Remove the cushion at the front.

6. Remove:
[A] Brace, tag ( x4)
[B] Brace, tag ( x3)
[C] Brace, tag ( x2)

495
 2. Installation

Front

7. Mark the braces "F, "C", "E" as shown.

8. Rotate knob [A] in the direction of the arrow to raise the grip unit until the actuator [B] reaches
sensor[C].

496
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

Rear

9. Push up the right side of the timing belt [A] to rotate the gear counter-clockwise until the actuator [B]
reaches sensor [C].

Rear

10. At the rear remove the tape and cushions [A].

497
 2. Installation

11. At the front remove the tape and cushion [A].

Front

12. Lift and push Mk7 [A] to the left and remove the tape and cushion [B].

498
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

13. Raise lever Mk7 [A].

14. Remove all strips of tape and cushions.

15. Return Mk7 to its original position.

16. Raise Mk9 [A].
17. Remove the long strips of tape [B] and [C]

499
 2. Installation

18. Label the small cushions "B" and the large cushions "C".

19. Remove the two strips of tape [A].

20. At the front lower lever Mk8.
21. Cushion [B]

Right Side

22. Return lever Mk8 to its original position.

500
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

Trimming Unit Tape

1. Front right corner cover [A] ( x3)

Right Side

2. Remove:
[A] Brace, tag ( x3)
[B] Brace, tag ( x3)

501
 2. Installation

3. Delivery bracket [A] ( x4)

4. Remove:
[A] Brace, tag ( x2)
[B] Brace, tag ( x2)
[C] Long tapes

502
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

5. Label both braces "H".

6. Stepped screw, tag [A] ( x1)

Front

503
 2. Installation

7. Mark the stepped screw "1".

• Cushion [B] (shown in the previous illustration) is firmly clamped in place and must be
released before it can be removed.
8. To remove cushion [B]:
• Left flat panel [A] ( x4)

504
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

Left Side

• Tape, cushions [A] [B]

505
 2. Installation

• Behind the brace [A] near the carrying handle [B], rotate the white knob [C] to release the
clamped cushion. (One full rotation should be enough to release the cushion.)

506
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

Front Left Corner

• Cushion [A]

Front

Book Stacking Tray Tape

1. Pull out the book stacking delivery tray trimmings box drawer.
2. Remove:
[A] Tape, tag

507
 2. Installation

[B] Tape tag

[C] Knurled head screw ( x1). Remove with fingers.

Left Side: Book Stacking Delivery Tray Pulled Out

3. Label the screw "2".

Confirming Removal, and Storing Braces, Cushions, Screws

1. Visually inspect the machine and confirm that all braces, screws, and cushions with red tags have
been removed and marked for storage.

508
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

Braces

Mark Item Quantity

A Brace A 1

B Brace B 1

C Brace C 1

D Brace D 2

E Brace E 1

F Brace F 1

G Brace G 1

H Brace H 6

I Brace I 1

509
 2. Installation

Mark Item Quantity

J Brace J 2

Screws

Mark Item Quantity

1 Step Screw 1

2 Plastic-head Screw 1

Cushions

510
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

Mark Item Quantity

A Cushion A (Long) 1

B Cushions B (Short) 2

C Cushions C (Long) 2

2. All of these items should be retained. Some of these items must be reattached if the bookbinder is
moved to a new location. For more details, please refer to "Setting the Bookbinder for Moving".

Check List

Confirm that the following parts have been reinstalled:

• Left flat panel [1]

• Right corner cover [1]

• Delivery bracket [2]

511
 2. Installation

• Front inner cover (upper) [1]

• Front inner cover (lower) [2]
• Knob Mk10[3]

• Rear cover (upper) [1]

• Rear cover (lower) [2]

512
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

• To protect the boards from damage due to accidental short circuiting as result of contact with
a metal tool, the rear lower cover should never remain off longer than necessary.

Docking the Bookbinder

Refer to page 524 "Transit Pass Unit for Perfect Binder Type S1 (D736)"

Filling Bookbinder Glue Supply Unit

1. Pull out the glue supply drawer until it stops.

513
 2. Installation

2. Raise the two covers [A] and [B].

3. Note the load limit marks [C] inside the drawer on both sides.

4. Use the scoop [A] to fill the bin with glue pellets as far as the load limit marks on both sides of the
drawer.

514
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

• Two scoops (about 380 g each) should be sufficient.

5. Close both covers.

6. Push in the glue supply drawer.

Handling and Storing the Glue Pellet Supply

Exercise precaution when choosing a location for storing the glue pellets.
• Store the pellets where they will not be exposed to direct sunlight.
• The storage location should be within this temperature range: -20°C to 40°C.
• Never expose pellets to direct flame.
• Keep the pellets out of the reach of small children. If pellets are accidentally ingested, contact a
physician immediately.
• Never dispose of pellets by incinerating them. Obey local laws and regulations that restrict
disposal of such items.
When using the glue pellets:
• Use only glue pellets recommended for use with this bookbinder.
• Before the start of a job, press the glue warm-up button on the right front corner of the bookbinder
to start heating the glue.

515
 2. Installation

• Never fill the glue pellet supply drawer higher than the load limit marks shown on both sides of the
drawer.

Testing the Breaker Switch

1. Turn off the main machine.

• The power supply to the bookbinder must be off.

2. Plug the bookbinder power cord into its power source.
3. Locate the breaker switch [A] at the right lower corner of the machine below the power cord.
4. Raise the breaker switch [B] so you can see the "|" under the switch. This is the ON position.
(Ignore this step if the breaker switch is already at the "|" position.)
5. Use the tip of a small screwdriver to push the breaker test button [C].
The breaker switch should flip to the "O" (OFF) position. This indicates that the breaker switch is
operating normally.
If the breaker switch does not flip to the "O" position, the switch must be replaced.

6. Reset the switch to the "|" (ON) position for normal operation.

516
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

• The bookbinder will not turn on if the breaker switch is not reset to the "|" position.

Final Check

1. Connect the power cord of the main machine to its power source.
2. Connect the power cord of the bookbinder to its power source.
3. Turn on the main machine.

Setting the Bookbinder for Moving

Do this procedure to move the internal units to their home positions before moving the machine.

• This procedure must be done before reattaching any braces to the perfect binder.
1. Switch the host machine off.
2. Open the right and left front door.
3. Close the right door.
4. Insert piece of cardboard or folded piece of paper into the slot [1] of the left door switch.

5. Remove the service board cover [1] ( x1).

517
 2. Installation

6. On the SW1 bank set DIP SW1 to ON.

7. On the SW2 bank set DIP SWs 1, 2, 4, 7 to ON.

8. Turn the host machine on.

• Wait about 30 sec.

• Make sure that you hands and tools are well clear of the parts inside the machine.
9. Slowly push [PSW1] 11 times.

518
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

• Each push on the [PSW1] moves a unit to its shipping position (see table below).
• After each push LED2 flashes until the task has been completed. Wait for LED2 to go off
before you press [PSW1] again.

No. Operation Target Unit

• Moves the blade cradle to its initial position.

Trimming Unit
• Moves the signature press blade to its END position.
(This requires more time.
1 • Moves inside the trimming unit. Wait for LED2 to go
• Opens the rotation guide plate. OFF before pressing
[PSW1] again.
• Lowers the slide to mechanical stopper.

2 Closes the rotation guide plate. Cutter Rotation Unit

3 Moves the trimmings buffer into the machine. Trimmings Unit Cutter

4 Lowers the sub gripper, signature gripper. Sub Grip Unit

5 Lowers the stacking tray. Stacking Tray

6 Retracts the right and left cover path guide plates. Cover Unit

7 Opens the spine fold plate (movable side only) Cover Unit

8 Closes the right and left cover path guide plates. Cover Unit

519
 2. Installation

No. Operation Target Unit

9 Rotates the main gripper. Main Grip Unit

10 Lowers the main gripper. Main Grip Unit

11 Closes the main gripper. Main Grip Unit

• All three LEDs on the Service Board light after all units have been moved to their shipping
positions.
10. Set all the SW1 and SW2 DIP SWs to the down positions.
11. Switch off the host machine.
12. After moving the machine to its new location:
• Remove any shipping brackets that have been reattached.
• Connect and turn on the book binder. The internal units will automatically move to their start
positions.

Same Floor

If the bookbinder will be moved to another location on the same floor where there are few bumps or
ridges (cable protectors, for example), reattach the braces at two locations to stabilize the gluing unit
and sub grip unit.

Gluing Unit

520
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

Brace Quantity

Brace "B" ( x4) 1

Brace "G" ( x4) 1

Sub Grip Unit

Brace Quantity

Braces "D" ( x3 ea.) 2

Another Floor (by Elevator)

If the bookbinder will be moved by elevator to a different floor in the same building attach the braces to
stabilize the gluing unit, sub grip unit (described above) and the two additional locations described
below.

521
 2. Installation

Left Side (Paper Exit)

Brace Quantity

Braces "H" ( x2 ea.) 3

522
 Perfect Binder GB5010 (D736)

Right Side (Paper Entrance)

Brace Quantity

Brace "H" ( x2) 1

Shipping the Bookbinder

Follow the installation instructions in reverse and reattach as many of the braces and cushions as
possible.
• Use the Service Board DIP SWs to set the components inside the machine to their correct moving
positions before you reattach any braces. (See procedure above.)
• Make sure the braces are fastened with their screws and clearly marked for removal with the
original red tags (or improvised tags).
• Do not turn on the bookbinder until you have confirmed that all braces have been removed.
• The book binder is extremely heavy. At least four persons will be needed to move the bookbinder
onto its pallet.

523
 2. Installation

Transit Pass Unit for Perfect Binder Type S1

(D736)
Relay Unit Accessories

Check the accessories and their quantities against this list.

No. Description Q’ty

1. Transit Pass Unit (Relay Unit) 1

2. Ground Plate 1

3. Joint Bracket (Left) 1

4. Joint Bracket (Right) 1

5. Scoop (for loading glue pellets) 1

6. Shoe Plates (for Perfect Binder) 4

7. Screws 28

8. Cover (Left: Rear for Perfect Binder) 1

9. Front Cover (for relay unit) 1

10. Rear Cover (for relay unit) 1

524
 Transit Pass Unit for Perfect Binder Type S1 (D736)

Relay Unit Installation

1. From the relay unit remove:

[A] Strips of tape x2
[B] Strips of tape x3, cushion x1
[C] Tape x1

525
 2. Installation

2. On the right side of the Perfect Binder [A], lower the relay unit [B] onto the two shoulder screws
(front and rear).

3. Confirm that the slots on the left side of the relay unit are both hooked correctly on the heads of the
shoulder screws [A] and [B].

526
 Transit Pass Unit for Perfect Binder Type S1 (D736)

4. Use the accessory screws (long, knurled heads) to fasten the relay unit to the side of the Perfect
Binder ( x4).

5. Route the two relay unit harnesses through the grommet and hole [A].
6. Attach the harnesses at [B] below.

527
 2. Installation

7. Attach the rear cover to the relay unit.

[A] x2
[B] x3

8. Attach the ground plate [A] ( x4)

528
 Transit Pass Unit for Perfect Binder Type S1 (D736)

9. Attach the front cover to the relay unit.

[A] x2
[B] x3

10. At the left rear corner of the Perfect Binder, attach the cover [A] ( x6).

529
 2. Installation

11. Attach the joint bracket provided with this option to the upstream unit.
[A] Left joint bracket ("L") ( x2)
[B] Right joint bracket ("R") ( x2)

• When docking the Perfect Binder to the main machine:

To prevent interference with the Decurl Unit (if it is installed), remove and use the Decurl Unit
screws to attach the upper left and right corner of the bracket ( x2).

• When docking the Perfect Binder to the main machine:

- If the decurl unit is installed in the main machine, remove the guide plate [A] from the right
side of the relay unit ( x2).

530
 Transit Pass Unit for Perfect Binder Type S1 (D736)

And then attach the guide plate marked “A” that is provided with the decurl unit and attach
removed screws to the inner holes (marked by the red circle).

12. Open the front door of the relay unit.

13. Remove screw [A].
14. Pull the lock bar [B] out to lower it.

15. Slowly push the Perfect Binder against the side of the upstream unit.

531
 2. Installation

16. Push in lock bar [A] to raise it and lock it in the cutouts of the joint brackets attached to the upstream
unit.
17. Reattach screw [B] to fasten the lock bar in the raised position.

18. Remove the brace [A] from the right front door of the Perfect Binder. ( x1)
19. Remove wrench [B].

20. Place a shoe [A] under the stoppers at each corner of the Perfect Binder.
21. Use your fingers (or the wrench) to turn the nut in the direction of the arrow until the nut stops on top
of the shoe.

532
 Transit Pass Unit for Perfect Binder Type S1 (D736)

22. At each corner use the wrench [A] to turn the nut in the direction of the arrow to raise the
bookbinder [B] until the caster [C] raises off the floor.

23. Place a level on the top edge of the front and right edge of the machine to confirm that the Perfect
Binder is level.
24. Adjust the corner stoppers until the machine is level.
25. Connect the Perfect Binder interface cable to the upstream unit.

Testing the Breaker Switch

1. Turn off the upstream unit.

• The power supply to the Perfect Binder must be off.

2. Plug the Perfect Binder power cord into its power source.
3. Locate the breaker switch [A] at the right lower corner of the Perfect Binder below the power cord.

533
 2. Installation

4. Raise the breaker switch [B] so you can see the "|" under the switch. This is the ON position.
(Ignore this step if the breaker switch is already at the "|" position.)
5. Use the tip of a small screwdriver to push the breaker test button [C].
The breaker switch should flip to the "O" (OFF) position. This indicates that the breaker switch is
operating normally.
If the breaker switch does not flip to the "O" position, the switch must be replaced.
6. Reset the switch to the "|" (ON) position for normal operation.

• The bookbinder will not turn on if the breaker switch is not reset to the "|" position.

534
 High Capacity Stacker SK5030 (D776)

High Capacity Stacker SK5030 (D776)

Accessories

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following lists and illustrations.

High Capacity Stacker SK5030 (D776)

No. Description Q'ty

1 Power Cord*1 1

2 Leveling Shoes 4

3 Ground Plate 1

4 Lock Hasp – Left 1

5 Lock Hasp – Right 1

6 Joint Bracket 1

7 Sponge Strip 1

8 Paper Guide 1

9 Screw M4x8 2

10 Screw M3x6 4

11 Screw M4x6 2

12 Screw M4x14 4

- Option Reference Sheet 1

*1 In China, do not use this power cord provided with this option. Contact your supervisor and use the power
cord specified for use in China.

535
 2. Installation

Roll-Away Cart Type 5010 (D456-17)

No. Description Q'ty

1 Paper Tray 1

2 Tray Cart Handle 1

3 Tray Cart Base 1

4 Screw M4x14 2

5 Screws M10x25 2

6 Paper Press Lever 1

536
 High Capacity Stacker SK5030 (D776)

Installation

• The unit must be connected to a power source that is close to the unit and easily accessible.
• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are turned OFF
and that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedure.

Shipping Tapes

1. Remove all visible tape from the front [A] and back [B].

2. Open the front panel [A] and remove all visible tapes.
3. Open the front door [B] and remove all visible tapes.

537
 2. Installation

Paper Guide, Sponge Strips, Ground Plate

1. Remove the tape from the sponge strip [A] and attach the strip to the top right edge of the unit.

• The sponge strip closes the gap between the High Capacity Stacker and the upstream unit to
prevent paper or other objects from falling between the units.

2. Attach the paper guide [A] to the right side of the unit ( x2: M3x6).

538
 High Capacity Stacker SK5030 (D776)

• When docking the high capacity stacker to the main machine:

- If the decurl unit is not installed in the main machine, attach the paper guide provided with
the high capacity stacker.

- If the decurl unit is installed in the main machine, attach the guide plate marked “C” that is
provided with the decurl unit. Do not attach the paper guide provided with the high capacity
stacker.

3. Attach the ground plate [A] to the bottom right edge of the unit ( x2: M4x6).

539
 2. Installation

Docking: Upstream

1. Fasten the joint bracket [A] to the upstream unit ( x4: M4x14).

• When docking the high capacity stacker to the main machine:

To prevent interference with the Decurl Unit (if it is installed), remove and use the Decurl Unit
screws to attach the upper left and right corner of the bracket ( x2).

2. Open the front door.

3. Front right cover [A] ( x3).

4. At the front right corner, remove the screw of the lock bar [A] ( x1). Keep this screw.
5. Pull the lock bar toward you until it stops.

540
 High Capacity Stacker SK5030 (D776)

6. Slowly push the unit [B] against the left side of the upstream unit (or main machine) so that the lock
bar is directly and squarely under the arms of the joint bracket [C].
7. Push the lock bar in completely so that it slides up into the notches in the arms on both ends of the
joint bracket.
8. Fasten the lock bar by re-attaching the screw removed in Step 4. ( x1).
9. Attach the I/F cable [D] to the upstream unit (or main machine).

10. Re-attach the front right cover.

• When docking the high capacity stacker to the cover interposer tray CI5030:
- Re-attach the base bracket [B] of the cover interposer tray [A] in the opposite direction and then
connect it to the high capacity stacker [C].

- Remove the rear lower cover of the high capacity stacker to tighten the base bracket screw.

541
 2. Installation

Lock Hasps

1. Fasten left lock hasp [A] ( x2: M4x8) to the door.

2. Fasten right lock hasp [B] to the door frame ( x2: M3x6).

Height Adjustment

1. Set the four leveling shoes [A].

2. Place a level on the top of the unit and then adjust the height so that the unit is level left-to-right and
front-to-back with leveling shoes.

542
 High Capacity Stacker SK5030 (D776)

Finishing the Installation

1. Connect the power cord [A] to the right rear lower side of the unit.

• In China, do not use this power cord provided with this option. Contact your supervisor and
use the power cord specified for use in China.
2. Set the leveling shoes and adjust the height of the unit. (page 592 "Height and Level Adjustment")
3. Load some B4 paper in the 2nd tray of the main machine, and make several copies.
4. Check paper skew and side-to-side registration and correct if necessary. (page 594 "Skew and
Side-to-Side Registration for Peripherals")

543
 2. Installation

Docking: Downstream

• Do this procedure only if another peripheral device will be installed downstream.

1. Remove the left exit cover [A] from the left side of the unit ( x2).

Roll-Away Cart (D456-17)

1. Align the studs on the tray cart base [A] with the holes in the brackets of the paper tray [B].
2. Set the holes over the studs.

3. Set the paper press lever [A] into the recessed cut-out of the paper tray.

544
 High Capacity Stacker SK5030 (D776)

4. Insert the ends of the tray cart handle [A] into the handle holes. One end of the handle passes
through the paper press lever on the paper tray.

5. Lay the assembly down with the handles on the floor.

6. Fasten the end of each handle ( x 1 each, M10x25).

545
 2. Installation

7. Raise the paper tray and then tighten the screws on the handle bases ( x 1 each, M4x14).

8. Set the cart upright on its casters.

9. Open the front door [A].
10. Push the tray cart [B] into the unit and close the door.

546
High Capacity Stacker SK5030 (D776)

547
 2. Installation

Booklet Finisher SR5060 (D734)/Finisher

SR5050 (D735)
• Finisher SR5050
• Booklet Finisher SR5060
• Punch Unit PU5020 NA, EU, SC

Accessories

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following illustration and list.

No. Description Q'ty

1 Screws M4x14 (Joint Bracket) 4

2 Screws M3x8 (Shift Tray) 4

3 Screws M3x6 (Ground Plate) 2

4 Screws M3x6 (Paper Guide) 2

5 Leveling Shoes 4

6 Ground Plate 1

7 Power Cord*1 1

8 Joint Bracket 1

9 Sponge Strip 1

10 Paper Guide 1

11 Auxiliary Tray – Z-Fold Paper 1

12 Shift Tray 1

*1 In China, do not use this power cord provided with this unit's accessories. Contact your supervisor and use the
power cord specified for use in China.

548
 Booklet Finisher SR5060 (D734)/Finisher SR5050 (D735)

No. Description Q'ty

13 Booklet Tray (SR5060) 1

14 Front Cover 1

15 Rear Cover 1

16 Screw M4x14 2

17 Screw M3x8 2

549
 2. Installation

Installation

• The unit must be connected to a power source that is close to the unit and easily accessible.
• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are turned OFF
and that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedure.

Tapes, Retainers, Shipping Plates

• The shipping plates prevent the staple unit from moving during transport. The plates should be kept
and re-attached before the unit is transported to another location.

1. Remove all tape and packing material from the external coves.

2. Open the front door [A].

550
 Booklet Finisher SR5060 (D734)/Finisher SR5050 (D735)

3. Remove the tapes, retainers inside [B].

4. Remove the tag, wire, shipping plate [C] ( x2).

5. Loosen the screws [A] of the caster cover ( x2).

6. When the caster [B] touches the floor, tighten the screws of caster table.

• This procedure relieves stress on the rails of the stacker/stapler unit when it is pulled out of the
machine. If the casters come off the floor after the height adjustment of finisher, adjust the
height of caster. Otherwise, guide rail might be strained when you pull out the stacker/stapler
unit.
7. Slowly, pull the stacker/stapler unit out until it stops.
8. Remove all visible tape and packing materials.

551
 2. Installation

9. At the right front corner, remove tag and wire ( x1).

Do not reattach the screw.

10. At the bottom front [A], remove plate, wire, and tag ( x2). Slide the plate out.

552
 Booklet Finisher SR5060 (D734)/Finisher SR5050 (D735)

11. At the right corner, remove plate, wire and tag.

• Screw [A] ( x1).
• Slide the plate out.

• Do not remove screw [B]. Do not loosen it also. This is a step screw that holds other brackets in
place. Screw [B] must remain in the unit.

12. Remove tape from stapler [A].

13. Remove plate, wire, and tab [B] ( x2).

553
 2. Installation

14. On the left side of the stacker/stapler unit, remove:

Tapes, retainer [A] at top
Tapes [B] at bottom

15. On the left side, remove all tape and cushions.

554
 Booklet Finisher SR5060 (D734)/Finisher SR5050 (D735)

16. At the rear, remove tape from the power cord.

Ground Plate

1. Attach the ground plate [A] to the bottom right edge of the unit ( x2 M3x6).

555
 2. Installation

Sponge Strips

1. Peel the tape from the sponge strip.

2. Attach the strip to the top right edge of the unit.

Paper Guide

1. Attach the paper guide to the main finisher ( x2: M3x6).

556
 Booklet Finisher SR5060 (D734)/Finisher SR5050 (D735)

• When docking the finisher to the main machine:

- If the decurl unit is not installed in the main machine, attach the paper guide provided with the
finisher.
- If the decurl unit is installed in the main machine, attach the guide plate marked “C” that is
provided with the decurl unit. Do not attach the paper guide provided with the finisher.

Shift Tray

1. Attach the shift tray to the left side of the unit ( x4 M3x8).

557
 2. Installation

Booklet Tray (Only for D734)

1. On the left side, pull out the interface cable.

2. Align the edge of the plate on the tray with the slot on the side of the finisher, and then rotate the
finisher up against the side of the machine.

558
 Booklet Finisher SR5060 (D734)/Finisher SR5050 (D735)

3. Make sure that the tabs at the rear [A] and front [B] are inserted in the slots.

4. Connect the interface cable ( x1, x1).

5. Fasten the bottom of the tray at the rear [A] and front [B] ( x2 M4x14).

559
 2. Installation

6. Set the tab of the front tray cover [A] into the hole of the tray frame.
7. Fasten the cover at the bottom [B] ( x1 M3x8).

8. Set the tab of the rear tray cover [A] into the hole of the tray frame.
9. Fasten the cover at the bottom [B] ( x1 M3x8).

560
 Booklet Finisher SR5060 (D734)/Finisher SR5050 (D735)

This completes installation of the booklet tray.

Docking

1. Fasten the joint bracket at rear [A] and front [B] to the upstream unit ( x4 M4x14).

• When docking the finisher to the main machine:

To prevent interference with the Decurl Unit (if it is installed), remove and use the Decurl Unit
screws to attach the upper left and right corner of the bracket ( x2).

2. Open the front door [A] of the unit.

3. At the front right corner, remove the screw of the lock bar [B] ( x1 M3x6). Keep this screw.
4. Pull the lock bar toward you until it stops.
5. Slowly push the unit [C] to the left side of the upstream unit (or main machine) so that the lock bar is
directly and squarely under the arms of the joint bracket [D].
6. Attach the I/F cable [E] to the upstream unit.

561
 2. Installation

7. Check the height of the finisher against the side of the machine. If the finisher is not at the same
height as the machine, raise or lower the feet [A] with the accessory wrench.

8. Push the finisher close to the side of the upstream unit.

9. Confirm that the height of the finisher entrance [A] is at the same height as the upstream unit‘s paper
exit [B].

562
 Booklet Finisher SR5060 (D734)/Finisher SR5050 (D735)

10. Push the finisher closer to the side of the upstream unit, and then once again confirm that the height
of the finisher entrance still matches the height of the upstream unit exit.
11. If the exit and entrance are not at the same height, adjust the height of the finisher.
12. Push the finisher against the side of the upstream unit.
13. Push the lock bar in completely so that it slides up into the notches in the arms on both ends of the
joint bracket.
14. Fasten the lock bar by re-attaching the screw removed in Step 3. ( x1)
15. Remove:
Rear upper cover [A] (Capsx2, x5)
Rear lower cover [B] ( x4)

16. Use a short screwdriver to loosen bracket [A] ( x3).

17. Fasten the bracket to the upstream unit at [B] ( x1).
18. Tighten the screws ( x3).

563
 2. Installation

19. Re-attach the rear covers.

Auxiliary Tray

1. Instruct the operator about when to use the auxiliary tray.

2. Before feeding the Z-folded paper from the Multi Folding Unit, set the Z-fold auxiliary tray on the
shift tray.

564
 Booklet Finisher SR5060 (D734)/Finisher SR5050 (D735)

Finishing the Installation

1. Connect the power cord to the unit

• In China, do not use this power cord provided with this unit's accessories. Contact your
supervisor and use the power cord specified for use in China.
2. Check the height of the finisher against the height of the machine, and then adjust the height of the
finisher if necessary.
3. Load some B4 paper in the 2nd tray of the main machine, and make several copies.
4. Check paper skew and side-to-side registration and correct if necessary (page 594 "Skew and
Side-to-Side Registration for Peripherals").

Punch Unit PU5020 NA, EU, SC

Accessories

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following illustration and list.

No. Description Q'ty

1 Punch Drive Unit 1

2 Punch Registration Unit 1

3 Punch Unit 1

4 Punch-out Hopper 1

5 Sensor Arm and Sensor 1

6 Punch Control Board 1

7 Harness: Long 1

8 Harness: Board Relay 1

9 Screws M3x6 9

10 Step Screw 1

11 Spring 1

565
 2. Installation

Installation

• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are turned OFF
and that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedure.

1. Motor protector plate [A] ( x4).

566
 Booklet Finisher SR5060 (D734)/Finisher SR5050 (D735)

2. Upper rear cover [A] ( x5).

3. Right upper panel [A] ( x4).

4. Use a pair of nippers to remove knockouts [A].

567
 2. Installation

5. Raise and open lever "RB3" [B].

6. Remove plate [A] and discard it ( x4).

7. Insert the harness connectors [A] through hole [B].

8. Make sure the harness connectors are through the hole completely and visible at the rear of the
machine.
9. Set and fasten the punch registration unit [C] ( x4: M3x6, 2 screws each at front and back).

568
 Booklet Finisher SR5060 (D734)/Finisher SR5050 (D735)

10. Clamp harness [A] ( x4).

11. Clamp harness [B] ( x2).

12. Attach sensor arm [A] ( x1, x1).

13. Make sure the sensor arm swings freely on the step screw and spring.
14. Attach harness [B] to the sensor on top of the arm.

569
 2. Installation

15. On the punch unit, connect harness [A] ( x1, x1).

16. Attach the punch mechanism [A] to the rails of the punch unit ( x1: M3x6).
• If you are installing the punch unit for Europe [1], connect the harness [B] ( x1, x2).
• The punch unit for North America [2] has no punch switching motor, so this harness is not
required.

570
 Booklet Finisher SR5060 (D734)/Finisher SR5050 (D735)

17. At the front, insert the punch unit [A] into the finisher and fasten it ( x4: M3x6).
18. Remove the shoulder screw with red tag [B], and detach the tag and wire.
19. After removing the screw from hole , re-attach it at hole .

• This screw must remain attached to the punch unit.

• Before removing the punch unit from the finisher, the screw must be removed from hole and
re-attached at hole . This stabilizes the punch unit and prevents it from wobbling from side
to side while it is being removed and handled after removal.

20. At the front, slide the punch-out hopper [A] into the finisher.

571
 2. Installation

21. Route the harnesses from the CIS unit [A] through the hole.
22. Connect the harnesses at and ( x2).
23. If you are installing the punch unit for Scandinavia, fasten the extra connector (not used) at (
x1).

24. Finish clamping the harnesses as shown below.

572
 Booklet Finisher SR5060 (D734)/Finisher SR5050 (D735)

25. Install the punch control board ( x4).

26. Connect the punch relay harness to the punch control board and punch main control board .

27. Fasten the connectors to the punch unit PCB [A] ( x4).

573
 2. Installation

28. Release harness [A] from the frame ( x2).

29. Connect harness [A] to the punch control board ( x1).

30. Gather harness [A] and the board relay harness [B] and clamp them ( x3).

574
 Booklet Finisher SR5060 (D734)/Finisher SR5050 (D735)

Moving the Finisher

Always observe the following points when moving the finisher.

• To prevent damage to the connection brackets, never attempt to move or change the position of the
system with the LCIT, the finisher (or any other downstream peripheral) connected.
1. Turn the system off.
• Press the main power switch on the left corner of the main machine to turn the machine off.
• The power-down alert message appears on the operation panel. Wait for the operation panel
to go off.
• Switch off the AC power switch.
2. Unplug the main machine from the power source.
• Grip the head of the plug firmly, and then pull it out.
• Never pull on the cord.
3. Disconnect the finisher I/F cord from the upstream unit (or main machine).
4. Make sure that the front door of the finisher is closed.
5. Loosen the screws of the caster cover ( x2).
6. Push the caster up until it stops and is not touching the floor.
7. Tighten the caster cover screws.
• This prevents the caster from snagging on a carpet or door jam when the finisher is pushed
along the floor.
• After the finisher has been moved to its new location, lower the caster again and tighten the
screws.

575
 2. Installation

576
 Trimmer Unit TR5040 (D520)

Trimmer Unit TR5040 (D520)

• The Trimmer Unit can be installed only with the Booklet Finisher SR5060 (D734) (not the Finisher
SR5050 (D735)).

Accessories

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following illustration and list.

No. Description Q'ty

1 Output Tray*1 1

2 Joint Bracket – Left (Marked "L") 1

3 Joint Bracket – Right (Marked "R") 1

4 Ground Plate 1

5 Sponges 2

6 Screws (M3x6 for Ground Plate) 2

7 Screws (M4x10 for Joint Bracket) 4

8 Leveling Shoes 4

9 Power Cord 1

- Cable Tie 5

- Option Reference Sheet 1

*1 Screws (x2) for the output tray are attached to the left side of the unit.

577
 2. Installation

Installation

• The unit must be connected to a power source that is close to the unit and easily accessible.
• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine are turned OFF
and that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedure.

Tapes, Stopper Plate

1. Remove the tape on the right side to free the I/F cable [A].
2. Remove the tape from the left side [B].

3. Open the front door and remove the retainer [A].

4. Stopper plate [B] ( x1).

578
 Trimmer Unit TR5040 (D520)

• Keep the stopper plate. It should be re-installed before transporting the unit to a new location.

Output Tray

1. Make sure that the front door [A] is open.

2. Remove:
Left upper cover [B] ( x2)
Left lower cover [C] ( x2)

3. Remove the screws and from the left side.

4. Use the removed screws to attach the output tray [A].
5. Connect the output tray at [B].

579
 2. Installation

6. Remove the sheet [C] of paper.

• Do not remove this sheet [C] of paper before connecting the output tray to the trimmer unit.

7. Reattach the left lower cover and left upper cover.

Ground Plate

1. Attach the ground plate [A] to the right bottom edge ( x2 M3x6).

Preparing the Booklet Finisher SR5060 for Docking

1. Open the front door [A] of the finisher.

2. Pull out the staple unit [B].

580
 Trimmer Unit TR5040 (D520)

3. At the rear of the finisher, remove:

Rear upper cover [A] (Capx2, x5)
Rear lower cover [B] ( x4)

4. Remove the booklet tray from the left side of the finisher (For details, please refer to the Field
Service Manual for the Booklet Finisher SR5060).
RTB 35: Step added between steps 4 and 5
5. Insert the tray harness into the finisher.

581
 2. Installation

Docking

1. Attach:
Left joint bracket, marked "L" [A] ( x2, M4x10)
Right joint bracket, marked "R" [B] ( x2, M4x10)
2. Peel the tape from the back of the sponges and attach sponges and .

3. At the rear, remove the screw from the plate [A].

4. Loosen the screw and lower the plate so that you can see the lock bar [B].
5. Remove the lock bar screw ( x1 M3x6). Keep this screw.
6. Push the lock bar [B] until it is unlocked.
7. Slowly push the unit [C] against the left side of the finisher so that the lock bar is directly and
squarely under the arms of the joint brackets.

582
 Trimmer Unit TR5040 (D520)

8. At the rear, pull the lock bar [B] toward you so that it slides up into the notches in the arms of the
joint brackets.
9. Fasten the lock bar by re-attaching the screw removed in Step 5. ( x1).
10. Connect the unit I/F cable [D] to the finisher.

11. Connect the plug of the power cord to the power source.

Finishing the Installation

1. Set the leveling shoes and adjust the height of the unit. (page 592 "Height and Level Adjustment")

583
 2. Installation

2. Load some B4 paper in the 2nd tray of the main machine, and make several copies.
3. Check paper skew and side-to-side registration and correct if necessary. (page 594 "Skew and
Side-to-Side Registration for Peripherals")

584
 Optional Counter Interface Unit Type A (B870)

Optional Counter Interface Unit Type A (B870)

Accessories

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list.

No. Description Q’ty

1 Key Counter Interface Board 1

2 Harness 1

3 Tapping Screw M3x6 4

4 Standoff 4

5 Harness Clamp 1

6 Band 1

Installation

• Make sure that the main power switch and AC power switch of the main machine is turned off and
that its power cord is disconnected before doing the following procedure.

585
 2. Installation

1. On the open side of the controller box [A], remove two screws ( x2).

2. On the hinged side of the controller box, remove three screws ( x3).

3. On the back of the controller box, remove eight screws ( x8).

4. Controller box cover [A]

586
 Optional Counter Interface Unit Type A (B870)

5. Install the interface board [A] onto the controller box ( x4: M3×6)

6. Use the tip of a small screw driver to remove the four screw covers on the top of the controller box
top cover [A].

7. Disconnect the controller box top cover [A] ( x4).

587
 2. Installation

8. Use a knife or a pair of nippers to remove the square knock-out [A] from the controller box top
cover.

9. Pass the key card cable through the hole where you removed the knock-out.

10. Route the cable and fasten it with the three clamps on the controller box ( x3).

588
 Optional Counter Interface Unit Type A (B870)

11. Connect the harnesses of the key card cable to the interface board and fasten the ground wire with
a screw ( x2, x1).

For RK mode
1. Connect the harness [A] of the controller box to the connector CN3 on the interface board
( x1).

589
 2. Installation

2. Re-attach the covers.

For MF mode
1. Open the controller box (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Remove the shield cover [A] from the inside of the controller box ( x6).

3. Connect the accessory harness (6 pins) [A] to the connector CN580 on the IPU [A] ( x1).

4. Route the accessory harness [A] through the gap [B] and connect the other end of the harness
to the connector CN1 on the interface board ( x1, x3).

590
 Optional Counter Interface Unit Type A (B870)

5. Re-attach the covers.

591
 2. Installation

Common Adjustments
Height and Level Adjustment

Before you begin:

• The main machine should be installed first and adjusted to level front-to-back, and side-to-side.
• Note the settings on the leveling gauge. Due to the length of the paper path with optional
peripheral units installed, it is extremely important that every unit should be leveled to match the
front-to-back and side-to-side measurements of the main machine.
• The height and level of each peripheral unit must be adjusted at installation.
• The height and level of each unit must be adjusted before testing for the presence of skew and
checking that side-to-side registration is correct.

Setting the Leveling Shoes

• Do this procedure near each caster where an adjustable bolt is provided.

• The number of leveling shoes will differ, depending on which unit you are leveling.
1. Turn the lower nut to lower the bolt.

• The upper bold is spot-welded to the frame and does not move.
2. Set a leveling shoe below the bolt.

3. Continue to turn the lower nut until it stops against the shoe.

592
 Common Adjustments

4. Set a level on the front, rear, and side edges to determine if the unit is level.
5. Adjust the height at each corner until the unit is level.

6. Check the results of the adjustments.

• The top of the first peripheral unit on the left must be at the same height as the left side of the
main machine.
• The tops of the other peripheral units on the left where the units are joined must be at the same
height.
• The top of the LCIT on the right must at the same height as the right side of the main machine.

• Make sure that the plate at the paper exit on the left side of the main machine [A] moves freely
and is not bent. It must be able to move to handle thick paper.
• Between the right side of the main machine and the LCIT or Vacuum Feed LCIT, make sure that
the LCIT guide plate moves freely and does not interfere with the main machine guide plate.

593
 2. Installation

Skew and Side-to-Side Registration for Peripherals

Overview

The paper feed path is extremely long when many peripheral units are installed. In such a long path, the
cumulative effect of paper skew or deviation in side-to-side registration may require adjustment.
• Skew [A] occurs when the trailing edge of the paper rotates away from the direction of paper feed.
• If side-to-side registration shift [B] occurs, the sheet remains straight but shifts left or right away from
center of the paper path.

• Before adjusting skew manually, be sure to enter the SP mode and set SP1206-001 to "2" (OFF).
This disables side-to-side registration in the main machine’s registration unit.

Scales
• Skew and side-to-side registration are checked with graduated scales (shown below) where paper
exits the units.

594
 Common Adjustments

• The scales are provided so that you can visually check and measure the amount of skew or
deviation in side-to-side registration.
• A scale for detecting skew and checking side-to-side registration ("S-to-S") is provided on the
following peripheral units.

Name Skew S-to-S Comment

LCIT or Correction is done in the registration unit of the

--- ---
Vacuum Feed LCIT main machine.

Correction for both skew and side-to-side

registration are possible when the unit is
Other Peripheral Units Yes Yes
attached to the upstream unit with the single
bracket.

• Corrections for both skew and side-to-side registration are possible.

Use either the rear scale or front scale, depending on the type of paper used in your area:
• Rear [A]: DLT SEF (LT LEF for Ring Binder)
• Front [B]: A3 SEF (A4 LEF for Ring Binder)

595
 2. Installation

The illustrations below show where the scale for each peripheral unit is located:
• [A]: DLT/ [B]: A3

The illustration above shows the scale on the left side of the Booklet Finisher tray. The same scale is at
approximately the same position (paper exit) for the following units:
• Multi Folding Unit: Proof Tray, or Left Exit
• Ring Binder: Left Exit
• High Capacity Stacker: Proof Tray

In the illustration below:

• The RED lines indicate the single-piece brackets where adjustments can be done to eliminate skew
and to correct side-to-side registration.
• The GREEN lines indicated 2-piece joint brackets where adjustment is not possible.

596
 Common Adjustments

Unit Name Comment

[1] LCIT or Vacuum Feed LCIT

[2] Main Machine

[3] Decurler Unit (inside main machine) Inside main machine

[4] Buffer Pass Unit

[5] Cover Interposer Tray

[6] Multi Folding Unit

[7] Ring Binder

[7’] Perfect Binder

[8] High Capacity Stacker

[9] Finisher (D734 or D735) D734 or D735

[10] Trimmer Unit (Joint Brackets x2) Joint Brackets x2

597
 2. Installation

• The Buffer Pass Unit [4], Perfect Binder [7’] and Trimmer Unit [9] and Buffer Pass Unit do not have
the single bracket for the upstream unit that allows side-to-side adjustment with shims (described
below).
• Here are some general rules for testing and adjusting for paper skew or a shift in side-to-side
registration.
1. After installation of each peripheral device, do some test prints and check for the presence of skew,
and check that side-to-side registration is correct.
2. When you detect a problem with skew or side-to-side registration, do the adjustment on the joint
bracket attached to the peripheral unit upstream of the unit where the problem occurred.
3. Side-to-side registration is corrected by shifting the upstream joint bracket left or right. (See the next
procedure.)
4. Skew is eliminated by inserting spacers (shims) under the rear or front end of the joint bracket.
These attached by screws to the peripheral units before they leave the factory.

Checking Side-to-Side Registration

• When the Finisher is installed at the left side of the line, paper cannot eject to the proof tray of any
other peripheral. When the Finisher is installed, if you want to see the output at the proof tray of
another peripheral, disconnect the I/F cable of the Finisher before adjusting.
Do this procedure to confirm that the paper is centered in the paper path.
1. Make sure that the I/F cable of the unit is connected to the upstream unit.
2. Disconnect the unit to the left of the unit to be tested.
3. Execute a run by feeding paper from Tray 2 of the host machine.

• If you are testing the Ring Binder, execute the run by feeding paper (A4 or LT LEF) from Tray 2
of the host machine (punching only, no ring binding). (The Ring Binder cannot accept a larger
paper size.) Feed A3 SEF for other units.
4. When each sheet exits, check the position of the paper on the scale to see if the paper is centered.
• Read the rear scale for DLT-size paper.
• Read the front scale for A3-size paper.
• If you are testing the ring binder, read the rear scale for LT LEF paper and the front scale for
A4 LEF paper. With the Ring Binder, the paper does not exit. It will switch back and feed to
the punch unit.
• The scale lines are spaced 2 mm apart.
5. The paper must not deviate more than ±2 mm on the scale.

598
 Common Adjustments

[A] Leading/trailing edges centered. No adjustment necessary.

[B] Leading/trailing edges offset to the rear by more than 2 mm. Adjustment required.

[C] Leading/trailing edges offset to the front by more than 2 mm. Adjustment required.

If the edge of the paper is on the scale at the center [A], no adjustment is required.
-or-
If the edge of the paper is ±2 mm off the center line on the scale, adjustment is required. Do the
procedure in the next section.

Correcting Side-to-Side Registration

Each peripheral unit for this machine has the same single-piece connection bracket shown below. This
adjustment can be done for every unit on the connection bracket attached to the upstream unit
1. Enter the SP mode and set SP1206-001 to "2" (OFF).
2. Disconnect the peripheral unit from the upstream unit.
3. On the joint bracket attached to the upstream unit, loosen screws , , , and .
4. Remove bracket [A] ( x1), rotate it 90 degrees, and re-fasten the screw. Changing the position
of this bracket aligns the oval cut-out horizontally and frees the joint bracket so it can slide from
side to side.
5. Look at the scale [B].
6. Slide the bracket to the left or right and tighten the screw.
7. If the deviation from center was toward the front, slide the bracket to the rear and tighten screw .
-or-
If the deviation from center was toward the rear, side the bracket to the front and tighten screw .
8. Tighten screws , , and
9. Do another test run, so that you can check the results of the adjustment.

599
 2. Installation

10. When you are finished, enter the SP mode and re-set SP1206-001 to "1".

Detecting Paper Skew

Do this check to detect the presence of skew in the paper path.

1. Make sure that the I/F cable of the unit is connected to the upstream unit.
2. If a peripheral unit is connected on the left side, disconnect it and pull it away.
3. Execute a straight-through run.
4. Check the scale where each sheet exits.
• The rear scale is for DLT-size paper.
• The front scale [2] is for A3-size paper.
• Be sure to read the correct scale for the paper size in use.

[A] Centered. No adjustment necessary.

[B] Trailing edge skew to the front, total skew more than ±2 mm. Adjustment required.

[C] Trailing edge skew to the rear, total skew more than ±2 mm. Adjustment required.

600
 Common Adjustments

Correcting Skew

1. Enter the SP mode and set SP1206-001 to "2" (OFF).

2. Disconnect the peripheral unit from the upstream unit.
3. Locate and remove the spacers from the peripheral unit where the problem occurred.
Locating and Removing Spacers
The photos below show where you can find the spacers for each unit.

601
 2. Installation

Multi Folding Unit

High Capacity Stacker

1. Open the front door.
2. Remove the right lock hasp [A] ( x2).
3. Remove the right front cover [B] ( x2).
4. Remove the spacers ( x1).

Finisher
1. Open the front door.

602
 Common Adjustments

2. Remove the spacers ( x1).

Inserting Spacers
1. Loosen the screws ( x4) of the joint bracket attached to the peripheral upstream of the unit
where the problem occurred.
2. Insert a spacer and tighten the screws.
If the trailing edge of the paper is skewing toward the front of the machine, insert a spacer [B]
under the rear end of the bracket and tighten the screws.
-or-
If the trailing edge is skewing toward the rear of the machine, insert a spacer [A] under the front
end of the bracket and tighten the screws.

603
 2. Installation

1. Do another run to check the adjustment. If skew is still present, insert another spacer.
• Each spacer is 2 mm thick.
• Only two spacers are provided, so the maximum adjustment is 4 mm (using two spacers).
2. Enter the SP mode and re-set SP1206-001 to "1".

604
 Operation Guidance for Users

Operation Guidance for Users

Operation Guidance for Users

Main Machine

Applicable User Item description

Caution for setting the left When inserting the left drawer into the machine,
All
drawer close the rear fuser unit handle (D2).

• Explain how to handle the used toner bottle

when the used toner bottle is full. (Remove the
used toner bottle gently and attach the cap to
it.)

• Change SP settings depending on the

All operation method; i.e. whether the used toner
(When the used bottle is replaced by the user or by a service
toner bottle is Used toner bottle technician.
replaced by the SP5-073-001
user) 0: Service technician
1: User
Changing the settings results in a different
message displayed when the used toner bottle
is full. (One message instructs the user to call a
service technician, the other message calls for
replacement.)

Cases in which color calibration is necessary:

• If a discrepancy exists between the target top
image density and the top image density for
which colorimetry was performed.
All Color calibration • If engine settings were changed.

Reference: “Troubleshooting: TCRU”

For Customers without TCRU: Guide them using the
Troubleshooting section in the service manual.

605
 2. Installation

Applicable User Item description

• Adjusting the image position on side 1

• Adjusting the image position on side 2 in
TCRU Image position adjustment alignment with side 1 (registration to align
front and back images using the template).

Reference: “Troubleshooting: TCRU”

ADF (Copier Model Only)

Applicable User Item description

If an ADF jam occurs, follow the correct procedure

to lift up the DF and remove the jammed paper.
All Caution for paper jam
Failure to follow the correct procedure may cause
the machine to stall.

606
 Operation Guidance for Users

Vacuum Feed LCIT

Overall
Applicable User Item description

Handling of the support Be careful not to drop the support plates for bottom
plates for bottom plate plate.

No tolerance in relation to curling. Ensure the

paper curling satisfies the conditions listed below.

Thickness - vertical curl:

Curling constraints for 5mm (less than 300gsm)
unsized paper 3mm / (300gsm or more)
All
Thickness - horizontal curl:
(Applies only
8mm (52.3gsm or higher and less than 300gsm)
when Vacuum
Feed LCIT is 3mm (300gsm or more)
attached)
When the tray is left open, small-sized paper may
remain at the top.
Paper remaining at top of
tray side fence If you see paper remaining at the top of the tray
when it is left open, remove the paper and
rearrange it.

Before setting paper of width 204mm in the tray,

Setting method for paper
use the paper size scale decal to align the side
of width 204mm or less
fence width.

Paper
Applicable User Item description

All Black paper Use this option when feeding black paper.
(Applies only
when Vacuum When feeding metallic paper, use tray 3 or 4 for
Feed LCIT is Metallic paper
this option.
attached)

607
 2. Installation

Banner Sheet Tray

Applicable User Item description

1. When setting long paper, push the button to

lower the bottom plate. After the LED turns off,
open the cover and set paper.
2. Set long paper by holding it in the longer
direction and stacking it gradually (stack width
of 10mm to 15mm).
3. When stacking a large amount long paper
which is thin or coated, stack the paper
gradually (stack width of 10mm to 15mm).
When stacking the paper, hold it down so that
the bottommost sheet of paper is not pulled out
of position.
All 4. Check whether long paper is correctly set in
(Applies only the back of the paper tray by looking at the
when Banner Setting method for long scale decal in the middle of the tray. The
Sheet Tray is paper trailing edge of the stacked paper should be in
attached to this the proper position.
option) 5. When the length of long paper is 420mm to
560mm, use the two short end fences. When
the length is 560mm to 700mm, use the long
end fence.
6. After stacking long paper with a thickness of 5
or higher, align the auxiliary side fence with
the paper bundle side which extends on a
straight line from the side fence and attach it.
7. When setting long paper with a thick coat, first
stack a small amount (stack width of 10mm to
15mm) and then align the side fence with the
paper width.
*This is done to prevent damage.

608
 Operation Guidance for Users

Applicable User Item description

When the length of long paper is 420mm to

560mm, use the two short end fences. When the
length is 560mm to 700mm, use the long end
fence.
• Long end fence (for 560mm to 700mm)

All
(Applies only
when Banner How to use end fence
Sheet Tray is
attached to this
option) • Short end fences (for 420mm to 560mm)

When feeding paper with a thickness of 1 to 9 from

the Banner Sheet Tray, set the auxiliary side fence
in order to prevent air leaks from the back side of
All the paper.
(Applies only Note that setting the auxiliary side fence will cause
when Banner Cautions for the auxiliary the upper limit for number of stacked sheets to
Sheet Tray is side fence decrease from 1190 to 800 sheets (calculation
attached to this based on 0.1mm-thick sheets).
option) If a storage pocket or other new part is added to
address the problem of insufficient storage space,
cost will increase. Therefore, we ask that customers
handle storage themselves.

609
 2. Installation

Booklet Finisher SR5060

Applicable User Item description

Ensure that there are no images positioned at the

All fold.
(Applies only Ensure there are no When an image is positioned at the fold, slipping
when Booklet images at the middle fold will occur between sheets of paper. As a result,
Finisher SR5060 only the cover will be transported by the folding
is attached) roller. The remaining sheets are not transported and
a jam may occur.

Preparation for TCRU

Preparation (SP Setting)

• Set SP5-062 (Parts Replacement Alert Display) to “1: Display”.

• Set SP5-185-001 (TCRU: Set Machine) to “1: ON”.
• Set SP5-066-001 (PM Parts Display) to “1: Display”.
• Set SP5-067 (Part Replacement Operation Type) to “1: User” only for TCRU parts.

Explain the Counter

Explain how to view the PM counter and how to perform counter reset procedures after replacing parts.
Reference: “Resetting the Replaceable Parts Counter” in “Replacement Guide: TCRU”

Explain the Part Replacement Procedures

Use “Replacement Guide: TCRU” to explain parts replacement to the customer.

“Adjustment Item Menu Guide: TCRU”, “Troubleshooting: TCRU”

Show the customer “Adjustment Item Menu Guide: TCRU” and “Troubleshooting: TCRU”. If necessary,
explain the contents of the sections.

610
3. Preventive Maintenance

Preventive Maintenance Tables

See "Appendices" for the following information:
• PM Tables for Main Machines
• PM Tables for Peripherals

611
 3. Preventive Maintenance

PM Counter Display
The PM Counter main menu and submenu allows you to review the PM counts for both units and
individual components.

Opening the PM Counter

1. Enter the SP mode.

2. Touch [PM Counter].

3. Select item.

[1] All PM Parts List

Displays all PM items (all PM items, not only PM units). Lists all PM items regardless of PM yield
indicator settings.

612
 PM Counter Display

[2] Parts list for PM yield indicator

Displays on the items with their PM yield indicator settings set to "Yes".
[3] Clear all PM settings
Resets all PM counter settings to "0" at the same time. PM items can be reset one by one with the
[Clear] button.
[4] Counter list print out
Prints the PM counter on paper.

PM Parts Screen Details

All PM Parts list: Main Menu

The "All PM Parts list" displays all PM units and individual items. This list shows all PM items, regardless
of their "PM yield indicator settings".

[A]: Number buttons. Pressing a number button opens a submenu.

[B]: Descriptions. The # mark denotes a "unit" (not individual item).
[C]: PM yield buttons. Function is the same as the "PM yield indicator settings" button.
[D]: Current PM counter value.
[E]: Target PM interval. This can be changed by pressing a number button [A].
[F]: PM counter clear button. Function is the same as the [Clear current counter] button.

613
 3. Preventive Maintenance

Number Button Submenu

Press any number button to open the submenu for a part. In the example below, the number button
[001] #Development Unit was pressed.

[A]: Clear current counter. Press to reset the selected PM counter (in this example 001 #Development
Unit) to "0". You can also clear the settings by pressing the [Clear] button on the right side of the PM
Counter Main Menu ([F] in the previous section).
[B]: Change target yield. Press the change the target PM yield. To change the setting:
• Press [Change target yield]
• Enter the number for the new target with the 10-key pad.
• Press [#] on the operation panel.
[C]: PM yield indicator settings. [Yes] is the default. Press [No] to remove the current item from the "Parts
list for PM yield indicator".
• When set to "Yes", items marked with the # mark (# = a unit) will not have their individual items
displayed automatically in the "Parts list for PM yield indicator list".
• When set to "No", items marked with the # mark (# = a unit) only the individual components will
appear in the list (the units will not appear).
[D]: PM counter history. This is a summary of the most recent counts
• Latest 1. The latest PM count since the unit (or part) was replaced.
• Latest 2. The previous PM count since the unit (or part) was replaced.
• Latest 3. The previous but one PM count since the unit (or part) was replaced.

Parts List for PM Yield Indicator

This list shows the PM Parts Main Menu with only items set to "Yes" displayed.

614
 PM Counter Display

Note the following:

• The # mark denotes a unit.
• Items without the # (for example, Vent Filter) denote individual components.
• An asterisk (*) will appear in the Exceed column [A] to show items that have exceeded their target
PM yields.

615
 3. Preventive Maintenance

Lubrication Points
Fuser Unit Main Drive Gears

1. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")

2. Rear cover [A] ( x3)

3. Raise the separation unit [A].

4. Apply FLUOTRIBO MG Grease to the two gears marked by red arrows. Apply about 2 g at both
points

616
 Lubrication Points

Cleaning, Lubrication Around Fuser Unit Heating Roller

Do the following procedures before reassembling the fuser unit.

Part Name Interval Action

Heating Roller Thermistor 900K Clean

1. Use a dry cloth to remove toner and paper dust from the surface of the thermistor [A].

2. Rotate the races to make sure the contact surfaces of the bearings and race turn freely. If the races
do not rotate freely, they must be replaced.

617
 3. Preventive Maintenance

3. Insert the heating roller at the front end of the unit.

4. The flanges must be set so that both edges of the fuser belt rim overlap the collar of the flanges.

618
 Lubrication Points

5. Re-attach the bearing races at the front [A] and rear [B].

6. Re-attach the C-rings at the front and rear.

Cleaning and Lubrication Around Pressure Roller

Do these procedures before re-assembling the fuser unit.

Part Name Interval Action

Pressure roller thermistor 900K Clean

619
 3. Preventive Maintenance

1. Use a dry cloth to remove toner and paper dust from the sensitive surface of the thermistor.

Part Name Interval Action

Pressure Roller Bearing Races (x2) 1200K Lubricate

2. Use a small brush to apply FLUROTRIBO MG Grease to the pressure roller bearing races.

• Make sure the pressure roller bearing is installed correctly.

• Incorrect installation of the bearing could result in errors such as SC569 (Pressure Roller Lift
Error).

620
 Lubrication Points

Correct

[A]: Pressure Roller

The flange [B] must be on the outside.

Incorrect

[A]: Pressure Roller

The flange [B] must not be on the inside.

Lubrication Around Fusing Roller

1. Use a small brush to apply FLUOTRIBO MG grease to the front bearing race:
[A] Inner surface of bearing race
[B] Set bearing race and apply to outer surface

621
 3. Preventive Maintenance

2. Install the front bearing race.

3. Use a small brush to apply FLUOTRIBO MG grease to the rear bearing race:
[A] Inner surface of bearing race
[B] Set rear bearing race and apply to outer surface

4. Install the rear bearing race.

622
Lubrication Points

623
 3. Preventive Maintenance

Cleaning Points
Overview

This section describes how to clean the rollers and sensors in the paper path with minimal disassembly.
Four units comprise the paper path.

Paper Bank Paper supply, 1st Tray, 2nd Tray

Vertical Transport Unit Relays paper to right drawer

Right Drawer Paper registration, PTR unit, 2nd half of duplex path

Left Drawer PTB, fuser unit, paper cooling unit, 1st half of duplex path

Inspection and Cleaning

Before You Begin

Here are some rules to follow for cleaning rollers and sensors.
Roller Cleaning

624
 Cleaning Points

• Clean rollers with a dry cloth.

• Try to avoid touching the surfaces of the rollers with bare hands.
Sensor Cleaning
• Clean sensors with a blower brush. Do not use cloth or tissue paper.
• Most of the sensors are below holes in plates so you may not be able to see them.
• Insert tip of the blower brush into the hole and squeeze it to blow any paper dust off the sensor.

1st Tray, 2nd Tray

1. Turn the machine off and disconnect it from its power source.
2. Allow the machine to cool for at least 20 minutes.

• Make sure that the main machine is switched off and that its power cord is disconnected
before doing the following procedures.

1st Tray 2nd Tray

1 1st Pickup Roller 6 2nd Pickup Roller

2 1st Paper Feed Roller 7 2nd Paper Feed Roller

3 1st Separation Roller 8 2nd Separation Roller

4 1st Paper Feed Sensor 9 2nd Paper Feed Sensor

5 1st Grip Rollers 10 2nd Grip Rollers

3. Remove the right half of Tray 1. This will allow you to see the rollers of Tray 2 and Tray 1
(page 1035 "Tray 1").
4. Clean the rollers with a dry cloth.

625
 3. Preventive Maintenance

5. Blower brush: 2nd paper end sensor [1] and 2nd paper feed sensor [2].
6. Blower brush: 1st paper end sensor [3] and 1st paper feed sensor [4].

Vertical Transport Unit

1 Horizontal Transport Rollers 6 Vertical Transport Sensor

2 1st Transport Sensor 7 Bank Exit Sensor

3 2nd Transport Sensor 8 Bank Exit Rollers

4 Lower Transport Rollers 9 Main Relay Sensor 1

5 Upper Transport Rollers

626
 Cleaning Points

1. Open the right front door.

2. Lower lever [1] to release the lower and upper transport plates [2].

3. Blower brush:
[1] 2nd Transport sensor
[2] Vertical transport sensor

4. Dry cloth:
[1] Lower transport drive rollers
[2] Upper transport drive rollers
5. Turn the knob as you hold the cloth against the rollers.

627
 3. Preventive Maintenance

6. Dry cloth:
[1] Lower transport idle rollers
[2] Upper transport idle rollers
[3] 2nd Vertical plate
[4] 1st Vertical plate

7. Blower brush:
[1] Bank exit sensor
[2] Main relay sensor 1

628
 Cleaning Points

8. Dry cloth:
[1] Bank exit drive rollers
[2] Bank exit idle rollers

• Hold the dry cloth against rollers, and clean the rollers as you rotate the knob.

629
 3. Preventive Maintenance

Right Drawer

1 Main Relay Rollers 11 Registration Timing Sensor

2 Main Relay Sensor 2 12 Shift Rollers*1

3 Registration Entrance Rollers 13 CIS (Shift Unit)

4 Main Relay Sensor 3 14 Transfer Timing Rollers

5 LCT Relay Sensor 1 15 Transfer Timing Sensor

6 LCT Relay Rollers 16 PTR (Paper Transfer Roller)

7 LCT Relay Sensor 2 17 Duplex Transport Sensor 6

8 Double-Feed Sensor (Emitter) 18 Duplex Transport Rollers 5

9 Double-Feed Sensor (Receptor) 19 Duplex Transport Sensor 7

10 Registration Timing Rollers 20 Duplex Transport Rollers 6

*1 Shift drive roller cleaning requires disassembly.

1. Lower the lever [1] and pull out the right drawer [2] until it stops.

630
 Cleaning Points

2. On the right side of the drawer, lower lever [1] to release the plates [2].

3. Hold the dry cloth against the relay drive rollers [1].
4. At the right lower corner of the drawer, slowly rotate the roller shaft [2].

5. Disconnect main relay sensor 1 bracket [1] and turn it over so that you can see the sensor ( x1).
6. Blower brush: main relay sensor 1 [2].

631
 3. Preventive Maintenance

7. Rotate knob [1].

8. Dry cloth: Registration entrance idle rollers [2].

9. Dry cloth: Registration entrance driver rollers [1].

632
 Cleaning Points

10. Disconnect main relay sensor 3 bracket [1] and turn it over so that you can see the main relay
sensor ( x1).
11. Blower brush: Main relay sensor 3 [2]

12. Open the plate on the top right of the drawer so that you can see the LCT relay drive rollers [1] and
LCT relay idle rollers [2].
13. Turn knob [3].
14. Hold a dry cloth between the plates and the rollers to clean both idle and drive rollers as they
rotate [4].

15. Disconnect the LCT relay sensor 1 bracket [1] and turn it over so that you can see the sensor (
x1).
16. Blower brush: LCT relay sensor 1 [2].

633
 3. Preventive Maintenance

17. Disconnect the LCT relay sensor 2 bracket [1] and turn it over so that you can see the sensor (
x2).
18. Blower brush: LCT relay sensor 2 [2].

19. Remove the double-feed sensor bracket [1] and turn it over so that you can see the top sensor (
x1).
20. Blower brush: Double-feed sensor (receptor) [2].
21. Blower brush: Double-feed sensor (LED) [3].

634
 Cleaning Points

22. Turn the knob at the front.

23. Dry cloth: Registration timing idle rollers [1]
24. Inside the right drawer, while turning the knob, Dry cloth: Registration timing drive rollers [2]

25. Disconnect the registration timing sensor bracket [1] and turn it over so that you can see the sensor.
26. Blower brush: Registration timing sensor [2].

27. Dry cloth:

[1] Shift idle rollers (rear)
[2] Shift idle rollers (front)

635
 3. Preventive Maintenance

28. Remove the dust tray cover plate [1] ( x3).

29. Remove the dust tray [2] ( x2).

30. If there is any paper dust in the tray, empty it into a waste bin.
31. Use a dry cloth to wipe the tray clean.

636
 Cleaning Points

32. Disconnect the CIS bracket [1] and turn it over so that you can see the clear surface of the CIS (
x2).
33. Use a damp cloth and then a dry cloth to wipe the surface [2] clean.

34. While slowly turning the roller gear at the rear, clean the PTR with a dry cloth.

35. Disconnect the PTR unit [1] support arms ( x2).

36. Push both disconnected arms toward the center [2] until they stop.
37. Remove the PTR unit [3].

38. Turn knob [1].

637
 3. Preventive Maintenance

39. Dry cloth: Transfer timing idle roller.

40. While turning the knob, Dry cloth: Transfer timing drive roller [3].

41. Disconnect the transfer timing sensor bracket [1] and turn it over so that you can see the sensor (
x1).
42. Blower brush: Transfer timing sensor [2].

43. At the front right corner of the drawer, lower the duplex transport path plate (Z4) [1].
44. Rotate the duplex transport roller knob [2].

638
 Cleaning Points

45. Under the right drawer, clean the rollers (as you rotate the knob) and sensors.

1 Duplex transport sensor 6 Blower brush

2 Duplex transport drive rollers 5 Dry cloth

3 Duplex transport idle rollers 5 Dry cloth

4 Duplex transport sensor 7 Blower brush

5 Duplex transport drive rollers 6 Dry cloth

6 Duplex transport idle rollers 6 Dry cloth

639
 3. Preventive Maintenance

Left Drawer

1 PTB Sensor 14 Exit Relay Sensor

2 Fuser Exit Sensor 15 Invert Exit Rollers 1

3 Exit Unit Entrance Rollers 16 Purge Relay Sensor

4 Cooling Unit Entrance Sensor 17 Duplex/Invert Rollers*1

5 Cooling Unit Entrance Rollers 18 Duplex/Invert Sensor

6 Cooling Pipe Roller 19 Duplex Transport Rollers 1

7 Cooling Belt 20 Duplex Transport Sensor 1

8 Exit JG Sensor 21 Duplex Transport Rollers 2

9 Exit Relay Rollers 22 Duplex Transport Sensor 2

10 Exit Sensor 23 Duplex Transport Rollers 3

11 Exit Rollers 24 Duplex Transport Sensor 3

12 Invert Exit Rollers 2 25 Duplex Transport Rollers 4

13 Invert Entrance Rollers*1

640
 Cleaning Points

*1 Cleaning requires disassembly.

1. Lower handle [1] and pull out the left drawer [2].

2. Blower brush: PTB sensor 1,2[A]

3. Dry cloth: Upper entrance guide plate [1]

• The upper entrance guide plate can become very hot during normal operation. Before
cleaning, wait till the upper entrance guide plate becomes normal temperature at least 10
min.

641
 3. Preventive Maintenance

4. Open the top of the fuser unit [1].

5. Dry cloth: Rollers, strippers, plates [2]
6. Blower brush: Fuser unit exit sensor [3]

7. Open the cooling unit entrance cover [1].

8. Turn knob [2].
9. Dry cloth: Exit unit entrance rollers [3]

642
 Cleaning Points

10. Dry cloth: Cooling unit entrance rollers [1]

11. Blower brush: Cooling unit entrance sensor [2]
12. Close the cooling unit entrance cover.

13. Raise and open the transport cover [1].

14. Turn the knob.

15. Dry cloth:

643
 3. Preventive Maintenance

[1] Cooling belt

[2] Cooling pipe roller

16. Dry cloth:

[1] Exit relay drive rollers
[2] Exit relay idle rollers

17. Dry cloth:

[1] Exit idle roller
[2] Exit drive roller

644
 Cleaning Points

18. Blower brush:

[1] Exit sensor
[2] Exit JG sensor

19. Lower and close the transport cover.

20. Open the inverter/exit transport cover [1].

21. Turn the knob.

645
 3. Preventive Maintenance

22. Dry cloth: Invert exit rollers 2 [1]

23. Open the left feed unit [1].

24. Clean with a damp cloth (thoroughly wrung out):
[2] Invert exit drive rollers 1
[3] Invert exit idle rollers 1

25. Blower brush:

[1] Exit relay sensor
[2] Duplex/invert sensor

646
 Cleaning Points

26. Use a hand-held vacuum cleaner to clean the anti-static brush near the exit rollers.

27. Release and lower the duplex transport path plate (Z4) [1].

28. Rotate the duplex transport roller knob [1].

647
 3. Preventive Maintenance

1 Duplex transport drive roller 1 Dry cloth

2 Duplex transport idle roller 1 Dry cloth

3 Duplex transport sensor 1 Blower brush

4 Duplex transport drive roller 2 Dry cloth

5 Duplex transport idle roller 2 Dry cloth

6 Duplex transport sensor 2 Blower brush

7 Duplex transport drive roller 3 Dry cloth

648
 Cleaning Points

8 Duplex transport idle roller 3 Dry cloth

9 Duplex transport sensor 3 Blower brush

10 Duplex transport drive roller 4 Dry cloth

11 Duplex transport idle roller 4 Dry cloth

Purged Paper Sensor

1. Open the left front door.

2. If there is paper in the purge tray, remove it.
3. Blower brush: Purged paper sensor

Scanner Unit Cleaning

1. Use glass cleaner and a clean cloth to clean the scanner glass.

649
 3. Preventive Maintenance

2. Use glass cleaner and a clean cloth to clean exposure glass.

3. Turn the scanner motor belt counter-clockwise until the exposure lamp assembly reaches
the cut-out .

4. Use a lens cloth to clean the reflector plate.

650
 Cleaning Points

1st Mirror

2nd Mirror

3rd Mirror

5. Use a lens cloth to clean the 1st mirror

6. Use a lens cloth to clean the 2nd mirror.

651
 3. Preventive Maintenance

7. Use a lens cloth to clean the 3rd mirror.

8. Use a clean cloth to clean the front, rear guide rails.

9. When you are finished cleaning the optics, turn the scanner motor belt until the exposure lamp
unit reaches the far left side of the exposure unit.

652
 Cleaning Points

10. Clean the original size sensors with a blower brush.

Controller Box Filter

• There are four filters on the controller box.

653
 3. Preventive Maintenance

1. Remove the filter cover.

2. Remove the filter, and then clean it with a vacuum cleaner.

Toner Shield Glass

1. PCDU (page 891 "Removing PCDUs")

2. Cover plate [A] ( x1)

3. Pull the toner shield glass straight out of the machine.

654
 Cleaning Points

4. Clean the toner shield glass with an optical cloth.

Around the PCDU

Development Cooling Sheet, Development Case, Quenching Lamp

1. Pull out the PCDU (page 891 "Removing PCDUs").

2. Clean with a dry cloth or damp cloth (thoroughly wrung out):
[A] Development cooling sheet
[B] Development case
[C] Quenching Lamp

655
 3. Preventive Maintenance

Potential Sensor

1. Pull out the PCDU (page 891 "Removing PCDUs").

2. Clean the potential sensor [A] for each color with a blower brush.

• Do not use a vacuum cleaner

656
 Cleaning Points

ITB Unit

Transfer Belt Speed Feedback Sensor

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 1st stop position. (page 964 "ITB Unit")
2. Disconnect the front spring and rear spring.

• Do not remove these springs. Let them hang free. They will not fall off.
3. Remove the screw of the belt tension roller assembly [A] ( x1).

4. Slowly lower the belt tension roller assembly [A], while you support the other end of the roller with
your other hand [B] under the ITB unit.

657
 3. Preventive Maintenance

5. Remove the tension roller assembly [C] and tension roller.

6. Carefully move the ITB [A] to the non-operator side until the sensor [B] is uncovered.

• It is recommended to wear gloves when moving the ITB.

• Do not move the belt any more after the sensor is uncovered. Doing so could damage the belt.
7. Clean the transfer belt speed feedback sensor [A].
• Use a vacuum cleaner or an air blower to remove dust.
• Wipe the sensor with a wet cotton swab. If a cotton swap is not at hand, wipe the sensor with
a wet cloth. Use water if necessary, but do not use any solvent (ethanol, etc).

658
 Cleaning Points

• Do not attempt to wipe off the “black prints” on the sensors. These black prints are not dust/
dirt but are components of the sensor.
8. Confirm the sensors are clean using a flashlight. Dust on the sensor is hard to detect in room light.
9. Re-install the ITB unit and then do the SP setting (page 996 "Transfer Belt Speed Feedback
Sensor").

659
 3. Preventive Maintenance

660
4. Replacement and Adjustments

Notes on the Main Power Switch

Push Switch

The main power switch of this machine has been changed to a push-button switch [A] (push button) from
the conventional rocker switch. The push switch has characteristics and specifications different from the
rocker switch. Care must be taken when replacing and adjusting parts.

Characteristics of the Push Switch (DC Switch)

Power is supplied to the machine even when the main power switch is turned OFF.
The push switch in this machine uses DC (direct current). Therefore, if the AC power cord is
connected to an electrical outlet, power is supplied to the controller board, the operation unit and
other modules even when the main power switch is turned OFF. When replacing the controller
board and the operation unit in this state, not only these boards, it will damage other electrical
components.
When performing maintenance work such as replacing parts, in addition to turning off the main
power with the push switch, always turn off the AC Power Switch [A] and then unplug the AC
power cord.

661
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

When you disconnect the power cord from the AC wall outlet, inside the machine there is still
residual charge.
When you disconnect the power cord from the AC wall outlet, inside the machine for a while there
is still residual charge. Therefore, if you remove boards in this state, it can cause a blown fuse or
memory failure.
• How to remove the residual charge inside the machine
After you unplug the power cord from the AC wall outlet, in order to remove the residual
charge from inside the machine, be sure to press the main power switch. Thus, the charge
remaining in the machine is released, and it is possible to remove boards.
• When you reconnect the AC power cord into an AC wall outlet and turn on the AC Power
Switch, the machine will start automatically.
In order to remove the residual charge, push the main power switch while you disconnect the
AC power cord. At that time, the power ON flag inside the machine is set. Therefore, after
you finish work on the machine and reconnect the power cord to the AC and turn on the AC
Power Switch, even if you do not push the main power switch, the machine will start
automatically and the moving parts will begin to move. When working on moving parts, be
careful that fingers or clothes do not get caught.

• Automatic restart deals with cases when you accidentally unplugged the AC power cord
or unexpected power outages. By keeping the power flag ON, after the resumption of
power, the machine will start up automatically.
In rare cases, when you reconnect the AC power cord to a power outlet, the machine does
not start automatically. In this case, the machine has not failed. The cause is due to the timing
of releasing the residual charge. If you press the main power switch while the residual charge
was already released, the power ON flag will not be set. At this time, start the machine
manually by pressing the main power switch.

662
 Notes on the Main Power Switch

Shutdown Method

1. Push the main power switch [A] on the top left of the machine to turn the power off.

2. Take out the power cord.

3. Wait 5 minutes (this is the time required if you will remove the rear cover and access the interior of
the machine, to take out the controller board for example).
Note: If some LEDs on any of the boards are blinking or lit, current is still flowing.
After the shutdown process, the main power is turned off automatically.
When the shutdown is complete
Main power LED: Off
Operation panel LED: Off

• How to start from shutdown

• To start the machine, push the main power switch. However, if you push the main power switch
between the beginning and the end of a shutdown, the machine will not start.

Forced Shutdown

In case normal shutdown does not complete for some reason, the machine has a forced shutdown
function.
To make a forced shutdown, press and hold the main power switch for 6 seconds.
In general, do not use the forced shutdown.

663
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• Forced shutdown may damage the hard disk and memory, and can cause damage to the machine.
Use a forced shutdown only if it is unavoidable.

Switching the System On/Off with Fiery Controller

AC Power and Main Power Switch

AC Power Switch [A]

The AC power switch is located inside the front left door. This machine should be left on at the end of the
work day.

• This switch should always be turned off before servicing the machine.

Main Power Switch [A]

The main power switch is located on top left. This is the switch that the operator uses to turn the machine
on and off and the beginning and end of each work day.

664
 Notes on the Main Power Switch

The following screen is displayed during the shutdown process until the end after pushing the main
power switch to turn the power off.
When shutdown process is finished, main power is turned off automatically.

• Maximum waiting time: 8 minutes

• Never turn off the AC power switch before shutting down the Fiery controller.

The correct shut down procedure for the Fiery controller is described below.

665
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Power On with Fiery Controller

Fiery Power Link USB Cable Is Not Connected
1. Turn on the AC power switch of the main machine.
2. Push the main power switch to turn the power on.
3. Turn on the switch on the back of the Fiery Controller box.
4. Press and turn on the switch on the front of the Fiery Controller box.
Fiery Power Link USB Cable Is Connected
1. Turn on the AC power switch of the main machine.
2. Push the main power switch of the main machine to turn the power on.
The power of the Fiery Controller box is also turned ON in conjunction.

Turning the System Off

Fiery Power Link USB Cable Is Not Connected
On the Fiery controller operation panel:
1. Press the [Fiery] tab.
2. Press the [Restart Fiery] button.
3. Press the [Shut Down] button.
On the Main Machine:
1. Push the main power switch to turn the power off.
2. Open the left front door.
3. Turn the AC power switch off.
Fiery Power Link USB Cable Is Connected
1. Push the main power switch of the main machine to turn the power off.
The power of the Fiery Controller box is also turned off in conjunction.
2. Open the left front door.
3. Turn the AC power switch off.
To turn off only the power of the Fiery Controller box
1. Set the OFF/ON switch [A] to the OFF position.

666
 Notes on the Main Power Switch

• When the OFF/ON switch is set to the ON position, the Fiery Controller box restarts
even if you shut it down.
2. Press the [Fiery] tab on the Fiery controller operation panel.
3. Press the [Restart Fiery] button.
4. Press the [Shut Down] button.

667
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

General Cautions

• This machine has a Fiery controller (server type). The Fiery controller must be shut down before
turning off the power supply to the main machine.
• Always turn off the Fiery controller first on the Fiery operation panel before turning off the main
power switch of the machine.
• To prevent damage to the ITB, drum, or development unit when removing them or putting them
back into the machine, never switch off the AC power switch or main power switch while the
machine is operating.

Rear Boxes

Exercise caution when operating the machine with the rear boxes open, especially the cooling box:
• This machine has many fans and ventilation ducts to expel ozone, paper dust, and hot air from
around the PCDUs and other areas inside the machine.
• If you service the machine and then check printing operation with the rear boxes open, dust or
gases may adhere to the OPC drums and cause problems with image output (white block patterns
for example).
• Normally, process control can handle such minor problems, but if you want to recover the print
quality as soon as possible, print several sheets with solid color images.

Drum

An organic photoconductor (OPC) drums are very sensitive to light and ammonia gas. When handling
an OPC drum:
1. Never expose the drum to direct sunlight.
2. Never expose the drum to direct light of more than 1,000 lux for more than a minute.
3. Never touch the drum surface with bare hands. If the drum surface is touched or becomes dirty,
wipe it with a dry cloth or clean it with a damp cotton ball. Wipe with a dry cloth after cleaning
with damp cotton.
4. Never use alcohol to clean the drum. Alcohol can dissolve the drum surface and damage it
permanently.
5. Store the drum in a cool, dry place.
6. The photo-conductive layer of the drum is very thin and is easily damaged. Always handle the
drum with care.
7. Never expose the drum to corrosive gases such as ammonia.

668
 General Cautions

8. Always dispose of used drums in accordance with local laws and regulations.

PCDU

1. To prevent scratching a drum or an ITB, always lower the ITB before you remove a PCDU or pull
out the ITB unit.
2. The charge rollers should always be replaced together as a set.
3. Before you push the PCDU into the machine, you must confirm:
• The charger unit lock lever [1] is down and locked
• The PCU cleaning unit lever [2] is up and locked.

ITB Unit

1. Never touch the surface of the ITB surface with bare hands.
2. Pull the ITB unit out of the machine only when it is absolutely necessary.
3. Always work carefully around the ITB (to avoid dropping tools, screws, etc.) when it is pulled out of
the machine.
4. Before installing a new ITB, clean all the rollers and the inner surface of the ITB unit with a dry cloth
to prevent the new belt from slipping.

Scanner Unit (D194/D195/D203/D204)

1. When installing a new exposure glass, always make sure that the white paint mark is at the rear left
corner.
2. Clean the exposure glass with alcohol or glass cleaner to reduce the amount of static electricity on
the glass surface.

669
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Use a cotton pad dampened with water or a blower brush to clean the scanner optics.
4. Never bend or twist the exposure lamp cables.
5. Never disassemble the lens unit. Attempting to disassemble the lens unit will throw the lens and the
copy image out of focus.
6. Never attempt to adjust the CCD positioning screw. Doing so will throw the CCD out of position.

Laser Unit

1. Never open the laser unit. The laser unit parts are replaced as a unit in the field.

Development

1. Avoid nicking or scratching the development roller.

2. Place the development unit on a sheet of paper after removing it.
3. Always clean the drive gears after removing used developer.
4. Always dispose of used developer in accordance with local regulations.
5. Never load any type of developer or toner into the development unit other than those specified for
this machine. Doing so will cause poor print quality and toner scattering.
6. Immediately after replacing the developer, be sure to execute the SPs to initialize the developer/
toner.
7. Never do SP3030 with used developer.
8. When using a vacuum cleaner to clean the development unit casing, always ground the casing
with your fingers to avoid damaging the toner density sensor with static electricity.
9. The TD sensor must be initialized:
• After replacing the developer. (Initialize the TD sensor only for the PCDU where the developer
was replaced.)
• Never initialize the TD sensor more than once. Initializing the TD sensor more than once can
cause toner scattering inside the machine.

Cleaning

1. When servicing the cleaning unit components, avoid nicking the edges of the cleaning blades.
2. Never touch the edges or surfaces of the cleaning blade with bare hands.
3. Before disassembling the cleaning unit, place a sheet of paper under it to catch stray toner or dry
lubricant.

670
 General Cautions

Fuser Unit

1. Never handle the fusing lamps and rollers with bare hands.
2. Make sure that the fusing lamps are positioned correctly and do not touch the inner surface of the
rollers.

Paper Feed

When replacing the pick-up, feed, and separation rollers in tray 1 or 2 of the main machine, trays 3, 4,
5 of the LCIT, trays 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 of the Vacuum Feed LCIT or tray 6 (9) (bypass tray):
• Use only rollers specified for use with this machine or peripheral unit.
• When handling the new rollers, avoid touching the surfaces of the rollers.

Used Toner

1. Check the level of the used toner in the used toner bottle at every service visit.
2. Always dispose of used toner in accordance with local laws and regulations.
3. Never attempt to incinerate used toner.

Fiery Controller

1. Use the "Shut Down" button on the operation panel to turn off the Fiery controller.
2. Never turn off the main power switch of the mainframe before shutting down the Fiery controller.
Here is the correct shut down sequence for the Fiery and the main machine:
On the Fiery controller operation panel:
• Press the [Fiery] tab.
• Press the [Restart Fiery] button.
• Press the [Shut Down] button.
To shut down the main machine
• Push the main power switch to turn the power off
• When the power LED goes off, turn the AC power switch off. Never turn off the AC power
switch when the power LED is lit or flashing.

671
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Liquid Coolant Disposal

• The coolant tank is located at the bottom of the cooling box on the back of the main machine.
• The coolant tank holds the propylene glycol coolant that circulates from the tank through the hoses
that pass behind the cooling plates on the sides of the five development units.
• Always obey local laws and regulations if you need to dispose of a tank or coolant.
• The tank must never be emptied directly into a local drainage system, river, pond, or lake.
• Contact a professional industrial waste disposal organization and ask them to dispose of the tank.

Positions of WARNING and CAUTION labels

This machine has labels for WARNING and CAUTION at the positions shown below. For safety, follow
the instructions and handle the machine as indicated.

672
 General Cautions

Main Unit: Copier Model

Front side

No. Description

Do not touch the parts which a label is put on. The inside of the machine could be very hot.
1
Caution should be taken when removing misfed paper.

Do not touch the parts a label indicates. The inside of the machine could be very hot. Caution
2
should be taken when removing misfed paper.

Do not touch the parts a label indicates. The inside and surface of the fusing unit could be very
3
hot. Caution should be taken when removing misfed paper.

This label indicates the weight of the unit. However, this label is meant for customer engineers
4
and operators who have received training. Do not lift a unit that has this label.

673
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

No. Description

Keep your hands clear of the parts a label indicates. Otherwise, you might trap your fingers
5
and an injury might occur.

Right side

No. Description

This device is connecting to more than one power cord. All plugs need to be disconnected to
1
stop the electric power supply. For the rated value refer to the rating plate.

This machine uses two power cords. To stop the power supply of the machine completely,
2
remove all power plugs. Unless all power plugs are removed, fire or electric shock may result.

674
 General Cautions

Main unit: Printer Model

Front side

No. Description

Do not touch the parts which a label is put on. The inside of the machine could be very hot.
1
Caution should be taken when removing misfed paper.

Do not touch the parts a label indicates. The inside of the machine could be very hot. Caution
2
should be taken when removing misfed paper.

Do not touch the parts a label indicates. The inside and surface of the fusing unit could be very
3
hot. Caution should be taken when removing misfed paper.

This label indicates the weight of the unit. However, this label is meant for customer engineers
4
and operators who have received training. Do not lift a unit that has this label.

675
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

No. Description

Keep your hands clear of the parts a label indicates. Otherwise, you might trap your fingers
5
and an injury might occur.

Right side

No. Description

This device is connecting to more than one power cord. All plugs need to be disconnected to
1
stop the electric power supply. For the rated value refer to the rating plate.

This machine uses two power cords. To stop the power supply of the machine completely,
2
remove all power plugs. Unless all power plugs are removed, fire or electric shock may result.

676
 General Cautions

LCIT RT5090

No. Description

High temperature parts. Do not touch the parts which a label is put on. Otherwise, an injury
1
might occur.

677
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100

No. Description

High temperature parts. Do not touch the parts which a label is put on. Otherwise, an injury
1
might occur.

Multi Bypass Tray BY5010

678
 General Cautions

No. Description

Keep your hands clear of the multi bypass tray when removing paper jam. You might trap your
1
fingers if you do not.

Finisher SR5050

No. Description

When opening and closing the front cover of Finisher SR5050, keep your hands clear of the
1 hinges. The hinges are a hazard. You risk trapping your fingers if you do not keep your hands
clear of them.

The inside of Finisher SR5050 could be very hot. Keep your hands clear of the parts a label
2
indicates. You might trap your fingers and an injury might occur.

679
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Booklet Finisher SR5060

Right side

No. Description

When opening and closing the front cover of Booklet Finisher SR5060, keep your hands clear
1 of the hinges. The hinges are a hazard. You risk trapping your fingers if you do not keep your
hands clear of them.

The inside of Booklet Finisher SR5060 could be very hot. Keep your hands clear of the parts a
2
label indicates. You might trap your fingers and an injury might occur.

Left side

680
 General Cautions

No. Description

Keep your hands clear of the booklet finisher tray when pulling out or pushing in the finisher's
3 staple unit, or removing paper jam. You might trap your fingers if you do not. Take care not to
touch the booklet finisher tray during operation. Otherwise, an injury might occur.

Keep your hands clear of the booklet finisher tray when pulling out or pushing in the finisher's
4
staple unit, or removing paper jam. You might trap your fingers if you do not.

Multi-Folding Unit FD5020

No. Description

1,2 Do not touch the parts a label indicates. The inside of the multi-folding unit could be very hot.
,3 Caution should be taken when removing misfed paper.

681
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Trimmer Unit TR5040

No. Description

Keep your hands clear of the internal cutting blade when you are removing jammed paper.
1
Not doing so risks injury to your fingers from the cutting blade.

Ring Binder RB5020

682
 General Cautions

No. Description

Keep your other hand clear when closing the cartridge cover. You might trap your fingers if you
1
do not.

Keep your hands clear of the parts a label indicates. Otherwise, you might trap your fingers
2
and an injury might occur.

When the ring binder is in operation, keep your hands clear of the ring binder tray. You might
3
trap your fingers if you do not.

When removing bound booklets, keep your hands clear of the paper exit. You might trap your
4
fingers if you do not.

Perfect Binder GB5010

No. Description

When removing bound booklets, keep your hands clear of the perfect binder's lower left tray.
1
You might trap your fingers if you do not.

683
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

No. Description

2 Do not reach far inside the unit. Moving parts inside may cause injury.

Buffer Pass Unit Type S3

No. Description

These labels indicate the weight of the unit and describe how to lift the unit. However, these
1
labels are meant for customer engineers. Do not lift a unit that has these labels.

684
 General Cautions

High Capacity Stacker SK5030

No. Description

1 Do not attempt to get inside the high capacity stacker. Otherwise, an injury might occur.

Do not touch the parts a label indicates. The inside of the high capacity stacker could be very
2
hot. Caution should be taken when removing misfed paper.

685
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Special Tools and Lubricants

Tool List

The following special tools should be prepared for maintenance of this machine in the field.
U or C
U: Unique for this model
C: Common with other models

Description Q’ty U or C

1 LUBRICANT POWDER 1 C

2 GREASE - BARRIERTA S552R 1 C

3 GREASE : KS660 : SHIN-ETSU 1 C

4 SD-CARD (128MB) 1 C

5 SD-CARD (1GB) 1 C

6 FLUOTRIBO MG GREASE : 100G 1 C

7 ADJUSTING SCANNER PIN (4PCS/SET) 1 C

8 NICE for this model 1 U

9 NICE Calibration Cart 1 C

10 ZINC STEARATE 1 C

11 G104 YELLOW TONER 1 C

12 BRUSH:BLOWER 1 C

13 JIG:OPC (2PCS/SET) 1 C

14 JIG: DEVELOPER 1 C

15 DG CLEANER 5PCS/SET 1 C

16 Molykote EM-50L 1 U

17 CIS CLEANER 1 U

686
 Special Tools and Lubricants

• A PC (Personal Computer) is required for installing a Parameter Settings file on the RPIP Interface
Box.

687
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Exterior Covers
Right Front Door, Left Front Door

Right Front Door

1. Open the right front door.

2. Use the tip of a small screwdriver to release and remove the lock clip [A].
3. Lift the door [B] off the bottom hinge and remove it.

Left Front Door

1. Open the left front door.

2. Use the tip of a small screwdriver to release and remove the lock clip [A].

688
 Exterior Covers

3. Lift the door [B] off the bottom hinge and remove it.

Right Cover

1. LCIT connector cover [A] ( x1)

689
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Right cover [A] ( x7)

Left Cover

1. Finisher connector cover [A] ( x1)

690
 Exterior Covers

2. Left cover [A] ( x 7)

Opening the Rear Boxes

1. Use the tip of a small screw driver to remove the screw covers (x4) on the top of the
controller box [A].

691
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Controller box top cover [A] ( x4)

3. I/F cable bracket (x2) [A] ( x1 each)

4. Disconnect the I/F cable ( x2, x3, x3).

692
 Exterior Covers

5. On the right edge of the controller box [A] and the left edge of the cooling box [B],
remove the top, middle, and bottom screws ( x6).

6. Swing open both boxes.

693
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Cooling Box Cover

1. On the open side of the cooling box [A], remove two screws ( x2).

2. On the hinged side of the cooling box, remove three screws ( x3).

3. On the back of the cooling box, remove eight screws ( x8).

694
 Exterior Covers

4. Cooling box cover [A]

Controller Box Cover

1. On the open side of the controller box [A], remove two screws ( x2).

695
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. On the hinged side of the controller box, remove three screws ( x3).

3. On the back of the controller box, remove eight screws ( x8).

4. Controller box cover [A]

696
 Exterior Covers

Cooling Box Top Cover

1. Use the tip of a small screwdriver to remove the screw covers (x4) on the top of the
cooling box top cover [A].

2. Cooling box top cover [A] ( x4)

697
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Controller Box Top Cover

1. Use the tip of a small screw driver to remove the screw covers (x4) on the top of the
controller box top cover [A].

2. Controller box top cover [A] ( x4)

698
 Exterior Covers

Toner Bank Door

1. Open the toner bank door [A].

2. Swing the top and bottom "L" hinge pin [A] out to release them.

3. Pull the top and bottom "L" hinge pin [A] up to remove them.
4. Toner bank door [B]

699
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Toner Bank Canopy Cover

1. Toner bank door (page 699 "Toner Bank Door")

2. Attention Light (page 705 "Attention Light")
3. Remove the operation panel with the arm (page 715 "Operation Panel (with Arm)").
4. Scanner right cover (page 705 "Scanner Right Cover")
For Printer Models: remove the rear, center and front covers (page 712 "Exterior Covers for
Printer Models").
5. Use the tip of a small screw driver to remove the screw covers (x4) on the top of the toner
bank canopy cover [A].
6. Four screws ( x4)

700
 Exterior Covers

7. On the right side of the toner bank canopy cover, remove two screws ( x2).

8. On the left side of the toner bank canopy cover, remove two screws ( x2).

701
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

9. Toner bank canopy cover [A]

Toner Bank Front Cover

• Execute SP-3-162-001 to 004 (Bottle OPEN/CLOSE) before removing the toner bottles.

1. Toner bank door (page 699 "Toner Bank Door")

2. Toner bottles (CMYK)
3. Attention Light (page 705 "Attention Light")
4. Remove the operation panel with the arm (page 715 "Operation Panel (with Arm)").
5. Scanner right cover (page 705 "Scanner Right Cover")
6. Scanner front cover (page 707 "Scanner Front Cover")
For Printer Models: remove the rear, center and front covers (page 712 "Exterior Covers for
Printer Models").
7. Toner bank canopy cover (page 700 "Toner Bank Canopy Cover").
8. Toner bank top cover [A] ( x8, x4)

702
 Exterior Covers

9. Disconnect the toner bank front cover [A] ( x5, x1: for toner bank door detection
sensor).

703
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

10. Pull the toner bank front cover toward you and remove it.

Front Cover

1. Open the right and left front door.

2. Front cover [A] ( x2)

704
 Exterior Covers

Attention Light

1. Remove the base screws of the attention light [A] ( x3).

2. Attention light [A] ( x1)

Scanner Right Cover

1. Open the ADF.

705
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Use the tip of a small screw driver to remove the screw cover on the scanner right cover
[A].

3. Scanner right cover [A] ( x1)

706
 Exterior Covers

Scanner Front Cover

1. Open the ADF.

2. Scanner front cover [A] (screw cover x1, x3).

• The two screws on the front side are shoulder screws.

Scanner Rear Cover (Front)

• Scanner rear cover (front) can be removed without removing the ADF.

707
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

1. Open the scanner.

2. Scanner right cover (page 705 "Scanner Right Cover")

3. Scanner rear cover (front) [A] ( x2)

Scanner Rear Cover (Rear)

1. ADF (page 709 "ADF")

2. Scanner right cover (page 705 "Scanner Right Cover")

708
 Exterior Covers

3. Scanner rear cover (front) [A] ( x2)

4. Scanner rear cover (rear) [A] (screw cover x3, x5)

ADF

• The ADF weighs approximately 14 kg. Because it is very heavy, care should be taken during the
work.

1. Controller box top cover (page 698 "Controller Box Top Cover")

709
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. I/F cable bracket (x2) [A] ( x1 each)

3. Disconnect the I/F cable ( x2, x3, x3).

4. Open the ADF.

710
 Exterior Covers

5. ADF base screws ( x2)

6. ADF

• Pull it to the rear, lift it straight up, and then set it on the floor behind the machine or on a large
table.

711
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Exterior Covers for Printer Models

Printer models (M195/M196/M207/M208) have the following three covers instead of the ADF and
scanner.
• Front Cover [A]
• Center Cover [B]
• Rear Cover [C]

Order to remove:
Rear Cover [C] Center Cover [B] Front Cover [A]

712
 Exterior Covers

Rear Cover: M195/M196/M207/M208

1. Use the tip of a small screw driver to remove the screw covers (x3) [A] on the rear cover.
2. Rear cover [B]( x3)

Center Cover: M195/M196/M207/M208

1. Center cover [A] ( x4)

713
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Front Cover: M195/M196/M207/M208

1. Front cover [A]( x3)

714
 Operation Panel

Operation Panel
Operation Panel (with Arm)

1. Right cover (page 689 "Right Cover")

2. Disconnect the harnesses and USB cable (USBx1, x2, x4).

3. Screw cover [A]

715
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Arm cover [A] ( x2)

5. Remove the screws of Arm [A] ( x3, x1).

6. Pull the harness out of the hole, and then remove the Operation Panel with Arm.

716
 Operation Panel

Operation Panel

1. Flat rear cover [A] ( x2)

2. Convex rear cover [A] ( x2)

717
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Disconnect the harnesses and USB cable and ground wire ( x2, USBx1, x1).

4. Detach the Operation Panel [A] from the bracket ( x4, hook x 2).

First Shield Plate, 2nd Shield Plate, SD/USB

1. Rear Cover [A] ( x8)

718
 Operation Panel

2. Remove the screws of the First Shield Plate [A] ( x10)

3. Disconnect at [A].
• First, pull out plastic collar .
• Then, pull out the connector .

• You must pull out the collar first. If the connector is pulled out without first pulling out the collar,
the flat connector will be damaged on both sides.
4. Disconnect flat cable [B].
5. Open clamp [C] ( x1).

719
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

6. First shield plate

7. SD/USB [A] (USBx2, x1, x1, x5)

720
 Operation Panel

8. 2nd shield plate ( x14, x1, x3)

LCD Unit, Touch Panel

1. First Shield Plate, 2nd Shield Plate, and SD/USB (page 718 "First Shield Plate, 2nd Shield
Plate, SD/USB")

721
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. LCD [A] ( x4)

3. Touch panel [A]

OPU, LCDC

• Remove the First Shield Plate.(page 718 "First Shield Plate, 2nd Shield Plate, SD/USB")

722
 Operation Panel

1 OPU: TP

2 LCDC

3 OPU: IO

4 SD Card/USB

*Refer to page 718 "First Shield Plate, 2nd Shield Plate, SD/USB" for removing the SD Card/USB.

OPU: TP

1. OPU:TP (FFCx2, x2)

723
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

LCDC (LCD Controller)

1. LCDC (FFCx3, x1, x4)

OPU: IO

1. OPU:IO ( x2, FFCx6, x2, x6)

Operation Panel LED PCB, Key PCBs

• Remove the First Shield Plate and 2nd Shield Plate. (page 718 "First Shield Plate, 2nd Shield Plate,
SD/USB")

724
 Operation Panel

1 LED PCB

2 Key PCB 1

3 Key PCB 2

LED PCB

1. LED PCB [A] ( x4, x1)

725
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Key PCB 1

1. Key PCB 2 [A] ( x8, x2)

726
 Operation Panel

Key PCB 2

1. Sheet [A]

2. Key PCB 2 [A] ( x2, x1)

Touch Panel Position Adjustment

It is necessary to calibrate touch panel:

• After replacing the operation panel.
• After replacing the controller board.
• If the touch panel detection function is not operating correctly.

• Do not use items [2] to [9] on the Self-Diagnostic Menu. These items are for design use only.

727
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

1. Press [Reset], press [1] [9] [9] [3], and then press [Clear] 5 times to open the Self-
Diagnostics menu.
2. On the touch screen press "Touch Screen Adjust" (or press "1").

3. Use a pointed (not sharp) tool to press the upper left mark.

4. Press the lower right mark when shows.

5. Press [#] OK on the screen when you are finished.
6. Touch [#] Exit on the screen to close the Self-Diagnostic menu. Save the calibration
settings.

728
 ADF

ADF
ADF Removal

See page 709 "ADF"

After ADF Replacement

CIS RGB Adjustment

A data sheet is provided with a new ADF unit.

• The sheet lists the following SP codes and the values that must be entered for each SP.
• These SP codes must be set after ADF replacement.

SP Name

4-712-001 CIS GB Adj Value: R

4-713-001 CIS GB Adj Value: G

4-714-001 CIS GB Adj Value: B

After setting all the SP codes, print an SMC report so you can have a record of the new values in case
you need to replace the NVRAM at a later time.

Checking for Skew

1. Use a blank piece of A3 paper to make an original line [A] shown below.

729
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• The line should be 20 mm (0.8 in.) from the leading edge and centered.
2. Copy the original.
3. Measure the distances from the end points of the line and the edges of the paper.
4. The distances should be the same 0±2mm (0±0.1 in.).
If the distances do not match, adjust the position of the ADF.
5. At the right hinge, loosen fixing screw [A] and then shift it to long hole [B].

Platen Adjustment

1. Raise the ADF.

730
 ADF

2. Insert your hand under the upper right corner, about the width of your palm, to separate the plate.

3. Insert your hand about palm-width at the lower right corner.

4. In the same way, separate the upper left corner [A] and lower left corner [B].

5. Pull both sides of the plate straight off (insert your hand under the center to separate the center).
6. Pull the white plate away from its Velcro fasteners.

731
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

7. Position the corner of the white plate in the upper left corner, and then just lower the ADF onto the
plate.

ADF Covers

ADF Rear Cover

1. Open feed cover [A].

2. Raise original extension plate [B].
3. Screw cap [C].

732
 ADF

4. Disconnect left side [A] and right side [B] of the cover ( x2).

5. Remove the ADF rear cover.

• Note the tabs [A] and matching holes.
• The tabs must be inserted in the holes correctly when the cover is re-attached.

733
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

ADF Front Cover

1. Open the feed cover.

2. Screws [A] [B] ( x2)

3. Slide the cover to the left to disconnect it.

734
 ADF

4. ADF front cover

5. Before you continue:

• Note the tabs [A] and matching holes.
• The tabs must be inserted in the holes correctly when the cover is re-attached.

735
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Feed Cover

1. ADF front cover (page 734 "ADF Front Cover")

2. ADF rear cover (page 732 "ADF Rear Cover")
3. Disconnect harness [A] ( x3, x1).
4. Disconnect ground wire [B] ( x1).

5. Disconnect hinge arm [A] ( x1).

• Screw [A] is a long pivot screw and it must be re-installed here.

6. Screw [B] ( x1)

736
 ADF

7. Feed cover [A]

Original Feed Unit

1. Open feed cover.

2. ADF front cover (page 734 "ADF Front Cover")
3. ADF rear cover (page 732 "ADF Rear Cover")
4. Spread the white bracket slightly, and then remove it.

737
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

5. Pull the unit to the front to disconnect it, and then remove it.

Pickup Roller, Feed Belt

Preparation
• Original feed unit (page 737 "Original Feed Unit")

738
 ADF

Pickup Roller

1 Pick-up Roller

2 Feed Belt

1. Slide out the white bushing.

2. Separate belt feed holder [A] and pick-up roller holder [B].

739
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Disconnect both ends of pick-up roller shaft [A] ( x2).

4. Remove bushings from both ends [B] ( x2).

5. Remove:
[A] Plastic cover
[B] Belt

740
 ADF

• Avoid touching the surface of the pick-up roller. Oil from your hands or fingertips could cause
the roller to slip during original feed.
6. Remove pick-up roller [A] from the shaft.

Feed Belt

1. Compress sides to release spring tension, and then disconnect belt frame from the shaft.

741
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Separate belt frame [A] from the belt, then slide off the belt [B].

• Avoid touching the surface of the belt. Oil from your hands or fingertips could cause the belt to
slip during original feed.

ADF Separation Roller

Preparation
• Open feed cover (page 736 "Feed Cover")
• Original feed unit (page 737 "Original Feed Unit")
1. Cap [A]
2. Disconnect roller [B] ( x1).
3. Roller [C]

742
 ADF

ADF Sensors

Original Registration Sensor

Preparation
• Raise ADF.
1. Disconnect plate at [A], and then remove it.

2. Disconnect sensor bracket ( x1).

743
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Remove sensor from bracket ( x4).

Original Length Sensors

1. Raise original extension plate [A].

2. Disconnect plate [B] ( x4).

744
 ADF

3. Remove a sensor from its holder (no pawls, no hooks).

The sensors are arrayed at the rear:
B5
A4
LG
4. Disconnect the sensor ( x1).

Original Exit Sensor

1. Disconnect plate at [A], and then remove it.

2. Release white plate holder [A].

745
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Disconnect cover:
[A] Top ( x3)
[B] Bottom ( x3)

4. Remove cover [A], and then disconnect sensor bracket [B] and harness ( x3, x1).

5. Disconnect sensor ( x1).

746
 ADF

6. Separate sensor and bracket ( x4).

Boards

ADF Control Board

The ADF control board is located at [A].

747
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Preparation
• ADF rear cover (page 732 "ADF Rear Cover")

1. Disconnect the control board ( x all).

2. Disconnect each corner of the boards ( x4).

748
 ADF

3. Remove the board.

Sensors, Switches

Separation Sensor, Skew Correction Sensor

Preparation
• Feed cover (page 736 "Feed Cover")

1. Guide plate [A] ( x3)

749
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Separate the plates [A].

Sensors:
[1]: Separation sensor
[2]: Skew correction sensor

750
 ADF

3. Disconnect sensor bracket [A] ( x1).

4. Disconnect sensors ( x2, x8).

Interval Sensor, Original Width Sensors

Preparation
• Feed cover (page 736 "Feed Cover")
1. Disconnect lower guide, in order from rear to front: Blue, , Black step screws ( x1, x2).

• These screws must be re-installed in the same order: blue screw at the back and the black
screws at the center and front.

751
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Remove the guide.

1 Interval Sensor

752
 ADF

2 Original Width Sensors

Interval Sensor

Preparation
• Feed cover (page 736 "Feed Cover")
1. Disconnect lower guide, in order from rear to front: Blue, , Black step screws ( x1, x2).

• These screws must be re-installed in the same order: blue screw at the back and the black
screws at the center and front.

2. Remove the guide.

3. Disconnect sensor bracket ( x1).

753
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Disconnect sensor ( x1, x4).

Original Width Sensors

Preparation
• Feed cover (page 736 "Feed Cover")
1. Disconnect lower guide, in order from rear to front: Blue, , Black step screws ( x1, x2).

• These screws must be re-installed in the same order: blue screw at the back and the black
screws at the center and front.

754
 ADF

2. Remove the guide.

3. Disconnect sensor bracket ( x2).

4. Disconnect sensor bracket:

755
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

[A] Rear ( x1, x1)

[B] Front ( x1, x1)

5. Open and disconnect the remaining clamps and sensors ( x4, x3).

756
 ADF

APS Feeler

Preparation
• Rear cover (page 732 "ADF Rear Cover")
1. Disconnect bracket [A] ( x1).
2. Remove bracket with feeler attached.

ADF Lift Interlock SW

Preparation
• ADF control board (page 747 "ADF Control Board")
1. Disconnect switch ( x2, x2).

2. Remove switch.

757
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Lift-up Sensor

Preparation
• ADF control board (page 747 "ADF Control Board")
1. Disconnect ADF interlock switch [A] ( x2).
2. Disconnect switch bracket [B] ( x1).

3. Lift out interlock switch bracket [A].

4. Disconnect lift-up sensor bracket [B] ( x1).

758
 ADF

5. Separate sensor and bracket ( x1, x4).

Original Set Sensor

Preparation
• ADF front cover (page 734 "ADF Front Cover")
1. Screw [A] ( x1)
2. Raise plate to the right so you can see original set sensor [B].

759
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Remove sensor bracket ( x1).

4. Remove sensor ( x1, x4).

A4/LT SEF Sensor

Preparation
• ADF front cover (page 734 "ADF Front Cover")
1. Screw [A] ( x1)
2. Raise plate to the right so you can see A4/LT SEF sensor [B].

760
 ADF

3. Pull the sensor [A] out of its holder and disconnect it ( x1).

Bottom Plate HP Sensor

Preparation
• Original feed unit (page 737 "Original Feed Unit")
• ADF front cover (page 734 "ADF Front Cover")

1. Screw [A] ( x1)

2. Raise plate to the right so you can see bottom plate HP sensor [B].

761
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Remove sensor ( x1, x4).

Bottom Plate Position Sensor

Preparation
• ADF rear cover (page 732 "ADF Rear Cover")
• Original feed unit (page 737 "Original Feed Unit")

1. Disconnect sensor at the front side [A] ( x1, x1).

2. Disconnect sensor at rear side [B] ( x4).

762
 ADF

ADF Feed Cover Interlock SW

Preparation
• ADF rear cover (page 732 "ADF Rear Cover")
The switch is located at [A].
1. Spring [B] ( x1)

2. Disconnect pin [A] ( x1).

3. Pull pin [B] out of bracket.

763
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Disconnect switch ( x2).

Pickup Roller HP Sensor

Preparation
• ADF rear cover (page 732 "ADF Rear Cover")

The sensor is located [A] at the back of the machine.

1. Disconnect sensor bracket [B] ( x1).

764
 ADF

2. Disconnect sensor ( x1, x1, x4).

Motors

Before You Begin

All of the ADF motors are at the rear.

765
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

1 Entrance motor

2 Bottom plate lift motor

3 Feed Motor

4 Pick-up roller motor

5 Transport motor

6 Scan motor

7 Relay motor

ADF Entrance Motor

Preparation
• ADF rear cover (page 732 "ADF Rear Cover")

The motor is located below the harness bridge [A].

1. Spring [B] ( x1)

766
 ADF

2. Disconnect:
[A] Right side [ x1, x1)
[B] Left side [ x1, x1)
3. Free harnesses [C] from the tuck clamps (x6).
4. Pull out the bracket [D] (with motor attached).

5. Disconnect motor ( x1).

767
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

6. Separate motor and bracket ( x2).

ADF Scan Motor

Preparation
• ADF entrance motor bracket (page 766 "ADF Entrance Motor")

The ADF scan motor [A] is located at the bottom center next to the ADF exit motor [B].
1. Disconnect at [C] ( x1).

768
 ADF

2. Disconnect bracket [A] and motor [B] ( x2, x1).

3. Remove bracket (with motor attached).

769
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Separate bracket and motor ( x2).

ADF Relay Motor

Preparation
• ADF control board (page 747 "ADF Control Board")
1. Disconnect bracket and motor [A] ( x2, x1).

2. Disconnect at the back and remove motor ( x1).

770
 ADF

3. Separate motor and bracket ( x3).

ADF Bottom Plate Lift Motor

Preparation
• ADF entrance motor bracket (page 766 "ADF Entrance Motor")
1. Disconnect motor [A] ( x2, x1).

771
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Pull the motor bracket [B] and coupling away from the back of the ADF.

Re-installation
If it is difficult to re-install the ADF bottom plate lift motor:
• Remove screw [A], and them raise plate [B] to the right ( x1).
• At the rear, you will be able to see and access the ADF lift motor coupling [C].

772
 ADF

ADF Feed Motor

Preparation
• ADF rear cover (page 732 "ADF Rear Cover")
1. The motor [A] is behind the stay [B] of the harness bridge.

2. Screw [A] [B] ( x2)

773
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Disconnect motor bracket [A] ( x2).

4. Disconnect belt [B].

5. Disconnect and remove motor ( x1).

774
 ADF

ADF Transport Motor

Preparation
• ADF rear cover (page 732 "ADF Rear Cover")
1. The transport motor [A] is at the rear left corner of the machine frame.
2. Disconnect the motor bracket ( x2, x1).

3. Separate the motor and bracket ( x3).

ADF Pick-up Roller Motor

Preparation
• ADF rear cover (page 732 "ADF Rear Cover")
1. The motor [A] is behind the stay [B] of the harness bridge.

775
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Remove screw [A] and [B] ( x2).

3. Raise the harness bridge [A] so you can access the motor.
4. Spring [B] ( x1)

776
 ADF

5. Disconnect base screws of bracket [A] ( x2).

6. Disconnect belt [B] ( x1).

7. Remove bracket (with motor attached).

777
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

8. Separate motor and bracket ( x2).

CIS Unit

CIS Removal

Preparation
• ADF front cover (page 734 "ADF Front Cover")
• Original feed unit (page 737 "Original Feed Unit")
• ADF separation roller (page 742 "ADF Separation Roller")
1. The CIS is inside the ADF and can be removed through [A].
2. First, open raise the platen cover, and then release the white plate [B].

778
 ADF

3. Disconnect front guide ( x2).

4. Remove:
[A] Front guide
[B] Guide ( x1, x2)

5. Remove sheet bracket [A] ( x1).

779
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

6. Disconnect CIS ( x3, x2).

• Release the tabs on both sides of connector and then lower them to release the connector
for removal.

7. Raise the ADF slightly and open the white cover. This will prevent scratching the CIS glass when the
unit is removed.

780
 ADF

8. Slowly, and carefully, pull the CIS out of the ADF. You may have to raise the belt to allow the CIS
to pass below.

9. Clean the surface of the CIS lens with a lens cloth.

• Never clean the surface of the CIS with tissue or any type of solvent.

781
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

ADF Cleaning

• To avoid damaging the white plate, never try to peel the plate off from the upper right corner or
upper left corner as shown below.

1. Clean the white plate with a damp cloth.

2. To remove the white plate, first insert your hand under the upper right corner, about the width of
your palm, to separate the plate.

3. Insert your hand about palm-width at the lower right corner.

782
 ADF

4. In the same way, separate the upper left corner [A] and lower left corner [B].

5. Pull both sides of the plate straight off (insert your hand under the center to separate the center).
6. If you need to remove the white plate, pull it off from the Velcro fasteners.

783
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

7. To re-attach the white plate, set the corner of the plate in the upper left corner, and then just lower
the ADF.

8. Push release lever [A] to the left, and then open plate [B].
9. Clean the lower rollers with a water or alcohol dampened cloth.

784
 ADF

10. Open the feed cover [A].

11. Clean the upper rollers with a water or alcohol dampened cloth.
12. Under original tray [B] clean the rollers with a water or alcohol dampened cloth.

13. Raise the ADF [A].

14. Remove left plate ( x2).
15. Clean scanner rollers [B] attached to the plate.

16. Clean the other rollers where the plate was removed.

785
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

786
 Scanner Unit

Scanner Unit
Exposure Glass

1. Raise the ADF.

2. Rear scale [A] ( x3)

3. Exposure glass

787
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

ADF Exposure Glass

1. Exposure glass (page 787 "Exposure Glass")

2. Left scale [A] ( x2)

3. Scanner front cover (page 707 "Scanner Front Cover")

788
 Scanner Unit

4. Bracket [A] ( x5)

789
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

5. Remove the ADF exposure glass [A] from the bracket.

• The right side of the ADF exposure glass is bonded with the seal [A]. So peel it off carefully.
• When replacing the ADF exposure glass, replace the seal also.

Re-attaching

1. Clean the area [B] where the seal will be attached to the ADF exposure glass bracket [A].
Use a cloth dampened with alcohol.

790
 Scanner Unit

2. Match the tip of the seal with the line [C] on the bracket and attach the seal.
Right angle corner [D] of the seal: upper right
3. Peel the cover off the seal, and then attach the ADF exposure glass [E] along the opening.

• Attach the ADF exposure glass so that the mark [A] is at the upper left corner

791
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

APS Sensors, IDB

1. Exposure glass (page 787 "Exposure Glass")

2. Lens block cover ( x5)

3. Free the harnesses, and then remove the sensor bracket [A].( x4, x2)
4. Disconnect the connector ( x2).

792
 Scanner Unit

5. Remove two APS sensors from the bracket.

6. IDB( x1, x1, x2)

Lens Block

• The lens block is replaced as a unit.

793
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

1. APS Sensors, IDB (page 792 "APS Sensors, IDB")

2. Disconnect the connectors ( x3).

• Disconnect the connectors while holding the SBU with your hands.
• If you pull a connector forcibly, the position of the CCD might slip out of alignment.

794
 Scanner Unit

3. Lens block unit ( x4)

• Execute the sub scan registration adjustment (SP4-010-001) after replacing the lens block.

795
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Sub Scan Magnification Adjustment (SP4-008-001)

1. You need a 150 mm scale.

2. Copy the scale, and then wait 10 min.

3. Check the length of the 100 mm scales on the copy and confirm that it is the same as the
original within ±0.8%.
If they are the same, you are finished.
-or-
If they are not the same, enter the SP mode.
4. Select the SP4-008.
• If you decrease the adjustment value, this will increase the scanner speed, and the output
image is compressed in the feed direction.
• If you increase the adjustment value, this will decrease the scanner speed, and the output
image is extended in the feed direction.

Sub Scan Registration Adjustment (SP4-010-001)

1. You need the C4 chart.

2. Copy the C4 chart.
3. Check to see if the image is centered in the vertical direction.
If the image is centered, you are finished.
-or-

796
 Scanner Unit

If the image is not centered, enter the SP mode, open SP4010, and then adjust the value.
• The image is moved downward by increasing the adjustment value.
• The image is moved upward by decreasing the adjustment value.

Main Scan Registration Adjustment (SP4-011-001)

1. You need the C4 chart.

2. Copy the C4 chart.
3. Check to see if the image is centered in the horizontal direction.
If the image is centered, you are finished.
-or-
If the image is not centered, enter the SP mode, open SP4011, and then adjust the value.
• The image is moved to the right by increasing the adjustment value.
• The image is moved to the left by decreasing the adjustment value.

Exposure Lamp (LED)

Exposure Lamp Removal

1. Exposure glass (page 792 "APS Sensors, IDB")

2. Scanner front cover (page 707 "Scanner Front Cover")
3. Turn the pulley counterclockwise until the 1st carriage reaches the cutout at the
rear.

4. At the rear, remove the flat cable and screw [A] ( x1, x1).

797
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

5. At the front, remove the screw [B] ( x1).

6. Exposure lamp

Re-installation

1. At the rear, connect the flat cable ( x1).

2. Turn the pulley counterclockwise to move the 1st carriage to the right until you see the
tuck clamps .

798
 Scanner Unit

3. Make sure the flat cable is folded flat and tucked into the clamps.

4. Turn the pulley clockwise to move the 1st carriage to the left until it stops.

• Execute the sub scan registration adjustment (SP4-010-001) after replacing the exposure lamp
(LED).

Scanner Unit

1. Scanner front cover (page 707 "Scanner Front Cover")

2. Scanner right cover (page 705 "Scanner Right Cover")
3. Scanner rear cover (Front) (page 707 "Scanner Rear Cover (Front)")

799
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Right stay [A] ( x2)

5. Disconnect the connectors from the SIO [A] ( x2).

800
 Scanner Unit

6. Disconnect the connector from the LVDB [B] ( x1, x1).

7. Remove the screws from each corner of the scanner unit [A], [B], [C], [D] ( x4).

801
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

8. Lift the scanner unit by its handles on both sides, pull it out of the machine, and then lay it
on a clean, flat surface. Weight: 8 kg (17.6 lb.).

• Execute the sub scan registration adjustment (SP4-010-001) after replacing the scanner unit.

Scanner Motor

1. Scanner unit (page 799 "Scanner Unit")

2. Spring [A] ( x1)

802
 Scanner Unit

3. Remove the scanner motor with the bracket ( x3, x1, x1).

• Remove the timing belt from the pulley before removing the scanner motor with the bracket.

4. Separate the scanner motor and bracket ( x2).

803
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

5. Remove the collar bracket from the scanner motor ( x2).

• Execute the sub scan registration adjustment (SP4-010-001) after replacing the scanner motor.

SIO

1. Scanner unit (page 799 "Scanner Unit")

2. SIO ( x2, x5)

804
 Scanner Unit

Scanner HP Sensor

• The scanner HP sensor is located at [A] in the photo below.

1. Scanner rear cover (page 708 "Scanner Rear Cover (Rear)")

2. Sensor stopper [A]

805
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Scanner HP sensor [A] ( x1, x1,hook x5)

• Execute the sub scan registration adjustment (SP4-010-001) after replacing the scanner HP sensor.

Platen Sensor

• The platen sensor is located at [A] in the photo below.

1. ADF (page 709 "ADF")

806
 Scanner Unit

2. Scanner Rear Cover (page 708 "Scanner Rear Cover (Rear)")

3. Platen sensor [A] ( x1, x1)

Scanner Wire

Preparation

1. Scanner unit (page 799 "Scanner Unit")

2. Remove the left stay [A] and right stay [B] ( x5 each).

807
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Front frame [A] ( x5)

Wire Replacement

1. Move the 1st carriage [B] to the right so that the screw [A] is visible.

808
 Scanner Unit

2. Springs [A], [B] ( x2)

3. Loosen the screws [A] [B] on the tension bracket.

4. Remove the retaining brackets [A] [B] ( x2).

809
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

5. Remove the tip of the rear end of the wire (rear and front).

6. Remove the screws on the wire pulleys [A] [B] and the drive pulley [C], and then remove
the wire pulleys from the shaft.

7. Remove the rear and front wires.

Preparation for Re-assembly

1. Pass the wire through the pulley from the side [A] where there is no projection.

810
 Scanner Unit

2. Set the beads on the middle of the wire in the groove [B].
3. Attach tape across the pulley to hold the wires [C] in place.

Re-assembly

1. Remove the 1st carriage [A] from the scanner unit.

2. Position the 2nd carriage [C] so its holes are aligned and insert the positioning pins [D].
3. Insert the wire pulleys through the shaft.
Tighten the screw of the rear wire pulley.
Do not tighten the screw of the front wire pulley.
4. Turn the wire, and then remove the tapes.
5. Set the spring.
6. Tighten the screw of the drive pulley.
7. Remove the positioning pins, and then move the 2nd carriage to fit into the wire.
8. Set the positioning pins again, and then tighten the screws of the front wire pulley.

• If the 2nd carriage does not move smoothly, re-adjust it using the above steps.
9. Position the 1st carriage [A] so the holes are aligned and insert the positioning pins [B].
10. Attach the retaining brackets [E] to fasten the wire to the 1st carriage.
11. Tighten the screws of the tension brackets.

811
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

12. Remove the four positioning pins.

• Execute the sub scan registration adjustment (SP4-010-001) after replacing the scanner HP sensor.

Scanner Unit Cleaning

1. Use glass cleaner and a clean cloth to clean the scanning glass.

812
 Scanner Unit

2. Use glass cleaner and a clean cloth to clean the exposure glass.

3. Turn the pulley counterclockwise until the 1st carriage reaches the cutout at the
rear.
4. Use a lens cloth to clean the reflector plate.

1st Mirror

2nd Mirror

813
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3rd Mirror

5. Use a lens cloth to clean the 1st mirror.

6. Use a lens cloth to clean the 2nd mirror.

814
 Scanner Unit

7. Use a lens cloth to clean the 3rd mirror.

8. When you are finished cleaning the optics, turn the pulley until the 1st carriage
reaches the far left side of the exposure area.

9. Clean the APS sensors with a blower brush.

815
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Laser Unit
Laser Units

Before Replacing the Laser Unit

• Execute “Skew Adjustment Clear Revision” with SP mode as explained below before replacing the
laser unit. Skipping this step may result in SC26x after installing the new laser unit.
• If this SC occurs, execute “Skew Adjustment Clear Revision” with SP mode immediately and then
turn the main power switch OFF/ON. Then the number of occurrences of SC26X is cleared.

Before Replacing the CK Laser Unit

1. Make a note of the values of the following SPs.
• SP2-104-001 (Skew Adjustment Manual K)
• SP2-104-040 (Skew Adjustment Manual K CE)
• SP2-104-041 (Skew Adjustment Manual K User)
2. Execute SP2-104-030 (Skew Adjustment Clear Revision K).
The values of the following SPs are cleared.
• SP2-104-001 (Skew Adjustment Manual K)
• SP2-104-040 (Skew Adjustment Manual K CE)
• SP2-104-041 (Skew Adjustment Manual K User)
3. Execute SP2-104-031 (Skew Adjustment Clear Revision C).
The values of the following SPs are cleared.
• SP2-104-007 (Skew Adjustment Accumulation present value C)
• SP2-104-011 (Skew Adjustment Accumulation MUSIC value C)
4. Set SP2-153-001 (MUSIC Settings Auto Execute) to “0”.
0: OFF

Before Replacing the YM Laser Unit

1. Execute SP2-104-032 (Skew Adjustment Clear Revision M).
The values of the following SPs are cleared.
• SP2-104-008 (Skew Adjustment Accumulation present value M)
• SP2-104-012 (Skew Adjustment Accumulation MUSIC value M)
2. Execute SP2-104-033 (Skew Adjustment Clear Revision Y).
The values of the following SPs are cleared.

816
 Laser Unit

• SP2-104-009 (Skew Adjustment Accumulation present value Y)

• SP2-104-013 (Skew Adjustment Accumulation MUSIC value Y)
3. Set SP2-153-001 (MUSIC Settings Auto Execute) to “0”.
0: OFF

Before Replacing the S Laser Unit

1. Execute SP2-104-034 (Skew Adjustment Clear Revision S).
The values of the following SPs are cleared.
• SP2-104-010 (Skew Adjustment Accumulation present value S)
• SP2-104-014 (Skew Adjustment Accumulation MUSIC value S)
2. Set SP2-153-001 (MUSIC Settings Auto Execute) to “0”.
0: OFF

Precautions When Replacing the Laser Unit

• Turn the main power switch and AC power switch off and unplug the machine before performing
any procedure in this section. Laser beams can seriously damage the eyes and cause permanent
blindness.

• An accidental static discharge could damage the laser diode board attached to the laser unit.
• Touch a metal surface to discharge any static electricity from your hands.
• The polygon motors rotate at extremely high speed and continue to rotate after the machine has
been turned off.

There are three laser units. The removal procedure for the laser units (S, YM and CK) are different,
depending on which machine you are working on.
• S and YM laser units: In the copier models (D194/D195/D203/D204), the ADF does not need
to be removed, but the scanner unit must be removed and pulled out of the machine.
• CK laser units: In the copier models (D194/D195/D203/D204), you must work with the scanner
cover open, so protect the exposure glasses by covering them with a cushion. Then, for all models,
the following must be removed: toner bottles, attention light, operation panel, toner bank canopy
cover, toner bottle cradles for Y, M, and C.

S and YM Laser Unit Removal: D194/D195/D203/D204

Preparing to Remove the Laser Units
Remove the scanner unit first.

817
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

1. Confirm that the machine is switched off and disconnected from the power source.
2. Open the ADF.
3. Remove the screw cover from the scanner right cover [A].

4. Scanner right cover [A] ( x1).

5. Scanner front cover [A] ( x3).

818
 Laser Unit

6. Scanner rear cover (Front) [A] ( x2).

7. Right stay [A] ( x2).

819
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

8. Disconnect the SIO [A] and LVDB [B] ( x1, x3).

9. Remove 4 screws from the scanner unit.

Rear ( x2)

820
 Laser Unit

Front ( x2)

10. Grip the handles on both sides and lift the scanner unit out of the machine.

821
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

S Laser Unit
1. Remove the USB cable and 3 connectors from the S laser unit [A] (USBx1, x3).

2. Remove 4 screws.
Front ( x2)

822
 Laser Unit

Rear ( x2)

3. Grip the chain handles on both sides and lift the S laser unit [A] out of the machine.

YM Laser Unit
1. Stay [A] ( x2).

823
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Remove 2 USB cables and 3 connectors from the YM laser unit (USBx2, x3).

3. Remove 4 screws.
Front ( x2)

824
 Laser Unit

Rear ( x2)

4. Grip the chain handles on both sides and lift the YM laser unit [A] out of the machine.

YM and S Laser Unit Removal: M195/M196/M207/M208

Preparing to Remove the Laser Units
1. Confirm that the machine is switched off and disconnected from the power source.
2. Use the tip of a small screwdriver to remove the three screw hole covers [A].
3. Disconnect cover [B] and remove it ( x3).

825
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Disconnect center cover [A] and remove it ( x4).

5. Disconnect front cover [A] and remove it ( x3).

6. Disconnect the four metal cover plates (1,2,3,4) ( x8).

826
 Laser Unit

7. Each plate is fastened with a hook [1].

• Slide the plate to the left to disconnect the hook [2]
• Pull the disconnected hook out of the hole [3] and remove the plate.

8. Remove the four metal cover plates.

YM and S Laser Unit

The removal of the S and YM laser units is the same as for the scanner models; see “S and YM
Laser Unit Removal: D194/D195/D203/D204”.

827
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

CK Laser Unit Removal: D194/D195/D203/D204/M195/M196/M207/M208

• For the D194/D195/D203/D204, first do the following steps as preparation.

1. Scanner right cover [A] ( x2).

2. Scanner front cover [A] ( x3).

3. Cover the exposure glass to protect it.

828
 Laser Unit

Common Procedure: D194/D195/D203/D204/M195/M196/M207/M208

1. Do SP3-162-001 to 004 (Bottle OPEN/CLOSE) to unlock the toner bottles, and then pull out toner
bottles (CMYK only; it is not necessary to remove the S bottle).

• When re-installing toner bottles, be sure to put back the bottles that were installed originally. If
you install other toner bottles, calculation of toner consumption will be inaccurate and
indication of toner end (near end) cannot be displayed at the right time.
2. Switch the machine off, and then unplug the power cord from the power source.
3. If the LCIT is installed, disconnect it and pull it away from the right side of the machine.
4. Attention light [A] ( x3, x1).

829
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

5. Remove the right cover [A] ( x7), and then disconnect the operation panel harness (USBx1,
x2, x4).

6. Operation panel arm cover [A] ( x2).

7. Disconnect the operation panel arm [A], and then pull the harness up through the plate ( x3,
x1).
8. Lift the operation panel off the main machine.

830
 Laser Unit

9. Open the toner bank door and, remove it.

Swing out the lower "L" pin of hinge [A].

Swing out the upper "L" pin of hinge [A], and remove the toner bank door [B].

10. Remove the four screw covers from the top of the canopy [A], and then remove the screws ( x4).

831
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

11. On the right side of the machine, remove the canopy side screws ( x2).

12. On the left side of the canopy, remove the screws ( x2).

832
 Laser Unit

13. Toner bank canopy cover [A].

14. Remove the screws from the top of the toner bank plate [A] ( x4, x4).

833
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

15. On the right side of the machine, remove the screws and lift the toner bank plate [A] off ( x4).

16. Toner bottle motor bracket [A] ( x7, x1).

17. Toner bank front cover (page 702 "Toner Bank Front Cover").
18. Remove the screws from the front of the Y/M/C toner bottle cradle ( x6).
The K cradle does not need to be removed.

834
 Laser Unit

19. On the rear side of the Y/M/C toner bottle cradle, remove the screws ( x6).

20. Disconnect the harnesses and clamps for each toner bottle cradle ( x4, x2).
Do this step for the Y, M and C colors. Pull clamp [A] out in the arrow direction.

21. Front cover [A] ( x2).

835
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

22. Right inner cover [A] ( x3).

23. Pull the toner supply tubes off the nozzles of the Y/M/C supply units.

836
 Laser Unit

1. Attach a clip at [A] to clamp the toner supply tube.

2. Wrap the hose connection with a damp cloth [B] and very slowly pull the tube off the nozzle.
3. While holding the cloth over the mouth of the tube [C], remove the clip [A].

4. Slowly and very carefully tap the open mouth of the tube [A] until toner stops flowing.
5. Re-attach the clip [B] to close the mouth of the tube.

24. Release the toner supply tube ( x5).

837
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

25. Y/M/C toner bottle cradle [A].

26. Stay [A] ( x4).

27. Remove 2 USB cables and 3 connectors from the CK laser unit [A] (USBx2, x3).

838
 Laser Unit

28. Remove 4 screws.

Front ( x2)

Rear ( x2)

29. Grip the chain handles on both sides and lift the CK laser unit [A] out of the machine.

839
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Re-installation

1. For YM/CK, there are two plastic sheets attached to each laser unit. For the S laser unit, one
plastic sheet is attached.

2. After you re-install a laser unit, confirm that the plastic sheets are visible and pointing up at the
bottom of the laser unit.

840
 Laser Unit

SP Adjustments After Laser Unit Replacement

After the laser unit is replaced, three SP codes must be executed: SP2108-1 for the CK laser unit,
SP2108-2 for the YM laser unit, and SP2108-3 for the S laser unit. These SP codes set the operation
parameters for the laser unit (main scan registration, main scan magnification, shading, and bow skew
adjustment).

1. Enter the SP mode.

2. Execute the SP codes in the table below.

No. Name

SP2108-1 Image Parameter - K/C Writing Unit

SP2108-2 Image Parameter - Y/M Writing Unit

SP2108-3 Image Parameter - S Writing Unit

3. If you replaced the CK laser unit, input the value of SP2-104-001 (Skew Adjustment Manual K)
that you noted before removing the unit.
4. Execute SP2-111-004 (Forced Line Position Adj Mode d).
5. Set SP2-153-001 (MUSIC Settings Auto Execute) to “1”.
1: ON
6. Make a test print and check the image position.

• The image position is not necessarily the same as before replacing the laser unit, even if the
value of SP2-104-001 is same. So check the image position and adjust the image position if
necessary (page 1334 "Image Adjustment").

841
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Toner Shield Glass

1. PCDU (page 891 "Removing PCDUs")

2. Cover plate [A] ( x1)

3. Pull the toner shield glass straight out of the machine.

842
 Toner Supply

Toner Supply
Toner Bottle Port (S) Cleaning

1. Open the toner bank door [A].

2. Remove the toner bottle (S).

• Push the lock lever [A] to the left. The bottle will pop out.

• Grasp the bottle by its knob handle [A] and remove the bottle [B].

843
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. At the bottom edge of toner bottle cradle (S), push back the spring-loaded nozzle cover [A] to
expose the nozzle [B].

4. Use a vacuum cleaner to pull away loose toner.

• To avoid toner scattering, never use a blower brush to clean these areas.

Toner Supply Unit Removal (SYMCK)

• You will need a large damp cloth and a clamp when you disconnect the toner hose from the toner
sub hopper 1.
• Spread some clean paper on a flat surface where you can set the PCDU after it has been removed.
• Spread some paper on a flat surface to catch scattered toner.

RTB 106
Note concerning the 5th Station Toner Hopper

844
 Toner Supply

1. Confirm that the machine is switched off and disconnected from the power source.
2. Open the right front door, left front door, and toner bank door.
3. Scanner front cover (page 707 "Scanner Front Cover")
For printer model: front cover (page 714 "Front Cover: M195/M196/M207/M208")
4. Front left cover [A] ( x2)

5. Inner cover [A] ( x3)

6. PCDU (page 891 "Removing PCDUs")

845
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

7. At the upper left corner of the toner supply unit, disconnect the unit from the toner supply motor
drive shaft [A] ( x1, [B] x1).

• When removing the toner supply unit (S), this step is not necessary.

8. Attach a clip at [A] to clamp the toner supply tube.

9. Wrap the tube connection [C] with a cloth [B] and very slowly pull the tube off the nozzle.
10. While holding the cloth over the mouth of the tube, remove the clip.

11. Slowly and very carefully tap the open mouth of the tube [A] until toner stops flowing.
12. Re-attach the clip [B] to close the mouth of the hose.

846
 Toner Supply

13. Disconnect the connectors and then free the harnesses ( x7, x3).

• When removing the toner supply unit (S), this step is not necessary.

14. Toner supply unit [A] (YMCK: x3 / S: x2, x1)

Toner supply unit (YMCK)

847
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Toner supply unit (S)

15. Set the toner supply unit on some paper or waste cloth.
16. Tap the tube connection port [A] of the sub hopper 1 until no more toner comes out.

• Before servicing the unit, taping or plugging the tube connection port is recommended to
prevent toner scattering from the tube connection port.

Re-installation

• For the toner supply unit (YMCK): be sure to re-set the harness connectors [A] on their pegs [B].

848
 Toner Supply

• Confirm that the connection of the toner supply tube and tube connection port is straight and tight.

Toner Supply Clutch (SYMCK)

1. Toner supply unit (page 844 "Toner Supply Unit Removal (SYMCK)")
2. Drive gear [A] ( x1)

3. Disconnect the shaft and then remove the toner supply clutch [A] ( x1, x1).

849
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Re-installation

• Make sure that the lock arm [A] of the clutch engages the pawl [B].
• On the other side of the unit, you can look through the cut-out [C] to confirm that the lock arm and
pawl are engaged.

Toner Pump Unit (SYMCK)

• Spread some paper on a flat surface to catch scattered toner.

1. Toner supply unit (page 844 "Toner Supply Unit Removal (SYMCK)")
2. Loosen two screws and then pull the toner pump unit [A] toward you and remove it ( x2).

850
 Toner Supply

Toner End Sensor 1 (YMCK)

• For S, do not replace toner end sensor 1 by itself. If toner end sensor 1 for S is broken, replace the
toner supply unit.
• If toner end sensor 1 is replaced by itself, toner end may be detected early and this causes the
pump to malfunction.

1. Confirm that the machine is switched off and disconnected from the power source.
2. Open the right front door, left front door, and toner bank door.
1. Scanner front cover (page 707 "Scanner Front Cover")
For printer model: front cover (page 714 "Front Cover: M195/M196/M207/M208")
1. Front left cover [A] ( x2)

2. Inner cover [A] ( x3)

851
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Toner end sensor 1 [A] ( x1, x1)

Twist the sensor slightly to the left (clockwise) and remove it.

• Disconnect the connector after removing the screw, so that you do not drop the toner end
sensor.
• Do not touch the rear surface of the toner end sensor.
• To avoid damaging the sensitivity of the sensor, handle it carefully during removal.

TSB

• The TSB [A] is located at the right side of the main machine.

852
 Toner Supply

1. Right cover (page 689 "Right Cover")

2. Toner bank canopy cover (page 700 "Toner Bank Canopy Cover")
3. Toner bank top cover [A] ( x3, x8)

4. TSB [A] ( x5, x4)

853
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

RFID (Antenna), RFID (CPU)

• The RFID (antenna) and RFID (CPU) are installed only for the S color.

1. Open the right front door, left front door.

2. Toner bank door (page 699 "Toner Bank Door").
3. Push the lock lever [A] to the left. The bottle will pop out.

4. Grasp the bottle by its knob handle [A] and remove the toner bottle (S) [B].

854
 Toner Supply

5. Scanner front cover (page 707 "Scanner Front Cover")

For printer model: front cover (page 714 "Front Cover: M195/M196/M207/M208")
6. Front left cover [A] ( x2)

7. Inner cover [A] ( x3)

8. Pull the toner bottle holder [A] slightly and incline it toward you ( x2).

• Do not pull out the toner bottle holder by force because the tube is connected to it.

855
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

9. RFID (antenna) [A] ( x2, x1)

10. RFID (CPU) [A] ( x2, x1)

Toner Bottle Detection Sensor (YMCK)

1. Remove all the toner bottles.

856
 Toner Supply

1. Turn the main power switch ON and then enter the SP mode.
2. Execute SP3162-001 to 004 (Bottle OPEN/CLOSE CMYK).
3. Push each lock lever [A] and then remove the toner bottle [B].

4. Exit the SP mode and then turn the main power switch OFF.
2. Right cover (page 689 "Right Cover")
3. Toner bank canopy cover (page 700 "Toner Bank Canopy Cover")
4. Toner bank top cover [A] ( x3, x8).

857
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

5. Toner bank front cover (page 702 "Toner Bank Front Cover")
6. Toner bank rear frame [ A] ( x1, x7)

7. Open the clamp and free the harnesses under the toner bottle motor unit ( x5, x2).

858
 Toner Supply

• When removing the toner bottle motor unit (Y), it is not necessary to remove the right clamp
(the blue arrow shown above).
8. Drive gear [A] ( x1)

9. Toner bottle cradle [A] ( x4)

859
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• When removing the toner bottle cradle (K), remove the following harness and TSB [A] with the
bracket ( x1, x2).

10. Open the clamp and then free the tube ( x2).
11. Put the toner bottle cradle [A] upside down on a stable location.

• Be careful not to damage the toner bottle motor unit.

• Put the toner bottle cradle down so that the toner bottle motor unit does not touch anything.

860
 Toner Supply

12. Turn the protective sheet [A], and remove the toner bottle detection sensor [B] ( x3, x1).

Toner Bottle Motor (K)

1. Right cover (page 689 "Right Cover")

2. Toner bank canopy cover (page 700 "Toner Bank Canopy Cover")
3. Toner bank top cover [A] ( x3, x8)

861
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Toner bank rear frame [ A] ( x1, x7)

5. Drive gear [A] ( x1)

862
 Toner Supply

6. Toner bottle motor [A] ( x2, x1, x2)

• When re-attaching the toner bottle motor, apply grease to the worm gear [A].
Grease: Molykote EM-50L (Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.)
• When replacing the toner bottle cradle, apply this grease to the worm gear [A] of the toner bottle
motor.

863
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Toner Bottle Motor (YMC)

1. Remove all the toner bottles.

1. Turn the main power switch ON and then enter the SP mode.
2. Execute SP3162-001 to 004 (Bottle OPEN/CLOSE CMYK).
3. Push each lock lever [A] and then remove the toner bottle [B].

4. Exit the SP mode and then turn the main power switch OFF.
2. Right cover (page 689 "Right Cover")
3. Toner bank canopy cover (page 700 "Toner Bank Canopy Cover")
4. Toner bank top cover [A] ( x3, x8).

864
 Toner Supply

5. Toner bank front cover (page 702 "Toner Bank Front Cover")
6. Toner bank rear frame [ A] ( x1, x7)

7. Open the clamp and free the harnesses under the toner bottle motor unit ( x5, x2).

865
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• When removing the toner bottle motor unit (Y), it is not necessary to remove the right clamp
(the blue arrow shown above).
8. Drive gear [A] ( x1)

9. Toner bottle cradle [A] ( x4)

866
 Toner Supply

10. Open the clamp and then free the tube ( x2).
11. Put the toner bottle cradle [A] on a stable location.

12. Toner bottle motor [A] ( x1, x1, x2)

867
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• When re-attaching the toner bottle motor, apply grease to the worm gear [A].
Grease: Molykote EM-50L (Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.)
• When replacing the toner bottle cradle, apply this grease to the worm gear [A] of the toner bottle
motor.

Toner Bottle Motor (S)

1. Open the controller box (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes")
2. Remove the toner bottle motor (S) assembly [A] on the upper left side ( x3, x1, x2).

3. Motor cover plate ( x2)

4. Toner bottle motor [A] ( x2)

868
 Toner Supply

• When re-attaching the toner bottle motor, apply grease to the worm gear [A].
Grease: Molykote EM-50L (Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.)

Toner Bottle Cap Motor (YMCK)

1. Right cover (page 689 "Right Cover")

2. Toner bank canopy cover (page 700 "Toner Bank Canopy Cover")
3. Toner bank top cover [A] ( x3, x8).

869
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Toner bank rear frame [ A] ( x1, x7)

5. Toner bottle cap motor [A] ( x1, x2)

870
 Toner Supply

• When re-attaching the toner bottle cap motor, apply grease to the worm gear [A].
Grease: Molykote EM-50L (Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.)
• When replacing the toner bottle cradle, apply this grease to the worm gear [A] of the toner bottle
cap motor.

Toner Agitator Motor (YMCK)

1. Remove all the toner bottles.

1. Turn the main power switch ON and then enter the SP mode.

871
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Execute SP3162-001 to 004 (Bottle OPEN/CLOSE CMYK).

3. Push each lock lever [A] and then remove the toner bottle [B].

4. Exit the SP mode and then turn the main power switch OFF.
2. Right cover (page 689 "Right Cover")
3. Toner bank canopy cover (page 700 "Toner Bank Canopy Cover")
4. Toner bank top cover [A] ( x3, x8).

872
 Toner Supply

5. Toner bank front cover (page 702 "Toner Bank Front Cover")
6. Toner bank rear frame [ A] ( x1, x7)

7. Open the clamp and free the harnesses under the toner bottle motor unit ( x5, x2).

873
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• When removing the toner bottle motor unit (Y), it is not necessary to remove the right clamp
(the blue arrow shown above).
8. Drive gear [A] ( x1)

9. Toner bottle cradle [A] ( x4)

874
 Toner Supply

• When removing the toner bottle cradle (K), remove the following harness and TSB [A] with the
bracket ( x1, x2).

10. Open the clamp and then free the tube ( x2).
11. Put the toner bottle cradle [A] upside down on a stable location.

• Be careful not to damage the toner bottle motor unit.

• Put the toner bottle cradle so that the toner bottle motor unit does not touch anywhere.

875
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

12. Disconnect the toner agitator motor bracket [A] ( x2)

13. Toner agitator motor [B] ( x1, x2)

• When re-attaching the toner agitator motor, apply grease to the worm gear [A].
Grease: Molykote EM-50L (Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.)
• When replacing the toner bottle cradle, apply this grease to the worm gear [A] of the toner
agitator motor.

876
 Toner Supply

Toner Supply Motor

• The toner supply motor [A] is located inside the left front corner.

1. Left cover (page 690 "Left Cover")

2. Scanner front cover (page 707 "Scanner Front Cover")
For printer model: front cover (page 714 "Front Cover: M195/M196/M207/M208")
3. Front left cover [A] ( x2)

877
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Switch cover [A] ( x2)

5. Remove the interlock SW assembly [A] ( x2, x2).

878
 Toner Supply

6. Use a short screwdriver to remove the toner supply motor [A] ( x1, x3).

879
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Used Toner Collection

Used Toner Bottle

1. The used toner bottle is located at the lower left corner of the main machine behind the left door.
Just pull it out by its handle.

2. The cap [1] of the used toner bottle has a reverse thread. Turn it clockwise to remove it.

3. After emptying the used toner bottle, check the auger inside the bottle and make sure that there are
no clumps of used toner sticking to the auger.

880
 Used Toner Collection

4. If you see any clumping on the auger, gently tab the sides of the bottle to shake them loose, then
empty the bottle again.

Main Unit Used Toner Transport Motor

1. Remove the IOB with bracket (page 1277 "IOB, BCU").

2. Spring [1] ( x1)
3. Disconnect the motor assembly [2] ( x3, x2).
4. At the top [3], slide the timing belt off the gear.

5. Remove the motor with the timing belt.

6. Remove the motor from the assembly ( x4).

881
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Used Toner Transport Motor Sensor, Timing Belt

1. Used toner transport motor (page 881 "Main Unit Used Toner Transport Motor")
2. Sensor assembly [1] ( x1)
3. Used toner transport motor sensor [2] ( x3)

4. Separate the assembly [1] ( x2).

882
 Used Toner Collection

5. Torque limiter gear [1]

6. Timing belt [2]

Used Toner Bottle Motor

1. Remove the used toner bottle at the front of the machine (page 880 "Used Toner Bottle").
2. AC drive board (page 1262 "AC Drive Board").
3. Open the two large clamps [1] and take out the harness, so that you can see the screw ( x2).
4. Remove the screw [2] ( x1). You will need a short screwdriver to remove this screw.

883
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

5. Disconnect the motor [1] ( x2, x2).

6. Disconnect the plate [2] ( x2).
7. Plate [3]

8. Used toner bottle motor ( x4)

884
 Used Toner Collection

Used Toner Bottle Sensors, Bottle Set Switch

Common Procedure

1. Remove the used toner bottle at the front of the machine (page 880 "Used Toner Bottle").
2. AC drive board (page 1262 "AC Drive Board").
3. Disconnect the used toner bottle motor [1] ( x1, x1). You do not need to remove the motor.
4. Disconnect connector [2] ( x1).
5. Open clamp [3] and pull away the harnesses ( x1).

885
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

6. At the front of the machine, pull out the left drawer.

7. Disconnect the left drawer set sensor [1] ( x1, x1)

8. Inside the used toner bottle well, unclamp the left drawer set sensor harness [1] ( x3).
9. At the rear, slowly pull the disconnected harness [2] out of the machine.

886
 Used Toner Collection

10. Remove the rear plate [1] with the motor attached ( x3).

11. Set the plate on a flat surface.

887
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Used Toner Bottle Set Switch

Used Toner Bottle Near Full Sensor

Used Toner Bottle Full Sensor

Used Toner Bottle Motor Sensor

Used Toner Bottle Set Switch

1. Do the common procedure (page 885 "Common Procedure").

2. Use a pair of needle-nose pliers to pinch and release the base of the switch [1].
3. Push the switch [2] out and disconnect it ( x1).

888
 Used Toner Collection

Near Full, Full Sensors

1. Do the common procedure (page 885 "Common Procedure").

2. Pinch the two prongs at the base of the bottle full sensor [1] (or the bottle near-full sensor [2]) to
release and remove it.
3. Disconnect the sensor ( x1).

Toner Bottle Motor Sensor

1. Do the common procedure (page 885 "Common Procedure").

2. Disconnect the sensor harness [1] ( x1).
3. Disconnect the sensor [2] ( x1, x3).

889
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

890
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

Removing PCDUs

• There are five PCDUs (SYMCK).

1. Open both front doors.

2. Lower the ITB release lever.

• This separates the ITB from the bottoms of the drums so that the surface of the ITB or drum will
not be scratched when a PCDU is removed.
3. Lock plate [A] ( x1)
To remove the PCDU (C) or PCDU (K)

891
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Lock screw ( x1)

5. Depress the PCDU lock lever [A] and pull the PCDU out slowly until it stops.
6. Lock screw [B] ( x 1)
7. Lift the PCDU [C] off the rails and then lay the PCDU on the prepared surface.

• Place the PCDU upright on a flat clean surface.

• There is only a small gap between the surface of the drum and the table surface, so the
surface must be smooth, flat, and clean.

892
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

• To avoid damage to the surface of the drum, never place the PCDU on a carpet or rough
cloth.
8. Push the rails into the machine.

Removing PCDUs/ ITB Unit When an Abnormality Occurs

Attempting to remove a PCDU directly after a momentary power loss due to an abnormality may result
in scarring because the ITB is in contact with the drum, and ITB release lever operation alone will not
separate the ITB unit from the drum.
In a situation like this, perform the following procedure to manually separate the ITB unit from each color
PCDU.
Separating the ITB unit from the PCDU (K)
1. Open both front doors.
2. Lower the ITB release lever.

• The PCDU (K) can be separated by simply releasing the ITB release lever.

Separating the ITB unit from the PCDU (CMY)

1. Lower the ITB release lever [A] and then remove the lock plate [B] ( x1).

2. Raise the ITB release lever [A] and then remove the right ITB plate [B] ( x3).

893
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Lower the ITB release lever [C] again after removing the right ITB plate.

4. Left ITB plate [A] ( x2)

5. Rotate the front gear of the ITB contact motor (YMC) [A] on the center of the ITB unit by hand.

Separating the ITB unit from the PCDU (S)

1. Do steps 1 to 3 of ‘Separating the ITB unit from the PCDU (CMY)’.

894
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

2. Rotate the release shaft on the left side of the ITB unit clockwise with a flat-head
screwdriver or similar tool.

Precautions When Re-installing the PCDU

• Slowly push the PCDU until it is inserted all the way and then give a final strong push.

• If you cannot push it in, remove the charger unit and turn the drum counterclockwise by one gear
tooth and then try pressing it in again.

• Do not turn the drum excessively. Doing so will cause the phase to shift.

RTB 103
Always do DEMS after you put back the drum.

895
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Charger Unit

1. Pull out the PCDU (page 891 "Removing PCDUs").

2. Press the lock lever to the rear [1] to unlock it and then raise it [2].
3. Lift the front end of the charger unit [3] and remove it.

• Lay the charger unit on a clean surface with the roller side up.

896
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

After Replacing the Charger Unit

1. Open the front doors.

2. Turn the AC power switch and main power switch ON with front doors open.
3. Execute SP-7-622-xxx to clear the counter.
4. Exit the SP mode and then close the front doors.
This action starts the initialization of process control and DEMS adjustment.

Counter Clear SP
SP No. Color Parts

7-622-015 K Charger Unit

7-622-032 C Charger Unit

7-622-049 M Charger Unit

7-622-066 Y Charger Unit

7-622-083 S Charger Unit

Drum

• Spread a piece of clean paper on a flat surface where you will lay the drum.
• Set the new drum in the PCDU after applying the resin pad.

1. Pull out the PCDU (page 891 "Removing PCDUs").

2. Charger unit (page 896 "Charger Unit")
3. PCU cleaning unit (page 899 "PCU Cleaning Unit")

897
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Grip both ends of the drum wing and lift the drum out.

5. While holding the frame steady, depress the drum slightly and separate it from the frame.

• Because the drum of this machine is not compatible with the drum of the predecessor products, do
not use the drum of the predecessor products in this machine. Also do not use the drum of this
machine in the predecessor products.
In the drum of this machine, the color of the front flange is milky gray.

898
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

After Replacing/Cleaning a Drum

Refer to page 927 "After Replacing/ Cleaning the Drum, PCU Cleaning Unit and These Units’ Parts"

PCU Cleaning Unit

• When replacing the PCU cleaning unit or parts of the PCU cleaning unit, do not replace any other
parts of other units at the same time.
• After replacing the PCU cleaning unit or parts of the PCU cleaning unit, do page 927 "After
Replacing/ Cleaning the Drum, PCU Cleaning Unit and These Units’ Parts". Otherwise, cleaning
blade curling may occur.

• If a banner informing you it is time to replace the PCU cleaning unit appears, replace it as soon as
you can.
• Once the lubricant is consumed to the specified level, the lubricant end sensor stops the main unit.

1. Pull out the PCDU (page 891 "Removing PCDUs").

2. Charger unit (page 896 "Charger Unit")
3. Raise the drum wing [1] to the vertical position.

899
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Lower the cleaning unit lock lever [2]

5. Roll the cleaning unit toward you [1] and lift it straight up [2].

• Replacement precautions
• When a new PCU cleaning unit is installed and lubricant or toner remains on the surface of the
drum, these particles will stick to the edge of the blade and some will be transferred to the charge
roller further down.
• Wipe the white material off the drum before installing the PCU cleaning unit.

900
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

After Replacing /Cleaning a PCU Cleaning Unit See RTB 79

Refer to page 927 "After Replacing/ Cleaning the Drum, PCU Cleaning Unit and These Units’ Parts"

Development Unit

1. PCDU (page 891 "Removing PCDUs")

2. Charger Unit (page 896 "Charger Unit")
3. PCU cleaning unit (page 899 "PCU Cleaning Unit")
4. Drum (page 897 "Drum")
5. Unfasten the development unit [1] ( x1).

• The S-color development unit is not fastened with screws. This makes it easier for the user to
replace it.
6. Lift the development unit off the rails [2].

• The development units for YMC differ from those for SK, so take care not to make a mistake
when installing them.

901
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• Development units for KS have the following mark [A] on them.

7. Reset the PM counter to zero for replaced development unit.

Vent Filter

• The vent filter is located at [A].

1. Development Unit (page 901 "Development Unit")

2. Remove the filter holder [A] from the development unit.

902
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

3. Remove the vent filter [B] from the filter holder.

After Replacing the Vent Filter

1. Open the front doors.

2. Turn the AC power switch and main power switch ON with front doors open.
3. Execute SP-7-622-xxx to clear the counter.
4. Exit the SP mode and then close the front doors.
This action starts the initialization of process control and DEMS adjustment.

Counter Clear SP
SP No. Color Parts

7-622-003 K Vent Filter

7-622-020 C Vent Filter

7-622-037 M Vent Filter

7-622-054 Y Vent Filter

7-622-071 S Vent Filter

903
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Replacing Developer

Preparations Prior to Discharging Developer

If initial settings are made in a state in which the developer was not entirely discharged, then when the
developer is replaced, an error in detecting the toner density will occur, increasing the toner density in
the developer, which may result in premature dispersal of toner and/or toner falling out.
To reduce these problems, do the following steps before discharging the developer.

• Effect
The developer flows more readily, making it easier to discharge it.

1. Enter the SP mode and then do SP3-028 (initial TC adjustment mode) for the development
unit to discharge the developer (refer to the table below).

SP Color Comment

3-028-001 All The S color is not executed for 4 stations model.

3-028-002 Col Execute CMY.

3-028-003 K -

3-028-004 C -

3-028-005 M -

3-028-006 Y -

3-028-007 S This SP does not work for 4 stations model.

2. Do SP3-029-001 (initial TC adjustment mode: result display).

You will see a 5-digit number: 11111. Reading from left-to-right each number is a result code for
the S, Y, M, C, K initial TC adjustment execution with SP3-028. Check the results against the table
below.

Code Meaning Comment

0 No execution Default

1 Succeeded -

An adjustment is not possible because the used toner is

2 Used toner end
full.

904
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

Code Meaning Comment

TC adjustment failed after trying to execute the set

3 TC adjustment failed
number of times.

Front doors were opened, main power switch was off,

9 Forced abort
or some other event interrupted execution.

RTB 128 Removing Old Developer

Replace the
procedure
1. Development unit (page 901 "Development Unit")
2. Developer supply port cover [A]

3. Disconnect the front cover [A] ( x3).

905
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

RTB 128
Replace the procedure
4. Remove the front cover [B] while depressing the PCDU lock [A].

5. Disconnect the entrance seal [A] ( x3).

6. Entrance seal [B]

7. Developer supply port cap [A]

8. Spread some paper or plastic to catch the old developer.

906
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

RTB 128
Replace the procedure
9. Hold the development unit [B] on end over the paper with the open port down, and pour
the old developer onto the paper.

10. Put the developer replacement jig [A] on the transport screw and rotate the transport
screw counterclockwise 5 to 10 turns to discharge the developer.

The jig was modified

RTB 120

11. Keep dumping the developer, until you see what resembles curls of smoke.
12. Lay the development unit flat.
13. Rotate the development roller [A] (counter-clockwise) to loosen the developer inside the
sleeve.

907
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

RTB 128
Replace the procedure

14. Once again, hold the development unit [B] on end over the paper with the open port
down, and dump the developer until you see what resembles curls of smoke.

15. Rotate the development roller [A] (clockwise).

16. As you continue to rotate the roller, use a vacuum cleaner to clean all the developer from
the top of the sleeve. The illustration below shows the area to be cleaned. When this area
[B] is free of loose developer, you are finished.

17. Re-assemble the PCDU and install it in the machine.

18. Before you push the PCDU into the machine, you must confirm:
Charger unit lock lever [1] is down and locked
PCU cleaning unit lever [2] is up and locked.

908
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)
RTB 128
Replace the procedure

19. Reset the PM counter to zero for replaced developer.

• Target remaining amount after discharge of developer: 50g or less

If 100g or more is left remaining, it increases the likelihood of errors occurring later.

Installing New Developer

RTB 33
Replace the
procedure 1. Open both front doors.
Throughout the following procedures, pay close attention to the opening and closing of the front
doors.
2. Connect the power cord of the main machine to the power source.
3. Turn on the AC power switch.
4. Turn on the main power switch.
5. Watch the operation panel. The operation panel LED will light red, and you will see the
"Please Wait" and then "Door Open" on the operation panel.
6. Remove the developer funnel cover [1] from the right lower corner of the machine (
x1).

909
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

RTB 33
Replace the procedure
7. Disconnect the funnel [2] from the back of the cover ( x2).

• The front doors must remain open.

• Turning on the machine with the front doors open prevents the machine from performing the
initial process control self-check.
• If the front doors are closed, the drums will start rotating with no toner in the PCDUs.
• If the drums rotate with no toner in the PCDUs, this can cause the cleaning blades to catch on
a dry drum and damage the drum surface
8. Remove the developer port cap cover [1] on the front of the PCDU so that you can see the
port cap [2].

9. Remove the port cap [1].

910
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

RTB 33
Replace the procedure
10. Insert the narrow end of the funnel [2] into the open port of the PCDU.

11. Make sure that the inserted funnel is parallel with the top edge of the machine.

12. Select the developer pack. Make sure the pack is the correct color for the PCDU.
13. Shake the developer pack vigorously. This ensures that all the developer will flow
through the funnel into the PCDU.
14. Open SP3-024. See the table below.
15. Cut off the top of the developer pack along the dotted line.

911
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

RTB 33
Replace the procedure
16. Set the open end of the package down in the funnel so that the developer starts pouring
into the PCDU.

17. While still holding the package, select the correct number (001 to 005) for the package
color and press [EXECUTE].

• Make sure that you execute the correct SP code for the color of the developer that you are
replacing!

SP Color Comment

3-024-001 K

3-024-002 C The PCDU starts operating and it takes about 30 seconds to

complete.
3-024-003 M
* If PM counter is not reset to zero for the replaced
3-024-004 Y developer(s), the PCDU does not start operating.

3-024-005 S

18. Shake the developer pack gently to make sure that all the developer drains into the
machine.
19. When the SP execution is finished, tap the edge of the pack to avoid spillage when the
pack is removed.
20. Remove the emptied developer pack.

• Check the pack to see if any developer remains. If a substantial amount of developer did not
go into the PCDU, repeat the SP3024 execution.
• The 30 sec. time interval for execution of SP3024 can be adjusted. If more time is needed to
empty the power pack, increase the PCDU run time with SP3-024-11.

912
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

RTB 33
Replace the procedure
21. Remove the funnel.
22. Re-attach the developer port cap.
23. Clean the funnel thoroughly before installing another developer pack or storing it in the
machine.
24. Do SP3025-1 (Dev Fill OK?) to confirm that developer installation succeeded.
You will see a 5-digit number: 11111. Reading from left-to-right each number is a result code for
the S, Y, M, C, K developer execution with SP3-024. Check the results against the table below.

Code Meaning Comment

0 No execution Default

1 Succeeded No problems

Before execution, TD sensor output was above 1.5V

2 No developer exited
(developer present).

After execution, TD sensor output was below 1.5V (no

3 No developer entered
developer present).

4 Used toner bottle full The used toner bottle was detected full.

Development motor
5 The development motor was not operating.
lock

Used toner transport One or both motors locked: Used Toner Transport
6
lock Motor or Used Toner Bottle Motor.

No toner bottle/ Non-alignment of the bottle ID and

7 No toner bottle
supply variety setting

Front doors were closed, main power switch was off, or

9 Forced abort
some other event interrupted execution.

25. Exit the SP mode and then close both front doors.
If developer installation succeeded, this action starts the following initial settings.
• TD Sensor Initialization
• Process Initialization

• Initialize Processing executes the following processes as a batch.

• Development auger agitation of developer
• AC current adjustment for drum charge roller
• Charge roller cleaning

913
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

RTB 33
Replace the procedure
• Transfer current adjustment
• Process control (potential control)
• MUSIC
• Toner initial setting
• DEMS Adjustment
26. After completion of the automatic execution, confirm results with the following SP.
• SP3-031-001 (TD Sens Init OK? / From Left: SYMCK)

Code Result Name Meaning

0 No execution SP default

1 Succeeded -

Developer set
2 -
incorrectly

TD sensor calibration
3 Vtcnt cannot be adjusted to Vt target (2.7V±0.1V)
abnormal

9 Forced end Door open, machine OFF, or machine not ready

• SP3-041-001 (DEMS Exe OK? / From Left: YYMMCCKK)

• SP3-041-002 (DEMS Exe OK? / From Left: SS)

Code Result Name Meaning

0 Not executed Factory default setting (SP default)

1 Success -

2 Large phase shift Delta P>P (Max) *See note in margin for details

3 Small amplitude A>A (Min)*See note in margin for details

4 HP sensor error HP signal not detected within set time

5 M/A Max error Toner deposition on drum: M/A Avg>M/A (max)

6 M/A Min error Toner deposition on drum: M/A Avg<M/A (min)

Forced end due to door open, power OFF, error, etc.

9 Forced end
(Set at start of execution)

914
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

RTB 33
Replace the procedure
* Delta Meaning of P>P (max): If the shift in phase (Delta P) of the approximated sine wave
exceeds the maximum value P (max) of the control, the control is judged unnecessary and
DEMS does not execute (this is not an error).
* Meaning of A<A (min): If the amplitude (A) of the approximated sine wave is smaller than
the minimum value A (min) of the control, the control is judged unnecessary and DEMS does
not execute (this is not an error).
27. Exit the SP mode.
28. Turn the main power switch OFF.
29. Re-attach the covers.

PCU Cleaning Unit Gears

1. PCU cleaning unit (page 899 "PCU Cleaning Unit")

2. Front plate [A] ( x2)

3. Remove gears [1] to [5].

915
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• The names of the gears are as follows. Be sure to replace these gears at the same time. They are
supplied as a service unit that contains a five-piece set.

No. Name

[1] Gears (Idle 20Z)

[2], [4] Gear (21Z)

[3] Gears (Idle 31Z)

[5] Gear (19Z)

After Replacing/Cleaning a Drum Lubrication Blade

Refer to page 927 "After Replacing/ Cleaning the Drum, PCU Cleaning Unit and These Units’ Parts"

Drum Lubrication Blade

• When installing a new lubrication blade, the lubrication blade side seals must be replaced with
new parts.

1. PCU cleaning unit (page 899 "PCU Cleaning Unit")

2. Lubrication Blade [A] ( x2)

916
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

3. Remove the lubrication blade side seals [A] from both sides of the lubrication unit.

4. Clean the areas [A] where the lubrication blade side seals were attached with alcohol
and a cloth.

• Be careful not to spatter rollers and seals with alcohol.

5. Install a new lubrication blade in the lubrication unit.

• Lubricant should be applied to the front edge of a new lubrication blade (the edge that is in
direct contact with the drum) to prevent curling.
• Refer to page 927 "After Replacing/ Cleaning the Drum, PCU Cleaning Unit and These
Units’ Parts"

917
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

6. Align the new lubrication blade side seals [B] with the edge of the lubrication blade [A]
and affix them. The lubrication blade side seals should have their rounded side up.

• The front and rear seals have the same configuration.

7. Make sure the lubrication blade side seals and the lubrication blade do not ride up on
each other.
8. There should be no resistance when the blade is deflected (1 - 2 mm) by lightly pressing
the back of the blade. Also, make sure that the lubrication blade does not engage the
lubrication blade side seals when the pressure on the blade is released.

• The vibration plate [A] in the rear cover prevents toner from clogging when toner accumulates in
the toner collection path. So make sure that the vibration plate and the screw shaft are correctly
fitted as shown below right when the lubrication unit and the cleaning unit are assembled.

After Replacing/Cleaning a Drum Lubrication Blade

Refer to page 927 "After Replacing/ Cleaning the Drum, PCU Cleaning Unit and These Units’ Parts"

918
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

Separating the Lubrication Unit and Cleaning Unit

1. PCU cleaning unit gears (page 915 "PCU Cleaning Unit Gears")
2. Drum lubrication blade (page 916 "Drum Lubrication Blade")
3. Lubrication bar cover plate stay [A] ( x 2)

• Do not remove the lubrication bar cover plate stay except for the purpose of replacing the
lubrication bar. Doing so may damage the lubricant end sensor terminals.
4. Remove the screw of the stay ( x1).

919
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

5. Separate the lubrication unit [A] and cleaning unit [B].

Drum Cleaning Blade

• When replacing the PCU cleaning unit or parts of the PCU cleaning unit, do not replace any other
parts of other units at the same time.
• After replacing the PCU cleaning unit or parts of the PCU cleaning unit, do the page 927 "After
Replacing/ Cleaning the Drum, PCU Cleaning Unit and These Units’ Parts". Otherwise, blade
curling may occur.

• When installing a new cleaning blade, the cleaning blade side seals must be replaced with new
parts.

1. Separate the lubrication unit and cleaning unit (page 919 "Separating the Lubrication Unit
and Cleaning Unit").
2. Remove the drum cleaning blade [A] from the cleaning unit ( x 2).

920
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

3. Remove the cleaning blade side seals [A] from both sides of the cleaning unit.

4. Clean the areas [A] where the cleaning blade side seals were attached with alcohol and a
cloth.

5. Install a new drum cleaning blade on the cleaning unit.

• Lubricant should be applied to the front end of a new drum cleaning blade (the edge that is in
direct contact with the drum) to prevent blade curling.

921
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

6. Align the L-shaped cut edges of new cleaning blade side seals [A] with the edges of the
cleaning blade [B], and then attach them.

• [A]: Front
• [B]: Rear

7. Make sure the cleaning blade side seals and the cleaning blade do not ride up on each
other.
8. There should be no resistance when the blade is deflected (1 - 2 mm) by lightly pressing
the back of the blade. Make sure that the cleaning blade does not engage the cleaning
blade side seals when the pressure on the blade is released.

After Replacing/Cleaning a Drum Cleaning Blade

Refer to page 927 "After Replacing/ Cleaning the Drum, PCU Cleaning Unit and These Units’ Parts"

Drum Lubrication Bar, Lubricant End Sensor

• Replace the drum lubrication bar as a set with the drum lubrication roller.

1. Drum lubrication blade (page 916 "Drum Lubrication Blade")

922
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

2. Lubrication bar cover plate stay [A] ( x 2)

• The wiring of the lubricant end sensor is at the back of the lubrication bar cover plate stay.
• Replace the lubrication bar cover plate stay if the sensor is not working normally.
• Do not remove the lubrication bar cover plate stay except for the purpose of replacing the
lubrication bar. Doing so may damage the lubricant end sensor terminals.
3. Raise the lubrication bar base [A] and then remove it and place it on a flat table.

• Remove the lubrication bar carefully because the spring arms [A] will pop out at both ends.

923
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Remove the spring [A] and arms.

• Do not discard the spring and the arms. They are not provided as service parts and must be
reattached to the new lubrication bar.
• When re-attaching the spring and arms: the arms are under strong spring pressure and care is
needed to prevent them from flying off.

After Replacing/Cleaning a Drum Lubrication Bar

Refer to page 927 "After Replacing/ Cleaning the Drum, PCU Cleaning Unit and These Units’ Parts"

Drum Lubrication Roller, Joint

• Replace the drum lubrication roller as a set with the drum lubrication bar.

1. Drum lubrication bar (page 922 "Drum Lubrication Bar, Lubricant End Sensor")

924
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

2. Remove the joint [A] of the rear end of the drum lubrication roller.

• The joint can be removed by prying it off.

• If once the joint is removed, replace it with new one. Because the hook of the joint is worn
away when removing the joint.
3. Remove the lock plate [A] on the front side.

925
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Remove the lock plate on the rear side and then remove the drum lubrication roller [A].

After Replacing/Cleaning a Drum Lubrication Roller

Refer to page 927 "After Replacing/ Cleaning the Drum, PCU Cleaning Unit and These Units’ Parts"

Other Precautions

As shown in the table below, parts are replaced as units. (Components should be replaced as units.)
If not replaced as a unit, toner may be scattered from the rear of the blade or it may become difficult to
control lubricant consumption.

Parts Name Remarks

Cleaning Blade

Cleaning Blade Side Seal (rear) Replace as a unit

Cleaning Blade Side Seal (front)

Lubrication Bar
Replace as a unit
Lubrication Roller

Joint -

Lubrication Blade

Lubrication Blade Side Seal (front) Replace as a unit

Lubrication Blade Side Seal (rear)

Cushion -

Gears -

926
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

After Replacing/ Cleaning the Drum, PCU Cleaning Unit and These Units’ Parts

Required tools and supplies

Name Resin Pad Zinc Stearate Powder Yellow Toner

Appear
ance

For brush roller; mix with For brush roller; mix with
Use For drum
D0159500 D0159501

Name Blower brush Fixing Drum Jig

Appear
ance

To prevent damage to the

Use For brush roller
development unit seals

Drum

The drum must be lubricated when it is replaced or cleaned. An SC39x (drum lock error) could occur if
there is not enough lubricant.

What needs to be done

Lubrication of the drum Manually rotating the drum

927
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Replaced Yes Yes

Cleaned Yes Yes

Re-installed only (not

No Yes
Replaced or Cleaned)

Lubrication of the drum

Lubricate the drum surface [A] with the resin pad.
The drum should look like this after lubrication.

Manually rotating the drum

1. After applying lubricant to the drum and PCU cleaning unit that has been applied the
lubricant, attach them to the PCDU.
2. Insert the fixing drum jigs [A] between the development unit and the drum at both
front and rear sides as shown in the photos and below. These prevent damage
to the side seals when rotating the drum in the next step.
3. Slowly rotate the drum gear [B] counterclockwise.
Target: 1 or 2 rotations
4. Remove the fixing drum jigs.

928
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

• If the drum is turned by hand when the PCDU is outside the machine, the load on the
development side seal could cause it to break. Therefore use the fixing drum jigs when
turning the drum.

• If no fixing drum jigs are available, install the lubricated drum and the PCU cleaning unit
in the PCDU and place the PCDU in the main machine. Open the rear assembly and turn
the outside of the drum motor [A] 20 times in the direction of the arrow (clockwise) to
prevent damage to the side seals.
• Do not turn the drum motor in the counterclockwise direction. Turning it counterclockwise
will get the charge roller dirty.

Drum Phase Alignment

When setting the drum in place, it is necessary to align the drum shaft.

1. Set the development unit on the rails.

929
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Set the drum in place so mark [A] on the drum and mark [B] on the drum shaft on the
main unit side are in a straight line.

3. Set the charger unit and PCU cleaning unit.

4. Slowly push the PCDU until it is inserted all the way and then give a final strong push.

• If you cannot push it in, remove the charger unit and then turn the drum counterclockwise
by one gear tooth. Then try pressing it in again.
• Do not turn the drum excessively. Doing so will cause the phase to shift.

930
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

Other precautions
Wipe the white material (lubricant aggregate) off the drum before installing the PCU cleaning unit.
If lubricant aggregate comes under the lubrication blade, the charge roller will get dirty.

Initialization and adjustment after clearing the counter

• Use the following procedure to clear the counter. This makes it possible for the machine to
initialize and make adjustments.

1. After replacing a unit, open the front doors.

2. Turn the AC power switch and main power switch ON with front doors open.
3. Execute SP-7-622-xxx to clear the counter.
4. Exit the SP mode and then close the front doors.
This action starts the cleaning initialization, process initialization and DEMS adjustment.

Counter Clear SP
SP No. Color Parts

7-622-016 K Photoconductor Unit (Drum)

7-622-033 C Photoconductor Unit (Drum)

931
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

SP No. Color Parts

7-622-050 M Photoconductor Unit (Drum)

7-622-067 Y Photoconductor Unit (Drum)

7-622-084 S Photoconductor Unit (Drum)

PCU Cleaning Unit

The PCU cleaning unit must be lubricated when it is replaced or cleaned. A SC39x (drum lock error)
could occur if there is not enough lubricant.

What needs to be done

Lubrication of Lubrication of the Manually
Initializing the
the cleaning cleaning blade rotating the
cleaning unit
brush edges drum

Replaced Yes Yes Yes Yes

Cleaned Yes Yes Yes Yes

Re-installed (not
No No Yes No
Replaced or Cleaned)

Lubrication of the cleaning brush

1. Mix an equal amount of Zinc stearate powder and yellow toner.

2. Apply the mixture to the lubrication roller with a brush.

Lubrication of the cleaning blade edges

Apply the Zinc stearate powder on the cleaning blade edges, lubrication blade edges and side
seals with a blower brush or similar tool.

932
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

Lubricant amount: Use the boundary example shown below (reference: 0.003 - 0.01 g/location).
• "Objective": An appropriate amount of lubricant
• "Lower limit": Apply more lubricant than this.
• "Large": Do not apply more lubricant than this.

Initialization and adjustment after clearing the counter

• Use the following procedure to clear the counter. This makes it possible for the machine to
initialize and make adjustments.

1. After replacing a unit, open the front doors.

2. Turn the AC power switch and main power switch ON with front doors open.
3. Execute SP-7-622-xxx to clear the counter.
RTB 79 4. Exit the SP mode and then close the front doors.
Modified
This action starts the cleaning initialization, process initialization and DEMS adjustment.

933
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Counter Clear SP
SP No. Color Parts

7-622-005 PCU Cleaning Unit

7-622-006 • Cleaning Blade

7-622-007 • Lubrication Roller

7-622-008 • Lubricant

7-622-009 K • Lubrication Blade

7-622-010 • Joint

7-622-011 • Gears

7-622-012 • Cleaning Blade Side Seal

7-622-013 • Lubrication Blade Side Seal

7-622-022 PCU Cleaning Unit

7-622-023 • Cleaning Blade

7-622-024 • Lubrication Roller

7-622-025 • Lubricant

7-622-026 C • Lubrication Blade

7-622-027 • Joint

7-622-028 • Gears

7-622-029 • Cleaning Blade Side Seal

7-622-030 • Lubrication Blade Side Seal

934
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

SP No. Color Parts

7-622-039 PCU Cleaning Unit

7-622-040 • Cleaning Blade

7-622-041 • Lubrication Roller

7-622-042 • Lubricant

7-622-043 M • Lubrication Blade

7-622-044 • Joint

7-622-045 • Gears

7-622-046 • Cleaning Blade Side Seal

7-622-047 • Lubrication Blade Side Seal

7-622-056 PCU Cleaning Unit

7-622-057 • Cleaning Blade

7-622-058 • Lubrication Roller

7-622-059 • Lubricant

7-622-060 Y • Lubrication Blade

7-622-061 • Joint

7-622-062 • Gears

7-622-063 • Cleaning Blade Side Seal

7-622-064 • Lubrication Blade Side Seal

935
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

SP No. Color Parts

7-622-073 PCU Cleaning Unit

7-622-074 • Cleaning Blade

7-622-075 • Lubrication Roller

7-622-076 • Lubricant

7-622-077 S • Lubrication Blade

7-622-078 • Joint

7-622-079 • Gears

7-622-080 • Cleaning Blade Side Seal

7-622-081 • Lubrication Blade Side Seal

Greasing the Drum Shaft

• When the drum shaft runs out of grease, the area around the PCDU will start making a noise when
the drum is turning. If required, apply grease during a service visit.

1. Pull the PCDU out slowly (page 891 "Removing PCDUs").

2. Apply grease to the drum shaft [A].

• Conductive grease (KS-660)

3. Set the PCDU.

936
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

• If the front cover of the PCDU was accidentally removed, return it to its original position before
installing the PCDU.
• If installing the PCDU with the front cover removed, the drum shaft will not be in proper contact with
the drum shaft ground terminal on the inside of the front cover and noise will be generated during
operation. Be sure to follow the instructions.

Development Side Seals

Development Side Seal (Front)

1. PCDU (page 891 "Removing PCDUs")

2. Entrance seal [A] ( x3)

3. Peal off the old seal and wipe off the surface and clean it so nothing, such as glue or
toner, is on the area where it had been stuck on.

• The side seal consists of 2 seals, a clear seal and a seal covered with a soft material, as
shown in [A] in the figure below.

937
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Attach the new development side seal.

• Note the following points.

• Align the edge [D] of the seal with the corner of the frame [E].
• Affix seal [A] firmly so it does not peel off.
• Affix seal [B] tilted toward the doctor blade side.
(So it covers 2 to 3mm of the doctor blade side.)
• Affix the clear part of seal [C] neatly to the side plate along the curve of the development
roller.

938
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

Development Side Seal (Rear)

1. Peal off the old seal and wipe off the surface and clean it so nothing, such as glue or
toner, is on the area where it had been stuck on.

• The side seal consists of 2 seals, a clear seal and a seal covered with a soft material, as
shown in [A] in the figure below.

2. Affix a new seal.

• Note the following points.

• Align the edge [D] of the seal with the corner of the frame [E].
• Affix seal [B] firmly so it does not peel off.
• Affix seal [A] tilted toward the doctor blade side.
(So it covers 2 to 3mm of the doctor blade side.)
• Affix the clear part of seal [C] neatly to the side plate along the curve of the development
roller.

939
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Cleaning the Doctor Blade

• Clean the doctor blade with a special jig.

DG CLEANER 5PCS/SET

940
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

• [A]: Bent part for cleaning to the right

• [B]: Bent part for cleaning to the left
• [C]: Guide hole

1. PCDU (page 891 "Removing PCDUs")

2. Entrance seal [A] ( x3)

3. Watch the drive gear [A] from the back of the unit and turn it counterclockwise until the
developer on top of the development roller runs out.

• When there is developer inside, keep the development unit level while working.

941
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Insert the flat side of the special jig into the doctor with the bent part [A] facing up as
shown below.
If the bent part gets caught, guide it with your finger and insert it all the way in.

• To clean to the left, use the bent part that has the guide hole [B].
To clean to the right, use the bent part without the guide hole.

5. Gently pull the jig towards you until the bent part [A] is hung on the back side of the
doctor blade, and then slide it toward the left side [B].

942
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

Change the direction and slide it left and right several times.

• Only move the jigs left/right except when attaching or removing them; do not apply excessive
force on them up/down (front/back). (To prevent breaking or damage to the bent part and
scratching the surface of the development sleeve) Also, take care not to rub the surface of the
sleeve hard.

Drum Cleaning Motor, Drum Motors, Development Motor

Before Removing Any Motor

• Viewed from the rear, the sets of motors from left to right are KCMYS.
• There are three motors in each set:
[A]: Drum cleaning motor
[B]: Drum motor
[C]: Development motor

943
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

1. Open the controller box and cooling box on the back of the machine (page 691 "Opening
the Rear Boxes").
2. Center stay [A] ( x3)

• When installing the center stay, fasten the bottom screws first.
If you start from the top, the screw holes will be misaligned.

3. Horizontal cooling duct [A] ( x5)

944
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

Drum Cleaning Motor

1. Prepare for motor removal (page 943 "Before Removing Any Motor")
2. Drum cleaning motor [A] ( x4, x1)

945
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Drum Motor

1. Prepare for motor removal (page 943 "Before Removing Any Motor")
2. Disconnect the drum motor [A] ( x3, x1).

946
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

3. Slowly remove the drum motor while supporting the long drive shaft with your other
hand.

4. Disconnect the motor drive shaft from the motor and separate them ( x1).

• Never disassemble the motor. There are no serviceable parts inside the motor.
• If the motor is taken apart, it is very difficult to re-assemble correctly because the parts are spring
loaded.

Development Motor

1. Prepare for motor removal (page 943 "Before Removing Any Motor")

947
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Drum cleaning motor [A] ( x4, x1)

Liquid Cooling Unit

• Have a dry cloth on hand. Use it to wipe up any coolant that leaks during replacement.

1. Cooling box cover (page 694 "Cooling Box Cover")

2. Press the blue release buttons to disconnect the hose [A] [B] ( x1).
Use a dry cloth to soak up any coolant leakage around the open ends.

• There will be a small amount of leakage. If there is a large amount of leakage, re-connect the
hose and then disconnect them again.

948
Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

949
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Disconnect the connectors from the air box exhaust fans (top[A], bottom[B]) ( x3,
x1).

4. Press the blue release buttons to disconnect the hose at [A] ( x2).
Use a dry cloth to soak up any coolant leakage around the open ends.

• There will be a small amount of leakage. If there is a large amount of leakage, re-connect the
hoses and then disconnect them again.

950
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

5. Disconnect the fan bracket [A] ( x7).

6. Open the fan bracket.

951
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

7. Open clamps and then free the hose ( x3).

8. On the left [A], disconnect the base ( x1).

952
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

9. On the right [B], disconnect the base and harness ( x1, x2, x1)

10. Lift the tank straight up and remove it.

Tank and Coolant Disposal

• The liquid coolant is propylene glycol.

• Always obey local laws and regulations if you need to dispose of a tank or coolant.
• The tank must never be emptied directly into a local drainage system, river, pond, or lake.
• Contact a professional industrial waste disposal organization and ask them to dispose of the tank.

Charge Roller Cleaning Roller Solenoids

• The five charge roller cleaning roller solenoids (one for each PCDU charge roller) are located on
side of the laser units.

953
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• [A]: Charge roller cleaning roller solenoid (S)

[B]: Charge roller cleaning roller solenoid (Y)
[C]: Charge roller cleaning roller solenoid (M)
[D]: Charge roller cleaning roller solenoid (C)
[E]: Charge roller cleaning roller solenoid (K)
• The shape of the solenoid for (S) is slightly different from the others.

Charge roller cleaning roller solenoids (S), (Y)

1. Scanner unit (page 799 "Scanner Unit")

For printer model: front cover (page 714 "Front Cover: M195/M196/M207/M208")
2. Remove the charge roller cleaning roller solenoids with brackets ( x2 each, x1
each, x1 each).

Left: (S)/ Right: (Y)

954
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

• The link [A] of the S solenoid is black and longer than CMYK.

Left: (S)/ Right: (Y)

3. Remove the charge roller cleaning roller solenoids from brackets ( x 2 each, spring x 1
each, E-ring x 1 each).

Charge roller cleaning roller solenoids (M), (C), (K)

1. Remove all the toner bottles.

1. Execute SP3162-001 to 004 (Bottle OPEN/CLOSE CMYK).
2. Push each lock lever [A] and then remove the toner bottle [B].

1. Exit the SP mode and then turn the main power switch OFF.

955
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Turn the AC power switch OFF.

• When re-installing toner bottles, be sure to put back the bottles that were there originally.
• If you install other toner bottles, calculation of toner consumption will be inaccurate and
indication of toner end (near end) cannot be displayed at the right time.
2. Toner bank canopy cover (page 700 "Toner Bank Canopy Cover")
3. Toner bank top cover [A] ( x3, x8).

4. Toner bank front cover (page 702 "Toner Bank Front Cover")

956
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

5. Toner bank rear frame [A] ( x1, x7)

6. Open the clamp and free the harnesses under the toner bottle motor unit (Y,M,C) ( x5
each, x2 each).

• When removing the toner bottle cradle (Y), it is not necessary to remove the right clamp (the
blue arrow shown above).

957
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

7. Drive gear (Y,M,C) [A] ( x1 each)

8. Remove the toner bottle cradles (Y,M,C) ( x12).

• It is not necessary to remove the toner bottle cradle (K).

9. Remove the charge roller cleaning roller solenoids with brackets ( x2 each, x1
each, x1 each).
<K>

958
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

<C>

<M>

959
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

10. Remove the charge roller cleaning roller solenoids from the brackets ( x 2 each, spring
x 1 each, E-ring x 1 each).

Potential Sensors (SYMCK)

The potential sensors are under the laser units and above the PCDUs.
• There is one potential sensor for each PCDU.
• Dirt or dust around or on the potential sensor probe or window can cause errors (SC405 to
SC413).
1. Remove the laser unit above the affected potential sensor (page 816 "Laser Units").
2. Disconnect the sensor bracket ( x2).

3. Disconnect the sensor harness at the end of the bracket ( x2).

4. Lift the bracket out.

960
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

5. Turn the bracket over.

6. Disconnect the harness ( x1, x2).

7. The sensor can be separated easily from the bracket (it is held in place by snap tabs) if it needs to
be replaced.

8. The potential sensor probe and window should be cleaned with a blower brush and a clean dry
cloth. (It does not need to be separated from the bracket for cleaning.)

961
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

TD Sensor

1. Turn off the machine and disconnect its power plug.

2. Development unit (page 901 "Development Unit")
3. Tape the toner supply port to prevent toner spillage.

4. Disconnect the TD sensor plate ( x1).

962
 Photoconductor Development Unit (PCDU)

5. Pull the harness out from behind the tab [A].

6. Disconnect the harnesses [B] ( x1).

7. Pry the sensor plate and sensor off the bottom of the development unit.

963
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

ITB Unit

Before Pulling Out the ITB Unit

Refer to page 893 "Removing PCDUs/ ITB Unit When an Abnormality Occurs"

1st Stop Position

1. Open the front doors.

2. Lower the handle B5 [A].

3. Lower the ITB lever [A].

4. ITB lock plate [B] ( x1)

5. Raise the ITB lever [A] and then remove the right ITB plate [B] ( x3).
After removing the right ITB plate [B], lower the ITB lever [C] again.

964
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

6. Left ITB plate [A] ( x2)

7. Disconnect:
[A] Left end of ITB unit ( x1)
[B] Right end of ITB unit ( x1)

8. Grip both handles of the ITB unit [A] and pull it out until it stops. This is the first stop position.

965
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2nd Stop Position

1. Depress the rail release levers [A] on both sides of the ITB unit [B] and pull it out until it stops. This is
the second stop position.

• Never leave the ITB unit out and fully extended longer than necessary.

Re-installation

Before you push the ITB unit into the machine:

• Make sure handle B5 [A] below the ITB unit is down. You cannot push the ITB unit into the machine
if this lever is up.

966
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

• You must depress the rail lock levers [A] in on both sides of the ITB unit. (The rail locks engage
automatically when the ITB unit is pulled out completely.)

Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement

• When replacing the intermediate transfer belt, do not replace any other parts of other units at the
same time.
• After replacing the intermediate transfer belt, do the page 975 "After Intermediate Transfer Belt
Replacement" procedure before attempting to replace other parts. Otherwise, blade curling may
occur.

Transfer Belt Removal

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Raise the two levers [A] of the ITB cleaning unit.

967
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Remove the screw and pull the ITB cleaning unit [B] out slowly unit it stops ( x1).

4. Press the release lever [A].

5. Pull the ITB cleaning unit [B] out.

6. Right handle plate [A] ( x1, x3).

968
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

• When re-attaching the right handle plate, insert the projection of the ITB unit into the notch
indicated by the blue arrow above.
7. ID/ MUSIC sensor bracket [A] ( x1, x1, x1).

8. Disconnect the lower cover plate at [A] ( x1).

The plate will drop and be held by the small cable.

9. Lower the guide plate [A] slightly and pull it out ( x1).

969
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

10. Left handle plate [A] ( x3)

• When re-attaching the left handle plate, insert the projection of the ITB unit into the notch
indicated by the arrow above.
11. Disconnect the front spring and rear spring.

• Do not remove these springs. Let them hang free. They will not fall off.
12. Remove the screw of the belt tension roller assembly [A] ( x1).

970
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

13. Slowly lower the belt tension roller assembly [A], while you support the other end of the roller with
your other hand [B] under the ITB unit.
14. Remove the tension roller assembly [C] and tension roller.

15. Slowly remove the intermediate transfer belt.

971
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• You will see an encoding strip on the front edge of the intermediate transfer belt. The
intermediate transfer belt must be re-installed with this strip on the front edge as shown below.

Precautions when Re-installing the Intermediate Transfer Belt

• Before re-installing the transfer belt, cover the top of the ITB unit with a long sheet of paper.

• A sheet of paper is provided with a new transfer belt.

• If you are re-installing the same transfer belt, you can cover the top of the unit with several
sheets of A3 paper. (The paper prevents the front edge of the belt from catching on top of the
unit.)

972
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

• Confirm that the encoding strip [A] is on the front edge of the belt.

• Align the front edge of the belt with the middle [A] of the two straight lines embossed on the plates
at four locations.
Make sure that the front edge of the belt is parallel with the two straight lines embossed on the
plates at four locations. This ensures correct alignment of the belt.

973
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• When SC474-xx occurs after re-installing the intermediate transfer belt, re-install it again.
• Re-attach the springs of the tension roller at the front [A] and rear [B] as shown below.

• Before you re-attach the tension roller assembly:

974
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

Look under the ITB unit, and make sure that the actuators of the rear overrun sensor [A] and front
overrun sensor [B] are visible near the rear and front edges of the belt.

Check the alignment of the belt again at the top front edge.

• Before you slide the ITB unit into the machine, turn the ITB lever to confirm that the image transfer
roller (K) rises and lowers.
The image transfer roller (K) should move up and down smoothly.
Turn the ITB lever to the down position so that the image transfer roller (K) is down.

• Never push the ITB unit into the machine with the image transfer roller (K) in the up position.

After Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement

1. The machine power must be OFF.

2. Open both front doors.
3. Remove the PTR unit (page 1123 "PTR Unit").
4. Remove the front cover of the ITB cleaning unit
5. Rotate both levers of the ITB cleaning unit clockwise to retract the cleaning blades from the ITB.
6. Turn the main power switch ON.
7. Enter the SP mode.
8. Execute SP2920-1 (Steering Control Roller- Initialize Belt Position).
9. After pressing the “Execute” button, close both front doors to run the above SP.
10. When you see "Completed" displayed on the operation panel, you are ready to continue.
11. Exit the SP mode and then turn the main power switch OFF.
12. Open both front doors again.
13. Turn the main power switch ON and then enter the SP mode.

975
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

14. Execute SP2696-1 (Force Apply Lubricant - Belt Cleaning).

• When toner near end or toner end is displayed on the operation panel, SP2696-1 (Force
Apply Lubricant - Belt Cleaning) fails.
15. Wait for about 5 minutes. When you see "Completed" displayed on the operation panel, you are
ready to continue.
16. Reset the counter for the replaced ITB belt.
17. Exit the SP mode and then turn the main power switch OFF.
18. Re-install the PTR unit.
19. Rotate both levers of the ITB cleaning unit counter-clockwise and re-install the front cover of the ITB
cleaning unit.
20. Close both front doors.
21. Turn the main power switch ON and then enter the SP mode.
22. Execute SP2912-1(Encoder Sn:Adj Light - Adj Light Amt).
This SP adjusts the strength of the LED beam of the ITB speed feedback sensor.
23. Exit the SP mode and then turn the main power switch OFF.
24. Turn the main power switch ON and then enter the SP mode.
25. Execute SP2914-1 (Encoder Sn:Get 1stPhase - Get Phases:Execut All).
This SP code resets the ITB speed feedback sensor.
26. Exit the SP mode and then turn the main power switch OFF.
27. Turn the main power switch ON and then enter the SP mode.
28. Select SP2915-001 (Encoder Sn Ctrl Condition - Scale FB Control Enable) and confirm that it is set
to default “1”.
29. Exit the SP mode and then turn the main power switch OFF.
30. Turn the main power switch ON and then enter the SP mode.
31. Execute SP3011-004 (Manual ProCon :Exe - Full MUSIC)
32. Exit the SP mode and then turn the main power switch OFF.

• Machine power needs to be turned off and on in order for the SP values to take effect. Skipping this
step will cause color misalignment and unsuccessful initialization of the ITB speed feedback
sensors.

• Execute these SPs also in the following cases:

• After attaching / removing the intermediate transfer belt
• After cleaning the ITB speed feedback sensor.

976
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

Belt Check

After a new ITB has been installed, or the original belt re-installed, the physical condition of the belt
should be checked. The three ID/MUSIC sensors (Rear, Center, Front) scan the belt to detect nicks and
scratches.
1. Do SP3011 to manually execute process control.
2. Do SP3012-1 and SP3013-1 to confirm the successful initialization of process control.
3. Do SP2112-1 to check the physical condition.
4. Do these SP codes to confirm the scan results:
• SP2112-15
• SP2112-16
• SP2112-17
5. Each SP execution should return a "0". If an SP returns any value other than "0", do steps 2 and 4
again.
6. After repeated executions, if one or more of the SP codes continues to return any value other than
"0", check the ITB’s surface and harness connection of the ID/MUSIC sensor. If the belt is
damaged, it must be replaced.

ITB Unit Cover Plates

After the intermediate transfer belt has been removed, there are six plates on top of the ITB unit that must
be removed for some procedures.

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Intermediate Transfer belt (page 967 "Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement")
3. Remove the following plates.
• Plate ( x4)
• Plate ( x3)
• Plate ( x4)
• Plate ( x7)
• Plate ( x7)
• Plate ( x8)
Before removing plate , remove the roller [A] ( x1).

977
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

ID/MUSIC Sensor Fan

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 1st stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Right handle plate [A] ( x1, x3).

978
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

• When re-attaching the right handle plate, insert the projection of the ITB unit into the notch
indicated by the blue arrow above.
3. ID/MUSIC sensor fan assembly [A] ( x3)

4. Remove the ID/MUSIC sensor fan [A] from the bracket ( x2, x2).

ITB Drive Motor

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. At the top of the right rear corner of the ITB unit, remove the ITB drive motor [A] ( x1, x4).

979
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

ITB Contact Motor (K)

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 1st stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. ITB contact motor (K) assembly [A] ( x1, x2, x5)

3. Remove the ITB contact motor (K) [A] from the bracket ( x2, x2).

980
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

ITB Contact Motor (YMC)

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 1st stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. ITB contact motor (YMC) assembly [A] ( x1, x2, x2).

3. Remove the ITB contact motor (YMC) [A] from the bracket ( x1, x2).

981
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

ITB Contact Motor (S)

• The ITB contact motor (S) is located at [A].

At the rear of the machine

1. Open the cooling box (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Duct [A] ( x2, x1, x1)

982
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

3. ITB contact motor (S) assembly [A] ( x1, x1, x3).

4. ITB contact motor (S) [A] ( x3)

983
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

PTR Separation Motor

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 1st stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Remove the timing belt [A] and then remove the PTR separation motor assembly [B] ( x1, x1,
x1, x2, ground wire x1)

• When re-attaching the PTR separation motor assembly;

Be sure to attach the ground wire.
Attach the spring before tightening screws. Confirm that the timing belt is not loose after
attaching the PTR separation motor assembly.
3. Remove the PTR separation motor [A] from the bracket ( x2).

984
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

Belt Centering Motor

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Intermediate transfer belt (page 967 "Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement")
3. Below the ITB unit at the rear, remove the timing belt [A] and then remove the belt centering motor
[B] ( x1, x1, x4).

Re-installation

1. Look down at the back of the ITB unit and check the spool [A].
2. If the cable is free as shown below, wrap it once around the spool (counter-clockwise). [B] shows
the cable wound on the spool correctly.

985
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

ID/MUSIC Sensors

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 1st stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Right handle plate [A] ( x1, x3).

• When re-attaching the right handle plate, insert the projection of the ITB unit into the notch
indicated by the blue arrow above.
3. ID/ MUSIC sensor bracket [A] ( x1, x1, x1).

986
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

4. Remove the ID/MUSIC sensor board [A] from the bracket ( x1, x6).

After ID/MUSIC Sensor Replacement

Do the following procedure after installing new ID/MUSIC sensors and re-assembling the machine.
1. Plug in the power cord and turn on the machine.
2. Enter the SP mode.
3. Refer to the sheet provided with the new ID/MUSIC sensor set.
4. Do the SP codes on the sheet.

987
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

5. Next, do SP3011-1 (Manual Process Control).

6. Do SP3012-1 and SP3-013-001 to confirm successful complete of process control initialization.

Image Transfer Contact Sensor (K) 1

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Intermediate transfer belt (page 967 "Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement")
3. Image transfer roller (page 999 "Image Transfer Rollers")
4. ITB unit cover plate (page 977 "ITB Unit Cover Plates")
5. Free the harnesses on the power pack cover plate ( x7, x2).

6. Power pack cover plate [A] ( x4)

• In order to access the right screws, press the ITB speed feedback sensor bracket [B].

988
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

7. Disconnect the image transfer contact sensor (K) 1 [A] from the power pack box ( x3).

8. Below the ITB unit, remove the image transfer contact sensor (K) 1 [A] ( x1).

989
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Image Transfer Contact Sensor (K) 2

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 1st stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. ITB contact motor (K) assembly [A] ( x1, x2, x5)

3. Remove the image transfer contact sensor (K) 2 [A] from the bracket ( x1, x3).

Image Transfer Contact Sensor (YMC)

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 1st stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. ITB contact motor (YMC) (page 981 "ITB Contact Motor (YMC)")
3. Remove the image transfer contact sensor (YMC) [A] from the bracket ( x3).

990
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

Image Transfer Contact Sensor (S)

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 1st stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Left handle plate [A] ( x3)

• When re-attaching the left handle plate, insert the projection of the ITB unit into the notch
indicated by the arrow above.
3. Disconnect the image transfer contact sensor (S) from the bracket [A] ( x1).

991
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Remove the image transfer contact sensor (S) [A] from the bracket [A] ( x1, x3).

PTR Separation Sensor

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 1st stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Remove the PTR separation sensor with the bracket [A] ( x1, x1, x2).

992
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

3. Remove the PTR separation sensor [A] from the bracket ( x3).

Belt Centering Roller HP Sensor

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. At the top of the left rear corner of the ITB unit, disconnect the sensor assembly [A] ( x2).

993
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Remove the belt centering roller HP sensor [A] from the bracket ( x1, x3).

Belt Centering Sensor

• The belt centering sensor is located at the rear upper right corner of the ITB unit.

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. ID/ MUSIC sensor bracket (page 986 "ID/MUSIC Sensors")
3. Sensor cover [A] ( x1, x1)

994
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

• Cover the top of the unit with several sheets of A3 paper so that the transfer belt is not
damaged.

4. Belt centering sensor [A] ( x1)

995
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Transfer Belt Speed Feedback Sensor

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Intermediate transfer belt (page 967 "Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement")
3. ITB unit cover plate (page 977 "ITB Unit Cover Plates")
4. Transfer belt speed feedback sensor assembly [A] ( x1, x3).

After Replacing or Cleaning

1. The machine power must be OFF.

2. Open both front doors.
3. Remove the PTR unit (page 1123 "PTR Unit").
4. Remove the front cover of the ITB cleaning unit
5. Rotate both levers of the ITB cleaning unit clockwise to retract the cleaning blades from the ITB.
6. Turn the main power switch ON.
7. Enter the SP mode.
8. Execute SP2920-1 (Steering Control Roller- Initialize Belt Position).
9. After pressing the “Execute” button, close both front doors to run the above SP.
10. When you see "Completed" displayed on the operation panel, you are ready to continue.
11. Reset the counter for the replaced ITB belt.
12. Exit the SP mode and then turn the main power switch OFF.
13. Rotate both levers of the ITB cleaning unit counter-clockwise and re-install the front cover of the ITB
cleaning unit.
14. Re-install the PTR unit.
15. Turn the main power switch ON and then enter the SP mode.

996
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

16. Execute SP2912-1(Encoder Sn:Adj Light - Adj Light Amt).

This SP adjusts the strength of the LED beam of the ITB speed feedback sensor.
17. Exit the SP mode and then turn the main power switch OFF.
18. Turn the main power switch ON and then enter the SP mode.
19. Execute SP2914-1 (Encoder Sn:Get 1stPhase - Get Phases:Execut All).
This SP code resets the ITB speed feedback sensor.
20. Exit the SP mode and then turn the main power switch OFF.
21. Turn the main power switch ON and then enter the SP mode.
22. Select SP2915-001 (Encoder Sn Ctrl Condition - Scale FB Control Enable) and confirm that it is set
to default “1”.
23. Exit the SP mode and then turn the main power switch OFF.
24. Turn the main power switch ON and then enter the SP mode.
25. Execute SP3011-004 (Manual ProCon :Exe - Full MUSIC)
26. Exit the SP mode and then turn the main power switch OFF.

• Machine power needs to be turned off and on in order for the SP values to take effect. Skipping this
step will cause color misalignment and unsuccessful initialization of the ITB feedback sensors.

Front Overrun Sensor

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Intermediate transfer belt (page 967 "Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement")
3. At the front, disconnect the sensor bracket [A] from the cutout ( x1).

4. Remove the front overrun sensor [A] from the bracket ( x1, x1, x4).

997
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Rear Overrun Sensor

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Intermediate transfer belt (page 967 "Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement")
3. Disconnect the bottom cover plate [A] and lower the plate. The spring loaded cable retracts
automatically to [B].

4. Behind the ITB unit, disconnect the sensor bracket [A] from the cutout ( x1).

998
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

5. Remove the rear overrun sensor [A] from the bracket ( x1, x1, x4).

Image Transfer Rollers

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Intermediate transfer belt (page 967 "Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement")

• There are five image transfer rollers. The following procedure is the same for each image
transfer roller.
• The image transfer rollers should all be replaced together at 1800K.

999
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

: K, : C, : M, : Y, :S
3. At the rear, disconnect the image transfer roller [A] ( x1).
4. Slide the image transfer roller to the rear so that the front end disconnects from the coupling, and
then remove it.

• Do not touch the rubber. When removing the image transfer roller, hold the end of it.

After Replacing the Image Transfer Rollers

1. Open the front doors.

2. Turn the AC power switch and main power switch ON with front doors open.
3. Execute SP-7-622-xxx to clear the counter.
4. Exit the SP mode and then close the front doors.
This action starts the light amount adjustment and getting phase for the transfer belt speed feedback
sensor and initialization of process control. When replacing the image transfer roller (S), this action
starts the DEMS adjustment in addition.

1000
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

Counter Clear SP
SP No. Color Parts

7-622-087 K Image Transfer Roller

7-622-088 C Image Transfer Roller

7-622-089 M Image Transfer Roller

7-622-090 Y Image Transfer Roller

7-622-091 S Image Transfer Roller

Paper Transfer Bias Roller

• The bias roller should be replaced every 1200K.

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Intermediate transfer belt (page 967 "Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement")
3. Disconnect the sensor assembly [A] ( x2).
Push the assembly to the side. You do not need to disconnect the sensor.

4. Disconnect the timing belt [A] ( x1).

5. Disconnect the end of the bias roller [B] ( x1).
6. Remove the actuator [C].

1001
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

7. Remove the bracket [A] ( x2).

8. At the rear bottom edge of the ITB unit, remove the screws but do not remove the black bracket [A]
( x2).

• If you pull out the black bracket at the rear, the bias roller will fall.

1002
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

9. Under the rear edge of the ITB unit, pull the rear end of the paper transfer bias roller [A] out and
remove it.

After Replacing the Image Transfer Bias Roller

1. Open the front doors.

2. Turn the AC power switch and main power switch ON with front doors open.
3. Execute SP-7-622-092 to clear the counter.
4. Exit the SP mode and then close the front doors.
This action starts the light amount adjustment and getting phase for the transfer belt speed feedback
sensor and initialization of process control.

Image Transfer Power Pack (K), (C)

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").

1003
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Intermediate transfer belt (page 967 "Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement")

3. Image transfer roller (page 999 "Image Transfer Rollers")
4. ITB unit cover plate (page 977 "ITB Unit Cover Plates")
5. Remove the roller hold plate [A] and then remove the roller [B] ( x1).

6. Free the harnesses on the power pack cover plate ( x7, x2).

7. Power pack cover plate [A] ( x4)

• In order to access the screws on the right, press the ITB speed feedback sensor bracket [B].

1004
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

8. Image transfer power pack (K) [A] ( x2, x2)

9. Image transfer power pack (C) [B] ( x2, x2)

Image Transfer Power Pack (M)

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Intermediate transfer belt (page 967 "Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement")
3. Image transfer roller (page 999 "Image Transfer Rollers")
4. ITB unit cover plate (page 977 "ITB Unit Cover Plates")
5. Remove the roller hold plate [A] and then remove the roller [B] ( x1).

1005
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

6. Free the harnesses on the power pack cover plate ( x7, x2).

7. Power pack cover plate [A] ( x4)

• In order to access the screws on the right, press the ITB speed feedback sensor bracket [B].

1006
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

8. Image transfer power pack (M) [A] ( x2, x2)

Image Transfer Power Pack (Y), (S)

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Intermediate transfer belt (page 967 "Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement")
3. ITB unit cover plate (page 977 "ITB Unit Cover Plates")
4. Image transfer power pack (Y) [A] ( x2, x2)
5. Image transfer power pack (S) [B] ( x2, x2)

1007
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Paper Transfer DC Power Pack

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Intermediate transfer belt (page 967 "Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement")
3. Image transfer roller (page 999 "Image Transfer Rollers")
4. ITB unit cover plate (page 977 "ITB Unit Cover Plates")
5. Remove the roller hold plate [A] and then remove the roller [B] ( x1).

6. Free the harnesses on the power pack cover plate ( x7, x2).

1008
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

7. Power pack cover plate [A] ( x4)

• In order to access the screws on the right, press the ITB speed feedback sensor bracket [B].

8. Paper Transfer DC Power Pack [A] ( x3, x5)

1009
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Paper Transfer AC Power Pack

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Intermediate transfer belt (page 967 "Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement")
3. Image transfer roller (page 999 "Image Transfer Rollers")
4. ITB unit cover plate (page 977 "ITB Unit Cover Plates")
5. Remove the roller hold plate [A] and then remove the roller [B] ( x1).

6. Free the harnesses on the power pack cover plate ( x7, x2).

7. Power pack cover plate [A] ( x4)

• In order to access the screws on the right, press the ITB speed feedback sensor bracket [B].

1010
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

8. Paper Transfer AC Power Pack [A] ( x4, x6)

TDRB

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Intermediate transfer belt (page 967 "Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement")
3. Image transfer roller (page 999 "Image Transfer Rollers")
4. ITB unit cover plate (page 977 "ITB Unit Cover Plates")
5. Remove the roller hold plate [A] and then remove the roller [B] ( x1).

1011
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

6. Free the harnesses on the power pack cover plate ( x7, x2).

7. Power pack cover plate [A] ( x4)

• In order to access the screws on the right, press the ITB speed feedback sensor bracket [B].

1012
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

8. Remove the image transfer (K,C) and paper transfer DC power pack with the bracket [A] ( x12,
x7, x4).

• The TDRB is under the image transfer power Pack (K, C) and transfer DC power pack.

9. TDRB [A] ( x15, x4)

1013
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Anti-Condensation Heater (Right)

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Intermediate transfer belt (page 967 "Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement")
3. Image transfer roller (page 999 "Image Transfer Rollers")
4. ITB unit cover plate (page 977 "ITB Unit Cover Plates")
5. Anti-condensation heater (right) assembly [A] ( x3, x1, x2)

Anti-Condensation Heater (Left)

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Intermediate transfer belt (page 967 "Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement")
3. ITB unit cover plate (page 977 "ITB Unit Cover Plates")
4. Anti-condensation heater (left) assembly [A] ( x2, x1, x2)

1014
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

ITB Unit Thermostat

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Intermediate transfer belt (page 967 "Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement")
3. ITB unit cover plate (page 977 "ITB Unit Cover Plates")
4. Disconnect the thermostat [A] ( x2, M4x2).

ITB Drive Motor Encoder Shaft

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Remove the four plastic rivets [A].

1015
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• Do not remove the shaft cover without removing the plastic rivets because the encoder will be
damaged. Be sure to follow the procedure carefully.
3. ITB Drive Motor Encoder board [A] (x2)

4. Shaft cover [A] ( x1)

1016
 Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit

5. E-ring [A]
6. Rubber [B]
7. Encoder [C]
8. Encoder plate [D]

• Be careful not to damage the encoder.

9. Use a wrench (7mm width) to unscrew the ITB drive motor encoder shaft [A] and remove it.

• Hold the motor as you unscrew to prevent the encoder shaft from slipping.

1017
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• When installing the encoder shaft, make sure to fasten the shaft with a wrench (7mm width) until the
shaft locks. Do not further fasten after the shaft locks as doing so will cause the shaft to lose its grip.

1018
 ITB Cleaning Unit

ITB Cleaning Unit

ITB Cleaning Unit

• When replacing the ITB cleaning unit, ITB cleaning blade, ITB lubricant, ITB lubrication blade, do
not replace the following parts at the same time.
• PCU Cleaning Unit
• Drum Cleaning Blade
• After replacing the ITB cleaning unit, do the page 975 "After Intermediate Transfer Belt
Replacement" procedure before attempting to replace above parts. Otherwise, drum cleaning
blade curling may occur.

1. Spread some paper or a drop cloth on a table where you can place the ITB cleaning unit for
disassembly.
2. Open both front doors.
3. Cleaning unit cover ( x2)

4. Screw [A] ( x1)

5. Raise both levers [B].

1019
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

6. Pull the cleaning unit out slowly until it stops at [A].

7. Press the release tab [B].
8. Pull the ITB cleaning unit [C] out completely and lay it on a table covered with paper or a drop
cloth.

RTB 149: Notes on reinstalling the ITB cleaning unit

Installation

1. Confirm that both levers [A] are raised.

1020
 ITB Cleaning Unit

2. Push in the ITB cleaning unit along the rail until it comes in contact with the plate [A] of the ITB unit.

3. Lower both levers.

4. Confirm that both holding plates [A] of the ITB cleaning unit are under the plate [B] of the ITB unit
and then attach a screw ( x1).

• If the holding plate is set so that it is riding up [A] or is interfering with [B], the cleaning blade will
not make contact, which may result in problems like poor cleaning, toner falling out and/or ITB
contact motor errors.

1021
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

After Replacing the ITB Cleaning Unit

1. Open the front doors.

2. Turn the AC power switch and main power switch ON with front doors open.
3. Execute SP-7-622-093 to clear the counter.
4. Exit the SP mode and then close the front doors.
This action starts the initialization of process control.

Cleaning Blade

• When replacing the ITB cleaning unit, ITB cleaning blade, ITB lubricant, ITB lubrication blade, do
not replace the following parts at the same time.
• PCU Cleaning Unit
• Drum Cleaning Blade
• After replacing the ITB cleaning unit, do the page 975 "After Intermediate Transfer Belt
Replacement" procedure before attempting to replace above parts. Otherwise, drum cleaning
blade curling may occur.

1. ITB cleaning unit (page 1019 "ITB Cleaning Unit")

2. Cleaning blade [B] ( x2)

1022
 ITB Cleaning Unit

• When removing and re-installing cleaning blades, work carefully to avoid damaging the
sponge seals [A] at the ends of the blade. These sponge seals cannot be replaced in the field.

After Replacing the Cleaning Blade

1. Open the front doors.

2. Turn the AC power switch and main power switch ON with front doors open.
3. Execute SP-7-622-094 to clear the counter.
4. Exit the SP mode and then close the front doors.
This action starts the initialization of process control.

Lubrication Roller

1. ITB cleaning unit (page 1019 "ITB Cleaning Unit")

2. Disconnect the roller at the front ( x1, x1, x1, x1).

1023
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. At the rear, remove the bushing [A] and washer [B] ( x1, x1).

4. Lubrication roller [A]

1024
 ITB Cleaning Unit

After Replacing the Lubrication Roller

1. Open the front doors.

2. Turn the AC power switch and main power switch ON with front doors open.
3. Execute SP-7-622-095 to clear the counter.
4. Exit the SP mode and then close the front doors.
This action starts the initialization of process control.

Lubricant

• When replacing the ITB cleaning unit, ITB cleaning blade, ITB lubricant, ITB lubrication blade, do
not replace the following parts at the same time.
• PCU Cleaning Unit
• Drum Cleaning Blade
• After replacing the ITB cleaning unit, do the page 975 "After Intermediate Transfer Belt
Replacement" procedure before attempting to replace above parts. Otherwise, drum cleaning
blade curling may occur.

1. Lubrication roller (page 1023 "Lubrication Roller")

2. Lubricant [A]

1025
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Disconnect the spring from the arms [A] and [B] ( x1).
4. Remove the arms [C] and [D] ( x2).

• Do not discard these spring and arms. They are not provided as service parts and must be re-
attached to the new lubricant.

1026
 ITB Cleaning Unit

After Replacing the Lubricant

1. Open the front doors.

2. Turn the AC power switch and main power switch ON with front doors open.
3. Execute SP-7-622-096 to clear the counter.
4. Exit the SP mode and then close the front doors.
This action starts the initialization of process control.

Lubrication Blade

• When replacing the ITB cleaning unit, ITB cleaning blade, ITB lubricant, ITB lubrication blade, do
not replace the following parts at the same time.
• PCU Cleaning Unit
• Drum Cleaning Blade
• After replacing the ITB cleaning unit, do the page 975 "After Intermediate Transfer Belt
Replacement" procedure before attempting to replace above parts. Otherwise, drum cleaning
blade curling may occur.

1. ITB cleaning unit (page 1019 "ITB Cleaning Unit")

2. Lubrication blade [A] ( x2)

1027
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• When removing and re-installing lubrication blades, work carefully to avoid damaging the
sponge seals at the ends of the blade. These sponge seals cannot be replaced in the field.

After Replacing the Lubrication Blade

1. Open the front doors.

2. Turn the AC power switch and main power switch ON with front doors open.
3. Execute SP-7-622-097 to clear the counter.
4. Exit the SP mode and then close the front doors.
This action starts the initialization of process control.

PTR/ITB Cleaning Unit Motor

This motor has two functions. It drives the PTR and all the moving parts of the ITB cleaning unit.

1028
 ITB Cleaning Unit

• The PTR/ITB cleaning unit motor is located at [A].

• [B]: IOB
• [C]: TDCU

1. Open the rear boxes. (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes")
2. Center stay [A] ( x3)

• When re-attaching the center stay, make sure to tighten screws from the bottom screw. When
tightening screws from the top screw, the screw holes will not match.
3. Disconnect the connectors of the IOB and free the harnesses ( x8, x all).

1029
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Lower the IOB bracket [A] to the horizontal position ( x4).

5. Open the clamp [A] and disconnect the connectors on the upper, left, right side of the TDCU [B]
and then free the harnesses ( x1, xall).

6. Disconnect the TDCU [A] and then lower it toward you ( x4).

1030
 ITB Cleaning Unit

7. After the boards are lowered, you can see the PTR/ITB cleaning unit motor.

8. PTR/ITB cleaning unit motor ( x2, x1, x4)

1031
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

ITB Cleaning Unit Cover Set Switch

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position. (page 964 "ITB Unit")
2. Intermediate transfer belt (page 967 "Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement")
3. The cleaning unit cover set switch [A] is on the front plate of the ITB unit.
4. Behind the front plate and above the switch, remove the spring [B] ( x1).

5. Disconnect the switch harness [A] ( x3).

6. Use the flat tip of a small screwdriver to press in each side of the switch [A] to release it from its slot.
7. Pull the switch [B] out the front and disconnect it ( x1).

1032
 ITB Cleaning Unit

ITB Cleaning Unit Set Switch

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position. (page 964 "ITB Unit")
2. Intermediate transfer belt (page 967 "Intermediate Transfer Belt Replacement")
3. The cleaning unit set switch [A] is on the inner side of the rear panel, just above the rear end of the
bias roller.
4. At the rear [B], disconnect the switch harness ( x2).
5. Press in both sides of the switch to release it. (You can probably do this with your fingers.)

6. Push the switch [A] through the hole.

7. Disconnect the switch [B] ( x1).

1033
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

1034
 Paper Feed

Paper Feed
Main Machine Tray Removal

Tray 1

1. Pull out Tray 1 [A] completely so that the right tandem tray [B] separates from the left side.
2. Push the right tandem tray [B] into the machine.

3. Disconnect the left rail [A] ( x2 M4x4).

4. Disconnect the right rail [B] and remove the tray ( x3 M4x6).

5. Pull out the right tandem tray [A] and remove it ( x2).

1035
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• Work carefully to avoid bending or damaging the sheet [B] on the side plate of the tray. This
sheet prevents paper in the tray from hitting the separation roller before it is ready to feed.

• Do not pull the right tandem tray all the way out.
• If you pull it all the way towards you, it will hit the lock lever, preventing it from being
removed. If this happens, lift up lever [A] with your finger to release the lock and then remove
the tray.

1036
 Paper Feed

Re-installation
• When you re-install the right tandem tray, make sure that the wheels [A] ride on slide rail [B].
• Also, make sure that the tandem tray stopper [C] is set behind stopper [D] (inside the
machine).

Tray 2 (Universal Tray)

1. Pull out Tray 2 [A].

1037
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Lift the inner tray [B] out of the tray.

Paper Feed Units

Tray 1 Paper Feed Unit

1. Open Tray 1 and remove the right tandem tray (page 1035 "Tray 1").
2. Open the front doors.
3. Remove the knob A3 [A] and knob A2 [B] ( x1 each).

1038
 Paper Feed

4. Cover [A] ( x2).

5. Disconnect the front bracket [A] ( x1, x2).

1039
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

6. Pull the tray 1 paper feed unit slightly and move it to the left slightly.
7. Pull out the tray 1 paper feed unit while holding it with your hand.

8. Lay the tray 1 paper feed unit on a clean flat surface.

Tray 2 Paper Feed Unit

1. Open Tray 1 and remove the right tandem tray (page 1035 "Tray 1").
2. Remove the inner tray [A] of Tray 2.

1040
 Paper Feed

3. Open the front doors.

4. Remove the knob A3 [A] and knob A2 [B] ( x1 each).

5. Cover [A] ( x2).

1041
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

6. Bracket [A] ( x4).

7. Disconnect the front bracket [A] ( x1, x2).

1042
 Paper Feed

8. Pull the tray 2 paper feed unit slightly and move it to the left slightly.
9. Pull out the tray 2 paper feed unit while holding it with your hand.
10. Lay the tray 2 paper feed unit on a clean flat surface.

Pick-up, Feed, Separation Rollers

1. Tray 1 or tray 2 paper feed unit (page 1038 "Paper Feed Units")
2. Pick-up roller [A] ( x1)
3. Feed roller [B] ( x1)
4. Remove the separation roller [D] from the torque limiter [C] ( x1).

1043
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• After replacing a feed roller in the main machine, make sure that it turns counter-clockwise in
the direction of paper feed.
• Avoid touching the surfaces of these rollers with bare hands.
5. Reset the PM counter to zero for replaced rollers.

Paper Feed, Pickup Roller Lift, Paper End Sensors

• The paper feed sensor is located at [A].

• The paper end sensor is located at [B].
• The pickup roller lift sensor is located at [C].

Paper Feed Unit

Paper Feed Sensor

1. Tray 1 or tray 2 paper feed unit (page 1038 "Paper Feed Units")

• The procedure below is the same for both tray 1 and tray 2 paper feed units.
2. Remove the paper feed sensor with the bracket [A] ( x1, x1, x1).

1044
 Paper Feed

3. Remove the paper feed sensor from the bracket ( x3).

Pickup Roller Lift Sensor

1. Tray 1 or tray 2 paper feed unit (page 1038 "Paper Feed Units")

• The procedure below is the same for both tray 1 and tray 2 paper feed units.
2. Remove the pickup roller lift sensor with the bracket [A] ( x1, x1).

3. Remove the pickup roller lift sensor from the bracket ( x4).

1045
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Paper End Sensor

1. Tray 1 or tray 2 paper feed unit (page 1038 "Paper Feed Units")

• The procedure below is the same for both tray 1 and tray 2 paper feed units.
2. Remove the paper end sensor with the bracket [A] ( x1, x1, x1).

3. Remove the paper end sensor from the bracket ( x4).

Pickup Roller Solenoid

• The pickup roller solenoid is located at [A].

1046
 Paper Feed

Paper Feed Unit

1. Tray 1 or tray 2 paper feed unit (page 1038 "Paper Feed Units")

• The procedure below is the same for both tray 1 and tray 2 paper feed units.
2. On top of the paper feed unit, disconnect spring [A] ( x1).
3. Remove the pickup roller solenoid with the bracket [B] ( x2, x1, x2).

4. Remove the pickup roller solenoid from the bracket ( x2).

1047
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• Lift the end of the bracket and then pull out the actuator to make it easier to remove the pickup
roller solenoid.

Re-installation

1. When you re-install the pickup roller solenoid [1], raise the pickup roller [2] and then lower it after
the solenoid is set. This ensures that the actuator is positioned correctly.

1048
 Paper Feed

2. Depress the pickup roller and make sure that it bounces up and down.

• If the actuator of the solenoid is not positioned correctly, the pickup roller will catch on the
frame and jam the right tandem tray when the paper feed unit is re-installed.
3. After re-installing the paper feed unit, set the right tandem tray on its rails without installing its
screws. Then slowly push the right tray into the machine and then pull it out to make sure that it does
not jam.

Separation Roller Solenoid

• The separation roller solenoid is located at [A].

Paper Feed Unit

1. Tray 1 or tray 2 paper feed unit (page 1038 "Paper Feed Units")

• The procedure below is the same for both tray 1 and tray 2 paper feed units.
2. Turn the paper feed unit upside down.
3. On the bottom of the paper feed unit, disconnect spring [A] ( x1).
4. Remove the separation roller solenoid with the bracket [B] ( x2, x1, x1).

5. Remove the separation roller solenoid from the bracket ( x2).

1049
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• When re-installing the separation roller solenoid, install it with the printing side facing inside.

Tray 1 Rear Fence Return Sensor (Left Tandem Tray)

1. Pull out Tray 1.

2. Push the right tandem tray into the machine.
3. Remove:
[A] Rear bottom plate ( x1)
[B] Rear fence return sensor ( x1, hooks)

1050
 Paper Feed

Tray 1 Rear Fence HP Sensor (Left Tandem Tray)

1. Pull out Tray 1 (page 1035 "Tray 1").

2. Push the right tandem tray into the machine.
3. Remove:
[A] Rear bottom plate ( x1)
[B] Rear fence transport gear ( x1)
4. Push the left fence [C] to the right.
5. Remove the rear fence HP sensor [D] ( x1, x3).

1051
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Tray 1 Right Tray Paper Sensor (Right Tandem Tray)

1. Right tandem tray (page 1035 "Tray 1")

2. Remove:
[A] Cover ( x2)
[B] Side fences ( x2)

• When re-installing the side fences, make sure that they are positioned correctly (A4: Outer
(default), LT: Inner)

3. Remove:
[A] Bottom plate ( x4)
[B] Right tray paper sensor ( x1, x1)

1052
 Paper Feed

Bottom Plate Lift Wire

• Before you remove the rear bottom plate lift wire, you must remove the front bottom plate lift wire.
• The removal procedure is the same for both wires.
1. Right tandem tray (page 1035 "Tray 1")
2. Remove the right tandem tray cover ( x2).
3. At the front, remove sensor assembly [A] ( x3, x5, x1).
4. Lift the front bottom plate slightly, unhook the wire stoppers [B], and then remove stopper [C] and
actuator [D].
5. Remove:
[E] Wire covers ( x2).
[F] Bracket (front only) ( x1, x1, x1)
[G] Gear (front only)
[H] Bottom plate lift wire

• Part of the actuator [A] has two-sided tape stuck to it, so use the tip of a small screwdriver or
the like to peel it off.

1053
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Re-installation (Bottom Plate Lift Wire)

1. Set positioning pin [A] in hole [B].

2. Set projection [C] in hole [D].
3. Position the wire [E] correctly without crossing the wires.

• The positioning pin [A] is not held in place, so be careful not to drop it while mounting the
pulley horizontally.

1054
 Paper Feed

Paper Feed Motors, Grip Motors

• The paper feed and grip motor pairs of each tray must be removed together (they are attached to
one bracket).
• The following procedures describe removal of the Tray 1 motors. The procedures for removal of the
Tray 2 motors are the same.

• These motors are located at the back of the PSU4 and PFB.

[1] Tray 1 Grip Motor

[2] Tray 1 Paper Feed Motor

[3] Tray 2 Grip Motor

[4] Tray 2 Paper Feed Motor

1055
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Common procedure

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Remove the PSU4 [A] with the bracket ( x4, x all, x all).

3. Remove the PFB [A] with the bracket ( x4, x all, x all).

4. Disconnect the grip motor [1] and the paper feed motor [2] ( x2).

1056
 Paper Feed

5. Disconnect the motor mount bracket ( x3).

6. Remove the motor mount bracket with both motors attached.

7. Disconnect:
[1] Grip motor timing belt ( x1)
[2] Paper feed timing belt ( x1)

1057
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

[3] Paper feed bracket spring ( x1)

Paper Feed Motor

1. Do the common procedure (page 1056 "Common procedure").

2. Disconnect the bracket on the left [1] and on the right [2] ( x3).

3. Disconnect the motor at the top [1] and the bottom [2] ( x2).

1058
 Paper Feed

Grip Motor

1. Do the common procedure (page 1056 "Common procedure").

2. Disconnect the spring [1] ( x1).
3. Disconnect the bracket of the motor [2] ( x3).

1059
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Disconnect the motor at the bottom [1] and top [2] ( x2).

1060
 Paper Feed

Lift Motors (Tray 1, Tray 2)

• These motors are located at the back of the PSU4 and PFB.

[1] Tray 1 Lift Motor

[2] Tray 2 Lift Motor

Common procedure

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Remove the PSU4 with the bracket ( x4, x all, x all).

3. Remove the PFB with the bracket ( x4, x all, x all).

1061
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Tray 1 Lift Motor

1. Do the common procedure (page 1061 "Common procedure").

2. Disconnect the connector from the tray 1 lift motor [1] ( x1).

3. Tray 1 lift motor [1] ( x3)

1062
 Paper Feed

Tray 2 Lift Motor

1. Do the common procedure (page 1061 "Common procedure").

2. Disconnect the connectors [1] [3] and open the clamp [2] ( x2, x1).

3. Tray 2 lift motor ( x2)

1063
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Tray 1 Right Tray Lock Solenoid

• Tray 1 right tray lock solenoid [1] is located at the back of the PSU4 and PFB.

1064
 Paper Feed

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Remove the PSU4 with the bracket ( x4, x all, x all).

3. Remove the PFB with the bracket ( x4, x all, x all).

4. Disconnect the connector [1] ( x1).

1065
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

5. Disconnect the tray 1 right tray lock solenoid [2] with the bracket ( x1).

Tray 1 Left Tray Lock Solenoid

• Tray 1 left tray lock solenoid [1] is located at the back of the PSU3.

1066
 Paper Feed

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Center stay [A] ( x3)

• When re-attaching the center stay, make sure to tighten screws from the bottom screw. When
tightening screws from the top screw, the screw holes will not match.
3. Remove PSU 3[A] with the bracket ( x4, x all, x all).

4. Disconnect the connector [1] ( x1).

Disconnect the tray 1 left tray lock solenoid [2] with the bracket ( x1).

1067
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

1068
 Vertical Transport Unit

Vertical Transport Unit

Vertical Transport Unit (VTU)

1. The vertical transport unit is located at the lower right corner of the main machine.

2. Open the right front door.

3. If the LCIT or Vacuum Feed LCIT is connected, disconnect it and pull it away from the machine.
4. Remove the right cover of the main machine (page 689 "Right Cover").
5. Open Tray 1 and remove the right tandem tray (page 1035 "Tray 1").
6. Lower the handle and then pull the right drawer out until it stops.

7. Remove the knob [1] and lever [2] ( x1 each).

1069
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

8. Disconnect the cover [1] ( x4).

9. Remove the knobs [1] and [2] ( x1 each).

1070
 Vertical Transport Unit

10. Remove the cover [1] ( x2).

11. Drive gear bracket [A] ( x2)

12. Funnel holder [1] ( x1).

1071
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

13. Remove the cover [1].

14. On the right side of the machine, remove the lower cover [1] ( x7, [2] x1).

1072
 Vertical Transport Unit

15. Pull the lower cover to the side. You do not need to disconnect the harness.

16. Disconnect the top bracket [1] of the vertical transport unit. ( x3)

17. Disconnect the front bracket [1] ( x2)

1073
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

18. Remove the rear bracket top screw [1] and bottom screw [2] ( x2).
These screws are difficult to see but they are at the same height as the front bracket screws.

19. Disconnect the connectors [1] ( x2).

1074
 Vertical Transport Unit

20. Slide the vertical transport unit [1] slightly to the right and remove it.

Re-installation

1. Make sure that the right drawer is open.

2. Hang the top bracket of the vertical transport unit [1] on the machine frame.

1075
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Hold the unit level and insert the front guide pin [1] into the hole in the main frame [2].
• There are two of these pins, one at the front (shown below) and one at the rear.
• Check the top bracket and make sure that the front and rear ends of the bracket are flat
against the frame.
• If the rear end of the bracket is not flat, the rear pin is not inserted correctly.
• Repeat the procedure and hold the unit as level as possible when you insert the front pin.

Bank Exit Motor

• The bank exit motor is located at the following position on the vertical transport unit.

1076
 Vertical Transport Unit

1. Vertical transport unit (page 1069 "Vertical Transport Unit (VTU)")

2. Disconnect and remove the motor bracket ( x1, x1, x3, x1).

3. Separate the bank exit motor from the bracket ( x2).

1077
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Vertical Transport Motor

• The vertical transport motor is located at the following position on the vertical transport unit.

1. Vertical transport unit (page 1069 "Vertical Transport Unit (VTU)")

2. Disconnect and remove the motor bracket ( x1, x1, x3, x1).

3. Separate the vertical transport motor from the bracket ( x2).

1078
 Vertical Transport Unit

Main Relay Sensor 1

• The main relay sensor 1 is located at the following position on the vertical transport unit.

1. Vertical transport unit (page 1069 "Vertical Transport Unit (VTU)")

2. Disconnect the long bracket ( x2).

1079
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Disconnect and remove the main relay sensor 1 ( x1, x1, x1, x4).

Bank Exit Sensor

• The bank exit sensor is located at the following position on the vertical transport unit.

1. Vertical transport unit (page 1069 "Vertical Transport Unit (VTU)")

2. Disconnect and remove the bank exit sensor ( x1, x1, x1, x4).

1080
 Vertical Transport Unit

1st Transport Sensor

• The 1st transport sensor is located at the following position on the vertical transport unit.

1. Vertical transport unit (page 1069 "Vertical Transport Unit (VTU)")

2. Wide bracket ( x4)

3. Disconnect and remove the 1st transport sensor ( x1, x1, x1, x4).

1081
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Vertical Transport Sensor

• The vertical transport sensor is located at the following position on the vertical transport unit.

1. Vertical transport unit (page 1069 "Vertical Transport Unit (VTU)")

2. Disconnect and remove the vertical transport sensor ( x1, x1, x1, x4).

1082
 Vertical Transport Unit

2nd Transport Sensor

• The 2nd transport sensor is located at the following position on the vertical transport unit.

1. Vertical transport unit (page 1069 "Vertical Transport Unit (VTU)")

2. Disconnect and remove the 2nd transport sensor ( x1, x1, x1, x4).

1083
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Right Drawer
Right Drawer

• Removal of the right drawer unit requires two people.

• One person cannot lift and move the right drawer unit.

1. Open the right front door.

2. Lower the handle.
3. Pull the right drawer out until it stops.

4. Handle B5 [A] ( x1)

5. Four knobs [B] ( x1 each)

6. Disconnect the faceplate [A] ( x5).

7. Lower the plate [B] so that it floats free.
8. Faceplate [A]
You may need to move the plate [B] to free the faceplate.

1084
 Right Drawer

9. Remove:
Screw [A] on the left rail ( x1)
Screw [B] on the right rail ( x1)

10. Depress the rail release levers on both sides of the unit and pull the rail out.
RTB 140
This step has Left side
been modified.

1085
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Right side

11. With one person on each side of the unit, lift it off the rails as shown below.

• The unit is extremely heavy. Two persons are required to lift the unit off the rails (and to re-
install it).

Shift Unit

1. Right drawer (page 1084 "Right Drawer")

2. Remove:
[1] Cover ( x3)
[2] Dust tray ( x2)

1086
 Right Drawer

3. Disconnect the connector of the CRB [A] ( x1).

4. Disconnect and remove the shift timing motor.

[1] Side ( x2, x1, x1)
[2] Bottom ( x1, x2)

5. CIS [A] ( x2, x1)

1087
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

6. Remove the plate ( x1).

7. Remove e-ring [1] and then slide the shift unit [2] to the front ( x1).
8. Spring [3] ( x1).

9. Shift unit

1088
 Right Drawer

Registration Entrance Motor

The registration entrance motor is located at the following position on the right drawer.

1. Right drawer (page 1084 "Right Drawer")

2. Press the tab releases on the bottom [1] and top [2] and remove the motor cover.

1089
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Release the clamps ( x4).

4. Disconnect the motor assembly ( x2, x2).

1090
 Right Drawer

5. Motor assembly ( x2, x1).

6. Separate the motor and the bracket ( x2).

1091
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Registration Timing Motor

The registration timing motor is located at the following position on the right drawer.

1. Right drawer (page 1084 "Right Drawer")

2. Press the tab releases and remove the motor cover.

3. Disconnect the motor assembly:

[1] Top ( x1, x1, x1)
[2] Bottom ( x2)

1092
 Right Drawer

4. Disconnect the timing belt [1] ( x1).

5. Separate the motor [2] and the bracket ( x2).

Registration Gate Motor

The registration gate motor is located at the following position on the right drawer.

1093
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

1. Right drawer (page 1084 "Right Drawer")

2. Press the tab releases [1] and remove the motor cover [2].

3. Motor assembly:
[1] Top ( x1)
[2] Bottom ( x1, x1, x2)

1094
 Right Drawer

4. Separate the motor and the bracket ( x2).

Shift Roller Motor

The shift roller motor is located at the following position on the right drawer.

1. Right drawer (page 1084 "Right Drawer")

2. Press the tab releases and remove the motor cover.

1095
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Motor assembly:
[1] Bottom ( x2)
[2] Top ( x1, x2, x1)

4. Separate the motor and the bracket ( x2).

1096
 Right Drawer

Duplex Transport Motor 2

The duplex transport motor 2 is located at the following position on the right drawer.

1. Right drawer (page 1084 "Right Drawer")

2. Press the tab releases and remove the motor cover.

1097
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Motor assembly ( x2, x1, x3)

4. Separate the motor and the bracket ( x2).

1098
 Right Drawer

Shift Unit Motor

1. Right drawer (page 1084 "Right Drawer")

2. Shift unit (page 1086 "Shift Unit ")
3. Press the tab releases and remove the shift roller motor cover from the rear of the right drawer.

4. Shift roller motor assembly:

[1] Bottom ( x2)
[2] Top ( x1, x2, x1)

5. Remove the shaft mounting screw ( x1).

1099
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

6. Remove the adjustor [A] from the front of the right drawer ( x1, x1).

7. Remove the registration gate [A] and its shaft( x1).

1100
 Right Drawer

• Be careful not to drop the spring.

8. Disconnect the motor mount ( x4, x4)

9. Separate the motor and the mount ( x2, x2, x3).

Shift Timing Motor

1. Right drawer (page 1084 "Right Drawer")

2. Disconnect the motor bracket ( x3, x1).

1101
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Separate the motor and the bracket ( x2).

CIS Fan

1. Right drawer (page 1084 "Right Drawer")

2. Shift unit (page 1086 "Shift Unit ")
3. Remove the fan cover ( x1).

1102
 Right Drawer

4. Remove the fan ( x2, x1).

Main Relay Sensor 2

The main relay sensor 2 is located at the following position on the right drawer.

1103
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

1. Open the front doors and pull out the right drawer until it stops (page 1084 "Right Drawer").
2. Disconnect the sensor bracket and remove the sensor ( x1, x1, x1, x3).

Main Relay Sensor 3

The main relay sensor 3 is located at the following position on the right drawer.

1. Open the front doors and pull out the right drawer until it stops (page 1084 "Right Drawer").
2. Disconnect the sensor bracket and remove the sensor ( x2, x1, x1, x3).

1104
 Right Drawer

LCIT Relay Sensor 1

1. Open the front doors and pull out the right drawer until it stops (page 1084 "Right Drawer").
2. Disconnect the sensor bracket [1] ( x1).
3. Disconnect the sensor [2] ( x1, x1, x3).

LCIT Relay Sensor 2

1. Open the front doors and pull out the right drawer until it stops (page 1084 "Right Drawer").
2. Disconnect the sensor bracket [1] ( x2).
3. Disconnect the sensor [2] ( x1, x1, x3).

1105
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Double-Feed Sensor 1 (LED)

1. Open the front doors.

2. Pull out the right drawer until it stops, then remove the faceplate (page 1084 "Right Drawer").
3. Remove bracket [1] ( x1).
4. Remove screw [2] ( x1).

5. Disconnect the sensor ( x1).

1106
 Right Drawer

6. Pull out the sensor bracket and disconnect the sensor ( x1, x1).

Double-Feed Sensor 2 (Receptor)

The double-feed sensor 2 (receptor) is located at the following position on the right drawer.

1. Open the front doors and pull out the right drawer until it stops (page 1084 "Right Drawer").
2. Disconnect the sensor bracket and remove the sensor ( x1, x1, x1).

1107
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Shift Unit Sensor

1. Shift motor mount (page 1099 "Shift Unit Motor ")

2. Remove the sensor bracket and remove the sensor ( x3, x3).

Registration Gate Sensor

1. Remove:
• Right drawer (page 1084 "Right Drawer")
• Shift unit (page 1086 "Shift Unit ")
• Registration gate (page 1099 "Shift Unit Motor ")
2. Remove the sensor ( x1, x1, x3).

1108
 Right Drawer

CIS, CRB

1. Open the front doors and pull out the right drawer until it stops (page 1084 "Right Drawer").
2. Remove the cover ( x3).

3. Board cover [A]

1109
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. CIS assembly [A] ( x2, x1).

5. Cover [A] ( x2)

6. Slide the CIS [A] to the arrow direction and then disconnect it from the bracket [B].

1110
 Right Drawer

7. CIS [A] ( x1)

8. CRB [B] ( x1)

Adjusting the CIS LED

1. Insert one sheet of plain white paper in the paper path.

Use either of the following paper:
* Hammermill Fore MP White (20lb) LT
* Data Copy Everyday Printing (80g/m2) A4

• Make sure that the paper covers the entire area below the CIS [A].

2. Install the new CIS unit.

1111
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Attach the cover, and push the right drawer back into the machine.
4. Turn on the main power switch.

• Disregard the Jam 001 that will be initiated when the main power switch is turned on in this
state.
5. Enter the SP mode and execute SP1-912-001 (CIS LED Power Adjustment).
6. Exit the SP mode and remove the paper to complete the procedure.

• If Jam 98 occurs after completing the CIS LED adjustment, follow the troubleshooting instructions for
Jam098.

Transfer Timing Sensor

1. Open the front doors and pull out the right drawer until it stops (page 1084 "Right Drawer").
2. Remove the cover ( x3).

3. Remove the sensor bracket and disconnect the sensor ( x1, x1, x1).

1112
 Right Drawer

Duplex Transport Sensor 4

The duplex transport sensor 4 is on the left bottom edge of the right drawer.

1. Open the front doors.

2. Pull out the right drawer until it stops, then remove the faceplate (page 1084 "Right Drawer").
3. Disconnect the sensor bracket ( x1, x1).

1113
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Pull out the sensor bracket and disconnect the sensor ( x1, x1, x3).

Duplex Transport Sensor 5

The duplex Transport Sensor 5 is located at the bottom front edge of the right drawer.

1. Open the front doors.

1114
 Right Drawer

2. Pull out the right drawer until it stops, then remove the faceplate (page 1084 "Right Drawer").
3. Disconnect the sensor bracket and pull it out ( x1, x1).

4. Disconnect the sensor ( x1, x1, x3).

DRB

1. Right drawer (page 1084 "Right Drawer")

2. Disconnect the front [1] of the DRB ( x1, x3).

1115
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. At the rear, press the tab releases and remove the cover of the registration entrance motor [1].
4. Disconnect the harness [2] ( x4).

5. Disconnect the motor ( x2, x1).

6. Disconnect the harnesses at [1] ( x2, x1).

1116
 Right Drawer

7. Disconnect the bracket [2] ( x3).

8. Pull the assembly out of the drawer unit.

9. Disconnect the bracket ( x4).

10. DRB ( x6, x All)

Separation Power Pack

1. Remove:
• Right drawer (page 1084 "Right Drawer")
• PTR unit (page 1123 "PTR Unit")
• Shift Unit (page 1086 "Shift Unit ")

1117
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• Transfer Timing Sensor (page 1112 "Transfer Timing Sensor")

2. Remove the bracket ( x1, x1).

3. Set the handle B5 at the front.

4. Push in on the brackets at rear.

5. While pressing both ends, raise the handle B5 to the upright position.

1118
 Right Drawer

6. Disconnect the end of the transport roller ( x1).

7. Disconnect the transfer timing roller encoder boards [1] ( x2, plastic rivet x4, x2).
8. Encoder cover [2] ( x1)

• Do not remove the encoder cover without removing the plastic rivets because the encoder will
be damaged. Be sure to follow the procedure carefully.

9. Remove the encoder stopper and encoder ( x1).

• Notes when re-installing the encoder stopper.

• When you re-install the stopper on the shaft, be sure to align the groove of the shaft with the
tab of the stopper.
• The small triangle on the stopper indicates the location of the tab.

1119
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

10. Remove the bracket ( x1, x1).

11. Remove:
[1] Gear ( x1)
[2] Belt ( x1)

12. Disconnect both ends of the shift drive roller:

1120
 Right Drawer

[1] Front ( x1, x1, x1)

[2] Rear ( x1, x1, x1)

13. Remove the shift drive roller.

14. Disconnect the springs on both sides of the tension arm ( x2).

15. Disconnect the tension arm ( x2, x1).

1121
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

16. Remove the tension arm [1].

17. Depress the tab releases and remove the power pack cover [2] ( x2).

18. Remove the separation power pack ( x2, x6).

1122
 Paper Transfer Roller (PTR) Unit

Paper Transfer Roller (PTR) Unit

PM Parts List: Replacement

PM Part Name Interval

CL Blade 600K

Lubricant 600K

Discharger 600K

Paper Transfer Roller 400K

PTR Unit

1. Make sure that the system is off and confirm that the machine power cord is disconnected from the
power source.
2. Spread a drop cloth or some paper in front of the machine.
3. Open both front doors.
The PTR unit is located in the right drawer unit.

4. Lower lever [A] and pull out the right drawer [B] completely until it stops.

1123
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

5. Two screws [A] ( x2)

6. Push both arm supports [B] in toward the center until they stop.
7. Grip both ends of the unit by the metal handles [C].

8. Rotate the unit toward you to disconnect it from the shaft below and remove it.

After Replacing the PTR Unit

1. Open the front doors.

2. Turn the AC power switch and main power switch ON with front doors open.
3. Execute SP-7-622-099 to clear the counter.
4. Exit the SP mode and then close the front doors.
This action starts the initialization of process control.

Discharger

1. PTR unit (page 1123 "PTR Unit")

2. Disconnect the discharger at the rear [A] and front [B] ( x2).

1124
 Paper Transfer Roller (PTR) Unit

3. Discharger [A]

After Replacing the Discharger

1. Open the front doors.

2. Turn the AC power switch and main power switch ON with front doors open.
3. Execute SP-7-622-100 to clear the counter.
4. Exit the SP mode and then close the front doors.
This action starts the initialization of process control.

Lubricant

1. PTR unit (page 1123 "PTR Unit")

2. Entrance guide plate [A] ( x2).

1125
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Lubricant casing [A] ( x2)

4. Release the lubricant on either end [A] and remove it [B] ( x2).

• Do not remove the springs [C]. The springs must be positioned as shown below for re-
installation. Do not lose them (they can easily fall out of the casing if it is handled carelessly).

1126
 Paper Transfer Roller (PTR) Unit

Re-installation

1. Attach the pawl [A] to the top of the metal bar base.
2. Push the top of the lubricant [B] lightly. The spring should bounce up and down.
If the lubricant does not bounce, make sure the springs under the lubricant are set correctly.

After Replacing the Lubricant

1. Open the front doors.

2. Turn the AC power switch and main power switch ON with front doors open.
3. Execute SP-7-622-103 to clear the counter.
4. Exit the SP mode and then close the front doors.
This action starts the initialization of process control.

1127
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Cleaning Blade (CL Blade)

• When removing and re-installing blades, work carefully to avoid damaging the sponge seals [A]
and [B] at the ends of the blade. These sponge seals are fragile and cannot be replaced in the
field.

1. PTR unit (page 1123 "PTR Unit")

2. Lubricant (page 1125 "Lubricant")
3. Cleaning blade [A] ( x3)

1128
 Paper Transfer Roller (PTR) Unit

After Replacing the Cleaning Blade

1. Open the front doors.

2. Turn the AC power switch and main power switch ON with front doors open.
3. Execute SP-7-622-102 to clear the counter.
4. Exit the SP mode and then close the front doors.
This action starts the initialization of process control.

Lubrication Roller

1. PTR unit (page 1123 "PTR Unit")

2. Lubricant (page 1125 "Lubricant")
3. Cleaning blade (page 1128 "Cleaning Blade (CL Blade)")
4. At the front [A], remove the gear ( x1).

5. At the front [A], disconnect and remove the lock plate [B]( x1).

6. Pull out the rear end of the shaft [A] and remove the roller [B].

1129
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

PTR (Paper Transfer Roller)

1. PTR unit (page 1123 "PTR Unit")

2. Remove:
• Lubricant (page 1125 "Lubricant")
• Cleaning blade (page 1128 "Cleaning Blade (CL Blade)")
• Lubrication roller (page 1129 "Lubrication Roller")
3. Disconnect the front end of the roller [A] ( x1).
4. Ring bearing [B]

5. At the rear, remove the gear [A] ( x1).

1130
 Paper Transfer Roller (PTR) Unit

6. Remove the other gear [A] ( x1).

7. Remove the ring bearing and bearing race from the shaft.

8. PTR [A]

1131
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

After Replacing the PTR

1. Open the front doors.

2. Turn the AC power switch and main power switch ON with front doors open.
3. Execute SP-7-622-101 to clear the counter.
4. Exit the SP mode and then close the front doors.
This action starts the initialization of process control.

Cleaning Roller

1. PTR unit (page 1123 "PTR Unit")

2. Remove:
• Lubricant (page 1125 "Lubricant")
• Cleaning blade (page 1128 "Cleaning Blade (CL Blade)")
• Lubrication roller (page 1129 "Lubrication Roller")
• PTR (See the previous section.)
3. At the front, remove the gear [A] ( x1).

1132
 Paper Transfer Roller (PTR) Unit

4. Gear [A]
5. Remove the washer and bushing [B].

6. At the front, pull out the shaft [A] and remove the cleaning roller [B].

1133
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

PTR/ITB Cleaning Unit Motor

This motor has two functions. It drives the PTR and all the moving parts of the ITB cleaning unit.

• The PTR/ITB cleaning unit motor is located at [A].

• [B]: IOB
• [C]: TDCU

1. Open the rear boxes. (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes")
2. Center stay [A] ( x3)

1134
 Paper Transfer Roller (PTR) Unit

• When re-attaching the center stay, make sure to tighten screws from the bottom screw. When
tightening screws from the top screw, the screw holes will not match.
3. Disconnect the connectors of the IOB and free the harnesses ( x8, x all).

4. Lower the IOB bracket [A] to the horizontal position ( x4).

5. Open the clamp [A] and disconnect the connectors on the upper, left, right side of the TDCU [B]
and then free the harnesses ( x1, xall).

1135
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

6. Disconnect the TDCU [A] and then lower it toward you ( x4).

7. After the boards are lowered, you can see the PTR/ITB cleaning unit motor.

8. PTR/ITB cleaning unit motor ( x2, x1, x4)

1136
 Paper Transfer Roller (PTR) Unit

Separation Power Pack

The paper separation power pack is located near the center of the right drawer (page 1084 "Right
Drawer").

1137
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Paper Transport Belt (PTB) Unit

PTB Unit

1. Open the front doors.

2. Pull out the left drawer until it stops (page 1227 "Pulling Out and Closing the Left Drawer").
3. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")
4. D1 knob [A] ( x1)
5. C1 lever [B] ( x1)
6. Left drawer cover [C] ( x4)

7. Raise the PTB unit ( x2).

1138
 Paper Transport Belt (PTB) Unit

8. Disconnect the PTB unit ( x1, x1).

9. Bushing ( x1)

10. Remove the PTB drive belt and gear.

1139
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

11. PTB unit.

Paper Transport Belts

1. PTB Unit (page 1138 "PTB Unit")

2. Pull the roller in the direction of the arrow to disconnect the belt from the roller.
3. Repeat this procedure for each belt.

PTB Sensor 1, 2

1. PTB Unit (page 1138 "PTB Unit")

2. Paper transport belts (page 1140 "Paper Transport Belts")
3. Disconnect the PTB sensor bracket 1 [A] and 2 [B], and then remove the PTB sensor 1 and 2 ( x1
each, x1 each, x4 each).

1140
 Paper Transport Belt (PTB) Unit

PTB Fans

1. PTB unit (page 1138 "PTB Unit")

2. Paper transport belts (page 1140 "Paper Transport Belts")
3. PTB fan [A] ( x1, x1, x2)
The procedure is the same for each fan.

1141
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• When re-attaching the PTB fans, attach them with the label facing up.

Pressure Roller Fan

1. Left drawer cover (page 1138 "PTB Unit")

• Only cover removal is necessary.

2. Disconnect the right side of the duct ( x2).

3. Disconnect the fan and remove it:

[1] Front ( x2)
[2] Bottom ( x2, x1)

1142
 Paper Transport Belt (PTB) Unit

ITB Cooling Fan

1. Left drawer cover (page 1138 "PTB Unit")

• Only cover removal is necessary.

2. Fan bracket ( x2, x1, x1)

3. Separate the duct, bracket, and fan ( x2).

• When re-attaching the ITB cooling fan, attach it with the label facing inside.

1143
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Fuser Unit
Before You Begin...

• The fuser unit can become very hot during normal operation.
• Before removing the fuser unit, switch the machine off and wait at least 10 min.

No. Parts name

Pressure Roller

Fusing Roller

Heating Roller

1144
 Fuser Unit

Fuser Unit

• Make sure that the system is off and confirm that the machine power cord is disconnected from the
power source.
• Spread a drop cloth or some paper in front of the machine.
• Prepare a flat clean surface where you can place the fuser unit after it has been removed.

1. Open both front doors.

The fuser unit is in the left drawer.

2. Lower the lock lever [A].

3. Pull the left drawer [B] out completely until it stops.

4. Screw [A].
5. Push lock lever [B] to the right.

1145
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

6. Raise the fusing exit idle roller cover [A].

7. Raise the wire handle [B] and grip the front of the fuser unit [C].

• The fuser unit weighs about 20 kg (44.1 lb.).

8. Lift the fuser unit out of the left drawer and set it on a flat clean surface.

• After replacing the fuser unit, Be sure to execute SP1-133-110 (Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller
Manual Smoothing: Execution).

Separation Unit Cover, Top Cover

1. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")

1146
 Fuser Unit

2. Separation unit cover [A] ( x1, x1)

3. Top cover [B] ( x2, x1)

Front Cover, Front Frame

Front Cover

1. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")

2. Remove the separation unit cover and top cover (page 1146 "Separation Unit Cover, Top Cover").
3. Front cover [A] ( x3, x2)

1147
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Front Frame

1. Front cover (See the previous section)

2. At the front, remove the spring [A].
3. Lever [B]

4. Front frame [A] ( x6 M3x6).

1148
 Fuser Unit

Rear Cover, Rear Frame

Rear Cover

1. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")

2. Rear cover [A] ( x3)

Rear Frame

1. Rear cover (See the previous section)

2. At the rear, remove the lock plate [A] ( x1 M3x6).

1149
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Exit guide [A]

4. Press in on the side of the connector [A] to release it.

5. Pull the connector up to disconnect it ( x1).

6. Pull the drawer connectors [A] [B] to the left ( x4 M3x6, x1).

1150
 Fuser Unit

7. Raise the separation unit [A].

8. Coupling [A] ( x1)

9. Release the Harness [B] ( x1, x3).
10. Rear frame [C] ( x5 M3x6)

1151
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Rear Harness Cover

1. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")

2. Rear harness cover [A] ( x1)

• The bottom of the rear harness cover is held in place by a tab and a post.
• The tab [A] is fragile and can break easily.
• The tab must be positioned behind the post [B] when the cover is re-installed. This
positions the cover correctly so that the cover screw can be re-attached.

1152
 Fuser Unit

Periodic Cleaning

The following parts can be cleaned without disassembling the fuser unit.

Part Name Interval Cleaning By

Fusing roller separation plate 400K Service Technician

Pressure roller separation plate 400K Service Technician

Upper entrance guide plate 400K Service Technician

Fusing Roller Separation Plate

1. Raise the separation unit [A].

2. Use a dry cloth to clean the fusing roller separation plate.

1153
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Pressure Roller Separation Plate

1. Raise the separation unit [A].

2. Use a dry cloth to clean the pressure roller separation plate.

1154
 Fuser Unit

Upper Entrance Guide Plate

Use a dry cloth to clean the upper entrance guide plate.

Periodic Lubrication

Part Name Interval Cleaning By

Main drive gears 600K Service Technician

Main Drive Gears

1. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")

2. Rear cover [A] ( x3)

3. Raise the separation unit [A].

1155
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Apply FLUOTRIBO MG Grease to the two rollers marked by red arrows. Apply about 2 g at both
points

Heating Roller Fusing Lamp

1. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")

2. Fuser cleaning unit (page 1211 "Fuser Cleaning Unit")
3. Remove the separation unit cover and top cover (page 1146 "Separation Unit Cover, Top Cover").
4. Front cover (page 1147 "Front Cover")
5. Remove the rear cover and rear frame (page 1149 "Rear Cover, Rear Frame").
6. Rear harness cover (page 1152 "Rear Harness Cover")
7. At the front, disconnect the ground connectors [A] ( x3, x1) and then pull the harnesses away
from the unit.

• These are ground connectors so they do not need to be re-connected in any particular order.

1156
 Fuser Unit

8. Fusing lamp holder [A] ( x2 M3x6).

9. At the rear harness, disconnect the bayonet connectors [A] ( x2).

10. Disconnect the connector [B] ( x1, x1).

11. At the rear, disconnect the bayonet connectors at [A] ( x3, x2).

1157
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• Mark these connectors 1 to 3 before you remove them. (The colors may be different than
those in the photo.)
• These connectors must be re-connected in the same order.

12. Rear fusing lamp holder [A] ( x2 M3x6).

• When re-installing the heating roller fusing lamp, make sure that the sleeve of the lamp is
inserted correctly as shown below.

1158
 Fuser Unit

13. Pull the heating roller fusing lamps [A] slowly out of the heating roller.

Heating Roller

1. Heating roller fusing lamp (page 1156 "Heating Roller Fusing Lamp")
2. Front frame (page 1148 "Front Frame")
3. Upper entrance guide plate [A] ( x2).

1159
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. At the rear, remove the spring [A].

5. Use a pair of spreaders to remove the C-ring [A].

6. Bearing race [A].

1160
 Fuser Unit

7. Screw [A]
8. Remove the belt flange [B] as shown below..

9. At the front, remove the spring [A].

10. Use a pair of spreaders to remove the C-ring [A].

1161
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

11. Bearing race [A].

12. 1st plate [A] ( x1)

13. 2nd plate [A] ( x2)

1162
 Fuser Unit

14. Belt flange [A]

15. Pull out the heating roller [A].

1163
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Re-installation

Always inspect and clean a heating roller for contamination by grease before re-installing it. Grease
contamination can cause uneven heating on the surface of the roller and cause problems during fusing.
1. Clean the entire surface of the heating roller with a dry cloth [A].
2. Next, clean the entire surface with a cloth dampened with water (not alcohol) [B].

3. Finally, clean the entire surface once more with a dry cloth.

Fusing Roller, Fuser Belt

No. PM Part Name Service Life

[1] Fusing Roller 900K

[2] Fuser Belt 900K

1. Heating roller fusing lamps (page 1156 "Heating Roller Fusing Lamp")

1164
 Fuser Unit

2. Heating roller (page 1159 "Heating Roller")

3. At the rear, disconnect the connector [A] ( x1).

4. Screw [A] ( x1).

5. Rear lift plate [B] ( x2)

6. At the front, remove the screw [A] ( x1).

7. Front lift plate [B] ( x2)

1165
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

8. Raise the upper unit [A] up to the vertical position and then remove it.

9. Turn the upper unit [A] over.

10. At the rear, remove the main fusing drive gear [A] ( x1).

1166
 Fuser Unit

11. Rear arch plate [A] ( x2 M3x6).

12. Use a pair of spreaders to remove the C-ring [A].

13. Bearing race [B].

14. At the front, remove the front arch plate [A] ( x2 M3x6).

1167
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

15. Use a pair of spreaders to remove the C-ring [A].

16. Bearing race [B].

17. Remove the fusing roller [A] and fuser belt [B] together.

18. Pull the fusing roller [A] out of the fuser belt [B].

1168
 Fuser Unit

• After replacing the fuser belt, Be sure to execute SP1-133-110 (Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller
Manual Smoothing: Execution).

• After replacing the fuser belt, fusing roller and bearing races, reset the PM counter to zero.

Before Fusing Roller Re-installation

Always inspect and clean a fusing roller for contamination by grease before re-installing it. This is
especially important for a removed roller that is to be re-installed.
• Grease on the surface of the fusing roller can cause the surface of the roller to peel.
• If peeled particles reach the surface of the fusing roller, this can cause glossy patches or streaks to
appear on prints.

To Clean the Surface of a Fusing Roller

1. Clean the entire surface of the fusing roller with a dry cloth [A].
2. Next, clean the entire surface with a cloth dampened with water (not alcohol) [B].

1169
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Finally, clean the entire surface once more with a dry cloth.

After New Fusing Roller Installation

A newly installed fusing roller can catch and cause noise. Do the following procedure to avoid this
problem.

1. Remove the separation unit cover and top cover (page 1146 "Separation Unit Cover, Top Cover").
2. Raise the separation unit [A].

3. Open the upper exit guide plate [A].

4. Remove the accordion jam sensor [B] with the harness from the separation unit ( x4, x1).

1170
 Fuser Unit

5. Loosen screw [A] ( x1 M3x6).

6. Slide the front plate [B] to the rear (the shaft must leave the hole in the bracket).
7. Slide the rear plate to the front by the same procedure as in steps 5 and 6.
8. Separation unit [C]

9. Lower the spring arm from position [A] to [B] as shown below.

1171
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

10. Re-attach the separation unit cover and top cover, but do not reattach the separation unit.
11. Attach the fuser unit to the main machine.
12. Turn the machine ON.
13. Wait a few moments for the pressure roller to move to the start position.
14. Enter the SP mode.
• Switch ON SP5805-102 (Output Check - Press Roller Lift Motor (Up)).
• If you hear no belt noise, or if the belt makes noise and then stops, switch ON SP5805-101
(Output Check - Press Roller Lift Motor (HP))
• If the roller noise does not stop, switch ON SP5804-114 (Output Check - Fusing Motor: High
Speed) and with SP5804-114 ON do SP5805-102 and then wait for the noise to stop.
• After the noise stops, switch SP5805-101 ON, switch SP5804-114 OFF, and then exit the SP
mode.
15. After doing these SP codes, turn the machine OFF.
16. Remove the fuser unit and re-attach the separation unit (and accordion jam sensor).

Cleaning, Lubrication

Do the following procedures before reassembling the fuser unit.

Part Name Interval Action

Heating Roller Thermistor 900K Clean

1. Use a dry cloth to remove toner and paper dust from the surface of the thermistor [A].

1172
 Fuser Unit

2. Rotate the races to make sure the contact surfaces of the bearings and race turn freely. If the races
do not rotate freely, they must be replaced.

3. Insert the heating roller

1173
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. The flanges must be set so that both edges of the fuser belt rim overlap the collar of the flanges.

5. Re-attach the bearing races at the front [A] and rear [B].

6. Re-attach the C-rings at the front and rear.

1174
 Fuser Unit

Pressure Roller Fusing Lamp

1. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")

2. Fuser cleaning unit (page 1211 "Fuser Cleaning Unit")
3. Remove the separation unit cover and top cover (page 1146 "Separation Unit Cover, Top Cover").
4. Remove the front cover and front frame (page 1147 "Front Cover, Front Frame").
5. Rear cover (page 1149 "Rear Cover")
6. Rear harness cover (page 1152 "Rear Harness Cover")
7. At the rear harness, disconnect the bayonet connectors [A] ( x2).
8. Disconnect the connector [B] ( x1, x1).

9. At the rear, remove the lock plate [A] ( x1 M3x6).

1175
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

10. Exit guide [A]

11. Press in on the side of the connector [A] to release it.

12. Pull the connector up to disconnect it ( x1).

13. Pull the drawer connectors [A] [B] to the left ( x4 M3x6, x1).

1176
 Fuser Unit

14. Fusing lamp holder [A] ( x1).

15. Raise the paper separation unit [A].

16. Lower exit guide plate [A] ( x2 M3x6).

1177
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

17. At the front, locate the coiled harness [A] and pull it out.
18. Remove the bracket [B] with the harness still attached ( x1).

19. Disconnect the lamp connector [A] ( x1).

20. Fusing lamp holder [A] ( x1).

1178
 Fuser Unit

21. Pull the lamp connector [A] out of the unit.

22. Pull the pressure roller fusing lamp [A] out of the pressure roller.

1179
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Pressure Roller

No. PM Part Name Interval Action

[1] Pressure roller 1200K Replace

[2] Pressure roller bearings 1200K Replace

1. Pressure roller fusing lamps (page 1175 "Pressure Roller Fusing Lamp")
2. Rear frame (page 1149 "Rear Frame")
3. At the rear, disconnect the connector [A] ( x1).

4. Screw [A] ( x1).

5. Rear lift plate [B] ( x2)

1180
 Fuser Unit

6. At the front, remove the screw [A] ( x1).

7. Front lift plate [B] ( x2)

8. Raise the upper unit [A] up to the vertical position and then remove it.

9. Disconnect the sensor bracket [A] ( x1 Left, x1 Right).

• These screws are different. Be sure to re-attach them at the correct location.

1181
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• A horizontal hook at [B] also holds the sensor bracket.

10. Slide the sensor bracket [A] to the left to unfasten the hook.
11. Pull the bracket [B] away from the frame. It is not necessary to disconnect the harnesses

12. Remove the peg lock plates:

[A] Rear ( x1)
[B] Front ( x1)

1182
 Fuser Unit

13. Pressure roller separation plate [A]

14. Lower entrance guide plate [A] ( x2 M3x6)

1183
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

15. At the front, remove screw [A] ( x1 M3x6).

16. Separate the sensor bracket [B] slightly at the front only. (Do not remove the bracket.)

17. Front positioning plate [A] ( x2 M3x6).

18. Rear positioning plate ( x2 M3x6).

19. At the rear, use a pair of spreaders to remove the C-ring [A] and then remove the pressure roller
gear [B].

1184
 Fuser Unit

20. Disconnect:
[A] Rear ring handle ( x2 M3x6).
[B] Front ring handle ( x2 M3x6).

21. Lift and remove the pressure roller, and then place it on a flat clean surface.

• After replacing the pressure roller and bearings, reset the PM counter to zero.

1185
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Cleaning and Lubrication

Do these procedures before re-assembling the fuser unit.

Part Name Interval Action

Pressure roller thermistor 900K Clean

1. Use a dry cloth to remove toner and paper dust from the sensitive surface of the thermistor.

Part Name Interval Action

Pressure Roller Bearing Races (x2) 1200K Lubricate

2. Use a small brush to apply FLUROTRIBO MG Grease to the pressure roller bearing races.

• Make sure the pressure roller bearing is installed correctly.

• Incorrect installation of the bearing could result in errors such as SC569 (Pressure Roller Lift
Error).

1186
 Fuser Unit

Correct

[A]: Pressure Roller

The flange [B] must be on the outside.

Incorrect

[A]: Pressure Roller

The flange [B] must not be on the inside.

Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller

1. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")

2. Raise the separation unit [A].

1187
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Remove the fuser belt smoothing roller with the bracket [A] ( x2).

4. Slide the cover [A] slightly to the left and remove it ( x1).

5. Gear [A] ( x1)

1188
 Fuser Unit

6. Bushings [A] [B] ( x1 each)

7. Remove the fuser belt smoothing roller [A] from the bracket.

1189
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

8. Reset the PM counter to zero for replaced fuser belt smoothing roller.

Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller Contact Sensor

1. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")

2. Rear cover (page 1149 "Rear Cover")
3. Raise the paper separation unit [A].

4. At the rear, remove the fuser belt smoothing roller contact sensor [A] ( x1, x3).

1190
 Fuser Unit

Pressure Roller Paper Sensor, Fuser Unit Exit Sensor

1. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")

2. Fuser cleaning unit (page 1211 "Fuser Cleaning Unit")
3. Remove the separation unit cover and top cover (page 1146 "Separation Unit Cover, Top Cover").
4. Remove the front cover and front frame (page 1147 "Front Cover, Front Frame").
5. Remove the rear cover and rear frame (page 1149 "Rear Cover, Rear Frame").
6. Rear harness cover (page 1152 "Rear Harness Cover")
7. At the rear harness, disconnect the bayonet connectors [A] ( x2).
8. Disconnect the connector [B] ( x1, x1).

9. Raise the paper separation unit [A].

1191
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

10. Lower exit guide plate [A] ( x2 M3x6).

11. At the rear, disconnect the connector [A] ( x1).

12. Screw [A] ( x1).

13. Rear lift plate [B] ( x2)

1192
 Fuser Unit

14. At the front, remove the screw [A] ( x1).

15. Front lift plate [B] ( x2)

16. Raise the upper unit [A] up to the vertical position and then remove it.

17. Disconnect the sensor bracket [A] ( x1 Left, x1 Right).

• These screws are different. Be sure to re-attach them at the correct location.

1193
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• A horizontal hook at [B] also holds the sensor bracket.

18. Slide the sensor bracket [A] to the left to unfasten the hook.
19. Pull the bracket [B] away from the frame. It is not necessary to disconnect the harnesses

20. Pressure roller paper sensor ( x1, x4)

21. Fuser unit exit sensor ( x1, x4)

1194
 Fuser Unit

Accordion Jam Sensor

1. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")

2. Remove the separation unit cover and top cover (page 1146 "Separation Unit Cover, Top Cover").
3. Raise the separation unit [A].

4. Open the upper exit guide plate [A].

5. Accordion jam sensor [B] ( x1, x4).

1195
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Fusing Roller NC Sensor, Heating Roller NC Sensor, Heating Roller Thermistor

1. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")

2. Remove the separation unit cover and top cover (page 1146 "Separation Unit Cover, Top Cover").
3. Rear cover (page 1149 "Rear Cover")
4. Disconnect the fusing roller NC sensor bracket [A] ( x2), heating roller NC sensor bracket [B]
( x2) and heating roller thermistor bracket [C] ( x1).
These are still connected to the harness.
5. Open the four pairs of metal clamps and two plastic clamps ( x8, x2).

1196
 Fuser Unit

6. Disconnect the upper connector bracket [A] ( x3).

With the harnesses still connected, pull the disconnected connector bracket a short distance away
from the unit.

7. Use the tip of a small screwdriver to release the harness connector [A].
Press the edge of the connector from below to remove it.

1197
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

8. Remove the harnesses with the thermistor and NC sensors attached.

1 Fusing Roller NC Sensor

2 Heating Roller NC Sensor

3 Heating Roller Thermistor

9. Separate the NC sensors from their brackets.

• While pressing gently on the front of the sensor [1], open the pawl at [2] ( x1).
• Only one side has a pawl. Be sure to push open the arm with the pawl.

1198
 Fuser Unit

10. Separate the thermistor and bracket( x1).

Heating Roller Thermostat (Front)

1. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")

2. Remove the separation unit cover and top cover (page 1146 "Separation Unit Cover, Top Cover").
3. Gold strip [A] ( x2)

1199
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Heating roller thermostat (front) [A] ( x1)

Heating Roller Thermostat (Center)

1. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")

2. Remove the separation unit cover and top cover (page 1146 "Separation Unit Cover, Top Cover").
3. Gold strip [A] ( x2)

1200
 Fuser Unit

4. Gold leaf [A] ( x3)

5. Heating roller thermostat (center) [B]

• To prevent a fire, never attempt to reset a blown thermostat by manipulating the exposed
edges of the black cover with a screwdriver, or by hitting it on a table.
• A thermostat that has been reset manually could fail if the unit overheats and cause a fire.
• Always replace a blown thermostat with a new one.

1201
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Pressure Roller Cam Position Sensors

1. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")

2. Rear harness cover (page 1152 "Rear Harness Cover")
3. Turn the fuser unit upside down.

4. At the rear, disconnect the sensor bracket [A] and raise it ( x1).

1202
 Fuser Unit

5. Remove the pressure roller cam position sensor [A] from the bracket ( x1, x3).

6. At the front, disconnect the sensor bracket [A] and raise it ( x1).

7. Remove the pressure roller cam position sensor [A] from the bracket ( x1, x3).

1203
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Heating Roller Thermopile

1. Pull the ITB unit out to the 2nd stop position (page 964 "ITB Unit").
2. Cover plate [A] ( x1)

3. Heating Roller Thermopile [A] ( x1, x2)

1204
 Fuser Unit

Fusing Motor, Pressure Roller Lift Motor, Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller Motor,
Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller Contact Motor

These motors are located at the following position.

In the rear side of the machine

1 Fusing motor

2 Pressure roller lift motor

3 Fuser belt smoothing roller motor

4 Fuser belt smoothing roller contact motor

1205
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Common Procedure

1. Open both rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Center stay [A] ( x3)

• When re-attaching the center stay, make sure to tighten screws from the bottom screw. When
tightening screws from the top screw, the screw holes will not match.
3. Open the clamp [A] and disconnect the connectors on the upper, left, right side of the TDCU [B]
and then free the harnesses ( x1, xall).

4. Disconnect the TDCU [A] and then lower it toward you ( x4).

1206
 Fuser Unit

5. Free the harnesses ( x1, x4).

6. Disconnect the tube bracket [A] ( x2).

Move it so that it will not interfere when removing each motor.

Fusing Motor

1. Do the common procedure (page 1206 "Common Procedure").

2. Fusing motor [A] ( x2, x4)

1207
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Pressure Roller Lift Motor

1. Do the common procedure (page 1206 "Common Procedure").

2. Pressure roller lift motor assembly [A] ( x1, x3)

3. Remove the pressure roller lift motor [A] from the drive bracket ( x2).

1208
 Fuser Unit

Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller Motor

1. Do the common procedure (page 1206 "Common Procedure").

2. Fuser belt smoothing roller motor [A] ( x1, x4)

Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller Contact Motor

1. Do the common procedure (page 1206 "Common Procedure").

2. Fuser belt smoothing roller contact motor [A] ( x1, x1, x2)

1209
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

1210
 Fuser Cleaning Unit

Fuser Cleaning Unit

Fuser Cleaning Unit PM Parts

PM Parts Interval

Web 600K

Roller 830K

Spring Plate 900K

Fuser Cleaning Unit

• Make sure that the system is off and confirm that the machine power cord is disconnected from the
power source.
• Spread a drop cloth or some paper in front of the machine.
• Prepare a flat clean surface where you can place the fuser unit after it has been removed.
1. Open both front doors.
2. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")
3. Position the fuser unit so that the fuser cleaning unit [A] is facing you.
4. Screw [B]

5. Push plastic-capped lever [A] to the left.

The fuser cleaning unit [B] will pop out slightly.

1211
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

6. Push the fuser cleaning unit [A] slightly to the left to disconnect the shafts on the right, and then pull
it out of the fuser unit.

Web

1. Fuser cleaning unit (page 1211 "Fuser Cleaning Unit")

2. Remove:
Screw [A] ( x1)
Screw [B] ( x1 M3x8)
3. Cleaning unit cover [C]

1212
 Fuser Cleaning Unit

4. Stay 1 [A] ( x4)

5. At the rear, remove the 1st bracket [A] ( x2).

6. 2nd bracket [A] ( x2).

1213
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

7. Inner cover [A] ( x4).

8. Remove gears and spacers ( x3, x2).

9. Lay the fuser cleaning unit with the stay 2 [A] facing up.

1214
 Fuser Cleaning Unit

10. Stay 2
• First, disconnect the front hole [A] of the stay2 from the pin [B] ( x2 M3x6, M3x8).

• Next, remove the rear screws ( x2).

• Last, rotate the stay 2 [A] slightly toward you with the pin [B] as a supporting point and
remove it.

1215
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• Be careful not to cut your finger with the braking plate [A] that is attached to the back of the
stay 2.

11. At the front, disconnect the side screws ( x3).

12. Disconnect the top screw ( x1).
13. Front outer bracket [A].

14. Front inner bracket [A] ( x1).

1216
 Fuser Cleaning Unit

15. Disconnect the take-up roller [A] ( x1).

16. At the rear, remove gears and disconnect the take-up roller [A] ( x2, x1).

17. Lift the take-up roller out of the frame.

1217
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

18. Disconnect the supply roller at the front [A] ( x1).

19. Disconnect the supply roller at the rear [B] ( x1).

20. Lift the supply roller out of the frame.

21. Separate the supply roller [A] and take-up roller [B] together from the frame.

1218
 Fuser Cleaning Unit

22. Remove the web end actuator ( x1).

• Note carefully how the web is routed from the supply roller [1] under the actuator [2], and
over the contact roller [3] to the take-up roller [4]. Make sure the unit is re-assembled this
way.

1219
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

23. Reset the PM counter to zero for replaced web.

Roller (Web Contact Roller)

1. Fuser cleaning unit (page 1211 "Fuser Cleaning Unit")

2. Web (See the previous section)
3. Release and remove tension springs [A] and [B] at either end of the roller.

4. Remove the roller.

1220
 Fuser Cleaning Unit

5. Reset the PM counter to zero for replaced roller.

Spring Plate

1. Fuser cleaning unit (page 1211 "Fuser Cleaning Unit")

2. Remove:
Screw [A] ( x1)
Screw [B] ( x1 M3x8)
3. Cleaning unit cover [C]

4. Spring Plate ( x1)

1221
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

5. Reset the PM counter to zero for replaced spring plate.

Fuser Cleaning Unit Set Sensor

• The fuser cleaning unit set sensor is mounted on the main frame at the back of the left drawer.

1. Open both front doors.

2. Pull the left drawer out until it stops.
3. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")
4. Fuser cleaning unit set sensor [A] ( x1, x4)

1222
 Fuser Cleaning Unit

Web End Sensor

• The web end sensor is mounted on the left drawer below the front left corner of the fuser unit.

1. Open both front doors.

2. Pull the left drawer out until it stops.
3. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")
4. Web end sensor cover [A] ( x1)

1223
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

5. Web end sensor [A] ( x1, x1, x3)

Web Motor

• The web motor is mounted on the front of the left drawer.

1224
 Fuser Cleaning Unit

1. Open both front doors.

2. Pull the left drawer out until it stops.
3. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")
4. D1 knob [A] ( x1)
5. C1 lever [B] ( x1)
6. Left drawer cover [C] ( x4)

7. Disconnect the motor at [A] ( x1).

8. Disconnect the motor bracket at [B] ( x2 M3x6).

1225
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

9. Separate the motor and the bracket ( x2 M3x6).

1226
 Left Drawer

Left Drawer
Pulling Out and Closing the Left Drawer

Pulling Out the Left Drawer

1. Make sure that the system is off and confirm that the machine power cord is disconnected from the
power source.
2. Open both front doors.
3. Lower the lock lever [A].
4. Pull the left drawer [B] out completely until it stops.

Closing the Left Drawer

1. Make sure that the lock lever is lowered.

1227
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Push the left drawer [A] slowly into the machine until it locks in place.
3. Raise the lock lever [B].

• The left drawer should move smoothly into the machine.

• Never force the left drawer into the machine if you feel any resistance.
• If you feel resistance, stop pushing and pull the left drawer out again. Check the handle at the back
of the fuser unit, and make sure that this handle is down completely.
• The rear fuser unit handle is spring loaded to keep it down and completely flat when not in use.

Left Drawer

• The left drawer is heavy. Two people are required for this procedure.

1. Open both front doors.

1228
 Left Drawer

2. Lower the lock lever [A].

3. Pull the left drawer [B] out completely until it stops.

4. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")

5. Remove the left lock screw [1] and right lock screw [2] ( x2).

6. With one person on the left side and one on the right as shown, lift the left drawer off its rails and
set it on a flat surface.

1229
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Exit Relay Motor

1. Left drawer (page 1228 "Left Drawer")

2. The shaded area below shows the location of the motor.

3. Motor bracket ( x1, x1, x2, x1).

4. Disconnect the motor harness ( x1).

1230
 Left Drawer

5. Separate the motor and the bracket ( x2).

Invert Exit Motor

1. Left drawer (page 1228 "Left Drawer")

2. The shaded area below shows the location of the motor.

1231
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Disconnect the drawer connector to the right of the motor, so that you can move it out of the way:
[1] Left ( x1)
[2] Top, bottom ( x2)
[3] Right ( x1)

4. Disconnect the motor bracket ( x1, x1, x2, x1)

5. Disconnect the motor harness ( x1).

1232
 Left Drawer

6. Separate the motor and the bracket ( x2).

Duplex Transport Motor 1

1. Left drawer (page 1228 "Left Drawer")

2. The shaded area below shows the location of the motor.
3. Remove the motor cover.

1233
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Disconnect the motor bracket:

[1] Right ( x1, x1, x1)
[2] Bottom ( x2, x1)

5. Separate the motor and the bracket ( x2).

1234
 Left Drawer

Exit Motor

1. Open the cooling box (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. The exit motor is mounted on the back of the main machine behind a cooling duct. The shaded
area below shows the location of the motor.

3. Duct [A] ( x4, x4)

4. Exit motor ( x4)

1235
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Duplex Inverter Motor

The duplex inverter motor is mounted on the back of the machine.

1. Open the cooling box (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Left cover (page 690 "Left Cover")
3. Purged paper tray ( x4).

1236
 Left Drawer

4. Disconnect the motor ( x1).

5. At the rear, disconnect the motor ( x1, x3).

6. At the side, remove the motor [1] and timing belt [2] ( x1).

1237
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

7. Separate the motor and motor bracket ( x2).

Main Unit Relay Fan

1. Left drawer (page 1228 "Left Drawer")

2. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")
3. Fan bracket [A] ( x2, x1, x2)

1238
 Left Drawer

4. Remove the relay fan [A] from the fan bracket [B] ( x2).

• When re-attaching the main unit relay fan, attach it with the label [A] facing the fan bracket.

1239
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Exit Unit Entrance Sensor

1. Left drawer (page 1228 "Left Drawer")

2. Bracket [1] ( x2).
3. Disconnect the sensor [2] ( x1, x1, x3).

Exit JG Sensor

1. Left drawer (page 1228 "Left Drawer")

2. Disconnect the sensor bracket [1] ( x1, x1).
3. Disconnect the sensor [2] ( x1, x3).

1240
 Left Drawer

Duplex Transport Sensor 1

1. Pull out the left drawer until it stops (page 1227 "Pulling Out and Closing the Left Drawer").
2. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")
3. D1 knob [A] ( x1)
4. C1 lever [B] ( x1)
5. Left drawer cover [C] ( x4)

6. Disconnect the sensor ( x1, x1, x1).

1241
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

7. Pull the sensor bracket out of the left drawer and disconnect the sensor ( x1, x3).

Duplex Transport Sensor 2

1. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")

2. Disconnect the sensor bracket and remove the sensor ( x1, x1, x1, x3).

1242
 Left Drawer

Duplex Transport Sensor 3

1. Fuser unit (page 1145 "Fuser Unit")

2. Disconnect the sensor bracket and remove the sensor ( x1, x1, x1, x3).

Exit Relay Sensor

1. Pull out the left drawer (page 1227 "Pulling Out and Closing the Left Drawer").
2. Open the exit guide [1].
3. Disconnect the sensor bracket [2] and remove the sensor ( x1, x1, x3).

1243
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Purge Relay Sensor

1. Pull out the left drawer (page 1227 "Pulling Out and Closing the Left Drawer").
2. Disconnect the sensor bracket and remove the sensor ( x1, x1, x3).

Duplex Invert Sensor

1. Pull out the left drawer (page 1227 "Pulling Out and Closing the Left Drawer").
2. Under the left drawer, disconnect the sensor bracket and remove the sensor ( x1, x1, x1,
x3)

1244
 Left Drawer

Exit Sensor

1. Pull out the left drawer (page 1227 "Pulling Out and Closing the Left Drawer").
2. Raise the transport cover.
3. Disconnect the sensor bracket and remove the sensor ( x1, x1, x1, x3).

Purged Paper Sensor

1. Left cover (page 690 "Left Cover")

2. Lower left inner cover ( x7).

1245
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Disconnect the sensor bracket ( x1).

4. Sensor ( x1, x1).

Heat Pipe Temperature Sensor

1. Pull out the left drawer (page 1227 "Pulling Out and Closing the Left Drawer").
2. Heat pipe temperature sensor [A] ( x1, x1, x2)

1246
Left Drawer

1247
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Duplex Motors and Rollers

The duplex path is split between the left drawer and the right drawer. Identify the component that
requires servicing or replacement, then go to the appropriate section of the manual.

Left Drawer Right Drawer

1 Duplex Invert Motor 6 Duplex Transport Roller 3

2 Duplex Invert Rollers 7 Duplex Transport Roller 4

3 Duplex Transport Motor 1 8 Duplex Transport Motor 2

4 Duplex Transport Roller 1 9 Duplex Transport Roller 5

5 Duplex Transport Roller 2 10 Duplex Transport Roller 6

• For a duplex component in the left drawer, see page 1228 "Left Drawer".
• For a duplex component in the right drawer, see page 1084 "Right Drawer".

1248
 Main Boards, HDD Units

Main Boards, HDD Units

Charge Bias/Development Bias Power Pack (CK)

• The charge bias/development bias power pack (CK) is located at [A].

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Center stay [A] ( x3)

1249
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• When re-attaching the center stay, make sure to tighten screws from the bottom screw. When
tightening screws from the top screw, the screw holes will not match.
3. Disconnect the horizontal duct [B] and then incline it toward you ( x5).

4. Under the power pack (CK) [A], open the clamps and free the harnesses ( x8).

1250
 Main Boards, HDD Units

5. Disconnect the power pack bracket (CK) [A] and then lower it ( x3).

• Slide the bracket slightly to the left and lower it.

6. Remove the power pack bracket (CK) [A] and lay it on a flat surface ( x2, x5).

7. Remove the development bias power pack (CK) [A] from the bracket ( x4).
8. Remove the charge bias power pack (CK) [B] from the bracket ( x4).

1251
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Re-installation

• After re-installing the power pack, check the motor connections below and make sure that they are
not loose or disconnected.

Charge Bias/Development Bias Power Pack (YM)

• The charge bias/development bias power pack (YM) is located at [A].

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").

1252
 Main Boards, HDD Units

2. Center stay [A] ( x3)

• When re-attaching the center stay, make sure to tighten screws from the bottom screw. When
tightening screws from the top screw, the screw holes will not match.
3. Disconnect the horizontal duct [B] and then incline it toward you ( x5).

1253
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Under the power pack (YM) [A], open the clamps and free the harnesses ( x9).

5. Disconnect the power pack bracket (YM) [A] and then lower it ( x3).

• Slide the bracket slightly to the left and lower it.

6. Remove the power pack bracket (YM) [A] and lay it on a flat surface ( x3, x5).

7. Remove the development bias power pack (YM) [A] from the bracket ( x4).

1254
 Main Boards, HDD Units

8. Remove the charge bias power pack (YM) [B] from the bracket ( x4).

Re-installation

• After re-installing the power pack, check the motor connections below and make sure that they are
not loose or disconnected.

Charge Bias/Development Bias Power Pack (S)

• The charge bias/development bias power pack (S) is located at [A].

1255
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

1. Left cover (page 690 "Left Cover")

2. Disconnect the power pack bracket (S) [A] and then incline it toward you ( x2, x2).

• Slide the bracket slightly to the right and lower it.

3. Remove the power pack bracket (S) [A] and lay it on a flat surface ( x5, x4).

1256
 Main Boards, HDD Units

4. Remove the development bias power pack (S) [A] from the bracket ( x4).
5. Remove the charge bias power pack (S) [B] from the bracket( x4).

Potential Sensor Board (YMCK)

• The potential sensor board (YMCK) is located at [A].

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").

1257
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Under the potential sensor board (YMCK) [A], open the clamps and free the harnesses (
x5).

3. Disconnect the potential sensor board bracket (YMCK) [A] and then lower it ( x2).

• Slide the bracket slightly to the left and lower it.

1258
 Main Boards, HDD Units

4. Remove the potential sensor board bracket (YMCK) [A] and lay it on a flat surface (
x3).

5. Remove the potential sensor board (YMCK) [A] from the bracket ( x5).

Re-installation

• After re-installing the potential sensor board, check the motor connection below and make sure that
it is not loose or disconnected.

1259
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Potential Sensor Board (S)

• The potential sensor board (S) is located at [A].

1. Scanner unit (page 799 "Scanner Unit")

For printer models: Center cover (page 713 "Center Cover: M195/M196/M207/M208").

1260
 Main Boards, HDD Units

2. Potential sensor board (S) [A] ( x2, x4)

EXDB

• The EXDB is located at [A].

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Disconnect the EXDB bracket [A] and then lower it ( x2).

• Slide the bracket slightly to the left and lower it.

1261
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Remove the EXDB [A] from the bracket ( x4, x5).

AC Drive Board

• The AC drive board is located at [A].

1262
 Main Boards, HDD Units

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. AC drive board [A] ( x7, x6)

PSU3

• Do not touch solder and electronic parts on the PSU after removing it, because electric charge is
left in the inside the PSU even if it has been removed.
• After removing the PSU, do not put it on a conductive object such as one made from metal.

• The PSU3 is located at [A].

1263
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Center stay [A] ( x3)

• When re-attaching the center stay, make sure to tighten screws from the bottom screw. When
tightening screws from the top screw, the screw holes will not match.
3. Shield plate [A] ( x1, x3)

1264
 Main Boards, HDD Units

4. Disconnect the connectors of the PSU3 and free the harnesses ( x5).

5. PSU3 [A] ( x8)

RTB 108
Avoid touching areas that may carry charge.

PSU Cooling Fan 2

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").

1265
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Center stay [A] ( x3)

• When re-attaching the center stay, make sure to tighten screws from the bottom screw. When
tightening screws from the top screw, the screw holes will not match.
3. PSU cooling fan 2 [A] ( x1, x1, x2)

PSU4

• Do not touch solder and electronic parts on the PSU after removing it, because electric charge is
left in the inside the PSU even if it has been removed.
• After removing the PSU, do not put it on a conductive object such as one made from metal.

• The PSU4 is located at [A].

1266
 Main Boards, HDD Units

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Shield plate [A] ( x1, x1, x3)
3. Disconnect the connectors of the PSU4 and free the harnesses ( x5).

1267
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. PSU4 [A] ( x8)

RTB 108
Avoid touching areas that may carry charge.

PSU Cooling Fan 1

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. PSU cooling fan 1 [A] ( x1, x1, x2)

PSU5

• Do not touch solder and electronic parts on the PSU after removing it, because electric charge is
left in the inside the PSU even if it has been removed.
• After removing the PSU, do not put it on a conductive object such as one made from metal.

1268
 Main Boards, HDD Units

• The PSU5 is located at [A] (the back of the AC drive board).

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Remove the AC drive board with the bracket [A] ( x4, x7, x4).

1269
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Pull out the PSU5 bracket [A] ( x4, x2).

4. Remove the PSU5 [A] from the bracket ( x4, x8).

RTB 108
Avoid touching areas that may carry charge.

PSU Cooling Fan 3

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").

1270
 Main Boards, HDD Units

2. Remove the AC drive board with the bracket [A] ( x4, x7, x4).

3. PSU cooling fan 3 [A] ( x2, x1, x2)

PFB

• The PFB is located at [A].

1271
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. PFB [A] ( x all, x6).

NRYF

• The NRYF is located at [A]. It is mounted on the back of the PFB.

1272
 Main Boards, HDD Units

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. PFB / NRYF bracket [A] (surface: x7, x all, x4 back: x1, x3).

1273
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Remove the NRYF [A] from the bracket ( x1, x1, x4).

Noise Filter

• The noise filter is located at [A] (the back of the PFB).

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").

1274
 Main Boards, HDD Units

2. PFB / NRYF bracket [A] (front: x7, x all, x4 back: x1, x3).

3. Noise filter [A] ( x4, x3)

TDCU

• The TDCU is located at [A].

1275
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Center stay [A] ( x3)

• When re-attaching the center stay, make sure to tighten screws from the bottom screw. When
tightening screws from the top screw, the screw holes will not match.

1276
 Main Boards, HDD Units

3. TDCU [A] ( x all, x6)

IOB, BCU

• The IOB is located at [A].

• The BCU is not visible. It is mounted on the back of the IOB.

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").

1277
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Disconnect the connectors of the IOB and free the harnesses ( x8, x all).

3. Lower the IOB bracket [A] to the horizontal position so that you can see the BCU [B] (
x4).

4. Disconnect all the connectors of the BCU [A] ( x all, : blue circle x1).
5. Remove the BCU [A] from the bracket ( x6).

1278
 Main Boards, HDD Units

6. Open the clamps and free the harnesses on the back of the bracket where the BCU was
removed ( x12).

7. Remove the IOB with bracket [A].

8. Remove the IOB [A] from the bracket ( x8).

1279
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• If you removed both the IOB and BCU, attach the IOB before the BCU.

When installing the new BCU

1. Remove the NVRAM (EEPROM) [A] from the old BCU and install it on the new BCU.

• When installing the NVRAM, install it so that the indentation of the NVRAM corresponds with
the indentation mark on the BCU. Incorrect installation of the NVRAM will damage both the
BCU and NVRAM.
2. Turn the main power switch on.
3. Enter SP mode.
4. Do SP5811-004 and enter the machine serial number to the BCU. If you fail to enter the
correct number, the machine will issue SC995-01.
5. Do SP5131-001 and select paper size type (0: Japan, 1: NA, 3: EU).
6. Do SP5807-001, and then select your area. Failure to do this will cause the machine to
return SC995-04.
7. Turn the main power switch off and on.

PSU1, 2, Controller Box Intake Fan 1,2

• Do not touch solder and electronic parts on the PSU after removing it, because electric charge is
left in the inside the PSU even if it has been removed.
• After removing the PSU, do not put it on a conductive object such as one made from metal.

1280
 Main Boards, HDD Units

• The PSU1 is located at [A].

• The PSU2 is located at [B].
In the controller box

1. Controller box cover (page 695 "Controller Box Cover")

2. PSU1 [A] ( x7, x8)
3. PSU2 [B] ( x5, x8)

4. Controller box intake fan 2 [A] ( x1, x2)

1281
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

5. Controller box intake fan 1 [B] ( x1, x1, x2)

• When re-attaching the controller box intake fan, attach it with the label facing up.

IPU

• The IPU is located at [A].

In the controller box

1. Controller box cover (page 695 "Controller Box Cover")

2. Open the controller box (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").

1282
 Main Boards, HDD Units

3. Remove the shield cover [A] from the inside of the controller box ( x6).

4. Sub IPU [A] ( x2, x3)

5. Disconnect all the connectors from the back of the IPU [B] ( x all).

• When re-attaching the IPU, connect the numbering connector to the insertion port of the same
number as the connector.

1283
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

6. Loosen the screws of the slide cover [A] on the front of the controller box( x10). You do
not need to remove all of these screws.

7. Slide the slide cover [A] to the right and remove it.

1284
 Main Boards, HDD Units

8. IPU [A] ( x2, x7, x8)

• If you removed both the controller board and IPU, attach them in the following order.
1. Attach the controller board loosely.
2. Attach the IPU loosely.
3. Secure them.

Controller Board

• The controller board is located at [A].

In the controller box

1. IPU (page 1282 "IPU")

1285
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Gigabit Ethernet board [A] ( x1, x2)

3. Controller board [A] ( x3, x7)

4. Remove the two RAM-DIMs [A] [B] from the controller board (hook x 2 each).

1286
 Main Boards, HDD Units

5. Remove the NVRAMs (x2) [A] [B] from the controller board.

• Because controller boards are different for each model, check the parts catalogue, and replace it
with the correct one for the model you are working on.
• After replacing the controller board, attach the two NVRAMs and two RAM-DIMMs that were
removed in steps 4-5 to the new board at the same locations.
• If you removed both the controller board and IPU, attach them in the following order.
1. Attach the controller board loosely.
2. Attach the IPU loosely.
3. Secure them.

Gigabit Ethernet Board

1. Controller box cover (page 695 "Controller Box Cover")

1287
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Loosen the screws of the slide cover [A] on the front of the controller box( x10). You do
not need to remove these screws.

3. Slide the slide cover [A] to the right and remove it.

1288
 Main Boards, HDD Units

4. Gigabit Ethernet board [A] ( x1, x2)

NVRAM

There are three NVRAMs. Two are on the controller board (the two NVRAMs are one set.), and one is
on the BCU.
Also see Upload the NVRAM data to the SD card before replacing the NVRAM (page 1369 "NVRAM Data
RTB 119 Upload/Download").

Controller Board NVRAM

1. Controller box cover (page 695 "Controller Box Cover")

1289
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Loosen the screws of the slide cover [A] on the front of the controller box( x10). You do
not need to remove all of these screws.

3. Slide the slide cover [A] to the right and remove it.

1290
 Main Boards, HDD Units

4. Free the harnesses around the NVRAM on the controller board [A] ( x3).

5. Remove the two NVRAMs [A] [B] from the controller board.

6. Attach the new NVRAMs to the controller board.

Insert the NVRAM labeled 2M-1 in the FRAM-1 socket.
Insert the NVRAM labeled 2M-2 in the FRAM-2 socket.

• Install a new NVRAM so that the indentation [A] on the NVRAM corresponds with the mark
[B] on the controller board. Incorrect installation of the NVRAM will damage both the
controller board and NVRAM.

1291
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

7. Attach the controller board.

8. Download the NVRAM data from the SD card (page 1369 "NVRAM Data Upload/
Download").

BCU NVRAM (EEPROM)

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Disconnect the connectors of the IOB and free the harnesses ( x8, x all).

1292
 Main Boards, HDD Units

3. Lower the IOB bracket [A] to the horizontal position so that you can see the BCU [B] (
x4).

4. Remove the NVRAM (EEPROM) [A] from the BCU.

5. Attach the new NVRAM (EEPROM) to the BCU.

• Install a new NVRAM so that the indentation of the NVRAM corresponds with the indentation
mark on the BCU. Incorrect installation of the NVRAM will damage both the BCU and
NVRAM.
6. Re-attach the IOB bracket and re-connect the IOB connectors.
7. Download the NVRAM data from the SD card (page 1369 "NVRAM Data Upload/
Download").

HDD

• The HDD is located at [A].

1293
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

In the controller box

1. Controller box cover (page 695 "Controller Box Cover")

2. HDD unit [A] ( x4, x3)

• Replace one set of two HDDs. An individual HDD can not be replaced.
• If the customer has any concerns about the security of any information on the HDD, the HDD must
remain with the customer for disposal or safe keeping.

Coolant Remaining Switch

• The coolant remaining switch is located at [A].

1294
 Main Boards, HDD Units

In the cooling box

1. Cooling box cover (page 694 "Cooling Box Cover")

2. Coolant remaining switch [A] ( x2, x2)

1295
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Fans and Filters

Before You Refer to This Section

The removal procedures for the following fans are described in other sections of the Replacement and
Adjustment section of this manual.

Fan See

ID/MUSIC Sensor Fan (page 964 "Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB) Unit")

CIS Fan (page 1084 "Right Drawer")

PTB Fans (page 1138 "Paper Transport Belt (PTB) Unit")

Pressure Roller Fan (page 1138 "Paper Transport Belt (PTB) Unit")

Belt Cooling Fan (page 1138 "Paper Transport Belt (PTB) Unit")

Main Unit Relay Fan (page 1227 "Left Drawer")

PSU Cooling Fan 1 (page 1249 "Main Boards, HDD Units")

PSU Cooling Fan 2 (page 1249 "Main Boards, HDD Units")

PSU Cooling Fan 3 (page 1249 "Main Boards, HDD Units")

Controller Box Intake Fan 1 (page 1249 "Main Boards, HDD Units")

Controller Box Intake Fan 2 (page 1249 "Main Boards, HDD Units")

Controller Board CPU Cooling Fan (page 1249 "Main Boards, HDD Units")

Controller Box Exhaust Fan (Top Right, Top Left, Bottom)

• The controller box exhaust fan (top right) is located at [A].

• The controller box exhaust fan (top left) is located at [B].
• The controller box exhaust fan (bottom) is located at [C].

1296
 Fans and Filters

In the controller box

1. Controller box cover (page 695 "Controller Box Cover")

2. Controller box exhaust fan (top right) [A] ( x3, x1, x2)
3. Controller box exhaust fan (top left) [B] ( x3, x1, x2)

1297
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Controller box exhaust fan (bottom) [C] ( x3, x1, x2)

• When re-attaching the controller box exhaust fan, attach it with the label facing outside.

Exhaust Filters, Ozone Filter

• The three exhaust filters are located at the following position.

• The ozone filter is installed under the exhaust filter [A].

1298
 Fans and Filters

1. Open the controller box (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Exhaust filter (hookx2)

1299
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Separate the exhaust filter [A] and ozone filter [B].

4. When cleaning the exhaust filter and ozone filter, remove the dust from the exhaust filter
with a vacuum cleaner or similar tool.
5. Remove and clean the other filters in the above procedures.

Controller Box Ozone Collecting Fan

• The controller box ozone collecting fan is located at [A].

In the controller box

1. Controller box cover (page 695 "Controller Box Cover")

1300
 Fans and Filters

2. Box cover [A] ( x1, x6)

3. Remove the controller box ozone collecting fan with the bracket [A] ( x2).

4. Remove the controller box ozone collecting fan [A] from the bracket ( x2).

1301
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• When re-attaching the controller box ozone collecting fan, attach it with the label facing outside.

Ozone Filter, Air Filters

• The ozone filter and air filters are located at the following position.

1. Open the controller box (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Filter cover [A] (Plastic screw x1)

1302
 Fans and Filters

3. Remove the ozone filter [A] and two air filters [B].

4. When cleaning the ozone filter and two air filters, remove the dust from them with a
vacuum cleaner.

Ozone Exhaust Fan (S, Y, M, C, K)

• The ozone exhaust fans are located at the following position.

[A]: Ozone exhaust fan (K)
[B]: Ozone exhaust fan (C)

1303
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

[C]: Ozone exhaust fan (M)

[D]: Ozone exhaust fan (Y)
[E]: Ozone exhaust fan (S)

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Center stay [A] ( x3)

• When re-attaching the center stay, make sure to tighten screws from the bottom screw. When
tightening screws from the top screw, the screw holes will not match.

1304
 Fans and Filters

3. Horizontal duct [A] ( x4, x1, x5).

4. Lay the horizontal duct on a flat clean surface.

[A]: Ozone exhaust fan (K)
[B]: Ozone exhaust fan (C)
[C]: Ozone exhaust fan (M)
[D]: Ozone exhaust fan (Y)
[E]: Ozone exhaust fan (S)

• The following procedure is the same for all five ozone exhaust fans (SYMCK).

1305
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

5. Fan bracket [A] ( x1, x1, x2)

6. Remove the ozone exhaust fan [A] from the fan bracket ( x2).

• When re-attaching the ozone exhaust fans (SYMCK), attach with the label facing outside.

Paper Exit Guide Cooling Fan

• The paper exit guide cooling fan is located at [A].

1306
 Fans and Filters

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Center stay [A] ( x3)

• When re-attaching the center stay, make sure to tighten screws from the bottom screw. When
tightening screws from the top screw, the screw holes will not match.

1307
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Horizontal duct [A] ( x4, x1, x5)

4. Remove the paper exit guide cooling fan with the bracket [A] ( x5, x1, x1).

1308
 Fans and Filters

5. Remove the paper exit guide cooling fan [A] from the bracket ( x2).

• When re-attaching the paper exit guide cooling fan, attach it with the label facing outside.

Fusing Exit Exhaust Fan

• The fusing exit exhaust fan is located at [A].

1. Open the cooling box (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").

1309
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Remove the fusing exit exhaust fan with the bracket [A] ( x3, x1, x2).

3. Remove the fusing exit exhaust fan [A] from the bracket [A] ( x2).

• When re-attaching the fusing exit exhaust fan, attach it with the label facing outside.

Feed Motor Cooling Fan

• The feed motor cooling fan is located at [A].

1310
 Fans and Filters

1. Open the cooling box (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Remove the feed motor cooling fan with the bracket [A] ( x2, x1, x2).

1311
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Remove the feed motor cooling fan [A] from the bracket (hook x2).

• When re-attaching the feed motor cooling fan, attach it with the label facing outside.

Heat Sink Cooling Suction Fan

• The heat sink cooling suction fan is located at [A].

1. Open the rear boxes (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").

1312
 Fans and Filters

2. Center stay [A] ( x3)

• When re-attaching the center stay, make sure to tighten screws from the bottom screw. When
tightening screws from the top screw, the screw holes will not match.
3. Duct [A] ( x1, x1)

1313
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. Remove the heat sink cooling suction fan [A] from the duct ( x2).

• When re-attaching the heat sink cooling suction fan, attach it with the label facing outside.

Heat Sink Cooling Exhaust Fan

• The heat sink cooling exhaust fan is located at [A].

1. Open the cooling box (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").

1314
 Fans and Filters

2. Duct [A] ( x2, x1, x1).

3. Release all the lock tabs around the seam where the top and bottom of the duct [A] are
connected and then separate the top and bottom.
4. Remove the heat sink cooling exhaust fan [B] with the bracket from the duct.

1315
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

5. Remove the heat sink cooling exhaust fan [A] from the bracket ( x2).

• When re-attaching the heat sink cooling exhaust fan, attach it with the label facing outside.

Paper Cooling Exhaust Fans, Paper Cooling Intake Fan

• The two paper cooling exhaust fans are located at [A].

• The paper cooling intake fan is located at [B].

1. Open the cooling box (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").

1316
 Fans and Filters

2. Duct [A] ( x4, x4)

3. Separate the exhaust duct [A] and intake duct [B] ( x4).
4. Remove the two paper cooling exhaust fans [C] from the exhaust duct ( x2 each).

• When re-attaching the paper cooling exhaust fans, attach them with the label facing inside as
shown in the above photo.

1317
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

5. Open the intake duct [A] ( x7).

6. Remove the paper cooling intake fan [B], with the bracket, from the intake duct ( x2).

7. Remove the paper cooling intake fan [A] from the bracket ( x2).

• When re-attaching the paper cooling intake fan, attach it with the label facing outside.

Transport/ Fusing Exhaust Fan

• The transport/fusing exhaust fan is located at [A].

1318
 Fans and Filters

1. Open the cooling box (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Remove the transport/fusing exhaust fan [A] with the bracket ( x1, x1).

1319
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Remove the transport/fusing exhaust fan [A] from the bracket ( x2).

• When re-attaching the transport/fusing exhaust fan, attach it with the label facing outside.

Air Box Exhaust Fans (Top, Bottom)

• The air box exhaust fan (top) is located at [A].

• The air box exhaust fan (bottom) is located at [B].
In the cooling box

1. Cooling box cover (page 694 "Cooling Box Cover")

2. Air box exhaust fan (top) [A] ( x3, x1, x2)

1320
 Fans and Filters

3. Air box exhaust fan (bottom) [B] ( x3, x1, x2)

• When re-attaching the air box exhaust fan, attach it with the label facing outside.

Exhaust Filters

• The two exhaust filters are located at the following position.

• The ozone filter is installed under the exhaust filter [A].

1321
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

1. Open the cooling box (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Exhaust filter (hook x2)

1322
 Fans and Filters

3. Separate the exhaust filter [A] and ozone filter [B].

4. When cleaning the exhaust filters, remove the dust with a vacuum cleaner.

Rear Box Ozone Exhaust Fan

• The rear box ozone exhaust fan is located at [A].

In the cooling box

1. Cooling box cover (page 694 "Cooling Box Cover")

1323
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Duct [A] ( x1, x4)

3. Open the duct [A] ( x5).

4. Remove the rear box ozone exhaust fan [B] with the bracket from the duct ( x2).

1324
 Fans and Filters

5. Remove the rear box ozone exhaust fan [A] from the bracket ( x2).

• When re-attaching the rear box ozone exhaust fan, attach it with the label facing outside.

Ozone Filter, Air Filter

• The ozone filter and air filter are located at the following position.

1. Open the cooling box (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").

1325
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

2. Filter cover [A] (plastic screw x1)

3. Remove the ozone filter [A] and air filter [B].

1326
 Fans and Filters

• When re-attaching the ozone filter and air filter, be careful about the positions of each filter.
4. When cleaning the ozone filter and air filter, remove the dust with a vacuum cleaner.

Rear Box Heat Sink Collecting Fan, Rear Box Exhaust Fan

• The rear box heat sink collecting fan is located at [A].

• The rear box exhaust fan is located at [B].

1327
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

In the cooling box

1. Open the cooling box (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").
2. Disconnect the connectors ( x2).

3. Cooling box cover (page 694 "Cooling Box Cover")

1328
 Fans and Filters

4. Remove the left panel of the cooling box [A] ( x10).

5. Rear box heat sink collecting fan [A] ( x2)

6. Rear box exhaust fan [B] ( x1, x2)

1329
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• When re-attaching the rear box heat sink collecting fan and rear box exhaust fan, attach them with
the labels facing outside.

Exhaust Filter

• The exhaust filter is located at the following position.

1. Open the cooling box (page 691 "Opening the Rear Boxes").

1330
 Fans and Filters

2. Filter cover [A] (plastic screw x1)

3. Exhaust filter [A]

1331
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

4. When cleaning the exhaust filter, remove the dust with a vacuum cleaner.

Development Unit Cooling Fan 1, 2, 3

• The development unit cooling fans are located at the following position.
[A]: Development unit cooling fan 3
[B]: Development unit cooling fan 2
[C]: Development unit cooling fan 1
In the cooling box

1. Cooling box cover (page 694 "Cooling Box Cover")

2. Remove the fan cover and development unit cooling fan 3 [A] ( x1, x1, x2).
3. Remove the fan cover and development unit cooling fan 2 [B] ( x1, x1, x2).

1332
 Fans and Filters

4. Remove the fan cover and development unit cooling fan 1 [C] ( x1, x1, x2).

• When re-attaching the development unit cooling fans, attach them with the labels facing outside.

1333
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Image Adjustment
Adjusting the Image Position on Side 1

Perform the solution described in "(a) Adjust the image skew" and then "(b) Adjust the image position".
(a) Adjust the image skew

1. Print the image in black and white.

2. Check the direction of the skew.
3. In the [Adjustment Settings for Skilled Operators] menu, adjust the value of [0107:
Perpendicularity Adjustment].
Press [+] to skew the image counterclockwise or [-] to skew it clockwise.

• It is not possible to adjust image skew separately for side 1 and side 2.
4. Print the image in black and white.
Gradually increase the value and check the printed image.
• If the problem is resolved, go to the next step.
• If the problem persists even though the setting has reached its maximum value, contact
your supervisor.
5. Execute color registration.
In executing color registration, the black adjustment will also be applied to cyan, magenta,
yellow and special color.

• Special color mode is available for 5 station models.

• When it is difficult to adjust image skew on actual print documents: in [Advanced
Settings] for the custom paper customer is using, select [Registration to Align Front and
Back Images Using Template] and then perform simplex printing for the template. Use the
printed template.
• The paper skew can not be adjusted with [Perpendicularity Adjustment]. For details
about adjusting paper skew, see [Paper Skew] in Troubleshooting.
(b) Adjust the image position (Center of paper leading edge)
Move the image up/down and left/right to adjust the center position [b] of the paper leading
edge.

1334
 Image Adjustment

• Adjust the image position in [Advanced Settings] for the custom paper.
[Adj Image Position of Side 1 Across Feed]
[Adj Image Position of Side 1 With Feed]
• If custom paper is not used, adjust the image position in the following [Adjustment Settings for
Skilled Operators] menu.
[0101: Adjust Image Position Across Feed Direction]
[0102: Adjust Image Position With Feed Direction]

• For this adjustment item, it is not possible to adjust [c] and [d]. Therefore we recommend
pre-registering the type of paper in use as a custom paper and then performing
adjustment.
If the problem persists even though you have adjusted the setting to its maximum and minimum
values, contact your supervisor.

• When it is difficult to adjust image skew on actual print documents: in [Advanced Settings] for
the custom paper customer is using, select [Registration to Align Front and Back Images Using
Template] and then perform simplex printing for the template. Use the printed template.
(c) Adjust the image position (Corners of paper leading edge)
Shrink/expand the image in the vertical direction and then adjust the image width (distance
between [c] - [c]).

1335
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

1. In [Advanced Settings] for the custom paper customer is using, adjust the vertical
scaling.
Change the value in [Adj Magnification of Side1 With Feed].
Press [+] to increase the scaling and [-] to decrease it.
2. Print the image and check the image position.

• To adjust the following settings, pre-register the type of paper in use as a custom paper.
• When it is difficult to adjust image skew on actual print documents: in [Advanced Settings] for
the custom paper customer is using, select [Registration to Align Front and Back Images Using
Template] and then perform simplex printing for the template. Use the printed template.
(d) Adjust the image position (front corner of paper trailing edge)
Shrink/expand the image in the cross direction and then adjust the image length ([d] position).

1. In [Advanced Settings] for the custom paper customer is using, adjust the horizontal
scaling.
Change the value in [Adj Magnification of Side1 Across Feed].
Press [+] to increase the scaling and [-] to decrease it.

1336
 Image Adjustment

2. Print the image and check the image position.

• To adjust the following settings, pre-register the type of paper in use as a custom paper.
• When it is difficult to adjust image skew on actual print documents: in [Advanced Settings] for
the custom paper customer is using, select [Registration to Align Front and Back Images Using
Template] and then perform simplex printing for the template. Use the printed template.

Adjusting the Image Position on Side 2 in Alignment with Side 1 (Registration

to Align Front and Back Images Using Template)

TCRU Procedures
Adjust the image position so it is the same on either side of the paper.
First, print a template and measure the length of the specified area. Next, enter the length on the
machine to adjust the position of the image.
Specify the size of each piece of paper you use. Specified settings are saved as custom paper
settings, so that you can use the registered settings next time.
You need administrator privileges to adjust the image position.
Service Technician Procedures
In addition to adjustment using the template, service technicians also perform adjustment using
NICE.

TCRU Procedures: Preparations

Before adjusting image positions, perform the following:

1. Prepare the template file.
The templates for each paper size are included as PDF file on the CD-ROM provided with this
machine.

Paper size of PDF file templates

A3 SEF, A4 SEF/LEF, A5 SEF, A5 LEF, A6 SEF, B4 SEF, B5 SEF/LEF, B6 SEF, DLT SEF, Legal
SEF, Foolscap SEF, Letter SEF/LEF, Government LG SEF, 8Kai SEF, 16 Kai SEF/LEF, 12x18,
11x15, 11x14, 10x15, 10x14, 13x19.2, 13x19, 12.6x19.2, 12.6x18.5, 13x18, SRA3,
SRA4 SEF/LEF, 226x310 SEF/LEF, 310x432, 318x469 SEF, A3Plus SEF

1337
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

Unsupported paper types

• Automatic duplex printing not possible: index paper, tracing paper, labels, envelops,
magnetic paper, clear file folders
• Paper which is fed by canceling the detection sensor for the paper trailing edge: Hole-
punched paper, preprinted paper, letterhead
• No restrictions for paper thickness

2. A stainless-steel ruler of at least 500mm (graduations of 0.5mm) and a magnifying glass are
required to measure the template.
3. Pre-register the type of paper in use as a custom paper.
4. Adjust the image position on 1st side (refer to previous section).
5. Confirm that the following setting values are “0” in [Advanced Settings] for the custom paper. If
other values are set, change them to “0”.
• [Adj Image Position of Side 2 With Feed]
• [Adj Image Position of Side 2 Across Feed]
• [Adj Magnification of Side 2 With Feed]
• [Adj Magnification of Side 2 Across Feed]

TCRU Procedures: Printing and Measuring the Template

1. Print a template included on the supplied CD-ROM. Select a template whose size is the
same with the paper that includes an image whose position you want to adjust on the
machine.

• Be sure to perform continuous duplex printing for 10 copies (10 sheets).

2. Measure dimensions of the 6th sheet of paper from the beginning of the template.
When you print the template, arrows are printed in the corners. Use the ruler and magnifying glass
to measure the length from the corners of the paper to the peaks of the arrows and from the peaks
to the peaks of the arrows. Take measurements in 0.1mm units. Next, write the length in the box on
the template.

1338
 Image Adjustment

3. Use the same method to measure 16 points on side 1 and side 2 of the paper. Write the
measured dimensions in the template.

AB: The length from the peak of one arrow to the peak of another arrow
A(y/x): The length from the corner of the paper to the peak of the arrow

• Depending on the paper size, the paper transport interval for the first 3-4 sheets and the last 3-4
sheets may differ from the middle sheets when performing continuous duplex printing.
This causes discrepancy in the extent of thermal contraction for paper. Therefore, we recommend
measuring the middle sheets when adjusting front/back register for which continuous printing may
be performed.
(When printing 10 sheets, the 6th sheet is considered as the final middle sheet.)

TCRU Procedures: Entering the Value

When you specify the lengths of the template after measuring them, the values to adjust the image
position are automatically calculated and applied.

1. In [Advanced Settings] for the custom paper you are using, select [Registration to Align
Front and Back Images Using Template].
2. Enter the value you wrote on the printed template.
Select the item you want to enter and use the numeric keypad to enter the value. You can enter
values from 0.1 to 999.9 mm in 0.1-mm increments.

1339
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Press [OK].
4. Press [Exit].
5. Press [OK].
6. Press [Overwrite].
7. Press [Yes].
8. Press [Exit].

TCRU Procedures: Checking the Adjustment Results

1. Perform continuous duplex printing for 10 copies (10 sheets) of the template.
2. Measure dimensions of the 6th sheet of paper from the beginning of the printed template.
Check for off-registration on Side 1 and Side 2.
How to Check for Off-Registration
• Thin paper: Hold up to the light and check.
• Thick paper/paper which is not see-through: Use an eyeleteer or other tool to open holes and
then check.

TCRU Procedures: Further Reducing the Off-Registration for Side 1 and Side 2
Adjustment Method
• Adjust the Side 2 image position/magnification so that it is aligned with Side 1. Do not adjust
Side 1.
• Perform continuous printing for 10 sheets of the template. Use the 6th sheet to perform the
following adjustment.

1340
 Image Adjustment

• Perform a visual check of the 4th, 5th and 6th sheets to confirm that there is about the same
amount of off-registration. If there is discrepancy in the amount, perform adjustment using a
template which averages the discrepancy.
Adjustment Items
• [Adj Image Position of Side 2 With Feed]
• [Adj Image Position of Side 2 Across Feed]
• [Adj Magnification of Side1 With Feed]
• [Adj Magnification of Side1 Across Feed]
Adjustment Procedures

1. Follow the steps below to adjust the image position in the perpendicular direction
and feed direction.
• Perpendicular direction
Adjust [Adj Image Position of Side 2 With Feed] so that the Side 2 center line [A] is aligned
with the Side 1 center line [B].

1341
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• Feed direction
Adjust [Adj Image Position of Side 2 Across Feed] so that the image on the side 2 leading
edge is aligned with the side 1 image.

1342
 Image Adjustment

2. Follow the steps below to adjust the image magnification in the perpendicular
direction and feed direction.
• Perpendicular direction
Adjust magnification for [Adj Magnification of Side1 With Feed] so that the gap between
arrows on the side 2 leading edge is aligned with the gap between arrows on side 1.
*Magnification adjustment reference: A3 short direction (297mm)
0.025%: near equal 0.1mm, 0.1%: near equal 0.4mm

• The adjusted value is updated uniformly in the up/down direction.

• Feed direction
Adjust magnification for [Adj Magnification of Side1 Across Feed] so that the image on the
side 2 trailing edge is aligned with the side 1 image.

1343
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

*Magnification adjustment reference: A3 long direction (420mm)

0.025%: near equal 0.07mm, 0.1%: near equal 0.3mm

• The adjusted value is update to the trailing edge.

TCRU Procedures: Cases for which it is Necessary to Reconfirm Front/Back

Registration (Recommended)

• When the paper lot, procurement channel or storage condition differ.

• When detailed settings for toner deposit have been changed.
• When the temperature of the installation environment has changed greatly (example: when using
results measured/adjusted in summer during winter).
• When the paper size has been changed in Custom Paper Settings, when other Custom Paper
Settings have been used to register new settings.

Service Technician Procedures: Front and Back Registration Adjustment by Using NICE
(Copier Model Only)

Objective: For faster and easier adjustments compared to adjustments using the [Adjustment Settings for
Skilled Operators] menu.

1344
 Image Adjustment

Method

Adjustments Method

Adjust the leading edge of the front side to match with the back
Registration
side.

Magnification Adjust the image size of the back side to match with the front side.

Requirements (and Limitations)

• Papers applied with Custom Paper Settings
• Papers of the following sizes: SRA3, A3, 13” x 19”, 12” x 18”, 11” x 17”, 315mm x
450mm, 318mm x 469mm
• Reference side: front side
• Image skew must be corrected in advance.
Procedure

1. Press ‘Registration adjustment’ on the main menu screen.

2. Press ‘Select’ to print out the test charts.

3 sheets of the following chart will be printed in duplex along with a few blank sheets.

1345
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

3. Place the chart on a table so that the side indicated ‘First’ [A] faces up and fold the 4
corners along the dotted lines as shown below. Do the same for the remaining 2
charts.

1346
 Image Adjustment

4. Place the chart on the exposure glass so that the side indicated ‘Second’ [A] faces up.

5. Scan the first side of all 3 charts. The software application contained in the NICE SD
card reads the distance between the trim lines and folded on all 4 corners from the
scanned data.

6. On the table, fold the 4 corners in the opposite direction so that the corners appear
on the side indicated ‘Second’ [A] face up. Do the same for all 3 charts.

1347
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

7. Place the chart on the exposure glass so that the side indicated ‘First’ [A] faces up.

8. Scan the second side of all 3 charts. With the measurements obtained in steps 6 and
7, SP values for front and back registration are corrected.
9. Print out the trimming chart to check the results.

Adjusting the Image Position on Side 2

When the side 1 image position has already been adjusted and it is necessary to align the side 2 image
position with side 1, refer to previous section ”Adjusting the Image Position on Side 2 in Alignment with
Side 1”.

Perform the solution described in "(a) Adjust the image skew" and then "(b) Adjust the image position".
(a) Adjust the image skew

1. Print the image in black and white.

2. Check the direction of the skew.
3. In the [Adjustment Settings for Skilled Operators] menu, adjust the value of [0107:
Perpendicularity Adjustment].
Press [+] to skew the image counterclockwise or [-] to skew it clockwise.

• It is not possible to adjust image skew separately for side 1 and side 2.
4. Print the image in black and white.
Gradually increase the value and check the printed image.
• If the problem is resolved, go to the next step.
• If the problem persists even though the setting has reached its maximum value, contact
your supervisor.

1348
 Image Adjustment

5. Execute color registration.

In executing color registration, the black adjustment will also be applied to cyan, magenta,
yellow and special color.

• Special color mode is available for 5 station models.

• When it is difficult to adjust image skew on actual print documents: in [Advanced
Settings] for the custom paper customer is using, select [Registration to Align Front and
Back Images Using Template] and then perform simplex printing for the template. Use the
printed template.
• The paper skew can not be adjusted with [Perpendicularity Adjustment]. For details
about adjusting paper skew, see [Paper Skew] in Troubleshooting.
(b) Adjust the image position (Center of paper leading edge)
Move the image up/down and left/right to adjust the center position [b] of the paper leading
edge.

• Adjust the image position in [Advanced Settings] for the custom paper.
[Adj Image Position of Side 2 Across Feed]
[Adj Image Position of Side 2 With Feed]
• If custom paper is not used, adjust the image position in the following [Adjustment Settings for
Skilled Operators] menu.
[0101: Adjust Image Position Across Feed Direction]
[0102: Adjust Image Position With Feed Direction]

• For this adjustment item, it is not possible to adjust [c] and [d]. Therefore we recommend
pre-registering the type of paper in use as a custom paper and then performing
adjustment.
If the problem persists even though you have adjusted the setting to its maximum and minimum
values, contact your supervisor.

1349
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

• When it is difficult to adjust image skew on actual print documents: in [Advanced Settings] for
the custom paper customer is using, select [Registration to Align Front and Back Images Using
Template] and then perform simplex printing for the template. Use the printed template.
(c) Adjust the image position (Corners of paper leading edge)
Shrink/expand the image in the vertical direction and then adjust the image width (distance
between [c] - [c]).

1. In [Advanced Settings] for the custom paper customer is using, adjust the vertical
scaling.
Change the value in [Adj Magnification of Side 2 With Feed].
Press [+] to increase the scaling and [-] to decrease it.
2. Print the image and check the image position.

• To adjust the following settings, pre-register the type of paper in use as a custom paper.
• When it is difficult to adjust image skew on actual print documents: in [Advanced Settings] for
the custom paper customer is using, select [Registration to Align Front and Back Images Using
Template] and then perform simplex printing for the template. Use the printed template.
(d) Adjust the image position (front corner of paper trailing edge)
Shrink/expand the image in the cross direction and then adjust the image length ([d] position).

1350
 Image Adjustment

1. In [Advanced Settings] for the custom paper customer is using, adjust the horizontal
scaling.
Change the value in [Adj Magnification of Side2 Across Feed].
Press [+] to increase the scaling and [-] to decrease it.
2. Print the image and check the image position.

• To adjust the following settings, pre-register the type of paper in use as a custom paper.
• When it is difficult to adjust image skew on actual print documents: in [Advanced Settings] for
the custom paper customer is using, select [Registration to Align Front and Back Images Using
Template] and then perform simplex printing for the template. Use the printed template.

1351
 4. Replacement and Adjustments

1352
5. System Maintenance

Service Program Mode

See "Appendices" for the following information:
• Service Program Mode
• Group 1000
• Group 2000
• Group 3000
• Group 4000
• Group 5000
• Group 6000
• Group 7000
• Group 8000
• Input Check
• Output Check
• Printer SP Mode (GW Printer)
• Scanner SP Mode (GW Scanner)

1353
 5. System Maintenance

Firmware Update
Overview

In order to update the firmware of this machine, it is necessary to download the latest version of
firmware on a SD card.
Insert the SD card in SD card slot 2 of the controller box.

Procedure

• A SD card is a precision device, so when you handle an SD card, respect the following.
• When the power is switched ON, do not insert or remove a card.
• During installation, do not switch the power OFF.
• Do not attach/detach the units, or open/close the doors during software update. If you do, update
might fail. In some cases, machine does not restart and PCB replacement is required.
• Since the card is manufactured to high precision, do not store it in a hot or humid location, or in
direct sunlight.
• Do not bend the card, scratch it, or give it a strong shock.
• Before downloading firmware on an SD card, check whether write-protection of the SD card is
canceled. If write-protection is enabled, an error code (error code 44, etc.) will be displayed
during download, and the download will fail.
• Before updating firmware, remove the network cable from this machine.
• If SC818 is generated during software update, switch the power OFF -> ON, and complete the
update which was interrupted.
• During software update, network cables, remove interface cables, wireless boards, etc., (so that
they are not accessed during update).
• If a power failure occurs during the firmware update, turn the machine power off/on without
removing the SD card. The firmware update procedure should start again.

Update procedure

1. First download the software to be updated to the SD card.

• It is recommended that you format the SD card using the Panasonic SD Formatter (freeware).

1354
 Firmware Update

2. Turn the man power switch [A] OFF.

• Shut down the Fiery controller first.

3. Disconnect the network cable and other interface cables.
This prevents outside interference caused by data transfers to the machine while the software is
being uploaded.
4. Remove the SD card slot cover [A]. ( ×1)

5. Insert the SD card straight in slot 2 [A].

1355
 5. System Maintenance

• Check whether the card is properly in the SD card slot. When a SD card is inserted, a click is
heard, and it is locked.
• To remove the card, release by pressing once in the set state.
6. Turn the main power switch ON.
7. Wait until the update screen starts (about 90 seconds).
When it appears, "Please Wait" is displayed.
8. Check whether a program installation screen is displayed. (English display) When two or more
software modules are contained in the SD card, they are displayed as follows.

When two or more software names are displayed

• Press the module selection button or 10 keypad [1] - [5].
• Choose the appropriate module. (If already selected, cancel the selection)
Operation of keys or buttons

Keys or buttons to press Contents

[Exit] or 10 key [0] Returns to normal screen.

[Start] Key Select all modules.

[Clear/Stop] key Cancel all selection states.

1356
 Firmware Update

Display contents
On the above screen, two programs, i.e., engine firmware and printer application are
displayed. (The screen may change depending on the firmware or application).
The display contents are as follows:

Display Contents

ROM: Display installed module number / version information.

NEW: Display module number / version information in the card.

* The upper row corresponds to the module number, the lower row corresponds to the
version name.
9. Select the module with the module selection button or 10 keys. The selected module is highlighted,
and [Verify] and [Update] are displayed.

• Depending on the combination of update software, it may not be possible to select

simultaneously.

Key or button operations

Keys or buttons to press Contents

[Update] or [#] key Update the ROM of the selected module.

[Verify] button or [./*] key Perform verification of the selected module.

10. Press the [Update] or [#] key, and perform software update.
11. During firmware update, a “firmware update/ verification progress screen" is displayed. When
firmware update is complete, a “firmware update end screen" is displayed.

1357
 5. System Maintenance

• In the middle row, the name of the module currently being updated is displayed. (in this case,
the printer is being updated)
• In the lower row, a progress bar is displayed in ten steps. (The more *, the more the
progress.)
• When updating the control unit program, since progress cannot be displayed on the screen,
the ROM update process is determined when the LED of the [Start] key changes from red to
green.
Firmware update end screen

• This screen is displayed when all selected firmware modules are to be updated. "printer"
in the second row shows that the module updated last is the printer. (When more than
one are updated simultaneously, only what was updated last is displayed.)
• When Verify has completed normally, the Update done display of the above screen is
"Verify done." If "Verify Error" is displayed, reinstall the software of the application
displayed in the lower row.
12. Turn the main power switch OFF, and then remove the SD card.
13. Turn the main power switch ON again, and check whether the machine is operating normally.
14. Reattach the SD card slot cover to the original position.

• When the power supply is switched OFF during firmware update, update is interrupted, and the
power is switched ON again, normal operation cannot be guaranteed.
• To guarantee operation, an update error continues to be displayed until update is successful.

1358
 Firmware Update

• In this case, insert the SD card again, switch the power ON, and continue download of firmware
from the SD card automatically.
• Web access card software: EXJS (EXtended Java Script) is a Type-C ESA application, and like a
conventional Web access card, update using an sdk folder is required.
• The PS3 firmware program is included in the preinstalled PDF firmware.
• In the default state, although the PS3 firmware program is hidden in the disabled state, the function
is enabled by installing the PS3 card.
• (The program installed in the PS3 card is a dongle (key) for enabling PS3 function).
• Due to the above specification, the self-diagnosis result report shows the ROM module number /
software version of the PDF firmware at the PS location.

Error Screens During Updating

EXX shows an error code.

(This error is generated if update was performed when a printer application startup card is removed
after system startup. An error indicating failure of card access is displayed on the screen.)
For error codes, refer to the following table:
Error Code List

Code Contents Solutions

20 Physical address mapping cannot • Switch the main power supply off and on to
be performed. try again.
• Re-insert the SD card to reboot it.
• Replace the controller board if the above
solutions do not solve the problem.

1359
 5. System Maintenance

Code Contents Solutions

21 Insufficient memory for the • Switch the main power supply off and on to
download try again.
• Replace the controller board if the updating
cannot be done by switching the power off
and on.

22 Decompression of compressed • Switch the main power supply off and on to

data failed. try again.
• Replace the SD card used for the update.
• Replace the controller board if the above
solutions do not solve the problem.

24 SD card access error • Re-insert the SD card.

• Switch the main power supply off and on to
try again.
• Replace the SD card used for the update.
• Replace the controller board if the above
solutions do not solve the problem.

32 The SD card used after download • Insert the SD card containing the same
suspension is incorrect. program as when the firmware update was
SD cards are different between suspended, and then switch the main power
the one which was inserted before supply off and on to try again.
power interruption and the one • There is a possibility that the SD card is
which was inserted after power damaged if the update cannot be done after
interruption. the correct SD card has been inserted. In this
case, try again with a different SD card.
• Replace the controller board if the above
solutions do not solve the problem.
Replace all relevant boards if the update is
done for the BCU and FCU.
Replace the operation panel unit if the
update is done for the operation panel.

33 Card version error. • Install the correct ROM update data for
The wrong card version is each version in the SD card.
downloaded.

1360
 Firmware Update

Code Contents Solutions

34 Destination error. • Install the correct ROM update data for

A card for the wrong destination is each destination (JPN/ EXP/ OEM) in the
inserted. SD card.

35 Model error. • Install the correct ROM update data for

A card for the wrong model is each model in the SD card.
inserted.

36 Module error. • Install the program to be updated in

The program to be downloaded advance.
does not exist on the main unit. • There is a possibility that the SD card
The download destination containing the program to be updated has
specified by the card does not not been mounted. Check to confirm that the
match up to the destination for the SD card has been correctly mounted.
main unit’s program. • The SD card is incorrect if the program to be
updated has been correctly installed. In this
case, insert the correct SC card.

38 The version of the downloaded • Make sure that the program to be

program has not been authorized overwritten is the specified version.
for the update.

40 Engine download fails. • Switch the main power supply off and on to
try again.
• If the download fails again, replace the
controller board and the BCU.

42 Control panel / language • Switch the main power supply off and on to
download fails. try again.
• If the download fails again, replace the
controller board and the operation panel
unit.

43 Printing download fails. • Switch the main power supply off and on to
try again.
• The SD card media is damaged if the
update fails again. Replace the SD card
media.

1361
 5. System Maintenance

Code Contents Solutions

44 The data to be overwritten cannot • Switch the main power supply off and on to
be accessed when controller- try again.
related programs are • Install the correct ROM update data in the
downloaded. SD card.
• Replace the controller board if the data to
be overwritten is contained on the controller
board.

49 Firmware updates are currently • The setting of Update Firmware in the

prohibited. Administrator Tools has been set to [Prohibit]
by an administrator. Amend the setting to
[Do not Prohibit] and try again.

50 The results of the electronic • Install the correct ROM update data in the
authorization check have rejected SD card.
the update data.

57 @Remote is not connected at the • Check the @Remote connection.

date/time reserved for receiving
the package firmware update
from the network.

58 Update cannot be done due to a • Check the @Remote connection.

reception route problem.

59 HDD is not mounted. • Check the HDD connection.

60 HDD could not be used during the • Try again.

package firmware update. • Replace the HDD if the download fails
again.

61 The module ID for the package • Prepare the correct package files.
firmware update is incorrect.

62 The configuration of the package • Prepare the correct package files.

firmware update files is incorrect.

63 Reception fails due to the power • Update is to be done automatically when

off at the reserved date/time of the next reception time has elapsed.
the remote firmware update from
the network.

1362
 Firmware Update

Code Contents Solutions

64 Reception fails due to the power • Reset the reservation date/time for the
off at the reserved date/time of remote update.
the package firmware update
from the network.

65 Reception fails due to the status • Update is to be done automatically when

error of the machine at the the next reception time has elapsed.
reserved date/time of the remote
firmware update from the network.

66 Reception failed due to the status • Reset the reservation date/time for the
error of the machine at the remote update.
reserved date/time of the
package firmware update from
the network.

67 Acquisition of the latest version • Check that the network is connected

information from the Gateway correctly.
fails at the reserved date/time of
the remote firmware update from
the network.

68 Acquisition of the latest version • Check that the network is connected

information from the Gateway correctly.
fails.

69 Download fails at the reserved • Check that the network is connected

date/time of the remote firmware correctly.
update from the network.

70 Package firmware download from • Check that the network is connected

the network fails. correctly.

71 Network communication error • Check that the network is connected

occurs at the reserved date/time correctly.
of the package firmware update
from the network.

72 The setting of @Remote is invalid • Set the setting of @Remote Service in the
at the reserved date/time of the Administrator Tools to [Do not Prohibit].
package firmware update from
the network.

1363
 5. System Maintenance

• The PDF firmware installed as standard contains a program required to print PS3 data as default.
However, this PS3 program is normally disabled.
• The PS3 firmware is a dongle (key) which enables PS3 data printing functions. When the PS3
firmware is installed, the PS3 program in the PDF firmware is enabled. Due to this specification, the
self-diagnosis result report shows the ROM part number/software version of the PDF firmware
contained in the PS3 program.

1364
 Updating JavaVM

Updating JavaVM
Creating an SD Card for Updating

1. Download the update modules from Firmware Download Center. As one of the model
modules, "Java VM v11 UpdateTool" is available for download. (The version differs
depending on the model.)
2. Unzip the downloaded file. Copy the whole "sdk" folder to the root of the SD card directly
below.

• When unzipping the downloaded file, two subfolders ("update" and "sdk") exist in the "sdk"
folder. Rather than just copying the subfolder "sdk", copy the whole folder "sdk".

Updating Procedure

• SD card can be inserted with the machine power off.

• During the updating process, do not turn off the power.
• If you turn off the power during the updating, the machine performance is not guaranteed. (There is
a possibility that an SC and boot failure occurs.)
• If you accidentally turn off the power during the updating, retry the updating procedure from the
beginning. (If the update fails again, you will need to replace the controller board.)

1. If the boot priority application is set to the ESA application, switch to the copy application.
([System Settings]-[General Features]-[Function Priority])

1365
 5. System Maintenance

2. Turn the main power switch [A] OFF.

3. Insert the SD card you created into the service slot, and then turn the main power switch
ON.
4. After booting Java VM, update of the application is started. "Updating SDK/J" appears in
the banner message of the touch panel display. (Estimated time: about 2 minutes)

5. When the update is complete, "Update SDK / J done SUCCESS" will appear in the banner
message of the touch panel display. After turning off the main power switch, remove the
SD card from the slot.
When you fail to update, "Update SDK/J done FAIL" is displayed. You can confirm the cause of
the error message below.

1366
 Updating JavaVM

6. Reconfigure the Heap size. ([Extended Feature Settings]-[Administrator Tools]-[Heap/

Stack Size Settings]).
See the manual for the ESA application to know what value to set for the heap size.
7. Return to the previous setting for the boot priority application.

List of Error Messages

Update results are output as a text file on the SD card called "sdkjversionup.log" in the "\sdk \update"
folder.

Result File contents Description of the output

script file = /mnt/sd0/sdk/update/

Boot script path
bootscript
Success Boot scripts processing start time
2012/08/22 17:57:47 start
End time boot script processing, the results
2012/08/22 17:59:47 end SUCCESS

script file = /mnt/sd0/sdk/update/

Boot script path
bootscript
Boot scripts processing start time
Failure 2012/08/22 17:57:47 start
Error message (Possibly multiple)
XXXX Error
End time boot script processing, the results
2012/08/22 17:57:57 end FAIL

Error Message Cause Remedy

PIECEMARK Applied the wrong updating Use the correct updating tool for
Error,machine=XXXXX tool (Using the updating tool of this model.
a different model)

pasePut() - error : The file of the Inadequacy with the SD card Re-create the SD card for
copy origin is not found for updating updating.

Put Error! (Files are missing in the

updating tool)

paseCopy() - error : The file of Inadequacy SD card for Inadequacy SD card for
the copy origin is not found. updating updating
Copy Error! (Files in the updating tool are (Files in the updating tool are
missing) missing)

1367
 5. System Maintenance

Error Message Cause Remedy

[file name: XX] error,No space Writing destination is full. (The Uninstall the unnecessary SDK
left on device NAND flash memory on the applications.
controller board is full.) If you can not uninstall it,
pasePut() - error : The
implement escalation, stating
destination directory cannot be
the "model name, application
made. configuration, SMC sheet
pasePut() - error : fileCopy (SP5-990-006/024/025),
Error. and error file."

Put Error!

[file name: XX] error,No space Writing destination is full. (The Uninstall the unnecessary SDK
left on device NAND flash memory on the applications.
controller board is full.) If you can not uninstall it,
paseCopy() - error : The
implement escalation stating the
destination directory cannot be
"model name, application
made. configuration, SMC sheet
paseCopy() - error : fileCopy (SP5-990-006/024/025),
and error file."
Error.
Copy Error!

Put Error! *1 Error, not normally expected to If you cannot uninstall it,
occur implement escalation stating the
Copy Error! *1 "model name, application
Delete Error! configuration, SMC sheet
(SP5-990-006/024/025),
[XXXXX] is an unsupported and error file."
command. *1
Without the foregoing error
Version Error
message, only "Put Error /
Copy Error" will be displayed

1368
 NVRAM Data Upload/Download

NVRAM Data Upload/Download

Uploading Content of NVRAM to an SD card

Do the following procedure to upload SP code settings from NVRAM to an SD card.

• This data should always be uploaded to an SD card before the NVRAM is replaced.
• Make sure that the write protection of an SD card is unlocked

1. Do SP5-990-001 (SMC Print) before you switch the machine off. You will need a record of
the NVRAM settings if the upload fails.
2. Turn the main power switch [A] OFF.

1369
 5. System Maintenance

3. Remove the SD card slot cover [A] ( x1).

4. Insert the SD card into SD slot 2 [A].

5. Turn the main power switch ON.

6. Execute SP5-824-001 (NVRAM Data Upload) and then press the “Execute” key.
7. The following files are coped to an NVRAM folder on the SD card when the upload
procedure is finished.
The file is saved to the path and the following filename:
NVRAM\<serial number>.NV
Here is an example with Serial Number “K5000017114”:
NVRAM\K5000017114.NV
8. In order to prevent an error during the download, be sure to mark the SD card that holds
the uploaded data with the number of the machine from which the data was uploaded.

• You can upload NVRAM data from more than one machine to the same SD card.

1370
 NVRAM Data Upload/Download

Downloading an SD Card to NVRAM

Do the following procedure to download SP data from an SD card to the NVRAM in the machine.
• The NVRAM data down load may fail if the SD card with the NVRAM data is damaged, or if the
connection between the controller and BCU is defective.
• Do the download procedure again if the download fails.
• Do the following procedure if the second attempt fails:
• Enter the NVRAM data manually using the SMC print you created before uploading the NVRAM
data.

1. Turn the main power switch [A] OFF.

2. Remove the SD card slot cover [A] ( x1).

1371
 5. System Maintenance

3. Insert the SD card with the NVRAM data into SD slot 2 [A].

4. Turn the main power switch ON.

5. Do SP5-825-001 (NVRAM Data Download) and press the “Execute” key.

• The serial number of the file on the SD card must match the serial number of the machine for
the NVRAM data to download successfully. The download fails if the serial numbers do not
match.
This procedure does not download the following data to the NVRAM:
• Total Count
• C/O, P/O Count

1372
 Address Book Upload/Download

Address Book Upload/Download

Information List

The following information is possible to be uploaded and downloaded.

• Registration No.
• User Code
• E-mail
• Protection Code
• Group Name
• Key Display
• Select Title
• Folder
• Local Authentication
• Folder Authentication
• Account ACL
• New Document Initial ACL
• LDAP Authentication

Download Address Book (Backup)

1. Prepare a formatted SD card.

2. Make sure that the write-protection on the SD card is off.
3. Turn the main power switch [A] OFF.

1373
 5. System Maintenance

4. Remove the SD slot cover [A] ( x 1).

5. Insert an SD card into Slot 2 [A].

6. Turn the main power switch ON.

1374
 Address Book Upload/Download

7. Enter the SP mode.

8. Do SP5846-051 (Backup All Addr Book).
9. Exit the SP mode, and then turn the machine off.
10. Remove the SD card form Slot 2.
11. Re-attach the SD card slot cover.

• If the capacity of SD card is not enough to store the address book data, an error message is
displayed.
• Handle the SD with card.
• Never remove an SD card with address book information from the work site.

Upload Address Book (Restore)

1. Turn the main power switch [A] OFF.

2. Remove the SD slot cover [A] ( x 1).

1375
 5. System Maintenance

3. Insert the SD card that holds the address book data into Slot 2 [A].

4. Turn the machine on.

5. Enter the SP mode.
6. Do SP5846-052 (Restore All Addr Book).
7. Exit the SP mode, and then turn the machine off.
8. Remove the SD card from Slot 2.
9. Re-attach the SD slot cover.

• The counter in the user code information is initialized after uploading.

• Administrator and supervisor related information can be neither downloaded nor uploaded.
• If there is no address book data on the SD card, the machine will return an error message.

1376
 UP/SP Data Import/Export

UP/SP Data Import/Export

Overview

Import/export conditions

Import/export is possible between devices only if their model type, region of use, and the following
device configurations match.
• Input Tray
• Output Tray
• ADF
• Whether or not equipped with a hard disk
• Whether or not equipped with a finisher and the type of finisher

UP Data Import/Export

Data that can be imported and exported

• UP data of external controller (e.g. EFI controller) cannot be imported and exported.

• Copier / Document Server Features

• Printer Features (GW Printer only)
• Scanner Features (GW Scanner only)
• Facsimile Features
• Browser Features
• Extended Feature Settings
• Program (Document Server)
• Program (Copier)
• Program (Scanner) (GW Scanner only)
• Web Image Monitor Setting
• Web Service Settings
• System Settings

1377
 5. System Maintenance

Data that cannot be imported or exported

• Some System Settings *1 *2

*1 The setting for the date, settings that require the device certificate, and settings that need to be
adjusted for each machine (for example, image adjustment settings) cannot be imported or
exported.
*2 Settings only for executing functions and settings only for viewing cannot be imported or
exported.
• Extended Feature Settings
• Address book
• Programs (printer function)
• User stamp in Copier / Document Server Features
• Settings that can be specified via telnet
• @Remote-related data
• Counters
• EFI printer unit settings
• Settings that can only be specified via Web Image Monitor or Web Service (for example, Bonjour,
SSDP setting)

Exporting Device Information

This can be exported / imported by an administrator with all privileges.

When exporting SP device information from the control panel, the data is saved on an SD card.

1. Insert an SD card into the media slot [A] on the side of the control panel.

1378
 UP/SP Data Import/Export

2. Log in from the control panel as an administrator with all privileges.

• If [Device Setting Information: Export (Memry Strge Devc)] does not apear, set [Admistrator
Authentication] to [On], then enable user, machine, network, and file administrator privileges.
3. Press [System Settings].
4. Press [Administrator Tools].
5. Press [Next] four times.
6. Press [Device Setting Information: Export (Memry Strge Devc)].
7. Set the export conditions.

• Specify whether to [Include] or [Exclude] the "Device Unique Information". "Device Unique
Information" includes the IP address, host name, etc.
• Specify an encryption key.
8. Press [Run Export].
9. Press [OK].
10. Press [Exit].
11. Log out.

• If data export fails, the details of the error can be viewed in the log.
• When device Information is periodically imported, it is necessary to create the device setting
information file with special software and store it on the web server.

Importing Device Information

This can be exported / imported by an administrator with all privileges.

1379
 5. System Maintenance

Import device information saved on an SD card.

1. Insert an SD card into the media slot [A] on the side of the control panel.

2. Log in from the control panel as an administrator with all privileges.

• If [Device Setting Information: Export (Memry Strge Devc)] does not appear, set [Admistrator
Authentication] to [On], then enable user, machine, network, and file administrator privileges.
3. Press [System Settings].
4. Press [Administrator Tools].
5. Press [Next] four times.
6. Press [Device Setting Information: Import (Memry Strge Devc)].
7. Configure the import conditions.

• Press [Select] of the "Device Setting Info. File" to select the file(s) to import.
• When inserting a file into a home screen, press [Select] for the Image for Home screen and
select the file. You cannot use this setting when using the Smart Operation Panel.

1380
 UP/SP Data Import/Export

• Specify whether to [Include] or [Exclude] the "Device Unique Information". "Device Unique
Information" includes the IP address, host name, etc.
• Enter the encryption key that was specified when the file was exported.
8. Press [Run Import].
9. Press [OK].
10. Press [Exit].
The machine restarts.

• If data export fails, the details of the error can be viewed in the log.

SP Data Import/Export

Data that can be imported and exported

• System SP
• Printer SP (GW Printer only)
• Scanner SP (GW Scanner only)

Exporting Device Information

When exporting SP device information from the control panel, the data is saved on an SD card.

1. Insert an SD card into the media slot [A] on the side of the control panel.

2. Enter SP mode.
3. Press SP5-749-001 (Import/Export: Export)
4. Select “Target” SP settings (System/Printer/Scanner) to be exported.

1381
 5. System Maintenance

5. Select “Option” settings (Unique/Secret).

Unique information of the machine is included in the exported file if you select "Unique" setting.

Item Specification / Note

Unique Unique information that can be updated

#1. Items that are to be used to identify the machine.
Example: Network Information/ Host name / Information related to Mail address
assigned to the machine
#2. Items for specifying the options equipped on the machine.
Example: Lot number for developer
Unique information that cannot be updated
#1. Items that may cause a problem if imported
Example: Serial number / Information related to @Remote
#2. Items for managing the history of the machine
Example: Time and date / Counter information / Installation date
#3. Setting values for the Engine

Secret information is exported if you select "Secret" setting.

Item Specification / Note

Secret Secret information

#1. Data that cannot be exported without being encrypted.
(Exported data is encrypted.)
Example: Password / Encryption key / PIN code
#2. Confidential information for the customer
Example: User name / User ID / Department code / Mail address / Phone
number
#3. Personal information
Example: Document name / Image data
#4. Sensitive information for the customer
Example: MAC address / Network parameters

* The IP address is exported when both 'Unique' and 'Secret' are selected.

1382
 UP/SP Data Import/Export

6. Select “Crpt config” setting (Encryption).

Encryption • Select whether to encrypt or not when exporting.

• If you push the "Encryption" key, you can export secret information.
• If the encryption function is used, setting of an encryption key is required by
direct input.
• Type the arbitrary password using the soft keyboard
• Can enter up to 32 characters

7. Press [Execute].
8. Press [OK].

• If data export fails, the details of the error can be viewed in the log.

Importing Device Information

Import device information saved on an SD card.

1. Insert an SD card into the media slot [A] on the side of the control panel.

2. Enter SP mode.
3. Press SP5-749-101(Import/Export: Import)
4. Select a unique setting.
5. Press [Encryption Key], if the encryption key was created when the file was exported.

1383
 5. System Maintenance

6. Select an encryption setting.

Unique If you want to apply the unique information to the Refer to the above
target machine, select the "Unique" key. information.

Encryption If an encrypted file is selected as the import file,

this setting is required.

7. Press [Execute].
8. Press [OK].

• If data export fails, the details of the error can be viewed in the log.

Possible solutions for import/export problems

The access log file is created when export/import is executed. The file is stored in the same location as
the exported device setting information file.
If an error occurs, check the log's result code in the access log file first. Values other than 0 indicate that
an error occurred.
The result code will appear in the circled area illustrated below.
- Example of a log file

If you cannot solve the problem or do not know how to solve it after checking the code, note down the
error log entry, then contact your supervisor.

1384
 UP/SP Data Import/Export

Result Code Cause Solutions

2 (INVALID REQUEST) A file import was Import files exported from the same model
attempted between with the same device configurations.
different models or
machines with different
device configurations.

4 (INVALID OUTPUT Failed to write the device Check whether the destination device is
DIR) information to the operating normally.
destination device.

7( MODULE ERROR) An unexpected error Switch the power off and then back on, and
occurred during import then try the operation again. If the error
or export. persists, contact your supervisor.

8 (DISK FULL) The available storage Execute the operation again after making sure
space on the external there is enough storage space.
medium is insufficient.

9 (DEVICE ERROR) Failed to write or read Check whether the path to the folder for
the log file. storing the file or the folder in which the file is
stored is missing.

10 (LOG ERROR) The hard disk is faulty. Contact your supervisor.

1385
 5. System Maintenance

Result Code Cause Solutions

20 (PART FAILED) Failed to import some The reason for the failure is logged in
settings. "NgCode". Check the code.
Reason for the Error (Ng-Name)
2. INVALID VALUE
The specified value exceeds the allowable
range.
3. PERMISSION ERROR
The permission to edit the setting is missing.
4. NOT EXIST
The setting does not exist in the system.
5. INTERLOCK ERROR
The setting cannot be changed because of the
system status or interlocking with other
specified settings.
6. OTHER ERROR
The setting cannot be changed for some other
reason.

21 (INVALID FILE) Failed to import the file Check whether the file format is correct.
because it is in the wrong The import file should be a CSV file.
format in the external
medium.

22 (INVALID KEY) The encryption key is not Use the correct encryption key.
valid.

• When exporting device information from the control panel, the data can be saved only on an SD
card.
• The file format for exports is CSV.

1386
 Stamp Data Download

Stamp Data Download

When replacing or formatting the HDD, the fixed stamp data download is required. Fixed stamp data is
contained in the controller software. Install the stamp data from machine ROM onto the hard disk by
SP5-853-001 (Stamp Data Download).
The following stamps are stored on machine ROM. Installation is not necessary.
• Date stamp
• Background Numbering
• Page Numbering
• Stamp Text

Download Procedure

1. Select SP5-853-001 (Stamp Date Download).

2. Press [Execute].
3. Installation progress appears during stamp data downloading.

1387
 5. System Maintenance

4. After stamp data download is complete, the following message appears.

5. Turn the main power switch [A] ON.

1388
 Capturing the Debug Logs

Capturing the Debug Logs

Overview

With this feature, you can save debug logs that are stored in the machine (HDD or operation panel) on
an SD card. It allows the Customer Engineer to save and retrieve error information for analysis.
The Capturing Log feature saves debug logs for the following three.
• Controller debug log
• Engine debug log
• Debug log of the operation panel

• In older models, a technician enabled the logging tool after a problem occurred. After that, when
the problem had been reproduced, the technician was able to retrieve the debug log.
• However, this new feature saves the debug logs at the time that problems occur. Then you can
copy the logs to an SD card.
• You can retrieve the debug logs using a SD card without a network.
• Analysis of the debug log is effective for problems caused by the software. Analysis of the debug
log is not valid for the selection of defective parts or problems caused by hardware.

Types of debug logs that can be saved

Type Storage Timing Destination (maximum storage capacity)

Controller • Saved at all times HDD (4 GB)

debug log Compressed when written to an SD
(GW debug card from the HDD (from 4 GB to about
log) 300 MB)

Engine debug • When an engine SC occurs HDD (Up to 300 times)

log • When paper feeding/output stop by
jams
• When the machine doors are
opened during normal operation

1389
 5. System Maintenance

Type Storage Timing Destination (maximum storage capacity)

Operation • When a controller SC occurs Operation panel (400 MB /Up to 30

panel debug • When saving by manual operation times)
log with the Number keys and the Reset When updating the firmware for the
key (Press “Reset”, “0”, "1” and “C” operation panel, the debug logs are
(hold for 3 seconds)) erased.
• When the operation unit detects an
error
• When the operation panel detects
an error

• Debug logs are not saved in the following conditions.

• While erasing all memory
• While data encryption equipment is installed
• While changing the firmware configuration
• Forced power OFF (accidentally disconnecting the outlet)
• Engine debug log in shutdown
• When the power supply to the HDD is off because of energy saving (engine OFF mode /STR
mode)

Security of the Operation Log

The following operation logs related to security are not saved.

• User ID
• Password
• IP address
• Telephone number
• Encryption key
• Transition to SP mode
Also the following operation logs are not saved.
• Number keys (0 to 9) on the operation panel
• Soft keyboard on the touch panel display
• External keyboard

1390
 Capturing the Debug Logs

Retrieving the Debug Logs

• Retrieve debug logs to identify the date of occurrence of the problems and to find details of the
problems
• e.g.: At around 8:00 am on March 10, an engine stall occurred. The operation panel does not
respond. Turn the main power supply off / on.
• You need to retrieve the debug logs dating back three days from the date of the problem.
• Analysis of the debug log is effective for problems caused by the software. Analysis of the debug
log is not valid for the selection of defective parts or problems caused by hardware.

Procedure for Retrieving the Debug Log

This section explains debug log saving with SD card as example.

1. Insert the SD card into the slot [A] on the side of the operation panel.

• It is recommended to use the SD card provided as a service part. This is because the log data
can be acquired much faster than when using commercially available SD cards.
2. Enter SP mode.
3. Enable debug log saving function with SP5-857-001 (Save Debug Log).
Default setting is 1 (Enable).
4. Set the start date of the log with SP5-857-101 (Start date of debug log output)
e.g.: March 28, 2013: input 20130328 (yyyymmdd)
Set the date three days earlier than the occurrence of the problems.

1391
 5. System Maintenance

5. Set the end date of the log with SP5-857-102 (End date of debug log output)
e.g.: March 31, 2013: input 20130331 (yyyymmdd)
6. Set storage location to “3 (SD card)” with SP5-857-002 (Target 2: HDD 3: SD).
7. After specifying SP5-857-002, turn the main power switch [A] OFF and ON.
RTB 66
Delete steps 6 and 7

8. Execute SP5-857-103 (Get a debug log of all) to write the debug log to the SD card.
• SP5-857-104 gets controller debug log (GW debug log)
• SP5-857-105 gets engine debug log
• SP5-857-107 gets operation panel debug log
9. If the transfer is finished successfully, ‘completed’ is displayed on the touch panel display.
10. Make sure that the SD card access LED is off, and then remove the SD card.
If ‘failed’ appears on the touch panel display, turn the main power switch off, and then recover
from step 1 again.
11. The debug logs are saved with the following file names.

Controller debug log (GW /LogTrace/machine number/watching/

debug log) yyyymmdd_hhmmss_unique identification number.gz

/LogTrace/machine number/engine/
Engine debug log
yyyymmdd_hhmmss.gz

/LogTrace/machine number/opepanel/
Operation panel debug log
yyyymmdd_hhmmss.tar.gz

1392
 Capturing the Debug Logs

Approximate Time to Transfer Debug Log

The approximate time it takes to transfer the debug log is as follows. Transfer time may be affected by
the type or format of the SD card. (It is recommended that you format the SD card using the Panasonic
SD Formatter (freeware)).
• Controller debug log (GW debug log): 2 - 20 minutes
• Engine debug log: 2 minutes
• Operation panel debug log: 2 - 20 minutes
Approximate time display
When getting debug logs by using an SD card, following SP display approximate time on the
operation panel.

SP Descriptions

Displays the approximate time for all debug logs.

• Controller debug log
Get All Debug Logs Time Disp
• Engine debug log
(SP5-857-151)
• Operation panel debug log
• SMC

Get Controller Debug Logs Time Disp Displays the approximate time for controller debug
(SP5-857-152) log.

Get Engine Debug Logs Time Disp

Displays the approximate time for engine debug log.
(SP5-857-153)

Get Opepanel Debug Logs Time Disp Displays the approximate time for operation panel
(SP5-857-154) debug log.

Get SMC Time Disp (SP5-857-155) Displays the approximate time for SMC.

Error Code
If the approximate time can not be displayed, the minus value appears on the operation panel. The
meaning of value is as follows.

time Descriptions

-1min An error other than -2, -3 or -4min has occurred.

-2min There is no SC card in operation panel SD card slot or service slot.

-3min Write protected SC card is inserted.

1393
 5. System Maintenance

time Descriptions

SP5-857-101 (Debug Logging Start Date) is set to a date in the future after the
-4min
Debug Logging Output End Date (SPR-857-102).

1394
 SP Text Mode (Saving SMC List to SD Card)

SP Text Mode (Saving SMC List to SD Card)

Overview

SP Text Mode

This function is used to save the SMC list as CSV files to the SD card inserted into service slot 2 or the
operation panel card slot.

Procedure

1. Turn the main power switch OFF.

2. Insert the SD card into slot 2 or the operation panel SD card slot. Then turn the power ON.
3. Enter SP mode.
4. Select “Copy SP”.

5. Select SP5-992 (SP Text Mode).

6. Select a detail SP number shown below to save data on the SD card.
SP5-992-xxx (SP Text Mode)

Detail No. SMC Categories to Save

001 All (Data List)

002 SP (Mode Data List)

003 User Program

004 Logging Data

1395
 5. System Maintenance

Detail No. SMC Categories to Save

005 Diagnostic Report

006 Non-Default

007 NIB Summary

008 Capture Log

021 Copier User Program

022 Scanner SP

023 Scanner User Program

024 SDK/J Summary

025 SDK/J Application Info

026 Printer SP

7. Press [EXECUTE].

8. Press [EXECUTE] again to start. Press [CANCEL] to cancel the saving.

1396
 SP Text Mode (Saving SMC List to SD Card)

9. “It is executing it” is shown on the screen while executing.

10. Wait for 2 to 3 minutes until “Completed” is shown.

• The SMC list saving may take from 2 to 3 minutes to complete.

• Press [CANCEL] to abort executing.
11. Press [Exit] to exit from SP mode.

File Names of the Saved SMC Lists

The SMC list data saved on the SD card will be named automatically. The file naming rules are as
follows.
Example:

A: Machine serial number (fixed for each machine)

B: The first four digits indicate the SP number. The last three digits indicate the branch number.
C: File creation date (YYYY/MM/DD)
D: File creation time (HH/MM/SS)

• A folder named by the machine serial number will be created on the SD card when this function is
executed.

1397
 5. System Maintenance

Error Messages

• Failed:
Read-only file system, No space left on device. If an error occurs, pressing “Exit” will cause the
device to discard the job and return to the ready state.

1398
MEMO

1399
 MEMO

1400 EN
 Model Ta-C2/P2
Machine Code:
D194/D195/ D203/D204
M195/M196/M207/M208

Appendices

November 2014
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Appendices: Specifications
Main Specifications............................................................................................................................................ 7
General Specifications: Copier and Printer................................................................................................. 7
Weight Distribution...................................................................................................................................... 13
Copy Specifications (D194/D195/D203/D204).................................................................................14
Scanner Specifications (D194/D195/D203/D204)............................................................................ 15
General................................................................................................................................................15
TWAIN ................................................................................................................................................16
Scan-to-Document.............................................................................................................................. 17
EFI Fiery Scanner.................................................................................................................................17
Local Storage Specifications.......................................................................................................................18
Main Unit......................................................................................................................................................19
Engine.................................................................................................................................................. 19
System Function Specifications................................................................................................................... 21
Printer/Scanner...................................................................................................................................21
Copying............................................................................................................................................... 23
Original Size Detection...................................................................................................................... 24
GW Controller.................................................................................................................................... 26
ADF (D194/D195/D203/D204)........................................................................................................... 26
Media Identification Unit Type S3..............................................................................................................28
Peripheral Specifications................................................................................................................................. 29
A3/11"x17" Tray Unit TK5010................................................................................................................ 29
Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100........................................................................................................................ 29
Bridge Unit (BU5010)................................................................................................................................. 30
Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3................................................................................................ 30
LCIT RT5090................................................................................................................................................ 31
Buffer Pass Unit Type S3..............................................................................................................................32
Cover Interposer Tray CI5030...................................................................................................................32
Multi Bypass Tray BY5010.........................................................................................................................33
Multi Bypass Banner Sheet Tray Type S3..................................................................................................34
Decurl Unit DU5040................................................................................................................................... 34
Booklet Finisher SR5060.............................................................................................................................35
Basic Specifications.............................................................................................................................35

1
 Staple specifications........................................................................................................................... 37
Saddle stitch specifications.................................................................................................................38
Punch specifications (Option).............................................................................................................39
Stack Capacity After Finishing........................................................................................................... 40
Finisher SR5050.......................................................................................................................................... 41
Basic Specifications.............................................................................................................................41
Staple specifications........................................................................................................................... 42
Punch Specifications (Option)............................................................................................................43
Stack Capacity After Finishing........................................................................................................... 44
Trimmer Unit TR5040.................................................................................................................................. 44
High Capacity Stacker SK5030................................................................................................................ 45
Ring Binder RB5020....................................................................................................................................47
Perfect Binder GB5010...............................................................................................................................48
Cover Interposer (Inserter)..................................................................................................................48
Perfect Binder.......................................................................................................................................49
Multi-Folding Unit FD5020.........................................................................................................................51
General................................................................................................................................................51
Tray Capacity...................................................................................................................................... 54
RPIP Interface Box Type S3.........................................................................................................................58
2. Appendices: Preventive Maintenance Tables
PM Tables for Main Machines........................................................................................................................59
Optics............................................................................................................................................................59
Development................................................................................................................................................ 60
Around the Drum..........................................................................................................................................60
ITB Unit, Paper Transfer Unit....................................................................................................................... 61
Fuser Unit...................................................................................................................................................... 62
Filters............................................................................................................................................................. 64
Main Paper Feed......................................................................................................................................... 65
Main Paper Transport..................................................................................................................................66
Exit, Duplex.................................................................................................................................................. 67
ADF............................................................................................................................................................... 69
PM Tables for Peripherals................................................................................................................................71
Decurl Unit DU5040................................................................................................................................... 71

2
 Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100........................................................................................................................ 71
LCIT RT5090................................................................................................................................................ 72
Multi Bypass Tray BY5010.........................................................................................................................72
Cover Interposer Tray CI5030...................................................................................................................72
Booklet Finisher SR5060/Finisher SR5050..............................................................................................73
Trimmer Unit TR5040.................................................................................................................................. 74
3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables
Service Program Mode....................................................................................................................................75
Enabling and Disabling Service Program Mode...................................................................................... 75
Entering SP Mode............................................................................................................................... 75
Exiting SP Mode.................................................................................................................................. 75
Types of SP Modes...................................................................................................................................... 75
SP Mode Button Summary..................................................................................................................76
Switching Between SP Mode and Copy Mode for Test Printing.....................................................77
Selecting the Program Number..........................................................................................................77
Exiting Service Mode..........................................................................................................................78
Service Mode Lock/Unlock...............................................................................................................78
Others...................................................................................................................................................79
Remarks........................................................................................................................................................ 79
Display on the Control Panel Screen.................................................................................................79
Group 1000.....................................................................................................................................................82
Paper Feed, Transport................................................................................................................................. 82
Group 2000.................................................................................................................................................. 200
Around the Drum ...................................................................................................................................... 200
Group 3000.................................................................................................................................................. 366
Process Control..........................................................................................................................................366
Group 4000 (Copier Model Only)............................................................................................................. 430
Scanner...................................................................................................................................................... 430
Group 5000.................................................................................................................................................. 459
Mode..........................................................................................................................................................459
Group 6000.................................................................................................................................................. 572
Peripherals................................................................................................................................................. 572
Group 7000.................................................................................................................................................. 611

3
 Data Log.....................................................................................................................................................611
Group 8000.................................................................................................................................................. 763
Data Log 2................................................................................................................................................. 763
Input Check.................................................................................................................................................... 823
Main Machine Input Check......................................................................................................................823
ADF Input Check........................................................................................................................................862
Finisher Input Check.................................................................................................................................. 864
Multi Folding Unit Input Check.................................................................................................................867
Cvr Inserter Input Check............................................................................................................................868
Ring Binder Input Check........................................................................................................................... 871
Perfect Binder Input Check........................................................................................................................873
Stacker 1 Input Check...............................................................................................................................879
Stacker 2 Input Check...............................................................................................................................880
Trimmer Input Check................................................................................................................................. 881
Output Check................................................................................................................................................. 883
Main Machine Output Check 1 ..............................................................................................................883
Main Machine Output Check 2...............................................................................................................891
Buffer Pass Unit................................................................................................................................. 898
A3 LCIT, Bypass Tray....................................................................................................................... 898
Vacuum Feed LCIT............................................................................................................................900
ADF Output Check.................................................................................................................................... 904
Finisher Output Check...............................................................................................................................904
Multi Folding Unit Output Check..............................................................................................................906
Cvr Inserter Output Check........................................................................................................................ 908
Ring Binder Output Check........................................................................................................................ 908
Stacker1 Output Check............................................................................................................................ 909
Stacker2 Output Check............................................................................................................................ 910
SHINJIKO Output Check..........................................................................................................................911
Printer SP Mode (GW Printer)...................................................................................................................... 913
Bit Switch....................................................................................................................................................913
SP1-XXX......................................................................................................................................................923
Scanner SP Mode (GW Scanner)................................................................................................................927
SP1-XXX (System and Others)..................................................................................................................927

4
SP2-XXX (Scanning-image quality)..........................................................................................................929

5
6
1. Appendices: Specifications

Main Specifications
General Specifications: Copier and Printer

Configuration Console

Image Writing System Laser Beam Electrostatic Transfer System

4-drum & 5-drum dry electrostatic transfer system with internal

Color Copy Process
transfer belt

Engine Speed Calculated for A4/LT LEF (uncoated). See below.

ppm

Machine Thickness (g/m2) FC/ FC + 5ST(White)/ FC + 5ST(Clear)/

B/W 5ST(White) Only 5ST(Clear) Only

Thick 1 to 7
80 – –
(52.3 to 300.0)
D194/M195
Thick 8
65 – –
(300.1 to 360.0)

Thick 1 (52.3 to 63.0) 80 80 –

Thick 2 to 7
80 80 37.5
D203/M207 (63.1 to 300.0)

Thick 8
65 65 37.5
(300.1 to 360.0)

Thick 1 to 7
90 – –
(52.3 to 300.0)
D195/M196
Thick 8
75 – –
(300.1 to 360.0)

7
 1. Appendices: Specifications

ppm

Machine Thickness (g/m2) FC/ FC + 5ST(White)/ FC + 5ST(Clear)/

B/W 5ST(White) Only 5ST(Clear) Only

Thick 1 (52.3 to 63.0) 90 90 –

Thick 2 to 7
90 90 37.5
D204/M208 (63.1 to 300.0)

Thick 8
75 75 37.5
(300.1 to 360.0)

Printing speed can be lowered to 34ppm by adjusting the advanced Settings for all paper weight.
Default print speed when using clear toner is set at 37.5PPM. (Quality Mode)
Print speed may be changed to productivity mode which is same speed as FC/ B/W.

First Print B/W Less than 11 sec. (A4/LT LEF)

FC Less than 11 sec. (A4/LT LEF)

Resolution Reading 600 dpi

Writing 1200 x 4800 dpi (Main Scan x Sub Scan)

Gradation Reading 256 Steps

Writing 1200 dpi/2bit (Copy Printing)

1200 dpi/2-bit (Print Jobs)

Warm-up Time Less than 293 sec.

Max. Printable Area (W x 323 x 480 mm (12.7 x 18.9 in.)

L) When using Banner Sheet Tray Option:
323 x 692mm (12.7 x 27.2 in.)

8
 Main Specifications

Paper Capacity Feed Station Sheets/Tray

(80 g/m2)
Main 1st Tray 1000 x2 (Tandem)

Main 2nd Tray 500

A3/DLT LCIT 3rd Tray 1000

4th Tray 2000

5th Tray 1000

Vacuum Feed LCIT 3rd to 8th Tray 2500 each

Multi Bypass Tray (on LCIT) 500

Paper Thickness/Type Thickness Type

Main 1st Tray 52.3 – 300 g/m2 Plain Paper, Recycle Paper,
14 lb. Bond – 110 lb. Cover Preprinted, Letterhead, Pre-punched

Main 2nd Tray 52.3 – 256 g/m2 Plain Paper, Recycle Paper,
14 lb. Bond – 95 lb. Cover Preprinted, Letterhead, Pre-punched,
Tab Stock*1

A3/DLT 52.3 – 256 g/m2 Plain Paper, Recycle Paper,

LCIT 14 lb. Bond – 95 lb. Cover Preprinted, Letterhead, Pre-punched,
3rd Tray Tab Stock*2, Gloss*3, Matte*3, OHP
(Transparency), Translucent Paper,
Envelope, Textured Paper

52.3 – 360 g/m2 Plain Paper, Recycle Paper,

14 lb. Bond – 130 lb. Cover Preprinted, Letterhead, Pre-punched,
Tab Stock*2, Gloss*3, Matte*3, OHP
4th Tray
(Transparency), Translucent Paper,
Envelope, Label Paper, Textured
Paper

52.3 – 256 g/m2 Plain Paper, Recycle Paper,

14 lb. Bond – 95 lb. Cover Preprinted, Letterhead, Pre-punched,
Tab Stock*2, Gloss*3, Matte*3, OHP
5th Tray
(Transparency), Translucent Paper,
Envelope, Textured Paper, Textured
Paper

9
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Vacuum 52.3 – 360 g/m2 Plain Paper, Recycle Paper,

Feed LCIT 14 lb. Bond – 130 lb. Cover Preprinted, Letterhead, Pre-punched,
3rd to 8th Tab Stock*2, Gloss*3, Matte*3, OHP
Tray (Transparency), Translucent Paper,
Envelope, Textured Paper, Textured
Paper

52.3 – 360 g/m2

Banner
14 lb. Bond – 130 lb. Cover

Multi Bypass Tray 52.3 – 216 g/m2 Plain Paper, Recycle Paper,
14 lb. Bond – 81 lb. Cover Preprinted, Letterhead, Pre-punched,
Tab Stock*2, Translucent Paper

Main (Duplex) 52.3 – 360 g/m2

14 lb. Bond – 130 lb. Cover

*1 Tab Sheet Holder option is needed when printing Tab Stock.

*2 Tab Fence is needed when printing Tab Stock.
*3 For Gloss and Matte paper stocks, basic weight of more than 80gsm is required. Gloss and Matte paper
stocks of 80gsm or lighter are not supported.

Paper Size

Main 1st Tray (Tandem) A4 LEF, LT LEF (Fixed)

Main 1st Tray (Tandem – A3 Kit) Std. A3 SEF, B4 SEF, A4 SEF/LEF, DLT SEF, LG
SEF, LT SEF/LEF

Custom Min.: 210 x 210mm

Max.: 305 x 439mm

Main 2nd Tray Std. 13"x 18" SEF; SRA3 SEF, 12 x 18" SEF, SRA4
SEF/LEF; A3 SEF, A4 SEF/LEF, A5 SEF/LEF,
B4 SEF, B5 SEF/LEF; DLT SEF, LG SEF,
8.5"x13" SEF, LT SEF/LEF, 8.25 x 14" SEF,
8.25 x 13" SEF , 8 x 13" SEF, Executive SEF/
LEF, HLT SEF/LEF, Line Slider 1 LEF, Line Slider
2 SEF; 8-Kai SEF, 16-Kai SEF/LEF,11"x15"
SEF, 11"x14" SEF, 10"x15" SEF

Custom Width: 139.7 to 330.2mm

Length: 139.7 to 457.2 mm

10
 Main Specifications

A3/DLT LCIT / Std. 13"x19.2" SEF, 13"x19"SEF,

Vacuum Feed LCIT 12.6"x19.2"SEF, 12.6"x18.5" SEF, 13"x 18"
SEF, SRA3 SEF, 12"x18" SEF, SRA4 SEF/LEF,
A3 SEF, A4 SEF/LEF, A5 SEF/LEF, A6 SEF, B4
SEF, B5 SEF/LEF, B6 SEF, DLT SEF, LG SEF,
8.5"x13" SEF, LT SEF/LEF, 8.25"x14" SEF,
8.25"x 13" SEF, 8" x 13" SEF, 8"x10.5" LT
SEF/LEF, 8"x10" SEF/LEF, Executive SEF/LEF,
HLT SEF/LEF, Line Slider 1 SEF/LEF, Line Slider
2 SEF, 8-Kai SEF, 16-Kai SEF/LEF, 11"x15"
SEF, 11"x14" SEF, 10"x"15" SEF, 10x 14"
SEF, Postcard SEF

Custom Width: 100 to 330.2mm

Length: 139.7 to 487.7mm
When using Banner Sheet Tray Option:
Min.: 210 x 230mm
Max.: 420 x 700mm

Multi Bypass Tray (on LCIT) Std. Same as Optional A3/DLT LCIT

Custom Width: 100 to 330.2mm

Length: 139.7 to 487.7mm

Duplex Paper Sizes A5 SEF, HLT SEF to 13"x19.2"

Paper Size Adjustment

Main 1st Tray (Tandem) Fixed (A4 LEF or LT LEF)

Main 2nd Tray Universal Tray

A3/DLT LCIT Universal Tray

Vacuum Feed LCIT Universal Tray

Bypass (on LCIT) Universal Tray

Paper Output Capacity

Shift Tray 3000 Sheets

Finisher SR5050
Proof Tray 250 Sheets

11
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Shift Tray 2500 Sheets

Booklet Finisher SR5060
Proof Tray 250 Sheets

Stacker 5000 Sheets

High Capacity Stacker SK5030
Proof Tray 250 Sheets

Ring Binder RB5020 11 Booklets (100 pages each)

Multi-Folding Unit FD5020 Varies with folding method

Perfect Binder GB5010 4 Booklets (200 pages each)

Power Source North America 208V to 240V, 16A, 50/60 Hz

(2 Power Cords)

Europe/Asia 220 to 240V 16A, 50/60 Hz

(2 Power Cords)

Power Consumption (Max.) Less than 5000W

Energy Star Compliant

Sleep Mode Less than 2.0W

Memory

D194/D195/D203/D204 3 GB

M195/M196/M207/M208 2 GB

HDD 320 GB x 2

Dimensions

D194/D195/D203/D204 1320 x 910 x 1230 mm (52 x 35.8 x 48.4 in.) *1

M195/M196/M207/M208 1320 x 910 x 1218 mm (52 x 35.8 x 47.9 in.) *1

Weight

D194/D195 Less than 580 kg (1,279 lb.)

D203/D204 Less than 600 kg (1,323 lb.)

M195/M196 Less than 560 kg (1,235 lb.)

M207/M208 Less than 580 kg (1,279 lb.)

12
 Main Specifications

*1: The rear boxes can be removed. With the controller box and cooling box removed, the main body
will fit through a space (narrow door or elevator door) about 750 mm (30 in.) wide.

Weight Distribution

The main machine is heavy. Apply these numbers as reference points because the distribution of weight
will differ, depending on how the machine is leveled at the four corners (a, b, c, d) in the illustration
below.

Location Weight (kg)

a: Rear Left 163

b: Rear Right 171

c: Front Right 130

d: Front Left 129

No. Location Weight (kg)

1 d+c 259

2 a+b 334

3 b+c 301

4 a+d 292

13
 1. Appendices: Specifications

No. Location Weight (kg)

5 a+b+c+d 593

Copy Specifications (D194/D195/D203/D204)

Original Scan Method Horizontal flatbed, ADF

Original Orientation Left rear corner

Original Size (Max.) 12" x 17"

Maximum Weight (Exposure Glass) 5 kg (2.3 lb.) /LT,A4

Original Scales Left Scale EU/AP NA

SEF LEF Inch

A3 A4 11

B4 B5 10

A4 A5 8.5

B5 --- 8

A5 --- 5.5

Rear Scale EU/AP NA

SEF LEF Inch

A3 A4 17

B4 B5 14

--- --- 13

--- --- 11

A4 A5 10

B5 --- 8.5

A5 --- 8

--- --- 5.5

14
 Main Specifications

Original Type Book, Sheet, Object

Paper Size Detection

Main 12 x 18" SEF, A3 SEF, B4 SEF, A4 SEF/LEF, A5 SEF/

LEF, DLT SEF, LT SEF/LEF, 8.5 x 13" SEF, HLT SEF, B5
SEF/LEF

A3/DLT LCIT 12 x 18" SEF, A3 SEF, B4 SEF, A4 SEF/LEF, A5 SEF/

LEF, DLT SEF, LT SEF/LEF, F (8 x 13")SEF, HLT SEF/LEF,
B5 SEF/LEF

Vacuum Feed LCIT 12 x 18" SEF, A3 SEF, B4 SEF, A4 SEF/LEF, A5 SEF/

LEF, DLT SEF, LT SEF/LEF, F (8 x 13")SEF, HLT SEF/LEF,
B5 SEF/LEF, Postcard SEF, A6 SEF

Multi Bypass Tray (on LCIT) 12 x 18" SEF, A3 SEF, B4 SEF, A4 SEF/LEF, A5 SEF/
LEF, DLT SEF, LT SEF/LEF, F (8 x 13")SEF, HLT SEF/LEF,
B5 SEF/LEF, Postcard SEF, A6 SEF

Paper Counter 1 to 9999 Sheets

Enlarge/Reduction Rates

NA Enlarge 1 : 1, 1.21, 1.29, 1.55, 2.00, 4.00

Reduce 1 : 0.93, 0.85, 0.78, 0.73, 0.65, 0.50,

0.25

EU/AP Enlarge 1 : 1, 1.15, 1.22, 1.41, 2.00, 4.00

Reduce 1 : 0.93, 0.82, 0.75, 0.71, 0.65, 0.50,

0.25

Zoom Rate 25% to 400% (1% steps)

Scanner Specifications (D194/D195/D203/D204)

General

Scanning Method Flatbed

Scan Direction Main Scan Surface

15
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Scan Range Same as copy specification (Enlarge/Reduction Rates, Zoom

Rate)

Gradation 256 Levels

Compatible Interfaces Ethernet (100Bases-TX/10Base-T), USB 2.0 Type A, SD

Memory Card Slot

RAM 3GB

Magnification Range Copy 600 dpi 25 – 400%

Scanning Color Modes B/W FC, Auto Color selectable

Multiple Output B/W 1-bit/8-bit

FC RGB for each color (sRGB)

Max. Area Main Scan 297 mm (11.7 in.)

Sub Scan 432 mm (17 in.)

Drop-out Color Supported (Selectable)

TWAIN

Scan Area Main Scan (Width) 297 mm (11.7 in.)

Sub Scan (Length) 432 mm (17 in.)

Resolution Main: 600 dpi (100 – 1200 dpi/1 dpi specified)

Supported Interfaces Ethernet (100Base-TX/10Base-T)

Drivers Network TWAIN

Image Memory Area Not provided

TWAIN Compatible OS Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server 2003,

Windows Vista, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server
2008 R2 Windows 7

TWAIN First Read Function Supported

16
 Main Specifications

Scan-to-Document

Scan Area Main Scan (Width) 297 mm (11.7 in.)

Sub Scan (Length) 432 mm (17 in.)

Resolution 600 dpi (Base), 400, 300, 200, 150, 100 dpi

Supported Interfaces Ethernet (100Base-TX/10Base-T)

ADF Throughput B/W Simplex: more than 120 sheets/min.

Duplex: more than 220 sheets/min.
At 200 dpi-1bit (A4 LEF with MMR Compression)
At 300 dpi-1bit (A4 LEF with MMR Compression)

FC Simplex: more than 120 sheets/min.

Duplex: more than 220 sheets/min.
At 200 dpi-24bit (A4 LEF with JPEG Compression)
At 300 dpi-24bit (A4 LEF with JPEG Compression)

Mixed Original Supported

Scan-to-PC SMB, FTP, NCP Sending

Scan-to-Email POP before SMTP/SMTP with Authentication, S/MIME

Distribution Addresses 2000 (LDAP compatible)

Mail Protocol POP, SMTP, IMAP4

Blank Original Detection Supported

EFI Fiery Scanner

Scan Area Main Scan (Width) 297 mm (11.7 in.)

Sub Scan (Length) 432 mm (17 in.)

Resolution 600 dpi

Grayscale B/W: 1-bit/8-bit Selectable

17
 1. Appendices: Specifications

ADF Throughput B/W Simplex: more than 120 sheets/min.

Duplex: more than 220 sheets/min.
At 200 dpi-1bit (A4 LEF with MMR Compression)

FC Simplex: more than 120 sheets/min.

Duplex: more than 220 sheets/min.
At 200 dpi-24bit (A4 LEF with JPEG Compression)

Interfaces 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet

File Formats TIFF (Multi/Single), JPEG, PDF (Multi/Single)

Scanning Adjustment Supported

Brightness Adjustment Supported (7 steps)

Original Type Selectable

Scan Operation From MFP operation panel

TWAIN Driver Network TWAIN, EFI supported drivers

Supported Functions Scan-to-EFI Controller HDD, Scan-to-Email, Scan-to-Mailbox,

Scan-to-Hold Queue, Scan-to-FTP, Scan-to-PC (SMB)

Blank Original Detection Supported

Local Storage Specifications

Documents Scanned Original Data, Print Data, Copy Data, Document

Backup for Each Type

Document Handling Paper Output (Includes Test Output, Password Output, File
Merge Output), Client PC Sending

Interfaces 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet

Storage Capacity 15000 Pages or 3000 Documents (Copy Application Only)

Note:
• Storage capacity can be adjusted with and SP code
setting to released unused areas on the HDD.
• Document size is limited to 5000 pages for the Copy
application and 3000 pages for other applications.

18
 Main Specifications

Main Unit

Engine

Configuration Console Type with Dry Toner Fusing

Exposure 3-Line CCD Elements, 6 Lens/ 4Groups, LED and Reflection

Plate, 600 dpi

Image Writing Laser Raster System, 1200 x 4800 dpi, PWM, 1/48 dot

Drive System

Drum Traction Motor + Serration Linkage

Development Gear and Belt Reduction + Tribol and Coupling Linkage

Drum Cleaning Gear Reduction + Coupling Linkage

Image Transfer Large Aperture Gear Reduction + R direct drive

Paper Transfer/ITB Cleaning Reduction Gear + Coupling Linkage

Fusing Reduction Gear + Coupling Linkage

Paper Exit Reduction Gear + Coupling Linkage

Used Toner Collection Gear and Belt Reduction + Gear Linkage

Quenching Around Drums

Method 5 Drums

Quenching Method NC Roller

Drum Drive Traction Reduction Motor + Perforated Shaft

Drums 60 mm dia.

Drum Cleaning Method Counter-Blade

Assist Functions Dry Drum Lubrication, Quenching Assist with PCL

(Photoconductor Lamp)

Development Circulating Dry Toner

Transfer & Separation

19
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Image Transfer Belt Transfer System with Roller-Driven ITB

Paper Transfer PTR Bias Transfer (Image from ITB to Paper)

Paper Separation Method AC Charge + Curvature separation

Paper Transport Belt Assisted by Suction Fans

ITB Cleaning Counter-Blade, Lubricant Brush Roller (Zinc Stearate Lubricant)

PTR Cleaning Counter-Blade, Lubricant Brush Roller (Zinc Stearate Lubricant)

Paper Feed, Transport, Exit

Feed and Separation FRR System

1st Tray Tandem

2nd Tray Universal Tray

Paper Registration System

Main Scan Paper shift based on CIS readings

Sub Scan Registration roller buckle adjustment with registration gate,

transfer timing roller speed timing adjustment

Invert/Duplex

Duplexing Method Interleave

Cooling System Heat Sink Roller

Fusing

Fusing Method Dry Belt (Oil-less)

Temperature Control Non-contact Sensors, Contact Thermistors

Cleaning Method Cleaning Web

Unit Configuration Fusing/Exit Unit, Removable

Toner Supply Air Pump + Sub Hopper Augur

Operation Panel LCD with Touch Panel

Engine Control Dual CPU

20
 Main Specifications

Process Control Potential Sensors, ID Sensors, TD Sensors

DEMS

System Function Specifications

Printer/Scanner

Paper Capacity Detection

1st Tray 5-Step (including Near-End)

2nd Tray 5-Step (including Near-End)

A3/DLT LCIT 5-Step (including Near-End)

Vacuum Feed LCIT 5-Step (including Near-End)

Bypass (on LCIT) 4-Step (including Near-End)

Limitless Paper Supply Supported

Tray Overflow Detection All Trays

Duplexing

Paper Size A5 SEF/HLT SEF to 13"x19.2"

Paper Weight 52.3 to 360 g/m2

Paper Type Normal, Recycled, Coated Paper

Double-Feed Detection Provided

Stapling (Finisher SR5050/ Booklet Finisher SR5060)

A4, B5, 8 1/2” x 11”: 2 to 100 Sheets

Staple Capacity A3, B4, 11”x17”, 8 1/2”x14”: 2 to 50 Sheets
Z-folding: 10 Sheets

B5 to A3
Paper Size
8 1/2” x 11” to 11” x 17”

Without Z-folding: 64 to 80 g/m2 (17 to 22 lb.Bond)

Paper Thickness
Z-folding: 64 to 105 g/m2 (17 to 28 lb Bond)

21
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Staple Positions (Finisher Top, Bottom, 2 Staples, Top-slant

SR5050)

Staple Out Detection Yes

Paper Thickness Settings (g/m2) Thick 1 52.3 to 63.0

Thick 2 63.1 to 80.0

Thick 3 80.1 to 105.0

Thick 4 105.1 to 163.0

Thick 5 163.1 to 220.0

Thick 6 220.1 to 256.0

Thick 7 256.1 to 300.0

Thick 8 300.1 to 360.0

Paper Remaining Display Yes

Original on Exposure Glass Alert Yes

User Code Settings 1000 for registration (8 alphanumeric characters)

Energy Save

Auto Energy Save Mode Yes

Auto Power Save Yes

Auto Off Yes

Weekly Timer Yes

Counter Electronic Counter

Anti-Condensation Heaters • Scanner Unit (Service Option)

• Transfer Unit (Switch)
• Paper Bank (Switch)

@Remote Function Supported (Remote Communication Gate Type BN-1/

CN-1,Embedded RC Gate, Remote Communication Gate A)

GW SDK Applications Available

ID Chip for Parts 5th station Toner Bottle, Fuser Unit

22
 Main Specifications

Utilities • Smart Device Monitor for Admin Accounting Report

Package
• TotalFlow MR
• Web Image Monitor
• Web Smart Device Monitor/ Remote Communication
Gate S
• Spot Coating Editor

Copying

ACS (Auto Color Selection) Provided

Full Color Mode Yes

Black & White Mode Yes

Single Color Mode Main machine colors: 12 Colors + B&W

Registered colors: 15 (displayed in SP mode only)

2-Color Mode Black + Mono Colors

Note: Display switch with SP code.

ADF Originals Mixed Sizes Allowed

Thin Paper Not Allowed

Allows Single/Double-Sided Originals in same Batch

B/W, Color in Same Stack Allowed

Blank Originals Not Detected

Non-Standard Original Sizes Allowed

APS Detection

23
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Copy Modes (Selectable) Text

Text/Photo

Photo

Generation

Pale

Map

Highlight Pen

Density

Enlarge/Reduction Rates

NA Enlarge 1 : 1, 1.21, 1.29, 1.55, 2.00, 4.00

Reduce 1 : 0.93, 0.85, 0.78, 0.73, 0.65, 0.50, 0.25

EU/AP Enlarge 1 : 1, 1.15, 1.22, 1.41, 2.00, 4.00

Reduce 1 : 0.93, 0.82, 0.75, 0.71, 0.65, 0.50, 0.25

Zoom Rate 25% to 400% (1% Steps)

Stamp Fixed (Provided) 8 (One Color)

User Defined 5 (One Color)

Original Size Detection

Remarks:

Y Supported

- Not supported.

Size (W x L) [mm] NA EU/Asia/Oceania/China

Platen ADF Platen ADF

A3 SEF (297 x 420) - Y Y*1 Y

B4 SEF (257 x 364) - - Y*1 Y

24
 Main Specifications

A4 SEF (210 x 297) Y*6 Y Y*1*6 Y

A4 LEF (297 x 210) Y*6 Y Y*1*6 Y

B5 SEF (182 x 257) - - Y*1 Y

B5 LEF (257 x 182) - - Y*1 Y

A5 SEF (148 x 210) - - Y*3*1 Y

A5 LEF (210 x 148) - - Y*3*1 Y

B6 SEF (128 x 182) - - - Y

B6 LEF (182 x 128) - - - Y

DLT SEF (11" x 17") Y Y*2 - Y*2

LG SEF (81/2" x 14") Y Y*2 - -

LT SEF (81/2" x 11") Y*6 Y*2 Y*6 Y*2

LT LEF (11" x 81/2") Y*6 Y*2 Y*6 Y*2

HLT SEF (51/2" x 81/2") Y*5 Y - -

HLT LEF (81/2" x 51/2") Y Y - -

US EXE SEF (71/4" x 101/2") - Y - -

US EXE LEF (101/2 x 71/4") - Y*2 - -

F SEF (8" x 13") - - Y*4 Y*4

Foolscap SEF (81/2" x 13") - Y*2 Y Y

Folio SEF (81/4" x 13") - - Y*4 Y*4

Folio SEF (11" x 15") - Y*2 - -

Folio SEF (10" x 14") - Y - -

Folio SEF (8" x 10") - Y*2 - -

8K SEF (267 x 390) - - Y*1 Y*2

16K SEF (195 x 267) - - Y*1 Y*2

16K LEF (267 x 195) - - Y*1 Y*2

25
 1. Appendices: Specifications

*1: The machine can detect the paper size depending on the setting of SP4-305-001
*2: The machine can detect the paper size depending on the setting of SP6-016-001.
*3: The machine can detect the paper size depending on the setting of SP4-303-001.
*4: The machine can detect the paper size depending on the setting of SP5-126-001.
*5: The machine can detect the paper size depending on the setting of SP4-303-001.
*6: The machine can detect the paper size depending on the setting of SP4-305-001.

GW Controller

CPU Device Intel Celeron Processor P4505 1.86GHz

Chip Set PCH

ASIC Klien, Zermatt

Main Memory

D194/D195/D203/D204 3 GB

M195/M196/M207/M208 2 GB

BIOS ROM 4 MB

NAND Flash Memory 512 MB

EEPROM 1 KB

NVRAM 512 KB (256K x 2)

TPM Trusted Platform Mode

RTC Real Time Clock

SD Card I/F SD Card Slots 1, 2

HDD I/F SATA I/F Connectors x2

HDD Power Connector x1

Network RJ45 I/F Connector x1, 10Base-T/100Base-TX

ADF (D194/D195/D203/D204)

Type One-pass color duplex sheet-through scanner

26
 Main Specifications

B5 to A3 (SEF),
5.5”x8.5“ to 11”x17” (SEF)
<Custom Size Paper>
Simplex
Width: 128 to 297mm
Length: 128 to 432mm

Original Size Banner Page: Not supported

B5 to A3 (SEF),
5.5”x8.5” to 11”x17” (SEF)
Duplex <Custom Size Paper>
Width: 128 to 297mm
Length: 128 to 432mm

Simplex: 40 to 128 g/m2 (11 to 34 lb.)

Original Weight
Duplex: 52 to 128 g/m2 (14 to 34 lb.)

Stack capacity 220 sheets or less than 27mm (80g/m2, 20 lb. Bond)

Speed 500 mm/s

Original Set Position Rear left corner

Separation Feed belt and separation roller

Original Transport Roller transport

Original Feed Order From top original

Reproduction Range 66 to 400%

Power Source DC 24 V ,DC5V from the main machine

Power Consumption Less than 72.2 W

Permissible voltage
±10%
fluctuation

Dimensions (w x d x h) 591 x 520 x 175 mm (23.3" x 20.5" x 6.9")

Weight Less than 14.0 Kg (30.9 lb.)

27
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Media Identification Unit Type S3

Connection to the controller USB2.0

3m or less
Cable length
(Provided with the main machine)

3 seconds or less
Determination time (Until displaying the determination results from starting the
scanning)

LED 3

Draw from the main machine

Power Source
(Supplied via USB cable)

Dimensions (W x D x H) 100mm x 150mm x 70mm

Weight 350g

28
 Peripheral Specifications

Peripheral Specifications
A3/11"x17" Tray Unit TK5010

Item Specification

Dimensions (W x D x H) 495 x 530 x 175 mm

Weight 10 kg

Paper weight 52.3 to 300g/m2

Paper size A3 SEF, B4 SEF, A4

11”x17” SEF, 8 1/2”x14 SEF, 8 1/2x11”, Custom Size
*Change the paper size with SP 5-959-002.
For custom size: SP 5-960-001 to 002

Paper capacity 1,000 sheets/ 110mm

Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100

Item Specifications

Configuration Console, attached to right side of main machine

Tray1: 52.3 to 360.0g/m2

Paper weight
Tray2: 52.3 to 360.0g/m2

13 x 19.2" SEF, 13 x 19"SEF, 12.6 x 19.2"SEF, 12.6 x 18.5" ,13 x

18" SEF, SRA3 SEF, 12 x 18" SEF,SRA4 SEF/LEF,A3 SEF, A4 SEF/
LEF, A5 SEF/LEF, A6 SEF, B4 SEF, B5 SEF/LEF, B6 SEF,DLT SEF, LG
SEF, 8.5 x 13" SEF, LT SEF/LEF, 8.25 x 14" SEF, 8.25 x 13" SEF, 8 x
13" SEF,8 x 10.5" LT SEF/LEF, 8 x 10" SEF/LEF, Executive SEF/LEF,
HLT SEF/LEF,
Paper size
Line slider1 SEF/LEF, Line slider2 SEF, 8-Kai SEF, 16-Kai SEF/LEF,11
x 15" SEF, 11 x 14" SEF, 10 x 15" SEF, 10 x 14" SEF, Postcard SEF
Custom size:
Width: 100mm to 330.2mm
Length: 39.7mm to 487.7mm

29
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Item Specifications

Tray1: 2500 sheets

Paper tray capacity Tray2: 2500 sheets
* Paper thickness: 0.1 mm

Power source AC100 to 120V±10%

Power consumption Less than 860W

1,024mm x 730mm x1,000mm

Dimensions (W x D x H)
Excluding protrude

Less than 255kg

Weight
Excluding accessories

Bridge Unit (BU5010)

Item Specifications

Configuration Horizontal transport unit, Bridge unit

Paper Thickness 40.0 to 360.0g/m2

Postcard (Width: 100mm): up to 13×19.2

Paper size Length: 139.7mm to 487.7mm
Width: 100.0mm to 330.2mm

Power source DC: 24V±10%, DC: 5V±5% (Draw from vacuum feed LCIT RT5100)

Dimensions (W x D x H) 330×730×1000mm (Bridge unit excluding protrude)

Weight 60kg or less (Excluding accessories)

Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray Type S3

Item Specifications Notes

1,250 sheets 560mm or less: 800 sheets *The

Paper capacity
* Paper thickness: 0.1 mm dedicated end fence is necessary.

30
 Peripheral Specifications

Item Specifications Notes

487.8mm or more:
Paper Thickness 52.3 to 360.0g /m2
up to 300 g /m2

Length: 420mm to 700mm Require the installation of vacuum

Paper size feed banner sheet tray to the exit
Width: 210mm to 330.2mm tray side.

1
When linked, it connects to the
Tray * Connects to the paper feed unit most upstream of the vacuum feed
(Tray1) of the vacuum feed LCIT LCIT RT5100.
RT5100.

Output Paper 200 sheets Install the extension tray to the

Capacity * Paper thickness: 0.1 mm shift tray of the finisher.

1,310mm x 730mm x 1,000mm

Dimensions
This option only:
(W×D×H)
286mm x 540mm x 294mm

Weight Less than 7kg

LCIT RT5090

Item Specification

Dimensions (W x D x H) 865 x 730 x 1218 mm

Weight Less than 185 kg

Configuration Console Type

Power source From mainframe

Noise (Power level) TBA

A5 (LEF)/5.5” x8.5” (LEF) – 13” x 19.2” (LEF)

<Custom Size Paper>
Paper size
Width: 100.0 to 330.2mm (3.94 to 13.00 inch)
Length: 139.7 to 487.7mm (5.50 to 19.20 inch)

31
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Item Specification

52.3-360g/m2
Paper weight
14lb Bond -130lb Cover

1st tray: 1,100 sheets

Paper capacity 2nd tray: 2,200 sheets
3rd tray: 1,100 sheets

1st tray: 52.3-256 g/m2 (14lb Bond - 95lb Cover)

Paper weight 2nd tray: 52.3-360 g/m2 (14lb Bond - 130lb Cover)
3rd tray: 52.3-256 g/m2 (14lb Bond - 95lb Cover)

Air Assist Paper Pickup Yes (all tray)

Buffer Pass Unit Type S3

Item Specifications

Supported Thickness 52.3 to 360g/m2

Supported Paper Size Postcard (SEF), A6 (SEF), HLT, 100×139.7mm to 330.2×700mm

Power Source 100V, 50/60Hz, 3A

Max Energy Consumption 200W or less

Dimensions (W x D x H) 330×730×1000mm

Weight Approx. 90 kg

Cover Interposer Tray CI5030

Item Specification Notes

Dimension (W x D x H) 540 x 730 x 1290 (mm)

Weight Less than 45kg

Power Source From mainframe

Noise (Power level) TBA

32
 Peripheral Specifications

Item Specification Notes

A5/HLT – 13” x 19.2”

<Custom Size Paper>
Paper Size
Width: 139.7 to 330.2mm (5.50 to 13.00 inch)
Length: 139.7 to 487.7mm (5.50 to 19.20 inch)

63.1 – 216g/m2
Paper weight
17 –58lb Bond /110 lb index

Paper capacity 200 sheets x 2 trays 20lb, 80g/m2

Original set position Center position

Original Set Face Up, First sheet on top

User
Size change Touch screen
changeable

Multi Bypass Tray BY5010

Item Specification

Paper Capacity 550 sheets (80g/m2, 20lb Bond)

A5 (LEF)/5.5”x8.5” (LEF) – 13” x 19.2”

<Custom Size Paper>
Paper Size
Width: 100.0 to 330.2mm (3.94 to 13.00 inch)
Length: 139.7 to 487.7mm (5.50 to 19.20 inch)

Paper Weight 52.3 to 216g/m2, 14lb Bond to 80lb Cover

From LCT
Power Source
(From Mainframe -->LCT)

Paper Volume Sensors In 4 steps: Near end, 0%, 50%, 100%

Dimension (W x D x H) 690 mm x 561 mm x 210mm

Weight Less than 20kg

33
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Multi Bypass Banner Sheet Tray Type S3

Item Specification Notes

500 sheets
Paper Capacity
* Paper thickness: 0.1 mm

Paper Weight 52.3 to 216gsm

Require the installation

Length: 139.7mm to 700mm of multi bypass banner
Paper Size
Width: 210mm to 330.2mm sheet tray type S3 to
the exit tray side.

1
Tray
* Connects to the multi bypass tray BY5010

200 sheets Install the extension

Output Paper Capacity tray to the shift tray of
* Paper thickness: 0.1 mm the finisher.

Dimension (W x D x H) 553 x 364 x 142mm

Weight Less than 3.5kg

Decurl Unit DU5040

Item Specification

Dimensions (W x D x H) 71 x 509 x 181mm

Weight Less than 5kg

Type Internal Module to be installed in mainframe (Option)

Power Consumption Less than 30W

Power Supply From mainframe

Paper Size 100 x 139.7mm - 330.2 x 487.7mm

Paper Weight 40 – 360gsm

34
 Peripheral Specifications

Item Specification

Decurl Function Pressure Adjustment 3 steps From operation panel

Curl Type Back curl/Face curl From operation panel

Booklet Finisher SR5060

Basic Specifications

Item Specification

996 x 730 x 1126mm

Dimensions (W x D x H)
*Not includes projections. When all extendable trays are closed.

Weight Less than 112kg

Configuration Console type

NA: 120-240V
Power Source
EU/AP: 220-240V

Power Consumption Less than 150W (Excluding peak consumption)

Output Jogger Standard

Staple Position Adjustment Yes (Two position staple only)

35
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Item Specification

250 sheets
Without folding (A4, 8 1/2” x
11 or smaller)
50 sheets
Stack Without folding (B4, 8 1/2” x
14” or larger) 80g/m2, 20 lb.Bond
capacity
30 sheets
Z folding (B4 or larger)
Proof Tray 20 sheets
Z folding (A4SEF, LTSEF)

Paper size A5-13” x 19.2”

<Without Z-folding>
52 g/m2-216g/m2
Paper weight 16-40 lb. Bond, 50-80 lb. Cover, 90-110 lb. Index
<Z-folding>
64-105 g/m2, 20lb Bond

36
 Peripheral Specifications

Item Specification

2,500 sheets
(A4 LEF, B5 LEF, 8 1/2” x 11 LEF)
1,500 sheets
(A3, A4 SEF, B4, B5 SEF, 11” x 17” SEF, 8 1/2 “ x 11” SEF,
SRA4, 226 x 310mm)
1,000 sheets
Stack (12” x 18”, SRA3, 13”x18”, 12.6”x18.5”, 12.6”x19.2”,
capacity 13”x19”, 13” x 19.2”, 310 x 432mm)
500 sheets
(A5 LEF, 5 1/2” x 8 1/2” LEF)
100 sheet
Shift Tray (A5 SEF, 5 1/2” x 8 1/2” SEF)
30 sheets
(Z-folding paper)

<Without Z-folding>
Max Up to 330.2 x 487.7 mm (13” x 19.2”)
Paper size
<Z-folding>
up to 12”x18”

<Without Z-folding>
40-400g/m2*BR-C1 doesn’t support over 300gsm thick
Paper weight
<Z-folding>
64-105 g/m2, 18-28lb Bond

• The capacity to be calculated with 80g/m2, 20lb Bond paper.

Staple specifications

Item Specification

B5-A3
Paper size
8 1/2” x 11” – 11” x 17”

37
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Item Specification

<Without Z-folding>
64-80g/m2 (17-22 lb.Bond)
Paper weight
<Z-folding>
64-105 g/m2 (17-28 lb Bond)

Staple position Top, Bottom, 2 Staples, Top-slant

A4, B5,
2-100 sheets
8 1/2” x 11”

Staples A3, B4
Capacity* 11”x17”, 8 2-50 sheets
1/2”x14”

Z-folding 10 sheets

Staple Replenishment Cartridge exchange / 5,000 pins per cartridge

• The capacity to be calculated with 80g/m2, 20 lb Bond paper.

Saddle stitch specifications

Item Specification

B5-SRA3
8 1/2”x11”-13”x19.2”
Paper size <Custom Size>
Length: 257 to 487.7mm
Width: 182 to 330.2mm

Paper weight 64-90g/m2 (18-24 lb.Bond)

Staple position Center 2 position

38
 Peripheral Specifications

Item Specification

64-80g/m2
(18-20lb 20 sheets
Bond)

Staples 80-90g/m2
Capacity* (20-24lb 15 sheets
Bond)

One cover sheet (up to 163g/m2) can be included in the above

Cover Sheet
stapling capacity.

Staple Replenishment Cartridge exchange / 5,000 pins per cartridge

Punch specifications (Option)

Specification Remarks

NA: 2 or 3 holes
Number of Punch EU: 2 or 4 holes Punch option is required.
Scandinavian: 4 holes

Yes (Resist Roller and Side

Punch Registration
Registration Sensor)

2 or 3 holes: 52 -209g/m2
Max. Thickness
4 holes: 52 - 163g/m2

Type a (95ppm)
Supported model Type b (110ppm)
Type c (135ppm)

Same as engine speed

Performance
(95/110/135ppm)

39
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Stack Capacity After Finishing

Paper size # of Pages per set # of Sets

20-100 125-25
A4 LEF, B5 LEF
10-19 200-105
8 1/2” x 11” LEF
2-9 150

Without Z-folding A4 SEF, B5 SEF 10-100 150-15

8 1/2” x 11” SEF 2-9 150

A3, B4 10-50 150-30

11” x 17”, 8 1/2” x 14” 2-9 150

A3 & A4, B4 & B5

When mix-sized 2-50 30
11” x 17 & 11” x 8 1/2”

One size
A3 Z-folding & A4
With Z-folding (One
B4 Z-folding & B5 1-10 30-3
size or mix-sized)
11” x 17” Z-folding +
11” x 8 1/2”

2-5 45

6-10 23
All size
When Saddle Stitch 11-15 15

16-20 10

Limitless stack mode supported

40
 Peripheral Specifications

Finisher SR5050

Basic Specifications

Item Specification

996 x 730 x 1126mm

Dimensions (W x D x H)
*Not includes projections. When all extendable trays are closed.

Weight Less than 112kg

Configuration Console type

NA: 120-240V
Power Source
EU/AP: 220-240V

Power Consumption Less than 150W (Excluding peak consumption)

Output Jogger Standard

Staple Position Adjustment Yes (Two position staple only)

250 sheets
Without folding (A4, 8 1/2” x
11 or smaller)
50 sheets
Stack Without folding (B4, 8 1/2” x
14” or larger) 80g/m2, 20 lb.Bond
capacity
30 sheets
Z folding (B4 or larger)
Proof Tray 20 sheets
Z folding (A4SEF, LTSEF)

Paper size A5-13” x 19.2”

<Without Z-folding>
52 g/m2-216g/m2
Paper weight 16-40 lb. Bond, 50-80 lb. Cover, 90-110 lb. Index
<Z-folding>
64-105 g/m2, 20lb Bond

41
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Item Specification

3,000 sheets
(A4 LEF, B5 LEF, 8 1/2” x 11 LEF)
1,500 sheets
(A3, A4 SEF, B4, B5 SEF, 11” x 17” SEF, 8 1/2 “ x 11” SEF,
SRA4, 226 x 310mm)
1,000 sheets
Stack (12” x 18”, SRA3, 13”x18”, 12.6”x18.5”, 12.6”x19.2”,
capacity 13”x19”, 13” x 19.2”, 310 x 432mm)
500 sheets
(A5 LEF, 5 1/2” x 8 1/2” LEF)
100 sheet
(A5 SEF, 5 1/2” x 8 1/2” SEF)
Shift Tray
30 sheets
(Z-folding paper)

<Without Z-folding>
Max Up to 330.2 x 487.7 mm (13” x 19.2”)
Paper size
<Z-folding>
up to 12”x18”

<Without Z-folding>
40-400g/m2
Paper weight *BR-C1 doesn’t support over 300gsm thick
<Z-folding>
64-105 g/m2, 18-28lb Bond

• The capacity to be calculated with 80g/m2, 20lb Bond paper.

Staple specifications

Item Specification

B5-A3
Paper size
8 1/2” x 11” – 11” x 17”

42
 Peripheral Specifications

Item Specification

<Without Z-folding>
64-80g/m2 (17-22 lb.Bond)
Paper weight
<Z-folding>
64-105 g/m2 (17-28 lb Bond)

Staple position Top, Bottom, 2 Staples, Top-slant

A4, B5,
2-100 sheets
8 1/2” x 11”

Staples A3, B4
Capacity* 11”x17”, 8 2-50 sheets
1/2”x14”

Z-folding 10 sheets

Staple Replenishment Cartridge exchange / 5,000 pins per cartridge

• The capacity to be calculated with 80g/m2, 20lb Bond paper.

Punch Specifications (Option)

Item Specification

NA: 2 or 3 holes
Number of Punch EU: 2 or 4 holes
Scandinavian: 4 holes

Punch Registration Yes (Resist Roller and Side Registration Sensor)

2 or 3 holes: 52 -209g/m2
Max. Thickness
4 holes: 52 - 163g/m2

Type a (95ppm)
Supported model Type b (110ppm)
Type c (135ppm)

Performance Same as engine speed (95/110/135ppm)

43
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Stack Capacity After Finishing

Paper size # of Pages per set # of Sets

20-100 150-30
A4 LEF, B5 LEF
10-19 200-105
8 1/2” x 11” LEF
2-9 150

Without Z-folding A4 SEF, B5 SEF 10-100 150-15

8 1/2” x 11” SEF 2-9 150

A3, B4 10-50 150-30

11” x 17”, 8 1/2” x 14” 2-9 150

A3 & A4, B4 & B5

When mix-sized 2-50 30
11” x 17 & 11” x 8 1/2”

One size
A3 Z-folding & A4
With Z-folding (One
B4 Z-folding & B5 1-10 30-3
size or mix-sized)
11” x 17” Z-folding + 11” x
8 1/2”

Trimmer Unit TR5040

Item Specification Notes

Dimension (W x D x H) 1,115 x 591 x 555mm

Weight 75kg

Console type / Optional unit

Configuration Finisher SR5060 is necessary
for Finisher

Universal Power Supply 100V –

240V
Power consumption Plug
NA: 60Hz EU: 50Hz
Ave. 75W, Max. 250W

Trimming Type One side edge

44
 Peripheral Specifications

Item Specification Notes

1-20 sheets (2-40 pages after

Trimming Capacity 20lb, 80g/m2
folding)

13 x 19.2”, 13 x 19”, 12.6 x

19.2”, 12.6 x 18.5”
13 x 18”, SRA3(320 x
450mm), 12 x 18”, A3, B4
SRA4(320 x 225mm), 226 x
Paper Size 310mm, 310 x 432mm, *sizes before folding

A4, B5, DLT, LG, LT

<Custom Size>
Width: 182 to 330mm
Length: 257 to 488mm

1 sheet: 60 sets*1
2 - 5 sheets: 60 sets
Stack Capacity
6 - 10 sheets: 35 - 40 sets*1
11 - 20 sheets: 20 - 25 sets*1

Stacker Full Detection Yes

Limitless Stack Yes*2

*1: The stack capacity varies according to the size of the sheets.
*2: Note: Hardware modification by service engineer is necessary. Not applicable by end-user.

High Capacity Stacker SK5030

Item Specification Notes

Configuration Console type

Speed 169 to 758mm/s

Dimension (W x D x H) 900×730×1,000mm

Weight Stacker: less than 120kg Cart: less than 15kg

45
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Item Specification Notes

DC power supply
from the main
NA: AC100V, 50/60Hz machine: 5V
Power Supply
EU: AC200V, 50/60Hz AC power supply:
no supply from the
main machine

Power Consumption Less than 104W

Shift Tray

5,000 A3 (max.13"×19.2"),A3 SEF,B4 SEF,A4 SEF, In 0.1mm paper

Stack sheets A4 LEF,DLT SEF,LG SEF,T SEF,LT LEF
More than 80 g/
capacity 2,500 m2 : provisions in
B5 SEF,B5 LEF,A5 SEF,A5 LEF,HLT SEF,HLT LEF weight
sheets

Paper size 331×488mm (13"×19.2") to A5

Paper weight Less than 52 g/m2/

more than 350
40 to 400g/m2
g/m2: paper type is
limited.

Proof Tray

In 0.1mm paper

Stack capacity 250sheets (more than A4,LT) More than 80 g/

m2 : provisions in
weight

331x488mm (13”x19.2”) to A6 SEF /

Paper size
postcard

Less than 52 g/m2/

more than 350
Paper weight 40 to 400g/m2
g/m2: paper type is
limited.

Relay path

Paper size 331×488mm (13"×19.2") to A6SEF/ postcard

46
 Peripheral Specifications

Item Specification Notes

Less than 52 g/m2/

more than 350
Stack capacity 40 to 400g/m2
g/m2: paper type is
limited.

Ring Binder RB5020

Configuration Console

Paper Transport Centered in paper path

Punching + ring binding

Operation Modes Punching only
Straight-through (downstream delivery)

Signature Thickness 2 to 100 sheets

Punching,
A4 LEF, LT LEF, Tab Sheets for each size
binding

Straight-through (no punching)

Paper Size A6 to A3 SEF, DLT, HLT, 12"x18", 13"x19", 12.6"x19.2",
Unfolded
13"x19.2", Tab sheets (A4, LT, LG)

A3, B4, A4 SEF, DLT, LG, LT SEF 12"x18" (from upstream Z-

Z-Folded
Folder unit).

Paper Weight 64 to 216 g/m2

Ring Sizes 2 (50-sheet, 100-sheet)

EU: A4 LEF: 23 holes

Punching
NA: LT LEF: 21 holes

Ring Supply Cartridge feed: capacity: 80 rings max.

47
 1. Appendices: Specifications

11 documents (100-ring bound, A4 SEF)

Thickness Ring On Tray

Output Tray
2 to 10 50 25
Capacity
11 to 50 50, 100 16

51 to 100 100 11

Punching Only Up to 100 sheets

Size 870 x 730 x 1010mm (34.3 x 28.7 x 38.8 in.)

Weight 140 kg (308 lb)

Power Consumption Less than 400 W

DIP SW Settings All OFF

Perfect Binder GB5010

Cover Interposer (Inserter)

Feed System Automatic Paper Feed

Trays Two. Tray A (upper), Tray B (lower)

Cover Setting Face-up stacking

Feed Top to bottom

Transport Mode Simplex

Standard PPC, Color Paper, Coated Paper

Cover Paper Type
Paper type mixing not recommended

Standard: A4 SEF, A4 LEF, B5 SEF, B5 LEF, LT SEF, LT LEF, EXE SEF

Width: 257 to 330.2 mm

Cover Size
Length: 182 to 487.7 mm

Recommended: 13"x19.2", 13"x19", 13"x18", A3, B4

48
 Peripheral Specifications

Up to 200 covers (80 g/m2)

Tray A, B Capacity
Maximum stack thickness: 24 mm

Paper Weight 64 g/m2 to 300 g/m2

Paper Positioning Center aligned

Width: Adjustable slide-fence contact sensors

Paper Size Detection Tray A, Tray B: 1 sensor each

Length: Pulse count photo-sensors

Size (w x d x h) 621 x 679 x 213 mm (24.5 x 26.7 x 8.4 in.)

Weight Approximately 17 kg (37.4 lb)

Power Supply DC 24V (supplied from host machine via Perfect Binder)

Power Consumption Less than 103 W (maximum at operation)

Perfect Binder

Paper Positioning Center aligned

Delivery Face-down

10 to 200 sheets (64 to 80 g/m2)

Signature Thickness 10 to 150 sheets (81 to 105 g/m2)
Max. thickness: Up to 23 mm (0.9 in.)

Width: 182 to 228.6 mm

Signature
Length: 257 to 320 mm
Paper Size
Width: 257 to 330.2 mm
Cover
Length: 364 to 487.7 mm

64 to 163 g/m2
Signature
Paper Thickness *106 to 163 g/m2: up to 10 slip sheets

Cover 90 to 300 g/m2

Width 139.7 mm to 216 mm

Finished Size
Length 201 to 297 mm

49
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Top 6 to 28 mm

Trimming Range Bottom 6 to 28 mm

Fore Edge 6 to 50 mm

Target Signature Cover

13"x19.2"
13"x19"
A4 SRA4
13"x18"
Recommended Cover/ SRA3
Signature Size Ratios
B5 A4 A3

A5 B5 B4

13"x19.2"
LT 9"x12"
13"x19"

3 cuts: Bottom, top, fore edge

Trimming Modes 1 cut: Fore edge (Limit: 297 mm)
No cuts

Straight-through, no binding

Width: 98.4 to 330.2 mm

Downstream Delivery Size
Length: 139.7 to 487.7 mm

Paper Weight 52 to 300 g/m2

Max.: 23 mm (80g/m2)
Book Output Tray
Book door locked during operation

Warm-up Time Less than 440 sec. (6.3 min.)

Glue vat 380 g (continuous pellet supply)

Glue Capacity
Approximately A4 to B5 100 books

More than 15 books

Trimmings Box Capacity
Approx. A4 to B5 of 100 sheets each, 80 g/m2

Size (w x d x h) 1090 x 791 x 1387 mm (43 x 31 x 53.5 in.)

50
 Peripheral Specifications

Weight 350 kg (770 lb)

EU: 220 to 240V 50/60 Hz

Power Supply
NA: 208 60 Hz

Power Consumption Less than 623 W (with inserter)

Multi-Folding Unit FD5020

General

Operating Environment Temperature and humidity ranges: Same as main machine.

Service Life Expected: 5 years or 60,000 K (A4 LEF)

Paper Weight 40 to 300 g/m2

Speed Straight-Through 100 to 758 mm/s

Folding 169 to 758 mm/s

Straight-Through Feed Size Postcard to 13x19.2"

Used paper: A3, A4, B4, B5

Type OHP: A4, B5
Tap paper: A4 LEF, LT LEF

Folding Methods 6 methods (FM1 to FM6)

51
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Paper Sizes (Straight Through) --- Postcard to 13 x 19.2 in.

Paper Sizes & Weight (Folding) FM1 A3, B4, DLT, LG, A4, LT, 12x18", 8-kai

A3, B4, DLT, LG, A4, B5, LT 12x18", 12.6x18.5",

12.6x19.2", 13x18", 13x19", 13x19.2",
FM2 226x310 mm, 310x432 mm, SRA3, SRA4, 8-kai
(64 to 105 g/m2)

FM3

FM4 A3, B4, DLT, LG, A4, LT, B5, 12x18", 8-kai

FM5 (64 to 80 g/m2)

FM6

Multiple Folding FM1 Not allowed

FM2 Max. 3 (64 to 80 g/m2 only)

FM3 Max. 3 (64 to 80 g/m2 only)

FM4 Max. 3 (64 to 80 g/m2 , B4, A4, LT, B5 only)

FM5
Not allowed
FM6

Line Speed (Only FM1 Z-Folded paper can exit downstream)

52
 Peripheral Specifications

350 mm/sec. to top tray

No Fold
To downstream: Same as main machine.

758 mm/sec. to top tray (paper < 355.6 mm long)

FM1 450 mm/sec. to top tray (paper < 355.6 mm long)
To downstream: Same as main machine.

1 Sheet: Same as main machine

2-3 Sheets: 454 mm/sec.
FM2 758 mm/sec. to top tray (paper <355.6 mm long)
350 mm/sec. to top tray (paper < 279.4 <355.6 mm long)
250 mm/sec. to top tray (paper < 279.4 mm long)

1 Sheet: Same as main machine

FM3 2-3 Sheets: 454 mm/sec. to top tray
FM4 350 mm/sec. to top tray (paper < 420 mm long)
250 mm/sec. to top tray (paper < 420 mm long)

1 Sheet: Same as main machine

FM5 350 mm/sec. to top tray (paper < 420 mm long)
250 mm/sec. to top tray (paper < 420 mm long)

1 Sheet: Same as main machine as far as 3rd Stopper. At 3rd stopper feeds 50 mm at
100 mm/sec.
FM6
350 mm/sec. to top tray (paper < 420 mm long)
250 mm/sec. to top tray (paper < 420 mm long)

Power Supply NA AC 120V 60 Hz, 2.0A

EU AC 220 to 240V, 50/60 Hz 1.2A

Power Consumption 240 W

Size (w x d x h) 470 x 1000 x 730 mm (18.5 x 39.4 x 28.7 in.)

Level Less than 5 mm deviation at front/back, left/right

Weight 92 kg (203 lb)

Noise Level (dB A) Mode Alone System

No Folding < 72 dB ---

53
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Folding < 72 dB < 76 dB

Tray Capacity

The capacity of the tray on top of the unit for folded paper is determined by these variables:
• Folding Methods (FM1 to FM6)
• Paper size
• Paper weight
Folding Mode FM1

Weight (Standard) Weight (Heavy)

Size
64 to 80 g/m2 64 to 80 g/m2

8-kai 35 20

12x18" 35 20

A3 SEF 35 20

DLT 35 20

B4 SEF 35 20

LG SEF 35 20

A4 SEF 30 20

LT SEF 30 20

Folding Mode FM2

54
 Peripheral Specifications

Weight (Standard) Weight (Heavy)

Size
64 to 80 g/m2 64 to 80 g/m2

13x19.2" 40 25

13x19" 40 25

12.6x19.2" 40 25

12.6x18.5" 40 25

13x18" 40 25

SRA3 (320x450 mm) 40 25

SRA4 (225x320 mm) 40 25

226x310 mm 40 25

310x432 mm 40 25

8-kai 40 25

12x18" 40 25

A3 SEF 40 25

DLT 40 25

B4 SEF 40 25

LG SEF 40 25

A4 SEF 50 50

LT SEF 50 50

B5 SEF 50 50

Folding Mode FM3

55
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Weight (Standard) Weight (Heavy)

Size
64 to 80 g/m2 64 to 80 g/m2

8-kai 30 20

12x18" 30 20

A3 SEF 30 20

DLT 30 20

B4 SEF 30 20

LG SEF 30 20

A4 SEF 40 30

LT SEF 40 30

B5 SEF 40 30

Folding Mode FM4

Weight (Standard) Weight (Heavy)

Size
64 to 80 g/m2 64 to 80 g/m2

8-kai 40 20

12x18" 40 20

A3 SEF 40 20

DLT 40 20

B4 SEF 40 20

LG SEF 40 20

A4 SEF 50 40

LT SEF 50 40

56
 Peripheral Specifications

Weight (Standard) Weight (Heavy)

Size
64 to 80 g/m2 64 to 80 g/m2

B5 SEF 50 40

Folding Mode FM5

Weight (Standard) Weight (Heavy)

Size
64 to 80 g/m2 64 to 80 g/m2

8-kai 30 20

12x18" 30 20

A3 SEF 30 20

DLT 30 20

B4 SEF 30 20

LG SEF 30 20

A4 SEF 30 30

LT SEF 30 30

B5 SEF 30 30

Folding Mode FM6

57
 1. Appendices: Specifications

Weight (Standard) Weight (Heavy)

Size
64 to 80 g/m2 64 to 80 g/m2

8-kai 50 20

12x18" 50 20

A3 SEF 50 20

DLT 50 20

B4 SEF 50 20

LG SEF 50 20

A4 SEF 30 30

LT SEF 30 30

B5 SEF 30 30

RPIP Interface Box Type S3

Item Specification Notes

Number of Connection 1

I/F
RPPI
(to the main machine)

Parallel GPIO using the Ricoh RACI

I/F
specification.
(to the peripheral)
Serial RS232 port.

Power Source Draw from the main machine Supplied via RPPI cable

Necessary software / NET Framework 4.0 or later

middleware Microsoft Office Excel 2003 or later

Dimensions (W x D x
150.2mm x 156.7mm x 53.9mm
H)

Weight

58
2. Appendices: Preventive
Maintenance Tables

PM Tables for Main Machines

• The amounts mentioned as the PM interval indicate the number of prints.

• After carrying out PM, clear the maintenance counter (SP7-622).

Symbol keys Meaning

S Service technician (CE)

U User

T TCRU trained user

Replace after total page count elapses

Replace according to machine log count (sheet count, distance count,

whichever occurs first)

Must inspect, clean, lubricate (if applicable)

Inspect, clean, lubricate (if applicable) as necessary

Note Materials required for cleaning, lubrication, etc.

Optics

Item S/U/T Interval Note

White Plate S 800K Optics cloth

1st Mirror S 800K Optics cloth

2nd Mirror S 800K Optics cloth

3rd Mirror S 800K Optics cloth

APS Sensor S 800K Blower brush

59
 2. Appendices: Preventive Maintenance Tables

Item S/U/T Interval Note

Exposure Glass S/U 400K Exposure glass cleaner

Scanner Guide Rails S 800K No Alcohol damp cloth

ADF Exposure Glass S/U 400K Exposure glass cleaner

Toner Shield Glass S 400K

Optics cloth
800K

Development

Item S/U/T Interval Note

Vent Filter S 900K

Development Case S -
• Clean when PCDU is pulled out
Development Cooling S/T • Dry cloth
Sheet

Around the Drum

Item S/U/T Interval Note

RTB 150
Cleaning at
PCU Cleaning Unit S/T 400K Distance traveled: replace at 170 km
400k
*When paper fed under standard conditions

Cleaning Blade S 400K This blade does not include the side seals
below. Replace both parts at the same time.

Cleaning Blade Side Seal S 400K These are required for installing a new drum
cleaning blade.

Lubrication Roller S 400K This roller does not include the Lubricant
below. Replace both parts at the same time.

Lubricant S 400K These are required for installing a new

lubrication Roller.

Lubrication Blade S 400K This blade does not include the side seals
below. Replace both parts at the same time.

60
 PM Tables for Main Machines

Item S/U/T Interval Note

Lubrication Blade Side S 400K These are required for installing a new drum
Seal lubrication blade.

Joint S 400K

Gears S 400K

Charger Unit S/T 400K Distance traveled: replace at 170 km

*When paper fed under standard conditions

Photoconductor Unit S/T 1700K Distance traveled: replace at 702 km

(Drum) *When paper fed under standard conditions

Potential Sensor S 800K Blower brush

Quenching Lamp S 800K Dry cloth

Used toner bottle U Replace when full (136K sheets)

Drum Shaft S 400K • As occasion demands

• Grease KS660

ITB Unit, Paper Transfer Unit

Item S/U/T Interval Note

ITB Unit

Intermediate Transfer Belt S 1700K Distance traveled: replace at 702 km

*When paper fed under standard conditions

Image Transfer Roller S 1800K Distance traveled: replace at 744 km

*When paper fed under standard conditions

Paper Transfer Bias Roller S 1200K

Transfer Belt Speed S 400K Blower brush

Feedback Sensor

Water damp swab

ID/MUSIC Sensor S 400K Water damp cloth

61
 2. Appendices: Preventive Maintenance Tables

Item S/U/T Interval Note

Belt Centering Roller HP S

800K Blower brush
Sensor

Rollers S • Water damp cloth

800K
• Clean when color deviation occurs.

ITB Cleaning Unit

Cleaning Blade S/T 600K

Lubrication Roller S 600K Distance traveled: replace at 248 km

Lubricant S 600K *When paper fed under standard conditions

Lubrication Blade S 600K

Paper Transfer Unit

CL Blade S/T 600K Distance traveled: replace at 216 km

Lubricant S 600K *When paper fed under standard conditions

Discharger S 600K

Paper Transfer Roller S Distance traveled: replace at 165 km

400K
*When paper fed under standard conditions

Entrance Guide Plate S 400K

Clean as necessary
Exit Guide Plate S 400K

PTR

Paper Sensors S 400K Blower brush

Transport Belt S 400K

RIbs S 400K

Fuser Unit

Item S/U/T Interval Note

Fuser Unit

62
 PM Tables for Main Machines

Item S/U/T Interval Note

Fuser Belt S 900K

Fusing Roller S 900K

Fusing Roller Bearings S 900K

Pressure Roller S 1200K

Pressure Roller Bearings S 1200K

Fusing Roller Separation S

400K Dry cloth
Plate

Pressure Roller Separation S Dry cloth

400K
Plate

Upper Entrance S Dry cloth

400K
Guide Plate

Heating Roller Thermistor S Dry cloth, always clean at PM parts

900K
replacement

Pressure Roller Thermistor S Dry cloth, always clean at PM parts

900K
replacement

Thermopile S 400K cloth

Gears S Lubricate (FLUOTRIBO MG GREASE) at PM

600K
parts replacement

Heating Roller Bearings S - Inspect at PM parts replacement

Fuser Cleaning Unit

Web S/T 600K

Roller S 830K

Spring Plate S 900K

63
 2. Appendices: Preventive Maintenance Tables

Item S/U/T Interval Note

Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller S/T • Cumulative operating time: 180 minutes
• Number of times forced operation
possible (when not under auto-
490K
execution) : 90 times
• Number of sheets when under auto-
execution only : 1080K

Filters

Item S/U/T Interval Note

Air Filters S 400K

Ozone Filters S 1200K

• Be sure to replace ozone filters with new ones during periodic maintenance at the specified number
of sheets.
• If your machine uses ozone filters and you fail to replace them with new filters at the number of
sheets specified for replacing them, the amount of ozone released outside the device will increase
and may result in discomfort and/or feeling sick.

64
 PM Tables for Main Machines

Main Paper Feed

Interval
S/
Item 100 300 600 Q’ty Action Note
U Limit
K K K

Pickup Roller
S,T 1000k 1 Replace
(Tray1)

Feed Roller (Tray1) S,T 1000k 1 Replace

Separation Roller
S,T 1000k 1 Replace
(Tray1)

Pickup Roller
S,T 1000k 1 Replace Water damp
(Tray2)
cloth or ethanol
Feed Roller (Tray2) S,T 1000k 1 Replace *3
Separation Roller
S,T 1000k 1 Replace
(Tray2)

Paper Feed Guide

S *2 *2 2 Clean
Plate

Vertical Transport
S *2 *2 1 Clean
Guide Plate

Feed Sensor S,T *1 2 Clean

Remove paper
Vertical Transport
S *2 *2 5 Clean dust with blower
Sensor
brush
Paper End Sensor S,T *1 2 Clean

Grip Drive Roller S *2 *2 5 Clean

Grip Idle Roller S *2 *2 5 Clean

Water damp
Bank Exit Drive cloth
S,T *1 1 Clean
Roller

Bank Exit Idle Roller S,T *1 1 Clean

*1: Inspect every 100K and clean as needed.

*2: Inspect and clean as needed after the 1st 600K and then at intervals of 300K thereafter.

65
 2. Appendices: Preventive Maintenance Tables

*3: Replace all 3 at the same time when the frequency of jams or multi-feeding is increasing.

Main Paper Transport

Interval
S/
Item 100 300 600 Q’ty Action Note
U Limit
K K K

Transfer Timing
S *2 *2 1 Clean
Drive Roller Water damp
Transfer Timing Idle cloth
S,T *1 1 Clean
Rolle

Remove paper
Transfer Timing
S,T *1 1 Clean dust with blower
Sensor
brush

Shift Drive Roller S *2 *2 1 Clean

Shift Idle Roller S,T *1 1 Clean

Registration Timing Water damp

S *2 *2 1 Clean cloth
Drive Roller

Registration Timing
S,T *1 1 Clean
Idle Roller

Remove paper
Registration Timing
S,T *1 1 Clean dust with blower
Sensor
brush

Registration
Entrance Drive S,T *1 1 Clean
Roller

Registration
S,T *1 1 Clean Water damp
Entrance Idle Roller
cloth
Relay Drive Roller
S,T *1 1 Clean
(LCT)

Relay Idle Roller

S,T *1 1 Clean
(LCT)

66
 PM Tables for Main Machines

Interval
S/
Item 100 300 600 Q’ty Action Note
U Limit
K K K

Dry cloth (After

Paper Dust Case S,T *1 1 Clean removing paper
dus)

Double Feed
S,T *1 2 Clean
Detection Sensor

Relay Sensor Remove paper

S,T *1 2 Clean dust with blower
(Main)
brush
Relay Sensor (LCT) S,T *1 2 Clean

CIS Sensor S *2 *2 1 Clean

Relay Drive Roller

S,T *1 1 Clean
(Main) Water damp
Relay Idle Roller cloth
S,T *1 1 Clean
(Main)

*1: Inspect every 100K and clean as needed.

*2: Inspect and clean as needed after the 1st 600K and then at intervals of 300K thereafter.

Exit, Duplex

Interval
S/
Item 100 300 600 Q’ty Action Note
U Limit
K K K

Paper Exit Entrance 1 Water damp

Roller (drive, idle S,T *1 Clean
each cloth
roller)

Water damp
Cooling Roller S,T *1 1 Clean
cloth

Water damp
Cooling Belt S,T *1 1 Clean
cloth

67
 2. Appendices: Preventive Maintenance Tables

Interval
S/
Item 100 300 600 Q’ty Action Note
U Limit
K K K

Exit Duplex Anti- 1 Water damp

S,T *1 Clean
Static Brush each cloth

Paper Exit relay 1 Water damp

roller (drive, idle S,T *1 Clean
each cloth
roller)

Paper exit Roller 1 Water damp

S,T *1 Clean
(drive, idle roller) each cloth

Paper exit Inverter 1 Water damp

Roller (drive, idle S,T *1 Clean
each cloth
roller)

Inverter Entrance 1 Water damp

Roller (drive, idle S *2 *2 Clean
each cloth
roller)

Inverter Exit Roller 1 Water damp

S *2 *2 Clean
(drive, idle roller) each cloth

Remove paper
Exit Unit Sensors S,T *1 5 Clean dust with blower
brush *4

Remove paper
Purge Relay Sensor S,T *1 1 Clean dust with blower
brush

Duplex Inverter 1 Water damp

Roller (drive, idle S *2 *2 Clean
each cloth
roller)

Remove paper
Purged Paper
S,T *1 1 Clean dust with blower
Sensor
brush

Duplex Transport 6 Water damp

Rollers (drive, idle S,T *1 Clean
each cloth
roller)

68
 PM Tables for Main Machines

Interval
S/
Item 100 300 600 Q’ty Action Note
U Limit
K K K

Remove paper
Duplex Transport
S,T *1 5 Clean dust with blower
Sensors
brush

Paper Exit Entrance Water damp

S,T *3 1 Clean
Guide Plate cloth

Water damp
Exit Guide Plate S,T *3 1 Clean
cloth

Inverter Exit Guide Water damp

S,T *3 1 Clean
Plate cloth

Duplex Inverter Water damp

S,T *3 1 Clean
Guide Plate cloth

Water damp
Duplex Guide Plate S,T *3 1 Clean
cloth

*1: Inspect every 100K and clean as needed.

*2: Inspect and clean as needed after the 1st 600K and then at intervals of 300K thereafter.
*3: Based on *1, clean at any time when toner is sticking or there are scratches on images.
*4: A total of five locations: Paper exit entrance SN, paper exit branch SN, paper exit SN, paper exit
relay SN, duplex invert SN

ADF

Item S/U/T Interval Note

Feed Operation S As occasion demands

Check basic feed operation for skew,
incorrect image registration.

Covers S As occasion demands

Alcohol or water dampened cloth

69
 2. Appendices: Preventive Maintenance Tables

Item S/U/T Interval Note

Safety S As occasion demands

Check for spurious noise during ADF
operation.

Feed Belt S 120K As occasion demands

Alcohol or water dampened cloth
Pick-up Roller S

Separation Roller S

CIS glass S/U As occasion demands

Glass cleaner

Sensors*3 S As occasion demands

Blower brush

Platen S/U As occasion demands

Alcohol or water dampened cloth.

Feed Drive Gears S As occasion demands

EM-50L Grease

Feed Rollers*4 S As occasion demands

Alcohol or water dampened cloth.
Idle Rollers S

White Roller S

White Plate S

*3 All sensors in the paper patch: original width sensors, double-feed sensors, exit sensors, etc.
*4 All rollers in the feed unit and original feed path.

70
 PM Tables for Peripherals

PM Tables for Peripherals

• The amounts mentioned as the PM interval indicate the number of prints.

• After carrying out PM, clear the maintenance counter (SP7-622).

Symbol keys Meaning

S Service technician (CE)

U User

T TCRU trained user

Replace after total page count elapses

Replace according to machine log count (sheet count, distance count,

whichever occurs first)

Must inspect, clean, lubricate (if applicable)

Inspect, clean, lubricate (if applicable) as necessary

Note Materials required for cleaning, lubrication, etc.

Decurl Unit DU5040

Item S/U/T Interval Note

Transport guide plate S 500K Water or Alcohol damp cloth

Decurl rollers (drive, idle S 500K

Water or Alcohol damp cloth
roller)

Transport rollers (drive, S 500K

Water or Alcohol damp cloth
idle roller)

Vacuum Feed LCIT RT5100

Item S/U/T Interval Note

Feed Belt (Tray1,2) S 7000K Replace 3belts at the same time

71
 2. Appendices: Preventive Maintenance Tables

LCIT RT5090

Item S/U/T Interval Note

Transport Guide Plate S 100K

Grip Rollers (drive, idle S 100K

rollers)
• Clean as necessary
Pickup Roller S 300K • Water or Alcohol damp cloth

Feed Roller S 300K

Separation Roller S 300K

Sensors (Feed, Transport, S 100K • Clean as necessary

Exit) • Remove paper dust with blower brush

Multi Bypass Tray BY5010

Item S/U/T Interval Note

Pickup Roller S 1000K

• Clean as occasion demands
Feed Roller S 1000K
• Water or Alcohol damp cloth
Separation Roller S 1000K

Cover Interposer Tray CI5030

Item S/U/T Interval Note

Feed belt S 60K

Separation Roller S 60K

Pickup Roller S 60K • Clean as occasion demands

Sensors S - • Damp cloth

Transport Guide Plate S -

Drive, Idle rollers S -

72
 PM Tables for Peripherals

Booklet Finisher SR5060/Finisher SR5050

Item S/U/T Interval Inspect Note

Paper Transport S 500K Paper wrinkled, creased, torn?

Operation S 500K Operation correct?

Display Check S 500K Correct messages displayed

when door opened, etc.?

Covers S 500K Damp cloth, check for damage

Safety S 500K Spurious noise during operation?

Other S 500K Used within specifications?

Drive Rollers S 500K

Idle Rollers S 500K Alcohol damp cloth

Anti-static Brushes S 500K

Brush Roller S 2500K

Bearings S 500K Silicone oil if noisy

Sensors S 500K Blower brush

Jog Fences S 500K Make sure screws are tight

Corner Stapler S 5000K Empty hopper

Punch Unit S 2000K

Trimmings Hopper S 500K Empty hopper

Positioning Roller S 2500K

Shift Sponge Roller S 3000K

Booklet Stapler S 20000K

Shift Tray Worm Gear S

Booklet Output Tray Belt S 500K Alcohol damp cloth

73
 2. Appendices: Preventive Maintenance Tables

• As it is not limited to the counter of the main machine and the number of sheets fed through each
function of the finisher being the same, when the counter of the main machine reaches the
threshold, perform the inspection and replace if a problem is found.

Trimmer Unit TR5040

Item S/U/T Interval Note

Rollers (drive, idle rollers) S As occasion demands

Belts S Water, clean cloth

Brush S As occasion demands

blower brush

Roller shafts S As occasion demands

Lubricate with silicone oil if noisy

Sensors S As occasion demands

Blower brush

Paper trimmings hopper S As occasion demands

Empty, make sure the operator knows how to
empty the hopper

Trimming Blade S 400K Replace the blade after 400K. SP7989-001

(Trim Count) displays the total count.

74
3. Appendices: Service Program Mode
Tables

Service Program Mode

• Make sure that the data-in LED ( ) is not on before you go into the SP mode. This LED indicates
that some data is coming to the machine. When the LED is on, wait for the copier to process the
data.

Enabling and Disabling Service Program Mode

• The Service Program Mode is for use by service representatives only. If this mode is used by
anyone other than service representatives for any reason, data might be deleted or settings might
be changed. In such case, product quality cannot be guaranteed any more.

Entering SP Mode

For details, ask your supervisor.

Exiting SP Mode

• Press "Exit" on the LCD twice to return to the copy window.

Types of SP Modes

• System SP: SP modes related to the engine functions

• Printer SP: SP modes related to the controller functions
• Scanner SP: SP modes related to the scanner functions
Select one of the Service Program modes (System, Printer, or Scanner) from the touch panel as shown in
the diagram below after you access the SP mode. This section explains the functions of the System/
Printer/Scanner SP modes.

75
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

SP Mode Button Summary

Here is a short summary of the touch-panel buttons.

1 Opens all SP groups and sublevels.

2 Closes all open groups and sublevels and restores the initial SP mode display.

Opens the copy window (copy mode) so you can make test copies. Press SP Mode
3
(highlighted) in the copy window to return to the SP mode screen,

76
 Service Program Mode

Enter the SP code directly with the number keys if you know the SP number. Then press [#].
4 The required SP Mode number will be highlighted when pressing [#]. If not, just press the
required SP Mode number.)

Press two times to leave the SP mode and return to the copy window to resume normal
5
operation.

6 Press any Class 1 number to open a list of Class 2 SP modes.

7 Press to scroll the show to the previous or next group.

8 Press to scroll to the previous or next display in segments the size of the screen display (page).

9 Press to scroll the show the previous or next line (line by line).

10 Press to move the highlight on the left to the previous or next selection in the list.

Switching Between SP Mode and Copy Mode for Test Printing

1. In the SP mode, select the test print. Then press "Copy Window".
2. Use the copy window (copier mode), to select the appropriate settings (paper size, etc.) for the test
print.
3. Press [Start] key to start the test print.
4. Press SP Mode (highlighted) to return to the SP mode screen and repeat from step 1.

Selecting the Program Number

Program numbers have two or three levels.

1. Refer to the Service Tables to find the SP that you want to adjust before you begin.
2. Press the Group number on the left side SP Mode window that contains the SP that you want to
adjust.
3. Use the scrolling buttons in the center of the SP mode window to show the SP number that you want
to open. Then press that number to expand the list.
4. Use the center touch-panel buttons to scroll to the number and title of the item that you want to set
and press it. The small entry box on the right activates and shows the below default or the current
settings.

77
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

• Refer to the Service Tables for the range of allowed settings.

5. Do this procedure to enter a setting:
• Press to toggle between plus and minus and use the keypad to enter the appropriate
number. The number you enter writes over the previous setting.
• Press [#] to enter the setting. (The value is not registered if you enter a number that is out of
range.)
• Press "Yes" when you are prompted to complete the selection.
6. If you need to perform a test print, press Copy Window to open the copy window and select the
settings for the test print. Press [Start] key and then press SP Mode (highlighted) in the copy window
to return to the SP mode display.
7. Press Exit two times to return to the copy window when you are finished.

Exiting Service Mode

Press the Exit key on the touch-panel.

Service Mode Lock/Unlock

At locations where the machine contains sensitive data, the customer engineer cannot operate the
machine until the Administrator turns the service mode lock off. This function makes sure that work on the
machine is always done with the permission of the Administrator.
1. If you cannot go into the SP mode, ask the Administrator to log in with the User Tool and then set
"Service Mode Lock" to OFF after he or she logs in:
User Tools > System Settings > Administrator Tools > Service Mode Lock > OFF

78
 Service Program Mode

• This unlocks the machine and lets you get access to all the SP codes.
• The CE can service the machine and turn the machine power switch off and on. It is not
necessary to ask the Administrator to log in again each time the main power switch is turned
on.
2. Go into the SP mode and set SP5-169 to "1" if you must use the printer bit switches.
3. After machine servicing is completed:
• Change SP5-169 from "1" to "0".
• Turn the machine power switch off and on. Tell the administrator that you have completed
servicing the machine.
• The Administrator will then set the "Service Mode Lock" to ON.

Others

The settings of each SP mode are explained in the right-hand column of the SP table in the following
way.
[Adjustable range / Default setting / Step] Alphanumeric

• If "Alphanumeric" is written to the right of the bracket as shown above, the setting of the SP mode
shows on the screen using alphanumeric characters instead of only numbers. However, the settings
in the bracket in the SP mode table are explained by using only the numbers.

Remarks

Display on the Control Panel Screen

The maximum number of characters which can show on the control panel screen is limited to 30
characters. For this reason, some of the SP modes shown on the screen need to be abbreviated. The
following are abbreviations used for the SP modes for which the full description is over 20 characters.

79
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Paper Weight
Thick 1: 52.3 - 63.0 g/m2
Thick 2: 63.1 - 80.0 g/m2
Thick 3: 80.1 - 105.0 g/m2
Thick 4: 105.1 - 163.0 g/m2
Thick 5: 163.1 - 220.0 g/m2
Thick 6: 220.1 - 256.0 g/m2
Thick 7: 256.1 - 300.0 g/m2
Thick 8: 300.1 - 360.0g/m2

Paper Type Paper Feed Station

N: Normal paper P: Paper tray
MTH: Middle thick paper B: By-pass table
TH: Thick paper

Color Mode [Color]

[K]: Black in B&W mode
[Y], [M], or [C]: Yellow, Magenta, or Cyan in Full Color mode
[YMC]: Only for Yellow, Magenta, and Cyan
[FC]: Full Color mode
[FC, K], [FC, Y], [FC, M], or [FC, C]: Black, Yellow, Magenta, or Cyan in full color mode
[S] : Special color

Print Mode
S: Simplex
D: Duplex

The following symbols are used in the SP mode tables.

Notation What it means

ENG Engine SP

CTL Controller SP

Factory setting: Data may be adjusted from the

default setting at the factory. Refer to the factory
FA
setting sheets enclosed. You can find it in the front
cover.

80
 Service Program Mode

Notation What it means

Design/Factory Use only: Do not touch these SP

DFU
modes in the field.

An asterisk (*) to the left side of ENG/CTL

column means that this mode is stored in the
NVRAM. If you do a RAM clear, this SP mode
* will be reset to the default value. "ENG" and
"CTL" show which NVRAM contains the data.
• *ENG: NVRAM on the BCU board
• *CTL: NVRAM on the controller board

This denotes a "Special Service Program" mode

SSP
setting.

81
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Group 1000
Paper Feed, Transport

1001 [Lead Edge Reg]

Adjusts the printing leading edge registration using the trimming area pattern
SP2109-3 (Pattern No. 14).
(A higher setting shifts the image to the leading edge of paper more.)

Setting Weight Default

1-001-001 Thick 1 52.3 - 63.0 g/m2 [-3 to 3/ 0 / 0.1 mm]

1-001-002 Thick 2 63.1 - 80.0 g/m2

1-001-003 Thick 3 80.1 - 105.0 g/m2

1-001-004 Thick 4 105.1 - 163.0 g/m2

1-001-005 Thick 5 163.1 - 220.0 g/m2

1-001-006 Thick 6 220.1 - 256.0 g/m2

1-001-007 Thick 7 256.1 - 300.0 g/m2

1-001-008 Thick 8 300.1 - 360.0 g/m2

1002 [Side-to-Side Reg (Shift: Off)]

Adjusts printing side-to-side registration for each feed station in the shift off mode,
using the test pattern printed with SP2109-3 (Pattern No. 14). These SP's should
be adjusted after replacing the laser synchronization detector or the laser optical
unit.

82
 Group 1000

1-002-001 Tray 1

1-002-002 Tray 2

1-002-003 Duplex Tray

1-002-004 3-Tray LCT Tray1 [-10 to +10/ 0 / 0.1 mm]

1-002-005 3-Tray LCT Tray2

1-002-006 3-Tray LCT Tray3

1-002-007 Bypass Tray

1-002-008 2-Tray LCT_1 Tray1

1-002-009 2-Tray LCT_1 Tray2

1-002-010 2-Tray LCT_2 Tray1

[-10 to +10/ 0 / 0.1 mm]
1-002-011 2-Tray LCT_2 Tray2

1-002-012 2-Tray LCT_3 Tray1

1-002-013 2-Tray LCT_3 Tray2

1003 [Side-to-Side Reg]

Adjusts printing side-to-side registration for each feed station, using the test pattern
printed with SP2109-3 (Pattern No. 14) These SP's should be adjusted after
replacing the laser synchronization detector or the laser optical unit.

1-003-001 Tray1

1-003-002 Tray2

1-003-003 Dupx Tray

1-003-004 3-Tray LCT Tray1 [-3 to +3/ 0 / 0.1 mm]

1-003-005 3-Tray LCT Tray2

1-003-006 3-Tray LCT Tray3

1-003-007 Bypass Tray

83
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-003-008 2-Tray LCT_1 Tray1

1-003-009 2-Tray LCT_1 Tray2

1-003-010 2-Tray LCT_2 Tray1

[-3 to +3/ 0 / 0.1 mm]
1-003-011 2-Tray LCT_2 Tray2

1-003-012 2-Tray LCT_3 Tray1

1-003-013 2-Tray LCT_3 Tray2

1004 [Reg Buckle Adj]

Adjusts the registration motor timing. This timing determines the amount of paper
buckle at registration. (A higher setting causes more buckling.)

1-004-001 Tray1 & Tray2 [-5 to +5/ 0 / 1 mm]

1-004-002 Dupx Tray

1-004-003 2/3-Tray LCT Trays, Bypass Tray

1005 [Reg Buckle Adj(Thick)]

Adjusts the registration motor timing for thick paper only. This timing determines the
amount of paper buckle at registration. (A higher setting causes more buckling.)

Setting Weight Default

1-005-001 Thick 5 163.1 – 220.0 g/m2 [-5 to +5 / 1 / 1 mm]

1-005-002 Thick 6 220.1 – 256.0 g/m2

1-005-003 Thick 7 256.1 – 300.0 g/m2

1-005-004 Thick 8 300.1 - 360.0 g/m2

1006 [Fine Adj Trans Tmg Roll Spd]

84
 Group 1000

Fine adjusts the speed of the transfer timing roller for the paper type and weight.
The transfer timing motor drives the transfer timing rollers that feed paper from the
registration unit to the PTR unit.
• If the paper is late, the machine speeds the rollers up.
• If the paper is early, the machine slows the rollers down.

Thickness Weight (g/m2)

1 52.3 - 63.0 g/m2

2 63.1 - 80.0 g/m2

3 80.1 - 105.0 g/m2

4 105.1 - 163.0 g/m2

5 163.1 - 220.0 g/m2

6 220.1 - 256.0 g/m2

7 256.1 - 300.0 g/m2

8 300.1 - 360.0 g/m2

1-006-001 to
Plain: Weight 1 to 8
008

1-006-012 to
Matte: Weight 2 to 8
018 [-3 to +3 / * / 0.1%]

1-006-022 to The default settings (*) are

Glossy: Weight 2 to 8 displayed to the right of "Initial"
028
on the screen.
1-006-031 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7
033

1-006-041 Transparency

1007 [Fine Adj Invert Ent Roll Spd]

85
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Changes the speed of the exit relay motor to adjust the speed of the invert
entrance rollers. The invert entrance rollers are the first rollers in the paper path
below the exit junction where paper is fed into the vertical path in the left drawer
for inverting and duplexing.

Thickness Weight (g/m2)

1 52.3 - 63.0 g/m2

2 63.1 - 80.0 g/m2

3 80.1 - 105.0 g/m2

4 105.1 - 163.0 g/m2

5 163.1 - 220.0 g/m2

6 220.1 - 256.0 g/m2

7 256.1 - 300.0 g/m2

8 300.1 - 360.0 g/m2

1-007-001 to
Plain: Weight 1 to 8
007

1-007-012 to
Matte: Weight 2 to 8
018 [-3 to +3 / * / 0.1%]

1-007-022 to The default settings (*) are

Glossy: Weight 2 to 8 displayed to the right of
028
"Initial" on the screen.
1-007-029 to
Low Speed: Weight 1 to 8
036

1-007-041 Transparency

1008 [Fine Adj Exit/Invert Roll Spd]

86
 Group 1000

Changes the speed of the invert/exit motor to adjust the speed of the first pair of
invert exit rollers. The invert exit rollers are the first rollers in the vertical paper path
above the invert junction gate on the far side of the left drawer where paper starts
to exit the machine.

Thickness Weight (g/m2)

1 52.3 - 63.0 g/m2

2 63.1 - 80.0 g/m2

3 80.1 - 105.0 g/m2

4 105.1 - 163.0 g/m2

5 163.1 - 220.0 g/m2

6 220.1 - 256.0 g/m2

7 256.1 - 300.0 g/m2

8 300.1 - 360.0 g/m2

1-008-001 to
Plain: Weight 1 to 8
008

1-008-012 to
Matte: Weight 2 to 8
018 [-3 to +3 / * / 0.1%]

1-008-022 to The default settings (*) are

Glossy: Weight 2 to 8 displayed to the right of "Initial" on
028
the screen.
1-008-029 to
Low Speed: Weight 1 to 8
036

1-008-041 Transparency

1009 [Fine Adj Duplex/Invert Roll Spd]

87
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Changes the speed of the duplex/invert motor to adjust the speed of the duplex
invert rollers. The duplex invert rollers feed the paper up into the first set of rollers in
the duplex tray.

Thickness Weight (g/m2)

1 52.3 - 63.0 g/m2

2 63.1 - 80.0 g/m2

3 80.1 - 105.0 g/m2

4 105.1 - 163.0 g/m2

5 163.1 - 220.0 g/m2

6 220.1 - 256.0 g/m2

7 256.1 - 300.0 g/m2

8 300.1 - 360.0 g/m2

1-009-001 to
Plain: Weight 1 to 8
008

1-009-012 to
Matte: Weight 2 to 8
018 [-3 to +3 / * / 0.1%]

1-009-022 to The default settings (*) are

Glossy: Weight 2 to 8 displayed to the right of "Initial" on
028
the screen.
1-009-029 to
Low Speed: Weight 1 to 8
036

1-009-041 Transparency

1010 [Fine Adj Mtr Speed: High]

Fine adjusts the speed of the motors for high speed mode.

1-010-001 to
K, C, M, Y, S Drum Motor [-3 to +3 / 0 / 0.01%]
005

1-010-006 to
K, C, M, Y, S Dev Motor [-5 to +5 / 0 / 0.1%]
010

1-010-011 to
K, C, M, Y, S Drum CL Mtr [-3 to +3 / -0.5 / 0.01%]
015

88
 Group 1000

1-010-016 ITB Motor [-3 to +3 / -0.5/ 0.01 %]

1-010-017 PTR Motor [-5 to +5 / -0.5 / 0.01 %]

1-010-029 Fusing Motor [-5 to +5 / -0.5 / 0.1 %]

1-010-043 Paper Ejection Motor [-5 to +5 / 0 / 0.1%]

1-010-056 Paper Feed Motor [-5 to +5 / 0.5 / 0.1%]

1011 [Fine Adj Mtr Speed: Middle]

Fine adjusts the speed of the motors for middle speed mode.

1-011-001 to
K, C, M, Y, S Drum Motor [-3 to +3 / 0 / 0.01%]
005

1-011-006 to
K, C, M, Y, S Dev Motor [-5 to +5 / 0 / 0.1%]
010

1-011-011 to
K, C, M, Y, S Drum CL Mtr [-3 to +3 / -0.5 / 0.01%]
015

1-011-013 ITB Motor [-3 to +3 / -0.5/ 0.01 %]

1-011-015 PTR Motor [-5 to +5 / -0.5 / 0.01 %]

1-011-029 Fusing Motor [-5 to +5 / -0.5 / 0.1 %]

1-011-043 Paper Ejection Motor [-5 to +5 / 0 / 0.1%]

1-011-056 Paper Feed Motor [-5 to +5 / 0.5 / 0.1%]

1012 [Fine Adj Mtr Speed: Low]

Fine adjusts the speed of the motors for low speed mode.

1-012-001 to
K, C, M, Y, S Drum Motor [-3 to +3 / 0 / 0.01%]
005

1-012-006 to
K, C, M, Y, S Dev Motor [-5 to +5 / 0 / 0.1%]
010

1-012-011 to
K, C, M, Y, S Drum CL Mtr [-3 to +3 / -0.5 / 0.01%]
015

1-012-013 ITB Motor [-3 to +3 / -0.5/ 0.01 %]

89
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-012-015 PTR Motor [-5 to +5 / -0.5 / 0.01 %]

1-012-029 Fusing Motor [-5 to +5 / -0.5 / 0.1 %]

1-012-043 Paper Ejection Motor [-5 to +5 / 0 / 0.1%]

1-012-056 Paper Feed Motor [-5 to +5 / 0.5 / 0.1%]

1013 [Fine Adj Exit Motor Speed]

Fine adjusts the speed of exit motor for the type of weight of the paper. The exit
motor drives the rollers in the paper cooling unit, the second pair of invert exit
rollers, and the exit rollers.

Thickness Weight (g/m2)

1 52.3 - 63.0 g/m2

2 63.1 - 80.0 g/m2

3 80.1 - 105.0 g/m2

4 105.1 - 163.0 g/m2

5 163.1 - 220.0 g/m2

6 220.1 - 256.0 g/m2

7 256.1 - 300.0 g/m2

8 300.1 - 360.0g/m2

1-013-001 to
Plain: Weight 1 to 8
008

1-013-012 to
Matte: Weight 2 to 8
018

1-013-022 to [-5 to +5 / 0 / 0.1%]

Glossy: Weight 2 to 8
028

1-013-031 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7
033

1-013-041 Transparency

1021 [Skew Detect]

90
 Group 1000

This SP switches skew detection off/on for each paper feed station in the system
and the duplex tray.

1-021-001 Tray1 [0 to 1 / 1 / 1]
1: ON, 0: OFF
1-021-002 Tray2

1-021-003 Duplex Tray

1-021-004 A3LCT Tray3

1-021-005 A3LCT Tray4

1-021-006 A3LCT Tray5

1-021-007 Bypass Tray

1-021-008 3-Tray LCT 1: Tray 3

1-021-009 3-Tray LCT 1: Tray 4

1-021-010 3-Tray LCT 2: Tray 5

1-021-011 3-Tray LCT 2: Tray 6

1-021-012 3-Tray LCT 3: Tray 7

1-021-013 3-Tray LCT 3: Tray 8

1022 [PTR Trans Lift Timing]

Sets the timing for opening and closing the nip of the bias roller and PTR (Paper
Transfer Roller). When thick paper is fed, the PTR separation motor raises the bias
roller away from the PTR so the paper can feed easily into the gap between the
rollers. This operation minimizes the "shock jitter" effect with thick paper sizes.

1-022-001 Contact:Weight1:weak [-30 to 0 / -10 / 1 msec]

1-022-002 Contact:Weight2:weak [-30 to 0 / -10 / 1 msec]

1-022-003 Contact:Weight3:weak [-30 to 0 / -9 / 1 msec]

1-022-004 Contact:Weight4:weak [-30 to 0 / -7 / 1 msec]

1-022-005 Contact:Weight5:weak [-30 to 0 / -7 / 1 msec]

1-022-006 Contact:Weight6:weak [-30 to 0 / -5 / 1 msec]

1-022-007 Contact:Weight7:weak [-30 to 0 / -3 / 1 msec]

91
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-022-008 Contact:Weight8:weak [-30 to 0 / -2 / 1 msec]

1-022-011 Contact:Weight1:strong [-30 to 0 / -15 / 1 msec]

1-022-012 Contact:Weight2:strong [-30 to 0 / -15 / 1 msec]

1-022-013 Contact:Weight3:strong [-30 to 0 / -14 / 1 msec]

1-022-014 Contact:Weight4:strong [-30 to 0 / -13 / 1 msec]

1-022-015 Contact:Weight5:strong [-30 to 0 / -12 / 1 msec]

1-022-016 Contact:Weight6:strong [-30 to 0 / -11 / 1 msec]

1-022-017 Contact:Weight7:strong [-30 to 0 / -9 / 1 msec]

1-022-018 Contact:Weight8:strong [-30 to 0 / -8 / 1 msec]

1-022-021 Contact:Weight1:thin [-30 to 0 / -10 / 1 msec]

1-022-022 Contact:Weight2:thin [-30 to 0 / -10 / 1 msec]

1-022-023 Contact:Weight3:thin [-30 to 0 / -9 / 1 msec]

1-022-024 Contact:Weight4:thin [-30 to 0 / -7 / 1 msec]

1-022-025 Contact:Weight5:thin [-30 to 0 / -7 / 1 msec]

1-022-026 Contact:Weight6:thin [-30 to 0 / -5 / 1 msec]

1-022-027 Contact:Weight7:thin [-30 to 0 / -3 / 1 msec]

1-022-028 Contact:Weight8:thin [-30 to 0 / -2 / 1 msec]

1-022-031 Separate:weight1:weak [77 to 172 / 136 / 1 msec]

1-022-032 Separate:weight2:weak [77 to 172 / 138 / 1 msec]

1-022-033 Separate:weight3:weak [77 to 172 / 140 / 1 msec]

1-022-034 Separate:weight4:weak [77 to 172 / 144 / 1 msec]

1-022-035 Separate:weight5:weak [77 to 172 / 144 / 1 msec]

1-022-036 Separate:weight6:weak [77 to 172 / 146 / 1 msec]

1-022-037 Separate:weight7:weak [77 to 172 / 152 / 1 msec]

1-022-038 Separate:weight8:weak [77 to 172 / 154 / 1 msec]

1-022-041 Separate:weight1:strong [77 to 172 / 83 / 1 msec]

92
 Group 1000

1-022-042 Separate:weight2:strong [77 to 172 / 85 / 1 msec]

1-022-043 Separate:weight3:strong [77 to 172 / 85 / 1 msec]

1-022-044 Separate:weight4:strong [77 to 172 / 89 / 1 msec]

1-022-045 Separate:weight5:strong [77 to 172 / 89 / 1 msec]

1-022-046 Separate:weight6:strong [77 to 172 / 91 / 1 msec]

1-022-047 Separate:weight7:strong [77 to 172 / 95 / 1 msec]

1-022-048 Separate:weight8:strong [77 to 172 / 97 / 1 msec]

1-022-051 Separate:weight1:thin [77 to 172 / 83 / 1 msec]

1-022-052 Separate:weight2:thin [77 to 172 / 85 / 1 msec]

1-022-053 Separate:weight3:thin [77 to 172 / 85 / 1 msec]

1-022-054 Separate:weight4:thin [77 to 172 / 89 / 1 msec]

1-022-055 Separate:weight5:thin [77 to 172 / 89 / 1 msec]

1-022-056 Separate:weight6:thin [77 to 172 / 91 / 1 msec]

1-022-057 Separate:weight7:thin [77 to 172 / 95 / 1 msec]

1-022-058 Separate:weight8:thin [77 to 172 / 97 / 1 msec]

1023 [PT Gap Adjustment]

Sets the PT gap adjustment mode for each paper type and weight.
Setting values;
1: No adjustment, 2: Weak adjustment,
3: Strong adjustment, 4: Thin paper adjustment

1-023-001 Plain:Weight 1 [1 to 4 / 1 / 1 ]

1-023-002 Plain:Weight 2 [1 to 4 / 1 / 1 ]

1-023-003 Plain:Weight 3 [1 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

1-023-004 Plain:Weight 4 [1 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

1-023-005 Plain:Weight 5 [1 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

1-023-006 Plain:Weight 6 [1 to 4 / 3 / 1 ]

93
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-023-007 Plain:Weight 7 [1 to 4 / 3 / 1 ]

1-023-008 Plain:Weight 8 [1 to 4 / 3 / 1 ]

1-023-012 Glossy:Weight 2 [1 to 4 / 1 / 1 ]

1-023-013 Glossy:Weight 3 [1 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

1-023-014 Glossy:Weight 4 [1 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

1-023-015 Glossy:Weight 5 [1 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

1-023-016 Glossy:Weight 6 [1 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

1-023-017 Glossy:Weight 7 [1 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

1-023-018 Glossy:Weight 8 [1 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

1-023-022 Matte:Weight 2 [1 to 4 / 1 / 1 ]

1-023-023 Matte:Weight 3 [1 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

1-023-024 Matte:Weight 4 [1 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

1-023-025 Matte:Weight 5 [1 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

1-023-026 Matte:Weight 6 [1 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

1-023-027 Matte:Weight 7 [1 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

1-023-028 Matte:Weight 8 [1 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

1-023-031 Texture:Weight 1 [1 to 4 / 1 / 1 ]

1-023-032 Texture:Weight 2 [1 to 4 / 1 / 1 ]

1-023-033 Texture:Weight 3 [1 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

1-023-034 Texture:Weight 4 [1 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

1-023-035 Texture:Weight 5 [1 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

1-023-036 Texture:Weight 6 [1 to 4 / 3 / 1 ]

1-023-037 Texture:Weight 7 [1 to 4 / 3 / 1 ]

1-023-038 Texture:Weight 8 [1 to 4 / 3 / 1 ]

1-023-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [1 to 4 / 1 / 1 ]

1-023-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [1 to 4 / 1 / 1 ]

94
 Group 1000

1-023-075 Envelope:Weight 5 [1 to 4 / 1 / 1 ]

1-023-076 Envelope:Weight 6 [1 to 4 / 1 / 1 ]

1-023-077 Envelope:Weight 7 [1 to 4 / 1 / 1 ]

1-023-081 Magnet [1 to 4 / 1 / 1 ]

1024 [Image Create Mode]

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
1-024-001 Image Create Mode Print in FC printing mode even when printing
B/W.

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
1-024-002 Image Create Mode Print in FCS printing mode even when printing
special color only.

1101 [Reload Permit Setting]

Sets the temperature where the fusing motor starts to rotate.

1-101-001 Pre-rotation Start Temp. [0 to 200 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-101-002 Reload Target Temp.:Center [0 to 200 / 165 / 1 deg]

1-101-003 Reload Target Temp.:Press [0 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-101-004 Temp.:Delta:Cold:Center [0 to 200 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-101-005 Temp.:Delta:Cold:End [0 to 200 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-101-006 Temp.:Delta:Cold:Press:Center [0 to 200 / 20 / 1 deg]

1-101-007 Rotation Time:Cold [0 to 500 / 280 / 1 sec]

1-101-008 Temp.:Delta:Warm:Center [0 to 200 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-101-009 Temp.:Delta:Warm:End [0 to 200 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-101-010 Temp.:Delta:Warm:Press:Center [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-101-011 Rotation Time:Warm [0 to 200 / 15 / 1 sec]

1-101-012 Temp.:Delta:Hot:Center [0 to 200 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-101-013 Temp.:Delta:Hot:End [0 to 200 / 5 / 1 deg]

95
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-101-014 Temp.:Delta:Hot:Press:Center [0 to 200 / 20 / 1 deg]

1-101-015 Rotation Time:Hot [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 sec]

1102 [Feed Permit Setting]

Adjusts the start timing of paper feed. Once the machine grants permission for the
start timing, it checks the temperature once again to determine the actual start
timing.

1-102-019 Feed Permit Time [0 to 500 / 180 / 1 sec]

[0 to 60 / 15 / 1 deg]
1-102-101 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Lower 1 Difference temperature for the lower limit
of the heating roller

[0 to 60 / 60 / 1 deg]
1-102-102 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Upper 1 Difference temperature for the upper
limit of the heating roller

[0 to 60 / 15 / 1 deg]
1-102-103 Temp Diff Press Roller: Lower 1 Difference temperature for the lower limit
of the pressure roller

[0 to 60 / 20 / 1 deg]
1-102-104 Temp Diff Press Roller: Upper 1 Difference temperature for the upper
limit of the pressure roller

[0 to 100 / 0 / 1 sec]
1-102-105 Rotation Time Before Judgment:1
Paper feed judgment time

1-102-106 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Lower 2 [0 to 60 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-102-107 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Upper 2 [0 to 60 / 60 / 1 deg]

1-102-108 Temp Diff Press Roller: Lower 2 [0 to 60 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-102-109 Temp Diff Press Roller: Upper 2 [0 to 60 / 15 / 1 deg]

1-102-110 Rotation Time Before Judgment:2 [0 to 100 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-102-111 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Lower 3 [0 to 60 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-102-112 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Upper 3 [0 to 60 / 60 / 1 deg]

96
 Group 1000

1-102-113 Temp Diff Press Roller: Lower 3

[0 to 60 / 10 / 1 deg]
1-102-114 Temp Diff Press Roller: Upper 3

1-102-115 Rotation Time Before Judgment:3 [0 to 100 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-102-116 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Lower 4

[0 to 60 / 20 / 1 deg]
1-102-117 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Upper 4

1-102-118 Temp Diff Press Roller: Lower 4 [0 to 60 / 20 / 1 deg]

1-102-119 Temp Diff Press Roller: Upper 4 [0 to 60 / 60 / 1 deg]

1-102-120 Rotation Time Before Judgment:4 [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 sec]

1-102-121 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Lower 5 [0 to 60 / 15 / 1 deg]

1-102-122 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Upper 5 [0 to 60 / 25 / 1 deg]

1-102-123 Temp Diff Press Roller: Lower 5 [0 to 60 / 20 / 1 deg]

1-102-124 Temp Diff Press Roller: Upper 5 [0 to 60 / 60 / 1 deg]

1-102-125 Rotation Time Before Judgment:5 [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 sec]

1-102-126 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Lower 6 [0 to 60 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-102-127 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Upper 6 [0 to 60 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-102-128 Temp Diff Press Roller: Lower 6 [0 to 60 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-102-129 Temp Diff Press Roller: Upper 6 [0 to 60 / 60 / 1 deg]

1-102-130 Rotation Time Before Judgment:6 [0 to 100 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-102-131 Additional Time 1 [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1 sec]

1-102-132 Additional Time 2 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-102-133 Additional Time 3 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-102-134 Additional Time 4 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-102-135 Additional Time 5 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-102-136 Additional Time 6 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-102-137 Additional Time 7 [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1 sec]

1-102-138 Additional Time 8 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

97
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-102-139 Additional Time 9 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-102-140 Additional Time 10 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-102-141 Additional Time 11 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-102-142 Additional Time 12 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

Normal: Full Size: Category 1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 deg]

1-102-150 Adjusts the lower limit temperature for the paper feed permission in the quality
priority mode.
Category 1: Paper Width <= 252 mm

Normal: Full Size: Category 2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 deg]

1-102-151 Adjusts the lower limit temperature for the paper feed permission in the quality
priority mode.
Category 2: 252 < Paper Width <= 292 mm

Normal: Full Size: Category 3 [0 to 100 / 25 / 1 deg]

1-102-152 Adjusts the lower limit temperature for the paper feed permission in the quality
priority mode.
Category 3: 292 < Paper Width <= 311 mm

Normal: Full Size: Category 4 [0 to 100 / 25 / 1 deg]

1-102-153 Adjusts the lower limit temperature for the paper feed permission in the quality
priority mode.
Category 4: 311 < Paper Width <= 324 mm

Normal: Full Size: Category 5 [0 to 100 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-102-154 Adjusts the lower limit temperature for the paper feed permission in the quality
priority mode.
Category 5: 324 mm < Paper Width

Normal: Full Size: Category 1 [0 to 100 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-102-155 Adjusts the upper limit temperature for the paper feed permission in the quality
priority mode.
Category 1: Paper Width <= 252 mm

98
 Group 1000

Normal: Full Size: Category 2 [0 to 100 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-102-156 Adjusts the upper limit temperature for the paper feed permission in the quality
priority mode.
Category 2: 252 < Paper Width <= 292 mm

Normal: Full Size: Category 3 [0 to 100 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-102-157 Adjusts the upper limit temperature for the paper feed permission in the quality
priority mode.
Category 3: 292 < Paper Width <= 311 mm

Normal: Full Size: Category 4 [0 to 100 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-102-158 Adjusts the upper limit temperature for the paper feed permission in the quality
priority mode.
Category 4: 311 < Paper Width <= 324 mm

Normal: Full Size: Category 5 [0 to 100 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-102-159 Adjusts the upper limit temperature for the paper feed permission in the quality
priority mode.
Category 5: 324 mm < Paper Width

Output Priority: Full Size: Category 1 [0 to 200 / 50 / 1 deg]

1-102-160 Adjusts the lower limit temperature for the paper feed permission in the
productivity priority mode.
Category 1: Paper Width <= 252 mm

Output Priority: Full Size: Category 2 [0 to 200 / 50 / deg]

1-102-161 Adjusts the lower limit temperature for the paper feed permission in the
productivity priority mode.
Category 2: 252 < Paper Width <= 292 mm

Output Priority: Full Size: Category 3 [0 to 200 / 35 / deg]

1-102-162 Adjusts the lower limit temperature for the paper feed permission in the
productivity priority mode.
Category 3: 292 < Paper Width <= 311 mm

99
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Output Priority: Full Size: Category 4 [0 to 200 / 30 / deg]

1-102-163 Adjusts the lower limit temperature for the paper feed permission in the
productivity priority mode.
Category 4: 311 < Paper Width <= 324 mm

Output Priority: Full Size: Category 5 [0 to 200 / 30 / deg]

1-102-164 Adjusts the lower limit temperature for the paper feed permission in the
productivity priority mode.
Category 5: 324 mm < Paper Width

Output Priority: Full Size: Category 1 [0 to 200 / 30 / deg]

1-102-165 Adjusts the upper limit temperature for the paper feed permission in the
productivity priority mode.
Category 1: Paper Width <= 252 mm

Output Priority: Full Size: Category 2 [0 to 200 / 30 / deg]

1-102-166 Adjusts the upper limit temperature for the paper feed permission in the
productivity priority mode.
Category 2: 252 < Paper Width <= 292 mm

Output Priority: Full Size: Category 3 [0 to 200 / 30 / deg]

1-102-167 Adjusts the upper limit temperature for the paper feed permission in the
productivity priority mode.
Category 3: 292 < Paper Width <= 311 mm

Output Priority: Full Size: Category 4 [0 to 200 / 30 / deg]

1-102-168 Adjusts the upper limit temperature for the paper feed permission in the
productivity priority mode.
Category 4: 311 < Paper Width <= 324 mm

Output Priority: Full Size: Category 5 [0 to 200 / 30 / deg]

1-102-169 Adjusts the upper limit temperature for the paper feed permission in the
productivity priority mode.
Category 5: 324 mm < Paper Width

1103 [Feed Permit Setting]

100
 Group 1000

Adjusts the start timing of paper feed. Once the machine grants permission for the
start timing, it checks the temperature once again to determine the actual start
timing.

1-103-001 Heat Radiation Start Temp [0 to 255 / 15 / 1 deg]

1-103-002 Heat Radiation End Temp [-30 to 30 / -5 / 1 deg]

[0 to 60 / 10 / 1 deg]
1-103-101 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Lower 7 Difference temperature for the lower limit
of the heating roller

[0 to 60 / 25 / 1 deg]
1-103-102 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Upper 7 Difference temperature for the upper limit
of the heating roller

[0 to 60 / 15 / 1 deg]
1-103-103 Temp Diff Press Roller: Lower 7 Difference temperature for the lower limit
of the pressure roller

[0 to 60 / 20 / 1 deg]
1-103-104 Temp Diff Press Roller: Upper 7 Difference temperature for the upper limit
of the pressure roller

[0 to 100 / 0 / 1 sec]
1-103-105 Rotation Time Before Judgment:7
Paper feed judgment time

1-103-106 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Lower 8 [0 to 60 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-103-107 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Upper 8 [0 to 60 / 40 / 1 deg]

1-103-108 Temp Diff Press Roller: Lower 8 [0 to 60 / 15 / 1 deg]

1-103-109 Temp Diff Press Roller: Upper 8 [0 to 60 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-103-110 Rotation Time Before Judgment:8 [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 sec]

1-103-111 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Lower 9 [0 to 60 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-103-112 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Upper 9 [0 to 60 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-103-113 Temp Diff Press Roller: Lower 9 [0 to 60 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-103-114 Temp Diff Press Roller: Upper 9 [0 to 60 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-103-115 Rotation Time Before Judgment:9 [0 to 100 / 5 / 1 sec]

101
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-103-116 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Lower 10 [0 to 60 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-103-117 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Upper 10 [0 to 60 / 40 / 1 deg]

1-103-118 Temp Diff Press Roller: Lower 10 [0 to 60 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-103-119 Temp Diff Press Roller: Upper 10 [0 to 60 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-103-120 Rotation Time Before Judgment:10 [0 to 100 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-103-121 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Lower 11 [0 to 60 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-103-122 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Upper 11 [0 to 60 / 40 / 1 deg]

1-103-123 Temp Diff Press Roller: Lower 11 [0 to 60 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-103-124 Temp Diff Press Roller: Upper 11 [0 to 60 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-103-125 Rotation Time Before Judgment:11 [0 to 100 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-103-126 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Lower 12 [0 to 60 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-103-127 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Upper 12 [0 to 60 / 50 / 1 deg]

1-103-128 Temp Diff Press Roller: Lower 12 [0 to 60 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-103-129 Temp Diff Press Roller: Upper 12 [0 to 60 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-103-130 Rotation Time Before Judgment:12 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-103-131 Additional Time 7 [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1 sec]

1-103-132 Additional Time 8 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-103-133 Additional Time 9 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-103-134 Additional Time 10 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-103-135 Additional Time 11 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-103-136 Additional Time 12 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-103-137 Additional Time 13 [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1 sec]

1-103-138 Additional Time 14 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-103-139 Additional Time 15 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-103-140 Additional Time 16 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-103-141 Additional Time 17 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

102
 Group 1000

1-103-142 Additional Time 18 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-103-143 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Lower 13 [0 to 60 / 15 / 1 deg]

1-103-144 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Upper 13 [0 to 60 / 60 / 1 deg]

1-103-145 Temp Diff Press Roller: Lower 13 [0 to 60 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-103-146 Temp Diff Press Roller: Upper 13 [0 to 60 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-103-147 Rotation Time Before Judgment:13 [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1 sec]

1-103-148 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Lower 14 [0 to 60 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-103-149 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Upper 14 [0 to 60 / 25 / 1 deg]

1-103-150 Temp Diff Press Roller: Lower 14 [0 to 60 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-103-151 Temp Diff Press Roller: Upper 14 [0 to 60 / 25 / 1 deg]

1-103-152 Rotation Time Before Judgment:14 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-103-153 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Lower 15 [0 to 60 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-103-154 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Upper 15 [0 to 60 / 25 / 1 deg]

1-103-155 Temp Diff Press Roller: Lower 15 [0 to 60 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-103-156 Temp Diff Press Roller: Upper 15 [0 to 60 / 25 / 1 deg]

1-103-157 Rotation Time Before Judgment:15 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-103-158 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Lower 16 [0 to 60 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-103-159 Temp Diff Heating Roller: Upper 16 [0 to 60 / 25 / 1 deg]

1-103-160 Temp Diff Press Roller: Lower 16 [0 to 60 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-103-161 Temp Diff Press Roller: Upper 16 [0 to 60 / 25 / 1 deg]

1-103-162 Rotation Time Before Judgment:16 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-103-163 Additional Time 19 [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1 sec]

1-103-164 Additional Time 20 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-103-165 Additional Time 21 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-103-166 Additional Time 22 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-103-167 Additional Time 23 [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1 sec]

103
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-103-168 Additional Time 24 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-103-169 Additional Time 25 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1-103-170 Additional Time 26 [0 to 1000 / 5 / 1 sec]

1104 [Feed Permit Setting:paper]

Sets the pattern of the paper feed permission for each paper weight in the
productivity priority mode.

1-104-001 Plain:Weight 1 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-002 Plain:Weight 2 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-003 Plain:Weight 3 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-004 Plain:Weight 4 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-005 Plain:Weight 5 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-006 Plain:Weight 6 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-007 Plain:Weight 7 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-008 Plain:Weight 8 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-010 Matte:Weight 2 [1 to 16 / 4 / 1 ]

1-104-011 Matte:Weight 3 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-012 Matte:Weight 4 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-013 Matte:Weight 5 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-014 Matte:Weight 6 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-015 Matte:Weight 7 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-016 Matte:Weight 8 [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-018 Glossy:Weight 2 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-019 Glossy:Weight 3 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-020 Glossy:Weight 4 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-021 Glossy:Weight 5 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

104
 Group 1000

1-104-022 Glossy:Weight 6 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-023 Glossy:Weight 7 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-024 Glossy:Weight 8 [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-025 Envelope:Weight 5 [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-026 Envelope:Weight 6 [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-027 Envelope:Weight 7 [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-028 Transparent Media [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-029 Textured media:Weight 1 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-030 Textured media:Weight 2 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-031 Textured media:Weight 3 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-032 Textured media:Weight 4 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-033 Textured media:Weight 5 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-034 Textured media:Weight 6 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-035 Textured media:Weight 7 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-036 Textured media:Weight 8 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-037 Magnet Paper:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-038 Metalic/Pearl:Weight3:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-039 Metalic/Pearl:Weight4:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-040 Metalic/Pearl:Weight5:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-041 Metalic/Pearl:Weight6:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-042 Metalic/Pearl:Weight7:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-043 Metalic/Pearl:Weight8:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-044 Plastic File Folder:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-045 Synthetic:Weight2:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-046 Synthetic:Weight3:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-047 Synthetic:Weight4:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

105
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-104-048 Synthetic:Weight5:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-049 Synthetic:Weight6:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-050 Synthetic:Weight7:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-051 Synthetic:Weight8:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-101 Plain:Weight 1 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-102 Plain:Weight 2 [1 to 16 / 7 / 1 ]

1-104-103 Plain:Weight 3 [1 to 16 / 7 / 1 ]

1-104-104 Plain:Weight 4 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-105 Plain:Weight 5 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-106 Plain:Weight 6 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-107 Plain:Weight 7 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-108 Plain:Weight 8 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-110 Matte:Weight 2 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-111 Matte:Weight 3 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-112 Matte:Weight 4 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-113 Matte:Weight 5 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-114 Matte:Weight 6 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-115 Matte:Weight 7 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-116 Matte:Weight 8 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

106
 Group 1000

1-104-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-128 Transparent Media [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-104-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-104-137 Magnet Paper:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-104-138 Metalic/Pearl:Weight3:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-139 Metalic/Pearl:Weight4:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-140 Metalic/Pearl:Weight5:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-141 Metalic/Pearl:Weight6:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-142 Metalic/Pearl:Weight7:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-143 Metalic/Pearl:Weight8:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-144 Plastic File Folder:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-145 Synthetic:Weight2:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-146 Synthetic:Weight3:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-147 Synthetic:Weight4:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-148 Synthetic:Weight5:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-149 Synthetic:Weight6:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-104-150 Synthetic:Weight7:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

107
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-104-151 Synthetic:Weight8:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1105 [Feed Permit Setting:paper:5st]

Sets the pattern of the paper feed permission for each paper weight when the
image quality priority is selected.

1-105-001 Plain:Weight 1 [1 to 16 / 4 / 1 ]

1-105-002 Plain:Weight 2 [1 to 16 / 4 / 1 ]

1-105-003 Plain:Weight 3 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-105-004 Plain:Weight 4 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-105-005 Plain:Weight 5 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-006 Plain:Weight 6 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-007 Plain:Weight 7 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-105-008 Plain:Weight 8 [1 to 16 / 4 / 1 ]

1-105-010 Matte:Weight 2 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-105-011 Matte:Weight 3 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-105-012 Matte:Weight 4 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-013 Matte:Weight 5 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-014 Matte:Weight 6 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-105-015 Matte:Weight 7 [1 to 16 / 4 / 1 ]

1-105-016 Matte:Weight 8 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-105-018 Glossy:Weight 2 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-105-019 Glossy:Weight 3 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-105-020 Glossy:Weight 4 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-021 Glossy:Weight 5 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-022 Glossy:Weight 6 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-105-023 Glossy:Weight 7 [1 to 16 / 4 / 1 ]

108
 Group 1000

1-105-024 Glossy:Weight 8 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-105-025 Envelope:Weight 5 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-026 Envelope:Weight 6 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-027 Envelope:Weight 7 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-105-028 Transparent Media [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-029 Textured media:Weight 1 [1 to 16 / 4 / 1 ]

1-105-030 Textured media:Weight 2 [1 to 16 / 4 / 1 ]

1-105-031 Textured media:Weight 3 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-105-032 Textured media:Weight 4 [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-105-033 Textured media:Weight 5 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-034 Textured media:Weight 6 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-035 Textured media:Weight 7 [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-105-036 Textured media:Weight 8 [1 to 16 / 4 / 1 ]

1-105-037 Magnet Paper:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-038 Metalic/Pearl:Weight3:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-105-039 Metalic/Pearl:Weight4:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-105-040 Metalic/Pearl:Weight5:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-041 Metalic/Pearl:Weight6:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-042 Metalic/Pearl:Weight7:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-105-043 Metalic/Pearl:Weight8:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 4 / 1 ]

1-105-044 Plastic File Folder:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-045 Synthetic:Weight2:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 4 / 1 ]

1-105-046 Synthetic:Weight3:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-105-047 Synthetic:Weight4:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 5 / 1 ]

1-105-048 Synthetic:Weight5:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-049 Synthetic:Weight6:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

109
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-105-050 Synthetic:Weight7:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 3 / 1 ]

1-105-051 Synthetic:Weight8:Output Prior [1 to 16 / 4 / 1 ]

1-105-101 Plain:Weight 1 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-102 Plain:Weight 2 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-103 Plain:Weight 3 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-104 Plain:Weight 4 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-105 Plain:Weight 5 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-106 Plain:Weight 6 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-107 Plain:Weight 7 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-108 Plain:Weight 8 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-110 Matte:Weight 2 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-111 Matte:Weight 3 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-112 Matte:Weight 4 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-113 Matte:Weight 5 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-114 Matte:Weight 6 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-115 Matte:Weight 7 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-116 Matte:Weight 8 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

110
 Group 1000

1-105-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-128 Transparent Media [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-105-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-137 Magnet Paper:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 2 / 1 ]

1-105-138 Metalic/Pearl:Weight3:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-105-139 Metalic/Pearl:Weight4:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-105-140 Metalic/Pearl:Weight5:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-105-141 Metalic/Pearl:Weight6:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-105-142 Metalic/Pearl:Weight7:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-105-143 Metalic/Pearl:Weight8:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-105-144 Plastic File Folder:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-105-145 Synthetic:Weight2:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-105-146 Synthetic:Weight3:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-105-147 Synthetic:Weight4:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-105-148 Synthetic:Weight5:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-105-149 Synthetic:Weight6:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-105-150 Synthetic:Weight7:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

1-105-151 Synthetic:Weight8:Quality Prior [1 to 16 / 1 / 1 ]

111
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1106 [Fusing Temp. Display]

Displays the present fusing temperature at different locations on the heating roller,
pressure roller, and hot roller.

1-106-001 Heating Roller Center [-10 to 270 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-106-002 Heating Roller Ends [-10 to 270 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-106-004 Heating Roller Rear [-10 to 270 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-106-005 Pressure Roller Center [-10 to 270 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-106-006 Pressure Roller Ends [-10 to 270 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-106-007 Hot Roller [-10 to 270 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-106-011 Heating Roller main [-10 to 270 / 0 / 1 deg]

1107 [Standby Target Temp. Setting]

Sets the target standby temperature for the modes listed below.

[0 to 200 / 175 / 1 deg]

1-107-001 Standby: Center Center of the hot roller in the
standby mode

1-107-002 Standby: Press [0 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-107-003 Preheat: Center [0 to 200 / 175 / 1 deg]

[0to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-107-004 Preheat: Press Center of the heating roller in the
pre-heat mode

1-107-005 Low Power: Center [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg]

[0 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]
1-107-006 Low Power: Press Center of the pressure roller in the
low power mode

1-107-007 Print Ready: Center [0 to 200 / 165 / 1 deg]

[0 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]
1-107-008 Print Ready: Press Center of the pressure roller in the
low power mode

112
 Group 1000

1108 [After Reload/Job Target Temp.]

Sets the target temperature for immediately after reload temperature has been
achieved or paper has been fed.

1-108-001 Center [0 to 200 / 165 / 1 deg]

[0 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]
1-108-002 Press
Center of the heating roller
SPs added
RTB 1h
1111 [Environment Correction: Fusing]

Sets the threshold for fusing temperature correction to compensate for ambient
conditions.

1-111-001 Temp.: Threshold: Low [0 to 100 / 17 / 1 deg]

Threshold for the low environment temperature

1-111-002 Temp.: Threshold: High [0 to 100 / 30 / 1 deg]

Threshold for the high environment temperature

1-111-003 Low Temp. Correction [0 to 100 / 10 / 1 deg]

Correction temperature for the low environment

1-111-004 High Temp. Correction [0 to 100 / 5 / 1 deg]

Correction temperature for the high environment

1-111-005 Job Low Temp. Correction [0 to 100 / 15 / 1 deg]

Correction temperature for the low environment
at the paper feeding

1-111-006 Job High Temp. Correction [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg]

Correction temperature for the high environment
at the paper feeding

1-111-007 Job Low Temp. Correction: [0 to 100 / 15 / 1 deg]

Sp. Correction temperature of the special paper for
the low environment at the special paper feeding

1-111-008 Job High Temp. Correction: [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg]

Sp. Correction temperature of the special paper for
the high environment at the special paper feeding

113
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-111-009 Job Low Temp. [0 to 100 / 15 / 1 deg]

Correct:Coated

1-111-010 Job High Temp. [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg]

Correct:Coated

1-111-011 Job High Temp. [0 to 100 / 15 / 1 deg]

Correct:Sp:Coated

1-111-012 Job Low Temp. [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg]

Correct:Coated

1-111-013 Job Low Temp. Correction:5st [0 to 100 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-111-014 Job High Temp. Correction: [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg]

5st

1-111-015 Job Low Temp. [0 to 100 / 10 / 1 deg]

Correction:Sp.:5st

1-111-016 Job High Temp. [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg]

Correction:Sp.:5st

1-111-017 Job Low Temp. [0 to 100 / 10 / 1 deg]

Correct:Coated:5st

1-111-018 Job High Temp. [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg]

Correct:Coated:5st

1-111-019 Job Low Temp [0 to 100 / 10 / 1 deg]

Corr:Sp:Coated:5st

1-111-020 Job High Temp [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg]

Corr:Sp:Coated:5st

1112 [Energy Saving Paper Feed Judgment]

1-112-001 Judging Method Change [0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]

Enables or disables the TEC (Typical Electricity
Consumption) judgment mode.
0: OFF, 1: ON

1-112-002 Temp.: Threshold: Press [0 to 200 / 200 / 1 deg]

Adjusts the threshold temperature of the pressure
roller for the energy saver paper feeding.

114
 Group 1000

1-112-003 Temp.: Threshold: Atmosphere [0 to 200 / 200 / 1 deg]

Adjusts the threshold temperature of the ambient
condition for the energy saver paper feeding.

1-112-004 Time-Out [0 to 1800 / 100 / 1 sec]

Adjusts the time for TEC (Typical Electricity
Consumption) judgment.

1-112-005 Power Supply Voltage: Lower [50 to 300 / 216 / 1 V]

Adjusts the lower threshold voltage for the energy
saver paper feeding.

1-112-006 Power Supply Voltage: Upper [50 to 300 / 245 / 1 V]

Adjusts the upper threshold voltage for the
energy saver paper feeding.

1-112-007 Target Temp Adjustment [0 to 100 / 7 / 1 deg]

Adjusts the correction temperature for the paper
feeding in the energy saver mode.

1-112-012 [1 to 16 / 12 / 1 ]
Feed Permit Setting: TEC Adjusts the pattern of the paper feed permission
in the energy saver mode.

1-112-013 [1 to 5 / 1 / 1 ]
PID Pattern:Before Job: TEC Adjusts the PID pattern before the paper feeding
in the energy saver mode.

1-112-014 [1 to 16 / 12 / 1 ]
PID Pattern: During Job: TEC Adjusts the PID pattern during the paper feeding
in the energy saver mode.

1114 [Heat Storage Status]

Sets the threshold for fusing temperature correction to compensate for heat
accumulated on the pressure roller.

1-114-001 Temp.: Threshold: Press [0 to 200 / 55 / 1 deg]

1-114-002 Temp.: Threshold: Atmosphere [0 to 200 / 120 / 1 deg]

1115 [Target Temp. Correction]

115
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Corrects the temperature based on the difference in the target temperatures of the
center and end of the hot roller.

1-115-008 Temp.: Delta Heat Full Size:

[-100 to +100 / -15 / 1 deg]
Prefeed

1116 [Skew Correction Level Setting]

Sets the amount of skew detection for paper fed from each paper source.

1-116-001 Tray1 [1.6 to 7.5 / 3 / 0.1 mm]

1-116-002 Tray2

1-116-003 Duplex Tray

1-116-004 A3LCT Tray3

1-116-005 A3LCT Tray4

1-116-006 A3LCT Tray5

1-116-007 Bypass Tray

1-116-008 LCT 1: Tray 3

1-116-009 LCT 1: Tray 4

1-116-010 LCT 2: Tray 5

1-116-011 LCT 2: Tray 6

1-116-012 LCT 3: Tray 7

1-116-013 LCT 3: Tray 8

1117 [Time Control]

1-117-003 Control TimeA1 [0 to 1000 / 100 / 1 sec]

Sets the interval for the division A1 of the fusing temperature control.

1-117-004 Control TimeA2 [0 to 1000 / 400 / 1 sec]

S Sets the interval for the division A2 of the fusing temperature control.

116
 Group 1000

1-117-005 Temp:A:Center1 [-20 to 20 / 0 / 1 deg]

Sets the correction temperature for the division A1 of the fusing temperature
control.

1-117-008 Temp:A:Center2 [-20 to 20 / 0 / 1 deg]

Sets the correction temperature for the division A1 of the fusing temperature
control.

1-117-011 Control TimeB1 [0 to 1000 / 100 / 1 sec]

Sets the interval for the division B1 of the fusing temperature control.

1-117-012 Control TimeB2 [0 to 1000 / 400 / 1 sec]

Sets the interval for the division B2 of the fusing temperature control.

1-117-013 Temp:B:Center1 [-20 to 20 / 0 / 1 deg]

Sets the correction temperature for the division B1 of the fusing temperature
control.

1-117-016 Temp:B:Center2 [-20 to 20 / 0 / 1 deg]

Sets the correction temperature for the division B2 of the fusing temperature
control.

1-117-019 Control TimeC1 [0 to 1000 / 100 / 1 sec]

Sets the interval for the division C1 of the fusing temperature control.

1-117-020 Control TimeC2 [0 to 1000 / 400 / 1 sec]

Sets the interval for the division C2 of the fusing temperature control.

1-117-021 Temp:C:Center1 [-20 to 20 / 0 / 1 deg]

Sets the correction temperature for the division C1 of the fusing temperature
control.

1-117-022 Temp:C:End1 [-20 to 20 / -5 / 1 deg]

Sets the correction temperature for the division C1 of the fusing temperature
control.

117
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-117-023 Temp:C:Full-Bleed:1 [-20 to 20 / -5 / 1 deg]

Sets the correction temperature for the division C1 of the fusing temperature
control.

1-117-024 Temp:C:Center2 [-20 to 20 / 0 / 1 deg]

Sets the correction temperature for the division C2 of the fusing temperature
control.

1-117-027 Control TimeD1 [0 to 1000 / 100 / 1 sec]

Sets the interval for the division D1 of the fusing temperature control.

1-117-028 Control TimeD2 [0 to 1000 / 400 / 1 sec]

Sets the interval for the division D2 of the fusing temperature control.

1-117-029 Temp:D:Center1 [-20 to 20 / 0 / 1 deg]

Sets the correction temperature for the division D1 of the fusing temperature
control.

1-117-032 Temp:D:Center2 [-20 to 20 / 0 / 1 deg]

Sets the correction temperature for the division D2 of the fusing temperature
control.

1-117-101 to Category D: Weight 1 to 8 [1 to 4 / * / 1 step]

108 The default settings are displayed to the
right of "Initial" on the screen.
1-117-111 to Category C: Weight 1 to 8
118 The selected number for each SP
numbers denotes the division A, B, C
1-117-121 to Category B3: Weight 1 to 8 and D as described below. Each division
128 has related SPs for the correction time
and temperature of the fuser unit.
1-117-131 to Category B2: Weight 1 to 8
138 1: Division A (SP1-117-003 to -008)
2: Division B (SP1-117-011 to -016)
1-117-141 to Category B1: Weight 1 to 8
148 3: Division C (SP1-117-019 to -024)
4: Division D (SP1-117-027 to -032)
1-117-151 to Category A2: Weight 1 to 8
158

1-117-161 to Category A1: Weight 1 to 8

168

118
 Group 1000

1118 [Norm Paper: Init Temp Calc]

1-118-001 to Adjusts the start timing of the additional temperature mode 1 for each operation
003 speed in the productivity priority mode.

1-118-001 Start Time: Normal Speed [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.1 sec]

1-118-002 Start Time: Medium Speed [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.1 sec]

1-118-003 Start Time: Low Speed [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.1 sec]

1-118-004 to Adjusts the interval of the additional temperature mode 1 for each operation
006 speed in the productivity priority mode.

1-118-004 Continuous Time: Normal Speed

[0 to 50 / 5 / 0/1 sec]
1-118-005 Continuous Time: Medium Speed

1-118-006 Continuous Time: Low Speed [0 to 50 / 0 / 0/1 sec]

Adjusts the additional temperature of the mode 1 to the each paper type for the
first paper feed in the productivity priority mode.

Thickness Weight (g/m2)

1 52.3 - 63.0 g/m2

2 63.1 - 80.0 g/m2

1-118-101 to 3 80.1 - 105.0 g/m2

151
4 105.1 - 163.0 g/m2

5 163.1 - 220.0 g/m2

6 220.1 - 256.0 g/m2

7 256.1 - 300.0 g/m2

8 300.1 - 360.0 g/m2

1-118-101 Plain:Weight 1 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-102 Plain:Weight 2 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-103 Plain:Weight 3 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-104 Plain:Weight 4 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-105 Plain:Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

119
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-118-106 Plain:Weight 6 [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-118-107 Plain:Weight 7 [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-118-108 Plain:Weight 8 [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-118-110 Matte:Weight 2 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-111 Matte:Weight 3 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-112 Matte:Weight 4 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-113 Matte:Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-118-114 Matte:Weight 6 [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-118-115 Matte:Weight 7 [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-118-116 Matte:Weight 8 [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-118-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-118-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-118-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-118-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-118-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-118-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-118-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-118-128 Transparent Media [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

120
 Group 1000

1-118-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-118-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-118-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-118-137 Magnet [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-118-138 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 3 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-139 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 4 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-140 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-141 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 6 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-142 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 7 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-143 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 8 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-144 Plastic File Folder [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-145 Synthetic: Weight 2 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-146 Synthetic: Weight 3 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-147 Synthetic: Weight 4 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-148 Synthetic: Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-149 Synthetic: Weight 6 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-150 Synthetic: Weight 7 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-118-151 Synthetic: Weight 8 [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1119 [Norm Paper: Init Temp: Calc2]

Adjusts the interval of the additional temperature mode 2 for each operation
speed in the productivity priority mode.

1-119-001 Continuous Time: Normal: Spd [0 to 50 / 8 / 0.1 sec]

1-119-002 Continuous Time: Medium: Spd [0 to 50 / 8 / 0.1 sec]

1-119-003 Continuous Time: Low: Spd [0 to 50 / 0 / 0.1 sec]

1-119-101 to Adjusts the additional temperature of the mode 2 to the each paper type for the
151 first paper feed in the productivity priority mode.

121
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-119-101 Plain:Weight 1 [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-119-102 Plain:Weight 2 [0 to 30 / 15 / 1 deg]

1-119-103 Plain:Weight 3 [0 to 30 / 20 / 1 deg]

1-119-104 Plain:Weight 4 [0 to 30 / 25 / 1 deg]

1-119-105 Plain:Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-119-106 Plain:Weight 6 [0 to 30 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-119-107 Plain:Weight 7 [0 to 30 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-119-108 Plain:Weight 8 [0 to 30 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-119-110 Matte:Weight 2 [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-119-111 Matte:Weight 3 [0 to 30 / 20 / 1 deg]

1-119-112 Matte:Weight 4 [0 to 30 / 25 / 1 deg]

1-119-113 Matte:Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-119-114 Matte:Weight 6 [0 to 30 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-119-115 Matte:Weight 7 [0 to 30 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-119-116 Matte:Weight 8 [0 to 30 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-119-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-119-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [0 to 30 / 20 / 1 deg]

1-119-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [0 to 30 / 25 / 1 deg]

1-119-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-119-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [0 to 30 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-119-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [0 to 30 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-119-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [0 to 30 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-119-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-119-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-119-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-119-128 Transparent Media [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

122
 Group 1000

1-119-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-119-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-119-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [0 to 30 / 20 / 1 deg]

1-119-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [0 to 30 / 25 / 1 deg]

1-119-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-119-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [0 to 30 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-119-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [0 to 30 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-119-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [0 to 30 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-119-137 Magnet [0 to 30 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-119-138 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 3 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-119-139 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 4 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-119-140 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-119-141 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 6 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-119-142 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 7 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-119-143 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 8 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-119-144 Plastic File Folder [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-119-145 Synthetic: Weight 2 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-119-146 Synthetic: Weight 3 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-119-147 Synthetic: Weight 4 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-119-148 Synthetic: Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-119-149 Synthetic: Weight 6 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-119-150 Synthetic: Weight 7 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-119-151 Synthetic: Weight 8 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1121 [Switch: Rotation Start/Stop]

Sets the time interval for the shift from each mode.

123
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 to 999 / 300 / 1 sec]

1-121-001 Time:After Reload Time interval from reload mode to
standby mode

[0 to 100 / 10 / 1 sec]
1-121-002 Time:After Recovery Time interval from recovery mode to
standby mode

[0 to 160 / 160 / 1 deg]

1-121-004 Press Temp.:After Reload Threshold temperature of the pressure

roller for the time interval from reload
mode to standby mode

[0 to 250 / 215 / 1 deg]

1-121-008 Overshoot Prevent Temp. Threshold temperature of the heating
roller for the overheat prevention

[0 to 100 / 20 / 1 sec]
1-121-009 Overshoot Prevent Time Rotation time of the fusing unit for the
overheat prevention

1-121-010 to Adjusts the threshold temperature of each paper width for the extra rotation after
017 paper feed.

[0 to 250 / 210 / 1 deg]

1-121-010 End Uniform Start Temp.:A
305 mm < Paper Width

[0 to 250 / 210 / 1 deg]

1-121-011 End Uniform Start Temp.:B1
267 mm < Paper Width <= 305 mm

[0 to 250 / 210 / 1 deg]

1-121-012 End Uniform Start Temp.:B2
240.9 mm < Paper Width <= 267 mm

[0 to 250 / 210 / 1 deg]

1-121-013 End Uniform Start Temp.:B3
224 mm < Paper Width <= 240.9 mm

[0 to 250 / 210 / 1 deg]

1-121-014 End Uniform Start Temp.:C1
203.2 mm < Paper Width <= 224 mm

[0 to 250 / 210 / 1 deg]

1-121-015 End Uniform Start Temp.:C2
148 mm < Paper Width <= 203.2 mm

124
 Group 1000

[0 to 250 / 210 / 1 deg]

1-121-016 End Uniform Start Temp.:C3
136 mm < Paper Width <= 148 mm

[0 to 250 / 210 / 1 deg]

1-121-017 End Uniform Start Temp.:D
Paper Width <= 136 mm

1-121-021 to Adjusts the time interval of each paper width for the standby mode after paper
028 feed.

[0 to 100 / 30 / 1 sec]
1-121-021 Time:After Job:A
305 mm < Paper Width

[0 to 100 / 30 / 1 sec]
1-121-022 Time:After Job:B1
267 mm < Paper Width <= 305 mm

[0 to 100 / 30 / 1 sec]
1-121-023 Time:After Job:B2
240.9 mm < Paper Width <= 267 mm

[0 to 100 / 30 / 1 sec]
1-121-024 Time:After Job:B3
224 mm < Paper Width <= 240.9 mm

[0 to 100 / 30 / 1 sec]
1-121-025 Time:After Job:C1
203.2 mm < Paper Width <= 224 mm

[0 to 100 / 30 / 1 sec]
1-121-026 Time:After Job:C2
148 mm < Paper Width <= 203.2 mm

[0 to 100 / 30 / 1 sec]
1-121-027 Time:After Job:C3
136 mm < Paper Width <= 148 mm

[0 to 100 / 30 / 1 sec]
1-121-028 Time:After Job:D
Paper Width <= 136 mm

1122 [Standby Rotation Setting]

Sets the interval between fusing roller idle rotations during standby. Idling the
rollers helps to maintain and even fusing temperature.

1-122-001 Rotation Interval [0 to 240 / 60 / 1 min]

1-122-002 Rotation Time [0 to 60 / 0 / 0.1 sec]

1123 [Rotation Speed Setting]

125
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Sets the speed for the rotation fusing rollers during idling before paper starts to
feed.

Rotation Speed [0 to 1 / 1 / 1]
1-123-001 0: Normal speed
1: Speed corresponding with job

1124 [CPM Down Setting]

Sets the temperature differential used to calculate CPM down for low and high
temperatures. Also, sets the interval for temperature checks for CPM down.

[-50 to 0 / -12 / 1deg]

1-124-001 Low: Down Temp. Different temperature to the target temperature
for the low temperature CPM down

[-50 to 0 / -10 / 1deg]

1-124-002 Low: Up Temp. Different temperature to the target temperature
for the low temperature CPM up

[10 to 100 / 80 / 5%]

1-124-003 Low :1st CPM 1st CPM down for the low temperature CPM
down

[10 to 100 / 65 / 5%]

1-124-004 Low :2nd CPM 2nd CPM down for the low temperature CPM
down

[10 to 100 / 50 / 5%]

1-124-005 Low :3rd CPM 3rd CPM down for the low temperature CPM
down

[10 to 100 / 80 / 5%]

1-124-006 High:1st CPM 1st CPM down for the high temperature CPM
down

[10 to 100 / 60 / 5%]

1-124-007 High:2nd CPM 2nd CPM down for the high temperature CPM
down

126
 Group 1000

[10 to 100 / 25 / 5%]

1-124-008 High:3rd CPM 3rd CPM down for the high temperature CPM
down

[100 to 250 / 245 / 1deg]

1st CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-012 High:1st CPM Down Temp.:A4
temperature CPM down
136 mm < Paper Width <= 224 mm

[100 to 250 / 247 / 1deg]

2nd CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-013 High:2nd CPM Down Temp.:A4
temperature CPM down
136 mm < Paper Width <= 224 mm

[100 to 250 / 250 / 1deg]

3rd CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-014 High:3rd CPM Down Temp.:A4
temperature CPM down
136 mm < Paper Width <= 224 mm

[100 to 250 / 245 / 1deg]

1st CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-015 High:1st CPM Down Temp.:A5
temperature CPM down
Paper Width <= 136 mm

[100 to 250 / 247 / 1deg]

2nd CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-16 High:2nd CPM Down Temp.:A5
temperature CPM down
Paper Width <= 136 mm

[100 to 250 / 250 / 1deg]

3rd CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-017 High:3rd CPM Down Temp.:A5
temperature CPM down
Paper Width <= 136 mm

[1 to 250 / 10 / 1sec]
1-124-018 Judging Interval
Judging interval after CPM down mode change

127
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-124-020 Judging Interval: Normal Speed

[0 to 200 / 15 / 1sec]
Judging Interval: Medium
1-124-021 Judging interval for each speed after 1st paper
Speed
feed
1-124-022 Judging Interval: Low Speed

[100 to 250 / 245 / 1 deg]

High:1st CPM Down 1st CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-101
Temp.:Category1 temperature CPM down
224 mm < Paper Width <= 240.9 mm

[100 to 250 / 247 / 1 deg]

High:2nd CPM Down 2nd CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-102
Temp.:Category1 temperature CPM down
224 mm < Paper Width <= 240.9 mm

[100 to 250 / 250 / 1 deg]

High:3rd CPM Down 3rd CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-103
Temp.:Category1 temperature CPM down
224 mm < Paper Width <= 240.9 mm

[100 to 250 / 245 / 1 deg]

High:1st CPM Down 1st CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-111
Temp.:Category2 temperature CPM down
240.9mm < Paper Width <= 267 mm

[100 to 250 / 247 / 1 deg]

High:2nd CPM Down 2nd CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-112
Temp.:Category2 temperature CPM down
240.9mm < Paper Width <= 267 mm

[100 to 250 / 250 / 1 deg]

High:3rd CPM Down 3rd CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-113
Temp.:Category2 temperature CPM down
240.9mm < Paper Width <= 267 mm

[100 to 250 / 245 / 1 deg]

High:1st CPM Down 1st CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-121
Temp.:Category3 temperature CPM down
267 mm < Paper Width <= 305 mm

128
 Group 1000

[100 to 250 / 247 / 1 deg]

High:2nd CPM Down 2nd CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-122
Temp.:Category3 temperature CPM down
267 mm < Paper Width <= 305 mm

[100 to 250 / 250 / 1 deg]

High:3rd CPM Down 3rd CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-123
Temp.:Category3 temperature CPM down
267 mm < Paper Width <= 305 mm

[100 to 250 / 245 / 1 deg]

High:1st CPM Down 1st CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-131
Temp.:Category4 temperature CPM down
305 mm < Paper Width <= 324 mm

[100 to 250 / 247 / 1 deg]

High:2nd CPM Down 2nd CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-132
Temp.:Category4 temperature CPM down
305 mm < Paper Width <= 324 mm

[100 to 250 / 250 / 1 deg]

High:3rd CPM Down 3rd CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-133
Temp.:Category4 temperature CPM down
305 mm < Paper Width <= 324 mm

[100 to 250 / 245 / 1 deg]

High:1st CPM Down 1st CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-141
Temp.:Category5 temperature CPM down
324 mm < Paper Width

[100 to 250 / 247 / 1 deg]

High:2nd CPM Down 2nd CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-142
Temp.:Category5 temperature CPM down
324 mm < Paper Width

[100 to 250 / 250 / 1 deg]

High:3rd CPM Down 3rd CPM down temperature for the high
1-124-143
Temp.:Category5 temperature CPM down
324 mm < Paper Width

129
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1125 [Norm Paper:Init Temp Calc]

SPs added
RTB 1h
Adjusts the additional temperature of the mode 1 to the each paper type for the
initial paper feed in the image quality priority mode.

1-125-101 Plain: Weight 1: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-102 Plain: Weight 2: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-103 Plain: Weight 3: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-104 Plain: Weight 4: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-105 Plain: Weight 5: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-106 Plain: Weight 6: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-107 Plain: Weight 7: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-108 Plain: Weight 8: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-110 Matte: Weight 2: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-111 Matte: Weight 3: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-112 Matte: Weight 4: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-113 Matte: Weight 5: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-114 Matte: Weight 6: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-115 Matte: Weight 7: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-116 Matte: Weight 8: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-118 Glossy: Weight 2: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-119 Glossy: Weight 3: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-120 Glossy: Weight 4: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-121 Glossy: Weight 5: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-122 Glossy: Weight 6: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-123 Glossy: Weight 7: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-124 Glossy: Weight 8: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-125 Envelope: Weight 5: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

130
 Group 1000

1-125-126 Envelope: Weight 6: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-127 Envelope: Weight 7: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-128 Transparecy: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-129 Texture: Weight 1: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-130 Texture: Weight 2: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-131 Texture: Weight 3: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-132 Texture: Weight 4: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-133 Texture: Weight 5: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-134 Texture: Weight 6: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-135 Texture: Weight 7: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-136 Texture: Weight 8: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-137 Magnet: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-138 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 3: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-139 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 4: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-140 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 5: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-141 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 6: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-142 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 7: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-143 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 8: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-144 Plastic File Folder: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-145 Synthetic: Weight 2: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-146 Synthetic: Weight 3: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-147 Synthetic: Weight 4: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-148 Synthetic: Weight 5: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-149 Synthetic: Weight 6: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-150 Synthetic: Weight 7: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-125-151 Synthetic: Weight 8: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

131
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1126 [Norm Paper:Init Temp Calc2]

SPs added
RTB 1h Adjusts the additional temperature of the mode 2 to the each paper type for the
initial paper feed in the image quality priority mode.

1-126-101 Plain: Weight 1: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-126-102 Plain: Weight 2: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-126-103 Plain: Weight 3: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-126-104 Plain: Weight 4: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-126-105 Plain: Weight 5: 5st [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-126-106 Plain: Weight 6: 5st [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-126-107 Plain: Weight 7: 5st [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-126-108 Plain: Weight 8: 5st [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-126-110 Matte: Weight 2: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-126-111 Matte: Weight 3: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-126-112 Matte: Weight 4: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-126-113 Matte: Weight 5: 5st [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-126-114 Matte: Weight 6: 5st [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-126-115 Matte: Weight 7: 5st [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-126-116 Matte: Weight 8: 5st [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-126-118 Glossy: Weight 2: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-126-119 Glossy: Weight 3: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-126-120 Glossy: Weight 4: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-126-121 Glossy: Weight 5: 5st [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-126-122 Glossy: Weight 6: 5st [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-126-123 Glossy: Weight 7: 5st [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-126-124 Glossy: Weight 8: 5st [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-126-125 Envelope: Weight 5: 5st [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

132
 Group 1000

1-126-126 Envelope: Weight 6: 5st [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-126-127 Envelope: Weight 7: 5st [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-126-128 Transparecy: 5st [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-126-129 Texture: Weight 1: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-126-130 Texture: Weight 2: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-126-131 Texture: Weight 3: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-126-132 Texture: Weight 4: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-126-133 Texture: Weight 5: 5st [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-126-134 Texture: Weight 6: 5st [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-126-135 Texture: Weight 7: 5st [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-126-136 Texture: Weight 8: 5st [0 to 30 / 10 / 1 deg]

1-126-137 Magnet: 5st [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-126-138 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 3: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-126-139 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 4: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-126-140 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 5: 5st [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-126-141 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 6: 5st [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-126-142 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 7: 5st [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-126-143 Metalic/Pearl: Weight 8: 5st [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-126-144 Plastic File Folder: 5st [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-126-145 Synthetic: Weight 2: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-126-146 Synthetic: Weight 3: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-126-147 Synthetic: Weight 4: 5st [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-126-148 Synthetic: Weight 5: 5st [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-126-149 Synthetic: Weight 6: 5st [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-126-150 Synthetic: Weight 7: 5st [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-126-151 Synthetic: Weight 8: 5st [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg]

SPs added: RTB 1h 133

 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1131 [Continuous Print Mode Switch]

Sets the permission for paper to feed.

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
RTB 122
1-131-001 Feed Permit Condition 0: Productivity priority
Corrected
1: Fusing quality priority

Ripple Gloss Uneven Mode 0:Off/ [0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ] RTB 122:Deleted

1-131-002
1:On 0: Off, 1: On

1-131-101 Plain:Weight 1 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]
1131-101
to 250
1-131-102 Plain:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]
Explanation
added
1-131-103 Plain:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-104 Plain:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-105 Plain:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-106 Plain:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-107 Plain:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-108 Plain:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-110 Matte:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-111 Matte:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-112 Matte:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-113 Matte:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-114 Matte:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-115 Matte:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-116 Matte:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

134
 Group 1000

1-131-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-128 Transparent Media [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-137 Magnet Paper [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-138 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-139 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-140 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-141 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight6 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-142 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight7 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-143 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight8 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-144 Plastic File Folder [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-145 Synthetic Paper:Weight2 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-146 Synthetic Paper:Weight3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-147 Synthetic Paper:Weight4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

135
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-131-148 Synthetic Paper:Weight5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-149 Synthetic Paper:Weight6 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-150 Synthetic Paper:Weight7 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-151 Synthetic Paper:Weight8 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-201 Plain:Weight 1:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-202 Plain:Weight 2:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-203 Plain:Weight 3:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-204 Plain:Weight 4:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-205 Plain:Weight 5:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-206 Plain:Weight 6:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-207 Plain:Weight 7:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-208 Plain:Weight 8:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-210 Matte:Weight 2:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-211 Matte:Weight 3:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-212 Matte:Weight 4:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-213 Matte:Weight 5:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-214 Matte:Weight 6:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-215 Matte:Weight 7:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-216 Matte:Weight 8:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-218 Glossy:Weight 2:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-219 Glossy:Weight 3:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-220 Glossy:Weight 4:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-221 Glossy:Weight 5:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-222 Glossy:Weight 6:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-223 Glossy:Weight 7:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-224 Glossy:Weight 8:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

136
 Group 1000

1-131-225 Envelope:Weight 5:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-226 Envelope:Weight 6:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-227 Envelope:Weight 7:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-228 Transparent Media:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-229 Textured media:Weight 1:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-230 Textured media:Weight 2:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-231 Textured media:Weight 3:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-232 Textured media:Weight 4:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-233 Textured media:Weight 5:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-234 Textured media:Weight 6:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-235 Textured media:Weight 7:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-236 Textured media:Weight 8:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-237 Magnet Paper: 5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-238 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-239 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight4:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-240 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight5:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-241 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight6:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-242 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight7:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-243 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight8:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-244 Plastic File Folder:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-245 Synthetic Paper:Weight2:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-246 Synthetic Paper:Weight3:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-247 Synthetic Paper:Weight4:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-248 Synthetic Paper:Weight5:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-249 Synthetic Paper:Weight6:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-131-250 Synthetic Paper:Weight7:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

137
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-131-251 Synthetic Paper:Weight8:5st [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1132 [Maximum Duty Switch]

Switches maximum fixed duty level and power control.

1-132-001 Control Method Switch

[0 to 1 / 1 / 1 step]
0: Fixed Duty
1: Power Control

1-132-003 Manual Offset

[0 to 8 / 4 / 1 step]
0: -400 W 1: -300 W 2: -200 W 3: -100 W 4: 0

[Power Control]

1-132-011 AC Voltage Value [0 to 300 / 0 / 1]

Displays the AC voltage and judgment voltage
1-132-012 Judgment Voltage
for the fusing duty control.

1-132-013 Heater Switching Pattern [1 to 2 / 1 / 1]

Sets the power-on pattern for the fusing lamp.

1133 [Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller]

1-133-001 Not used

[0 to 3 / 3 / 1 ]
Sets the fusing drive speed for the belt
smoothing mode.
1-133-101 Fusing Speed 0: Normal speed (415 mm/sec)
1: Middle speed (352.8 mm/sec)
2: Low speed (176.4 mm/sec)
3: Belt smoothing roller speed (158.8 mm/sec)

[0 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]
1-133-102 Heating Roller Temp Setting Adjusts the threshold temperature of the heating
roller for the belt smoothing mode.

138
 Group 1000

[0 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]
1-133-103 Pressure Roller Temp Setting Adjusts the threshold temperature of the
pressure roller for the belt smoothing mode.

[0 to 4 / 2 / 1 ]
Sets the pressure roller position for the belt
smoothing mode.
0: Pressure 0
1-133-104 Fusing Pressure Position
1: Pressure 1
2: Pressure 2
3: Pressure 3
4: No pressure

[0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]
Sets the belt smoothing roller position for the
belt smoothing mode.
1-133-105 Smoothing Roller:Press Position
0: Pressure 1
1: Pressure 2
2: Pressure 3

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
0: 952.56 mm/sec
1-133-106 Smoothing Roller:Speed
1: 714.42 mm/sec
2: 473.28 mm/sec

1-133-110 Manual Smoothing:Execution [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

1-133-111 Exec Condition Lvl 2 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

1-133-120 Fixed Operation Time:Manual [0 to 6000000 / 120 / 1 sec]

1-133-121 Fixed Time: Manual Exe Lvl 2 [0 to 60000 / 10 / 1 sec]

1-133-123 Fixed Time: Auto Exe Lvl 2 [0 to 15 / 10 / 1 sec]

1-133-130 Total Operation Time [0 to 6000000 / 0 / 1 sec]

1-133-131 Near End Setting [0 to 6000000 / 9720 / 1 sec]

1-133-132 End Setting [0 to 6000000 / 10800 / 1 sec]

1-133-140 Total Page Counter [0 to 6000000 / 0 / 1 sec]

139
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-133-141 Total Page Counter: Reset [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

1-133-160 Pressure Time 1 [0 to 5000 / 245 / 1 msec]

1-133-161 Pressure Time 2 [0 to 5000 / 245 / 1 msec]

1-133-162 Pressure Time 3 [0 to 5000 / 245 / 1 msec]

1-133-170 Depressure Time [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1 msec]

1-133-221 Operation Interval (C) [0 to 6000000 / 700 / 1 msec]

1141 [Fusing SC Issue Time Info]

Displays the time when an SC code was issued.

1-141-001 SC Number [0 to 999 / 0 / 1 Step]

1-141-002 SC Cause [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 Step]

1-141-101 Htg Roller: Ctr Varied Op Temp. 1 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-103 Htg Roller: Ctr Compensate Temp. 1 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-104 Htg Roller: Ends Varied Op Temp. 1 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-106 Htg Roller: Ends Compensate Temp. 1 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-107 Htg Roller Rear Temp. 1 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-108 Press Roller: Ctr Varied Op Temp. 1 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

110 Press Roller: Ctr Compensate Temp. 1 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-111 Press Roller: Ends Temp. 1 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-112 Hot Roller: Surface Varied Op Temp. 1 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-114 Hot Roller: Surface Compensate Temp. 1 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-151 Htg Roller: Ctr Varied Op Temp. 2 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-153 Htg Roller: Ctr Compensate Temp. 2 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-154 Htg Roller: Ends Varied Op Temp. 2 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-156 Htg Roller: Ends Compensate Temp. 2 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-157 Htg Roller Rear Temp. 2 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

140
 Group 1000

1-141-158 Press Roller: Ctr Varied Op Temp. 2 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-160 Press Roller: Ctr Compensate Temp. 2 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-161 Press Roller: Ends Temp. 2 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-162 Hot Roller: Surface Varied Op Temp. 2 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-164 Hot Roller: Surface Compensate Temp. 2 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-201 Htg Roller: Ctr Varied Op Temp. 3 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-203 Htg Roller: Ctr Compensate Temp. 3 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-204 Htg Roller: Ends Varied Op Temp. 3 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-206 Htg Roller: Ends Compensate Temp. 3 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-207 Htg Roller Rear Temp. 3 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-208 Press Roller: Ctr Varied Op Temp. 3 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-210 Press Roller: Ctr Compensate Temp. 3 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-211 Press Roller: Ends Temp. 3 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-212 Hot Roller: Surface Varied Op Temp. 3 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-141-214 Hot Roller: Surface Compensate Temp. 3 [-5 to 280 / 0 / 1 deg]

1142 [Fusing Jam Detection]

This SP displays the SC code that was issued if a fusing unit jam error occurs three
times in succession. This is a fatal SC error. The machine is shut down and cannot
be used until the problem has been corrected.

SC Display
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 Step]
0: OFF
1: On

1151 [Pressure Setting]

141
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Switches on the mode that adjusts the length of time pressure is increased on the
fusing roller by the pressure roller. The setting is adjusted with the "position"
settings that determine the length of time that the pressure is increased (the longer
the time the more pressure).

1-151-001 Pressure Change ON/OFF [0 to 1 / 1410 / 1 Step]

1-151-010 Pressure Position0 [0 to 10000 / 1050 / 5 msec]

1-151-011 Pressure Position 1 [0 to 1000 / 630 / 5 ms]

1-151-012 Pressure Position 2 [0 to 1000 / 1150 / 5 ms]

1-151-013 Pressure Position 3 [0 to 1000 / 1150 / 5 ms]

1-151-021 Fwd Rotating Time:Normalz Stop [0 to 50 / 0 / 0.1 sec]

1-151-022 Fwd Rotating Time:Jam [0 to 50 / 0 / 0.1 sec]

1-151-023 Rvs Rotating Time:Jam [0 to 50 / 0 / 0.1 sec]

1-151-024 Fan Operation: Press Roll Cooling [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

1152 [Fusing Nip Band Check]

Checks and adjusts the nip of the hot roller and pressure roller.

Execute

Use a sheet of OHP to execute this SP. Feed the sheet through fusing unit and
between the hot roller and pressure roller. The sheet will stop and remain between
the rollers for 30 s and is then feed out. Use a scale to measure the width of the
1-152-001
band on the sheet.
[0 to 1/1/1 ]
0: ON
1: OFF

1-152-002 Pre-idling Time [0 to 999 / 300 / 1 sec]

1-152-003 Stop Time [0 to 255 / 120 / 1 sec]

1-152-004 Pressure Position [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-152-010 Target Temp: Center [0 to 200 / 160 / 1 deg]

1-152-011 Target Temp: Press Roller [0 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

142
 Group 1000

1153 [Press Roller Cooling Fan]

Sets the temperature at which the pressure roller cooling fan starts to operate. The
pressure roller cooling fan is the large blower fan at the front of the left drawer
under the fusing unit.

1-153-001 Startup Difference

1-153-002 Paper Difference [-50 to +50 / 5 / 1 deg]

1-153-003 After Paper Difference

1-153-004 Duplex Exhaust Fan:1 [20 to 80 / 35 / 1 %]

1-153-005 Duplex Exhaust Fan:2 [20 to 80 / 20 / 1 %]

1-153-006 Duplex Exhaust Fan:3 [20 to 80 / 80 / 1 %]

1154 [Standby Rotation]

Sets the start time and duration of hot roller rotation in the standby (Ready) mode.

1-154-001 Rotation Start Temp [0 to 150 / 120 / 1 deg]

1-154-002 Rotation Time [0 to 255 / 30 / 1 sec]

1155 [Job Cancel]

Sets the temperature to trigger "Job cancel" during a job.

1-155-001 Press Roller Temp [100 to 200 / 200 / 1 deg]

1161 [Fusing Cleaning Web]

Determines the operation cycles of the take-up roller which pulls fabric off the web
supply roller in the fusing belt cleaning unit.

1-161-003 Execute Takeup After Replacement [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

1-161-004 Duplex Takeup Cycle Adj [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1190 [Manual New Unit Set]

Sets the machine to access the fusing unit ID chip information for PM parts
management.

143
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-190-001 Fusing Belt

1-190-002 Hot Roller

[0 to 1 / 1 / 0]
1-190-003 Pressure Roller

1-190-004 Pressure Roller Bearings

1206 [Paper Shift Setting]

Selects edge shift operation.

Shift Mode Selection

[0 to 2 / 1 / 1]
1-206-001 0: Shift
1: Shift Off (Folding Mode)
2: Shift: Off

1302 [Dbl-Feed Detect]

1-302-001 Tray 1

1-302-002 Tray 2 [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]

1-302-003 A3LCT Tray3 0:OFF

1:ON
1-302-004 A3LCT Tray4
Sets the double feed detection to ON or
1-302-005 A3LCT Tray5 OFF for each paper tray.

1-302-006 Bypass Tray

1-302-007 3-Tray LCT 1: Tray 3

1-302-008 3-Tray LCT 1: Tray 4 [ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]

1-302-009 3-Tray LCT 2: Tray 5 0:OFF

1:ON
1-302-010 3-Tray LCT 2: Tray 6
Sets the double feed detection to ON or
1-302-011 3-Tray LCT 3: Tray 7 OFF for each paper tray.

1-302-012 3-Tray LCT 3: Tray 8

1303 [After Dbl-Feed Det Op Set]

144
 Group 1000

1-303-001 Tray 1

1-303-002 Tray 2

1-303-003 A3LCT Tray3

1-303-004 A3LCT Tray4

1-303-005 A3LCT Tray5

[ 0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
1-303-006 Bypass Tray
0:JAM
1-303-007 3-Tray LCT 1: Tray 3
1:Purge Tray
1-303-008 3-Tray LCT 1: Tray 4

1-303-009 3-Tray LCT 2: Tray 5

1-303-010 3-Tray LCT 2: Tray 6

1-303-011 3-Tray LCT 3: Tray 7

1-303-012 3-Tray LCT 3: Tray 8

1304 [Dbl-Feed Detect Threshold Adj]

Adjusts the threshold for the translucence of the paper to trigger a double-feed
detection based on the type of paper.

1-304-001 Plain [0 to 100 / 30 / 1 %]

1-304-002 Translucent

1-304-003 Transparency [0 to 100 / 5 / 1 %]

1305 [Dbl-Feed Comp Std Value]

Displays the threshold values for paper that triggered a double-feed detection by
paper feed station for the past 5 feeds.

1-305-001 to
Tray1:LAST to 5
005 [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01 V]

1-305-006 to
Tray2:LAST to 5 [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01 V]
010

1-305-011 to
A3LCT Tray3:LAST to 5 [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01 V]
015

145
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-305-016 to
A3LCT Tray4:LAST to 5 [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01 V]
020

1-305-021 to
A3LCT Tray5:LAST to 5 [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01 V]
025

1-305-031 to
Bypass Tray:LAST to 5 [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01 V]
035

1-305-036 to
3-Tray LCT 1: Tray 3: LAST to 5 [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01 V]
040

1-305-041 to
3-Tray LCT 1: Tray 4: LAST to 5 [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01 V]
045

1-305-046 to
3-Tray LCT 1: Tray 5: LAST to 5 [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01 V]
050

1-305-051 to
3-Tray LCT 1: Tray 6 LAST to 5 [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01 V]
055

1-305-056 to
3-Tray LCT 1: Tray 7: LAST to 5 [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01 V]
060

1-305-061 to
3-Tray LCT 1: Tray 8: LAST to 5 [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01 V]
065

1306 [Dbl-Feed Det Light Adj Result]

Adjusts the strength of the light emitted from the double-feed sensor LED. The
double feed sensors are a pair. The sensor below emits an LED, and the sensor
above receives the light.

1-306-001 Normal Paper

1-306-002 Translucent [0 to 94 / 0 / 1 mA ]

1-306-003 Transparency

1310 [Dbl-Feed Detect Function]

Toggles double-feed detection alert on and off.

1-310-001 Disabled Display (0:Off 1:On) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

146
 Group 1000

1401 [Paper Pass Time 1/2/3:Custom Paper]

1402 [Paper Pass Time 1/2/3:Average]

1-402-001 Fusing Unit

[0 to 999 / 0 / 1]
1-402-002 Fusing Unit Displays the paper pass time 1, 2 and 3 at the
fuser unit for the customer paper.
1-402-003 Fusing Unit

1-402-004 Tray1

1-402-005 Tray1

1-402-006 Tray1
Not used
1-402-007 Tray2

1-402-008 Tray2

1-402-009 Tray2

1-402-010 A3LCT Tray3

1-402-011 A3LCT Tray3

1-402-012 A3LCT Tray3

1-402-013 A3LCT Tray4

1-402-014 A3LCT Tray4 Not used

1-402-015 A3LCT Tray4

1-402-016 A3LCT Tray5

1-402-017 A3LCT Tray5

1-402-018 A3LCT Tray5

1-402-019 Bypass Tray

1-402-020 Bypass Tray Not used

1-402-021 Bypass Tray

1403 [Paper Pass Time 1/2/3:Max/Min Diff]

147
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-403-001 Fusing Unit [0 to 999 / 0 / 1 ms ]

Displays the difference time between the maximum and
1-403-002 Fusing Unit
minimum paper pass time 1, 2 and 3 at the fuser unit for
1-403-003 Fusing Unit the customer paper.

1404 [Paper Pass Time 1:Target Var] Not used

1501 [Lead Edge Reg]

Adjusts the printing leading edge registration using the trimming area pattern
SP2109-3 (Pattern No. 14).
(A higher setting shifts the image to the leading edge of paper more.)

1-501-001 Standard Value [-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

1-501-002 Offset Value: Back Side

1502 [Side-to-Side Reg]

Adjusts the printing leading edge registration using the trimming area pattern
SP2109-3 (Pattern No. 14).
(A higher setting shifts the image to the leading edge of paper more.)

1-502-001 Standard Value [-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

1-502-002 Offset Value: Back Side

1902 [Cleaning Web Setting]

This SP controls the operation of the fusing cleaning unit inside the fusing unit. The
cleaning unit employs a web suspended between a supply roller and take-up
roller. Between these rollers, a web contact roller keeps the web pressed against
the fusing belt to take-up paper dust, toner, etc. from the surface of the belt.

1-902-001 Web Consumption [0 to 107 / 0 / 1] RTB 134: Deleted

Fusing Web Motor Operation Time [3.6 to 130 / 18 / 0.1 sec]

1-902-002 Changes the amount of time that the web motor operates to pull fresh fabric from
the supply roller.

1-902-003 Web Motor Rotation Time [0.3 to 3.5 / 2.8 / 0.1 sec]

148
 Group 1000

Web Near End Setting [50 to 100 / 81 / 1%]

1-902-004
Changes the web consumption ratio at which web near end is displayed.

1-902-005 Web End Recording [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

1-902-006 Web Near End/End Clear [Execute]

1-902-007 Correction Coeff. DFU [0 to 2 / 1.19 / 0.01]

1-902-008 Take up Rotations After Jam [0 to 30 / 10 / 1]

1-902-009 Web Denominator [0 to 100000 / 1180 / 0.1 ]

1-902-010 Sequence for Each Reload [0 to 30 / 3.5 / 0.1 sec]

1-902-011 Rotations After Cold Start [0 to 30 / 10 / 1]

1-902-012 Fixed Operation Time 1 [40 to 70 / 48 / 1%]

1-902-013 Fixed Operation Time 2 [71 to 120 / 62 / 1%]

1-902-014 Operation Intervals: Med Speed [3.6 to 130 / 22 / 0.1 sec]

1-902-016 Operation Intervals: Low Speed [3.6 to 130 / 38 / 0.1 sec]

1-902-017 Operation Frequency [1 to 1000 / 250 / 1]

1-902-018 Fixed Operation Time [0 to 25.5 / 0.9 / 0.1 sec]

Takeup Rotation Time After

1-902-019 [5 to 70 / 10 / 1 ]
Replacement

1-902-020 Web Counter Clear Recording [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

1903 [Web Drive Time]

Records and stores for display information about fusing cleaning unit web
consumption.

1-903-001 Web: Total Page Counter [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1 sec]

1-903-002 Web: Total Motor Rotation Time [0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1 sec]

1-903-003 Operation Interval Count [0 to 130 / 0 / 0.1 sec]

1-903-004 Total Operation Rotations [0 to 999999999 / 3 / 1 Cycle]

149
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1904 [Multiple Fusers]

Stores or does not store the counter information of the fuser cleaning unit or fuser
belt smoothing roller in the fuser unit ID board.
0: Not store, 1: Store

1-904-001 Set: Cleaning Unit [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

1-904-002 Set: Smooth Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

1906 [De-curler Setting]

Selects the paper path in the decurl unit (upper or lower) for the paper depending
on the paper feed source.

1-906-001 Tray1: Paper Path Selection [0 to 5 / 3 / 1]

0: Lower Pass Def
1-906-002 Tray2: Paper Path Selection
1: Lower Pass 1
1-906-003 A3LCT Tray3: Paper Path Selection
2: Lower Pass 2
1-906-004 A3LCT Tray4: Paper Path Selection 3: Upper Pass Def

1-906-005 A3LCT Tray5: Paper Path Selection 4: Upper Pass 1

5: Upper Pass 2
1-906-006 Bypass Tray: Paper Path Selection

1-906-007 3-Tray LCT 1: Tray 3: Paper Path Selection [0 to 5 / 3 / 1]

0: Lower Pass Def
1-906-008 3-Tray LCT 1: Tray 4: Paper Path Selection
1: Lower Pass 1
1-906-009 3-Tray LCT 2: Tray 5: Paper Path Selection
2: Lower Pass 2
1-906-010 3-Tray LCT 2: Tray 6: Paper Path Selection 3: Upper Pass Def

1-906-011 3-Tray LCT 3: Tray 7: Paper Path Selection 4: Upper Pass 1

5: Upper Pass 2
1-906-012 3-Tray LCT 3: Tray 8: Paper Path Selection

[CIS Illumination Upper Limit]

1908
This SP controls the CIS illumination for the main scan registration control.

1-908-001 - [1 to 50 / 50 / 1 %]

1909 [Force Send to Purge Tray]

150
 Group 1000

Forces paper to drop into the purged paper path. Used for testing.

1-909-001 Purge 1 (0: Off, 1: On) [0 to 1 / 1 / 1]

1910 [Paper Bank Temp/Humidity]

Displays the current temperature and humidity readings for the paper trays inside
the main machine.

1-910-001 Temperature Reading Not used

1-910-002 Humidity Reading

1911 [CIS LED Power Adjustment]

SP1911
RTB 124
Adjusts and stores the CIS LED power.

1-911-001 Red [1 to 99 / 99 / 1 %]

1-911-002 Green [1 to 99 / 99 / 1 %]

1-911-003 Blue [1 to 99 / 99 / 1 %]

1912 [CIS LED Power Adjustment]

Adjust the power level of the CIS that is used to adjust paper registration in the
paper registration unit inside the right drawer.
[EXECUTE]

1913 [CIS LED Adj. Result Display] DFU

SP1913
RTB 124 Displays the result of the adjustment to adjust the level of the CIS LED power (done
with SP1912).

PWM Duty [0x00 to 0xAA / 0x3A / 1 ]

1914 [CIS P Pass Pixel Display] DFU

1915 [CIS Mode Setting]

Adjusts the time of the CIS lighting for each tray.

0: S mode (4 ms lighting x 3), 1: L mode (12 ms lighting x 1)

151
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-915-001 Tray 1 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 -]

1-915-002 Tray 2 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 -]

1-915-003 Duplex Tray [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 -]

1-915-004 3-Tray LCT Tray1 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 -]

1-915-005 3-Tray LCT Tray2 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 -]

1-915-006 3-Tray LCT Tray3 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 -]

1-915-007 Bypass Tray [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 -]

1-915-008 2-Tray LCT_1 Tray1 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 -]

1-915-009 2-Tray LCT_1 Tray2 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 -]

1-915-010 2-Tray LCT_2 Tray1 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 -]

1-915-011 2-Tray LCT_2 Tray2 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 -]

1-915-012 2-Tray LCT_3 Tray1 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 -]

1-915-013 2-Tray LCT_3 Tray2 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 -]

1916 [CIS LED Power Magnification]

1-916-001 Variable Magnification [1 to 5 / 1.52 / 0.01 ]

1-916-002 Variable Magnification [1 to 5 / 2.01 / 0.01 ]

1-916-003 Variable Magnification [1 to 5 / 10 / 0.01 ]

1917 [Side-to-Side Reg Disable]

Used to disable side-to-side registration in the paper registration unit for a

selected paper feed source.

152
 Group 1000

1-917-001 Tray1 (0:Off 1:On)

1-917-002 Tray2 (0:Off 1:On)

1-917-003 Dupx Tray (0:Off 1:On)

1-917-004 3-Tray LCT Tray1 (0:Off 1:On) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

1-917-005 3-Tray LCT Tray2 (0:Off 1:On)

1-917-006 3-Tray LCT Tray3 (0:Off 1:On)

1-917-007 Bypass Tray (0:Off 1:On)

1-917-008 2-Tray LCT_1 Tray1 (0:Off 1:On)

1-917-009 2-Tray LCT_1 Tray2 (0:Off 1:On)

1-917-010 2-Tray LCT_2 Tray1 (0:Off 1:On)

to 1 / 0 / 1]
1-917-011 2-Tray LCT_2 Tray2 (0:Off 1:On)

1-917-012 2-Tray LCT_3 Tray1 (0:Off 1:On)

1-917-013 2-Tray LCT_3 Tray2 (0:Off 1:On)

1918 [Over Shift Level Setting]

1-918-001 Tray 1

1-918-002 Tray 2

1-918-003 Duplex Tray

1-918-004 2-Tray LCT: Tray 3 [0 to 10 / 3 / 0.1 mm]

1-918-005 2-Tray LCT: Tray 4

1-918-006 2-Tray LCT: Tray 5

1-918-007 Bypass Tray

153
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-918-008 3-Tray LCT 1: Tray 3

1-918-009 3-Tray LCT 1: Tray 4

1-918-010 3-Tray LCT 2: Tray 5

[0 to 10 / 3 / 0.1 mm]
1-918-011 3-Tray LCT 2: Tray 6

1-918-012 3-Tray LCT 3: Tray 7

1-918-013 3-Tray LCT 3: Tray 8

1919 [Shutter Open Point]

This SP adjusts the opening timing of the fan shutters for 2-tray LCT.

1-918-001 - [0 to 488 / 321 / 1 mm]

1920 [LCT Tray Fan Duty Adjustment]

These SP codes adjust the force of the air blown by the fans during paper
separation in the LCIT trays.

1-920-001 A3LCT Tray3

1-920-002 A3LCT Tray4 [10 to 100 / 70 / 10%]

1-920-003 A3LCT Tray5

1921 [LCT Fan Start Time Setting]

These SP codes adjust the start timing of the fans during paper separation with the
LCIT.

1-921-001 A3LCT Tray3

1-921-002 A3LCT Tray4 [1 to 10 / 3 / 1 sec]

1-921-003 A3LCT Tray5

1922 [LCT Tray Fan ON/OFF]

These SP codes adjust the start timing of the fans used for paper separation in the
LCIT trays.

154
 Group 1000

1-922-001 A3LCT Tray3 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1]

0: Auto Select
1-922-002 A3LCT Tray4
1: Force ON
1-922-003 A3LCT Tray5
2: Force OFF

1923 [LCT Pickup Assist ON/OFF]

These SP codes switch the air assist function in the LCIT paper trays off/on.

1-923-001 Tray1 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1]
0 : AUTO
1-923-002 Tray2
1 : ON
1-923-003 A3LCT Tray3
2 : OFF
1-923-004 A3LCT Tray4

1-923-005 A3LCT Tray5

1-923-006 Bypass

1924 [Float Fan Setting]

Adjusts the air flow of float fans for 2-tray LCT.

0: Auto Select, 1:OFF(0%), 2:20%, 3:30%, 4:40%, 5:50%, 6:60%, 7:70%,
8:80%, 9:90%, 10:100%

1-924-001 Twin LCT1 Tray1

1-924-002 Twin LCT1 Tray2

1-924-003 Twin LCT2 Tray1

[0 to 10 / 0 / 1 -]
1-924-004 Twin LCT2 Tray2

1-924-005 Twin LCT3 Tray1

1-924-006 Twin LCT3 Tray2

1925 [Separate Fan Setting]

Adjusts the air flow of sparation fans for 2-tray LCT.

0:Auto Select, 1:OFF(0%), 2:20%, 3:30%, 4:40%, 5:50%, 6:60%, 7:70%,
8:80%, 9:90%, 10:100%

155
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-925-001 Twin LCT1 Tray1

1-925-002 Twin LCT1 Tray2

1-925-003 Twin LCT2 Tray1

[0 to 10 / 0 / 1 -]
1-925-004 Twin LCT2 Tray2

1-925-005 Twin LCT3 Tray1

1-925-006 Twin LCT3 Tray2

1926 [Side Fan Setting]

Adjusts the air flow of side fans for 2-tray LCT.

0:Auto Select, 1:OFF(0%), 2:20%, 3:30%, 4:40%, 5:50%, 6:60%, 7:70%,
8:80%, 9:90%, 10:100%

1-926-001 Twin LCT1 Tray1

1-926-002 Twin LCT1 Tray2

1-926-003 Twin LCT2 Tray1

[0 to 10 / 0 / 1 -]
1-926-004 Twin LCT2 Tray2

1-926-005 Twin LCT3 Tray1

1-926-006 Twin LCT3 Tray2

1927 [Decurl Default: Lower Path]

Selects the default position of the decurl roller for the lower path.
[-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

1928 [Decurl Default: Upper Path]

Selects the default position of the decurl roller for the upper path.
[-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

1929 [Decurl Line Speed Adj: Default]

[-2.5 to +12.5 / 1 / 0.5%]

156
 Group 1000

1930 [Decurl Line Speed Adjust:Pos.1]

[-2.5 to +12.5 / 4 / 0.5%]

1931 [Decurl Line Speed Adj:Pos.2]

[-2.5 to +12.5 / 5 / 0.5%]

1932 [Buffer Pass Unit]

Sets the length of time for the fans to operate in the unit after the unit returns to
standby mode.

1-932-001 Stand-by Setting [0 to 60 / 1 / 1 min ]

1-932-002 Fan drive Setting [0 to 5 / 1 / 1]

0: Fan On for All Paper Weights
1: Fan On from Paper Weight 3
2: Fan On from Paper Weight 4
3: Fan On from Paper Weight 5
4: Fan Off from All Paper Weights

1933 [Suction Fan Setting]

Adjusts the air flow of suction fans for 2-tray LCT.

0: Auto Select, 1: OFF(0%), 2: 20%, 3: 30%, 4: 40%, 5: 50%, 6: 60%, 7: 70%,
8: 80%, 9: 90%, 10: 100%

1-933-001 Twin LCT1 Tray1

1-933-002 Twin LCT1 Tray2

1-933-003 Twin LCT2 Tray1

[0 to 10 / 1 / 1 -]
1-933-004 Twin LCT2 Tray2

1-933-005 Twin LCT3 Tray1

1-933-006 Twin LCT3 Tray2

1934 [Front Fan Shutter Setting]

157
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Shutter operation settings for the float fans of 2-tray LCT.

1: Disabled, a shutter does not operate and the air remains flowing.
2: Enabled, a shutter operates constantly tailored to the paper transferring
situation.
The separation fan shutter operates synchronously with float fan shutters.
0: Auto Select, 1: Disabled, 2: Enabled

1-934-001 Twin LCT1 Tray1

1-934-002 Twin LCT1 Tray2

1-934-003 Twin LCT2 Tray1

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 -]
1-934-004 Twin LCT2 Tray2

1-934-005 Twin LCT3 Tray1

1-934-006 Twin LCT3 Tray2

1935 [Side Fan Shutter Setting]

Shutter opetration settings for the side fans of 2-tray LCT.

1: Disabled, a shutter does not operate and the air remains flowing.
2: Enabled, a shutter operates constantly tailored to the paper transferring
situation.
0: Auto Select, 1: Disabled, 2: Enabled

1-935-001 Twin LCT1 Tray1

1-935-002 Twin LCT1 Tray2

1-935-003 Twin LCT2 Tray1

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 -]
1-935-004 Twin LCT2 Tray2

1-935-005 Twin LCT3 Tray1

1-935-006 Twin LCT3 Tray2

1936 [Paper Stack Height Setting]

158
 Group 1000

Changes the switch settings of paper stack height upper limit position for 2-tray
LCT.
1: High is “12mm” and 2: Low is “18mm”, they are distance from the paper feed
belt. This adjusts when non-feed or double-feed occurred.
0: Auto Select, 1: High, 2: Low

1-936-001 Twin LCT1 Tray1 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 -]

1-936-002 Twin LCT1 Tray2 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 -]

1-936-003 Twin LCT2 Tray1 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 -]

1-936-004 Twin LCT2 Tray2 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 -]

1-936-005 Twin LCT3 Tray1 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 -]

1-936-006 Twin LCT3 Tray2 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 -]

1937 [Shutter Response Time]

This SP adjusts the closing timing of the fan shutters for 2-tray LCT.

1-937-001 Float Fan Shutter [0 to 100 / 60 / 1 msec]

1-937-002 Side Fan Shutter [0 to 100 / 60 / 1 msec]

1945 [Set Cooling Operation]

1-945-001 to Sets the threshold temperature for the operation of each fan.
006

1-945-001 Low Noise Op Switch Temp [0 to 50 / 30 / 1 deg]

1-945-002 Normal Op Switch Temp [0 to 50 / 35 / 1 deg]

1-945-003 High Temp Op Switch Temp [0 to 50 / 35 / 1 deg]

1-945-004 Fan Low Temp Op Temp [5 to 35 / 22 / 1 deg]

1-945-005 Pump Low Temp Op Temp [5 to 35 / 22 / 1 deg]

1-945-006 Fan Op Temp: Engine Off [30 to 60 / 46 / 1 deg]

1-945-007 Fan Op Time: Engine Off [0 to 60 / 7 / 1 min]

Sets the operation time at the power off
mode.

159
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-945-008 to Sets the duty for each fan.

011

1-945-008 Ctl-B Ex Fan: Top Left: Hlf Spd [20 to 100 / 50 / 1%]

1-945-009 Ctl-B Ex Fan: Top Left: Nrm Spd [20 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-945-010 Ctl-B Ex Fan: TopRight: Hlf Spd [20 to 100 / 50 / 1%]

1-945-011 Ctl-B Ex Fan: TopRight: Nrm Spd [20 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-945-012 Machine Stop Counter [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1]

Displays the fan operation time at the
power on mode.

1-945-014 Machine Stop Temperature [30 to 60 / 50 / 1 deg]

Sets the threshold temperature of fan
operation at the power on mode.

1-945-015 Machine Recovery Temperature [1 to 10 / 3 / 1 deg]

Sets the recovery temperature from the fan
operation at the power on mode.

1-945-016 to Sets the duty for each fan.

027

1-945-016 Ctl-B Ex Fan: Bottom: Hlf Spd [20 to 100 / 50 / 1%]

1-945-017 Ctl-B Ex Fan: Bottom: Nrm Spd [20 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-945-018 Air Box Ex Fan: Top: Hlf Spd [20 to 100 / 50 / 1%]

1-945-019 Air Box Ex Fan: Top: Nrm Spd [20 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-945-020 Air Box Ex Fan: Bottom: Hlf Spd [20 to 100 / 50 / 1%]

1-945-021 Air Box Ex Fan: Bottom: Nrm Spd [20 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-945-022 Fusing Exit Ex Fan: Hlf Spd [20 to 100 / 30 / 1%]

1-945-023 Fusing Exit Ex Fan: Nrm Spd [20 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-945-024 Trans/Fusing Ex Fan: Hlf Spd [20 to 100 / 30 / 1%]

1-945-025 Trans/Fusing Ex Fan: Nrm Spd [20 to 100 / 60 / 1%]

1-945-026 Rear Box Ozone Ex Fan: Hlf Spd [20 to 100 / 30 / 1%]

160
 Group 1000

1-945-027 Rear Box Ozone Ex Fan: Nrm Spd [20 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-945-028 Operation Recovery: Threshold [0 to 10 / 2 / 1 deg]

Temp. Not used

1-945-029 Operation Recovery: Threshold Time [0 to 60 / 0.5 / 0.5 min]

Sets the fan operation time after the power
off.

1-945-030 Pump Defect Switch Temperature [0 to 60 / 50 / 1 deg] RTB 134

Deleted
Not used

1-945-031 Temperature [-30 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg]

Display the temperature of the humidity
and temperature sensor in the machine

1-945-032 Temperature [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg]

Display the temperature of the PCDU
temperature/ humidity sensor.

1-945-033 Ctl Box Ozone Collecting Fan [20 to 100 / 50 / 1%]

1-945-034 Blocking Prevention ON/OFF [0 or 1 / 1 / -]

1-945-035 Blocking Prevention SW Temp [0 to 80 / 0 / 1 deg]

Sets the threshold temperature for the
blocking prevention mode.

1-945-036 to Sets the duty for each fan.

045

1-945-036 Paper Cooling In Fan: Hlf Spd [20 to 99 / 20 / 1%]

1-945-037 Paper Cooling In Fan: Nrm Spd [20 to 99 / 99 / 1%]

1-945-038 Paper Cooling Ex Fan1: Hlf Spd [20 to 99 / 20 / 1%]

1-945-039 Paper Cooling Ex Fan1: Nrm Spd [20 to 99 / 50 / 1%]

1-945-040 Paper Cooling Ex Fan2: Hlf Spd [20 to 99 / 20 / 1%]

1-945-041 Paper Cooling Ex Fan2: Nrm Spd [20 to 99 / 50 / 1%]

1-945-042 R-B Heat Sink Collect Fan: Hlf Spd [20 to 99 / 20 / 1%]

1-945-043 R-B Heat Sink Collect Fan: Nrm Spd [20 to 99 / 99 / 1%]

161
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-945-044 Ppr Exit Guide Cool Fan: Hlf Spd [20 to 99 / 20 / 1%]

1-945-045 Ppr Exit Guide Cool Fan: Nrm Spd [20 to 99 / 70 / 1%]

1-945-046 Temperature [-30 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg]

1-945-049 Display the temperature of the heat pipe
to 053 sensor in the machine
RTB 134
1-945-047 Front Relay Fan: Hlf Spd [20 to 99 / 20 / 1%]

1-945-048 Front Relay Fan: Nrm Spd [20 to 99 / 80 / 1%]

1950 [Image Pos: Sub: Side1]

1951 [Image Pos: Sub: Side2]

1952 [Image Pos: Main: Side1]

1953 [Image Pos: Main: Side 2]

1-953-001 to Custom Paper 001 to 100

[-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]
100

1954 [CIS Mode Setting]

Adjusts the time of the CIS lighting for each tray.

0: S mode (4 ms lighting x 3), 1: L mode (12 ms lighting x 1)

1-954-001 to Custom Paper 001 to 100

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1]
100

1955 [Skew Detect]

1-955-001 to Custom Paper 001 to 100

[0 to 1 / 1 / 1] 0: OFF 1: ON
100

1956 [Dbl-Feed Detect]

1-956-001 to Custom Paper 001 to 100

[0 to 1 / 1 / 1] 0: OFF 1: ON
100

1957 [Side-to-Side Reg Disable]

162
 Group 1000

1-957-001 to Custom Paper 001 to 100

[0 to 1 / 1 / 1] 0: OFF 1: ON
100

1958 [Sub Scan Reg Correction Setting]

1-958-001 to Custom Paper 001 to 100

[0 to 1 / 1 / 1] 0: OFF 1: ON
100

1959 [Line Speed Adjust: Default Pos]

1-959-001 to Custom Paper 001 to 100

[-2.5 to +12.5 / 1 / 0.5%]
100

1960 [Line Speed Adjust:Pos.1]

1-960-001 to Custom Paper 1 to 100

[-2.5 to +12.5 / 4 / 0.5%]
100

1961 [Line Speed Adjust:Pos.2]

1-961-001 to Custom Paper 001 to 100

[-2.5 to +12.5 / 5 / 0.5%]
100

1962 [Color Paper Adjustment]

1-962-001 to
Custom Paper 001 to 100 [ 1 to 5 / 1.52 / 0.01 ]
100

1963 [Trans Timing Roll Spd:Fine Adj]

1-963-001 to
Custom Paper 001 to 100 [ -3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1% ]
100

1964 [Exit Motor Spd:Fine Adj]

1-964-001 to
Custom Paper 001 to 100 [ -5 to 5 / 0 / 0.1 %]
100

1965 [Invert Entrance Spd:Fine Adj]

163
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-965-001 to
Custom Paper 001 to 100 [ -3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 %]
100

1966 [Invert Exit Spd:Fine Adj]

1-966-001 to
Custom Paper 001 to 100 [ -3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 % ]
100

1967 [Htg Roller Temp Setting:5st]

Adjusts the target temperature (center) of the heating roller for each paper type in
SPs added the image quality priority mode.
RTB 1h
1-967-101 Plain:Weight 1 [100 to 200 / 130 / 1 deg]

1-967-102 Plain:Weight 2 [100 to 200 / 140 / 1 deg]

1-967-103 Plain:Weight 3 [100 to 200 / 145 / 1 deg]

1-967-104 Plain:Weight 4 [100 to 200 / 145 / 1 deg]

1-967-105 Plain:Weight 5 [100 to 200 / 145 / 1 deg]

1-967-106 Plain:Weight 6 [100 to 200 / 145 / 1 deg]

1-967-107 Plain:Weight 7 [100 to 200 / 147 / 1 deg]

1-967-108 Plain:Weight 8 [100 to 200 / 155 / 1 deg]

1-967-110 Matte:Weight 2 [100 to 200 / 140 / 1 deg]

1-967-111 Matte:Weight 3 [100 to 200 / 140 / 1 deg]

1-967-112 Matte:Weight 4 [100 to 200 / 150 / 1 deg]

1-967-113 Matte:Weight 5 [100 to 200 / 155 / 1 deg]

1-967-114 Matte:Weight 6 [100 to 200 / 160 / 1 deg]

1-967-115 Matte:Weight 7 [100 to 200 / 163 / 1 deg]

1-967-116 Matte:Weight 8 [100 to 200 / 163 / 1 deg]

1-967-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [100 to 200 / 147 / 1 deg]

1-967-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [100 to 200 / 150 / 1 deg]

1-967-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [100 to 200 / 160 / 1 deg]

164
 Group 1000

1-967-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [100 to 200 / 167 / 1 deg]

1-967-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [100 to 200 / 170 / 1 deg]

1-967-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [100 to 200 / 170 / 1 deg]

1-967-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [100 to 200 / 170 / 1 deg]

1-967-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [100 to 200 / 200 / 1 deg]

1-967-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [100 to 200 / 200 / 1 deg]

1-967-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [100 to 200 / 200 / 1 deg]

1-967-128 Tranceparent Media [100 to 200 / 200 / 1 deg]

1-967-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [100 to 200 / 140 / 1 deg]

1-967-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [100 to 200 / 140 / 1 deg]

1-967-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [100 to 200 / 140 / 1 deg]

1-967-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [100 to 200 / 170 / 1 deg]

1-967-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [100 to 200 / 175 / 1 deg]

1-967-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [100 to 200 / 180 / 1 deg]

1-967-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [100 to 200 / 180 / 1 deg]

1-967-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [100 to 200 / 180 / 1 deg]

1-967-137 Magnet Paper [100 to 200 / 180 / 1 deg]

1-967-138 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 [100 to 200 / 170 / 1 deg]

1-967-139 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight4 [100 to 200 / 170 / 1 deg]

1-967-140 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight5 [100 to 200 / 180 / 1 deg]

1-967-141 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight6 [100 to 200 / 180 / 1 deg]

1-967-142 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight7 [100 to 200 / 200 / 1 deg]

1-967-143 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight8 [100 to 200 / 200 / 1 deg]

1-967-144 Plastic File Folder [100 to 200 / 180 / 1 deg]

1-967-145 Synthetic Paper:Weight2 [100 to 200 / 150 / 1 deg]

1-967-146 Synthetic Paper:Weight3 [100 to 200 / 150 / 1 deg]

165
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-967-147 Synthetic Paper:Weight4 [100 to 200 / 150 / 1 deg]

1-967-148 Synthetic Paper:Weight5 [100 to 200 / 155 / 1 deg]

1-967-149 Synthetic Paper:Weight6 [100 to 200 / 165 / 1 deg]

1-967-150 Synthetic Paper:Weight7 [100 to 200 / 170 / 1 deg]

1-967-151 Synthetic Paper:Weight8 [100 to 200 / 170 / 1 deg]

1968 [Press Roller Temp Setting:5st]

Adjusts the target temperature (center) of the pressure roller for each paper type in
the image quality priority mode.

1-968-101 Plain:Weight 1 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-102 Plain:Weight 2 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-103 Plain:Weight 3 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-104 Plain:Weight 4 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-105 Plain:Weight 5 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-106 Plain:Weight 6 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-107 Plain:Weight 7 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-108 Plain:Weight 8 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-110 Matte:Weight 2 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-111 Matte:Weight 3 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-112 Matte:Weight 4 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-113 Matte:Weight 5 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-114 Matte:Weight 6 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-115 Matte:Weight 7 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-116 Matte:Weight 8 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

166
 Group 1000

1-968-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-128 Tranceparent Media [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-137 Magnet Paper [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-138 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-139 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight4 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-140 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight5 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-141 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight6 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-142 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight7 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-143 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight8 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-144 Plastic File Folder [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-145 Synthetic Paper:Weight2 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

167
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-968-146 Synthetic Paper:Weight3 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-147 Synthetic Paper:Weight4 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-148 Synthetic Paper:Weight5 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-149 Synthetic Paper:Weight6 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-150 Synthetic Paper:Weight7 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-968-151 Synthetic Paper:Weight8 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1975 [LCT Tray Fan Duty Adjustment]

1-975-001 to
Custom Paper 001 to 100 [ 10 to 100 / 70 / 10%]
100

1976 [LCT Tray Fan ON/OFF]

[ 0 to 1/ 0 / 1 ]
1-976-001 to
Custom Paper 001 to 100 0:OFF
100
1:ON

1977 [LCT Pickup Assist ON/OFF]

[ 0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
1-977-001 to
Custom Paper 001 to 100 0:OFF
100
1:ON

1980 [L Temp:CPM Down:5st]

Adjusts the CPM down setting for the initial paper feeding of each paper type in
SPs added the image quality priority mode when the installation location is in the low
RTB 1h temperature.
0: No CPM down, 1: 80% CPM, 2: 60% CPM, 3: 40% CPM

1-980-101 Plain:Weight 1 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-102 Plain:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-103 Plain:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-104 Plain:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

168
 Group 1000

1-980-105 Plain:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-106 Plain:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-980-107 Plain:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-980-108 Plain:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-980-110 Matte:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-111 Matte:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-112 Matte:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-113 Matte:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-114 Matte:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-980-115 Matte:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-980-116 Matte:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-980-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-980-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-980-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-980-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-980-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-980-128 Tranceparent Media [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

169
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-980-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-980-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-980-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-980-137 Magnet Paper [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-980-138 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-139 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-140 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-141 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight6 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-980-142 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-980-143 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-980-144 Plastic File Folder [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-980-145 Synthetic Paper:Weight2 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-146 Synthetic Paper:Weight3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-147 Synthetic Paper:Weight4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-148 Synthetic Paper:Weight5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-980-149 Synthetic Paper:Weight6 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-980-150 Synthetic Paper:Weight7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-980-151 Synthetic Paper:Weight8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1981 [Over N-Temp:CPM Down:5st]

SPs added
RTB 1h Adjusts the CPM down setting for the initial paper feeding of each paper type in
the image quality priority mode when the installation location is in the normal
temperature.
0: No CPM down, 1: 80% CPM, 2: 60% CPM, 3: 40% CPM

1-981-101 Plain:Weight 1 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-102 Plain:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

170
 Group 1000

1-981-103 Plain:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-104 Plain:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-105 Plain:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-106 Plain:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-981-107 Plain:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-981-108 Plain:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-110 Matte:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-111 Matte:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-112 Matte:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-113 Matte:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-114 Matte:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-981-115 Matte:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-981-116 Matte:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-981-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-981-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-981-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-981-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-981-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-981-128 Tranceparent Media [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

171
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-981-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-981-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-981-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-981-137 Magnet Paper [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-981-138 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-139 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-140 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-141 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight6 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-981-142 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-981-143 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-981-144 Plastic File Folder [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-981-145 Synthetic Paper:Weight2 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-146 Synthetic Paper:Weight3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-147 Synthetic Paper:Weight4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-148 Synthetic Paper:Weight5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-981-149 Synthetic Paper:Weight6 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-981-150 Synthetic Paper:Weight7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-981-151 Synthetic Paper:Weight8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1982 [Web Feed Interval:5st]

This SP sets the web feed intervals for different types of paper and weight in the
image quality priority mode.

1-982-101 Plain:Weight 1 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

172
 Group 1000

1-982-102 Plain:Weight 2 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-103 Plain:Weight 3 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-104 Plain:Weight 4 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-105 Plain:Weight 5 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-106 Plain:Weight 6 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-107 Plain:Weight 7 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-108 Plain:Weight 8 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-110 Matte:Weight 2 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-111 Matte:Weight 3 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-112 Matte:Weight 4 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-113 Matte:Weight 5 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-114 Matte:Weight 6 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-115 Matte:Weight 7 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-116 Matte:Weight 8 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-128 Tranceparent Media [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

173
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-982-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-137 Magnet Paper [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-138 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-139 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight4 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-140 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight5 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-141 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight6 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-142 Metalic/Pearl:Metalic/Pearl Paper: [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-143 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight8 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-144 Plastic File Folder [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-145 Synthetic Paper:Weight2 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-146 Synthetic Paper:Weight3 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-147 Synthetic Paper:Weight4 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-148 Synthetic Paper:Weight5 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-149 Synthetic Paper:Weight6 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-150 Synthetic Paper:Weight7 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1-982-151 Synthetic Paper:Weight8 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]

1983 [Nip Width Setting :5st]

Adjusts the pressure roller lift position for each paper type in the image quality
priority mode.
No pressure position “0” (position 0) < 1 < 2 = 3 (Strongest pressure)

174
 Group 1000

1-983-101 Plain:Weight 1 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-102 Plain:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-103 Plain:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-104 Plain:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-105 Plain:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-106 Plain:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-107 Plain:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-108 Plain:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-110 Matte:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-111 Matte:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-112 Matte:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-113 Matte:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-114 Matte:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-115 Matte:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-116 Matte:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-983-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-983-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-983-128 Tranceparent Media [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

175
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-983-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-137 Magnet Paper [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-138 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-139 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight4 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-140 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight5 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-141 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight6 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-142 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-143 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-144 Plastic File Folder [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-145 Synthetic Paper:Weight2 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-146 Synthetic Paper:Weight3 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-147 Synthetic Paper:Weight4 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-148 Synthetic Paper:Weight5 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-149 Synthetic Paper:Weight6 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-150 Synthetic Paper:Weight7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-983-151 Synthetic Paper:Weight8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1984 [Htg Roller Temp Setting]

176
 Group 1000

Adjusts the target temperature (center) of the heating roller for each paper type in
SPs added
RTB 1h
the productivity priority mode.

1-984-101 Plain:Weight 1 [100 to 200 / 155 / 1 deg]

1-984-102 Plain:Weight 2 [100 to 200 / 163 / 1 deg]

1-984-103 Plain:Weight 3 [100 to 200 / 163 / 1 deg]

1-984-104 Plain:Weight 4 [100 to 200 / 168 / 1 deg]

1-984-105 Plain:Weight 5 [100 to 200 / 175 / 1 deg]

1-984-106 Plain:Weight 6 [100 to 200 / 175 / 1 deg]

1-984-107 Plain:Weight 7 [100 to 200 / 180 / 1 deg]

1-984-108 Plain:Weight 8 [100 to 200 / 180 / 1 deg]

1-984-110 Matte:Weight 2 [100 to 200 / 163 / 1 deg]

1-984-111 Matte:Weight 3 [100 to 200 / 163 / 1 deg]

1-984-112 Matte:Weight 4 [100 to 200 / 173 / 1 deg]

1-984-113 Matte:Weight 5 [100 to 200 / 181 / 1 deg]

1-984-114 Matte:Weight 6 [100 to 200 / 181 / 1 deg]

1-984-115 Matte:Weight 7 [100 to 200 / 181 / 1 deg]

1-984-116 Matte:Weight 8 [100 to 200 / 175 / 1 deg]

1-984-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [100 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg]

1-984-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [100 to 200 / 154 / 1 deg]

1-984-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [100 to 200 / 172 / 1 deg]

1-984-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [100 to 200 / 185 / 1 deg]

1-984-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [100 to 200 / 185 / 1 deg]

1-984-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [100 to 200 / 190 / 1 deg]

1-984-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [100 to 200 / 190 / 1 deg]

1-984-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [100 to 200 / 200 / 1 deg]

1-984-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [100 to 200 / 200 / 1 deg]

177
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-984-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [100 to 200 / 200 / 1 deg]

1-984-128 Tranceparent Media [100 to 200 / 200 / 1 deg]

1-984-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [100 to 200 / 130 / 1 deg]

1-984-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [100 to 200 / 130 / 1 deg]

1-984-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [100 to 200 / 130 / 1 deg]

1-984-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [100 to 200 / 160 / 1 deg]

1-984-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [100 to 200 / 165 / 1 deg]

1-984-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [100 to 200 / 165 / 1 deg]

1-984-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [100 to 200 / 165 / 1 deg]

1-984-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [100 to 200 / 165 / 1 deg]

1-984-137 Magnet Paper [100 to 200 / 180 / 1 deg]

1-984-138 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 [100 to 200 / 170 / 1 deg]

1-984-139 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight4 [100 to 200 / 170 / 1 deg]

1-984-140 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight5 [100 to 200 / 180 / 1 deg]

1-984-141 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight6 [100 to 200 / 180 / 1 deg]

1-984-142 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight7 [100 to 200 / 200/ 1 deg]

1-984-143 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight8 [100 to 200 / 200 / 1 deg]

1-984-144 Plastic File Folder [100 to 200 / 165 / 1 deg]

1-984-145 Synthetic Paper:Weight2 [100 to 200 / 145 / 1 deg]

1-984-146 Synthetic Paper:Weight3 [100 to 200 / 145 / 1 deg]

1-984-147 Synthetic Paper:Weight4 [100 to 200 / 145 / 1 deg]

1-984-148 Synthetic Paper:Weight5 [100 to 200 / 150 / 1 deg]

1-984-149 Synthetic Paper:Weight6 [100 to 200 / 160 / 1 deg]

1-984-150 Synthetic Paper:Weight7 [100 to 200 / 165 / 1 deg]

1-984-151 Synthetic Paper:Weight8 [100 to 200 / 165 / 1 deg]

178
 Group 1000

1985 [Press Roller Temp Setting]

Adjusts the target temperature (center) of the pressure roller for each paper type in
the productivity priority mode.

1-985-101 Plain:Weight 1 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-102 Plain:Weight 2 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-103 Plain:Weight 3 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-104 Plain:Weight 4 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-105 Plain:Weight 5 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-106 Plain:Weight 6 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-107 Plain:Weight 7 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-108 Plain:Weight 8 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-110 Matte:Weight 2 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-111 Matte:Weight 3 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-112 Matte:Weight 4 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-113 Matte:Weight 5 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-114 Matte:Weight 6 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-115 Matte:Weight 7 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-116 Matte:Weight 8 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

179
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-985-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-128 Tranceparent Media [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-137 Magnet Paper [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-138 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-139 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight4 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-140 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight5 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-141 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight6 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-142 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight7 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-143 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight8 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-144 Plastic File Folder [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-145 Synthetic Paper:Weight2 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-146 Synthetic Paper:Weight3 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-147 Synthetic Paper:Weight4 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-148 Synthetic Paper:Weight5 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-149 Synthetic Paper:Weight6 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-150 Synthetic Paper:Weight7 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

1-985-151 Synthetic Paper:Weight8 [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg]

180
 Group 1000

1986 [Process Speed]

SPs added
Selects the process line speeds.
RTB 1h

1-986-101 Plain:Weight 1 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

1-986-102 Plain:Weight 2 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

1-986-103 Plain:Weight 3 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

1-986-104 Plain:Weight 4 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

1-986-105 Plain:Weight 5 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

1-986-106 Plain:Weight 6 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

1-986-107 Plain:Weight 7 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

1-986-108 Plain:Weight 8 [0 to 2 / 1 / 1 ]

1-986-110 Matte:Weight 2 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

1-986-111 Matte:Weight 3 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

1-986-112 Matte:Weight 4 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

1-986-113 Matte:Weight 5 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

1-986-114 Matte:Weight 6 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

1-986-115 Matte:Weight 7 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

1-986-116 Matte:Weight 8 [0 to 2 / 1 / 1 ]

1-986-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

1-986-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

1-986-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

1-986-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

1-986-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

1-986-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

1-986-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [0 to 2 / 1 / 1 ]

1-986-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

181
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-986-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-128 Tranceparent Media [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-137 Magnet Paper [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-138 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-139 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight4 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-140 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight5 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-141 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight6 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-142 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight7 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-143 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight8 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-144 Plastic File Folder [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-145 Synthetic Paper:Weight2 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-146 Synthetic Paper:Weight3 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-147 Synthetic Paper:Weight4 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-148 Synthetic Paper:Weight5 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-149 Synthetic Paper:Weight6 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-150 Synthetic Paper:Weight7 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

1-986-151 Synthetic Paper:Weight8 [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]

182
 Group 1000

1987 [Fusing Mtr Rotation Correct]

Adjusts the correction value of the fusing motor rotation for each paper type.

1-987-101 Plain:Weight 1 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-102 Plain:Weight 2 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-103 Plain:Weight 3 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-104 Plain:Weight 4 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-105 Plain:Weight 5 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-106 Plain:Weight 6 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-107 Plain:Weight 7 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-108 Plain:Weight 8 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-110 Matte:Weight 2 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-111 Matte:Weight 3 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-112 Matte:Weight 4 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-113 Matte:Weight 5 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-114 Matte:Weight 6 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-115 Matte:Weight 7 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-116 Matte:Weight 8 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

183
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-987-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-128 Tranceparent Media [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-137 Magnet Paper [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-138 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-139 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight4 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-140 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight5 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-141 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight6 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-142 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight7 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-143 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight8 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-144 Plastic File Folder [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-145 Synthetic Paper:Weight2 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-146 Synthetic Paper:Weight3 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-147 Synthetic Paper:Weight4 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-148 Synthetic Paper:Weight5 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-149 Synthetic Paper:Weight6 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-150 Synthetic Paper:Weight7 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

1-987-151 Synthetic Paper:Weight8 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 %]

184
 Group 1000

1988 [CPM Adjustment]

Adjusts the CPM for each paper type in the productivity priority mode.

1-988-101 Plain:Weight 1 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-102 Plain:Weight 2 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-103 Plain:Weight 3 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-104 Plain:Weight 4 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-105 Plain:Weight 5 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-106 Plain:Weight 6 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-107 Plain:Weight 7 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-108 Plain:Weight 8 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-110 Matte:Weight 2 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-111 Matte:Weight 3 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-112 Matte:Weight 4 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-113 Matte:Weight 5 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-114 Matte:Weight 6 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-115 Matte:Weight 7 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-116 Matte:Weight 8 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

185
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-988-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-128 Tranceparent Media [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-137 Magnet Paper [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-988-138 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 [1 to 100 / 20 / 1 %]

1-988-139 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight4 [1 to 100 / 20 / 1 %]

1-988-140 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight5 [1 to 100 / 20 / 1 %]

1-988-141 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight6 [1 to 100 / 20 / 1 %]

1-988-142 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight7 [1 to 100 / 20 / 1 %]

1-988-143 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight8 [1 to 100 / 20 / 1 %]

1-988-144 Plastic File Folder [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %]

1-988-145 Synthetic Paper:Weight2 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %]

1-988-146 Synthetic Paper:Weight3 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %]

1-988-147 Synthetic Paper:Weight4 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %]

1-988-148 Synthetic Paper:Weight5 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %]

1-988-149 Synthetic Paper:Weight6 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %]

1-988-150 Synthetic Paper:Weight7 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %]

1-988-151 Synthetic Paper:Weight8 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %]

186
 Group 1000

1989 [Nip Width Setting]

Adjusts the pressure roller lift position for each paper type in the productivity
priority mode.
No pressure position “0” (position 0) < 1 < 2 = 3 (Strongest pressure)

1-989-101 Plain:Weight 1 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-102 Plain:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-103 Plain:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-104 Plain:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-105 Plain:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-106 Plain:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-107 Plain:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-108 Plain:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-110 Matte:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-111 Matte:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-112 Matte:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-113 Matte:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-114 Matte:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-115 Matte:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-116 Matte:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

187
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-989-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-989-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-989-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-989-128 Tranceparent Media [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-137 Magnet Paper [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-138 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-139 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight4 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-140 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight5 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-141 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight6 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-142 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-143 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-144 Plastic File Folder [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-145 Synthetic Paper:Weight2 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-146 Synthetic Paper:Weight3 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-147 Synthetic Paper:Weight4 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-148 Synthetic Paper:Weight5 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-149 Synthetic Paper:Weight6 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-989-150 Synthetic Paper:Weight7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

188
 Group 1000

1-989-151 Synthetic Paper:Weight8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1990 [L Temp:CPM Down]

Adjusts the CPM down setting for the initial paper feeding of each paper type in
SPs added
the productivity priority mode when the installation location is in the low
RTB 1h
temperature.
0: No CPM down, 1: 80% CPM, 2: 60% CPM, 3: 40% CPM

1-990-101 Plain:Weight 1 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-102 Plain:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-103 Plain:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-104 Plain:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-105 Plain:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-106 Plain:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-990-107 Plain:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-990-108 Plain:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-990-110 Matte:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-111 Matte:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-112 Matte:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-113 Matte:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-114 Matte:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-990-115 Matte:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-990-116 Matte:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-990-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

189
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1-990-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-990-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-990-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-990-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-990-128 Tranceparent Media [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-990-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-990-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-990-137 Magnet Paper [0 to 3 / 2 / 1 ]

1-990-138 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-139 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-140 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-141 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight6 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-990-142 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight7 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-990-143 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight8 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-990-144 Plastic File Folder [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-990-145 Synthetic Paper:Weight2 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-146 Synthetic Paper:Weight3 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-147 Synthetic Paper:Weight4 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

1-990-148 Synthetic Paper:Weight5 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

190
 Group 1000

1-990-149 Synthetic Paper:Weight6 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-990-150 Synthetic Paper:Weight7 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1-990-151 Synthetic Paper:Weight8 [0 to 3 / 1 / 1 ]

1991 [Over N-Temp:CPM Down]

Adjusts the CPM down setting for the initial paper feeding of each paper type in
the productivity priority mode when the installation location is in the normal
temperature.
0: No CPM down, 1: 80% CPM, 2: 60% CPM, 3: 40% CPM

Thickness Weight (g/m2)

1 52.3 - 63.0 g/m2

2 63.1 - 80.0 g/m2

3 80.1 - 105.0 g/m2

4 105.1 - 163.0 g/m2

5 163.1 - 220.0 g/m2

6 220.1 - 256.0 g/m2

7 256.1 - 300.0 g/m2

8 300.1 - 360.0g/m2

191
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

SPs added
RTB 1h 1-991-101 to
Plain: Weight 1 to 8
108

1-991-110 to
Matte: Weight 2 to 8
116

1-991-118 to
Glossy: Weight 2 to 8
124

1-991-125 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7
127

1-991-128 Transparency [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 step]

1-991-129 to
Textured media:Weight 1 to 8
136

1-991-137 Magnet Paper

1-991-138 to
Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 to 8
1-991-143

1-991-144 Plastic File Folder

1-991-145 to
Synthetic Paper:Weight2 to 8
151

1992 [Web Feed Interval]

192
 Group 1000

This SP sets the web feed intervals for different types of paper and weight in the
productivity priority mode.

Thickness Weight (g/m2)

1 52.3 - 63.0 g/m2

2 63.1 - 80.0 g/m2

3 80.1 - 105.0 g/m2

4 105.1 - 163.0 g/m2

5 163.1 - 220.0 g/m2

6 220.1 - 256.0 g/m2

7 256.1 - 300.0 g/m2

8 300.1 - 360.0g/m2

1-992-101 to
Plain: Weight 1 to 8
108

1-992-110 to
Matte: Weight 2 to 8
116

1-992-118 to
Glossy: Weight 2 to 8
124

1-992-125 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7
127 [-75 to 0 / 0 / 5 %]
1-992-128 Transparency The default settings (*) are
displayed to the right of "Initial" on
1-992-129 to the screen.
Textured media:Weight 1 to 8
136

1-992-137 Magnet Paper

1-992-138 to
Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 to 8
143

1-992-144 Plastic File Folder

1-992-145 to
Synthetic Paper:Weight2 to 8
151

193
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1993 [Fusing Belt Smoothing Cof]

Adjusts the coefficient of the automatic fuser belt smoothing roller execution for
each paper type in the productivity priority mode.

Thickness Weight (g/m2)

1 52.3 - 63.0 g/m2

2 63.1 - 80.0 g/m2

3 80.1 - 105.0 g/m2

4 105.1 - 163.0 g/m2

5 163.1 - 220.0 g/m2

6 220.1 - 256.0 g/m2

7 256.1 - 300.0 g/m2

8 300.1 - 360.0g/m2

1-993-101 to
Plain: Weight 1 to 8
108

1-993-110 to
Matte: Weight 2 to 8
116

1-993-118 to
Glossy: Weight 2 to 8 [0 to 255 / 10 / 1]
124
When a larger value is set, the
1-993-125 to automatic fuser belt smoothing is
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7
127 executed at shorter interval.
1-993-128 Transparency When a smaller value is set, the
automatic fuser belt smoothing is
1-993-129 to executed at longer interval.
Textured media:Weight 1 to 8
136
The automatic fuser belt smoothing is
1-993-137 Magnet Paper normally executed at every 1,000 K
interval.
1-993-138 to
Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 to 8
143

1-993-144 Plastic File Folder

1-993-145 to
Synthetic Paper:Weight2 to 8
151

194
 Group 1000

1994 [Fusing Belt Smoothing Cof]

Adjusts the coefficient of the automatic fuser belt smoothing roller execution for
each paper type in the image quality priority mode.

Thickness Weight (g/m2)

1 52.3 - 63.0 g/m2

2 63.1 - 80.0 g/m2

3 80.1 - 105.0 g/m2

4 105.1 - 163.0 g/m2

5 163.1 - 220.0 g/m2

6 220.1 - 256.0 g/m2

7 256.1 - 300.0 g/m2

8 300.1 - 360.0g/m2

1-994-101 to
Plain: Weight 1 to 8
108

1-994-110 to
Matte: Weight 2 to 8
116

1-994-118 to
Glossy: Weight 2 to 8 [0 to 255 / 10 / 1]
124
When a larger value is set, the
1-994-125 to automatic fuser belt smoothing is
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7
127 executed at shorter interval.
1-994-128 Transparency When a smaller value is set, the
automatic fuser belt smoothing is
1-994-129 to executed at longer interval.
Textured media:Weight 1 to 8
136
The automatic fuser belt smoothing is
1-994-137 Magnet Paper normally executed at every 1,000 K
interval.
1-994-138 to
Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 to 8
143

1-994-144 Plastic File Folder

1-994-145 to
Synthetic Paper:Weight2 to 8
151

195
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1995 [Envelop Pressure Setting]

Adjusts the rotation time of the pressure roller lift motor for each paper type when
the “Nip Width Setting” is selected to “position 0 (envelop)”.

Thickness Weight (g/m2)

1 52.3 - 63.0 g/m2

2 63.1 - 80.0 g/m2

3 80.1 - 105.0 g/m2

4 105.1 - 163.0 g/m2

5 163.1 - 220.0 g/m2

6 220.1 - 256.0 g/m2

7 256.1 - 300.0 g/m2

8 300.1 - 360.0g/m2

1-995-101 to
Plain: Weight 1 to 8
108 [0 to 10,000 / 1050 / 5 msec]
When a larger value is set, the fuser
1-995-110 to
Matte: Weight 2 to 8 nip width is narrower.
116
When a smaller value is set, the
1-995-118 to fuser nip width is wider.
Glossy: Weight 2 to 8
124

1-995-125 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7 [0 to 10,000 / 1180 / 5 msec]
127

1-995-128 Transparency

1-995-129 to
Textured media:Weight 1 to 8
136

1-995-137 Magnet Paper

1-995-138 to [0 to 10,000 / 1050 / 5 msec]

Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 to 8
143

1-995-144 Plastic File Folder

1-995-145 to
Synthetic Paper:Weight2 to 8
151

196
 Group 1000

1996 [Process Speed:5st]

Adjusts the process speed for each paper type in the image quality priority mode.

Thickness Weight (g/m2)

1 52.3 - 63.0 g/m2

2 63.1 - 80.0 g/m2

3 80.1 - 105.0 g/m2

4 105.1 - 163.0 g/m2

5 163.1 - 220.0 g/m2

6 220.1 - 256.0 g/m2

SPs added
RTB 1h 7 256.1 - 300.0 g/m2

8 300.1 - 360.0g/m2

1-996-101 to
Plain: Weight 1 to 8
108

1-996-110 to
Matte: Weight 2 to 8
116

1-996-118 to
Glossy: Weight 2 to 8
124

1-996-125 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7
127

1-996-128 Transparency [0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]
1-996-129 to
Textured media:Weight 1 to 8
136

1-996-137 Magnet Paper

1-996-138 to
Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 to 8
143

1-996-144 Plastic File Folder

1-996-145 to
Synthetic Paper:Weight2 to 8
151

197
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1997 [CPM Adjustment:5st]

Adjusts the CPM for each paper type in the image quality priority mode.

Thickness Weight (g/m2)

1 52.3 - 63.0 g/m2

2 63.1 - 80.0 g/m2

3 80.1 - 105.0 g/m2

4 105.1 - 163.0 g/m2

5 163.1 - 220.0 g/m2

6 220.1 - 256.0 g/m2

7 256.1 - 300.0 g/m2

8 300.1 - 360.0g/m2

1-997-101 to
Plain: Weight 1 to 8
108

1-997-110 to
Matte: Weight 2 to 8
116

1-997-118 to
Glossy: Weight 2 to 8
1-997-124
[1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]
1-997-125 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7
127

1-997-128 Transparency

1-997-129 to
Textured media:Weight 1 to 8
136

1-997-137 Magnet Paper

1-997-138 to
Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 to 8 [1 to 100 / 20 / 1%]
143

1-997-144 Plastic File Folder [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]

1-997-145 to
Synthetic Paper:Weight2 to 8 [1 to 100 / 100 / 1%]
151

198
 Group 1000

1998 [Ppr Fd for 2 Sd Smll Thkst Ppr]

Adjust throughput when performing duplex printing using super-thick A4 or smaller

paper.

Thickness Weight (g/m2)

1 52.3 - 63.0 g/m2

2 63.1 - 80.0 g/m2

3 80.1 - 105.0 g/m2

4 105.1 - 163.0 g/m2

5 163.1 - 220.0 g/m2

6 220.1 - 256.0 g/m2

7 256.1 - 300.0 g/m2

8 300.1 - 360.0g/m2

1-998-001 Thick 1

1-998-002 Thick 2

1-998-003 Thick 3
[0 to 1 / 0 / -]
1-998-004 Thick 4
0: Disable
1-998-005 Thick 5
1: Enable
1-998-006 Thick 6

1-998-007 Thick 7

1-998-008 Thick 8

199
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Group 2000
Around the Drum

2101 [Reg Col Interval]

These SPs are used to adjust main registration (RGATE).

2-101-001 to
Main Scan Dot: K, C, M, Y, S [-512 to 511 / 0 / 1 dot]
005

2-101-001 to
Main/Sub Scan: K, C, M, Y, S [-47 to 47 / 0 / 1 sub-dot]
010

2-101-001 Main phase initial value: K

2-101-012 Main phase initial value: C

2-101-013 Main phase initial value: M [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1 us]

2-101-014 Main phase initial value: Y

2-101-015 Main phase initial value: S

2-101-021 Main beam pitch adj: K

2-101-022 Main beam pitch adj: C

2-101-023 Main beam pitch adj: M [1107 to 1620 / 1438 / 1 um]

2-101-024 Main beam pitch adj: Y

2-101-025 Main beam pitch adj: S

2-101-036 to
SubScan Line: K, C, M, Y, S [-4096 to 4095 / 0 / 1 line]
040

2-101-041 Main cor revision dot: C

2-101-042 Main cor revision dot: M

[-512 to 511 / 0 / 1 dot]
2-101-043 Main cor revision dot: Y

2-101-044 Main cor revision dot: S

200
 Group 2000

2-101-045 Main cor revision subdot: C

2-101-046 Main cor revision subdot: M

[-47 to 47 / 0 / 1 sub-dot]
2-101-047 Main cor revision subdot: Y

2-101-048 Main cor revision subdot: S

2-101-049 Sub cor revision line: C

2-101-050 Sub cor revision line: M

[-4096 to 4095 / 0 / 1 line]
2-101-051 Sub cor revision line: Y

2-101-052 Sub cor revision line: S

2-101-053 Sub cor revision line 36beam: C

2-101-054 Sub cor revision line 36beam: M

[-10 to 10 / 0 / 1 line]
2-101-055 Sub cor revision line 36beam: Y

2-101-056 Sub cor revision line 36beam: S

2-101-057 Sub cor revision line S Mode [-2 to 5 / 1.1 / 0.1 mm]

2-101-060 Main Left Mag.: Subdot: C

2-101-061 Main Right Mag.: Subdot: C

2-101-062 Main Left Mag.: Subdot: M

2-101-063 Main Right Mag.: Subdot: M

[-4096 to 4095 / 0 / 1 sub-dot]
2-101-064 Main Left Mag.: Subdot: Y

2-101-065 Main Right Mag.: Subdot: Y

2-101-066 Main Left Mag.: Subdot: S

2-101-067 Main Right Mag.: Subdot: S

2102 [Print Magnification Adjustment]

Adjusts the value for the standard speed of the rate of magnification for K in the
main scan direction.

201
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-102-001 Main Mag.: K

2-102-004 Main Mag.: C

2-102-007 Main Mag.: M [0 to 287 / 145 / 1 ]

2-102-010 Main Mag.: Y

2-102-013 Main Mag.: S

2-102-016 Main Mag.: subdot: K

2-102-019 Main Mag.: subdot: C

2-102-022 Main Mag.: subdot: M

2-102-025 Main Mag.: subdot: Y

2-102-028 Main Mag.: subdot: S

[-15264 to 15264 / 0 / 1 sub-dot]
2-102-031 Main Paper Int. Mag: Subdot: K

2-102-032 Main Paper Int. Mag: Subdot: C

2-102-033 Main Paper Int. Mag: Subdot: M

2-102-034 Main Paper Int. Mag: Subdot: Y

2-102-035 Main Paper Int. Mag: Subdot: S

2-102-041 Face Main Mag set & Adj

2-102-042 Face Sub Mag set & Adj

[-0.8 to 0.8 / 0 / 0.025%]
2-102-043 Verso Main Mag set & Adj

2-102-044 Verso Sub Mag set & Adj

2103 [Erase Margin Adjustment]

Adjusts the white space at the leading and trailing edge, left and right edge of the
paper.

2-103-001 Lead Edge Width [0 to 9 / 4 / 0.1 mm]

2-103-002 Trail. Edge Width

202
 Group 2000

2-103-003 Left [0 to 9 / 2 / 0.1 mm]

2-103-004 Right

2104 [Skew Adjustment]

These SPs adjust skew.

2-104-002 Manual C [-100 to 100 / 0 / 1 pulse]

2-104-003 Manual M Increasing values: the main scan goes up
to the right.
2-104-004 Manual Y
Decreasing values: the main scan goes
2-104-005 Manual S down to the right.

2-104-006 Accumulation present value K [-50 to 50 / 0 / 1 pulse]

2-104-007 Accumulation present value C

2-104-008 Accumulation present value M

2-104-009 Accumulation present value Y

2-104-010 Accumulation present value S

[-100 to 100 / 0 / 1 pulse]
2-104-011 Accumulation MUSIC value C

2-104-012 Accumulation MUSIC value M

2-104-013 Accumulation MUSIC value Y

2-104-014 Accumulation MUSIC value S

2-104-020 Phase pattern K

2-104-021 Phase pattern C

2-104-022 Phase pattern M [1 to 4 / 1 / 1]

2-104-023 Phase pattern Y

2-104-024 Phase pattern S

203
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-104-030 Clear Revision K

2-104-031 Clear Revision C

2-104-032 Clear Revision M [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

2-104-033 Clear Revision Y

2-104-034 Clear Revision S

2-104-040 Manual K CE
[-10 to 10 / 0 / 1 pulse]
2-104-041 Manual K User

2106 [Trapezoid Adj]

Trapezoid adjustment for black.

Revision <Color KCMYS> <no.>ch(annel)

2-106-001 to
[-48 to 48 / * / 1subdot]
200
The default settings (*) are displayed to the right of "Initial" on the screen.

2107 [Image Parameter]

These SP codes adjust image parameters.

2-107-001 Shading Correction Flag

[0 to 1 / 1 / 1]
2-107-002 Image Gamma Flag

2-107-003 Jaggy Revision

2-107-004 Fatten slanted line [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

2-107-005 Dot Stabilize Revision

2-107-006 Bow Skew Revision

2-107-007 Sub Mag Adj Revision K1

2-107-008 Sub Mag Adj Revision K2 [0 to 1 / 1 / 1]

2-107-009 Sub Mag Adj Revision W1

2-107-010 Sub Mag Adj Revision W2

2-107-011 Sub Mag Adj Rev 600dpi W1 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

204
 Group 2000

2-107-012 trapezoid Adj ON/OFF [0 to 1 / 1 / 1]

2-107-013 Sub Mag Adj Mirror K

2-107-014 Sub Mag Adj Mirror C

2-107-015 Sub Mag Adj Mirror M

2-107-016 Sub Mag Adj Mirror Y

2-107-017 Sub Mag Adj Mirror S [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

2-107-018 Sub Mag Adj Revision K3

2-107-019 Sub Mag Adj Revision Gray

2-107-020 Sub Scan Revision 1spl

2-107-021 Sub Mag Adj Parameter Change

2-107-022 PWM Phase Selection [0 to 2 / 2 / 1]

2108 [Image Parameter]

2-108-001 K/C Writing Unit

2-108-002 Y/M Writing Unit [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

2-108-003 S Writing Unit

2109 [Test Pattern]

Allows you to select a test pattern.

2-109-003 Pattern Selection

Pattern Selection: S
2-109-004
Patterns are same as 2-109-003

Allows you to select 1 of 27 patterns to print

[0 to 27 / 0 / 1]

0:Copy Image Data 14: Trimming Area

1:Vertical Line 1dot 15: Hound's Tooth Check 1 Vertical

2:Vertical Line 2dot 16: Hound's Tooth Check 2 Vertical

205
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3:Horizontal Line 1dot 17:Band Horizontal

4:Horizontal Line 2dot 18:Band Vertical

5:Grid Vertical Line 19:Checker Flag Pattern

6:Grid Horizontal Linie 20:Grayscale Vertical Margin

7:Grid Pattern Small 21:Grayscale Horizontal Margin

8:Grid Pattern Large 22:Step Pattern 1dot

9:Argyle Pattern Small 23:Step Pattern 2dot

10:Argyle Pattern Large 24:Stripe Pattern 1dot

11:Independent Pattern 1dot 25:Stripe Pattern 2dot

12:Independent Pattern 2dot 26:Full Dot Pattern

13:Independent Pattern 4dot 27:None

[1 to 6 / 1 / 1 step]
1: Full Color
2: Cyan
2-109-005 Color Selection 3: Magenta
4: Yellow
5: Black
6: Special

2-109-006 Density: K

2-109-007 Density: C

2-109-008 Density: M [0 to 15 / 15 / 1 step]

2-109-009 Density: Y

2-109-010 Density: S

2111 [Forced Line Position Adj]

Executes forced color matching for Mode a, b, c, d

206
 Group 2000

2-111-001 Mode a

2-111-002 Mode b
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1]
2-111-003 Mode c

2-111-004 Mode d

2112 [TM/P-Sensor Test]

These SP codes are used to test the TM sensors (Toner Mark or MUSIC sensors)
and P-sensor (ID sensor), and check for damage on the surface of the image
transfer belt (ITB).

2-112-001 Execute [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

2-112-010 General [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1]

2-112-011 Error Code: P

2-112-015 Error Code: Front

[0 to 999999 / 0 / 1]
2-112-016 Error Code: Center

2-112-017 Error Code: Rear

2-112-020 Threshold Setting [0 to 5.5 / 1.9 / 0.01 V]

2-112-021 Judge Val: Min 2 [0 to 5.5 / 2.5 / 0.01 V]

2-112-022 Judge Val: Output Chg Amplitude High

[0 to 5.5 / 1 / 0.01 V]
2-112-023 Judge Val: Output Chg Amplitude Low

2-112-024 Judge Val: Ave Chg Amplitude High

[0 to 5.5 / 0.5 / 0.01 V]
2-112-025 Judge Val: Ave Chg Amplitude Low

2113 [Adjust LR Density Difference]

Adjusts in the main scan direction the amount of laser light to create the image for
each color so the density is uniform on the left and right sides of the image.

207
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-113-001 K [-10 to 10 / 0 / 1 ]

2-113-002 C

2-113-003 M

2-113-004 Y

2-113-005 S

2121 [Erase Margin Adj]

2-121-001 Erase Margin Adj Leading Edge [ 0 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-121-002 Erase Margin Adj Trailing Edge [ 0 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2122 [Erase Margin Adj Leading Edge]

Adjusts and enlarges margin at the leading edge. A user setting.

2-122-101 Plain:Weight 1 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-102 Plain:Weight 2 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-103 Plain:Weight 3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-104 Plain:Weight 4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-105 Plain:Weight 5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-106 Plain:Weight 6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-107 Plain:Weight 7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-108 Plain:Weight 8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-110 Matte:Weight 2 [-3 to 6 / 3 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-111 Matte:Weight 3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-112 Matte:Weight 4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-113 Matte:Weight 5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-114 Matte:Weight 6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-115 Matte:Weight 7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-116 Matte:Weight 8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

208
 Group 2000

2-122-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [-3 to 6 / 3 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-128 Tranceparent Media [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-137 Magnet Paper [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-138 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-139 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-140 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-141 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-142 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-143 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

209
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-122-144 Plastic File Folder [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-145 Synthetic Paper:Weight2 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-146 Synthetic Paper:Weight3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-147 Synthetic Paper:Weight4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-148 Synthetic Paper:Weight5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-149 Synthetic Paper:Weight6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-150 Synthetic Paper:Weight7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-122-151 Synthetic Paper:Weight8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2123 [Erase Margin Adj Trailing Edge]

Adjusts and enlarges margin at the trailing edge for improving the separation
performance.

2-123-101 Plain:Weight 1 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-102 Plain:Weight 2 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-103 Plain:Weight 3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-104 Plain:Weight 4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-105 Plain:Weight 5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-106 Plain:Weight 6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-107 Plain:Weight 7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-108 Plain:Weight 8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-110 Matte:Weight 2 [-3 to 6 / 3 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-111 Matte:Weight 3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-112 Matte:Weight 4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-113 Matte:Weight 5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-114 Matte:Weight 6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-115 Matte:Weight 7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

210
 Group 2000

2-123-116 Matte:Weight 8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [-3 to 6 / 3 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-128 Tranceparent Media [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-137 Magnet Paper [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-138 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-139 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-140 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-141 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-142 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

211
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-123-143 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-144 Plastic File Folder [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-145 Synthetic Paper:Weight2 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-146 Synthetic Paper:Weight3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-147 Synthetic Paper:Weight4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-148 Synthetic Paper:Weight5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-149 Synthetic Paper:Weight6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-150 Synthetic Paper:Weight7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-123-151 Synthetic Paper:Weight8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2124 [Erase Margin Leading Edge:5st]

Adjusts and enlarges margin at the leading edge for improving the separation
performance.

2-124-101 Plain:Weight 1 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-102 Plain:Weight 2 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-103 Plain:Weight 3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-104 Plain:Weight 4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-105 Plain:Weight 5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-106 Plain:Weight 6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-107 Plain:Weight 7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-108 Plain:Weight 8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-110 Matte:Weight 2 [-3 to 6 / 3 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-111 Matte:Weight 3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-112 Matte:Weight 4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-113 Matte:Weight 5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-114 Matte:Weight 6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

212
 Group 2000

2-124-115 Matte:Weight 7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-116 Matte:Weight 8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [-3 to 6 / 3 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-128 Tranceparent Media [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-137 Magnet Paper [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-138 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-139 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-140 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-141 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

213
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-124-142 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-143 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-144 Plastic File Folder [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-145 Synthetic Paper:Weight2 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-146 Synthetic Paper:Weight3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-147 Synthetic Paper:Weight4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-148 Synthetic Paper:Weight5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-149 Synthetic Paper:Weight6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-150 Synthetic Paper:Weight7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-124-151 Synthetic Paper:Weight8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2125 [Erase Margin Leading Edge:5st]

Adjusts and enlarges margin at the trailing edge for improving the separation
performance when using the FCS Quality Mode

2-125-101 Plain:Weight 1 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-102 Plain:Weight 2 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-103 Plain:Weight 3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-104 Plain:Weight 4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-105 Plain:Weight 5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-106 Plain:Weight 6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-107 Plain:Weight 7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-108 Plain:Weight 8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-110 Matte:Weight 2 [-3 to 6 / 3 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-111 Matte:Weight 3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-112 Matte:Weight 4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-113 Matte:Weight 5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

214
 Group 2000

2-125-114 Matte:Weight 6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-115 Matte:Weight 7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-116 Matte:Weight 8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-118 Glossy:Weight 2 [-3 to 6 / 3 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-119 Glossy:Weight 3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-120 Glossy:Weight 4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-121 Glossy:Weight 5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-122 Glossy:Weight 6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-123 Glossy:Weight 7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-124 Glossy:Weight 8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-125 Envelope:Weight 5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-126 Envelope:Weight 6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-127 Envelope:Weight 7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-128 Tranceparent Media [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-129 Textured media:Weight 1 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-130 Textured media:Weight 2 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-131 Textured media:Weight 3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-132 Textured media:Weight 4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-133 Textured media:Weight 5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-134 Textured media:Weight 6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-135 Textured media:Weight 7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-136 Textured media:Weight 8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-137 Magnet Paper [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-138 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-139 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-140 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

215
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-125-141 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-142 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-143 Metalic/Pearl Paper:Weight8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-144 Plastic File Folder [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-145 Synthetic Paper:Weight2 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-146 Synthetic Paper:Weight3 [-3 to 6 / 1 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-147 Synthetic Paper:Weight4 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-148 Synthetic Paper:Weight5 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-149 Synthetic Paper:Weight6 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-150 Synthetic Paper:Weight7 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2-125-151 Synthetic Paper:Weight8 [-3 to 6 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

2130 [Sub Mag Adj Parameter K]

2131 [Sub Mag Adj Parameter C]

2132 [Sub Mag Adj Parameter M]

2133 [Sub Mag Adj Parameter Y]

2134 [Sub Mag Adj Parameter S]

These SP modes adjust the magnification parameters in the sub scan direction for
each color.

1 Interval:0.025 Percent [0 to 255 / 19 / 1]

2 Mag Reciprocal:0.025 Percent [0 to 8191 / 3990 / 1]

3 Interval:0.05 Percent [0 to 255 / 53 / 1]

4 Mag Reciprocal:0.05 Percent [0 to 8191 / 1961 / 1]

5 Interval:0.075 Percent [0 to 255 / 19 / 1]

6 Mag Reciprocal:0.075 Percent [0 to 8191 / 1349 / 1]

7 Interval:0.1 Percent [0 to 255 / 53 / 1]

216
 Group 2000

8 Mag Reciprocal:0.1 Percent [0 to 8191 / 1007 / 1]

9 Interval:0.125 Percent [0 to 255 / 47 / 1]

10 Mag Reciprocal:0.125 Percent [0 to 8191 / 799 / 1]

11 Interval:0.15 Percent [0 to 255 / 29 / 1]

12 Mag Reciprocal:0.15 Percent [0 to 8191 / 667 / 1]

13 Interval:0.175 Percent [0 to 255 / 13 / 1]

14 Mag Reciprocal:0.175 Percent [0 to 8191 / 572 / 1]

15 Interval:0.2 Percent [0 to 255 / 29 / 1]

16 Mag Reciprocal:0.2 Percent [0 to 8191 / 493 / 1]

17 Interval:0.225 Percent [0 to 255 / 23 / 1]

18 Mag Reciprocal:0.225 Percent [0 to 8191 / 437 / 1]

19 Interval:0.25 Percent [0 to 255 / 19 / 1]

20 Mag Reciprocal:0.25 Percent [0 to 8191 / 3991 / 1]

21 Interval:0.275 Percent [0 to 255 / 19 / 1]

22 Mag Reciprocal:0.275 Percent [0 to 8191 / 361 / 1]

23 Interval:0.3 Percent [0 to 255 / 19 / 1]

24 Mag Reciprocal:0.3 Percent [0 to 8191 / 323 / 1]

25 Interval:0.325 Percent [0 to 255 / 17 / 1]

26 Mag Reciprocal:0.325 Percent [0 to 8191 / 306 / 1]

27 Interval:0.35 Percent [0 to 255 / 17 / 1]

28 Mag Reciprocal:0.35 Percent [0 to 8191 / 289 / 1]

29 Interval:0.375 Percent [0 to 255 / 14 / 1]

30 Mag Reciprocal:0.375 Percent [0 to 8191 / 266 / 1]

31 Interval:0.4 Percent [0 to 255 / 11 / 1]

32 Mag Reciprocal:0.4 Percent [0 to 8191 / 253 / 1]

33 Interval:0.425 Percent [0 to 255 / 21 / 1]

217
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

34 Mag Reciprocal:0.425 Percent [0 to 8191 / 231 / 1]

35 Interval:0.45 Percent [0 to 255 / 22 / 1]

36 Mag Reciprocal:0.45 Percent [0 to 8191 / 220 / 1]

37 Interval:0.475 Percent [0 to 255 / 21 / 1]

38 Mag Reciprocal:0.475 Percent [0 to 8191 / 210 / 1]

39 Interval:0.5 Percent [0 to 255 / 18 / 1]

40 Mag Reciprocal:0.5 Percent [0 to 8191 / 198 / 1]

41 Interval:0.525 Percent [0 to 255 / 19 / 1]

42 Mag Reciprocal:0.525 Percent [0 to 8191 / 190 / 1]

43 Interval:0.55 Percent [0 to 255 / 13 / 1]

44 Mag Reciprocal:0.55 Percent [0 to 8191 / 182 / 1]

45 Interval:0.575 Percent [0 to 255 / 11 / 1]

46 Mag Reciprocal:0.575 Percent [0 to 8191 / 176 / 1]

47 Interval:0.6 Percent [0 to 255 / 15 / 1]

48 Mag Reciprocal:0.6 Percent [0 to 8191 / 165 / 1]

49 Interval:0.625 Percent [0 to 255 / 16 / 1]

50 Mag Reciprocal:0.625 Percent [0 to 8191 / 160 / 1]

51 Interval:0.65 Percent [0 to 255 / 14 / 1]

52 Mag Reciprocal:0.65 Percent [0 to 8191 / 154 / 1]

53 Interval:0.675 Percent [0 to 255 / 15 / 1]

54 Mag Reciprocal:0.675 Percent [0 to 8191 / 150 / 1]

55 Interval:0.7 Percent [0 to 255 / 13 / 1]

56 Mag Reciprocal:0.7 Percent [0 to 8191 / 143 / 1]

57 Interval:0.725 Percent [0 to 255 / 14 / 1]

58 Mag Reciprocal:0.725 Percent [0 to 8191 / 140 / 1]

59 Interval:0.75 Percent [0 to 255 / 7 / 1]

218
 Group 2000

60 Mag Reciprocal:0.75 Percent [0 to 8191 / 133 / 1]

61 Interval:0.775 Percent [0 to 255 / 13 / 1]

62 Mag Reciprocal:0.775 Percent [0 to 8191 / 130 / 1]

63 Interval:0.8 Percent [0 to 255 / 14 / 1]

64 Mag Reciprocal:0.8 Percent [0 to 8191 / 126 / 1]

2141 [P-Sensor Tes]

These SP codes test the belt background data, ID sensor, reflectivity of the belt
and average them for different areas of the image transfer belt. (The "P-sensor" is
the ID sensor.)

1 Average [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V]

[TM-Sensor Test]

5 Average: Front [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V]

6 Average: Center

7 Average: Rear

2142 [P-Sensor Test]

These SP codes test the belt background data, ID sensor, reflectivity of the belt
and determine the maximum value at different areas of the image transfer belt.
(The "P-sensor" is the ID sensor.)

2-142-001 Maximum [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V]

[TM-Sensor Test]

2-142-005 Maximum: Front [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V]

2-142-006 Maximum :Center

2-142-007 Maximum: Rear

2143 [P-Sensor Test]

219
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

These SP codes test the belt background data, ID sensor, reflectivity of the belt
and determine the minimum value at different areas of the image transfer belt. (The
"P-sensor" is the ID sensor.)

2-143-001 Minimum [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V]

[TM-Sensor Test]

2-143-005 Minimum: Front [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V]

2-143-006 Minimum: Center

2-143-007 Minimum: Rear

2144 [P-Sensor Test]

These SP codes test the belt background data, ID sensor, reflectivity of the belt
and determine the simple maximum value at different areas of the image transfer
belt. (The "P-sensor" is the ID sensor.)

2-144-001 Maximum 2 [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V]

[TM-Sensor Test]

2-144-005 Maximum 2: Front [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V]

2-144-006 Maximum 2: Center

2-144-007 Maximum 2: Rear

2145 [Sensor Test (Minimum 2)]

These SP codes test the belt background data, ID sensor, reflectivity of the belt
and determine the simple minimum value at different areas of the image transfer
belt. (The "P-sensor" is the ID sensor.)

2-145-001 Minimum 2 [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V]

[TM-Sensor Test]

2-145-005 Minimum 2:Front [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V]

2-145-006 Minimum 2:Center

2-145-007 Minimum 2:Rear

220
 Group 2000

2146 [TM Sensor Test]

This SP sets the number of tests done to check the belt background data, TM
sensor, and front edge of the belt. ("TM sensor" means "MUSIC sensor". Here, it
refers to the front MUSIC sensor.)

2-146-005 Number of Edge Detection: Front [0 to 16 / 0 / 1]

2-146-006 Number of Edge Detection: Center

2-146-007 Number of Edge Detection: Rear

2150 [Area Mag. Correction]

Fine adjusts the image color (YMCK) in the main scan direction. Adjustment is
done in units of 1/48 dots.

2-150-001 to Area <No.> <Color> [-4095 to +4095 / 0 / 1

070 Subdot]

<No.> 0 to 13 <Color> Bk, C, M, Y, S

2151 [Bow Skew Setting]

Defines the initial setting for each area of the MUSIC pattern for Bow Skew testing
and adjustment.

2-151-001 Initial Setting Area 0 K [0 to 24 / 0 / 1]

2-151-002 to Initial Setting Area <Range>K

[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1]
11

2-151-012 Initial Setting Area 81 to 85 K [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

2-151-013 Initial Setting Area 0C [0 to 24 / 0 / 1]

2-151-014 to Initial Setting Area <Range> C

[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1]
23

2-151-024 Initial Setting Area 81 to 85 C [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

2-151-025 Initial Setting Area 0 M [0 to 24 / 0 / 1]

2-151-026 to Initial Setting Area <Range>M

[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1]
35

2-151-036 Initial Setting Area 81 to 85 M [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

221
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-151-037 Initial Setting Area 0 Y [0 to 24 / 0 / 1]

2-151-038 to Initial Setting Area <Range>Y

[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1]
47

2-151-048 Initial Setting Area 81 to 85 Y [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

2-151-049 Initial Setting Area 0 S [0 to 24 / 0 / 1]

2-151-050 to Initial Setting Area <Range>S

[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1]
59

2-151-060 Initial Setting Area 81 to 85 S [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

2-151-061 Revision Setting Area 0 C [0 to 24 / 0 / 1]

2-151-062 to Revision Setting Area <Range>C

[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1]
71

2-151-072 Revision Setting Area 81 to 85 C [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

2-151-073 Revision Setting Area 0 M [0 to 24 / 0 / 1]

2-151-074 to Revision Setting Area <Range>M

[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1]
83

2-151-084 Revision Setting Area 81 to 85 M [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

2-151-085 Revision Setting Area 0 Y [0 to 24 / 0 / 1]

2-151-086 to Revision Setting Area <Range>Y

[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1]
95

2-151-096 Revision Setting Area 81 to 85 Y [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

2-151-097 Revision Setting Area 0 S [0 to 24 / 0 / 1]

2-151-098 to Revision Setting Area <Range>S

[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1]
107

2-151-0108 Revision Setting Area 81 to 85 S [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

2152 [Shading Coeff]

Sets the adjust coefficient for exposure shading for each color in each area of the
MUSIC pattern.

222
 Group 2000

2-152-001 to <Area> <Front No. 0 to 30><Color KCMYS> [0.875 to 1.165 / 1 / 0.001]

159

2153 [MUSIC Settings]

These SP codes set up the MUSIC settings.

2-153-001 Auto Execute

2-153-002 During ProCon

[0 to 1 / 1 / 1]
2-153-003 Initialization
0: OFF, 1: ON
2-153-004 During Data In

2-153-005 Writing

2-153-024 Assign Page Interval [10 to 999 / 100 / 1 page]

2-153-029 MUSIC Density Lvl [0 to 15 / 15 / 1]

2-153-030 Clear Main Slip

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1]
2-153-031 Clear Sub Slip

2-153-040 Decision Temp: Change K [0 to 99.9 / 1.5 / 0.1 deg]

2-153-041 Decision Temp: Change K2 [0 to 99.9 / 3 / 0.1 deg]

2-153-044 Decision Temp: Change M [0 to 99.9 / 1.5 / 0.1deg]

2-153-045 Decision Temp: Change M2 [0 to 99.9 / 3 / 0.1 deg]

2-153-048 Decision Temp: LD S [0 to 99.9 / 1.5 / 0.1deg]

2-153-049 Decision Temp: LD S2 [0 to 99.9 / 3 / 0.1 deg]

2-153-050 Decision Temp: Change Y [0 to 99.9 / 1.5 / 0.1 deg]

2-153-051 Decision Temp: Change Y2 [0 to 99.9 / 3 / 0.1 deg]

2-153-052 Decision Temp: ITB FB Sensor [0 to 99.9 / 1.5 / 0.1 deg]

2-153-053 Decision Temp: ITB FB Sensor2 [0 to 99.9 / 3 / 0.1 deg]

2154 [MUSIC Setting:2]

Feeds back the MUSIC setting adjustments.

223
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-154-001 Feed Back mode [0 to 1 / 1 / 1]

2155 [MUSIC Setting: 3]

Filter QF for the MUSIC settings.

2-155-013 Filter QF [0 to 3 / 3 / 1]

2-155-020 BeforeFilter:a1 [-131071 to 131071 / 125869 / 1]

2-155-021 BeforeFilter:a2 [-131071 to 131071 / -60488 / 1]

2-155-022 BeforeFilter:b0 [-131071 to 131071 / 39 / 1]

2-155-023 BeforeFilter:b1 [-131071 to 131071 / 77 / 1]

2-155-024 BeforeFilter:b2 [-131071 to 131071 / 39 / 1]

2-155-025 AfterFilter:a1 [-131071 to 131071 / 128596 / 1]

2-155-026 AfterFilter:a2 [-131071 to 131071 / -63398 / 1]

2-155-027 AfterFilter:b0 [-131071 to 131071 / 84 / 1]

2-155-028 AfterFilter:b1 [-131071 to 131071 / 168 / 1]

2-155-029 AfterFilter:b2 [-131071 to131071 / 84 / 1]

224
 Group 2000

2-155-050 Main Offset Left: C

2-155-051 Main Offset Center: C

2-155-052 Main Offset Right: C

2-155-053 Main Offset Left: M

2-155-054 Main Offset Center: M

2-155-055 Main Offset Right: M

[-2000 to 2000 / 0 / 0.1um]
2-155-056 Main Offset Left: Y

2-155-057 Main Offset Center: Y

2-155-058 Main Offset Right: Y

2-155-059 Main Offset Left: S

2-155-060 Main Offset Center: S

2-155-061 Main Offset Right: S

2-155-062 Sub Offset Left: C

2-155-063 Sub Offset Center: C

2-155-064 Sub Offset Right: C

2-155-065 Sub Offset Left: M

2-155-066 Sub Offset Center: M

2-155-067 Sub Offset Right: M

[-2000 to 2000 / 0 / 0.1um]
2-155-068 Sub Offset Left: Y

2-155-069 Sub Offset Center: Y

2-155-070 Sub Offset Right: Y

2-155-071 Sub Offset Left: S

2-155-072 Sub Offset Center: S

2-155-073 Sub Offset Right: S

2-155-080 Skew Remainder Std Speed: C [-2000 to 2000 / 0 / 0.001 um]

2-155-081 Skew Remainder Mid Speed: C [-2000 to 2000 / 10.886 / 0.001 um]

225
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-155-082 Skew Remainder Low Speed: C [-2000 to 2000 / 59.872 / 0.001 um]

2-155-083 Skew Remainder Std Speed: Y [-2000 to 2000 / 0 / 0.001 um]

2-155-084 Skew Remainder Mid Speed: Y [-2000 to 2000 / 10.886 / 0.001 um]

2-155-085 Skew Remainder Low Speed: Y [-2000 to 2000 / 59.872 / 0.001 um]

2-155-090 Bow Skew Upper Limit [0 to 24 / 24 / 1 line]

2-155-091 Bow Skew Lower Limit [0 to 24 / 1 / 1 line]

2156 [MUSIC Threshold Setting]

2-156-001 ch 0: 1st

2-156-002 ch 0: 2nd
[0.5 to 3 / 1.5 / 0.1 V]
2-156-003 ch 0: 3rd

2-156-004 ch 0: 4th

2-156-005 ch 1: 1st

2-156-006 ch 1: 2nd
[0.5 to 3 / 1.5 / 0.1 V]
2-156-007 ch 1: 3rd

2-156-008 ch 1: 4th

2-156-009 ch 2: 1st

2-156-010 ch 2: 2nd
[0.5 to 3 / 1.5 / 0.1 V]
2-156-011 ch 2: 3rd

2-156-012 ch 2: 4th

2-156-014 ch 0: 5th

2-156-015 ch 1: 5th [0.5 to 3 / 1.5 / 0.1 V]

2-156-016 ch 2: 5th

2180 [MUSIC Monitor]

Lens temperature monitor.

226
 Group 2000

2-180-010 4st:Previous Temp: K [0 to 99.9 / 0 / 0.1 deg]

2-180-012 4st:Previous Temp: M

2-180-014 4st:Previous Temp: S

2-180-015 4st:Previous Temp: Main

2-180-016 4st:Previous Temp: ITB FB Sensor

2-180-020 5st:Previous Temp: K [0 to 99.9 / 0 / 0.1 deg]

2-180-022 5st:Previous Temp: M

2-180-024 5st:Previous Temp: S

2-180-025 5st:Previous Temp: Main

2-180-026 5st:Previous Temp: ITB FB Sensor

2181 [Alignment Result]

These SP codes report the results of color registration alignment.

2-181-001 General [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]

2-181-002 Difference Main Left: C

2-181-003 Difference Main Center: C

2-181-004 Difference Main Right: C

2-181-005 Difference Main Left: M

2-181-006 Difference Main Center: M

2-181-007 Difference Main Right: M

[-2000 to 2000 / 0 / 0.001 um]
2-181-008 Difference Main Left: Y

2-181-009 Difference Main Center: Y

2-181-010 Difference Main Right: Y

2-181-011 Difference Main Left: S

2-181-012 Difference Main Center: S

2-181-013 Difference Main Right: S

227
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-181-014 Difference Sub Left: C

2-181-015 Difference Sub Center: C

2-181-016 Difference Sub Right: C

2-181-017 Difference Sub Left: M

2-181-018 Difference Sub Center: M

2-181-019 Difference Sub Right: M

[-2000 to 2000 / 0 / 0.001 um]
2-181-020 Difference Sub Left: Y

2-181-021 Difference Sub Center: Y

2-181-022 Difference Sub Right: Y

2-181-023 Difference Sub Left: S

2-181-024 Difference Sub Center: S

2-181-025 Difference Sub Right: S

2-181-026 MUSIC Sub Scan Revision: C

2-181-027 MUSIC Sub Scan Revision: M

[-4096 to 4095 / 0 / 1 line]
2-181-028 MUSIC Sub Scan Revision: Y

2-181-029 MUSIC Sub Scan Revision: S

228
 Group 2000

2-181-030 BowSkew Revision Left: C

2-181-031 BowSkew Revision Center: C

2-181-032 BowSkew Revision Right: C

2-181-033 BowSkew Revision Left: M

2-181-034 BowSkew Revision Center: M

2-181-035 BowSkew Revision Right: M

[-2.000 to 2.000 / 0 / 0.001um]
2-181-036 BowSkew Revision Left: Y

2-181-037 BowSkew Revision Center: Y

2-181-038 BowSkew Revision Right: Y

2-181-039 BowSkew Revision Left: S

2-181-040 BowSkew Revision Center: S

2-181-041 BowSkew Revision Right: S

2-181-042 Skew Amt: C

2-181-043 Skew Amt: M

[-2.000 to 2.000 / 0 / 0.001um]
2-181-044 Skew Amt: Y

2-181-045 Skew Amt: S

2183 [Main Scan Length Detection]

These SP codes set and execute the standard speed of 2-dot measurement for
each color.

2-183-001 Execute : K [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

2-183-004 Execute : C

2-183-007 Execute : M

2-183-010 Execute : Y

2-183-013 Execute : S

2184 [Main Scan Length Target]

229
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

These SP codes retrieve the results of 2-dot measurement for each color and
display the counts.

2-184-001 Execute: K [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

2-184-002 Execute: C

2-184-003 Execute: M

2-184-004 Execute: Y

2-184-005 Execute: S

2-184-006 Count Value: K [0 to 300000 / 266835 / 1]

2-184-007 Count Value: C

2-184-008 Count Value: M

2-184-009 Count Value: Y

2-184-010 Count Value: S

2185 [Main Scan Length Detection]

This SP selects 2-point measurement.

2-185-001 Mode Selection [0 to 2 / 2 / 1]

0: OFF 1:ON 2:ALL ON

2190 [Line Position Adj. Setting]

This SP selects the amount of magnification in the main scan direction for the color
registration method.

2-190-001 Partial Mag: K [0 to 1 / 1 /1 ]

2-190-002 Partial Mag: C

2-190-003 Partial Mag: M

2-190-004 Partial Mag: Y

2-190-005 Partial Mag: S

230
 Group 2000

2-190-006 Left Right Mag: C [0 to 1 / 1 /1 ]

2-190-007 Left Right Mag: M

2-190-008 Left Right Mag: Y

2-190-009 Left Right Mag: S

2-190-012 SnSErr Range [-3500 to 3500 / 200 / 1 um]

2191 [Polygon Mirror Face Detection]

Selects polygon mirror facet measurement method.

2-191-001 Mode Selection [0 to 1 / 1 / 1] 0:OFF 1:ON

2194 [MUSIC Execution Result]

2-194-007 Execution Result [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

2-194-008 Number of Execution [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1 times]

2-194-009 Number of Failure

2-194-010 Error Result: M [0 to 9 / 0 / 1]

2-194-011 Error Result: C

2-194-012 Error Result: Y

2-194-013 Error Result: S

2197 [MUSIC Start Time]

2-197-001 MUSIC Start Time (EDT) [10 to 40 / 20 / 10 ms]

2-197-002 TM Sensor Position [50 to 500 / 155 / 0.1 mm]

2198 [Music A/D Interval]

2-198-001 ADC Trigger Counter [7.5 to 20 / 10 / 0.1 us]

2199 [Music Error Time Setting]

2-199-001 Error Detection Counter [0.1 to 9.9 / 2.5 / 0.1 sec]

231
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2201 [Set DC Charge]

These SP codes set the DC bias. However, these settings are enabled only when
SP3-600-001 is selected and enabled as the method to control process control
electrical potential.

2-201-001 K [250 to 1200 / 550 / 1 -V]

2-201-002 C [250 to 1200 / 480 / 1 -V]

2-201-003 M

2-201-004 Y

2-201-005 S

2202 [Set AC (Fixed) Charge]

This SP setting determines the fixed electrical potential setting when AC electrical
potential adjustment is off.

2-202-001 AC Bias :K [0 to 3 / 2.2 / 0.01 kV]

2-202-002 AC Bias :C

2-202-003 AC Bias :M

2-202-004 AC Bias :Y

2-202-005 AC Bias :S

2204 [Set AC Environ Corr]

Sets the target value for the AC electrical potential charge adjustment.

2-204-001 to
Norm:LL:Target:K, C, M, Y, S [1.5 to 3 / 2.33 / 0.01 mA]
005

2-204-006 to
Norm:ML:Target: K, C, M, Y, S [1.5 to 3 / 2.28 / 0.01 mA]
010

232
 Group 2000

2-204-011 to
Norm:MM:Target:K, C, M, Y, S
015

2-204-016 to
Norm:MH:Target: K, C, M, Y, S [1.5 to 3 / 2.23 / 0.01 mA]
020

2-204-021 to
Norm:HH:Target:K, C, M, Y, S
025

2-204-026 to
Mid:LL:Target:K, C, M, Y, S [1.2 to 2.8 / 2.15 / 0.01 mA
030

2-204-031 to
Mid:ML:Target:K, C, M, Y, S [1.2 to 2.8 / 2.10 / 0.01 mA
035

2-204-036 to
Mid:MM:Target:K, C, M, Y, S
040

2-204-041 to
Mid:MH:Target: K, C, M, Y, S [1.2 to 2.8 / 2.05 / 0.01 mA
045

2-204-046 to
Mid:HH:Target: K, C, M, Y, S
050

2-204-051 to
Low:LL:Target:K, C, M, Y, S [1 to 2.5 / 1.63 / 0.01 mA
055

2-204-056 to
Low:ML:Target:K, C, M, Y, S [1 to 2.5 / 1.61 / 0.01 mA
060

2-204-061 to
Low:MM:Target:K, C, M, Y, S
065

2-204-066 to
Low:MH:Target:K, C, M, Y, S [1 to 2.5 / 1.58 / 0.01 mA]
070

2-204-071 to
Low:HH:Target: K, C, M, Y, S
075

2205 [Adj/Display AC Charge]

Switches the AC electrical potential setting on/off.

2-205-001 Select [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

2-205-002 Temp Threshold 1 [0 to 50 / 3 / 1 deg]

233
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-205-003 Temp Threshold 2 [0 to 50 / 1 / 1 deg]

2-205-004 Execution Interval [0 to 200 / 10 / 5]

2-205-005 Previous Temp:BW [0 to 50 / 0 / 1 deg]

2-205-006 Previous Temp:Col

2-205-007 Previous Temp:S

2208 [Chg AC Adj.: Execute]

Touch [EXECUTE] to force execute the AC electrical potential adjustment.

2-208-001 Execute AC Reduction [EXECUTE]

2209 [Chg AC Adj: Result]

Displays the result of the AC electrical potential adjustment.

2-209-001 AC Reduction Result [0 to 9999 / 00000 / 1]

[1111] denotes successful adjustment.
Result numbers are SYMCK, identified in the order
left to right

Results and details of SP2-209

1 Succeeded

2 Succeeded

Execute SP2-208-001 again, and chek if the result is succeeded (1

3 Out of target area or 2). If not, replace the appropriate charging unit and execute
SP2-208-001.

Execute SP2-208-001 again, and chek if the result is succeeded (1

Out of Vpp upper or
4 or 2). If not, replace the appropriate charging unit and execute
lower limits
SP2-208-001.

For the 5th station model, when the machine adjusted YMCK
9 Sst. not adjusted
automatically, Sst result displays “9”. It is not a failure.

2211 [Set LD Power]

234
 Group 2000

These SP codes set the LD power level for each laser unit. These settings take effect
only when SP3600-001 is selected and set to "0" (ON).

2-211-001 K [20 to 150 / 100 / 1%]

2-211-002 C

2-211-003 M

2-211-004 Y

2-211-005 S [20 to 145 / 100 / 1%]

2212 [Set Dev DC]

These SP codes set the DC bias for each color. These settings take effect only
when SP3600-001 is selected and set to "0" (ON).

2-212-001 K [0 to 900 / 400 / 1 -V]

2-212-002 C

2-212-003 M

2-212-004 Y

2-212-005 S

2213 [Set Dev AC Vpp]

Sets the development AC bias and it is always enabled.

2-213-001 K [0 to 1200 / 0 / 1 V]

2-213-002 C [0 to 1200 / 800 / 1 V]

2-213-003 M

2-213-004 Y

2-213-005 S

2214 [Set Dev AC Freq]

Sets the development AC bias and it is always enabled.

235
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-214-001 K [800 to 990 / 990 / 1 Hz]

2-214-002 C

2-214-003 M

2-214-004 Y

2-214-005 S

2215 [Set Dev AC Duty]

Sets the development AC bias and it is always enabled.

2-215-001 K [1.0 to 10.0 / 4.0 / 0.1 %]

2-215-002 C

2-215-003 M

2-215-004 Y

2-215-005 S

2220 [Chg Roll Cleaning Timing]

This SP sets the operation timing of the charge roller cleaning roller.

2-220-001 Execution Timing [0 to 2 / 2 / 1]

0: No Operation
1: Power On & Distance
2: Distance

2221 [Chg Roll Cleaning Timing]

These SP codes set up the parameters for the operation of the charge roller
cleaning roller.

236
 Group 2000

2-221-001 Execution Interval: K

2-221-002 Execution Interval: C

2-221-003 Execution Interval: M [0 to 999 999 / 100,000 / 100 cm]

2-221-004 Execution Interval: Y

2-221-005 Execution Interval: S

2-221-006 Distance: K

2-221-007 Distance: C

2-221-008 Distance: M [0 to 999 999 / 0 / 1 cm]

2-221-009 Distance: Y

2-221-010 Distance: S

2-221-011 Delay at Power On: K

2-221-012 Delay at Power On: C

2-221-013 Delay at Power On: M [0 to 999 999 / 5,000 / 100 cm]

2-221-014 Delay at Power On: Y

2-221-015 Delay at Power On: S

2-221-016 Forced Execution [0 to 99999 / 10000 / 100 cm]

2222 [Chg Roll Cleaning Execute]

This SP triggers forced manual cleaning of the charge roller with the charge roller
cleaning roller. Cleaning can be done for charge roller independently or all at
once together.

2-222-001 all [EXECUTE]

2224 [Set QL Power]

Sets the power level of the quenching lamps which eliminate residual charge on
the drums.

2-224-001 Norm Image [0 to 100 / 94 / 1%]

2-224-002 Norm Margin

237
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-224-003 Mid Image [0 to 100 / 80 / 1%]

2-224-004 Mid Margin

2-224-005 Low Image [0 to 100 / 40 / 1%]

2-224-006 Low Margin

2225 [Cleaning Speed: Col]

These SP codes adjust the speed of the cleaning brush rollers relative to the speed
of the drums.

2-225-001 Norm [100 to 500 / 248 / 1 ]

2-225-002 Mid [100 to 500 / 211 / 1 ]

2-225-003 Low [100 to 500 / 143 / 1 ]

2-225-011 Period of Revs1 [0 to 150 000 / 5000 / 1m]

2-225-012 Period of Revs2 [0 to 150000 / 15000 / 1 m]

2-225-013 Period of Revs3 [0 to 150000 / 20000 / 1 m]

2-225-014 Period of Revs4 [0 to 150000 / 20000 / 1 m]

2-225-021 Distance Coefficient1

2-225-022 Distance Coefficient2

2-225-023 Distance Coefficient3 [0.5 to 2 / 1 / 0.01 ]

2-225-024 Distance Coefficient4

2-225-025 Distance Coefficient5

2-225-031 Environ Coefficient 1 [0.5 to 2 / 0.7 / 0.01 ]

2-225-032 Environ Coefficient 2 [0.5 to 2 / 0.83 / 0.01 ]

2-225-033 Environ Coefficient 3 [0.5 to 2 / 0.96 / 0.01 ]

2-225-034 Environ Coefficient 4 [0.5 to 2 / 1.1 / 0.01 ]

2-225-035 Environ Coefficient 5 [0.5 to 2 / 1.30 / 0.01 ]

2-225-036 Environ Coefficient 6 [0.5 to 2 / 1.50 / 0.01 ]

238
 Group 2000

2-225-037 Environ Coefficient 7 [0.5 to 2 / 1.63 / 0.01 ]

2-225-038 Environ Coefficient 8 [0.5 to 2 / 1.76 / 0.01 ]

2-225-039 Environ Coefficient 9 [0.5 to 2 / 1.90 / 0.01 ]

2-225-040 Environ Coefficient 10 [0.5 to 2 / 2.00 / 0.01 ]

2-225-041 Environ Coefficient 1:S [0.5 to 2 / 0.7 / 0.01 ]

2-225-042 Environ Coefficient 2:S [0.5 to 2 / 0.7 / 0.01 ]

2-225-043 Environ Coefficient 3:S [0.5 to 2 / 0.83 / 0.01 ]

2-225-044 Environ Coefficient 4:S [0.5 to 2 / 0.96 / 0.01 ]

2-225-045 Environ Coefficient 5:S [0.5 to 2 / 1.1 / 0.01 ]

2-225-046 Environ Coefficient 6:S [0.5 to 2 / 1.30 / 0.01 ]

2-225-047 Environ Coefficient 7:S [0.5 to 2 / 1.50 / 0.01 ]

2-225-048 Environ Coefficient 8:S [0.5 to 2 / 1.63 / 0.01 ]

2-225-049 Environ Coefficient 9:S [0.5 to 2 / 1.76 / 0.01 ]

2-225-050 Environ Coefficient 10:S [0.5 to 2 / 1.90 / 0.01 ]

2-225-051 Special Mode Selection:K

2-225-052 Special Mode Selection:C

2-225-053 Special Mode Selection:M [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

2-225-054 Special Mode Selection:Y

2-225-055 Special Mode Selection:S

2-225-061 Special Mode Coefficient1

2-225-062 Special Mode Coefficient2

2-225-063 Special Mode Coefficient3 [0.5 to 2 / 1.2 / 0.01 ]

2-225-064 Special Mode Coefficient4

2-225-065 Special Mode Coefficient5

239
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-225-066 Special Mode Coefficient6

2-225-067 Special Mode Coefficient7 [0.5 to 1.5 / 1.2 / 0.01 ]

2-225-068 Special Mode Coefficient8

2-225-071 M/A Threshold 1:S [0.25 to 1.50 / 0.350 / 0.001 mg/cm2]

2-225-072 M/A Threshold 2:S [0.25 to 1.50 / 0.400 / 0.001 mg/cm2]

2-225-073 M/A Threshold 3:S [0.25 to 1.50 / 0.450 / 0.001 mg/cm2]

2-225-074 M/A Threshold 4:S [0.25 to 1.50 / 0.500 / 0.001 mg/cm2]

Used Tnr Conveyancing

2-225-081 [0.5 to 2 / 0.96 / 0.01 ]
Coefficient 1:S

Used Tnr Conveyancing

2-225-082 [0.5 to 2 / 1.10 / 0.01 ]
Coefficient 2:S

Used Tnr Conveyancing

2-225-083 [0.5 to 2 / 1.30 / 0.01 ]
Coefficient 3:S

Used Tnr Conveyancing

2-225-084 [0.5 to 2 / 1.50 / 0.01 ]
Coefficient 4:S

Used Tnr Conveyancing

2-225-085 [0.5 to 2 / 1.50 / 0.01 ]
Coefficient 5:S

2231 [CPM Down Mode]

2-231-001 Shift Threshold:High image:KCMY [0 to 100 / 50 / 1%]

Stop Threshold:High
2-231-002 [0 to 100 / 42 / 1%]
image:KCMY

2-231-003 CPM down ratio [10 to 100 / 61 / 1%]

Cleaning Blade Worn-out

2-231-004 [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 m]
Threshold:KCMY

2-231-005 Shift Threshold:High image:S [0 to 100 / 90 / 1%]

2-231-006 Stop Threshold:High image:S [0 to 100 / 85 / 1%]

Cleaning Blade Worn-out

2-231-007 [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 m]
Threshold:S

240
 Group 2000

2-231-011 DC Avg.:LL:K [0 to 100 / 5 / 0.01%]

2-231-012 DC Avg.:LL:C [0 to 100 / 5 / 0.01%]

2-231-013 DC Avg.:LL:M [0 to 100 / 5 / 0.01%]

2-231-014 DC Avg.:LL:Y [0 to 100 / 5 / 0.01%]

2-231-015 DC Avg.:LL:S [0 to 100 / 5 / 0.01%]

2-231-021 TotalPage:LL:Set [1 to 65535 / 300 / 1 counts]

Shift Threshold1:Toner
2-231-031 [0 to 2000 / 250 / 1 mg]
Amount:High Speed

Shift Threshold1:Toner
2-231-032 [0 to 2000 / 295 / 1 mg]
Amount:Middle Speed

Shift Threshold1:Toner
2-231-033 [0 to 2000 / 590 / 1 mg]
Amount:Low Speed

2-231-034 Shift Threshold2:Toner Amount [0 to 2000 / 250 / 1 mg]

Stop Threshold1:Toner
2-231-041 [0 to 2000 / 200 / 1 mg]
Amount:High Speed

Stop Threshold1:Toner
2-231-042 [0 to 2000 / 245 / 1 mg]
Amount:Middle Speed

Stop Threshold1:Toner
2-231-043 [0 to 2000 / 540 / 1 mg]
Amount:Low Speed

2-231-044 Stop Threshold2:Toner Amount [0 to 2000 / 200 / 1 mg]

2-231-051 Average Toner Amount:S [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1 mg]

2-231-052 Toner amount count:set:S [1 to 1000 / 50 / 1 counts]

2301 [Current Value: FC]

2-301-001 Side1:ITB K [0 to 160 / 0 / 1 uA]

2-301-002 Side1:ITB C [0 to 160 / 0 / 1 uA]

2-301-003 Side1:ITB M [0 to 160 / 0 / 1 uA]

2-301-004 Side1:ITB Y [0 to 160 / 0 / 1 uA]

241
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-301-005 Side1:ITB S [0 to 160 / 0 / 1 uA]

2-301-006 Side1:PTR:AC [0 to 14 / 0 / 0.1 kV]

2-301-007 Side1:PTR:DC [-400 to 0 / 0 / 1 uA]

2-301-008 Side1:SepDC [0 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 uA]

2-301-009 Side1:SepAC [0 to 12 / 0 / 0.1 kV]

2-301-011 Side2:ITB K [0 to 160 / 0 / 1 uA]

2-301-012 Side2:ITB C [0 to 160 / 0 / 1 uA]

2-301-013 Side2:ITB M [0 to 160 / 0 / 1 uA]

2-301-014 Side2:ITB Y [0 to 160 / 0 / 1 uA]

2-301-015 Side2:ITB S [0 to 160 / 0 / 1 uA]

2-301-016 Side2:PTR:AC [0 to 14 / 0 / 0.1 kV]

2-301-017 Side2:PTR:DC [-400 to 0 / 0 / 1 uA]

2-301-018 Side2:SepDC [0 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 uA]

2-301-019 Side2:SepAC [0 to 12 / 0 / 0.1 kV]

2302 [Current Value: BK]

2-302-001 Side1:ITB K [0 to 160 / 0 / 1 uA]

2-302-006 Side1:PTR:AC [0 to 14 / 0 / 0.1 kV]

2-302-007 Side1:PTR:DC [-400 to 0 / 0 / 1 uA]

2-302-008 Side1:SepDC [0 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 uA]

2-302-009 Side1:SepAC [0 to 12 / 0 / 0.1 kV]

2-302-011 Side2:ITB K [0 to 160 / 0 / 1 uA]

2-302-016 Side2:PTR:AC [0 to 14 / 0 / 0.1 kV]

2-302-017 Side2:PTR:DC [-400 to 0 / 0 / 1 uA]

2-302-018 Side2:SepDC [0 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 uA]

2-302-019 Side2:SepAC [0 to 12 / 0 / 0.1 kV]

242
 Group 2000

2303 [Current Value:S]

2-303-005 Side1:ITB S [0 to 160 / 0 / 1 uA]

2-303-006 Side1:PTR:AC [0 to 14 / 0 / 0.1 kV]

2-303-007 Side1:PTR:DC [-400 to 0 / 0 / 1 uA]

2-303-008 Side1:SepDC [0 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 uA]

2-303-009 Side1:SepAC [0 to 12 / 0 / 0.1 kV]

2-303-015 Side2:ITB S [0 to 160 / 0 / 1 uA]

2-303-016 Side2:PTR:AC [0 to 14 / 0 / 0.1 kV]

2-303-017 Side2:PTR:DC [-400 to 0 / 0 / 1 uA]

2-303-018 Side2:SepDC [0 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 uA]

2-303-019 Side2:SepAC [0 to 12 / 0 / 0.1 kV]

2311 [Current R Level]

2-311-001 ITB K [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]

2-311-002 ITB C [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]

2-311-003 ITB M [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]

2-311-004 ITB Y [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]

2-311-005 ITB S [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]

2-311-007 PTR [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]

2-311-008 PTR CV [0 to 35 / 0 / 1 ]

2-311-011 ITB K [0 to 6 / 3 / 1 ]

2-311-012 ITB C [0 to 6 / 3 / 1 ]

2-311-013 ITB M [0 to 6 / 3 / 1 ]

2-311-014 ITB Y [0 to 6 / 3 / 1 ]

2-311-015 ITB S [0 to 6 / 3 / 1 ]

2-311-017 PTR [0 to 6 / 3 / 1 ]

243
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-311-018 PTR CV [0 to 35 / 19 / 1 ]

2312 [Measured Voltage]

2-312-001 ITB K [0 to 7 / 0 / 0.01 kV]

2-312-002 ITB C [0 to 7 / 0 / 0.01 kV]

2-312-003 ITB M [0 to 7 / 0 / 0.01 kV]

2-312-004 ITB Y [0 to 7 / 0 / 0.01 kV]

2-312-005 ITB S [0 to 7 / 0 / 0.01 kV]

2-312-007 PTR [0 to 12 / 0 / 0.01 kV]

2-312-011 Env Level [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]

2-312-013 Env Division [0 to 6 / 3 / 1 ]

2313 [Execute Vltg Meas]

2-313-001 FC [EXECUTE] then displays "Completed".

2314 [Set:Int Vltg Meas]

2-314-001 Interrupt Interval [0 to 20000 / 1000 / 1 sheets]

2-314-002 JobEnd Interval [0 to 20000 / 200 / 1 sheets]

2315 [Set:Int Vltg Meas]

2-315-002 Counter:FC [0 to 20000 / 0 / 1 Sheet]

2316 [Set:Current Vltg Meas]

2-316-001 ITB [0 to 160 / 40 / 0.1 uA]

2-316-011 PTR:1st [-400 to 0 / -61 / 1 uA]

2317 [Set:Vltg Meas]

2-317-001 Startup Time [0 to 1000 / 30 / 1 msec]

244
 Group 2000

2-317-002 Changeover Time [0 to 1000 / 200 / 1 msec]

2318 [Current Age Division]

2-318-001 ITB K [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

2-318-002 ITB C [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

2-318-003 ITB M [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

2-318-004 ITB Y [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

2-318-005 ITB S [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

2319 [Age Thresh:Set]

2-319-001 Execute Interval1 [0 to 900000 / 200 / 1 pages]

2-319-002 Execute Interval2 [0 to 900000 / 1000 / 1 pages]

2-319-003 Execute Interval3 [0 to 900000 / 2000 / 1 pages]

2-319-004 Counter Thresh1 [0 to 900000 / 10000 / 1 pages]

2-319-005 Counter Thresh2 [0 to 900000 / 50000 / 1 pages]

2-319-006 Counter [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 pages]

2321 [Set:R Thresh:LLL]

2-321-001 R Thresh1:ITB [0 to 10 / 0.8 / 0.01 kV]

2-321-002 R Thresh2:ITB [0 to 10 / 1.15 / 0.01 kV]

2-321-003 R Thresh3:ITB [0 to 10 / 1.5 / 0.01 kV]

2-321-004 R Thresh4:ITB [0 to 10 / 3 / 0.01 kV]

2-321-005 R Thresh5:ITB [0 to 10 / 6.5 / 0.01 kV]

2-321-006 R Thresh1:PTR [0 to 10 / 1.8 / 0.01 kV]

2-321-007 R Thresh2:PTR [0 to 10 / 2.4 / 0.01 kV]

2-321-008 R Thresh3:PTR [0 to 10 / 3.25 / 0.01 kV]

2-321-009 R Thresh4:PTR [0 to 10 / 4.8 / 0.01 kV]

245
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-321-010 R Thresh5:PTR [0 to 10 / 7 / 0.01 kV]

2322 [Set:R Thresh:LL]

2-322-001 R Thresh1:ITB [0 to 10 / 0.8 / 0.01 kV]

2-322-002 R Thresh2:ITB [0 to 10 / 1.15 / 0.01 kV]

2-322-003 R Thresh3:ITB [0 to 10 / 1.5 / 0.01 kV]

2-322-004 R Thresh4:ITB [0 to 10 / 3 / 0.01 kV]

2-322-005 R Thresh5:ITB [0 to 10 / 6.5 / 0.01 kV]

2-322-006 R Thresh1:PTR [0 to 10 / 1.5 / 0.01 kV]

2-322-007 R Thresh2:PTR [0 to 10 / 1.95 / 0.01 kV]

2-322-008 R Thresh3:PTR [0 to 10 / 2.65 / 0.01 kV]

2-322-009 R Thresh4:PTR [0 to 10 / 3.8 / 0.01 kV]

2-322-010 R Thresh5:PTR [0 to 10 / 6 / 0.01 kV]

2323 [Set:R Thresh:ML]

2-323-001 R Thresh1:ITB [0 to 10 / 0.8 / 0.01 kV]

2-323-002 R Thresh2:ITB [0 to 10 / 1.15 / 0.01 kV]

2-323-003 R Thresh3:ITB [0 to 10 / 1.5 / 0.01 kV]

2-323-004 R Thresh4:ITB [0 to 10 / 3 / 0.01 kV]

2-323-005 R Thresh5:ITB [0 to 10 / 6.5 / 0.01 kV]

2-323-006 R Thresh1:PTR [0 to 10 / 1.2 / 0.01 kV]

2-323-007 R Thresh2:PTR [0 to 10 / 1.55 / 0.01 kV]

2-323-008 R Thresh3:PTR [0 to 10 / 2.05 / 0.01 kV]

2-323-009 R Thresh4:PTR [0 to 10 / 2.9 / 0.01 kV]

2-323-010 R Thresh5:PTR [0 to 10 / 5 / 0.01 kV]

2324 [Set:R Thresh:MM]

246
 Group 2000

2-324-001 R Thresh1:ITB [0 to 10 / 0.8 / 0.01 kV]

2-324-002 R Thresh2:ITB [0 to 10 / 1.15 / 0.01 kV]

2-324-003 R Thresh3:ITB [0 to 10 / 1.5 / 0.01 kV]

2-324-004 R Thresh4:ITB [0 to 10 / 3 / 0.01 kV]

2-324-005 R Thresh5:ITB [0 to 10 / 6.5 / 0.01 kV]

2-324-006 R Thresh1:PTR [0 to 10 / 0.9 / 0.01 kV]

2-324-007 R Thresh2:PTR [0 to 10 / 1.15 / 0.01 kV]

2-324-008 R Thresh3:PTR [0 to 10 / 1.45 / 0.01 kV]

2-324-009 R Thresh4:PTR [0 to 10 / 2 / 0.01 kV]

2-324-010 R Thresh5:PTR [0 to 10 / 4 / 0.01 kV]

2325 [Set:R Thresh:MH]

2-325-001 R Thresh1:ITB [0 to 10 / 0.8 / 0.01 kV]

2-325-002 R Thresh2:ITB [0 to 10 / 1.15 / 0.01 kV]

2-325-003 R Thresh3:ITB [0 to 10 / 1.5 / 0.01 kV]

2-325-004 R Thresh4:ITB [0 to 10 / 3 / 0.01 kV]

2-325-005 R Thresh5:ITB [0 to 10 / 6.5 / 0.01 kV]

2-325-006 R Thresh1:PTR [0 to 10 / 0.5 / 0.01 kV]

2-325-007 R Thresh2:PTR [0 to 10 / 6.5 / 0.01 kV]

2-325-008 R Thresh3:PTR [0 to 10 / 0.8 / 0.01 kV]

2-325-009 R Thresh4:PTR [0 to 10 / 1.2 / 0.01 kV]

2-325-010 R Thresh5:PTR [0 to 10 / 3 / 0.01 kV]

2326 [Set:R Thresh:HH]

2-326-001 R Thresh1:ITB [0 to 10 / 0.8 / 0.01 kV]

2-326-002 R Thresh2:ITB [0 to 10 / 1.15 / 0.01 kV]

2-326-003 R Thresh3:ITB [0 to 10 / 1.5 / 0.01 kV]

247
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-326-004 R Thresh4:ITB [0 to 10 / 3 / 0.01 kV]

2-326-005 R Thresh5:ITB [0 to 10 / 6.5 / 0.01 kV]

2-326-006 R Thresh1:PTR [0 to 10 / 0.4 / 0.01 kV]

2-326-007 R Thresh2:PTR [0 to 10 / 0.52 / 0.01 kV]

2-326-008 R Thresh3:PTR [0 to 10 / 0.65 / 0.01 kV]

2-326-009 R Thresh4:PTR [0 to 10 / 0.95 / 0.01 kV]

2-326-010 R Thresh5:PTR [0 to 10 / 2.5 / 0.01 kV]

2327 [PTR CV R Thresh]

2-327-001 R Thresh1 [0 to 13 / 0.4 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-002 R Thresh2 [0 to 13 / 0.45 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-003 R Thresh3 [0 to 13 / 0.49 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-004 R Thresh4 [0 to 13 / 0.54 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-005 R Thresh5 [0 to 13 / 0.58 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-006 R Thresh6 [0 to 13 / 0.64 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-007 R Thresh7 [0 to 13 / 0.7 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-008 R Thresh8 [0 to 13 / 0.76 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-009 R Thresh9 [0 to 13 / 0.83 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-010 R Thresh10 [0 to 13 / 0.9 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-011 R Thresh11 [0 to 13 / 0.99 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-012 R Thresh12 [0 to 13 / 1.08 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-013 R Thresh13 [0 to 13 / 1.17 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-014 R Thresh14 [0 to 13 / 1.28 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-015 R Thresh15 [0 to 13 / 1.4 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-016 R Thresh16 [0 to 13 / 1.53 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-017 R Thresh17 [0 to 13 / 1.67 / 0.01 kV]

248
 Group 2000

2-327-018 R Thresh18 [0 to 13 / 1.82 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-019 R Thresh19 [0 to 13 / 1.98 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-020 R Thresh20 [0 to 13 / 2.17 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-021 R Thresh21 [0 to 13 / 2.36 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-022 R Thresh22 [0 to 13 / 2.58 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-023 R Thresh23 [0 to 13 / 2.82 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-024 R Thresh24 [0 to 13 / 3.07 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-025 R Thresh25 [0 to 13 / 3.35 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-026 R Thresh26 [0 to 13 / 3.66 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-027 R Thresh27 [0 to 13 / 3.99 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-028 R Thresh28 [0 to 13 / 4.36 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-029 R Thresh29 [0 to 13 / 4.76 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-030 R Thresh30 [0 to 13 / 5.19 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-031 R Thresh31 [0 to 13 / 5.67 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-032 R Thresh32 [0 to 13 / 6.18 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-033 R Thresh33 [0 to 13 / 6.75 / 0.01 kV]

2-327-034 R Thresh34 [0 to 13 / 7.36 / 0.01 kV]

2331 [Age Corr:Delta M/A:Thresh]

2-331-001 ITB K [0 to 1 / 0.04 / 0.01 mg/cm2]

2-331-002 ITB C [0 to 1 / 0.05 / 0.01 mg/cm2]

2-331-003 ITB M [0 to 1 / 0.05 / 0.01 mg/cm2]

2-331-004 ITB Y [0 to 1 / 0.05 / 0.01 mg/cm2]

2-331-005 ITB S [0 to 1 / 0.05 / 0.01 mg/cm2]

2341 [Transfer:Bias Limiter]

2-341-001 ITB Bias [0 to 8000 / 5800 / 10 V]

249
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-341-002 PTR Bias [0 to 13000 / 10800 / 10 -V]

2401 [Set:ITB:Eng Spd Coeff]

2-401-001 Std Spd [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-401-002 Mid Spd [10 to 200 / 85 / 0.1%]

2-401-003 Low Spd [10 to 200 / 42.5 / 0.1%]

2421 [Set:ITB K:Env Coeff]

2-421-001 LLL:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-421-002 LLL:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-421-005 LLL:Non Image [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-421-011 LL:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-421-012 LL:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-421-015 LL:Non Image [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-421-021 ML:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-421-022 ML:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-421-025 ML:Non Image [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-421-031 MM:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-421-032 MM:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-421-035 MM:Non Image [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-421-041 MH:Side1 [10 to 200 / 88 / 1%]

2-421-042 MH:Side2 [10 to 200 / 88 / 1%]

2-421-045 MH:Non Image [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-421-051 HH:Side1 [10 to 200 / 88 / 1%]

2-421-052 HH:Side2 [10 to 200 / 88 / 1%]

2-421-055 HH:Non Image [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

250
 Group 2000

2422 [Set:ITB Col:Env Coeff]

2-422-001 LLL:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-422-002 LLL:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-422-003 LLL:Non Image [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-422-011 LL:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-422-012 LL:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-422-013 LL:Non Image [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-422-021 ML:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-422-022 ML:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-422-023 ML:Non Image [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-422-031 MM:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-422-032 MM:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-422-033 MM:Non Image [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-422-041 MH:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 87 / 1%]

2-422-042 MH:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 87 / 1%]

2-422-043 MH:Non Image [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-422-051 HH:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 87 / 1%]

2-422-052 HH:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 87 / 1%]

2-422-053 HH:Non Image [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2423 [Set:ITB S:Env Coeff]

2-423-001 LLL:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-423-002 LLL:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-423-005 LLL:Non Image [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-423-011 LL:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-423-012 LL:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

251
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-423-015 LL:Non Image [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-423-021 ML:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-423-022 ML:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-423-025 ML:Non Image [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-423-031 MM:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-423-032 MM:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-423-035 MM:Non Image [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-423-041 MH:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 90 / 1%]

2-423-042 MH:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 90 / 1%]

2-423-045 MH:Non Image [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-423-051 HH:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 90 / 1%]

2-423-052 HH:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 90 / 1%]

2-423-055 HH:Non Image [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2431 [Set:ITB K:R Coeff]

2-431-001 R-2 [50 to 250 / 170 / 1%]

2-431-002 R-1 [50 to 250 / 152 / 1%]

2-431-003 R0 [50 to 250 / 136 / 1%]

2-431-004 R+1 [50 to 250 / 124 / 1%]

2-431-005 R+2 [50 to 250 / 116 / 1%]

2-431-006 R+3 [50 to 250 / 106 / 1%]

2432 [Set:ITB Col:R Coeff]

2-432-001 R-2 [50 to 250 / 170 / 1%]

2-432-002 R-1 [50 to 250 / 152 / 1%]

2-432-003 R0 [50 to 250 / 136 / 1%]

2-432-004 R+1 [50 to 250 / 124 / 1%]

252
 Group 2000

2-432-005 R+2 [50 to 250 / 116 / 1%]

2-432-006 R+3 [50 to 250 / 106 / 1%]

2433 [Set:ITB S:R Coeff]

2-433-001 R-2 [50 to 250 / 170 / 1%]

2-433-002 R-1 [50 to 250 / 152 / 1%]

2-433-003 R0 [50 to 250 / 136 / 1%]

2-433-004 R+1 [50 to 250 / 124 / 1%]

2-433-005 R+2 [50 to 250 / 116 / 1%]

2-433-006 R+3 [50 to 250 / 106 / 1%]

2441 [ITB K:Age Coeff]

2-441-001 Age Division1:LLL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-441-002 Age Division2:LLL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-441-003 Age Division3:LLL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-441-011 Age Division1:LL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-441-012 Age Division2:LL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-441-013 Age Division3:LL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-441-021 Age Division1:ML [10 to 200 / 95 / 1%]

2-441-022 Age Division2:ML [10 to 200 / 90 / 1%]

2-441-023 Age Division3:ML [10 to 200 / 85 / 1%]

2-441-031 Age Division1:MM [10 to 200 / 95 / 1%]

2-441-032 Age Division2:MM [10 to 200 / 90 / 1%]

2-441-033 Age Division3:MM [10 to 200 / 85 / 1%]

2-441-041 Age Division1:MH [10 to 200 / 93 / 1%]

2-441-042 Age Division2:MH [10 to 200 / 85 / 1%]

2-441-043 Age Division3:MH [10 to 200 / 78 / 1%]

253
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-441-051 Age Division1:HH [10 to 200 / 90 / 1%]

2-441-052 Age Division2:HH [10 to 200 / 80 / 1%]

2-441-053 Age Division3:HH [10 to 200 / 70 / 1%]

2442 [ITB C:Age Coeff]

2-442-001 Age Division1:LLL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-442-002 Age Division2:LLL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-442-003 Age Division3:LLL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-442-011 Age Division1:LL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-442-012 Age Division2:LL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-442-013 Age Division3:LL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-442-021 Age Division1:ML [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-442-022 Age Division2:ML [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-442-023 Age Division3:ML [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-442-031 Age Division1:MM [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-442-032 Age Division2:MM [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-442-033 Age Division3:MM [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-442-041 Age Division1:MH [10 to 200 / 98 / 1%]

2-442-042 Age Division2:MH [10 to 200 / 95 / 1%]

2-442-043 Age Division3:MH [10 to 200 / 93 / 1%]

2-442-051 Age Division1:HH [10 to 200 / 95 / 1%]

2-442-052 Age Division2:HH [10 to 200 / 90 / 1%]

2-442-053 Age Division3:HH [10 to 200 / 85 / 1%]

2443 [ITB M:Age Coeff]

2-443-001 Age Division1:LLL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-443-002 Age Division2:LLL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

254
 Group 2000

2-443-003 Age Division3:LLL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-443-011 Age Division1:LL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-443-012 Age Division2:LL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-443-013 Age Division3:LL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-443-021 Age Division1:ML [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-443-022 Age Division2:ML [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-443-023 Age Division3:ML [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-443-031 Age Division1:MM [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-443-032 Age Division2:MM [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-443-033 Age Division3:MM [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-443-041 Age Division1:MH [10 to 200 / 98 / 1%]

2-443-042 Age Division2:MH [10 to 200 / 95 / 1%]

2-443-043 Age Division3:MH [10 to 200 / 93 / 1%]

2-443-051 Age Division1:HH [10 to 200 / 95 / 1%]

2-443-052 Age Division2:HH [10 to 200 / 90 / 1%]

2-443-053 Age Division3:HH [10 to 200 / 86 / 1%]

2444 [ITB Y:Age Coeff]

2-444-001 Age Division1:LLL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-444-002 Age Division2:LLL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-444-003 Age Division3:LLL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-444-011 Age Division1:LL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-444-012 Age Division2:LL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-444-013 Age Division3:LL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-444-021 Age Division1:ML [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-444-022 Age Division2:ML [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

255
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-444-023 Age Division3:ML [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-444-031 Age Division1:MM [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-444-032 Age Division2:MM [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-444-033 Age Division3:MM [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-444-041 Age Division1:MH [10 to 200 / 98 / 1%]

2-444-042 Age Division2:MH [10 to 200 / 96 / 1%]

2-444-043 Age Division3:MH [10 to 200 / 93 / 1%]

2-444-051 Age Division1:HH [10 to 200 / 96 / 1%]

2-444-052 Age Division2:HH [10 to 200 / 91 / 1%]

2-444-053 Age Division3:HH [10 to 200 / 87 / 1%]

2445 [ITB S:Age Coeff]

2-445-001 Age Division1:LLL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-445-002 Age Division2:LLL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-445-003 Age Division3:LLL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-445-011 Age Division1:LL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-445-012 Age Division2:LL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-445-013 Age Division3:LL [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-445-021 Age Division1:ML [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-445-022 Age Division2:ML [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-445-023 Age Division3:ML [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-445-031 Age Division1:MM [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-445-032 Age Division2:MM [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-445-033 Age Division3:MM [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-445-041 Age Division1:MH [10 to 200 / 98 / 1%]

2-445-042 Age Division2:MH [10 to 200 / 96 / 1%]

256
 Group 2000

2-445-043 Age Division3:MH [10 to 200 / 93 / 1%]

2-445-051 Age Division1:HH [10 to 200 / 96 / 1%]

2-445-052 Age Division2:HH [10 to 200 / 91 / 1%]

2-445-053 Age Division3:HH [10 to 200 / 87 / 1%]

2-445-0

2450 [Set:ITB:Non Image]

2-450-001 Standard [0 to 160 / 5 / 1 uA]

2451 [Set:ITB K:Standard]

2-451-001 FC [0 to 160 / 39 / 1 uA]

2-451-002 BW [0 to 160 / 40 / 1 uA]

2461 [Set:ITB C:Standard]

2-461-001 FC [0 to 160 / 40 / 1 uA]

2471 [Set:ITB M:Standard]

2-471-001 FC [0 to 160 / 42 / 1 uA]

2481 [Set:ITB Y:Standard]

2-481-001 FC [0 to 160 / 45 / 1 uA]

2491 [Set:ITB S-1:Standard]

2-491-001 FC [0 to 160 / 45 / 1 uA]

2-491-002 S [0 to 160 / 45 / 1 uA]

2501 [Set:SepDC:Eng Spd Coeff]

2-501-001 Std Spd [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-501-002 Mid Spd [10 to 200 / 85 / 0.1%]

257
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-501-003 Low Spd [10 to 200 / 42.5 / 0.1%]

2502 [Set:SepAC:Eng Spd Coeff]

2-502-001 Std Spd [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-502-002 Mid Spd [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-502-003 Low Spd [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2511 [Set:SepDC:Env Coeff]

2-511-001 LLL:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-002 LLL:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-003 LLL:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-004 LLL:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-005 LLL:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-006 LLL:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-011 LL:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-012 LL:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-013 LL:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-014 LL:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-015 LL:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-016 LL:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-021 ML:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-022 ML:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-023 ML:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-024 ML:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-025 ML:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-026 ML:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-031 MM:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

258
 Group 2000

2-511-032 MM:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-033 MM:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-034 MM:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-035 MM:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-036 MM:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-041 MH:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-042 MH:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-043 MH:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-044 MH:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-045 MH:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-046 MH:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-051 HH:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-052 HH:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-053 HH:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-054 HH:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-055 HH:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-511-056 HH:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2512 [Set:SepAC:Env Coeff]

2-512-001 LLL:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-002 LLL:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-003 LLL:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-004 LLL:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-005 LLL:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-006 LLL:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-011 LL:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

259
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-512-012 LL:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-013 LL:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-014 LL:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-015 LL:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-016 LL:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-021 ML:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-022 ML:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-023 ML:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-024 ML:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-025 ML:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-026 ML:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-031 MM:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-032 MM:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-033 MM:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-034 MM:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-035 MM:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-036 MM:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-041 MH:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-042 MH:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-043 MH:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-044 MH:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-045 MH:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-046 MH:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-051 HH:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-052 HH:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-053 HH:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

260
 Group 2000

2-512-054 HH:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-055 HH:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-512-056 HH:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2521 [Set:Sep:L Edge Length]

2-521-001 Side1 [-10 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-521-002 Side2 [-10 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2522 [Set:Sep:T Edge Length]

2-522-001 Side1 [-10 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm]

2-522-002 Side2 [-10 to 30 / 0 / 1 mm]

2531 [SepDC:Side1]

2-531-001 to
Plain: Weight 1 to 8 [0 to 10 / 1 / 0.1 uA]
008

2-531-012 to
Glossy: Weight 2 to 8 [0 to 10 / 1 / 0.1 uA]
018

2-531-022 to
Matte: Weight 2 to 8 [0 to 10 / 1 / 0.1 uA]
028

2-531-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [0 to 10 / 1 / 0.1 uA]

2-531-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [0 to 10 / 1 / 0.1 uA]

2-531-075 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7 [0 to 10 / 1 / 0.1 uA]
077

2-531-081 Magnet [0 to 10 / 1 / 0.1 uA]

2532 [SepDC:Side2]

261
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-532-001 Plain:Weight 1

2-532-002 Plain:Weight 2

2-532-003 Plain:Weight 3

2-532-004 Plain:Weight 4
[0.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1uA]
2-532-005 Plain:Weight 5

2-532-006 Plain:Weight 6

2-532-007 Plain:Weight 7

2-532-008 Plain:Weight 8

2-532-012 Glossy:Weight 2

2-532-013 Glossy:Weight 3

2-532-014 Glossy:Weight 4

2-532-015 Glossy:Weight 5 [0.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1uA]

2-532-016 Glossy:Weight 6

2-532-017 Glossy:Weight 7

2-532-018 Glossy:Weight 8

2-532-022 Matte:Weight 2

2-532-023 Matte:Weight 3

2-532-024 Matte:Weight 4

2-532-025 Matte:Weight 5 [0.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1uA]

2-532-026 Matte:Weight 6

2-532-027 Matte:Weight 7

2-532-028 Matte:Weight 8

262
 Group 2000

2-532-055 Transpar:Weight 5

2-532-061 Transluc:Weight 1

2-532-075 Envelope:Weight 5
[0.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1uA]
2-532-076 Envelope:Weight 6

2-532-077 Envelope:Weight 7

2-532-081 Magnet

2533 [Set:SepDC:Standard]

2-533-001 Non Image [0 to 10 / 1 / 0.1 uA]

2541 [SepAC:Side1]

2-541-001 Plain: Weight 1 [0 to 12 / 11 / 0.1 kV]

2-541-002 to
Plain: Weight 2 to 3 [0 to 12 / 10.4 / 0.1 kV]
003

2-541-004 to
Plain: Weight 4 to 8 [0 to 12 / 9 / 0.1 kV]
008

2-541-012 to
Glossy: Weight 2 to 3 [0 to 12 / 11 / 0.1 kV]
013

2-541-014 to
Glossy: Weight 4 to 8 [0 to 12 / 9 / 0.1 kV]
018

2-541-022 to
Matte: Weight 2 to 3 [0 to 12 / 11 / 0.1 kV]
023

2-541-024 to
Matte: Weight 4 to 8 [0 to 12 / 9 / 0.1 kV]
028

2-541-031 to
Texture:Weight 1 to 8 [0 to 12 / 0 / 0.1 kV]
038

2-541-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [0 to 12 / 9 / 0.1 kV]

2-541-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [0 to 12 / 11 / 0.1 kV]

2-541-075 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7 [0 to 12 / 9 / 0.1 kV]
077

263
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-541-081 Magnet [0 to 12 / 9 / 0.1 kV]

2542 [SepAC:Side2]

2-542-001 Plain: Weight 1 [0 to 12 / 11 / 0.1 kV]

2-542-002 to
Plain: Weight 2 to 3 [0 to 12 / 10.4 / 0.1 kV]
003

2-542-004 to
Plain: Weight 4 to 8 [0 to 12 / 9 / 0.1 kV]
008

2-542-012 to
Glossy: Weight 2 to 3 [0 to 12 / 11 / 0.1 kV]
013

2-542-014 to
Glossy: Weight 4 to 8 [0 to 12 / 9 / 0.1 kV]
018

2-542-022 to
Matte: Weight 2 to 3 [0 to 12 / 11 / 0.1 kV]
023

2-542-024 to
Matte: Weight 4 to 8 [0 to 12 / 9 / 0.1 kV]
028

2-542-031 to
Texture:Weight 1 to 8 [0 to 12 / 0 / 0.1 kV]
038

2-542-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [0 to 12 / 9 / 0.1 kV]

2-542-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [0 to 12 / 11 / 0.1 kV]

2-542-075 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7 [0 to 12 / 9 / 0.1 kV]
077

2-542-081 Magnet [0 to 12 / 9 / 0.1 kV]

2543 [Set:SepAC:Standard]

2-543-001 Non Image [0 to 12 / 8.4 / 0.1 kV]

2551 [SepDC:L Edge:Coeff]

2-551-001 Plain: Weight 1 [50 to 200 / 105 / 1%]

2-551-002 to
Plain: Weight 2 to 8 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]
008

264
 Group 2000

2-551-012 to
Glossy: Weight 2 to 3 [50 to 200 / 105 / 1%]
013

2-551-014 to
Glossy: Weight 4 to 8 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]
018

2-551-022 to
Matte: Weight 2 to 3 [50 to 200 / 105 / 1%]
023

2-551-024 to
Matte: Weight 4 to 8 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]
028

2-551-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-551-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-551-075 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]
077

2-551-081 Magnet [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2552 [SepDC:T Edge:Coeff]

2-552-001 to
Plain: Weight 1 to 8 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]
008

2-552-012 to
Glossy: Weight 2 to 8 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]
018

2-552-022 to
Matte: Weight 2 to 8 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]
028

2-552-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-552-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-552-075 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]
077

2-552-081 Magnet [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2561 [SepAC:L Edge:Coeff]

2-561-001 to
Plain: Weight 1 to 8 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]
008

265
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-561-012 to
Glossy: Weight 2 to 8 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]
018

2-561-022 to
Matte: Weight 2 to 8 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]
028

2-561-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-561-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-561-075 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]
077

2-561-081 Magnet [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2562 [SepAC:T Edge:Coeff]

2-562-001 to
Plain: Weight 1 to 8 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]
008

2-562-002 to
Glossy: Weight 2 to 8 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]
018

2-562-002 to
Matte: Weight 2 to 8 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]
028

2-562-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-562-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-562-075 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7 [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]
077

2-562-081 Magnet [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2601 [Set:RTR:Eng Spd Coeff]

2-601-001 Std Spd [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-601-002 Mid Spd [10 to 200 / 85 / 0.1%]

2-601-003 Low Spd [10 to 200 / 42.5 / 0.1%]

2611 [Set:PTR:Env Coeff]

2-611-001 LLL:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 105 / 1%]

266
 Group 2000

2-611-002 LLL:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-611-003 LLL:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 105 / 1%]

2-611-004 LLL:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 92 / 1%]

2-611-005 LLL:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 105 / 1%]

2-611-006 LLL:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-611-007 LLL:Non Image [10 to 200 / 105 / 1%]

2-611-011 LL:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 105 / 1%]

2-611-012 LL:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-611-013 LL:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 105 / 1%]

2-611-014 LL:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 95 / 1%]

2-611-015 LL:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 105 / 1%]

2-611-016 LL:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-611-017 LL:Non Image [10 to 200 / 105 / 1%]

2-611-021 ML:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-611-022 ML:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 105 / 1%]

2-611-023 ML:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-611-024 ML:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-611-025 ML:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-611-026 ML:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 105 / 1%]

2-611-027 ML:Non Image [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-611-031 MM:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-611-032 MM:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 105 / 1%]

2-611-033 MM:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-611-034 MM:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 105 / 1%]

2-611-035 MM:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-611-036 MM:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 105 / 1%]

267
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-611-037 MM:Non Image [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-611-041 MH:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 90 / 1%]

2-611-042 MH:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 95 / 1%]

2-611-043 MH:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 90 / 1%]

2-611-044 MH:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 95 / 1%]

2-611-045 MH:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 90 / 1%]

2-611-046 MH:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 95 / 1%]

2-611-047 MH:Non Image [10 to 200 / 90 / 1%]

2-611-051 HH:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 85 / 1%]

2-611-052 HH:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 90 / 1%]

2-611-053 HH:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 85 / 1%]

2-611-054 HH:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 90 / 1%]

2-611-055 HH:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 85 / 1%]

2-611-056 HH:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 90 / 1%]

2-611-057 HH:Non Image [10 to 200 / 85 / 1%]

2621 [Set:PTR:R Coeff]

2-621-001 R-2 [50 to 300 / 225 / 1 ]

2-621-002 R-1 [50 to 300 / 185 / 1 ]

2-621-003 R0 [50 to 300 / 160 / 1 ]

2-621-004 R+1 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1 ]

2-621-005 R+2 [50 to 300 / 125 / 1 ]

2-621-006 R+3 [50 to 300 / 115 / 1 ]

2631 [Paper Size:Coeff]

2-631-001 Weight 1:Side1 [50 to 600 / 105 / 1 ]

2-631-002 Weight 2:Side1 [50 to 600 / 110 / 1 ]

268
 Group 2000

2-631-003 Weight 3:Side1 [50 to 600 / 120 / 1 ]

2-631-004 Weight 4:Side1 [50 to 600 / 135 / 1 ]

2-631-005 Weight 5:Side1 [50 to 600 / 155 / 1 ]

2-631-006 Weight 6:Side1 [50 to 600 / 190 / 1 ]

2-631-007 Weight 7:Side1 [50 to 600 / 240 / 1 ]

2-631-008 Weight 8:Side1 [50 to 600 / 240 / 1 ]

2-631-011 Weight 1:Side2 [50 to 600 / 110 / 1 ]

2-631-012 Weight 2:Side2 [50 to 600 / 120 / 1 ]

2-631-013 Weight 3:Side2 [50 to 600 / 135 / 1 ]

2-631-014 Weight 4:Side2 [50 to 600 / 155 / 1 ]

2-631-015 Weight 5:Side2 [50 to 600 / 190 / 1 ]

2-631-016 Weight 6:Side2 [50 to 600 / 240 / 1 ]

2-631-017 Weight 7:Side2 [50 to 600 / 290 / 1 ]

2-631-018 Weight 8:Side2 [50 to 600 / 290 / 1 ]

2640 [Set:PTR:Standard]

2-640-001 Non Image [0 to 1 / 0.83 / 0.01 kV]

2641 [PTR Bias:BW]

2-641-001 to
Plain:Weight 1:Side1 to Weight 8:Side1 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]
008

2-641-012 to
Glossy:Weight 2:Side1 to Weight 8:Side1 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]
018

2-641-022 to
Matte:Weight 2:Side1 to Weight 8:Side1 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]
028

2-641-031 to
Texture:Weight 1:Side1 to Weight 8:Side1 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]
038

2-641-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side1 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

269
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-641-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side1 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-641-075 to Envelope: Weight 5:Side1 to Weight

[-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]
077 7:Side1

2-641-081 Magnet:Side1 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2642 [PTR Bias:BW]

2-642-001 to
Plain:Weight 1:Side2 to Weight 8:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]
008

2-642-012 to
Glossy:Weight 2:Side2 to Weight 8:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]
018

2-642-022 to
Matte:Weight 2:Side2 to Weight 8:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]
028

2-642-031 to
Texture:Weight 1:Side2 to Weight 8:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]
038

2-642-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-642-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-642-075 to Envelope: Weight 5:Side2 to Weight

[-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]
077 7:Side2

2-642-081 Magnet:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2643 [L Edge Coeff:BW]

2-643-001 to
Plain:Weight 1 to 8 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]
008

2-643-012 to
Glossy:Weight 2 to 8 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]
018

2-643-022 to
Matte:Weight 2 to 8 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]
028

2-643-031 to
Texture:Weight 1 to 8 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]
038

2-643-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-643-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

270
 Group 2000

2-643-075 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]
077

2-643-081 Magnet [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2644 [L Edge Length:BW]

2-644-001 to
Plain:Weight 1 to 8 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]
008

2-644-012 to
Glossy:Weight 2 to 8 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]
018

2-644-022 to
Matte:Weight 2 to 8 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]
028

2-644-031 to
Texture:Weight 1 to 8 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]
038

2-644-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-644-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-644-075 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]
077

2-644-081 Magnet [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2645 [T Edge Coeff:BW]

2-645-001 to
Plain:Weight 1 to 8 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]
008

2-645-012 to
Glossy:Weight 2 to 8 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]
018

2-645-022 to
Matte:Weight 2 to 8 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]
028

2-645-031 to
Texture:Weight 1 to 8 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]
038

2-645-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-645-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

271
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-645-075 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]
077

2-645-081 Magnet [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2646 [T Edge Length:BW]

2-646-001 to
Plain:Weight 1 to 8 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]
008

2-646-012 to
Glossy:Weight 2 to 8 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]
018

2-646-022 to
Matte:Weight 2 to 8 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]
028

2-646-031 to
Texture:Weight 1 to 8 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]
038

2-646-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-646-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-646-075 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]
077

2-646-081 Magnet [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2651 [PTR Bias:FC]

2-651-001 to Plain:Weight 1:Side1 to Weight

[-400 to 0 / -82 / 1 uA]
006 6:Side1

2-651-007 to Plain:Weight 7:Side1 to Weight

[-400 to 0 / -77 / 1 uA]
008 8:Side1

2-651-012 to Glossy:Weight 2:Side1 to Weight

[-400 to 0 / -82 / 1 uA]
016 6:Side1

2-651-017 to Glossy:Weight 7:Side1 to Weight

[-400 to 0 / -77 / 1 uA]
018 8:Side1

2-651-022 to Matte:Weight 2:Side1 to Weight

[-400 to 0 / -82 / 1 uA]
026 6:Side1

272
 Group 2000

2-651-027 to Matte:Weight 7:Side1 to Weight

[-400 to 0 / -77 / 1 uA]
028 8:Side1

2-651-031 to Texture:Weight 1:Side1 to Weight

[-400 to 0 / -82 / 1 uA]
036 6:Side1

2-651-037 to Texture:Weight 7:Side1 to Weight

[-400 to 0 / -77 / 1 uA]
038 8:Side1

2-651-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side1 [-400 to 0 / -82 / 1 uA]

2-651-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side1 [-400 to 0 / -82 / 1 uA]

2-651-075 Envelope: Weight 5:Side1 [-400 to 0 / -82 / 1 uA]

2-651-076 Envelope: Weight 6:Side1 [-400 to 0 / -82 / 1 uA]

2-651-077 Envelope: Weight 7:Side1 [-400 to 0 / -77 / 1 uA]

2-651-081 Magnet:Side1 [-400 to 0 / -82 / 1 uA]

2652 [PTR Bias:FC]

2-652-001 to Plain:Weight 1:Side2 to Weight

[-400 to 0 / -82 / 1 uA]
006 6:Side2

2-652-007 to Plain:Weight 7:Side2 to Weight

[-400 to 0 / -77 / 1 uA]
008 8:Side2

2-652-012 to Glossy:Weight 2:Side2 to Weight

[-400 to 0 / -82 / 1 uA]
016 6:Side2

2-652-017 to Glossy:Weight 7:Side2 to Weight

[-400 to 0 / -77 / 1 uA]
018 8:Side2

2-652-022 to Matte:Weight 2:Side2 to Weight

[-400 to 0 / -82 / 1 uA]
026 6:Side2

2-652-027 to Matte:Weight 7:Side2 to Weight

[-400 to 0 / -77 / 1 uA]
028 8:Side2

2-652-031 to Texture:Weight 1:Side2 to Weight

[-400 to 0 / -82 / 1 uA]
036 6:Side1

2-652-037 to Texture:Weight 7:Side1 to Weight

[-400 to 0 / -77 / 1 uA]
038 8:Side2

273
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-652-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -82 / 1 uA]

2-652-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -82 / 1 uA]

2-652-075 Envelope: Weight 5:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -82 / 1 uA]

2-652-076 Envelope: Weight 6:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -82 / 1 uA]

2-652-077 Envelope: Weight 7:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -77 / 1 uA]

2-652-081 Magnet:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -82 / 1 uA]

2653 [L Edge Coeff:FC]

2-653-001 to
Plain:Weight 1 to 8 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]
008

2-653-012 to
Glossy:Weight 2 to 8 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]
018

2-653-022 to
Matte:Weight 2 to 8 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]
028

2-653-031 to
Texture:Weight 1 to 8 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]
038

2-653-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-653-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-653-075 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]
077

2-653-081 Magnet [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2654 [L Edge Length:FC]

2-654-001 to
Plain:Weight 1 to 8 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]
008

2-654-012 to
Glossy:Weight 2 to 8 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]
018

2-654-022 to
Matte:Weight 2 to 8 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]
028

274
 Group 2000

2-654-031 to
Texture:Weight 1 to 8 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]
038

2-654-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-654-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-654-075 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]
077

2-654-081 Magnet [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2655 [T Edge Coeff:FC]

2-655-001 to
Plain:Weight 1 to 8 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]
008

2-655-012 to
Glossy:Weight 2 to 8 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]
018

2-655-022 to
Matte:Weight 2 to 8 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]
028

2-655-031 to
Texture:Weight 1 to 8 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]
038

2-655-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-655-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-655-075 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]
077

2-655-081 Magnet [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2656 [T Edge Length:FC]

2-656-001 to
Plain:Weight 1 to 8 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]
008

2-656-012 to
Glossy:Weight 2 to 8 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]
018

2-656-022 to
Matte:Weight 2 to 8 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]
028

275
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-656-031 to
Texture:Weight 1 to 8 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]
038

2-656-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-656-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-656-075 to
Envelope: Weight 5 to 7 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]
077

2-656-081 Magnet [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2661 [PTR Speed Control:Std Spd]

2-661-001 Plain:Weight 1 [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1%]

2-661-002 Plain:Weight 2 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.1 / 0.1%]

2-661-003 Plain:Weight 3 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.2 / 0.1%]

2-661-004 Plain:Weight 4 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.3 / 0.1%]

2-661-005 Plain:Weight 5 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.4 / 0.1%]

2-661-006 Plain:Weight 6 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1%]

2-661-007 Plain:Weight 7 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1%]

2-661-008 Plain:Weight 8 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1%]

2-661-012 Glossy:Weight 2 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.3 / 0.1%]

2-661-013 Glossy:Weight 3 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.3 / 0.1%]

2-661-014 Glossy:Weight 4 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.3 / 0.1%]

2-661-015 Glossy:Weight 5 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.4 / 0.1%]

2-661-016 Glossy:Weight 6 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1%]

2-661-017 Glossy:Weight 7 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1%]

2-661-018 Glossy:Weight 8 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1%]

2662 [PTR Speed Control:Mid Spd]

2-662-001 Plain:Weight 1 [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1%]

276
 Group 2000

2-662-002 Plain:Weight 2 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.1 / 0.1%]

2-662-003 Plain:Weight 3 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.2 / 0.1%]

2-662-004 Plain:Weight 4 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.3 / 0.1%]

2-662-005 Plain:Weight 5 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.4 / 0.1%]

2-662-006 Plain:Weight 6 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1%]

2-662-007 Plain:Weight 7 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1%]

2-662-008 Plain:Weight 8 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1%]

2-662-012 Glossy:Weight 2 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.3 / 0.1%]

2-662-013 Glossy:Weight 3 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.3 / 0.1%]

2-662-014 Glossy:Weight 4 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.3 / 0.1%]

2-662-015 Glossy:Weight 5 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.4 / 0.1%]

2-662-016 Glossy:Weight 6 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1%]

2-662-017 Glossy:Weight 7 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1%]

2-662-018 Glossy:Weight 8 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1%]

2663 [PTR Speed Control:Low Spd]

2-663-001 Plain:Weight 1 [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1%]

2-663-002 Plain:Weight 2 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.1 / 0.1%]

2-663-003 Plain:Weight 3 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.2 / 0.1%]

2-663-004 Plain:Weight 4 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.3 / 0.1%]

2-663-005 Plain:Weight 5 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.4 / 0.1%]

2-663-006 Plain:Weight 6 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1%]

2-663-007 Plain:Weight 7 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1%]

2-663-008 Plain:Weight 8 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1%]

2-663-012 Glossy:Weight 2 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.3 / 0.1%]

2-663-013 Glossy:Weight 3 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.3 / 0.1%]

277
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-663-014 Glossy:Weight 4 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.3 / 0.1%]

2-663-015 Glossy:Weight 5 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.4 / 0.1%]

2-663-016 Glossy:Weight 6 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1%]

2-663-017 Glossy:Weight 7 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1%]

2-663-018 Glossy:Weight 8 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1%]

2665 [PTR Speed Control]

2-665-001 Env Coeff:LLL [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0.2 / 0.1%]

2-665-002 Env Coeff:LL [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0.1 / 0.1%]

2-665-003 Env Coeff:ML [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1%]

2-665-004 Env Coeff:MM [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1%]

2-665-005 Env Coeff:MH [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.1 / 0.1%]

2-665-006 Env Coeff:HH [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.2 / 0.1%]

2671 [PTR CV:Env Coeff]

2-671-001 LLL:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-002 LLL:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-003 LLL:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-004 LLL:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-005 LLL:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-006 LLL:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-011 LL:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-012 LL:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-013 LL:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-014 LL:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-015 LL:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-016 LL:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

278
 Group 2000

2-671-021 ML:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-022 ML:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-023 ML:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-024 ML:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-025 ML:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-026 ML:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-031 MM:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-032 MM:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-033 MM:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-034 MM:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-035 MM:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-036 MM:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-041 MH:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-042 MH:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-043 MH:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-044 MH:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-045 MH:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-046 MH:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-051 HH:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-052 HH:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-053 HH:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-054 HH:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-055 HH:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-671-056 HH:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2672 [PTR CV:R Coeff]

279
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-672-001 R-1 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-002 R-2 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-003 R-3 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-004 R-4 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-005 R-5 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-006 R-6 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-007 R-7 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-008 R-8 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-009 R-9 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-010 R-10 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-011 R-11 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-012 R-12 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-013 R-13 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-014 R-14 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-015 R-15 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-016 R-16 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-017 R-17 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-018 R-18 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-019 R-19 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-020 R-20 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-021 R-21 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-022 R-22 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-023 R-23 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-024 R-24 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-672-025 R-25 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-672-026 R-26 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

280
 Group 2000

2-672-027 R-27 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-672-028 R-28 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2-672-029 R-29 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2-672-030 R-30 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2-672-031 R-31 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2-672-032 R-32 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2-672-033 R-33 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2-672-034 R-34 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2-672-035 R-35 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2673 [PTR CV timing:Env Coeff]

2-673-001 LLL:BW:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-002 LLL:BW:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-003 LLL:FC:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-004 LLL:FC:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-005 LLL:S:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-006 LLL:S:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-011 LL:BW:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-012 LL:BW:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-013 LL:FC:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-014 LL:FC:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-015 LL:S:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-016 LL:S:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-021 ML:BW:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-022 ML:BW:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-023 ML:FC:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

281
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-673-024 ML:FC:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-025 ML:S:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-026 ML:S:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-031 MM:BW:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-032 MM:BW:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-033 MM:FC:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-034 MM:FC:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-035 MM:S:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-036 MM:S:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-041 MH:BW:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-042 MH:BW:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-043 MH:FC:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-044 MH:FC:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-045 MH:S:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-046 MH:S:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-051 HH:BW:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-052 HH:BW:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-053 HH:FC:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-054 HH:FC:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-055 HH:S:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-673-056 HH:S:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2674 [PTR CV timing:R Coeff]

2-674-001 R-1 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-002 R-2 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-003 R-3 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

282
 Group 2000

2-674-004 R-4 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-005 R-5 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-006 R-6 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-007 R-7 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-008 R-8 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-009 R-9 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-010 R-10 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-011 R-11 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-012 R-12 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-013 R-13 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-014 R-14 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-015 R-15 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-016 R-16 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-017 R-17 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-018 R-18 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-019 R-19 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-020 R-20 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-021 R-21 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-022 R-22 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-023 R-23 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-024 R-24 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-674-025 R-25 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-674-026 R-26 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-674-027 R-27 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-674-028 R-28 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2-674-029 R-29 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

283
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-674-030 R-30 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2-674-031 R-31 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2-674-032 R-32 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2-674-033 R-33 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2-674-034 R-34 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2-674-035 R-35 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2681 [PTR CV timing:BW]

2-681-001 Plain:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-002 Plain:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-003 Plain:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-004 Plain:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-005 Plain:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-006 Plain:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-007 Plain:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-008 Plain:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-012 Glossy:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-013 Glossy:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-014 Glossy:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-015 Glossy:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-016 Glossy:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-017 Glossy:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-018 Glossy:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-022 Matte:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-023 Matte:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-024 Matte:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

284
 Group 2000

2-681-025 Matte:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-026 Matte:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-027 Matte:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-028 Matte:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-031 Texture:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-032 Texture:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-033 Texture:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-034 Texture:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-035 Texture:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-036 Texture:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-037 Texture:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-038 Texture:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-075 Envelope:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-076 Envelope:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-077 Envelope:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-681-081 Magnet:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2682 [PTR CV timing:BW]

2-682-001 Plain:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-002 Plain:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-003 Plain:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-004 Plain:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-005 Plain:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-006 Plain:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

285
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-682-007 Plain:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-008 Plain:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-012 Glossy:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-013 Glossy:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-014 Glossy:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-015 Glossy:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-016 Glossy:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-017 Glossy:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-018 Glossy:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-022 Matte:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-023 Matte:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-024 Matte:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-025 Matte:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-026 Matte:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-027 Matte:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-028 Matte:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-031 Texture:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-032 Texture:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-033 Texture:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-034 Texture:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-035 Texture:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-036 Texture:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-037 Texture:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-038 Texture:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

286
 Group 2000

2-682-075 Envelope:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-076 Envelope:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-077 Envelope:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-682-081 Magnet:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2683 [PTR CV ON time:BW]

2-683-001 Plain:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-002 Plain:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-003 Plain:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-004 Plain:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-005 Plain:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-006 Plain:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-007 Plain:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-008 Plain:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-012 Glossy:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-013 Glossy:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-014 Glossy:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-015 Glossy:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-016 Glossy:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-017 Glossy:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-018 Glossy:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-022 Matte:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-023 Matte:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-024 Matte:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-025 Matte:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-026 Matte:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

287
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-683-027 Matte:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-028 Matte:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-031 Texture:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-032 Texture:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-033 Texture:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-034 Texture:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-035 Texture:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-036 Texture:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-037 Texture:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-038 Texture:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-075 Envelope:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-076 Envelope:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-077 Envelope:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-683-081 Magnet:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2684 [PTR CV ON time:BW]

2-684-001 Plain:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-002 Plain:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-003 Plain:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-004 Plain:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-005 Plain:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-006 Plain:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-007 Plain:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-008 Plain:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

288
 Group 2000

2-684-012 Glossy:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-013 Glossy:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-014 Glossy:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-015 Glossy:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-016 Glossy:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-017 Glossy:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-018 Glossy:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-022 Matte:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-023 Matte:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-024 Matte:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-025 Matte:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-026 Matte:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-027 Matte:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-028 Matte:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-031 Texture:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-032 Texture:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-033 Texture:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-034 Texture:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-035 Texture:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-036 Texture:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-037 Texture:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-038 Texture:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-075 Envelope:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-076 Envelope:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

289
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-684-077 Envelope:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-684-081 Magnet:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2686 [PTR CV timing:FC]

2-686-001 Plain:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-002 Plain:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-003 Plain:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-004 Plain:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-005 Plain:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-006 Plain:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-007 Plain:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-008 Plain:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-012 Glossy:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-013 Glossy:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-014 Glossy:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-015 Glossy:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-016 Glossy:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-017 Glossy:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-018 Glossy:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-022 Matte:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-023 Matte:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-024 Matte:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-025 Matte:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-026 Matte:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-027 Matte:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-028 Matte:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

290
 Group 2000

2-686-031 Texture:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-032 Texture:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-033 Texture:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-034 Texture:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-035 Texture:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-036 Texture:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-037 Texture:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-038 Texture:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-075 Envelope:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-076 Envelope:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-077 Envelope:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-686-081 Magnet:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2687 [PTR CV timing:FC]

2-687-001 Plain:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-002 Plain:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-003 Plain:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-004 Plain:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-005 Plain:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-006 Plain:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-007 Plain:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-008 Plain:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-012 Glossy:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-013 Glossy:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

291
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-687-014 Glossy:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-015 Glossy:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-016 Glossy:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-017 Glossy:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-018 Glossy:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-022 Matte:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-023 Matte:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-024 Matte:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-025 Matte:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-026 Matte:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-027 Matte:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-028 Matte:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-031 Texture:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-032 Texture:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-033 Texture:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-034 Texture:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-035 Texture:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-036 Texture:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-037 Texture:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-038 Texture:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-075 Envelope:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-076 Envelope:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-077 Envelope:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-687-081 Magnet:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

292
 Group 2000

2688 [PTR CV ON time:FC]

2-688-001 Plain:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-002 Plain:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-003 Plain:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-004 Plain:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-005 Plain:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-006 Plain:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-007 Plain:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-008 Plain:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-012 Glossy:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-013 Glossy:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-014 Glossy:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-015 Glossy:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-016 Glossy:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-017 Glossy:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-018 Glossy:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-022 Matte:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-023 Matte:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-024 Matte:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-025 Matte:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-026 Matte:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-027 Matte:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-028 Matte:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-031 Texture:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-032 Texture:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-033 Texture:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

293
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-688-034 Texture:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-035 Texture:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-036 Texture:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-037 Texture:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-038 Texture:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-075 Envelope:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-076 Envelope:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-077 Envelope:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-688-081 Magnet:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2689 [PTR CV ON time:FC]

2-689-001 Plain:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-002 Plain:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-003 Plain:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-004 Plain:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-005 Plain:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-006 Plain:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-007 Plain:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-008 Plain:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-012 Glossy:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-013 Glossy:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-014 Glossy:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-015 Glossy:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-016 Glossy:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

294
 Group 2000

2-689-017 Glossy:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-018 Glossy:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-022 Matte:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-023 Matte:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-024 Matte:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-025 Matte:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-026 Matte:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-027 Matte:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-028 Matte:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-031 Texture:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-032 Texture:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-033 Texture:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-034 Texture:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-035 Texture:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-036 Texture:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-037 Texture:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-038 Texture:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-075 Envelope:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-076 Envelope:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-077 Envelope:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-689-081 Magnet:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2692 [Set:RTR:Eng Spd Coeff]

2-692-001 100% [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

295
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-692-002 70% [10 to 200 / 70 / 1%]

2-692-003 50% [10 to 200 / 50 / 1%]

2696 [Force Apply Lubricant]

2-696-001 Belt Cleaning [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

2-696-002 Operation Time Setting [0 to 600 / 300 / 10 sec]

2-696-003 Success App Date: History 1 [0 to 991231 / 0 / 1 ]

2-696-004 Success App Date: History 2 [0 to 991231 / 0 / 1 ]

2-696-005 Success App Date: History 3 [0 to 991231 / 0 / 1 ]

2-696-006 Success App Date: History 4 [0 to 991231 / 0 / 1 ]

2-696-007 Success App Date: History 5 [0 to 991231 / 0 / 1 ]

2701 [Set:RTR AC:Eng Spd Coeff]

2-701-001 Std Spd [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-701-002 Mid Spd [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-701-003 Low Spd [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2702 [Set:PTR AC:Env Coeff]

2-702-001 LLL:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 128 / 1%]

2-702-002 LLL:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 128 / 1%]

2-702-003 LLL:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 128 / 1%]

2-702-004 LLL:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 128 / 1%]

2-702-005 LLL:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 128 / 1%]

2-702-006 LLL:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 128 / 1%]

2-702-011 LL:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 117 / 1%]

2-702-012 LL:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 117 / 1%]

2-702-013 LL:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 117 / 1%]

296
 Group 2000

2-702-014 LL:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 117 / 1%]

2-702-015 LL:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 117 / 1%]

2-702-016 LL:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 117 / 1%]

2-702-021 ML:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 110 / 1%]

2-702-022 ML:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 110 / 1%]

2-702-023 ML:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 110 / 1%]

2-702-024 ML:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 110 / 1%]

2-702-025 ML:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 110 / 1%]

2-702-026 ML:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 110 / 1%]

2-702-031 MM:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-702-032 MM:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-702-033 MM:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-702-034 MM:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-702-035 MM:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-702-036 MM:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%]

2-702-041 MH:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 89 / 1%]

2-702-042 MH:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 89 / 1%]

2-702-043 MH:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 89 / 1%]

2-702-044 MH:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 89 / 1%]

2-702-045 MH:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 89 / 1%]

2-702-046 MH:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 89 / 1%]

2-702-051 HH:BW:Side1 [10 to 200 / 86 / 1%]

2-702-052 HH:BW:Side2 [10 to 200 / 86 / 1%]

2-702-053 HH:FC:Side1 [10 to 200 / 86 / 1%]

2-702-054 HH:FC:Side2 [10 to 200 / 86 / 1%]

2-702-055 HH:S:Side1 [10 to 200 / 86 / 1%]

297
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-702-056 HH:S:Side2 [10 to 200 / 86 / 1%]

2703 [AC:R Coeff:wt 1]

2-703-001 Side1:R-1 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-703-002 Side1:R-2 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-703-003 Side1:R-3 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-703-004 Side1:R-4 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-703-005 Side1:R-5 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-703-006 Side1:R-6 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-703-007 Side1:R-7 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-703-008 Side1:R-8 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-703-009 Side1:R-9 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-703-010 Side1:R-10 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-703-011 Side1:R-11 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-703-012 Side1:R-12 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1%]

2-703-013 Side1:R-13 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-703-014 Side1:R-14 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-703-015 Side1:R-15 [50 to 300 / 93 / 1%]

2-703-016 Side1:R-16 [50 to 300 / 94 / 1%]

2-703-017 Side1:R-17 [50 to 300 / 95 / 1%]

2-703-018 Side1:R-18 [50 to 300 / 96 / 1%]

2-703-019 Side1:R-19 [50 to 300 / 97 / 1%]

2-703-020 Side1:R-20 [50 to 300 / 99 / 1%]

2-703-021 Side1:R-21 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-703-022 Side1:R-22 [50 to 300 / 101 / 1%]

2-703-023 Side1:R-23 [50 to 300 / 103 / 1%]

298
 Group 2000

2-703-024 Side1:R-24 [50 to 300 / 105 / 1%]

2-703-025 Side1:R-25 [50 to 300 / 107 / 1%]

2-703-026 Side1:R-26 [50 to 300 / 109 / 1%]

2-703-027 Side1:R-27 [50 to 300 / 111 / 1%]

2-703-028 Side1:R-28 [50 to 300 / 114 / 1%]

2-703-029 Side1:R-29 [50 to 300 / 117 / 1%]

2-703-030 Side1:R-30 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-703-031 Side1:R-31 [50 to 300 / 123 / 1%]

2-703-032 Side1:R-32 [50 to 300 / 127 / 1%]

2-703-033 Side1:R-33 [50 to 300 / 131 / 1%]

2-703-034 Side1:R-34 [50 to 300 / 135 / 1%]

2-703-035 Side1:R-35 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2-703-101 Side2:R-1 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-703-102 Side2:R-2 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-703-103 Side2:R-3 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-703-104 Side2:R-4 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-703-105 Side2:R-5 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-703-106 Side2:R-6 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-703-107 Side2:R-7 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-703-108 Side2:R-8 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-703-109 Side2:R-9 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-703-110 Side2:R-10 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-703-111 Side2:R-11 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-703-112 Side2:R-12 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1%]

2-703-113 Side2:R-13 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-703-114 Side2:R-14 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

299
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-703-115 Side2:R-15 [50 to 300 / 93 / 1%]

2-703-116 Side2:R-16 [50 to 300 / 94 / 1%]

2-703-117 Side2:R-17 [50 to 300 / 95 / 1%]

2-703-118 Side2:R-18 [50 to 300 / 96 / 1%]

2-703-119 Side2:R-19 [50 to 300 / 97 / 1%]

2-703-120 Side2:R-20 [50 to 300 / 99 / 1%]

2-703-121 Side2:R-21 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-703-122 Side2:R-22 [50 to 300 / 101 / 1%]

2-703-123 Side2:R-23 [50 to 300 / 103 / 1%]

2-703-124 Side2:R-24 [50 to 300 / 105 / 1%]

2-703-125 Side2:R-25 [50 to 300 / 107 / 1%]

2-703-126 Side2:R-26 [50 to 300 / 109 / 1%]

2-703-127 Side2:R-27 [50 to 300 / 111 / 1%]

2-703-128 Side2:R-28 [50 to 300 / 114 / 1%]

2-703-129 Side2:R-29 [50 to 300 / 117 / 1%]

2-703-130 Side2:R-30 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-703-131 Side2:R-31 [50 to 300 / 123 / 1%]

2-703-132 Side2:R-32 [50 to 300 / 127 / 1%]

2-703-133 Side2:R-33 [50 to 300 / 131 / 1%]

2-703-134 Side2:R-34 [50 to 300 / 135 / 1%]

2-703-135 Side2:R-35 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2704 [AC:R Coeff:wt 2]

2-704-001 Side1:R-1 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-704-002 Side1:R-2 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-704-003 Side1:R-3 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

300
 Group 2000

2-704-004 Side1:R-4 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-704-005 Side1:R-5 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-704-006 Side1:R-6 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-704-007 Side1:R-7 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-704-008 Side1:R-8 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-704-009 Side1:R-9 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-704-010 Side1:R-10 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-704-011 Side1:R-11 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-704-012 Side1:R-12 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1%]

2-704-013 Side1:R-13 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-704-014 Side1:R-14 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-704-015 Side1:R-15 [50 to 300 / 93 / 1%]

2-704-016 Side1:R-16 [50 to 300 / 94 / 1%]

2-704-017 Side1:R-17 [50 to 300 / 95 / 1%]

2-704-018 Side1:R-18 [50 to 300 / 96 / 1%]

2-704-019 Side1:R-19 [50 to 300 / 97 / 1%]

2-704-020 Side1:R-20 [50 to 300 / 99 / 1%]

2-704-021 Side1:R-21 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-704-022 Side1:R-22 [50 to 300 / 101 / 1%]

2-704-023 Side1:R-23 [50 to 300 / 103 / 1%]

2-704-024 Side1:R-24 [50 to 300 / 105 / 1%]

2-704-025 Side1:R-25 [50 to 300 / 107 / 1%]

2-704-026 Side1:R-26 [50 to 300 / 109 / 1%]

2-704-027 Side1:R-27 [50 to 300 / 111 / 1%]

2-704-028 Side1:R-28 [50 to 300 / 114 / 1%]

2-704-029 Side1:R-29 [50 to 300 / 117 / 1%]

301
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-704-030 Side1:R-30 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-704-031 Side1:R-31 [50 to 300 / 123 / 1%]

2-704-032 Side1:R-32 [50 to 300 / 127 / 1%]

2-704-033 Side1:R-33 [50 to 300 / 131 / 1%]

2-704-034 Side1:R-34 [50 to 300 / 135 / 1%]

2-704-035 Side1:R-35 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2-704-101 Side2:R-1 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-704-102 Side2:R-2 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-704-103 Side2:R-3 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-704-104 Side2:R-4 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-704-105 Side2:R-5 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-704-106 Side2:R-6 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-704-107 Side2:R-7 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-704-108 Side2:R-8 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-704-109 Side2:R-9 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-704-110 Side2:R-10 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-704-111 Side2:R-11 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-704-112 Side2:R-12 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1%]

2-704-113 Side2:R-13 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-704-114 Side2:R-14 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-704-115 Side2:R-15 [50 to 300 / 93 / 1%]

2-704-116 Side2:R-16 [50 to 300 / 94 / 1%]

2-704-117 Side2:R-17 [50 to 300 / 95 / 1%]

2-704-118 Side2:R-18 [50 to 300 / 96 / 1%]

2-704-119 Side2:R-19 [50 to 300 / 97 / 1%]

2-704-120 Side2:R-20 [50 to 300 / 99 / 1%]

302
 Group 2000

2-704-121 Side2:R-21 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-704-122 Side2:R-22 [50 to 300 / 101 / 1%]

2-704-123 Side2:R-23 [50 to 300 / 103 / 1%]

2-704-124 Side2:R-24 [50 to 300 / 105 / 1%]

2-704-125 Side2:R-25 [50 to 300 / 107 / 1%]

2-704-126 Side2:R-26 [50 to 300 / 109 / 1%]

2-704-127 Side2:R-27 [50 to 300 / 111 / 1%]

2-704-128 Side2:R-28 [50 to 300 / 114 / 1%]

2-704-129 Side2:R-29 [50 to 300 / 117 / 1%]

2-704-130 Side2:R-30 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-704-131 Side2:R-31 [50 to 300 / 123 / 1%]

2-704-132 Side2:R-32 [50 to 300 / 127 / 1%]

2-704-133 Side2:R-33 [50 to 300 / 131 / 1%]

2-704-134 Side2:R-34 [50 to 300 / 135 / 1%]

2-704-135 Side2:R-35 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2705 [AC:R Coeff:wt 3]

2-705-001 Side1:R-1 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-705-002 Side1:R-2 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-705-003 Side1:R-3 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-705-004 Side1:R-4 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-705-005 Side1:R-5 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-705-006 Side1:R-6 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-705-007 Side1:R-7 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-705-008 Side1:R-8 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-705-009 Side1:R-9 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

303
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-705-010 Side1:R-10 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-705-011 Side1:R-11 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-705-012 Side1:R-12 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1%]

2-705-013 Side1:R-13 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-705-014 Side1:R-14 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-705-015 Side1:R-15 [50 to 300 / 93 / 1%]

2-705-016 Side1:R-16 [50 to 300 / 94 / 1%]

2-705-017 Side1:R-17 [50 to 300 / 95 / 1%]

2-705-018 Side1:R-18 [50 to 300 / 96 / 1%]

2-705-019 Side1:R-19 [50 to 300 / 97 / 1%]

2-705-020 Side1:R-20 [50 to 300 / 99 / 1%]

2-705-021 Side1:R-21 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-705-022 Side1:R-22 [50 to 300 / 101 / 1%]

2-705-023 Side1:R-23 [50 to 300 / 103 / 1%]

2-705-024 Side1:R-24 [50 to 300 / 105 / 1%]

2-705-025 Side1:R-25 [50 to 300 / 107 / 1%]

2-705-026 Side1:R-26 [50 to 300 / 109 / 1%]

2-705-027 Side1:R-27 [50 to 300 / 111 / 1%]

2-705-028 Side1:R-28 [50 to 300 / 114 / 1%]

2-705-029 Side1:R-29 [50 to 300 / 117 / 1%]

2-705-030 Side1:R-30 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-705-031 Side1:R-31 [50 to 300 / 123 / 1%]

2-705-032 Side1:R-32 [50 to 300 / 127 / 1%]

2-705-033 Side1:R-33 [50 to 300 / 131 / 1%]

2-705-034 Side1:R-34 [50 to 300 / 135 / 1%]

2-705-035 Side1:R-35 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

304
 Group 2000

2-705-101 Side2:R-1 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-705-102 Side2:R-2 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-705-103 Side2:R-3 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-705-104 Side2:R-4 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-705-105 Side2:R-5 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-705-106 Side2:R-6 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-705-107 Side2:R-7 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-705-108 Side2:R-8 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-705-109 Side2:R-9 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-705-110 Side2:R-10 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-705-111 Side2:R-11 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-705-112 Side2:R-12 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1%]

2-705-113 Side2:R-13 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-705-114 Side2:R-14 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-705-115 Side2:R-15 [50 to 300 / 93 / 1%]

2-705-116 Side2:R-16 [50 to 300 / 94 / 1%]

2-705-117 Side2:R-17 [50 to 300 / 95 / 1%]

2-705-118 Side2:R-18 [50 to 300 / 96 / 1%]

2-705-119 Side2:R-19 [50 to 300 / 97 / 1%]

2-705-120 Side2:R-20 [50 to 300 / 99 / 1%]

2-705-121 Side2:R-21 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-705-122 Side2:R-22 [50 to 300 / 101 / 1%]

2-705-123 Side2:R-23 [50 to 300 / 103 / 1%]

2-705-124 Side2:R-24 [50 to 300 / 105 / 1%]

2-705-125 Side2:R-25 [50 to 300 / 107 / 1%]

2-705-126 Side2:R-26 [50 to 300 / 109 / 1%]

305
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-705-127 Side2:R-27 [50 to 300 / 111 / 1%]

2-705-128 Side2:R-28 [50 to 300 / 114 / 1%]

2-705-129 Side2:R-29 [50 to 300 / 117 / 1%]

2-705-130 Side2:R-30 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-705-131 Side2:R-31 [50 to 300 / 123 / 1%]

2-705-132 Side2:R-32 [50 to 300 / 127 / 1%]

2-705-133 Side2:R-33 [50 to 300 / 131 / 1%]

2-705-134 Side2:R-34 [50 to 300 / 135 / 1%]

2-705-135 Side2:R-35 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2706 [AC:R Coeff:wt 4]

2-706-001 Side1:R-1 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-706-002 Side1:R-2 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-706-003 Side1:R-3 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-706-004 Side1:R-4 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-706-005 Side1:R-5 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-706-006 Side1:R-6 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-706-007 Side1:R-7 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-706-008 Side1:R-8 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-706-009 Side1:R-9 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-706-010 Side1:R-10 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-706-011 Side1:R-11 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-706-012 Side1:R-12 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1%]

2-706-013 Side1:R-13 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-706-014 Side1:R-14 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-706-015 Side1:R-15 [50 to 300 / 93 / 1%]

306
 Group 2000

2-706-016 Side1:R-16 [50 to 300 / 94 / 1%]

2-706-017 Side1:R-17 [50 to 300 / 95 / 1%]

2-706-018 Side1:R-18 [50 to 300 / 96 / 1%]

2-706-019 Side1:R-19 [50 to 300 / 97 / 1%]

2-706-020 Side1:R-20 [50 to 300 / 99 / 1%]

2-706-021 Side1:R-21 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-706-022 Side1:R-22 [50 to 300 / 101 / 1%]

2-706-023 Side1:R-23 [50 to 300 / 103 / 1%]

2-706-024 Side1:R-24 [50 to 300 / 105 / 1%]

2-706-025 Side1:R-25 [50 to 300 / 107 / 1%]

2-706-026 Side1:R-26 [50 to 300 / 109 / 1%]

2-706-027 Side1:R-27 [50 to 300 / 111 / 1%]

2-706-028 Side1:R-28 [50 to 300 / 114 / 1%]

2-706-029 Side1:R-29 [50 to 300 / 117 / 1%]

2-706-030 Side1:R-30 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-706-031 Side1:R-31 [50 to 300 / 123 / 1%]

2-706-032 Side1:R-32 [50 to 300 / 127 / 1%]

2-706-033 Side1:R-33 [50 to 300 / 131 / 1%]

2-706-034 Side1:R-34 [50 to 300 / 135 / 1%]

2-706-035 Side1:R-35 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2-706-101 Side2:R-1 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-706-102 Side2:R-2 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-706-103 Side2:R-3 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-706-104 Side2:R-4 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-706-105 Side2:R-5 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-706-106 Side2:R-6 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

307
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-706-107 Side2:R-7 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-706-108 Side2:R-8 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-706-109 Side2:R-9 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-706-110 Side2:R-10 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-706-111 Side2:R-11 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-706-112 Side2:R-12 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1%]

2-706-113 Side2:R-13 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-706-114 Side2:R-14 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-706-115 Side2:R-15 [50 to 300 / 93 / 1%]

2-706-116 Side2:R-16 [50 to 300 / 94 / 1%]

2-706-117 Side2:R-17 [50 to 300 / 95 / 1%]

2-706-118 Side2:R-18 [50 to 300 / 96 / 1%]

2-706-119 Side2:R-19 [50 to 300 / 97 / 1%]

2-706-120 Side2:R-20 [50 to 300 / 99 / 1%]

2-706-121 Side2:R-21 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-706-122 Side2:R-22 [50 to 300 / 101 / 1%]

2-706-123 Side2:R-23 [50 to 300 / 103 / 1%]

2-706-124 Side2:R-24 [50 to 300 / 105 / 1%]

2-706-125 Side2:R-25 [50 to 300 / 107 / 1%]

2-706-126 Side2:R-26 [50 to 300 / 109 / 1%]

2-706-127 Side2:R-27 [50 to 300 / 111 / 1%]

2-706-128 Side2:R-28 [50 to 300 / 114 / 1%]

2-706-129 Side2:R-29 [50 to 300 / 117 / 1%]

2-706-130 Side2:R-30 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-706-131 Side2:R-31 [50 to 300 / 123 / 1%]

2-706-132 Side2:R-32 [50 to 300 / 127 / 1%]

308
 Group 2000

2-706-133 Side2:R-33 [50 to 300 / 131 / 1%]

2-706-134 Side2:R-34 [50 to 300 / 135 / 1%]

2-706-135 Side2:R-35 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2707 [AC:R Coeff:wt 5]

2-707-001 Side1:R-1 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-707-002 Side1:R-2 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-707-003 Side1:R-3 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-707-004 Side1:R-4 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-707-005 Side1:R-5 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-707-006 Side1:R-6 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-707-007 Side1:R-7 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-707-008 Side1:R-8 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-707-009 Side1:R-9 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-707-010 Side1:R-10 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-707-011 Side1:R-11 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-707-012 Side1:R-12 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1%]

2-707-013 Side1:R-13 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-707-014 Side1:R-14 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-707-015 Side1:R-15 [50 to 300 / 93 / 1%]

2-707-016 Side1:R-16 [50 to 300 / 94 / 1%]

2-707-017 Side1:R-17 [50 to 300 / 95 / 1%]

2-707-018 Side1:R-18 [50 to 300 / 96 / 1%]

2-707-019 Side1:R-19 [50 to 300 / 97 / 1%]

2-707-020 Side1:R-20 [50 to 300 / 99 / 1%]

2-707-021 Side1:R-21 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

309
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-707-022 Side1:R-22 [50 to 300 / 101 / 1%]

2-707-023 Side1:R-23 [50 to 300 / 103 / 1%]

2-707-024 Side1:R-24 [50 to 300 / 105 / 1%]

2-707-025 Side1:R-25 [50 to 300 / 107 / 1%]

2-707-026 Side1:R-26 [50 to 300 / 109 / 1%]

2-707-027 Side1:R-27 [50 to 300 / 111 / 1%]

2-707-028 Side1:R-28 [50 to 300 / 114 / 1%]

2-707-029 Side1:R-29 [50 to 300 / 117 / 1%]

2-707-030 Side1:R-30 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-707-031 Side1:R-31 [50 to 300 / 123 / 1%]

2-707-032 Side1:R-32 [50 to 300 / 127 / 1%]

2-707-033 Side1:R-33 [50 to 300 / 131 / 1%]

2-707-034 Side1:R-34 [50 to 300 / 135 / 1%]

2-707-035 Side1:R-35 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2-707-101 Side2:R-1 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-707-102 Side2:R-2 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-707-103 Side2:R-3 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-707-104 Side2:R-4 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-707-105 Side2:R-5 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-707-106 Side2:R-6 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-707-107 Side2:R-7 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-707-108 Side2:R-8 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-707-109 Side2:R-9 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-707-110 Side2:R-10 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-707-111 Side2:R-11 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-707-112 Side2:R-12 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1%]

310
 Group 2000

2-707-113 Side2:R-13 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-707-114 Side2:R-14 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-707-115 Side2:R-15 [50 to 300 / 93 / 1%]

2-707-116 Side2:R-16 [50 to 300 / 94 / 1%]

2-707-117 Side2:R-17 [50 to 300 / 95 / 1%]

2-707-118 Side2:R-18 [50 to 300 / 96 / 1%]

2-707-119 Side2:R-19 [50 to 300 / 97 / 1%]

2-707-120 Side2:R-20 [50 to 300 / 99 / 1%]

2-707-121 Side2:R-21 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-707-122 Side2:R-22 [50 to 300 / 101 / 1%]

2-707-123 Side2:R-23 [50 to 300 / 103 / 1%]

2-707-124 Side2:R-24 [50 to 300 / 105 / 1%]

2-707-125 Side2:R-25 [50 to 300 / 107 / 1%]

2-707-126 Side2:R-26 [50 to 300 / 109 / 1%]

2-707-127 Side2:R-27 [50 to 300 / 111 / 1%]

2-707-128 Side2:R-28 [50 to 300 / 114 / 1%]

2-707-129 Side2:R-29 [50 to 300 / 117 / 1%]

2-707-130 Side2:R-30 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-707-131 Side2:R-31 [50 to 300 / 123 / 1%]

2-707-132 Side2:R-32 [50 to 300 / 127 / 1%]

2-707-133 Side2:R-33 [50 to 300 / 131 / 1%]

2-707-134 Side2:R-34 [50 to 300 / 135 / 1%]

2-707-135 Side2:R-35 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2708 [AC:R Coeff:wt 6]

2-708-001 Side1:R-1 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

311
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-708-002 Side1:R-2 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-708-003 Side1:R-3 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-708-004 Side1:R-4 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-708-005 Side1:R-5 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-708-006 Side1:R-6 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-708-007 Side1:R-7 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-708-008 Side1:R-8 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-708-009 Side1:R-9 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-708-010 Side1:R-10 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-708-011 Side1:R-11 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-708-012 Side1:R-12 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1%]

2-708-013 Side1:R-13 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-708-014 Side1:R-14 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-708-015 Side1:R-15 [50 to 300 / 93 / 1%]

2-708-016 Side1:R-16 [50 to 300 / 94 / 1%]

2-708-017 Side1:R-17 [50 to 300 / 95 / 1%]

2-708-018 Side1:R-18 [50 to 300 / 96 / 1%]

2-708-019 Side1:R-19 [50 to 300 / 97 / 1%]

2-708-020 Side1:R-20 [50 to 300 / 99 / 1%]

2-708-021 Side1:R-21 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-708-022 Side1:R-22 [50 to 300 / 101 / 1%]

2-708-023 Side1:R-23 [50 to 300 / 103 / 1%]

2-708-024 Side1:R-24 [50 to 300 / 105 / 1%]

2-708-025 Side1:R-25 [50 to 300 / 107 / 1%]

2-708-026 Side1:R-26 [50 to 300 / 109 / 1%]

2-708-027 Side1:R-27 [50 to 300 / 111 / 1%]

312
 Group 2000

2-708-028 Side1:R-28 [50 to 300 / 114 / 1%]

2-708-029 Side1:R-29 [50 to 300 / 117 / 1%]

2-708-030 Side1:R-30 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-708-031 Side1:R-31 [50 to 300 / 123 / 1%]

2-708-032 Side1:R-32 [50 to 300 / 127 / 1%]

2-708-033 Side1:R-33 [50 to 300 / 131 / 1%]

2-708-034 Side1:R-34 [50 to 300 / 135 / 1%]

2-708-035 Side1:R-35 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2-708-101 Side2:R-1 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-708-102 Side2:R-2 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-708-103 Side2:R-3 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-708-104 Side2:R-4 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-708-105 Side2:R-5 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-708-106 Side2:R-6 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-708-107 Side2:R-7 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-708-108 Side2:R-8 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-708-109 Side2:R-9 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-708-110 Side2:R-10 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-708-111 Side2:R-11 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-708-112 Side2:R-12 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1%]

2-708-113 Side2:R-13 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-708-114 Side2:R-14 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-708-115 Side2:R-15 [50 to 300 / 93 / 1%]

2-708-116 Side2:R-16 [50 to 300 / 94 / 1%]

2-708-117 Side2:R-17 [50 to 300 / 95 / 1%]

2-708-118 Side2:R-18 [50 to 300 / 96 / 1%]

313
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-708-119 Side2:R-19 [50 to 300 / 97 / 1%]

2-708-120 Side2:R-20 [50 to 300 / 99 / 1%]

2-708-121 Side2:R-21 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-708-122 Side2:R-22 [50 to 300 / 101 / 1%]

2-708-123 Side2:R-23 [50 to 300 / 103 / 1%]

2-708-124 Side2:R-24 [50 to 300 / 105 / 1%]

2-708-125 Side2:R-25 [50 to 300 / 107 / 1%]

2-708-126 Side2:R-26 [50 to 300 / 109 / 1%]

2-708-127 Side2:R-27 [50 to 300 / 111 / 1%]

2-708-128 Side2:R-28 [50 to 300 / 114 / 1%]

2-708-129 Side2:R-29 [50 to 300 / 117 / 1%]

2-708-130 Side2:R-30 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-708-131 Side2:R-31 [50 to 300 / 123 / 1%]

2-708-132 Side2:R-32 [50 to 300 / 127 / 1%]

2-708-133 Side2:R-33 [50 to 300 / 131 / 1%]

2-708-134 Side2:R-34 [50 to 300 / 135 / 1%]

2-708-135 Side2:R-35 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2709 [AC:R Coeff:wt 7]

2-709-001 Side1:R-1 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-709-002 Side1:R-2 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-709-003 Side1:R-3 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-709-004 Side1:R-4 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-709-005 Side1:R-5 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-709-006 Side1:R-6 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-709-007 Side1:R-7 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

314
 Group 2000

2-709-008 Side1:R-8 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-709-009 Side1:R-9 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-709-010 Side1:R-10 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-709-011 Side1:R-11 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-709-012 Side1:R-12 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1%]

2-709-013 Side1:R-13 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-709-014 Side1:R-14 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-709-015 Side1:R-15 [50 to 300 / 93 / 1%]

2-709-016 Side1:R-16 [50 to 300 / 94 / 1%]

2-709-017 Side1:R-17 [50 to 300 / 95 / 1%]

2-709-018 Side1:R-18 [50 to 300 / 96 / 1%]

2-709-019 Side1:R-19 [50 to 300 / 97 / 1%]

2-709-020 Side1:R-20 [50 to 300 / 99 / 1%]

2-709-021 Side1:R-21 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-709-022 Side1:R-22 [50 to 300 / 101 / 1%]

2-709-023 Side1:R-23 [50 to 300 / 103 / 1%]

2-709-024 Side1:R-24 [50 to 300 / 105 / 1%]

2-709-025 Side1:R-25 [50 to 300 / 107 / 1%]

2-709-026 Side1:R-26 [50 to 300 / 109 / 1%]

2-709-027 Side1:R-27 [50 to 300 / 111 / 1%]

2-709-028 Side1:R-28 [50 to 300 / 114 / 1%]

2-709-029 Side1:R-29 [50 to 300 / 117 / 1%]

2-709-030 Side1:R-30 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-709-031 Side1:R-31 [50 to 300 / 123 / 1%]

2-709-032 Side1:R-32 [50 to 300 / 127 / 1%]

2-709-033 Side1:R-33 [50 to 300 / 131 / 1%]

315
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-709-034 Side1:R-34 [50 to 300 / 135 / 1%]

2-709-035 Side1:R-35 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2-709-101 Side2:R-1 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-709-102 Side2:R-2 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2-709-103 Side2:R-3 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-709-104 Side2:R-4 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-709-105 Side2:R-5 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-709-106 Side2:R-6 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-709-107 Side2:R-7 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

2-709-108 Side2:R-8 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-709-109 Side2:R-9 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

2-709-110 Side2:R-10 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-709-111 Side2:R-11 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-709-112 Side2:R-12 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1%]

2-709-113 Side2:R-13 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-709-114 Side2:R-14 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

2-709-115 Side2:R-15 [50 to 300 / 93 / 1%]

2-709-116 Side2:R-16 [50 to 300 / 94 / 1%]

2-709-117 Side2:R-17 [50 to 300 / 95 / 1%]

2-709-118 Side2:R-18 [50 to 300 / 96 / 1%]

2-709-119 Side2:R-19 [50 to 300 / 97 / 1%]

2-709-120 Side2:R-20 [50 to 300 / 99 / 1%]

2-709-121 Side2:R-21 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-709-122 Side2:R-22 [50 to 300 / 101 / 1%]

2-709-123 Side2:R-23 [50 to 300 / 103 / 1%]

2-709-124 Side2:R-24 [50 to 300 / 105 / 1%]

316
 Group 2000

2-709-125 Side2:R-25 [50 to 300 / 107 / 1%]

2-709-126 Side2:R-26 [50 to 300 / 109 / 1%]

2-709-127 Side2:R-27 [50 to 300 / 111 / 1%]

2-709-128 Side2:R-28 [50 to 300 / 114 / 1%]

2-709-129 Side2:R-29 [50 to 300 / 117 / 1%]

2-709-130 Side2:R-30 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-709-131 Side2:R-31 [50 to 300 / 123 / 1%]

2-709-132 Side2:R-32 [50 to 300 / 127 / 1%]

2-709-133 Side2:R-33 [50 to 300 / 131 / 1%]

2-709-134 Side2:R-34 [50 to 300 / 135 / 1%]

2-709-135 Side2:R-35 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2710 [AC:R Coeff:wt 8]

1 Side1:R-1 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

2 Side1:R-2 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

3 Side1:R-3 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

4 Side1:R-4 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

5 Side1:R-5 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

6 Side1:R-6 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

7 Side1:R-7 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

8 Side1:R-8 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

9 Side1:R-9 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

10 Side1:R-10 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

11 Side1:R-11 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

12 Side1:R-12 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1%]

13 Side1:R-13 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

317
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

14 Side1:R-14 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

15 Side1:R-15 [50 to 300 / 93 / 1%]

16 Side1:R-16 [50 to 300 / 94 / 1%]

17 Side1:R-17 [50 to 300 / 95 / 1%]

18 Side1:R-18 [50 to 300 / 96 / 1%]

19 Side1:R-19 [50 to 300 / 97 / 1%]

20 Side1:R-20 [50 to 300 / 99 / 1%]

21 Side1:R-21 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

22 Side1:R-22 [50 to 300 / 101 / 1%]

23 Side1:R-23 [50 to 300 / 103 / 1%]

24 Side1:R-24 [50 to 300 / 105 / 1%]

25 Side1:R-25 [50 to 300 / 107 / 1%]

26 Side1:R-26 [50 to 300 / 109 / 1%]

27 Side1:R-27 [50 to 300 / 111 / 1%]

28 Side1:R-28 [50 to 300 / 114 / 1%]

29 Side1:R-29 [50 to 300 / 117 / 1%]

30 Side1:R-30 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

31 Side1:R-31 [50 to 300 / 123 / 1%]

32 Side1:R-32 [50 to 300 / 127 / 1%]

33 Side1:R-33 [50 to 300 / 131 / 1%]

34 Side1:R-34 [50 to 300 / 135 / 1%]

35 Side1:R-35 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

101 Side2:R-1 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

102 Side2:R-2 [50 to 300 / 86 / 1%]

103 Side2:R-3 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

104 Side2:R-4 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

318
 Group 2000

105 Side2:R-5 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

106 Side2:R-6 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

107 Side2:R-7 [50 to 300 / 88 / 1%]

108 Side2:R-8 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

109 Side2:R-9 [50 to 300 / 89 / 1%]

110 Side2:R-10 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

111 Side2:R-11 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

112 Side2:R-12 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1%]

113 Side2:R-13 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

114 Side2:R-14 [50 to 300 / 92 / 1%]

115 Side2:R-15 [50 to 300 / 93 / 1%]

116 Side2:R-16 [50 to 300 / 94 / 1%]

117 Side2:R-17 [50 to 300 / 95 / 1%]

118 Side2:R-18 [50 to 300 / 96 / 1%]

119 Side2:R-19 [50 to 300 / 97 / 1%]

120 Side2:R-20 [50 to 300 / 99 / 1%]

121 Side2:R-21 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

122 Side2:R-22 [50 to 300 / 101 / 1%]

123 Side2:R-23 [50 to 300 / 103 / 1%]

124 Side2:R-24 [50 to 300 / 105 / 1%]

125 Side2:R-25 [50 to 300 / 107 / 1%]

126 Side2:R-26 [50 to 300 / 109 / 1%]

127 Side2:R-27 [50 to 300 / 111 / 1%]

128 Side2:R-28 [50 to 300 / 114 / 1%]

129 Side2:R-29 [50 to 300 / 117 / 1%]

130 Side2:R-30 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

319
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

131 Side2:R-31 [50 to 300 / 123 / 1%]

132 Side2:R-32 [50 to 300 / 127 / 1%]

133 Side2:R-33 [50 to 300 / 131 / 1%]

134 Side2:R-34 [50 to 300 / 135 / 1%]

135 Side2:R-35 [50 to 300 / 140 / 1%]

2711 [PTR CV target:Env Coeff]

2-711-001 LLL:BW:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-711-002 LLL:BW:Side2 [10 to 300 / 95 / 1%]

2-711-003 LLL:FC:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-711-004 LLL:FC:Side2 [10 to 300 / 95 / 1%]

2-711-005 LLL:S:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-711-006 LLL:S:Side2 [10 to 300 / 95 / 1%]

2-711-011 LL:BW:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-711-012 LL:BW:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-711-013 LL:FC:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-711-014 LL:FC:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-711-015 LL:S:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-711-016 LL:S:Side2 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-711-021 ML:BW:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-711-022 ML:BW:Side2 [10 to 300 / 105 / 1%]

2-711-023 ML:FC:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-711-024 ML:FC:Side2 [10 to 300 / 105 / 1%]

2-711-025 ML:S:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-711-026 ML:S:Side2 [10 to 300 / 105 / 1%]]

2-711-031 MM:BW:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

320
 Group 2000

2-711-032 MM:BW:Side2 [10 to 300 / 110 / 1%]

2-711-033 MM:FC:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-711-034 MM:FC:Side2 [10 to 300 / 110 / 1%]

2-711-035 MM:S:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-711-036 MM:S:Side2 [10 to 300 / 110 / 1%]

2-711-041 MH:BW:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-711-042 MH:BW:Side2 [10 to 300 / 115 / 1%]

2-711-043 MH:FC:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-711-044 MH:FC:Side2 [10 to 300 / 115 / 1%]

2-711-045 MH:S:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-711-046 MH:S:Side2 [10 to 300 / 115 / 1%]

2-711-051 HH:BW:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-711-052 HH:BW:Side2 [10 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-711-053 HH:FC:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-711-054 HH:FC:Side2 [10 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-711-055 HH:S:Side1 [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-711-056 HH:S:Side2 [10 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2712 [PTR CV target:R Coeff:wt1]

2-712-001 Side1:R-1 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-712-002 Side1:R-2 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-712-003 Side1:R-3 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-712-004 Side1:R-4 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-712-005 Side1:R-5 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-712-006 Side1:R-6 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-712-007 Side1:R-7 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

321
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-712-008 Side1:R-8 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-712-009 Side1:R-9 [50 to 300 / 52 / 1%]

2-712-010 Side1:R-10 [50 to 300 / 55 / 1%]

2-712-011 Side1:R-11 [50 to 300 / 59 / 1%]

2-712-012 Side1:R-12 [50 to 300 / 62 / 1%]

2-712-013 Side1:R-13 [50 to 300 / 66 / 1%]

2-712-014 Side1:R-14 [50 to 300 / 71 / 1%]

2-712-015 Side1:R-15 [50 to 300 / 76 / 1%]

2-712-016 Side1:R-16 [50 to 300 / 81 / 1%]

2-712-017 Side1:R-17 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-712-018 Side1:R-18 [50 to 300 / 93 / 1%]

2-712-019 Side1:R-19 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-712-020 Side1:R-20 [50 to 300 / 108 / 1%]

2-712-021 Side1:R-21 [50 to 300 / 116 / 1%]

2-712-022 Side1:R-22 [50 to 300 / 125 / 1%]

2-712-023 Side1:R-23 [50 to 300 / 134 / 1%]

2-712-024 Side1:R-24 [50 to 300 / 145 / 1%]

2-712-025 Side1:R-25 [50 to 300 / 157 / 1%]

2-712-026 Side1:R-26 [50 to 300 / 169 / 1%]

2-712-027 Side1:R-27 [50 to 300 / 183 / 1%]

2-712-028 Side1:R-28 [50 to 300 / 198 / 1%]

2-712-029 Side1:R-29 [50 to 300 / 215 / 1%]

2-712-030 Side1:R-30 [50 to 300 / 233 / 1%]

2-712-031 Side1:R-31 [50 to 300 / 253 / 1%]

2-712-032 Side1:R-32 [50 to 300 / 274 / 1%]

2-712-033 Side1:R-33 [50 to 300 / 298 / 1%]

322
 Group 2000

2-712-034 Side1:R-34 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-712-035 Side1:R-35 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2713 [PTR CV target:R Coeff:wt2]

2-713-001 Side1:R-1 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-713-002 Side1:R-2 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-713-003 Side1:R-3 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-713-004 Side1:R-4 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-713-005 Side1:R-5 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-713-006 Side1:R-6 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-713-007 Side1:R-7 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-713-008 Side1:R-8 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-713-009 Side1:R-9 [50 to 300 / 52 / 1%]

2-713-010 Side1:R-10 [50 to 300 / 55 / 1%]

2-713-011 Side1:R-11 [50 to 300 / 59 / 1%]

2-713-012 Side1:R-12 [50 to 300 / 62 / 1%]

2-713-013 Side1:R-13 [50 to 300 / 66 / 1%]

2-713-014 Side1:R-14 [50 to 300 / 71 / 1%]

2-713-015 Side1:R-15 [50 to 300 / 76 / 1%]

2-713-016 Side1:R-16 [50 to 300 / 81 / 1%]

2-713-017 Side1:R-17 [50 to 300 / 87 / 1%]

2-713-018 Side1:R-18 [50 to 300 / 93 / 1%]

2-713-019 Side1:R-19 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-713-020 Side1:R-20 [50 to 300 / 108 / 1%]

2-713-021 Side1:R-21 [50 to 300 / 116 / 1%]

2-713-022 Side1:R-22 [50 to 300 / 125 / 1%]

323
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-713-023 Side1:R-23 [50 to 300 / 134 / 1%]

2-713-024 Side1:R-24 [50 to 300 / 145 / 1%]

2-713-025 Side1:R-25 [50 to 300 / 157 / 1%]

2-713-026 Side1:R-26 [50 to 300 / 169 / 1%]

2-713-027 Side1:R-27 [50 to 300 / 183 / 1%]

2-713-028 Side1:R-28 [50 to 300 / 198 / 1%]

2-713-029 Side1:R-29 [50 to 300 / 215 / 1%]

2-713-030 Side1:R-30 [50 to 300 / 233 / 1%]

2-713-031 Side1:R-31 [50 to 300 / 253 / 1%]

2-713-032 Side1:R-32 [50 to 300 / 274 / 1%]

2-713-033 Side1:R-33 [50 to 300 / 298 / 1%]

2-713-034 Side1:R-34 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-713-035 Side1:R-35 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2714 [PTR CV target:R Coeff:wt3]

2-714-001 Side1:R-1 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-714-002 Side1:R-2 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-714-003 Side1:R-3 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-714-004 Side1:R-4 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-714-005 Side1:R-5 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-714-006 Side1:R-6 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-714-007 Side1:R-7 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-714-008 Side1:R-8 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-714-009 Side1:R-9 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-714-010 Side1:R-10 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-714-011 Side1:R-11 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

324
 Group 2000

2-714-012 Side1:R-12 [50 to 300 / 52 / 1%]

2-714-013 Side1:R-13 [50 to 300 / 57 / 1%]

2-714-014 Side1:R-14 [50 to 300 / 63 / 1%]

2-714-015 Side1:R-15 [50 to 300 / 69 / 1%]

2-714-016 Side1:R-16 [50 to 300 / 76 / 1%]

2-714-017 Side1:R-17 [50 to 300 / 83 / 1%]

2-714-018 Side1:R-18 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1%]

2-714-019 Side1:R-19 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-714-020 Side1:R-20 [50 to 300 / 110 / 1%]

2-714-021 Side1:R-21 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-714-022 Side1:R-22 [50 to 300 / 132 / 1%]

2-714-023 Side1:R-23 [50 to 300 / 144 / 1%]

2-714-024 Side1:R-24 [50 to 300 / 158 / 1%]

2-714-025 Side1:R-25 [50 to 300 / 173 / 1%]

2-714-026 Side1:R-26 [50 to 300 / 189 / 1%]

2-714-027 Side1:R-27 [50 to 300 / 207 / 1%]

2-714-028 Side1:R-28 [50 to 300 / 226 / 1%]

2-714-029 Side1:R-29 [50 to 300 / 248 / 1%]

2-714-030 Side1:R-30 [50 to 300 / 271 / 1%]

2-714-031 Side1:R-31 [50 to 300 / 296 / 1%]

2-714-032 Side1:R-32 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-714-033 Side1:R-33 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-714-034 Side1:R-34 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-714-035 Side1:R-35 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2715 [PTR CV target:R Coeff:wt4]

325
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-715-001 Side1:R-1 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-715-002 Side1:R-2 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-715-003 Side1:R-3 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-715-004 Side1:R-4 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-715-005 Side1:R-5 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-715-006 Side1:R-6 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-715-007 Side1:R-7 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-715-008 Side1:R-8 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-715-009 Side1:R-9 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-715-010 Side1:R-10 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-715-011 Side1:R-11 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-715-012 Side1:R-12 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-715-013 Side1:R-13 [50 to 300 / 54 / 1 %]

2-715-014 Side1:R-14 [50 to 300 / 60 / 1 %]

2-715-015 Side1:R-15 [50 to 300 / 67 / 1 %]

2-715-016 Side1:R-16 [50 to 300 / 74 / 1 %]

2-715-017 Side1:R-17 [50 to 300 / 82 / 1 %]

2-715-018 Side1:R-18 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1 %]

2-715-019 Side1:R-19 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1 %]

2-715-020 Side1:R-20 [50 to 300 / 111 / 1 %]

2-715-021 Side1:R-21 [50 to 300 / 122 / 1 %]

2-715-022 Side1:R-22 [50 to 300 / 134 / 1 %]

2-715-023 Side1:R-23 [50 to 300 / 148 / 1 %]

2-715-024 Side1:R-24 [50 to 300 / 162 / 1 %]

2-715-025 Side1:R-25 [50 to 300 / 179 / 1 %]

2-715-026 Side1:R-26 [50 to 300 / 196 / 1 %]

326
 Group 2000

2-715-027 Side1:R-27 [50 to 300 / 215 / 1 %]

2-715-028 Side1:R-28 [50 to 300 / 236 / 1 %]

2-715-029 Side1:R-29 [50 to 300 / 259 / 1 %]

2-715-030 Side1:R-30 [50 to 300 / 284 / 1 %]

2-715-031 Side1:R-31 [50 to 300 / 298 / 1 %]

2-715-032 Side1:R-32 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1 %]

2-715-033 Side1:R-33 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1 %]

2-715-034 Side1:R-34 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1 %]

2-715-035 Side1:R-35 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1 %]

2716 [PTR CV target:R Coeff:wt5]

2-716-001 Side1:R-1 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-716-002 Side1:R-2 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-716-003 Side1:R-3 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-716-004 Side1:R-4 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-716-005 Side1:R-5 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-716-006 Side1:R-6 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-716-007 Side1:R-7 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-716-008 Side1:R-8 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-716-009 Side1:R-9 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-716-010 Side1:R-10 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-716-011 Side1:R-11 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-716-012 Side1:R-12 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-716-013 Side1:R-13 [50 to 300 / 51 / 1%]

2-716-014 Side1:R-14 [50 to 300 / 57 / 1%]

2-716-015 Side1:R-15 [50 to 300 / 64 / 1%]

327
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-716-016 Side1:R-16 [50 to 300 / 72 / 1%]

2-716-017 Side1:R-17 [50 to 300 / 81 / 1%]

2-716-018 Side1:R-18 [50 to 300 / 90 / 1%]

2-716-019 Side1:R-19 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-716-020 Side1:R-20 [50 to 300 / 111 / 1%]

2-716-021 Side1:R-21 [50 to 300 / 123 / 1%]

2-716-022 Side1:R-22 [50 to 300 / 136 / 1%]

2-716-023 Side1:R-23 [50 to 300 / 151 / 1%]

2-716-024 Side1:R-24 [50 to 300 / 166 / 1%]

2-716-025 Side1:R-25 [50 to 300 / 184 / 1%]

2-716-026 Side1:R-26 [50 to 300 / 202 / 1%]

2-716-027 Side1:R-27 [50 to 300 / 223 / 1%]

2-716-028 Side1:R-28 [50 to 300 / 245 / 1%]

2-716-029 Side1:R-29 [50 to 300 / 269 / 1%]

2-716-030 Side1:R-30 [50 to 300 / 296 / 1%]

2-716-031 Side1:R-31 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-716-032 Side1:R-32 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-716-033 Side1:R-33 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-716-034 Side1:R-34 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-716-035 Side1:R-35 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2717 [PTR CV target:R Coeff:wt6]

2-717-001 Side1:R-1 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-717-002 Side1:R-2 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-717-003 Side1:R-3 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-717-004 Side1:R-4 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

328
 Group 2000

2-717-005 Side1:R-5 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-717-006 Side1:R-6 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-717-007 Side1:R-7 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-717-008 Side1:R-8 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-717-009 Side1:R-9 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-717-010 Side1:R-10 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-717-011 Side1:R-11 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-717-012 Side1:R-12 [50 to 300 / 51 / 1 %]

2-717-013 Side1:R-13 [50 to 300 / 55 / 1 %]

2-717-014 Side1:R-14 [50 to 300 / 60 / 1 %]

2-717-015 Side1:R-15 [50 to 300 / 67 / 1 %]

2-717-016 Side1:R-16 [50 to 300 / 74 / 1 %]

2-717-017 Side1:R-17 [50 to 300 / 82 / 1 %]

2-717-018 Side1:R-18 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1 %]

2-717-019 Side1:R-19 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1 %]

2-717-020 Side1:R-20 [50 to 300 / 111 / 1 %]

2-717-021 Side1:R-21 [50 to 300 / 123 / 1 %]

2-717-022 Side1:R-22 [50 to 300 / 136 / 1 %]

2-717-023 Side1:R-23 [50 to 300 / 151 / 1 %]

2-717-024 Side1:R-24 [50 to 300 / 166 / 1 %]

2-717-025 Side1:R-25 [50 to 300 / 184 / 1 %]

2-717-026 Side1:R-26 [50 to 300 / 202 / 1 %]

2-717-027 Side1:R-27 [50 to 300 / 223 / 1 %]

2-717-028 Side1:R-28 [50 to 300 / 245 / 1 %]

2-717-029 Side1:R-29 [50 to 300 / 269 / 1 %]

2-717-030 Side1:R-30 [50 to 300 / 296 / 1 %]

329
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-717-031 Side1:R-31 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1 %]

2-717-032 Side1:R-32 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1 %]

2-717-033 Side1:R-33 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1 %]

2-717-034 Side1:R-34 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1 %]

2-717-035 Side1:R-35 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1 %]

2718 [PTR CV target:R Coeff:wt7]

2-718-001 Side1:R-1 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-718-002 Side1:R-2 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-718-003 Side1:R-3 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-718-004 Side1:R-4 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-718-005 Side1:R-5 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-718-006 Side1:R-6 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-718-007 Side1:R-7 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-718-008 Side1:R-8 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-718-009 Side1:R-9 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-718-010 Side1:R-10 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-718-011 Side1:R-11 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1 %]

2-718-012 Side1:R-12 [50 to 300 / 52 / 1 %]

2-718-013 Side1:R-13 [50 to 300 / 58 / 1 %]

2-718-014 Side1:R-14 [50 to 300 / 63 / 1 %]

2-718-015 Side1:R-15 [50 to 300 / 69 / 1 %]

2-718-016 Side1:R-16 [50 to 300 / 76 / 1 %]

2-718-017 Side1:R-17 [50 to 300 / 83 / 1 %]

2-718-018 Side1:R-18 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1 %]

2-718-019 Side1:R-19 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1 %]

330
 Group 2000

2-718-020 Side1:R-20 [50 to 300 / 110 / 1 %]

2-718-021 Side1:R-21 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1 %]

2-718-022 Side1:R-22 [50 to 300 / 131 / 1 %]

2-718-023 Side1:R-23 [50 to 300 / 144 / 1 %]

2-718-024 Side1:R-24 [50 to 300 / 157 / 1 %]

2-718-025 Side1:R-25 [50 to 300 / 172 / 1 %]

2-718-026 Side1:R-26 [50 to 300 / 188 / 1 %]

2-718-027 Side1:R-27 [50 to 300 / 205 / 1 %]

2-718-028 Side1:R-28 [50 to 300 / 224 / 1 %]

2-718-029 Side1:R-29 [50 to 300 / 245 / 1 %]

2-718-030 Side1:R-30 [50 to 300 / 268 / 1 %]

2-718-031 Side1:R-31 [50 to 300 / 293 / 1 %]

2-718-032 Side1:R-32 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1 %]

2-718-033 Side1:R-33 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1 %]

2-718-034 Side1:R-34 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1 %]

2-718-035 Side1:R-35 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1 %]

2719 [PTR CV target:R Coeff:wt8]

2-719-001 Side1:R-1 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-719-002 Side1:R-2 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-719-003 Side1:R-3 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-719-004 Side1:R-4 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-719-005 Side1:R-5 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-719-006 Side1:R-6 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-719-007 Side1:R-7 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-719-008 Side1:R-8 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

331
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-719-009 Side1:R-9 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-719-010 Side1:R-10 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-719-011 Side1:R-11 [50 to 300 / 50 / 1%]

2-719-012 Side1:R-12 [50 to 300 / 52 / 1%]

2-719-013 Side1:R-13 [50 to 300 / 58 / 1%]

2-719-014 Side1:R-14 [50 to 300 / 63 / 1%]

2-719-015 Side1:R-15 [50 to 300 / 69 / 1%]

2-719-016 Side1:R-16 [50 to 300 / 76 / 1%]

2-719-017 Side1:R-17 [50 to 300 / 83 / 1%]

2-719-018 Side1:R-18 [50 to 300 / 91 / 1%]

2-719-019 Side1:R-19 [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-719-020 Side1:R-20 [50 to 300 / 110 / 1%]

2-719-021 Side1:R-21 [50 to 300 / 120 / 1%]

2-719-022 Side1:R-22 [50 to 300 / 131 / 1%]

2-719-023 Side1:R-23 [50 to 300 / 144 / 1%]

2-719-024 Side1:R-24 [50 to 300 / 157 / 1%]

2-719-025 Side1:R-25 [50 to 300 / 172 / 1%]

2-719-026 Side1:R-26 [50 to 300 / 188 / 1%]

2-719-027 Side1:R-27 [50 to 300 / 205 / 1%]

2-719-028 Side1:R-28 [50 to 300 / 224 / 1%]

2-719-029 Side1:R-29 [50 to 300 / 245 / 1%]

2-719-030 Side1:R-30 [50 to 300 / 268 / 1%]

2-719-031 Side1:R-31 [50 to 300 / 293 / 1%]

2-719-032 Side1:R-32 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-719-033 Side1:R-33 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-719-034 Side1:R-34 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

332
 Group 2000

2-719-035 Side1:R-35 [50 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2720 [PTR CV target:BW]

2-720-001 Plain:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-002 Plain:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-003 Plain:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-004 Plain:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-005 Plain:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-006 Plain:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-007 Plain:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-008 Plain:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-012 Glossy:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-013 Glossy:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-014 Glossy:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-015 Glossy:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-016 Glossy:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-017 Glossy:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-018 Glossy:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-022 Matte:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-023 Matte:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-024 Matte:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-025 Matte:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-026 Matte:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-027 Matte:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-028 Matte:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-031 Texture:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

333
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-720-032 Texture:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-033 Texture:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-034 Texture:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-035 Texture:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-036 Texture:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-037 Texture:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-038 Texture:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-075 Envelope:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-076 Envelope:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-077 Envelope:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-720-081 Magnet:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2721 [PTR CV target:BW]

2-721-001 Plain:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-002 Plain:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-003 Plain:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-004 Plain:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-005 Plain:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-006 Plain:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-007 Plain:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-008 Plain:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-012 Glossy:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-013 Glossy:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-014 Glossy:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

334
 Group 2000

2-721-015 Glossy:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-016 Glossy:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-017 Glossy:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-018 Glossy:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-022 Matte:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-023 Matte:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-024 Matte:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-025 Matte:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-026 Matte:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-027 Matte:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-028 Matte:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-031 Texture:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-032 Texture:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-033 Texture:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-034 Texture:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-035 Texture:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-036 Texture:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-037 Texture:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-038 Texture:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-075 Envelope:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-076 Envelope:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-077 Envelope:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-721-081 Magnet:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

335
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2722 [PTR CV target:FC]

2-722-001 Plain:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-002 Plain:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-003 Plain:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-004 Plain:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-005 Plain:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-006 Plain:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-007 Plain:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-008 Plain:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-012 Glossy:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-013 Glossy:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-014 Glossy:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-015 Glossy:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-016 Glossy:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-017 Glossy:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-018 Glossy:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-022 Matte:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-023 Matte:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-024 Matte:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-025 Matte:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-026 Matte:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-027 Matte:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-028 Matte:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-031 Texture:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-032 Texture:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-033 Texture:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

336
 Group 2000

2-722-034 Texture:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-035 Texture:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-036 Texture:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-037 Texture:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-038 Texture:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-075 Envelope:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-076 Envelope:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-077 Envelope:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-722-081 Magnet:Side1 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2723 [PTR CV target:FC]

2-723-001 Plain:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-002 Plain:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-003 Plain:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-004 Plain:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-005 Plain:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-006 Plain:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-007 Plain:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-008 Plain:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-012 Glossy:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-013 Glossy:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-014 Glossy:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-015 Glossy:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-016 Glossy:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

337
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-723-017 Glossy:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-018 Glossy:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-022 Matte:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-023 Matte:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-024 Matte:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-025 Matte:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-026 Matte:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-027 Matte:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-028 Matte:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-031 Texture:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-032 Texture:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-033 Texture:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-034 Texture:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-035 Texture:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-036 Texture:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-037 Texture:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-038 Texture:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-075 Envelope:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-076 Envelope:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-077 Envelope:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-723-081 Magnet:Side2 [0 to 13 / 3.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2724 [PTR CV target:S]

2-724-001 Plain:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

338
 Group 2000

2-724-002 Plain:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-003 Plain:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-004 Plain:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-005 Plain:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-006 Plain:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-007 Plain:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-008 Plain:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-012 Glossy:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-013 Glossy:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-014 Glossy:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-015 Glossy:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-016 Glossy:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-017 Glossy:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-018 Glossy:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-022 Matte:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-023 Matte:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-024 Matte:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-025 Matte:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-026 Matte:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-027 Matte:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-028 Matte:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-031 Texture:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-032 Texture:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-033 Texture:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-034 Texture:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-035 Texture:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

339
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-724-036 Texture:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-037 Texture:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-038 Texture:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-075 Envelope:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-076 Envelope:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-077 Envelope:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-724-081 Magnet:Side1 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2725 [PTR CV target:S]

2-725-001 Plain:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-002 Plain:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-003 Plain:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-004 Plain:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-005 Plain:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-006 Plain:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-007 Plain:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-008 Plain:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-012 Glossy:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-013 Glossy:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-014 Glossy:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-015 Glossy:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-016 Glossy:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-017 Glossy:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-018 Glossy:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

340
 Group 2000

2-725-022 Matte:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-023 Matte:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-024 Matte:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-025 Matte:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-026 Matte:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-027 Matte:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-028 Matte:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-031 Texture:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-032 Texture:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-033 Texture:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-034 Texture:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-035 Texture:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-036 Texture:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-037 Texture:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-038 Texture:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-075 Envelope:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-076 Envelope:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-077 Envelope:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2-725-081 Magnet:Side2 [0 to 13 / 2.7 / 0.1 -kV]

2732 [PTR CV target:Eng Spd Coeff]

2-732-001 Std Spd [10 to 200 / 100 / 0.1%]

2-732-002 Mid Spd [10 to 200 / 92 / 0.1%]

2-732-003 Low Spd [10 to 200 / 67 / 0.1%]

341
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2800 [Set Texture Paper Mode]

2-800-001 to Custom Paper 001 to 100

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
100

2848 [PTR AC:Frequency]

2-848-101 Texture:Weight 1 [400 to 1200 / 500 / 1 Hz]

2-848-102 Texture:Weight 2

2-848-103 Texture:Weight 3

2-848-104 Texture:Weight 4

2-848-105 Texture:Weight 5

2-848-106 Texture:Weight 6

2-848-107 Texture:Weight 7

2-848-108 Texture:Weight 8

2849 [PTR AC:Duty Cycle]

2-849-101 Texture:Weight 1 [5 to 50 / 12 / 1%]

2-849-102 Texture:Weight 2

2-849-103 Texture:Weight 3

2-849-104 Texture:Weight 4

2-849-105 Texture:Weight 5

2-849-106 Texture:Weight 6

2-849-107 Texture:Weight 7

2-849-108 Texture:Weight 8

2850 [Set Texture Paper Mode]

342
 Group 2000

2-850-101 Texture:Weight 1 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

2-850-102 Texture:Weight 2

2-850-103 Texture:Weight 3

2-850-104 Texture:Weight 4

2-850-105 Texture:Weight 5

2-850-106 Texture:Weight 6

2-850-107 Texture:Weight 7

2-850-108 Texture:Weight 8

2-850-111 Not Texture

2851 [PTR AC Bias:BW:Side1]

2-851-101 Texture:Weight 1 [0 to 14 / 5 / 0.1 kV]

2-851-102 Texture:Weight 2 [0 to 14 / 5.6 / 0.1 kV]

2-851-103 Texture:Weight 3 [0 to 14 / 6 / 0.1 kV]

2-851-104 Texture:Weight 4 [0 to 14 / 6.3 / 0.1 kV]

2-851-105 Texture:Weight 5 [0 to 14 / 6.4 / 0.1 kV]

2-851-106 Texture:Weight 6 [0 to 14 / 6.5 / 0.1 kV]

2-851-107 Texture:Weight 7 [0 to 14 / 7 / 0.1 kV]

2-851-108 Texture:Weight 8 [0 to 14 / 8 / 0.1 kV]

2852 [PTR AC Bias:BW:Side2]

2-852-101 Texture:Weight 1 [0 to 14 / 5 / 0.1 kV]

2-852-102 Texture:Weight 2 [0 to 14 / 5.6 / 0.1 kV]

2-852-103 Texture:Weight 3 [0 to 14 / 6 / 0.1 kV]

2-852-104 Texture:Weight 4 [0 to 14 / 6.3 / 0.1 kV]

2-852-105 Texture:Weight 5 [0 to 14 / 6.4 / 0.1 kV]

2-852-106 Texture:Weight 6 [0 to 14 / 6.5 / 0.1 kV]

343
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-852-107 Texture:Weight 7 [0 to 14 / 7 / 0.1 kV]

2-852-108 Texture:Weight 8 [0 to 14 / 8 / 0.1 kV]

2853 [PTR AC Bias:FC:Side1]

2-853-101 Texture:Weight 1 [0 to 14 / 6 / 0.1 kV]

2-853-102 Texture:Weight 2 [0 to 14 / 6.8 / 0.1 kV]

2-853-103 Texture:Weight 3 [0 to 14 / 7.5 / 0.1 kV]

2-853-104 Texture:Weight 4 [0 to 14 / 7.9 / 0.1 kV]

2-853-105 Texture:Weight 5 [0 to 14 / 8.2 / 0.1 kV]

2-853-106 Texture:Weight 6 [0 to 14 / 8.4 / 0.1 kV]

2-853-107 Texture:Weight 7 [0 to 14 / 9.4 / 0.1 kV]

2-853-108 Texture:Weight 8 [0 to 14 / 10.9 / 0.1 kV]

2854 [PTR AC Bias:FC:Side2]

2-854-101 Texture:Weight 1 [0 to 14 / 6 / 0.1 kV]

2-854-102 Texture:Weight 2 [0 to 14 / 6.8 / 0.1 kV]

2-854-103 Texture:Weight 3 [0 to 14 / 7.5 / 0.1 kV]

2-854-104 Texture:Weight 4 [0 to 14 / 7.9 / 0.1 kV]

2-854-105 Texture:Weight 5 [0 to 14 / 8.2 / 0.1 kV]

2-854-106 Texture:Weight 6 [0 to 14 / 8.4 / 0.1 kV]

2-854-107 Texture:Weight 7 [0 to 14 / 9.4 / 0.1 kV]

2-854-108 Texture:Weight 8 [0 to 14 / 10.9 / 0.1 kV]

2855 [PTR AC Bias:S:Side1]

2-855-101 Texture:Weight 1 [0 to 14 / 5 / 0.1 kV]

2-855-102 Texture:Weight 2 [0 to 14 / 5.6 / 0.1 kV]

2-855-103 Texture:Weight 3 [0 to 14 / 6 / 0.1 kV]

344
 Group 2000

2-855-104 Texture:Weight 4 [0 to 14 / 6.3 / 0.1 kV]

2-855-105 Texture:Weight 5 [0 to 14 / 6.4 / 0.1 kV]

2-855-106 Texture:Weight 6 [0 to 14 / 6.5 / 0.1 kV]

2-855-107 Texture:Weight 7 [0 to 14 / 7 / 0.1 kV]

2-855-108 Texture:Weight 8 [0 to 14 / 8 / 0.1 kV]

2856 [PTR AC Bias:S:Side2]

2-856-101 Texture:Weight 1 [0 to 14 / 5 / 0.1 kV]

2-856-102 Texture:Weight 2 [0 to 14 / 5.6 / 0.1 kV]

2-856-103 Texture:Weight 3 [0 to 14 / 6 / 0.1 kV]

2-856-104 Texture:Weight 4 [0 to 14 / 6.3 / 0.1 kV]

2-856-105 Texture:Weight 5 [0 to 14 / 6.4 / 0.1 kV]

2-856-106 Texture:Weight 6 [0 to 14 / 6.5 / 0.1 kV]

2-856-107 Texture:Weight 7 [0 to 14 / 7 / 0.1 kV]

2-856-108 Texture:Weight 8 [0 to 14 / 8 / 0.1 kV]

2861 [PTR Bias:S-1:Side1]

2-861-001 Plain:Weight 1 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-002 Plain:Weight 2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-003 Plain:Weight 3 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-004 Plain:Weight 4 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-005 Plain:Weight 5 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-006 Plain:Weight 6 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-007 Plain:Weight 7 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-008 Plain:Weight 8 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-012 Glossy:Weight 2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-013 Glossy:Weight 3 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

345
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-861-014 Glossy:Weight 4 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-015 Glossy:Weight 5 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-016 Glossy:Weight 6 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-017 Glossy:Weight 7 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-018 Glossy:Weight 8 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-022 Matte:Weight 2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-023 Matte:Weight 3 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-024 Matte:Weight 4 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-025 Matte:Weight 5 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-026 Matte:Weight 6 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-027 Matte:Weight 7 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-028 Matte:Weight 8 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-031 Texture:Weight 1 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-032 Texture:Weight 2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-033 Texture:Weight 3 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-034 Texture:Weight 4 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-035 Texture:Weight 5 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-036 Texture:Weight 6 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-037 Texture:Weight 7 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-038 Texture:Weight 8 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-075 Envelope:Weight 5 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-076 Envelope:Weight 6 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-077 Envelope:Weight 7 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-861-081 Magnet [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

346
 Group 2000

2862 [PTR Bias:S-1:Side2]

2-862-001 Plain:Weight 1:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-002 Plain:Weight 2:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-003 Plain:Weight 3:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-004 Plain:Weight 4:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-005 Plain:Weight 5:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-006 Plain:Weight 6:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-007 Plain:Weight 7:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-008 Plain:Weight 8:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-012 Glossy:Weight 2:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-013 Glossy:Weight 3:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-014 Glossy:Weight 4:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-015 Glossy:Weight 5:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-016 Glossy:Weight 6:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-017 Glossy:Weight 7:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-018 Glossy:Weight 8:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-022 Matte:Weight 2:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-023 Matte:Weight 3:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-024 Matte:Weight 4:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-025 Matte:Weight 5:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-026 Matte:Weight 6:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-027 Matte:Weight 7:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-028 Matte:Weight 8:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-031 Texture:Weight 1:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-032 Texture:Weight 2:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-033 Texture:Weight 3:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

347
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-862-034 Texture:Weight 4:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-035 Texture:Weight 5:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-036 Texture:Weight 6:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-037 Texture:Weight 7:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-038 Texture:Weight 8:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-075 Envelope:Weight 5:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-076 Envelope:Weight 6:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-077 Envelope:Weight 7:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2-862-081 Magnet:Side2 [-400 to 0 / -47 / 1 uA]

2863 [L Edge Coeff:S-1]

2-863-001 Plain:Weight 1 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-002 Plain:Weight 2 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-003 Plain:Weight 3 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-004 Plain:Weight 4 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-005 Plain:Weight 5 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-006 Plain:Weight 6 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-007 Plain:Weight 7 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-008 Plain:Weight 8 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-012 Glossy:Weight 2 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-013 Glossy:Weight 3 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-014 Glossy:Weight 4 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-015 Glossy:Weight 5 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-016 Glossy:Weight 6 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

348
 Group 2000

2-863-017 Glossy:Weight 7 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-018 Glossy:Weight 8 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-022 Matte:Weight 2 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-023 Matte:Weight 3 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-024 Matte:Weight 4 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-025 Matte:Weight 5 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-026 Matte:Weight 6 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-027 Matte:Weight 7 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-028 Matte:Weight 8 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-031 Texture:Weight 1 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-032 Texture:Weight 2 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-033 Texture:Weight 3 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-034 Texture:Weight 4 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-035 Texture:Weight 5 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-036 Texture:Weight 6 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-037 Texture:Weight 7 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-038 Texture:Weight 8 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-075 Envelope:Weight 5 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-076 Envelope:Weight 6 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-077 Envelope:Weight 7 [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2-863-081 Magnet [5 to 300 / 300 / 1%]

2864 [L Edge Length:S-1]

2-864-001 Plain:Weight 1 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

349
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-864-002 Plain:Weight 2 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-003 Plain:Weight 3 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-004 Plain:Weight 4 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-005 Plain:Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-006 Plain:Weight 6 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-007 Plain:Weight 7 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-008 Plain:Weight 8 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-012 Glossy:Weight 2 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-013 Glossy:Weight 3 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-014 Glossy:Weight 4 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-015 Glossy:Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-016 Glossy:Weight 6 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-017 Glossy:Weight 7 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-018 Glossy:Weight 8 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-022 Matte:Weight 2 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-023 Matte:Weight 3 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-024 Matte:Weight 4 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-025 Matte:Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-026 Matte:Weight 6 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-027 Matte:Weight 7 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-028 Matte:Weight 8 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-031 Texture:Weight 1 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-032 Texture:Weight 2 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-033 Texture:Weight 3 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-034 Texture:Weight 4 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-035 Texture:Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

350
 Group 2000

2-864-036 Texture:Weight 6 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-037 Texture:Weight 7 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-038 Texture:Weight 8 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-075 Envelope:Weight 5 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-076 Envelope:Weight 6 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-077 Envelope:Weight 7 [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2-864-081 Magnet [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 mm]

2865 [T Edge Coeff:S-1]

2-865-001 Plain:Weight 1 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-002 Plain:Weight 2 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-003 Plain:Weight 3 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-004 Plain:Weight 4 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-005 Plain:Weight 5 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-006 Plain:Weight 6 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-007 Plain:Weight 7 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-008 Plain:Weight 8 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-012 Glossy:Weight 2 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-013 Glossy:Weight 3 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-014 Glossy:Weight 4 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-015 Glossy:Weight 5 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-016 Glossy:Weight 6 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-017 Glossy:Weight 7 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-018 Glossy:Weight 8 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

351
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-865-022 Matte:Weight 2 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-023 Matte:Weight 3 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-024 Matte:Weight 4 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-025 Matte:Weight 5 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-026 Matte:Weight 6 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-027 Matte:Weight 7 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-028 Matte:Weight 8 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-031 Texture:Weight 1 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-032 Texture:Weight 2 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-033 Texture:Weight 3 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-034 Texture:Weight 4 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-035 Texture:Weight 5 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-036 Texture:Weight 6 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-037 Texture:Weight 7 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-038 Texture:Weight 8 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-075 Envelope:Weight 5 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-076 Envelope:Weight 6 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-077 Envelope:Weight 7 [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2-865-081 Magnet [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%]

2866 [T Edge Length:S-1]

2-866-001 Plain:Weight 1 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-002 Plain:Weight 2 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-003 Plain:Weight 3 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

352
 Group 2000

2-866-004 Plain:Weight 4 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-005 Plain:Weight 5 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-006 Plain:Weight 6 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-007 Plain:Weight 7 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-008 Plain:Weight 8 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-012 Glossy:Weight 2 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-013 Glossy:Weight 3 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-014 Glossy:Weight 4 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-015 Glossy:Weight 5 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-016 Glossy:Weight 6 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-017 Glossy:Weight 7 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-018 Glossy:Weight 8 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-022 Matte:Weight 2 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-023 Matte:Weight 3 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-024 Matte:Weight 4 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-025 Matte:Weight 5 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-026 Matte:Weight 6 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-027 Matte:Weight 7 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-028 Matte:Weight 8 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-031 Texture:Weight 1 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-032 Texture:Weight 2 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-033 Texture:Weight 3 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-034 Texture:Weight 4 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-035 Texture:Weight 5 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-036 Texture:Weight 6 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-037 Texture:Weight 7 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

353
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-866-038 Texture:Weight 8 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-055 Transpar:Weight 5 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-061 Transluc:Weight 1 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-075 Envelope:Weight 5 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-076 Envelope:Weight 6 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-077 Envelope:Weight 7 [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2-866-081 Magnet [0 to 100 / 8 / 1 mm]

2880 [PTR Speed Control:100%]

2-880-001 Plain: Weight 1 [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1 %]

2-880-002 Plain: Weight 2 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.1 / 0.1 %]

2-880-003 Plain: Weight 3 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.2 / 0.1 %]

2-880-004 Plain: Weight 4 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.3 / 0.1 %]

2-880-005 Plain: Weight 5 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.4 / 0.1 %]

2-880-006 Plain: Weight 6 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1 %]

2-880-007 Plain: Weight 7 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1 %]

2-880-012 Glossy: Weight 2 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.3 / 0.1 %]

2-880-013 Glossy: Weight 3 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.3 / 0.1 %]

2-880-014 Glossy: Weight 4 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.3 / 0.1 %]

2-880-015 Glossy: Weight 5 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.4 / 0.1 %]

2-880-016 Glossy: Weight 6 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1 %]

2-880-017 Glossy: Weight 7 [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.5 / 0.1 %]

2887 [PTR CV timing:S-1]

2-887-001 Plain:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-002 Plain:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-003 Plain:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

354
 Group 2000

2-887-004 Plain:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-005 Plain:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-006 Plain:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-007 Plain:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-008 Plain:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-012 Glossy:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-013 Glossy:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-014 Glossy:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-015 Glossy:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-016 Glossy:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-017 Glossy:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-018 Glossy:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-022 Matte:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-023 Matte:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-024 Matte:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-025 Matte:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-026 Matte:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-027 Matte:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-028 Matte:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-031 Texture:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-032 Texture:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-033 Texture:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-034 Texture:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-035 Texture:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-036 Texture:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-037 Texture:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

355
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-887-038 Texture:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-075 Envelope:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-076 Envelope:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-077 Envelope:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-887-081 Magnet:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2888 [PTR CV timing:S-1]

2-888-001 Plain:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-002 Plain:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-003 Plain:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-004 Plain:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-005 Plain:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-006 Plain:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-007 Plain:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-008 Plain:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-012 Glossy:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-013 Glossy:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-014 Glossy:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-015 Glossy:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-016 Glossy:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-017 Glossy:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-018 Glossy:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-022 Matte:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-023 Matte:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

356
 Group 2000

2-888-024 Matte:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-025 Matte:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-026 Matte:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-027 Matte:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-028 Matte:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-031 Texture:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-032 Texture:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-033 Texture:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-034 Texture:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-035 Texture:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-036 Texture:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-037 Texture:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-038 Texture:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-075 Envelope:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-076 Envelope:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-077 Envelope:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-888-081 Magnet:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2889 [PTR CV ON time:S-1]

2-889-001 Plain:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-002 Plain:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-003 Plain:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-004 Plain:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-005 Plain:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

357
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-889-006 Plain:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-007 Plain:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-008 Plain:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-012 Glossy:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-013 Glossy:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-014 Glossy:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-015 Glossy:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-016 Glossy:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-017 Glossy:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-018 Glossy:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-022 Matte:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-023 Matte:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-024 Matte:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-025 Matte:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-026 Matte:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-027 Matte:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-028 Matte:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-031 Texture:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-032 Texture:Weight 2:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-033 Texture:Weight 3:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-034 Texture:Weight 4:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-035 Texture:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-036 Texture:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-037 Texture:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-038 Texture:Weight 8:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

358
 Group 2000

2-889-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-075 Envelope:Weight 5:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-076 Envelope:Weight 6:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-077 Envelope:Weight 7:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-889-081 Magnet:Side1 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2890 [PTR CV ON time:S-1]

Sets paper transfer CV control activation time for S Only Print Mode. Sets for each
paper types and paper weight.

2-890-001 Plain:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-002 Plain:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-003 Plain:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-004 Plain:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-005 Plain:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-006 Plain:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-007 Plain:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-008 Plain:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-012 Glossy:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-013 Glossy:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-014 Glossy:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-015 Glossy:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-016 Glossy:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-017 Glossy:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-018 Glossy:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-022 Matte:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-023 Matte:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

359
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-890-024 Matte:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-025 Matte:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-026 Matte:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-027 Matte:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-028 Matte:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-031 Texture:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-032 Texture:Weight 2:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-033 Texture:Weight 3:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-034 Texture:Weight 4:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-035 Texture:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-036 Texture:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-037 Texture:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-038 Texture:Weight 8:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-055 Transpar:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-061 Transluc:Weight 1:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-075 Envelope:Weight 5:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-076 Envelope:Weight 6:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-077 Envelope:Weight 7:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2-890-081 Magnet:Side2 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 msec]

2904 [Prevent Blade Bending]

Do this SP to create a pattern on the drum at prescribed intervals to prevent the

cleaning blade from bending.

2-904-001 Pattern Create Interval [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 Page]

2-904-002 Pattern Light Intensity [0 to 15 / 5 / 1 ]

2-904-003 Op Pg Count Display [0 to 200 / 0 / 1 Page]

360
 Group 2000

2-904-004 Set Operation Temp [0 to 50 / 0 / 1 deg]

2905 [Non-stop Used Tnr Bottle Replacement]

Do this SP to set the upper limit for level of used toner in the used toner bottle to
trigger a bottle full alert.

2-905-001 Savings Time Threshold Value [0 to 999 / 300 / 1 sec.]

2-905-002 Discharge Time Threshold Value [0 to 999 / 180 / 1 sec.]

2-905-003 Savings Time Count [0 to 999 / 0 / 1 sec.]

2-905-004 Discharge Time Count

2-905-005 Page Count Threshold Value After [0 to 40000 / 20000 / 1 page]

Almost Full

2-905-006 Page Count Threshold Value After [0 to 40000 / 0 / 1 page]

Almost Full

2906 [Stop Time Reverse Ctrl]

The SP code sets the stop/reverse action of the ITB driver motor.

2-906-001 Set Rev Execute: ImgTrans [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

0:OFF 1:ON
2-906-002 Set Rev Execute: PaperTrans

2-906-003 Set Rev Execute Interval [1 to 500 / 30 / 1 m]

2-906-004 Assign Execution [0 to 1 / 0 / 1] 0:OFF 1:ON

2-906-005 Set Execute Interval [1 to 500 / 250 / 1 m]

2-906-006 Op Time Setting: ImgTrans [10 to 500 / 30 / 10 msec]

2-906-007 Op Time Setting: PaperTrans

2907 [ACS Switch Set]

This SP sets the threshold for the number of continuous black prints to ACS
switching.

361
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-907-001 FC to BW [0 to 10 / 5 / 1 sheet]

2-907-002 FC+S to BW

2-907-003 FC+S to FC

2-907-004 FC+S to S RTB 134: Deleted

2908 [DevMt Stop Setting]

2-908-001 Stop Threshold Pages [0 to 10 / 3 / 1 sheet]

2909 [ITB Lift]

This SP affects the operation of ITB Lift Motor 2, the motor that lifts the right end of
the ITB against the bottom of the K drum.

2-909-001 Lift ITB [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

0: ON Lift operation on, 1: OFF no lift.

2912 [Encoder Sn:Adj Light]

This SP adjusts the strength of the LED beam of the ITB feed-back sensors (main
sensor and sub sensor).
SP2912-2
RTB 155 2-912-001 Adj Light Amt [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

2-912-002 Light Amt Adj: Pass/Fail [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]

2-912-003 Vref_Disp: Main Setting [0 to 2.45 / 0 / 0.01 V]

2-912-004 Vref_Disp: Sub Setting

2-912-005 Analog Out: Main: After F Adj [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01 V]

2-912-006 Analog Out: Sub: After F Adj

2913 [Encoder Sn:Output Disp]

This SP displays the averaged values for the analog output from the ITB feed-back
sensors.

362
 Group 2000

2-913-001 Analog: Ave: Main [0 to 255 / 0 / 0.01 V]

2-913-002 Analog: Max: Main

2-913-003 Analog: Min: Main

2-913-004 Analog: Ave: Sub

2-913-005 Analog: Max: Sub

2-913-006 Analog: Min: Sub

2914 [Encoder Sn:Get 1stPhase]

These SP codes reset and initialize the ITB feed-back sensors.

2-914-001 Get Phases: Execute All [EXECUTE]

2-914-002 415.00 Line Speed:Execute

2-914-003 352.80 Line Speed:Execute

2-914-004 176.40 Line Speed: Execute

2-914-005 415.00 Phase Disp/Set [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1]

2-914-006 352.80 Phase Disp/Set

2-914-007 176.40 Phase Disp/Set

2915 [Encoder Sn Ctrl Condition]

These SP codes enable the scaled feed-back control and display information
about SC499. SC499 is issued when the ITB sensor that reads the encoded film
strip on the front edge of the image transfer belt does not operate correctly. (The
TDCU constantly monitors operation of the ITB with transfer feed-back control.)

2-915-001 Scale FB Control Enable [0 to 1 / 1 / 1]

2-915-002 SC499 Occurrences [0 to 3 / 0 / 1]

2-915-003 MUSIC Executions After SC499 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

2916 [Fail Predict Banner Disp]

This SP switches the banner display on the operation panel for the for the failure
prediction feature. Default: Off

363
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

2-916-001 Code 01 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]
*0: Banner Disable (Code No.)
2-916-002 Code 02
1: Banner Enable (Code No.)
2-916-003 Code 03
Where No. = 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 99
2-916-004 Code 04

2-916-005 Code 05

2-916-006 Code 99

2917 [Encoder Sn Ctrl: Speed Control]

2-917-001 Speed Control Enable [0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]

2-917-002 All Process Speed:Execute [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

2-917-003 415.00 Process Speed:Execute [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

2-917-004 352.80 Process Speed:Execute [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

2-917-005 176.40 Process Speed:Execute [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

2-917-006 415.00 Process Speed: Display/ [-300 to 300 / 0 / 1 ]

Setting

2-917-007 352.80 Process Speed: Display/ [-300 to 300 / 0 / 1 ]

Setting

2-917-008 176.40 Process Speed: Display/ [-300 to 300 / 0 / 1 ]

Setting

2-917-009 415.00 Process Speed: Result [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

2-917-010 352.80 Process Speed: Result [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

2-917-011 176.40 Process Speed: Result [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

2920 [Steering Control Roller]

This SP must be executed after replacing the ITB. This SP initializes the position of
the new belt on the rollers.

2-920-001 Initialize Belt Position [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

2-920-002 Stable Position of Steering Roller [-200 to 200 / 0 / 1 step]

364
 Group 2000

2-920-003 Control ON/OFF [0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]

2-920-004 Last Integral Ctrl Value [-200 to 200 / 0 / 1 step]

2-920-005 LED PWM of Belt Position Sensor [0 to 80 / 70 / 0.1%]

2-920-006 Threshold for Control Rock [0 to 1000 / 30 / 1 ]

2-920-007 Threshold for Sensor Error [0 to 1 / 0.1 / 0.01 V]

2-920-008 Threshold for PWM Control [0 to 2 / 0.3 / 0.01 V]

2-920-009 Sum of Sensor Output [0 to 10 / 0 / 0.01 V]

2-920-010 Ratio of Sensor Output [-1 to 1 / 0 / 0.001]

2949 [Process Interval]

This SP codes extends the time between the end of a job and when the machine
shifts to energy save mode.

2-949-001 Additional Time [0 to 10 / 0 / 1 sec]

2950 [Process Interval2]

Additional Time2 [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1 msec ]

2-950-001
Sets process interval time after the image transfer.

2981 [PTR Speed Control]

2-981-001 to Custom Paper 001 to 100

[-1 to +1 / 0 / 0.1 %]
100

2988 [PT Gap Adjustment]

2-988-001 to Custom Paper 001 to 100 [0 to 3 / 0 / 1]

100 0:Auto 1:No 2:Weak 3:Strong

2995 [2nd Bias Coeff:BK]

2996 [2nd Bias Coeff:FC]

001 to 100 Custom Paper 001 to 100 [50 to 150 / 100 / 1%]

365
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Group 3000
Process Control

3011 [Manual ProCon :Exe]

Executes process control.

3-011-001 Normal ProCon

3-011-002 Density Adjustment

3-011-003 ACC RunTime ProCon [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

3-011-004 Full MUSIC

3-011-005 Normal MUSIC

SP3012 3012 [ProCon OK?]

RTB 129
Confirms that the previous execution manual process control ended successfully.

3-012-001 History:Last

3-012-002 History:Last 2
[0 to 999 99 999 / 0 / 1]
3-012-003 History:Last 3

3-012-004 History:Last 4

3-012-005 History:Last 5

3-012-006 History:Last 6

3-012-007 History:Last 7
0 to 999 99 999 / 0 / 1]
3-012-008 History:Last 8

3-012-009 History:Last 9

3-012-010 History:Last 10

SP3013 3013 [ProCon OK?]

RTB 129
Displays process control result for the special color by 2 digits.

366
 Group 3000

3-013-001 History S:Last

3-013-002 History S:Last 2

3-013-003 History S:Last 3 [0 to 99 / 00 / 1 ]

3-013-004 History S:Last 4

3-013-005 History S:Last 5

3-013-006 History S:Last 6

3-013-007 History S:Last 7

3-013-008 History S:Last 8 0 to 99 / 00 / 1 ]

3-013-009 History S:Last 9

3-013-010 History S:Last 10

3020 [Process Setup :Exe]

Execute this SP at installation after all the PCDU units, toner bottles, and developer
for each unit have been installed. This SP code confirms that developer/toner is in
the PCDU, initializes drum cleaning, initializes the TD sensor, and executes
process control to initialize toner density for each color.

3-020-001 Execute: ALL [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

3024 [Developer Fill :Exe]

Fills the PCDU with developer/toner from the developer pack. This SP must be
executed at installation for all PCDU units and after developer has been replaced
in a PCDU.

3-024-001 Execute: K

3-024-002 Execute: C

3-024-003 Execute: M [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

3-024-004 Execute: Y

3-024-005 Execute: S

3-024-011 Drive Time Upper Limit [0 to 255 / 30 / 1 sec]

367
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3025 [Dev Fill OK?]

Displays the results of developer/toner filling executed with SP3024.

3-025-001 From Left: YMCKS [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1]

Successful return: "1111"

Results and details of SP3-025

0 Not Executed (Default)

1 Succeeded -

Remains the developer.

Developer • Could not fill the developer at once and has to execute again.
2
Remaining • Cleaning the development unit is not enough.
Clear the Developer PM Counter, and execute again.

3 No Developer No developer in the development unit. Fill the developer.

Used toner is full. Change the used toner bottle and execute the
4 Used Toner Full
developer filling again.

Detecting the development motor locking.

Pull out the development unit and rotate the agitation screws to the left
five times.
Development
5 If the development motor locking is still detecting, it might be the
Motor Locked
development unit trouble, development motor trouble, or TDCU trouble.
Do the measure for SC324 (reattaching the motor connector or replacing
the motor).

Detecting the used toner motor locking.

Used Toner
6 Do the measure for SC485 and SC486 (reattaching the motor
Motor Locked
connector, replacing the motor, or solving the load abnormality.)

Forced Forced termination due to the door opening, shutting down, or some
9
Termination errors. Do the developer filling execution again.

3028 [Initial TC Adjustment Mode]

368
 Group 3000

To keep the TC stable, discharge toner to make TC down when TC gets over the
upper limit, on the other hand, supply toner when TC gets lower than lower limit. It
also prevents overflowing the special color of 5th station when switching the
color.

3-028-001 Execute: All [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3-028-002 Execute: Col [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3-028-003 Execute: K [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3-028-004 Execute: C [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3-028-005 Execute: M [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3-028-006 Execute: Y [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3-028-007 Execute: S [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3-028-010 Adjustment Times [0 to 100 / 100 / 1 count]

3-028-011 Target: K [1.0 to 9.5 / 7.0 / 0.1 %]

3-028-012 Target: C [1.0 to 9.5 / 7.0 / 0.1 %]

3-028-013 Target: M [1.0 to 9.5 / 7.0 / 0.1 %]

3-028-014 Target: Y [1.0 to 9.5 / 7.0 / 0.1 %]

3-028-015 Target: S [1.0 to 20 / 7.0 / 0.1 %]

3-028-021 Set Target (Upper Limit) [0 to 20 / 1.5 / 0.1 %]

3-028-022 Set Target (Lower Limit) [0 to 1000 / 0 / 0.1 %]

3-028-030 Agitation Time [0 to 6000 / 0 / 1 sec]

3-028-040 Adjustment Times (Upper Limit) [0 to 100 / 100 / 1 count]

3029 [Initial TC Adjustment Mode: Result Display]

Displays the result of “Initial TC Adjustment Mode”.

Result numbers are SYMCK, identified in the order left to right.

3-029-001 Result [0 to 99999 / 0 / 1 ]

369
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Results and details of SP3-029

0 Not Executed (Default)

1 Succeeded -

According to the used toner full condition, adjustment can not be

executed.
2 Used Toner Full
Result “2” is displayed if the used toner full condition is detected
while TC adjusting.

3 Cannot be adjusted Could not be adjusted “Initial TC Adjustment”.

Forced termination due to the door opening, shutting down, or some

9 Forced Termination
errors.

3030 [Init TD Sensor :Exe]

These SP codes initialize the TD sensors mounted on the side of each PCDU.
Adjustment of the Vt target settings is also possible. (Vt is the current output of the
TD sensor.)

3-030-001 Execute: ALL

3-030-002 Execute: COL

3-030-003 Execute: K

3-030-004 Execute: C [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3-030-005 Execute: M

3-030-006 Execute: Y

3-030-007 Execute: S

3031 [TD Sens Init OK?]

Displays the results of TD sensor initialization with SP3030.

3-031-001 From Left: SYMCK [0 to 9 999 / 0 / 1]

Successful return: "1111"

3032 [Cleaning Setup :Exe]

Execute this SP at installation and after replacement of the cleaning unit.

370
 Group 3000

3-032-001 Execute: ALL

3-032-002 Execute: COL

3-032-003 Execute: K

3-032-004 Execute: C [0 to 1 / 0 / 1] [Execute]

3-032-005 Execute: M

3-032-006 Execute: Y

3-032-007 Execute: S

3-032-021 A4 Page Cover [0 to 100 / 6 / 1 Sheet]

3040 [DEMS:Execute]

Executes DEMS manually.

3-040-001 ALL

3-040-002 K

3-040-003 C
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ] [Execute]
3-040-004 M

3-040-005 Y

3-040-006 S

3041 [DEMS Exe OK?]

Displays the result of DEMS execution.

3-041-001 From Left:YYMMCCKK [0 to 99999999 / 00000000 / 1 ]

3-041-002 From Left:SS [0 to 99 / 00 / 1 ]

3042 [DEMS:Phasing:Execute]

Execute the phasing DEMS from the HP.

371
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-042-001 ALL

3-042-002 K

3-042-003 C
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ] [Execute]
3-042-004 M

3-042-005 Y

3-042-006 S

3043 [DEMS:Phasing:Exe OK?]

Displays the result of DEMS:Phasing: Execute.

3-043-001 From Left:YYMMCCKK [0 to 99999999 / 00000000 / 1 ]

3-043-002 From Left:SS [0 to 99 / 00 / 1 ]

3050 [Force Tnr Supply :Exe]

Force supplies toner to the sub hoppers of the selected color. You can also specify
the amount of toner to be supplied.

3-050-001 Execute: ALL

3-050-002 Execute: COL

3-050-003 Execute: K

3-050-004 Execute: C [0 to 1 / 0 / 1] [Execute]

3-050-005 Execute: M

3-050-006 Execute: Y

3-050-007 Execute: S

3-050-021 Supply Quantity: K

3-050-022 Supply Quantity: C

3-050-023 Supply Quantity: M [0 to 5 / 1 / 0.1 wt%]

3-050-024 Supply Quantity: Y

3-050-025 Supply Quantity: S

372
 Group 3000

3051 [Manual Toner Fill :Exe]

Executes toner filling of all sub hoppers.

3-051-001 Execute:ALL [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

3062 [Manual Tnr Ref:Exe]

Execute the toner refresh manually.

3-062-001 KCMY [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3-062-002 CMY [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3-062-003 K [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3-062-004 C [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3-062-005 M [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3-062-006 Y [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3-062-007 S [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3-062-011 Vt Delay :Con1 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 times]

3-062-012 Vt Delay :Con2 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 times]

3-062-013 Vt Delay :Sup [0 to 5.5 / 4.0 / 0.1 %]

3-062-021 Vt Thresh :Con1 [0 to 5.5 / 3.0 / 0.1 %]

3-062-022 Vt Thresh :Con2 [-5 to 5 / 0 / 0.1 %]

3-062-023 Vt Thresh Cor :Sup [0 to 100 / 10 / 1 times]

3-062-031 Max Time :Offset :Con1 [0 to 500 / 310 / 1 times/V]

3-062-032 Max Time :Coef :Con1 [0 to 100 / 100 / 1 times]

3-062-033 Max Time :Offset :Con2 [0 to 500 / 100 / 1 times]

3-062-034 Max Time :Coef :Con2 [0 to 500 / 300 / 1 times/V]

3-062-035 Max Time :Offset :Sup [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1 -V]

3-062-036 Max Time :Coef :Suo [0 to 2.55 / 0.8 / 0.01 ]

3-062-041 Chrg Adj :Offset [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1 -V]

373
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-062-042 Chrg Adj :Coef [0 to 2.55 / 0.8 / 0.01 ]

3-062-043 Dev Adj :Offset [0 to 200 / 0 / 1 %]

3-062-044 Dev Adj :Coef [0 to 2.55 / 0.8 / 0.01 ]

3-062-045 LD Adj :Offset [0 to 25.5 / 1 / 0.1 g]

3-062-046 LD Adj :Coef [0 to 20000 / 300 / 1 ms]

3-062-051 On Time :Sup [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3-062-052 Off Time :Sup [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3063 [Manual Tnr Ref:Result]

Displays the execution result/progress of manual toner refresh.

3-063-001 Result (SYMCK) [0 to 99999 / 00000 / 1 ]

3-063-002 Progress (SYMCK) [0 to 99999 / 00000 / 1 ]

3070 [Pot.Sens Check :Exe]

This SP checks the condition of each of the four potential sensors after installation
at the factory. Use in the field to check the condition of the sensors.

3-070-001 All Colors [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ] [EXECUTE]

3071 [Pot.Sens Chk :Disp]

Displays the results of the potential sensor check executed with SP3070.
• Vd is the reading of the unexposed surface of the drum by the potential
sensor
• Vr is residual voltage, the slight trace of voltage that remains on the drum
after the QL quenches the surface of the drum.

3-071-001 Vd:K

3-071-002 Vd:C

3-071-003 Vd:M [0 to 999 / 0 / 1 -V]

3-071-004 Vd:Y

3-071-005 Vd:S

374
 Group 3000

3-071-011 Vr:K

3-071-012 Vr:C

3-071-013 Vr:M [0 to 999 / 0 / 1 -V]

3-071-014 Vr:Y

3-071-015 Vr:S

3-071-021 Voffset:K

3-071-022 Voffset:C

3-071-023 Voffset:M [0 to 999 / 0 / 1 -V]

3-071-024 Voffset:Y

3-071-025 Voffset:S

3072 [TD. Sens Check :Exe]

Checks the condition of the TD sensors attached to the side of each PCDU.
Executed at the factory after assembly. Use in the field to check the condition of
the TD sensors.

3-072-001 All Colors [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

[EXECUTE]

3073 [TD.Sens Chk :Disp]

Displays the results of the TD sensor check executed with SP3072.

3-073-001 Vt:K

3-073-002 Vt:C

3-073-003 Vt:M [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01 V]

3-073-004 Vt:Y

3-073-005 Vt:S

3100 [TE Detect :Set]

This SP switches the operation of the TE sensor off and on.

375
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-100-001 ON/OFF [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

3101 [Toner Status :Disp]

Displays the amount of toner remaining for each color. Uses a descending 10-
step scale: 10: Full, 2: Almost near-toner end, 1: Almost toner-end, 0: Toner end

3-101-001 K

3-101-002 C

3-101-003 M [0 to 10 / 10 / 1]

3-101-004 Y

3-101-005 S

3102 [Toner Remains :Disp]

Sets the toner remain display to show the amount toner remaining as a
percentage.

3-102-001 % Remains:K

3-102-002 % Remains:C

3-102-003 % Remains:M [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 %]

3-102-004 % Remains:Y

3-102-005 % Remains:S

3-102-011 mg Remains:K

3-102-012 mg Remains:C

3-102-013 mg Remains:M [0 to 99999999 / 1386000 / 0.1 mg]

3-102-014 mg Remains:Y

3-102-015 mg Remains:S
SP3-103
RTB 134
3106 [4st/5st]

Switching 4-station or 5-station.

0: 4st 1: 5st

376
 Group 3000

3-106-001 selection [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3107 [Fifth Station]

Select the color of 5th station.

1: Not Used
2: Clear
3: White
4: Not Used

3-107-001 Color Selection [1 to 4 / 2 / 1 ]

3110 [TNE Detect (Lvl1) Set]

This setting determines whether Step 1 for toner near-end is displayed, and allows
you to select the percentage to trigger the display.

3-110-001 OFF/ON [0 to 1 / 10 / 1]

3-110-011 Disp Timing:K

3-110-012 Disp Timing:C

3-110-013 Disp Timing:M [0 to 100 / 10 / 1%]

3-110-014 Disp Timing:Y

3-110-015 Disp Timing:S

3120 [TNE Detect(Lvl2) :Set]

This setting determines whether Step 2 for toner near-end is displayed, and allows
you to select the percentage to trigger the display.

3-120-001 Set Cnt:S [0 to 255 / 6 / 1 counts]

3-120-002 Set Cnt:4C [0 to 255 / 75 / 1 counts]

377
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-120-011 Cnt:K

3-120-012 Cnt:C

3-120-013 Cnt:M [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 Counts]

3-120-014 Cnt:Y

3-120-015 Cnt:S

3130 [TE Detect :Set]

This SP code allows you to set how long the machine can continue to operate
after the toner near-end alert appears. This can be set to limit the number of prints
by number of sheets, pixel count, or paper feed count.

3-130-001 Set Sheets(Min) [0 to 50 / 10 / 1 sheets]

3-130-002 Set Sheets(Max) [0 to 5000 / 1000 / 1 sheets]

3-130-011 Page Cnt:K

3-130-012 Page Cnt:C

3-130-013 Page Cnt:M [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1 sheets]

3-130-014 Page Cnt:Y

3-130-015 Page Cnt:S

3-130-021 Set Pxl Cnt [0 to 1 000 000 / 15000 / 1 cm2]

3-130-031 Pxl Cnt:K

3-130-032 Pxl Cnt:C

3-130-033 Pxl Cnt:M [0 to 1 000 000 / 0 / 1 cm2]

3-130-034 Pxl Cnt:Y

3-130-035 Pxl Cnt:S

378
 Group 3000

3-130-041 Set Feed Cnt

3-130-051 Feed Cnt:K

3-130-052 Feed Cnt:C

[0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 msec]
3-130-053 Feed Cnt:M

3-130-054 Feed Cnt:Y

3-130-055 Feed Cnt:S

3150 [TE Sensor :Set]

This SP sets up how the machine samples for toner-end sensor readings.

3-150-001 SamplingCount:hopper1 [4 to 20 / 10 / 1 counts]

3-150-002 Judge:p:hopper1 [0.2 to 0.8 / 0.8 / 0.1 ]

3-150-003 SamplingCount:hopper2 [4 to 20 / 10 / 1 counts]

3-150-004 Judge:p:hopper2 [0.2 to 0.8 / 0.8 / 0.1 ]

3152 [Toner Pump Motor :Set]

This SP setting sets up on the toner pump clutch operates. (The toner pump clutch
engages the toner pump to pump toner into the sub hopper.)

3-152-009 Stop Timing :Set:4C [0 to 2000 / 8 / 1 counts]

3-152-010 Stop Timing :Set:S [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-152-011 Cnt:K [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-152-012 Cnt:C [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-152-013 Cnt:M [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-152-014 Cnt:Y [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-152-015 Cnt:S [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-152-016 Recovery Cnt:K [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-152-017 Recovery Cnt:C [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-152-018 Recovery Cnt:M [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1 counts]

379
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-152-019 Recovery Cnt:Y [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-152-020 Recovery Cnt:S [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-152-031 Stop Timing :Set:S [0 to 2000 / 10 / 1 counts]

3-152-041 Cnt:K [0 to 2000 / 10 / 1 counts]

3-152-042 Cnt:C [0 to 2000 / 10 / 1 counts]

3-152-043 Cnt:M [0 to 2000 / 10 / 1 counts]

3-152-044 Cnt:Y [0 to 2000 / 10 / 1 counts]

3162 [Bottle OPEN/CLOSE]

Open / close the cap of CMYK toner bottles.

Use this sp to replace the toner bottles.

3-162-001 OPEN/CLOSE:K [0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]

3-162-002 OPEN/CLOSE:C [0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]

3-162-003 OPEN/CLOSE:M [0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]

3-162-004 OPEN/CLOSE:Y [0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]

3170 [Tube Cleaning:Exe]

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 UC]
3-170-001 Exe
Execute 5th station tube cleaning mode.

[0 to 20 / 5 / 1 counts]
3-170-002 RepeatCount:m Sets the repeat times of pumping for the 5th station tube
cleaning mode.

[0 to 10000 / 1000 / 1 msec]

3-170-003 Pump ON time Sets pumping on time for the 5th station tube cleaning
mode.

[0 to 10000 / 500 / 1 msec]

3-170-004 Pump OFF time Sets pumping off time for the 5th station tube cleaning
mode.

380
 Group 3000

3171 [Cleaning OK?]

Displays the result of 5st tube cleaning mode.

3-171-001 [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]

3200 [Tnr Density]

Displays the toner density by wt% for each color.

3-200-001 K

3-200-002 C

3-200-003 M [0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1 wt%]

3-200-004 Y

3-200-005 S

3201 [Tnr Density]

This SP sets the upper limit and lower limit of the range (wt%) for toner density
control.

3-201-001 Upper TC:K [1 to 15 / 8 / 0.1 wt%]

3-201-002 Upper TC:C [1 to 15 / 8 / 0.1 wt%]

3-201-003 Upper TC:M [1 to 15 / 8 / 0.1 wt%]

3-201-004 Upper TC:Y [1 to 15 / 8 / 0.1 wt%]

3-201-005 Upper TC:S [1 to 20 / 9 / 0.1 wt%]

3-201-011 Lower TC:K [0.1 to 15 / 3 / 0.1 wt%]

3-201-012 Lower TC:C [0.1 to 15 / 3 / 0.1 wt%]

3-201-013 Lower TC:M [0.1 to 15 / 3 / 0.1 wt%]

3-201-014 Lower TC:Y [0.1 to 15 / 3 / 0.1 wt%]

3-201-015 Lower TC:S [0.1 to 15 / 3 / 0.1 wt%]

SP 3205
RTB 134
3210 [TD.Sens:Vt :Disp]

381
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

This SP code displays the TD sensor outputs for all the items below.

3-210-001 Current: K

3-210-002 Current: C

3-210-003 Current: M [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01 V]

3-210-004 Current: Y

3-210-005 Current: S

3212 [Vt Shift :Set]

101
Sets Vt shift TC Correction OFF/ON.
111 to 125
Displays the Vt shift TC correction values for each line speeds.

3-212-101 TC Cor.(ON/OFF) [0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]

3-212-111 TC Mid Spd:K

3-212-112 TC Mid Spd:C

3-212-113 TC Mid Spd:M

3-212-114 TC Mid Spd:Y

3-212-115 TC Mid Spd:S

[-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.01 V]
3-212-121 TC Low Spd:K

3-212-122 TC Low Spd:C

3-212-123 TC Low Spd:M

3-212-124 TC Low Spd:Y

3-212-125 TC Low Spd:S

3220 [Vtcnt: Disp/Set]

382
 Group 3000

These SP codes display and allow setting of the current electrical potential of the
TD sensors for each color. Vcnt is the gain value is calculated during TD sensor
initialization. It is used to adjust the TD sensor output (Vt). A large gain increases
Vt, and a small gain decreases Vt. Vcnt is also used to calibrate the TD sensor
output (Vt) during TD sensor initialization.

3-220-001 Current: K

3-220-002 Current: C

3-220-003 Current: M [2 to 5 / 3.72 / 0.01V]

3-220-004 Current: Y

3-220-005 Current: S

3-220-011 Initial: K

3-220-012 Initial: C

3-220-013 Initial: M [2 to 5 / 3.72 / 0.01V]

3-220-014 Initial: Y

3-220-015 Initial: S

3230 [Vtref :Disp/Set]

These SP codes display and allow settings of the target reference voltage of the
TD sensor. (Vtref is the control reference voltage.)

3-230-001 Current: K

3-230-002 Current: C
[0.00 to 5.00 / 2.70 / 0.01V]
3-230-003 Current: M

3-230-004 Current: Y

3-230-005 Current: S [0.00 to 5.00 / 2.20 / 0.01V]

383
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-230-011 Initial: K

3-230-012 Initial: C

3-230-013 Initial: M [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01V]

3-230-014 Initial: Y

3-230-015 Initial: S

3231 [Vtref Limits :Set]

This SP sets the upper limit for the target voltage of Vtref (control reference
voltage).

3-231-001 Upper:K

3-231-002 Upper:C
[0 to 5 / 4.10 / 0.01 V]
3-231-003 Upper:M

3-231-004 Upper:Y

3-231-005 Upper:S [0 to 5 / 3.86 / 0.01 V]

3-231-011 Lower:K

3-231-012 Lower:C
[0 to 5 / 2.49 / 0.01 V]
3-231-013 Lower:M

3-231-014 Lower:Y

3-231-015 Lower:S [0 to 5 / 1.60 / 0.01 V]

3-231-101 Env Cor.(ON/OFF) [0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]

3-231-102 DCAve Cor.(ON/OFF) [0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]

3-231-111 Corr Amt(upp):K [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01 V]

3-231-112 Corr Amt(upp):C [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01 V]

3-231-113 Corr Amt(upp):M [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01 V]

3-231-114 Corr Amt(upp):Y [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01 V]

3-231-115 Corr Amt(upp):S [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01 V]

384
 Group 3000

3232 [Vtref Correct:Pixel]

Sets pixel Vtref correction OFF/ON.

3-232-001 [0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
0: NotExecute
ON/OFF 1: Execute

3233 [PPAT Vtref Corr :Disp/Set]

3-233-041 [0 to 100 / 50 / 1 %]

Vtavg Rate(H) Sets Vtavg and Vtref used for Vtref standard
correction value when threshold is exceeded the
upper limit of adhesion amount of ID pattern.

[0 to 100 / 50 / 1 %]
Sets Vtavg and Vtref used for Vtref standard
3-233-051 Vtavg Rate(M) correction value when threshold is in between the
upper and lower limit of adhesion amount of ID
pattern.

[0 to 100 / 50 / 1 %]

3-233-061 Vtavg Rate(L) Sets Vtavg and Vtref used for Vtref standard
correction value when threshold is exceeded the
lower limit of adhesion amount of ID pattern.

3250 [ImgArea :Disp]

Displays the amount of image surface area of the most recent page for the
selected color.

3-250-001 ImgArea:K

3-250-002 ImgArea:C

3-250-003 ImgArea:M [0 to 9 999 / 0 / 1 cm2]

3-250-004 ImgArea:Y

3-250-005 ImgArea:S

3251 [Dot Coverage : Disp]

385
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

These SP codes display the percentage of the total area on the sheet used by the
image for the most recent print, DC average, and total page information.

3-251-001 DotCoverage:K

3-251-002 DotCoverage:C

3-251-003 DotCoverage:M [0 to 100 / 0 / 0.01%]

3-251-004 DotCoverage:Y

3-251-005 DotCoverage:S

3-251-011 DC Avg.:S:K

3-251-012 DC Avg.:S:C

3-251-013 DC Avg.:S:M [0 to 100 / 5 / 0.0001 %]

3-251-014 DC Avg.:S:Y

3-251-015 DC Avg.:S:S

3-251-021 DC Avg.:M:K

3-251-022 DC Avg.:M:C

3-251-023 DC Avg.:M:M [0 to 100 / 5 / 0.0001 %]

3-251-024 DC Avg.:M:Y

3-251-025 DC Avg.:M:S

3-251-031 DC Avg.:L:K

3-251-032 DC Avg.:L:C

3-251-033 DC Avg.:L:M [0 to 100 / 5 / 0.0001 %]

3-251-034 DC Avg.:L:Y

3-251-035 DC Avg.:L:S

386
 Group 3000

3-251-101 DC Avg.:A:K

3-251-102 DC Avg.:A:C

3-251-103 DC Avg.:A:M [0 to 100 / 5 / 0.0001 %]

3-251-104 DC Avg.:A:Y

3-251-105 DC Avg.:A:S

3260 [Temp/Humid (PCU)]

These SP codes display the temperature and humidity readings for the present
conditions around the PCDUs.

3-260-001 Temperature [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg]

3-260-002 Relative Humidity [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 %RH]

3-260-003 Absolute Humidity [0 to 63 / 0 / 0.01 g/m3]

Disp T/H Sn:PCU

3-260-004 Environ:Recent [0 to 9 / 0 / 1]

3261 [Temp/Humid(Body)]

These SP codes display the temperature and humidity readings for the present
conditions in the main machine.

3-261-001 Temperature [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg]

3-261-002 Relative Humidity [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 %rH]

3-261-003 Absolute Humidity [0 to 63 / 0 / 0.01 g/m3]

[Disp T/H Sn:Body]

3-261-004 Environ: Recent [0 to 9 / 0 / 1]

[Disp T/H Sn:Body 2]

3-261-005 Environ: Recent [0 to 11 / 0 / 1 ]

3262 [Env Set: PCU]

387
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Force executes an immediate reading of temperature/humidity conditions around

the PCDUs.

3-262-001 Force Settings [0 to 6 / 0 / 1]

0:Sensor Detect
1:LLL 2:LL 3:ML 4:MM 5:MH 6:HH

3263 [Env Set:Body]

Force executes an immediate reading of temperature/humidity conditions inside

the machine.

3-263-001 Force Settings [0 to 6 / 0 / 1]

0:Sensor Detect
1:LLL 2:LL 3:ML 4:MM 5:MH 6:HH

[Env Set:Body:2]

3-263-002 Force Settings [0 to 11 / 0 / 1 ]

3264 [Env Thresh:PCU]

These SP codes set the thresholds for humidity readings around the PCDUs.

3-264-002 Abs Humid:2 [0 to 100 / 5 / 0.01 g/m3]

3-264-003 Abs Humid:3 [0 to 100 / 10 / 0.01 g/m3]

3-264-004 Abs Humid:4 [0 to 100 / 18 / 0.01 g/m3]

3-264-005 Abs Humid:5 [0 to 100 / 25 / 0.01 g/m3]

3265 [Env Thresh:Body]

These SP codes set the thresholds for humidity readings inside the main machine.

3-265-001 Abs Humid:1 [0 to 100 / 2.5 / 0.01 g /m3]

3-265-002 Abs Humid:2 [0 to 100 / 5 / 0.01 g/m3]

3-265-003 Abs Humid:3 [0 to 100 / 8.4 / 0.01 g /m3]

3-265-004 Abs Humid:4 [0 to 100 / 15 / 0.01 g /m3]

3-265-005 Abs Humid:5 [0 to 100 / 24 / 0.01 g /m3]

388
 Group 3000

3300 [ID Pattern :Disp]

Displays the amount of toner on the drum at the ID sensor pattern created
between sheets. M/A is the mass per area, or mass/unit area (mg/cm2). This is
calculated based on the ID sensor output value (Vsp). M/A is calculated for each
grade of color.

3-300-001 M/A(Latest):K

3-300-002 M/A(Latest):C
[0 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 mg/cm2]
3-300-003 M/A(Latest):M

3-300-004 M/A(Latest):Y

3-300-005 M/A(Latest):S [0 to 1.5 / 0 / 0.001 mg/cm2]

3-300-011 M/A(Target):K [0 to 1 / 0.170 / 0.001 mg/cm2]

3-300-012 M/A(Target):C [0 to 1 / 0.414 / 0.001 mg/cm2]

3-300-013 M/A(Target):M [0 to 1 / 0.449 / 0.001 mg/cm2]

3-300-014 M/A(Target):Y [0 to 1 / 0.418 / 0.001 mg/cm2]

3-300-015 M/A(Target):S [0 to 1.5 / 0.444 / 0.001 mg/cm2]

3-300-101 M/A(Latest):K

3-300-102 M/A(Latest):C
[0 to 1 / 0 / 0.001 mg/cm2]
3-300-103 M/A(Latest):M

3-300-104 M/A(Latest):Y

3-300-105 M/A(Latest):S [0 to 1.5 / 0 / 0.001 mg/cm2]

3301 [ID Pattern :Set]

These SP codes set up how ID sensor patterns are created on the drum between
sheets of paper. As shown below, the intervals can be set up as prints, page
counts, fluctuations in M/A, feed counts, and so on.

389
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-301-001 Create Intrvl:K

3-301-002 Create Intrvl:C

3-301-003 Create Intrvl:M [0 to 200 / 10 / 1 pages]

3-301-004 Create Intrvl:Y

3-301-005 Create Intrvl:S

3-301-011 Page Cnt:K

3-301-012 Page Cnt:C

3-301-013 Page Cnt:M [0 to 200 / 0 / 1 pages]

3-301-014 Page Cnt:Y

3-301-015 Page Cnt:C

3-301-031 Feed Cnt :Set [0 to 9 999 999 / 5000 / 1 msec]

3-301-041 Feed Cnt :K

3-301-042 Feed Cnt :C

3-301-043 Feed Cnt :M [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 msec]

3-301-044 Feed Cnt :Y

3-301-045 Feed Cnt :S

3-301-081 M/A UppErr:K [0 to 1 / 0.6 / 0.001 mg/cm2]

3-301-082 M/A UppErr:Col [0 to 2 / 1.2 / 0.001 mg/cm2]

3-301-085 M/A UppErr:S [0 to 2 / 1.800 / 0.001 mg/cm2]

3-301-091 M/A LowErr:K [0 to 1 / 0.050 / 0.001 mg/cm2]

3-301-092 M/A LowErr:Col [0 to 1 / 0.100 / 0.001 mg/cm2]

3-301-095 M/A LowErr:S [0 to 1 / 0.100 / 0.001 mg/cm2]

3-301-101 ON/OFF(Create Intrvl Change) [0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]

3310 [ID Sens: Offset]

390
 Group 3000

Displays the amount of voltage used to light the ID sensor LED to create the ID
sensor pattern on the drum.

3-310-001 Voffset reg

3-310-011 Voffset dif

3-310-021 Voffset TM(Front) [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01V]

3-310-022 Voffset TM(Center)

3-310-023 Voffset TM(Rear)

3311 [ID.Sens :Vmin]

Displays the Vmin output for black used in the gradation pattern.

3-311-001 Vmin_K [0 to 5 / 0 / 0.01 V]

3312 [ID.Sens :Vct]

3-312-001 Vct_reg
[0 to 5 / 0 / 0.001 V]
3-312-011 Vct_dif

3320 [Vsg Adj: Execute]

3-320-001 ALL [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

3321 [Adjusted Vsg]

Adjusts Vsg for BW and the TM sensors. Vsg is the voltage measurement of the
reflectivity of the bare transfer belt (ITB). There are three TM sensors mounted on
the sensor array above the ITB. The front and rear sensors are MUSIC sensors.
The middle sensor is also a MUSIC sensor but it also functions as the ID sensor.
Throughout the service manuals these sensors are referred to as the rear MUSIC
sensor, (middle) ID/MUSIC sensor, and front MUSIC sensor.

391
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-321-001 Vsg reg

3-321-011 Vsg dif

3-321-041 Vsg TM(Front) [0 to 5.5 / 0 / 0.01 V]

3-321-042 Vsg TM(Center)

3-321-043 Vsg TM(Rear)

3322 [Adjusted Ifsg]

Displays the reading of the ID sensor LED where the current was adjusted.

3-322-001 Ifsg

3-322-011 Ifsg

3-322-021 Ifsg: TM(Front) [0 to 50 / 27 / 0.1 mA]

3-322-022 Ifsg: TM(Center)

3-322-023 Ifsg: TM(Rear)

3323 [Vsg Adj OK?]

These SP display a history of the results of Vsg adjustments.

3-323-001 Latest

3-323-002 Latest 1

3-323-003 Latest 2

3-323-004 Latest 3

3-323-005 Latest 4
[0 to 999 / 0 / 1]
3-323-006 Latest 5

3-323-007 Latest 6

3-323-008 Latest 7

3-323-009 Latest 8

3-323-010 Latest 9

392
 Group 3000

3330 [ID.Sens Coef :Disp]

Displays latest ID sensor correction coefficients.

3-330-001 K2(Latest) [0 to 5 / 0.324 / 0.0001]

3-330-011 K5(Latest) [0 to 10 / 2.56 / 0.0001]

3331 [ID.Sens Coef :Set]

This is the coefficient used for adjusting Vsp/Vsg in accordance with the ID sensor
3-331-001 test data. Input this coefficient, supplied with the sensor, to correct the variation of
each sensor.

3-331-041 Vct_reg_slope Check [0 to 1 / 0 / 0.0001 V/mA]

3-331-046 Vct_reg_Xint Check [0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1 mA]

3-331-051 Vct_dif_slope Check [0 to 1 / 0 / 0.0001 V/mA]

3-331-056 Vct_dif_Xint Check [0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1 mA]

3400 [Toner Supply Type]

These SP codes set the method of toner supply.

0: Fixed method
3: DANC (with Vtref correction)
4: DANC (without Vtref correction)
Note: DANC (Divided Area Noise Control)

3-400-001 K

3-400-002 C [0 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]
0:FIXED 3:DANC (Vt_ref Fixed) 4:DANC
3-400-003 M
(Vt_ref Control)
3-400-004 Y Default: 4

3-400-005 S

3440 [Fixed Supply Mode]

This SP sets the toner supply rate for the Fixed Supply Mode.

393
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-440-001 Fixed Rate : K

3-440-002 Fixed Rate : C

3-440-003 Fixed Rate : M [ 0 to 100 / 5 / 1 %]

3-440-004 Fixed Rate : Y

3-440-005 Fixed Rate : S

3500 [ImgQltyAdj :ON/OFF]

These SP codes switch off and on the process control and MUSIC functions.

3-500-005 DEMS [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

3509 [ImgQltyAdj :ModeSelect]

Selects DEMS modes (4C/5C) for manual execution or when the power turned
on.

3-509-001 PowerON [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

3-509-002 Manual Exe [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

3520 [ImgQltyAdj :Interval]

This SP determines the interval for quality adjustment.

3-520-001 During Job [0 to 100 / 30 / 1 Pages]

3-520-002 During Stand-by [0 to 100 / 10 / 1 min.]

3521 [Drum Stop Time :Disp]

These SP codes display the last time the drums were used.

3-521-001 Year:K [0 to 99 / 0 / 1 year]

3-521-002 Month:K [1 to 12 / 1 / 1 month]

3-521-003 Day:K [1 to 31 / 1 / 1 day]

3-521-004 Hour:K [0 to 23 / 0 / 1 hour]

3-521-005 Minute:K [0 to 59 / 0 / 1 minute]

394
 Group 3000

3-521-011 Year:S [0 to 99 / 0 / 1 year]

3-521-012 Month:S [1 to 12 / 1 / 1 month]

3-521-013 Day:S [1 to 31 / 1 / 1 day]

3-521-014 Hour:S [0 to 23 / 0 / 1 hour]

3-521-015 Minute:S [0 to 59 / 0 / 1 minute]

3522 [Drum Stop Environ :Disp]

These SP codes display the temperature and humidity around the drum when last
used.

3-522-001 Temperature:K [-1280 to 1270 / 0 / 0.1 deg]

3-522-002 Rel Humidity:K [0 to 1000 / 0 / 0.1 %RH]

3-522-003 Abs Humidity:K [0 to 1000 / 0 / 0.1 g/m3]

3-522-011 Temperature:S [-1280 to 1270 / 0 / 0.1 deg]

3-522-012 Rel Humidity:S [0 to 1000 / 0 / 0.1 %RH]

3-522-013 Abs Humidity:S [0 to 1000 / 0 / 0.1 g/m3]

3529 [ProCon Interval Control :Set]

These SP codes are used to determine when process control executes

automatically.

3-529-001 Gamma Corr [0 to 1 / 1 / 1] 0:ON 1:OFF

3-529-002 Environ Corr [0 to 1 / 1 / 1]

3-529-003 Abs Hum Threshold [0 to 99 / 4.3 / 0.1 g/m3]

3-529-004 Max Cnt Threshhold [0 to 99 / 2 / 1 counts]

3-529-005 Exe Cnt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-529-006 Page Cnt: BW [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1 sheets]

3-529-007 Page Cnt: FC [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1 sheets]

3-529-008 Page Cnt: S [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1 sheets]

395
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3530 [Power ON ProCon :Set]

These SP codes set the conditions that trigger automatic execution of process
control when the machine is switched on for a cold start.

3-530-001 Non-use Time Setting [0 to 1440 / 30 / 1 minute]

3-530-002 Temperature Range [0 to 99 / 10 / 1 deg]

3-530-003 Relative Humidity Range [0 to 99 / 50 / 1 %RH]

3-530-004 Absolute Humidity Range [0 to 99 / 6 / 1 g/m3]

3-530-005 Interval:BW

3-530-006 Interval:FC
[0 to 5000 / 0 / 1 sheets]
3-530-007 Page Cnt:BW

3-530-008 Page Cnt:FC

3532 [JobIn Procon :Set]

These SP codes set the conditions that trigger automatic execution of process
control when the machine receives a new job.

3-532-001 Non-use Time Setting:K [0 to 1440 / 60 / 1 minute]

3-532-002 Temperature Range:K [0 to 99 / 3 / 1 deg]

3-532-003 Relative Humidity Range:K [0 to 99 / 10 / 1 %RH]

3-532-004 Absolute Humidity Range:K [0 to 99 / 3 / 1 g/m3]

3-532-011 Non-use Time Setting:S [0 to 1440 / 30 / 1 minute]

3-532-012 Temperature Range:S [0 to 99 / 3 / 1 deg]

3-532-013 Relative Humidity Range:S [0 to 99 / 10 / 1 %RH]

3-532-014 Absolute Humidity Range:S [0 to 99 / 3 / 1 g/m3]

3533 [Interrupt ProCon :Set]

These SP codes set the conditions that trigger automatic execution of process
control while the machine is printing.

3-533-001 Interval: Set: BW [0 to 5000 / 500 / 1 sheets]

396
 Group 3000

3-533-002 Interval: Disp: BW [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1 sheets]

3-533-003 Corr(Short): BW [0 to 1 / 0.5 /0.01]

3-533-004 Corr(Mid): BW [0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01]

3-533-011 Interval: Set: FC [0 to 5000 / 500 / 1 sheets]

3-533-012 Interval: Disp: FC [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1 sheets]

3-533-013 Corr(Short): FC [0 to 1 / 0.5 / 0.01]

3-533-014 Corr(Mid): FC [0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01]

3-533-021 Interval:Set:S [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1 sheets]

3-533-022 Interval:Disp:S [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1 sheets]

3-533-023 Corr(Short):S [0 to 1 / 0.5 / 0.01 ]

3-533-024 Corr(Mid):S [0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01 ]

3534 [JobEnd ProCon :Set]

These SP codes set the conditions that trigger automatic execution of process
control at job end.

3-534-001 Interval: Set: BW [0 to 5000 / 1000 / 1 sheets]

3-534-002 Interval: Disp: BW [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1 sheets]

3-534-003 Corr(Short): BW [0 to 1 / 0.75 / 0.01]

3-534-004 Corr(Mid): BW [0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01]

3-534-011 Interval: Set: FC [0 to 1000 / 1000 / 1 sheets]

3-534-012 Interval: Disp: FC [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1 sheets]

3-534-013 Corr(Short): FC [0 to 1 / 0.75 / 0.01]

3-534-014 Corr(Mid): FC [0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01]

3-534-021 Interval:Set:S [0 to 1000 / 1000 / 1 sheets]

3-534-022 Interval:Disp:S [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1 sheets]

3-534-023 Corr(Short):S [0 to 1 / 0.75 / 0.01 ]

397
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-534-024 Corr(Mid):S [0 to 1 / 1 / 0.01 ]

3535 [Interrupt TC ProCon :Set]

Sets the upper or lower targets for interrupting TC process control.

3-535-011 Target(Upp Limit):K [0 to 1 / 0.10 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-535-012 Target(Upp Limit):Col [0 to 1 / 0.10 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-535-015 Target(Upp Limit):S [0 to 1 / 0.10 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-535-021 Target(Lwr Limit):K [-1 to 0 / -0.10 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-535-022 Target(Lwr Limit):Col [-1 to 0 / -0.10 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-535-025 Target(Lwr Limit):S [-1 to 0 / -0.10 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-535-031 Interval [0 to 50000 / 1000 / 1 sheets]

3539 [Dev Agitating Time :Set]

These SP codes set up the parameters that determine how the developer/toner is
agitated in the development units.

3-539-001 Time [0 to 3000 / 0 / 1 sec]

3-539-010 ON/OFF(by RelHum) [0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ] 0:ON 1:OFF

3-539-030 ON/OFF(by Non-use Time) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ] 0:ON 1:OFF

3-539-050 ON/OFF(by Non-use Time) [0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ] 0:ON 1:OFF

3600 [Select ProCon]

These SP codes select the potential control method.

3-600-001 Potential Control [0 to 1 / 1 / 1] 0:FIXED 1:CONTROL

3-600-003 TC Adj. Mode [0 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

0:Do Not Execute
1:1st Power On
2: 1st Power On & Job End

398
 Group 3000

3-600-004 ACC Before ProCon [0 to 3 / 2 / 1]

0:Not Execute
1:Process Control
2:TC Control

3-600-005 TC Adj. Times [1 to 20 / 20 / 1]

3-600-007 Interrupt TC Procon [0 to 2 / 1 / 1 ]

3-600-010 Active Potential Control [0 to 1 / 0 / 1] 0:ON 1:OFF

3-600-040 DEMS Select [0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]

3-600-070 IMSSe Select [0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]

3610 [Chrg AC Control]

These SP codes the AC control value that has been selected for potential AC
control.

3-610-001 Std Speed: K

3-610-002 Std Speed: C

3-610-003 Std Speed: M [0 to 3 / 2.2 / 0.01 kV]

3-610-004 Std Speed: Y

3-610-005 Std Speed: S

3611 [Chrg DC Control]

These SP codes display the DC drum charge bias determined for process control
for the color and speed.

Mode Speed

Med. 246.96 mm/s

Low 176.4 mm/s

Std. 352.8 mm/s

3-611-001 Std Speed: K [300 to 1200 / 630 / 1 -V]

3-611-002 Std Speed: C [300 to 1200 / 690 / 1 -V]

399
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-611-003 Std Speed: M [300 to 1200 / 730 / 1 -V]

3-611-004 Std Speed: Y [300 to 1200 / 690 / 1 -V]

3-611-005 Std Speed: S [300 to 1200 / 630 / 1 -V]

3-611-011 Mid Speed: K [300 to 1200 / 630 / 1 -V]

3-611-012 Mid Speed: C [300 to 1200 / 690 / 1 -V]

3-611-013 Mid Speed: M [300 to 1200 / 730 / 1 -V]

3-611-014 Mid Speed: Y [300 to 1200 / 690 / 1 -V]

3-611-015 Mid Speed: S [300 to 1200 / 630 / 1 -V]

3-611-021 Low Speed: K [300 to 1200 / 630 / 1 -V]

3-611-022 Low Speed: C [300 to 1200 / 690 / 1 -V]

3-611-023 Low Speed: M [300 to 1200 / 730 / 1 -V]

3-611-024 Low Speed: Y [300 to 1200 / 690 / 1 -V]

3-611-025 Low Speed: S [300 to 1200 / 630 / 1 -V]

3-611-031 Std Speed: SW [300 to 1200 / 630 / 1 -V]

3-611-032 Mid Speed: SW [300 to 1200 / 630 / 1 -V]

3-611-033 Low Speed: SW [300 to 1200 / 630 / 1 -V]

3-611-101 Procon:Std Speed: K [300 to 1200 / 630 / 1 -V]

3-611-102 Procon:Std Speed: C [300 to 1200 / 690 / 1 -V]

3-611-103 Procon:Std Speed: M [300 to 1200 / 730 / 1 -V]

3-611-104 Procon:Std Speed: Y [300 to 1200 / 690 / 1 -V]

3-611-105 Procon:Std Speed: S [300 to 1200 / 630 / 1 -V]

3-611-111 Procon:Mid Speed: K [300 to 1200 / 630 / 1 -V]

3-611-112 Procon:Mid Speed: C [300 to 1200 / 690 / 1 -V]

3-611-113 Procon:Mid Speed: M [300 to 1200 / 730 / 1 -V]

3-611-114 Procon:Mid Speed: Y [300 to 1200 / 690 / 1 -V]

3-611-115 Procon:Mid Speed: S [300 to 1200 / 630 / 1 -V]

400
 Group 3000

3-611-121 Procon:Low Speed: K [300 to 1200 / 630 / 1 -V]

3-611-122 Procon:Low Speed: C [300 to 1200 / 690 / 1 -V]

3-611-123 Procon:Low Speed: M [300 to 1200 / 730 / 1 -V]

3-611-124 Procon:Low Speed: Y [300 to 1200 / 690 / 1 -V]

3-611-125 Procon:Low Speed: S [300 to 1200 / 630 / 1 -V]

3-611-131 Procon:Std Speed: SW [300 to 1200 / 630 / 1 -V]

3-611-132 Procon:Mid Speed: SW [300 to 1200 / 630 / 1 -V]

3-611-133 Procon:Low Speed: SW [300 to 1200 / 630 / 1 -V]

3612 [Dev DC Control]

These SP codes display the DC development charge bias determined for process
control for the color and speed

Mode Speed

Med. 246.96 mm/s

Low 176.4 mm/s

Std. 352.8 mm/s

3-612-001 Std Speed: K [200 to 800 / 480 / 1 -V]

3-612-002 Std Speed: C [200 to 800 / 610 / 1 -V]

3-612-003 Std Speed: M [200 to 800 / 650 / 1 -V]

3-612-004 Std Speed: Y [200 to 800 / 610 / 1 -V]

3-612-005 Std Speed: S [200 to 800 / 550 / 1 -V]

3-612-011 Mid Speed: K [200 to 800 / 480 / 1 -V]

3-612-012 Mid Speed: C [200 to 800 / 610 / 1 -V]

3-612-013 Mid Speed: M [200 to 800 / 650 / 1 -V]

3-612-014 Mid Speed: Y [200 to 800 / 610 / 1 -V]

3-612-015 Mid Speed: S [200 to 800 / 550 / 1 -V]

401
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-612-021 Low Speed: K [200 to 800 / 480 / 1 -V]

3-612-022 Low Speed: C [200 to 800 / 610 / 1 -V]

3-612-023 Low Speed: M [200 to 800 / 650 / 1 -V]

3-612-024 Low Speed: Y [200 to 800 / 610 / 1 -V]

3-612-025 Low Speed: S [200 to 800 / 550 / 1 -V]

3-612-031 Std Speed: SW [200 to 800 / 550 / 1 -V]

3-612-032 Mid Speed: SW [200 to 800 / 550 / 1 -V]

3-612-033 Low Speed: SW [200 to 800 / 550 / 1 -V]

3-612-101 Procon:Std Speed: K [200 to 800 / 480 / 1 -V]

3-612-102 Procon:Std Speed: C [200 to 800 / 610 / 1 -V]

3-612-103 Procon:Std Speed: M [200 to 800 / 650 / 1 -V]

3-612-104 Procon:Std Speed: Y [200 to 800 / 610 / 1 -V]

3-612-105 Procon:Std Speed: S [200 to 800 / 550 / 1 -V]

3-612-111 Procon:Mid Speed: K [200 to 800 / 480 / 1 -V]

3-612-112 Procon:Mid Speed: C [200 to 800 / 610 / 1 -V]

3-612-113 Procon:Mid Speed: M [200 to 800 / 650 / 1 -V]

3-612-114 Procon:Mid Speed: Y [200 to 800 / 610 / 1 -V]

3-612-115 Procon:Mid Speed: S [200 to 800 / 550 / 1 -V]

3-612-121 Procon:Low Speed: K [200 to 800 / 480 / 1 -V]

3-612-122 Procon:Low Speed: C [200 to 800 / 610 / 1 -V]

3-612-123 Procon:Low Speed: M [200 to 800 / 650 / 1 -V]

3-612-124 Procon:Low Speed: Y [200 to 800 / 610 / 1 -V]

3-612-125 Procon:Low Speed: S [200 to 800 / 550 / 1 -V]

3-612-131 Procon:Std Speed: SW [200 to 800 / 550 / 1 -V]

3-612-132 Procon:Mid Speed: SW [200 to 800 / 550 / 1 -V]

3-612-133 Procon:Low Speed: SW [200 to 800 / 550 / 1 -V]

402
 Group 3000

3613 [LD Power Control]

These SP codes display the LD power determined for process control for standard
speed (352.8 mm/s),

3-613-001 Std Speed: K [20 to 150 / 130 / 1 %]

3-613-002 Std Speed: C [20 to 150 / 130 / 1 %]

3-613-003 Std Speed: M [20 to 150 / 130 / 1 %]

3-613-004 Std Speed: Y [20 to 150 / 130 / 1 %]

3-613-005 Std Speed: S [20 to 150 / 130 / 1 %]

3-613-011 Std Speed: SW [20 to 150 / 130 / 1 %]

3-613-101 Procon:Std Speed: K [20 to 150 / 130 / 1 %]

3-613-102 Procon:Std Speed: C [20 to 150 / 130 / 1 %]

3-613-103 Procon:Std Speed: M [20 to 150 / 130 / 1 %]

3-613-104 Procon:Std Speed: Y [20 to 150 / 130 / 1 %]

3-613-105 Procon:Std Speed: S [20 to 150 / 130 / 1 %]

3-613-111 Procon:Std Speed: SW [20 to 150 / 130 / 1 %]

3620 [ProCon Target M/A]

These SP codes set Beta Coverage for each color.

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.422 / 0.001

3-620-001 Maximum M/A:K
mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.414 /

3-620-002 Maximum M/A:C
0.001mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.449 /

3-620-003 Maximum M/A:M
0.001mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.418 /

3-620-004 Maximum M/A:Y
0.001mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 1.500 / 0.444 / 0.001

3-620-005 Maximum M/A:S
mg/cm2]

403
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-620-011 Maximum M/A Adj.:K

3-620-012 Maximum M/A Adj.:C

3-620-013 Maximum M/A Adj.:M [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1]

3-620-014 Maximum M/A Adj.:Y

3-620-015 Maximum M/A Adj.:S

3-620-021 Maximum M/A Corr:K

3-620-022 Maximum M/A Corr:C

3-620-023 Maximum M/A Corr:M [-0.15 to 0.15 / 0 / 0.001 mg/cm2]

3-620-024 Maximum M/A Corr:Y

3-620-025 Maximum M/A Corr:S

[-0.15 to 0.15 / 0.020 / 0.001 mg/

3-620-031
CorrStep:K cm2]

[-0.15 to 0.15 / 0.020 / 0.001 mg/

3-620-032
CorrStep:C cm2]

[-0.15 to 0.15 / 0.020 / 0.001 mg/

3-620-033
CorrStep:M cm2]

[-0.15 to 0.15 / 0.020 / 0.001 mg/

3-620-034
CorrStep:Y cm2]

[-0.15 to 0.15 / 0.060 / 0.001 mg/

3-620-035
CorrStep:S cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.422 /

3-620-101
Procon:Maximum M/A:K 0.001mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.414 /

3-620-102
Procon:Maximum M/A:C 0.001mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.449/ 0.001mg/

3-620-103
Procon:Maximum M/A:M cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.418 /

3-620-104
Procon:Maximum M/A:Y 0.001mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 1.500 / 0.444 / 0.001

3-620-105
Procon:Maximum M/A:S mg/cm2]

404
 Group 3000

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.422 /

3-620-111
Plain:Maximum M/A:K 0.001mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.414 /

3-620-112
Plain:Maximum M/A:C 0.001mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.449 /

3-620-113
Plain:Maximum M/A:M 0.001mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.418 /

3-620-114
Plain:Maximum M/A:Y 0.001mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 1.500 / 0.444 / 0.001

3-620-115
Plain:Maximum M/A:S mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.433 /

3-620-121
gloss:Maximum M/A:K 0.001mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.410 /

3-620-122
gloss:Maximum M/A:C 0.001mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.429 /

3-620-123
gloss:Maximum M/A:M 0.001mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.390 /

3-620-124
gloss:Maximum M/A:Y 0.001mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 1.500 / 0.444 / 0.001

3-620-125
gloss:Maximum M/A:S mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.422 / 0.001

3-620-131
Matte:Maximum M/A:K mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.414 / 0.001

3-620-132
Matte:Maximum M/A:C mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.449 / 0.001

3-620-133
Matte:Maximum M/A:M mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.418 / 0.001

3-620-134
Matte:Maximum M/A:Y mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 1.500 / 0.444 / 0.001

3-620-135
Matte:Maximum M/A:S mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.422 / 0.001

3-620-141
Texture:Maximum M/A:K mg/cm2]

405
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.414 / 0.001

3-620-142
Texture:Maximum M/A:C mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.449 / 0.001

3-620-143
Texture:Maximum M/A:M mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 0.750 / 0.418 / 0.001

3-620-144
Texture:Maximum M/A:Y mg/cm2]

[0.200 to 1.500 / 0.444 / 0.001

3-620-145
Texture:Maximum M/A:S mg/cm2]

[-0.100 to 0.100 / 0 / 0.001 / mg/

3-620-201 Environ Corr:K
cm2 ]

[-0.100 to 0.100 / 0 / 0.001 / mg/

3-620-202 Environ Corr1:K
cm2 ]

[-0.100 to 0.100 / 0 / 0.001 / mg/

3-620-203
Environ Corr2:K cm2 ]

3621 [Backgroud Pot:Set]

Sets steps of the background potential correction. Increasing value causes carrier
adhesion.

3-621-021 CorrStep:K

3-621-022 CorrStep:C

3-621-023 CorrStep:M [0 to 5 / 0 / 1 / - ]

3-621-024 CorrStep:Y

3-621-025 CorrStep:S

3622 [Dev Pot :Set]

These SP codes display the background potential.

3-622-001 K

3-622-002 C
[0 to 800 / 410 / 1V]
3-622-003 M

3-622-004 Y

406
 Group 3000

3-622-005 S [0 to 800 / 470 / 1V]

3-622-011 SW [0 to 800 / 480 / 1V]

3-622-051 UpperLimit:K

3-622-052 UpperLimit:C
[400 to 800 / 625 / 1 V]
3-622-053 UpperLimit:M

3-622-054 UpperLimit:Y

3-622-055 UpperLimit:S [400 to 800 / 600 / 1 V]

3-622-061 LowerLimit (K)

3-622-062 LowerLimit (C)

3-622-063 LowerLimit (M) [0 to 400 / 200 / 1 V]

3-622-064 LowerLimit (Y)

3-622-065 LowerLimit (S)

3-622-101 Current:K

3-622-102 Current:C

3-622-103 Current:M [0 to 800 / 0 / 1 V]

3-622-104 Current:Y

3-622-111 Current:S

3623 [LD Power Set]

These SP codes set background potential for the four colors. The default is 100 V.
If this setting is set too large, the carrier will not adhere.

3-623-051 Line Width Adj.:K [20 to 120 / 53 / 1um]

3-623-052 Line Width Adj.:C [20 to 120 / 57 / 1um]

3-623-053 Line Width Adj.:M [20 to 120 / 55 / 1um]

3-623-054 Line Width Adj.:Y [20 to 120 / 55 / 1um]

3-623-055 Line Width Adj.:S [20 to 120 / 55 / 1um]

407
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-623-061 Line Width Adj.:K

3-623-062 Line Width Adj.:C

3-623-063 Line Width Adj.:M [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1]-

3-623-064 Line Width Adj.:Y

3-623-065 Line Width Adj.:S

3624 [TC Adj. Mode]

These SP codes set the parameters for the range (upper and lower limits) for
target gamma adjustment for process control toner density adjustment.

3-624-001 Target(Upp Limit) [0 to 1 / 0.10 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-624-002 Target(Lwr Limit) [-1 to 0 / -0.1 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-624-005 Force Consume Threshold [1 to 6 / 1.9 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-624-007 Consume(Upp Limit) [0 to 16 / 16 / 1 times]

3-624-008 Force Supply Threshold [0 to 1 / 0.30 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-624-009 Supply(Upp Limit) [1 to 50 / 1 / 1 g]

3-624-010 Supply(Lwr Limit) [1 to 50 / 1 / 1 g]

3-624-011 Supply(Upp Limit):S [1 to 50 / 1 / 1 g]

3630 [Dev gamma :Disp/Set]

These SP codes display information about the most recent development gamma
settings.

3-630-001 Current:K

3-630-002 Current:C
[0.1 to 6 / 0.90 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]
3-630-003 Current:M

3-630-004 Current:Y

3-630-005 Current:S [0.1 to 6 / 1 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

408
 Group 3000

3-630-011 Target:K

3-630-012 Target:C
[0.5 to 2.55 / 0.90 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]
3-630-013 Target:M

3-630-014 Target:Y

3-630-015 Target:S 0.5 to 6 / 1.0 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-630-021 Initial:K

3-630-022 Initial:C
[0.5 to 2.55 / 0.90 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]
3-630-023 Initial:M

3-630-024 Initial:Y

3-630-025 Initial:S [0.5 to 6 / 1 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-630-031 Env Cor.(ON/OFF)

3-630-032 TC Cor.(ON/OFF)
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1]
3-630-033 DC Avg. Cor.(ON/OFF)

3-630-034 Age Cor.(ON/OFF)

3-630-041 Environ Corr:K

[-1 to 1 / 1 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]
3-630-042 Environ Corr:Col

3-630-051 TnrDensity Corr:K

3-630-052 TnrDensity Corr:C

3-630-053 TnrDensity Corr:M [-1 to 1 / 0 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-630-054 TnrDensity Corr:Y

3-630-055 TnrDensity Corr:S

3-630-061 TnrDensity:K

3-630-062 TnrDensity:C

3-630-063 TnrDensity:M [0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1 wt%]

3-630-064 TnrDensity:Y

3-630-065 TnrDensity:S

409
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-630-071 Environ Corr1:K [-1 to 1 / 0.15 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-630-072 Environ Corr2:K [-1 to 1 / 0.10 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-630-073 Environ Corr3:K [-1 to 1 / 0 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-630-074 Environ Corr4:K [-1 to 1 / -0.05 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-630-075 Environ Corr5:K [-1 to 1 / -0.10 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-630-076 Environ Corr6:K [-1 to 1 / -0.10 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-630-077 Environ Corr7:K

3-630-078 Environ Corr8:K [-1 to 1 / 0.1 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-630-081 Environ Corr1:Col [-1 to 1 / 0.15 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-630-082 Environ Corr2:Col [-1 to 1 / 0.10 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-630-083 Environ Corr3:Col [-1 to 1 / 0 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-630-084 Environ Corr4:Col [-1 to 1 / -0.05 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-630-085 Environ Corr5:Col [-1 to 1 / -0.05 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-630-086 Environ Corr6:Col [-1 to 1 / -0.10 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-630-087 Environ Corr7:Col [-1 to 1 / 0 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-630-088 Environ Corr8:Col [-1 to 1 / 0 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3-630-090 TC-Gamma [0.1 to 0.25 / 0.12 / 0.01 ]

3-630-091 TC Corr Threshold:K

3-630-092 TC Corr Threshold:C

[7 to 12 / 9 / 0.1 wt%]
3-630-093 TC Corr Threshold:M

3-630-094 TC Corr Threshold:Y

3-630-095 TC Corr Threshold:S [7 to 20 / 9 / 0.1 wt%]

3-630-111 Current:SW [0.1 to 6 / 0.1 / 0.01 mg/cm2/-kV]

3631 [Vk :Disp]

410
 Group 3000

These SP codes display the most recent development start voltages. Vk is the
development start voltage. (One for each color.)

3-631-001 K

3-631-002 C

3-631-003 M
[-300 to +300 / 0 / 1 –V]
3-631-004 Y

3-631-005 S

3-631-011 SW

3641 [Vd(700) :Disp]

These SP codes display the values for OPC drum charge potential around the
drum for:
• Averaged values for each color (with offset exposure)
• Maximum and minimum values
• Correction coefficients

3-641-001 Average:K

3-641-002 Average:C

3-641-003 Average:M [0 to 999 / 650 / 1 –V]

3-641-004 Average:Y

3-641-005 Average:S

3-641-011 Max:K

3-641-012 Max:C

3-641-013 Max:M [0 to 999 / 650 / 1 –V]

3-641-014 Max:Y

3-641-015 Max:S

411
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-641-021 Min:K

3-641-022 Min:C

3-641-023 Min:M [0 to 999 / 650 / 1 –V]

3-641-024 Min:Y

3-641-025 Min:S

3-641-031 Corr Coef:K

3-641-032 Corr Coef:C

3-641-033 Corr Coef:M [0.8 to 1.2 / 0.97 / 0.01]

3-641-034 Corr Coef:Y

3-641-035 Corr Coef:S

3642 [Vr :Disp] DFU

These SP codes display the residual potential for each drum. (Vr is the residual
voltage, the slight trace of voltage that may remain after the drum is quenched by
the QL.)

3-642-001 K

3-642-002 C

3-642-003 M [0 to 999 / 50 / 1]

3-642-004 Y

3-642-005 S

3649 [Pattern Pot: Vl Disp]

These SP codes display the value of the drum potential after maximum laser
exposure by reading the white patches of the potential sensor patterns of KCMY.

412
 Group 3000

3-649-001 Vl (P5): K

3-649-002 Vl (P5): C

3-649-003 Vl (P5): M
[0 to 999 / 100 / 1 -V]
3-649-004 Vl (P5): Y

3-649-005 Vl (P5): S

3-649-006 Vl (P5): SW

3650 [APC Set]

Sets the intervals of creating half tone patterns.

3-650-001 Interval [0 to 200 / 50 / 1 pages]

3670 [DEMS:Settting]

10, 11: Sets lower threshold of the amplitude of drum cycle for development bias.
20: Sets the upper threshold of phase difference for the adhesion amount
unevenness in every drum cycle.
31 to 33: Sets DEMS (BW) execution threshold when the machine turned on.
41 to 43: Displays DEMS(S) page count when the machine turned on.

3-670-010 Abp[1] Lwr Threshold [0 to 0.1 / 0.003 / 0.001 mg/cm2]

3-670-011 Abd[1] Lwr Threshold [0 to 0.1 / 0.003 / 0.001 mg/cm2]

3-670-020 deltaP_Upp Threshold [0 to 180 / 60 / 0.1 deg]

3-670-031 Interval:BW [0 to 100000 / 20000 / 1 pages]

3-670-032 Interval:FC [0 to 100000 / 20000 / 1 pages]

3-670-033 Interval:S [0 to 100000 / 20000 / 1 pages]

3-670-041 Page Cnt:BW [0 to 100000 / 0 / 1 pages]

3-670-042 Page Cnt:FC [0 to 100000 / 0 / 1 pages]

3-670-043 Page Cnt:S [0 to 100000 / 0 / 1 pages]

3671 [Vc:Coef:Setting]

413
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1 to 62: Sets the frequency correction coefficient for amplitude of drum cycle for
charging bias.
71 to 75: Sets the time of phase adjustment for the charging bias.
81 to 95: Sets the intercept to correct the potential table.

3-671-001 Scp[1] [0 to 2.55 / 1.08 / 0.01 ]

3-671-011 Kcp1 [0.00 to 2.55 / 1.00 / 0.01 ]

3-671-012 Kcp2 [0.00 to 2.55 / 1.00 / 0.01 ]

3-671-051 Scd[1] [0 to 2.55 / 1.09 / 0.01 ]

3-671-061 Kcd1 [0.00 to 2.55 / 0.98 / 0.01 ]

3-671-062 Kcd2 [0.00 to 2.55 / 0.99 / 0.01 ]

3-671-071 tadj_c:K [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.001 s]

3-671-072 tadj_c:C [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.001 s]

3-671-073 tadj_c:M [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.001 s]

3-671-074 tadj_c:Y [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.001 s]

3-671-075 tadj_c:S [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.001 s]

3-671-081 MaxPot:Slope:K [0 to 1.00 / 0.41 / 0.01 ]

3-671-082 MaxPot:Slope:C [0 to 1.00 / 0.58 / 0.01 ]

3-671-083 MaxPot:Slope:M [0 to 1.00 / 0.58 / 0.01 ]

3-671-084 MaxPot:Slope:Y [0 to 1.00 / 0.58 / 0.01 ]

3-671-085 MaxPot:Slope:S [0 to 1.00 / 0.58 / 0.01 ]

3-671-091 MaxPot:Intercept:K [-255 to 255 / 34 / 1 V]

3-671-092 MaxPot:Intercept:C [-255 to 255 / -53 / 1 V]

3-671-093 MaxPot:Intercept:M [-255 to 255 / -53 / 1 V]

3-671-094 MaxPot:Intercept:Y [-255 to 255 / -53 / 1 V]

3-671-095 MaxPot:Intercept:S [-255 to 255 / -53 / 1 V]

3672 [Vc:Amp:Disp]

414
 Group 3000

1 to 5: Displays the amplitude of drum cycle for charging bias “Acp[1]”.

51 to 55: Displays the amplitude of development roller cycle for charging
bias ”Acd[1]”.

3-672-001 OPC:Acp[1]:K

3-672-002 OPC:Acp[1]:C

3-672-003 OPC:Acp[1]:M [0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1 %]

3-672-004 OPC:Acp[1]:Y

3-672-005 OPC:Acp[1]:S

3-672-051 DEV:Acd[1]:K

3-672-052 DEV:Acd[1]:C

3-672-053 DEV:Acd[1]:M [0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1 %]

3-672-054 DEV:Acd[1]:Y

3-672-055 DEV:Acd[1]:S

3673 [Vc:Amp:Disp]

1 to 5: Displays the amplitude of drum cycle for charging bias “Acp’[1]”.

51 to 55: Displays the amplitude of development roller cycle for charging
bias ”Acd’[1]”.

3-673-001 OPC:Acp'[1]:K

3-673-002 OPC:Acp'[1]:C

3-673-003 OPC:Acp'[1]:M [0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1 %]

3-673-004 OPC:Acp'[1]:Y

3-673-005 OPC:Acp'[1]:S

415
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-673-051 DEV:Acd'[1]:K

3-673-052 DEV:Acd'[1]:C

3-673-053 DEV:Acd'[1]:M [0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1 %]

3-673-054 DEV:Acd'[1]:Y

3-673-055 DEV:Acd'[1]:S

3674 [Vc:Phase:Disp]

1 to 5: Displays the phase of drum cycle (Pcp[1]) for charging bias.

51 to 55: Displays the phase of development roller (Pcd[1]) for charging bias.
101 to 105: Displays the phase difference of the adhesion amount unevenness in
every drum cycle (deltaPcp[1]).
151 to 155: Displays the phase difference of the adhesion amount unevenness in
every development roller cycle (deltaPcd[1]).

3-674-001 OPC:Pcp[1]:K

3-674-002 OPC:Pcp[1]:C

3-674-003 OPC:Pcp[1]:M [0 to 360 / 0 / 0.1 deg]

3-674-004 OPC:Pcp[1]:Y

3-674-005 OPC:Pcp[1]:S

3-674-051 DEV:Pcd[1]:K

3-674-052 DEV:Pcd[1]:C

3-674-053 DEV:Pcd[1]:M [0 to 360 / 0 / 0.1 deg]

3-674-054 DEV:Pcd[1]:Y

3-674-055 DEV:Pcd[1]:S

3-674-101 deltaPcp[1]:K

3-674-102 deltaPcp[1]:C

3-674-103 deltaPcp[1]:M [0 to 360 / 0 / 0.1 deg]

3-674-104 deltaPcp[1]:Y

3-674-105 deltaPcp[1]:S

416
 Group 3000

3-674-151 deltaPcd[1]:K

3-674-152 deltaPcd[1]:C

3-674-153 deltaPcd[1]:M [0 to 360 / 0 / 0.1 deg]

3-674-154 deltaPcd[1]:Y

3-674-155 deltaPcd[1]:S

3675 [Vb:Coef:Setting]

1 to 62: Sets the frequency correction coefficient of drum cycle for development
bias.
71 to 75: Sets the phase adjustment time (tadj_b) of development bias.

3-675-001 Sbp[1] [0 to 2.55 / 0.95 / 0.01 ]

3-675-011 Kbp1 [0.00 to 2.55 / 1.00 / 0.01 ]

3-675-012 Kbp2 [0.00 to 2.55 / 1.02 / 0.01 ]

3-675-051 Sbd[1] [0 to 2.55 / 1.03 / 0.01 ]

3-675-061 Kbd1 [0.00 to 2.55 / 1.02 / 0.01 ]

3-675-062 Kbd2 [0.00 to 2.55 / 1.00 / 0.01 ]

3-675-071 tadj_b:K [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0.000 / 0.001 s]

3-675-072 tadj_b:C [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0.000 / 0.001 s]

3-675-073 tadj_b:M [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0.000 / 0.001 s]

3-675-074 tadj_b:Y [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0.000 / 0.001 s]

3-675-075 tadj_b:S [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0.000 / 0.001 s]

3676 [Vb:Amp:Disp]

1 to 5: Displays the amplitude of drum cycle (Abp[1]) for development bias.

51 to 55: Displays the amplitude of development roller cycle for development
bias.

417
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-676-001 OPC:Abp[1]:K

3-676-002 OPC:Abp[1]:C

3-676-003 OPC:Abp[1]:M [0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1 %]

3-676-004 OPC:Abp[1]:Y

3-676-005 OPC:Abp[1]:S

3-676-051 DEV:Abd[1]:K

3-676-052 DEV:Abd[1]:C

3-676-053 DEV:Abd[1]:M [0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1 %]

3-676-054 DEV:Abd[1]:Y

3-676-055 DEV:Abd[1]:S

3677 [Vb:Amp:Disp]

1 to 5: Displays the amplitude of drum cycle (Abp'[1]) for development bias.

51 to 55: Displays amplitude of development roller cycle (Abd'[1]) for
development bias.

3-677-001 OPC:Abp'[1]:K

3-677-002 OPC:Abp'[1]:C

3-677-003 OPC:Abp'[1]:M [0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1 %]

3-677-004 OPC:Abp'[1]:Y

3-677-005 OPC:Abp'[1]:S

3-677-051 DEV:Abd'[1]:K

3-677-052 DEV:Abd'[1]:C

3-677-053 DEV:Abd'[1]:M [0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1 %]

3-677-054 DEV:Abd'[1]:Y

3-677-055 DEV:Abd'[1]:S

3678 [Vb:Phase:Disp]

418
 Group 3000

1 to 5: Displays the phase of drum cycle (Pbp[1]) for development bias.

51 to 55: Displays the phase of development roller cycle (DEV:Pbd[1]) for
development bias.
101 to 105: Displays the phase difference of the adhesion amount unevenness in
every drum cycle (deltaPbp[1]).
151 to 155: Displays the phase difference of the adhesion amount unevenness in
every development roller cycle (deltaPbd[1]).

3-678-001 OPC:Pbp[1]:K

3-678-002 OPC:Pbp[1]:C

3-678-003 OPC:Pbp[1]:M [0 to 360 / 0 / 0.1 deg]

3-678-004 OPC:Pbp[1]:Y

3-678-005 OPC:Pbp[1]:S

3-678-051 DEV:Pbd[1]:K

3-678-052 DEV:Pbd[1]:C

3-678-053 DEV:Pbd[1]:M [0 to 360 / 0 / 0.1 deg]

3-678-054 DEV:Pbd[1]:Y

3-678-055 DEV:Pbd[1]:S

3-678-101 deltaPbp[1]:K

3-678-102 deltaPbp[1]:C

3-678-103 deltaPbp[1]:M [0 to 360 / 0 / 0.1 deg]

3-678-104 deltaPbp[1]:Y

3-678-105 deltaPbp[1]:S

3-678-151 deltaPbd[1]:K

3-678-152 deltaPbd[1]:C

3-678-153 deltaPbd[1]:M [0 to 360 / 0 / 0.1 deg]

3-678-154 deltaPbd[1]:Y

3-678-155 deltaPbd[1]:S

419
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3709 [Initial Setup]

Enables (1) or disables (0) the automatic new unit detection (PM counter is
cleared).

3-709-001 Auto Exec [0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]

3810 [Lubricant End Detection]

Displays the lubricant status.

3-810-001 Detection Flag:K [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

3-810-002 Detection Flag:C [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

3-810-003 Detection Flag:M [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

3-810-004 Detection Flag:Y [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

3-810-005 Detection Flag:S [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

3-810-006 Near End Distance:K [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1 cm]

3-810-007 Near End Distance:C [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1 cm]

3-810-008 Near End Distance:M [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1 cm]

3-810-009 Near End Distance:Y [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1 cm]

3-810-010 Near End Distance:S [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1 cm]

3-810-011 Detecting Counter:K [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]

3-810-012 Detecting Counter:C [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]

3-810-013 Detecting Counter:M [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]

3-810-014 Detecting Counter:Y [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]

3-810-015 Detecting Counter:S [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]

3-810-020 Detecting Count Threshold1 [1 to 8 / 1 / 1 ]

Near End:
3-810-021
Distance:Thres2:Bk [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 cm]

Near End:
3-810-022
Distance:Thres2:FC [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 cm]

420
 Group 3000

3-810-023 Near End: Distance:Thres2:S [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 cm]

3-810-024 End: Distance:Thres3:Bk [0 to 99999999 / 1200000 / 1 cm]

3-810-025 End: Distance:Thres3:FC [0 to 99999999 / 1200000 / 1 cm]

3-810-026 End: Distance:Thres3:S [0 to 99999999 / 1200000 / 1 cm]

3-810-030 End: Page:Thres4:Bk [0 to 9999999 / 800000 / 1 ]

3-810-031 End: Page:Thres4:FC [0 to 9999999 / 800000 / 1 ]

3-810-032 End: Page:Thres4:S [0 to 9999999 / 800000 / 1 ]

[0 to 999999999 / * / 1 cm]
3-810-033 End: Distance:Thres4:Bk *D194, D203, M195, M207: 34000000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 31000000

[0 to 999999999 / * / 1 cm]
3-810-034 *D194, D203, M195, M207: 34000000
End: Distance:Thres4:FC *D195, D204, M196, M208: 31000000

[0 to 999999999 / * / 1 cm]
3-810-035 *D194, D203, M195, M207: 34000000
End: Distance:Thres4:S *D195, D204, M196, M208: 31000000

3820 [Tnr Refresh Mode]

These SP modes set the parameters for operation of the toner refresh mode:
• Image area threshold value.
• Amount of coverage
• Maximum between patterns
• Maximum job end pattern

3-820-001 Img Area Thresh:K

3-820-002 Img Area Thresh:C

3-820-003 Img Area Thresh:M [0 to 25.5 / 2.5 / 0.1 %]

3-820-004 Img Area Thresh:Y

3-820-005 Img Area Thresh:S

421
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-820-011 K Amount

3-820-012 C Amount

3-820-013 M Amount [-50000.0 to 50000.0 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

3-820-014 Y Amount

3-820-015 S Amount

3-820-021 Max Between Pattern [0 to 255 / 100 / 1 mm]

3-820-022 Max Job End Pattern [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1 mm]

3-820-023 Between Ptn Start threshold [0 to 10000 / 20 / 1 mm]

3-820-024 Job End Ptn Start threshold [0 to 10000 / 0 / 1 mm]

3-820-025 Paper Interval Adjustment [0 to 255 / 27 / 1 mm]

accumulated refresh
3-820-031
length:Lower Limit [-50000.0 to 0 / -10000.0 / 0.1 mm]

accumulated refresh
3-820-032
length:Upper Limit [0 to 50000.0 / 10000.0 / 0.1 mm]

3930 [Life Prediction: Dis.]

001 to 005:
Displays predicted distance history.
011 to 015:
Displays the image area ratio of life determination.
021 to 025:
Displays accumulation image area ratio from the start of using developer.
031 to 035:
Displays spent amount of developer calculated by life predict.
041 to 045:
Displays the shaving coat amount of developer calculated by life predict.
051 to 055
Displays the developer life. (1: Life End)
061 to 065
Displays the developer life distance.

422
 Group 3000

3-830-001 Pre. Control Distance: K [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 m]

3-830-002 Pre. Control Distance: C [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 m]

3-830-003 Pre. Control Distance: M [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 m]

3-830-004 Pre. Control Distance: Y [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 m]

3-830-005 Pre. Control Distance: S [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 m]

3-830-011 Image Area: K [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 cm2]

3-830-012 Image Area: C [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 cm2]

3-830-013 Image Area: M [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 cm2]

3-830-014 Image Area: Y [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 cm2]

3-830-015 Image Area: S [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 cm2]

3-830-021 Image Area Ratio: K [0 to 100 / 0 / 0.1 %]

3-830-022 Image Area Ratio: C [0 to 100 / 0 / 0.1 %]

3-830-023 Image Area Ratio: M [0 to 100 / 0 / 0.1 %]

3-830-024 Image Area Ratio: Y [0 to 100 / 0 / 0.1 %]

3-830-025 Image Area Ratio: S [0 to 100 / 0 / 0.1 %]

3-830-031 Additive Spent (Pre. ): K [0 to 999 / 83 / 0.1 kcps]

3-830-032 Additive Spent (Pre. ): C [0 to 999 / 83 / 0.1 kcps]

3-830-033 Additive Spent (Pre. ): M [0 to 999 / 83 / 0.1 kcps]

3-830-034 Additive Spent (Pre. ): Y [0 to 999 / 83 / 0.1 kcps]

3-830-035 Additive Spent (Pre. ): S [0 to 999 / 83 / 0.1 kcps]

3-830-041 Shaving coat (Pre. ): K [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 m]

3-830-042 Shaving coat (Pre. ): C [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 m]

3-830-043 Shaving coat (Pre. ): M [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 m]

3-830-044 Shaving coat (Pre. ): Y [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 m]

3-830-045 Shaving coat (Pre. ): S [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 m]

3-830-051 Life Value: K [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]

423
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-830-052 Life Value: C [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3-830-053 Life Value: M [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3-830-054 Life Value: Y [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3-830-055 Life Value: S [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]

3-830-061 Life Distance: K [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 m]

3-830-062 Life Distance: C [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 m]

3-830-063 Life Distance: M [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 m]

3-830-064 Life Distance: Y [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 m]

3-830-065 Life Distance: S [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 m]

3931 [Developer Life Predict: Set]

011 to 015
Displays the spent ratio of premix.
021 to 025
Sets the life threshold of developer spent mode.
031 to 035
Displays the life threshold of developer shaving coat mode.
041 to 045
Displays the image area ratio to determine developer life as EM.

3-831-001 Premix ratio: K [0 to 99 / 10 / 0.1 %]

3-831-002 Premix ratio: C [0 to 99 / 10 / 0.1 %]

3-831-003 Premix ratio: M [0 to 99 / 16 / 0.1 %]

3-831-004 Premix ratio: Y [0 to 99 / 10 / 0.1 %]

3-831-005 Premix ratio: S [0 to 99 / 10 / 0.1 %]

3-831-011 Additive Spent (Def. ): K [0 to 999 / 83 / 0.1 kcps]

3-831-012 Additive Spent (Def. ): C [0 to 999 / 83 / 0.1 kcps]

3-831-013 Additive Spent (Def. ): M [0 to 999 / 83 / 0.1 kcps]

3-831-014 Additive Spent (Def. ): Y [0 to 999 / 83 / 0.1 kcps]

424
 Group 3000

3-831-015 Additive Spent (Def. ): S [0 to 999 / 83 / 0.1 kcps]

3-831-021 Additive Spent (Thr. ): K [0 to 9999 / 9999 / 0.1 kcps]

3-831-022 Additive Spent (Thr. ): C [0 to 9999 / 9999 / 0.1 kcps]

3-831-023 Additive Spent (Thr. ): M [0 to 9999 / 9999 / 0.1 kcps]

3-831-024 Additive Spent (Thr. ): Y [0 to 9999 / 9999 / 0.1 kcps]

3-831-025 Additive Spent (Thr. ): S [0 to 9999 / 9999 / 0.1 kcps]

3-831-031 Shaving coat (Thr. ): K [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 m]

3-831-032 Shaving coat (Thr. ): C [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 m]

3-831-033 Shaving coat (Thr. ): M [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 m]

3-831-034 Shaving coat (Thr. ): Y [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 m]

3-831-035 Shaving coat (Thr. ): S [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 m]

3-831-041 EM Image Area Ratio: K [0 to 100 / 3 / 0.1 %]

3-831-042 EM Image Area Ratio: C [0 to 100 / 3 / 0.1 %]

3-831-043 EM Image Area Ratio: M [0 to 100 / 3 / 0.1 %]

3-831-044 EM Image Area Ratio: Y [0 to 100 / 3 / 0.1 %]

3-831-045 EM Image Area Ratio: S [0 to 100 / 3 / 0.1 %]

3940 [Image Area Counter: Display]

Displays the accumulated image area.

001 to 005
Displays accumulated image area (cm2) for each Y, M, C, K, and S.
011 to 015
Displays counter that exceeded to the upper limit (400,000,000 [cm2]) of
accumulated image area for each Y, M, C, K, and S.

3-840-001 1-K [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 cm2]

3-840-002 1-C [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 cm2]

3-840-003 1-M [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 cm2]

425
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

3-840-004 1-Y [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 cm2]

3-840-005 1-S [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 cm2]

3-840-011 2-K [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-840-012 2-C [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-840-013 2-M [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-840-014 2-Y [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-840-015 2-S [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3941 [Toner Consumpt Counter: Disp]

Displays the accumulated toner comsumption for image area.

001 to 005
Displays each YMCKS accumulated toner comsumption (mg) for image area.
011 to 015
Displays counter that exceeded to the upper limit (400,000,000 [mg]) of
accumulated toner consumption for each Y, M, C, K, and S.

3-841-001 1-K [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 mg]

3-841-002 1-C [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 mg]

3-841-003 1-M [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 mg]

3-841-004 1-Y [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 mg]

3-841-005 1-S [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 mg]

3-841-011 2-K [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-841-012 2-C [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-841-013 2-M [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-841-014 2-Y [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-841-015 2-S [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3942 [Paper Size Area Counter: Disp]

426
 Group 3000

Displays accumulated image areas.

001 to 005
Displays accumulated areas of Y, M, C, K, and S (cm2).
011 to 015
Displays counter that exceeded the upper limit (400,000,000 cm2) of
accumulated area for each Y, M, C, K, and S.

3-842-001 1-K [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 cm2]

3-842-002 1-C [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 cm2]

3-842-003 1-M [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 cm2]

3-842-004 1-Y [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 cm2]

3-842-005 1-S [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 cm2]

3-842-011 2-K [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-842-012 2-C [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-842-013 2-M [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-842-014 2-Y [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-842-015 2-S [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3943 [A4 Convert Page Counter: Disp]

Displays accumulated image areas counted as A4.

3-843-001 K [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 page]

3-843-002 C [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 page]

3-843-003 M [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 page]

3-843-004 Y [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 page]

3-843-005 S [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 page]

3944 [Image Area Total Count: Disp]

427
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Displays total (image area and non-image area) accumulated image area.
001 to 005
Displays total (image area and non-image area) accumulated image area (cm2)
for each YMCKS.
011 to 015
Displays counter that exceeded the upper limit (400,000,000 cm2) of total
(image area and non-image area) accumulated image area for each Y, M, C, K,
and S.

3-844-001 1-K [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 cm2]

3-844-002 1-C [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 cm2]

3-844-003 1-M [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 cm2]

3-844-004 1-Y [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 cm2]

3-844-005 1-S [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 cm2]

3-844-011 2-K [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-844-012 2-C [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-844-013 2-M [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-844-014 2-Y [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-844-015 2-S [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3945 [Toner Consumpt Ttl Count: Disp]

Displays total (image area, non-image area) accumulated toner consumption.

001 to 005
Displays total (image area, non-image area) accumulated toner comsumption
(mg) for each Y, M, C, K, and S.
011 to 015
Displays counter that exceeded to the upper limit (400,000,000 [mg]) of total
(image area, non-image area) accumulated toner consumption for each Y, M, C,
K, and S.

3-845-001 1-K [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 mg]

3-845-002 1-C [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 mg]

428
 Group 3000

3-845-003 1-M [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 mg]

3-845-004 1-Y [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 mg]

3-845-005 1-S [0 to 400000000 / 0 / 0.1 mg]

3-845-011 2-K [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-845-012 2-C [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-845-013 2-M [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-845-014 2-Y [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-845-015 2-S [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3946 [Processing Stop Times: Display]

Displays the imaging processing stop times.

3-846-001 BW [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-846-002 FC [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-846-003 FC+S [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3-846-004 S [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 counts]

3947 [Image Coverage Counter Clear]

Resets the image coverage related SPs to “0”. Related SPs are following:
• SP7-710-001 to 005
• SP3-943-001 to 005
• SP3-940-001 to 005,011 to 015
• SP3-941-001 to 005,011 to 015
• SP3-942-001 to 005,011 to 015
• SP7-720-001 to 005
• SP3-944-001 to 005,011 to 015
• SP3-945-001 to 005,011 to 015
• SP3-946-001 to 004

3-847-001 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

429
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Group 4000 (Copier Model Only)

Scanner

4008 [Sub Scan Magnification Adj]

Adjusts the sub-scan magnification by changing the scanner motor speed.

Use the [./*] key to enter the minus (–) before entering the value.
Setting a lower value reduces the motor speed and lengthens the image in the sub
scan direction (paper direction).
Setting a larger value increases the motor speed and shortens the image in the sub
scan direction.

4-008-001 - [-1.0 to 1.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %]

4010 [Sub Scan Registration Adj]

Adjusts the leading edge registration by changing the scanning start timing in the
sub-scan direction.
Use the [./*] key to enter the minus (–) before entering the value.
• A minus setting moves in the direction of the leading edge.
• A larger value shifts the image away from the leading edge, and a smaller
value shifts the image toward the leading edge.

4-010-001 - [-2.0 to 2.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm]

4011 [Main Scan Reg]

Adjusts the side-to-side registration by changing the scanning start timing in the
main scan direction.
• (–): The image disappears at the left side.
• (+): The image appears at the left side.
Use the [./*] key to enter the minus (–) before entering the value.
Note: This adjustment is done for the ADF with SP6006 (ADF Reg. Adj.).

4-011-001 - [-25 to +2.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

4012 [Set Scale Mask]

430
 Group 4000 (Copier Model Only)

These settings adjust the margins (erase margins) of the scanned area on the
sheet. The leading, trailing, right, and left margins can be set independently.

4-012-001 Book:Sub LEdge

4-012-002 Book:Sub TEdge

[0 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]
4-012-003 Book:Main:LEdge

4-012-004 Book:Main:TEdge

[Scanner Erase Margin]

4-012-005 ADF: Leading Edge

4-012-007 ADF: Right [0 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

4-012-008 ADF: left

4013 [Scanner Free run]

Performs the scanner free run with the exposure lamp on or off for full-color, full
size (A3 or DLT).

4-013-001 Lamp Off [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

0:OFF, 1:ON
4-013-002 Lamp On

4020 [Dust Check]

This feature checks the ADF exposure glass for dust that can cause black lines in
copies. If dust is detected, a message is displayed, but the process does not stop.

4-020-001 Dust Detect:On/Off [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

0: OFF, 1: ON

Issues a warning if there is dust on the narrow scanning glass of the ADF when the
original size is detected before a job starts. This function can detect dust on the
white plate above the scanning glass, as well as dust on the glass. Sensitivity of
the level of detection is adjusted with SP4020-002.
Note: Always clean the ADF scanning glass and the white plate above the
scanning glass before you switch this setting on.

4-020-002 Dust Detect:Lvl [0 to 8 / 4 / 1]

431
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Adjusts the sensitivity for dust detection on the ADF scanning glass. This SP is
available only after SP4020-001 is switched on.
0: Off. No dust warning.
0> 4: Lower > Normal sensitivity
4> 8: Normal > High sensitivity
• If you see black streaks in copies when no warning has been issued, raise
the setting to increase the level of sensitivity.
• If warnings are issued when you see no black streaks in copies, lower the
setting.
• Dust that triggers a warning could move be removed from the glass by the
originals in the feed path. If the dust is removed by passing originals, this is
not detected and the warning remains on.

4-020-003 Dust Reject:Lvl [0 to 4 / 0 / 1]

Sets the level for vertical line correction (the black vertical lines caused by dust on
the ADF exposure glass).
0: No vertical line correction.
1-4: Enables and sets the level for vertical line correction.
If you select a higher number, this can decrease unwanted lines caused by dust
but can also erase thin vertical lines of the original.

4-020-011 Dust Detect Level:Rear [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

Sets ON/OFF DF: Rear (2nd side) dust detection setting.

4-020-012 Correction Level:Rear [0 to 8 / 4 / 1 ]

Sets DF: Rear (2nd side) dust detection level. As the value enlarges, it is easier to
detect.

4301 [Operation Check APS Sensor]

This SP is for testing APS Sensor function.

- [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]
4-301-001 0: Not detected
1: Detected

4303 [Min Size for APS]

432
 Group 4000 (Copier Model Only)

Sets the minimum size of the original that the will be detected by APS (Auto Paper
Select – with original width sensors) of the exposure glass of the flatbed scanner.
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1]
4-303-001
0: Unknown Document Size
1: A5 SEF (HLT SEF)
2: A5 LEF (HLT LEF)

4305 [Original Size Detect Setting]

This SP enables the machine to recognize 8K/16K size paper automatically.

[0 to 3 / 0 / 1]
[0: Normal
4-305-001
1: A4 for LEF, LT for SEF
2: LT for LEF, A4 for SEF
3: 8KAI, 16 KAI

4308 [Scan Size Detection]

Switch Original size detection ON/OFF.

4-308-001 Detection ON/OFF [0 to 2 / 1 / 1 ]

0: Not detect original size
1: Detect original size by the CCD unit
2: APS is used for detecting original size.

4309 [Scan Size Detect:Setting]

4-309-001 Original Density Thresh [0 to 255 / 18 / 1 digit]

Sets the scanned image density threshold for the scan size detection.
• Increasing value: Detects originals with higher brightness. (Detection error for
the non originals decreases, but detection error for the darker original
increases.)
• Decreasing value: Detects originals with lower brightness. (Detection error
for the darker originals decreases, but detection error for the non originals
increases.)

4-309-002 Detection Time [20 to 100 / 60 / 20 msec]

433
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Sets the time to end detection after ADF/Platen cover closing.

• Increasing value: Detects originals with longer time.
• Decreasing value: Detects originals with shorter time.

4-309-003 Lamp ON:Delay Time [40 to 200 / 40 / 10 msec]

Sets the time to start LED lamp on after ADF/Platen cover closing.
• Increasing value: LED lamp lights later.
• Decreasing value: LED lamp lights earlier.

4-309-004 LED PWM Duty [0 to 100 / 60 / 1 ]

Adjusts lamp light timing for scan size detection.

• Increasing value: Increases the light quantity.
• Decreasing value: Decreases the light quantity.

4310 [Scan Size Detect Value]

Checks the density of scanning data for the scan size detection.
The machine detects the original if the value in this SP is greater than that specified
in SP4-309-00x.

4-310-001 S1:R [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit]

Displays the Red density of the image (Rear side) previously scanned using
original size detection.
S1: Original width is within 182 mm to 210 mm.

4-310-002 S1:G [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit]

Displays the Green density of the image (Rear side) previously scanned using
original size detection.
S1: Original width is within 182 mm to 210 mm.

4-310-003 S1:B [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit]

Displays the Blue density of the image (Rear side) previously scanned using
original size detection.
S1: Original width is within 182 mm to 210 mm.

4-310-004 S2:R [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit]

434
 Group 4000 (Copier Model Only)

Displays the Red density of the image (Center) previously scanned using original
size detection.
S2: Original width is within 215.9 mm to 254mm.

4-310-005 S2:G [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit]

Displays the Green density of the image (Center) previously scanned using
original size detection.
S2: Original width is within 215.9 mm to 254mm.

4-310-006 S2:B [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit]

Displays the Blue density of the image (Center) previously scanned using original
size detection.
S2: Original width is within 215.9 mm to 254mm.

4-310-007 S3:R [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit]

Displays the Red density of the image (Front side) previously scanned using
original size detection.
S3: Original width is within 257 mm to 279.4 mm.

4-310-008 S3:G [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit]

Displays the Green density of the image (Front side) previously scanned using
original size detection.
S3: Original width is within 257 mm to 279.4 mm.

4-310-009 S3:B [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit]

Displays the Blue density of the image (Front side) previously scanned using
original size detection.
S3: Original width is within 257 mm to 279.4 mm.

4350 [Intermittent Shading : BW]

Switches On/OFF for Intermittent Shading when scanning in BW mode (Simplex/

Duplex).
0: Every time shading
1: Interval shading

4-350-001 Switch On/Off [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]

435
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

4351 [Intermittent Shading : FC]

Selects shading operation for color scanning.

0: Every time shading
1: Interval shading

4-351-001 Switch On/Off [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]

4400 [Org Edge Mask]

This SP sets the mask area to remove shadows when scanning originals from the
exposure glass in Book mode.
Note: "LE" denotes "leading edge" and "TE" denotes "trailing edge".

4-400-001 Book:Sub:LEdge

4-400-002 Book:Sub:TEdge
[0 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]
4-400-003 Book:Main:LEdge

4-400-004 Book:Main:Tedge

[Scanner Erase Margin]

4-400-005 ADF: Leading Edge

4-400-007 ADF: Right [0 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

4-400-008 ADF: left

4417 [IPU Test Pattern]

Use this SP to select the IPU test pattern to print.

4-417-001 Test Pattern [0 to 8 / 0 / 1 ]

0 Scanned Image

1 256-Gradation Main Scan A

2 Patch 16C

3 Grid pattern A

4 Argyle Pattern B

5 Argyle Pattern C

436
 Group 4000 (Copier Model Only)

6 Argyle Pattern D

7 Scanned+Slant Grid C

8 Scanned+Slant Grid D

4460 [Digital AE] DFU

These SP codes set parameters for the AE function.

4-460-001 Low Limit Value [0 to 1023 / 364 / 1]

This setting determines the lower limit for level of background to be skipped for the
AE function. The higher the setting, the more background will be ignored.

4-460-002 Background level [512 to 1535 / 932 / 1]

This setting determines the level of background to be output for the AE function.

4490 [FL Correction ON/OFF]

Switches FL correction of SBU Data (Red/Green/Blue) ON/OFF.

0: FL Correction OFF
1: FL Correction ON

4-490-001 RED

4-490-002 GREEN [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

4-490-003 BLUE

4501 [ACC Target Den] Not Used

This SP sets the target density for the ACC adjustment.

4-501-001 Copy:K:Text

4-501-002 Copy:C:Text
[0 to 10 / 5 / 1]
4-501-003 Copy:M:Text

4-501-004 Copy:Y:Text

437
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

4-501-005 Copy:K:Photo

4-501-006 Copy:C:Photo
[0 to 10 / 5 / 1]
4-501-007 Copy:M:Photo

4-501-008 Copy:Y:Photo

4505 [ACC Cor:Bright] Not Used

Sets correction for bright areas for ACC correction.

4-505-001 Master:K

4-505-002 Master:C
[-128 to +127 / 0 / 1]
4-505-003 Master:M

4-505-004 Master:Y

4-505-005 Slave:K

4-505-006 Slave:C
[-128 to +127 / 0 / 1]
4-505-007 Slave:M

4-505-008 Slave:Y

4506 [ACC Cor:Dark] Not Used

Sets correction for dark areas for ACC correction.

4-506-001 Master:K

4-506-002 Master:C
[-128 to +127 / 0 / 1]
4-506-003 Master:M

4-506-004 Master:Y

4-506-005 Slave:K

4-506-006 Slave:C
[-128 to +127 / 0 / 1]
4-506-007 Slave:M

4-506-008 Slave:Y

438
 Group 4000 (Copier Model Only)

4540 [Print Coverage]

This SP corrects printer coverage of 12 hues (RY, YR, YG, etc. x 4 Colors (K, C,
M, Y) for a total of 48 parameters.

4-540-001 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]
RY Phase: Option 0:OFF
1:ON

4-540-002 RY Phase: R

4-540-003 RY Phase: G [-256 to +255 / 0 / 1]

4-540-004 RY Phase: B

4-540-005 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]
YR Phase: Option 0:OFF
1:ON

4-540-006 YR Phase: R

4-540-007 YR Phase: G [-256 to +255 / 0 / 1]

4-540-008 YR Phase: B

4-540-009 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]
YG Phase: Option 0:OFF
1:ON

4-540-010 YG Phase: R

4-540-011 YG Phase: G [-256 to +255 / 0 / 1]

4-540-012 YG Phase: B

4-540-013 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]
GY Phase: Option 0:OFF
1:ON

4-540-014 GY Phase: R

4-540-015 GY Phase: G [-256 to +255 / 0 / 1]

4-540-016 GY Phase: B

439
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

4-540-017 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]
GC Phase: Option 0:OFF
1:ON

4-540-018 GC Phase: R

4-540-019 GC Phase: G [-256 to +255 / 0 / 1]

4-540-020 GC Phase: B

4-540-021 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]
CG Phase: Option 0:OFF
1:ON

4-540-022 CG Phase: R

4-540-023 CG Phase: G [-256 to +255 / 0 / 1]

4-540-024 CG Phase: B

4-540-025 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]
CB Phase: Option 0:OFF
1:ON

4-540-026 CB Phase: R

4-540-027 CB Phase: G [-256 to +255 / 0 / 1]

4-540-028 CB Phase: B

4-540-029 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]
BC Phase: Option 0:OFF
1:ON

4-540-030 BC Phase: R

4-540-031 BC Phase: G [-256 to +255 / 0 / 1]

4-540-032 BC Phase: B

4-540-033 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]
BM Phase: Option 0:OFF
1:ON

440
 Group 4000 (Copier Model Only)

4-540-034 BM Phase: R

4-540-035 BM Phase: G [-256 to +255 / 0 / 1]

4-540-036 BM Phase: B

4-540-037 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]
MB Phase: Option 0:OFF
1:ON

4-540-038 MB Phase: R

4-540-039 MB Phase: G [-256 to +255 / 0 / 1]

4-540-040 MB Phase: B

4-540-041 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]
MR Phase: Option 0:OFF
1:ON

4-540-042 MR Phase: R

4-540-043 MR Phase: G [-256 to +255 / 0 / 1]

4-540-044 MR Phase: B

4-540-045 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]
RM Phase: Option 0:OFF
1:ON

4-540-046 RM Phase: R

4-540-047 RM Phase: G [-256 to +255 / 0 / 1]

4-540-048 RM Phase: B

4-540-049 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]
WHITE: Option 0:OFF
1:ON

4-540-050 WHITE:R

4-540-051 WHITE:G [-256 to +255 / 0 / 1]

4-540-052 WHITE:B

441
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

4-540-053 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]
BLACK: Option 0:OFF
1:ON

4-540-054 BLACK:R

4-540-055 BLACK:G [-256 to +255 / 0 / 1]

4-540-056 BLACK:B

4550 [Scan Apli:Txt/Print]

4551 [Scan Apli:Txt]

4552 [Scan Apli:Txt Dropout]

4553 [Scan Apli:Txt/Photo]

4554 [Scan Apli:Photo]

4565 [Scan Apli:GrayScale]

4570 [Scan Apli:Col Txt/Photo]

4571 [MTF: 0(Off) 1-15 (Weak-Strong)]

4572 [Scan Apli:AutoCol]

These SP code share common parameters (see below).

005 MTF: 0(Off) 1-15 (Weak-Strong) [0 to 15 / 8 / 1]

Sets the MTF level (Modulation Transfer Function) designed to improve image
contrast. Set higher for stronger effect, lower for weaker effect.

006 Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (Weak-Strong) [0 to 7 / 4 / 1]

Use to remove "jaggies" if they appear. Set higher for smoother.

007 Brightness: 1-255 [1 to 255 / 128 / 1]

Set higher for darker, set lower for lighter.

008 Contrast: 1-255 [1 to 255 / 128 / 1]

Set higher for more contrast, set lower for less contrast.

009 Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7 (Weak-Strong) [0 to 7 / 0 / 1]

442
 Group 4000 (Copier Model Only)

Use to remove individual dots in the background if they appear. Set higher for
removal of more background.

4600 [SBU Version Display]

These SP codes display the readings of four ID codes read during automatic
adjustment of the SBU every time the machine is turned on. An incorrect ID
reading issues SC144.

4-600-001 SBU_ ID [0x00 to 0xFF / 0 / 1 ]

Displays the ID code (1-byte hexadecimal) read for the SBU.

4-600-002 SCAT_F_ID [0x00 to 0xFF / 0 / 1 ]

Displays the ID code (1-byte hexadecimal) read for the GASBU-N.

4-600-003 SCAT_L_ID [0x00 to 0xFF / 0 / 1 ]

Displays the ID code (1-byte hexadecimal) read for the VSP5100_F.

4609 [Gray Balance Adj Value R] DFU

4610 [Gray Balance Adj Value G] DFU

4611 [Gray Balance Adj Value B] DFU

4635 [SSCG Correction Set] DFU

4637 [SSCG Noise Cancel (Analog)] DFU

4638 [SSCG Noise Cancel (Digital)] DFU

4639 [SSCG Noise Cancel (Analog)] DFU

4640 [SSCG Noise Cancel (Digital)] DFU

4641 [SSCG Noise Amplitude]

Displays SSCG noise amplitude when adjusting SSCG

Determines correction values with these amplitudes detected.
Correction would be executed when the scanner power is turned on.
This SP is used for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal
image, SC).

443
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

4-641-001 F:RE [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

4-641-002 F:RO [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

4-641-003 F:GE [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

4-641-004 F:GO [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

4-641-005 F:BE [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

4-641-006 F:BO [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

4-641-007 L:RE [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

4-641-008 L:RO [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

4-641-009 L:GE [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

4-641-010 L:GO [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

4-641-011 L:BE [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

4-641-012 L:BO [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1]

4646 [Scan Adjust Error] DFU

4647 [Scanner Hardware Error] DFU

4651 [Black Level Adj Value(Analog)]

4652 [Black Level Adj Value(Analog)]

4653 [Black Level Adj Value(Analog)]

Displays black level analog adjustment value.

Black level adjust is regularly done hardwarely by ASIC (SCAT) of SBU.
Adjusted value will be given from checking the black level when scanner powers
ON.
This SP is used for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal
image, SC).
R: Red, G: Green, B: Blue
O: Odd, E: Even

4-651-001 Latest:F:RE [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

444
 Group 4000 (Copier Model Only)

4-651-002 Latest:F:RO [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-651-003 Latest:L:RE [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-651-004 Latest:L:RO [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-652-001 Latest:F:GE [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-652-002 Latest:F:GO [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-652-003 Latest:L:GE [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-652-004 Latest:L:GO [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-653-001 Latest:F:BE [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-653-002 Latest:F:BO [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-653-003 Latest:L:BE [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-653-004 Latest:L:BO [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4654 [Black Level Adj Value(Digital)] DFU

4655 [Black Level Adj Value(Digital)] DFU

4656 [Black Level Adj Value(Digital)] DFU

4658 [Analog Gain Adjust] DFU

4659 [Analog Gain Adjust] DFU

4660 [Analog Gain Adjust] DFU

4661 [Digital Gain Adjust] DFU

4662 [Digital Gain Adjust] DFU

4663 [Digital Gain Adjust] DFU

4670 [Black Level Adj Value(Analog)]

4671 [Black Level Adj Value(Analog)]

4672 [Black Level Adj Value(Analog)]

445
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Displays/Saves factory default black level analog adjust value.

Factory default black level analog adjustment value is saved during the main unit
warranty process.
This SP is use for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal
image, SC).
R: Red, G: Green, B: Blue
O: Odd, E: Even

4-670-001 Factory Set:F:RE [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-670-002 Factory Set:F:RO [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-670-003 Factory Set:L:RE [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-670-004 Factory Set:L:RO [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-671-001 Factory Set:F:GE [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-671-002 Factory Set:F:GO [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-671-003 Factory Set:L:GE [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-671-004 Factory Set:L:GO [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-672-001 Factory Set:F:BE [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-672-002 Factory Set:F:BO [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-672-003 Factory Set:L:BE [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4-672-004 Factory Set:L:BO [0 to 127 / 0 / 1]

4673 [Black Level Adj Value(Digital)] DFU

4674 [Black Level Adj Value(Digital)] DFU

4675 [Black Level Adj Value(Digital)] DFU

4677 [Analog Gain Adjust] DFU

4678 [Analog Gain Adjust] DFU

4679 [Analog Gain Adjust] DFU

4680 [Digital Gain Adjust] DFU

4681 [Digital Gain Adjust] DFU

446
 Group 4000 (Copier Model Only)

4682 [Digital Gain Adjust] DFU

4688 [Scan Image Density Adjustment]

Adjusts density difference between Book and ADF.

4-688-001 1-pass DF [80 to 120 / 103 / 1 %]

4690 [White Level Peak Data] DFU

4691 [White Level Peak Data] DFU

4692 [White Level Peak Data] DFU

4693 [Black Level Data] DFU

4694 [Black Level Data] DFU

4695 [Black Level Data] DFU

4699 [SBU Test Pattern Change]

Selects the scan test pattern.

0: Scanned Image Output, SH/ Black Subtraction: Not Set (Default)
1: Test Pattern Output, Fixed Value Pattern (682digit), SH/Black Subtraction: OFF
2: Test Pattern Output, Main Scan Gradation Pattern (10bit-Gradation, 4-dot
step), SH/ Black Subtraction: OFF
3: Test Pattern Output, Sub Scan Gradation Pattern (10bit-Gradation, 3-Line
Step), SH/ Black Subtraction: OFF
4: Test Pattern Output, Argyle Pattern (20 mm x 10 mm Grid Pattern), SH/ Black
Subtraction: OFF
This SP is used for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal
image, SC).

4-699-001 - [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]

4700 [CIS ID Display]

Displays CIS ID.

When CIS’s ID is not normal, an error flag is set to SP4-747-001 and the
machine issues SC185-00.

447
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

4-700-001 [0x00 to 0xFF / 0 / 1 ]

4712 [CIS GB Adj Value: R]

4713 [CIS GB Adj Value: G]

4714 [CIS GB Adj Value: B]

Displays/stores CIS Gray Balance adjustment value.

001 [0 to 8191 / 4095 / 1 digit]

4745 [CIS Image Level Error Flag]

448
 Group 4000 (Copier Model Only)

Displays CIS image level error flag.

Displays error cause of when DF power turned on and CIS image level check
error detected.
Displays SC186-00(CIS LED error), SC187-00 (CIS black level error), and
SC188-00 (CIS white level error) when error occurs.
b15: Not Used
b14: Not Used
b13: Not Used
b12: Not Used
b11: White level error flag for Red
b10: White level error flag for Green
b9: White level error flag for Blue
b8: Not Used
b7: Not Used
b6: Not Used
b5: Black level error flag for Red
b4: Black level error flag for Green
b3: Black level error flag for Blue
b2: White level leading-trailing ratio error flag for Red
b1: White level leading-trailing ratio error flag for Green
b0: White level leading-trailing ratio error flag for Blue
Display: Binary representation
CIS Image Level Error Flag= (b15, b14, b13, b12, b11, b10, b9, b8, b7, b6,
b5, b4, b3, b2, b1, b0)

4-745-001 [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

4746 [CIS GB Adj Error Flag]

449
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Displays CIS Gray Balance Adjustment Error Flag.

Displays error cause when executing SP4-705-001 (CIS GB Adj. Execution) and
adjustment error occurred.
Displays SC189-00(CIS gray balance adjustment error) when error occurs.
b 2: Gray Balance Adjustment Error Flag for Red (GB_ERR_R)
b 1: Gray Balance Adjustment Error Flag for Green (GB_ERR_G)
b 0: Gray Balance Adjustment Error Flag for Blue (GB_ERR_B)
Display: Binary representation
CIS GB Adjustment Error Flag= (b2, b1, b0)

4-746-001 [0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]

4747 [CIS Hard Error Flag]

Displays CIS hardware error flag.

Displays error cause when DF power turned on and CIS transmission error
detected.
Displays SC185-00(CIS transmission error) when error occurs.
b 2:Marble boot error flag (Marble_BOOT_ERR)
b 1:Marble register read error flag (Marble_READ_ERR)
b 0:Opal register read error flag (Opal_READ_ERR)
Display: Binary representation
CIS hardware error flag= (b2, b1, b0)

4-747-001 [0 to 7 / 0 / 1 ]

4748 [CIS M-Scan White Level: Avg. R]

4749 [CIS M-Scan White Level: Avg. G]

4750 [CIS M-Scan White Level: Avg. B]

Displays the average of CIS main-scan white level.

This SP is used for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal
image, SC).

001 Leading Edge [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit]

002 Trailing Edge [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit]

450
 Group 4000 (Copier Model Only)

4787 [CIS White Level Peak Data: R]

4788 [CIS White Level Peak Data: G]

4789 [CIS White Level Peak Data: B]

Displays/stores CIS white level peak data at factory shipment.

This SP is used for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal
image, SC).

001 Factory Setting [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit]

4790 [CIS White Level Peak Data: R]

4791 [CIS White Level Peak Data: G]

4792 [CIS White Level Peak Data: B]

Displays CIS white level; peak data.

This SP is used for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal
image, SC).

001 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit]

4793 [CIS Black Level Data: R]

4794 [CIS Black Level Data: G]

4795 [CIS Black Level Data: B]

Displays black level; data (Chip1 to 24) of CIS.

When DF power is ON, black level of CIS is checked, and then detect the black
level per chip and display scanning level.
Cause of error will be displayed on SP4-745-001.
This SP is Used for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal
image, SC).

001 to 024 Chip1 to 24 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 digit]

4796 [Low Density Color Correction]

451
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

This SP corrects the low color density.

If user points out this difference, changing this setting might reduce the differences.
However, setting stronger loses color reproducibility of low density color.
0: OFF
1: WEAK
2: MEDIUM
3: STRONG

4-796-001 Front Side [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

4-796-002 Rear Side [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

4797 [Rear Side: Digital AE]

4-797-001 Low Limit Value [0 to 1023 / 364 / 1 ]

Sets the detection lower threshold when DF is scanning S2 (Rear).

The area that input image data is brighter that this threshold, detects as
background.

4-797-002 Background Erase Level [512 to 1535 / 932 / 1 ]

Sets the background erase level when DF is scanning S2 (Rear).

Increasing values get background thinner.

4798 [CIS LED Duty]

Displays/stores CIS LED Duty.

Stores CIS data setting at factory shipment.
Do not change this setting.

4-798-001 [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

4799 [CIS TEST Pattern]

452
 Group 4000 (Copier Model Only)

Output settings of CIS Test Pattern.

This SP is used for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal
image, SC).
0: Scanned Image (Default)
1: Fixed Value Pattern
2: E0 Fixed Value Pattern
3: Main Scan Gradation
4: Sub Scan Gradation
5: Grid Pattern

4-799-001 Select [0 to 5 / 0 / 1 ]

4-799-002 Even Output Level Setting [0 to 4095 / 0 / 1 digit]

4-799-003 Odd Output Level Setting [0 to 4095 / 0 / 1 digit]

4813 [ALC Selection]

Sets the scanning level variation correction on/off for continuous scanning. When
setting “1: Enable”, execute the correction by reading the ADF guide plate (white)
between documents.
0: Disable
1: Enable (Default)

4-813-001 FC
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]
4-813-002 BW

4850 [PWM]

Displays the adjustment value of CIS LED Duty (PWM) and factory setting.
This SP is used for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal
image, SC).

4-850-001 Latest
[0 to 8191 / 0 / 1 digit]
4-850-002 Factory Setting

4851 [LED White Level Peak Read]

453
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Displays the value of LED white level peak reading done by CIS LED Power
Adjustment.
Execute LED Duty adjustment (PWM) when scanner power is turned on and
displays reading level of white plate at that time.
If CIS LED Power Adjustment is not done normally, the machine issues SC102-00.
This SP is used for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal
image, SC).

4-851-001 Latest:F:RE

4-851-002 Latest:F:RO

4-851-003 Latest:F:GE
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1 digit]
4-851-004 Latest:F:GO

4-851-005 Latest:F:BE

4-851-006 Latest:F:BO

4-851-007 Latest:L:RE

4-851-008 Latest:L:RO

4-851-009 Latest:L:GE
[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1 digit]
4-851-010 Latest:L:GO

4-851-011 Latest:L:BE

4-851-012 Latest:L:BO

4852 [LED White Level Peak Read]

Displays the factory setting reading value of LED white level peak done by CIS
LED Power Adjustment.
This SP is Used for design evaluation/analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal
image, SC).

454
 Group 4000 (Copier Model Only)

4-852-001 Factory Setting:F:RE

4-852-002 Factory Setting:F:RO

4-852-003 Factory Setting:F:GE

[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1 digit]
4-852-004 Factory Setting:F:GO

4-852-005 Factory Setting:F:BE

4-852-006 Factory Setting:F:BO

4-852-007 Factory Setting:L:RE

4-852-008 Factory Setting:L:RO

4-852-009 Factory Setting:L:GE

[0 to 1023 / 0 / 1 digit]
4-852-010 Factory Setting:L:GO

4-852-011 Factory Setting:L:BE

4-852-012 Factory Setting:L:BO

4901 [Background Erase Settings]

Sets the strength of background erase.

A higher setting erases more background and a lower setting less.

4-901-020 Org Density High Mode (Light)

4-901-021 Org Density High Mode (Medium) [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1 step]

4-901-022 Org Density High Mode (Heavy)

4902 [Disp ACC Data]

This SP outputs the final data read at the end of ACC execution. A zero is returned
if there was an error reading the data.

455
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

4-902-001 R_DATA1 Photo C Patch Level 1 (8-bit)

4-902-002 G_DATA1 Photo M Patch Level 1 (8-bit)

4-902-003 B_DATA1 Photo Y Patch Level 1 (8-bit)

[0 to 255 / 0 / 1]
4-902-004 R_DATA2 Photo C Patch Level 17 (8-bit)

4-902-005 G_DATA2 Photo M Patch Level 17 (8-bit)

4-902-006 B_DATA2 Photo Y Patch Level 17 (8-bit)

4905 [Select Gradation Level]

This SP changes the threshold parameters of error diffusion.

4-905-001 - [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

4918 [Man Gamma Adj] DFU

4930 [Coverage Ctrl: Text]

Sets the text coverage control values (0% to 400%) for each mode when copying
FC.

4-930-001 [0 to 400 / 200 / 1 ]

Copy: Full Color 1
Text/Photo Mode

[0 to 400 / 200 / 1 ]
4-930-002 Copy: Full Color 2
Text/Photo Mode

[0 to 400 / 100 / 1 ]
4-930-003 Copy: Single Color
Color Mode

[0 to 400 / 180 / 1 ]
4-930-004 Copy: Color Conversion
Color Mode (Single color, 2 colors)

[0 to 400 / 400 / 1 ]
4-930-005 Coverage Ctrl OFF
Other modes

4931 [Coverage Ctrl: Photo]

456
 Group 4000 (Copier Model Only)

Sets the photo coverage control values (0% to 400%) for each mode when
copying FC.

4-931-001 [0 to 400 / 240 / 1 ]

Copy: Full Color 1
Text/Photo Mode

[0 to 400 / 260 / 1 ]
4-931-002 Copy: Full Color 2
Text/Photo Mode

[0 to 400 / 100 / 1 ]
4-931-003 Copy: Single Color
Color Mode

[0 to 400 / 200 / 1 ]
4-931-004 Copy: Color Conversion
Color Mode (Single color, 2 colors)

4-931-005 [0 to 400 / 400 / 1 ]

Coverage Ctrl OFF Other modes

4938 [ACS:Edge Mask]

Sets ACS edge mask for copying.

4-938-001 Copy:Sub LEdge [0 to 31 / 10 / 1 mm]

4-938-002 Copy:Sub TEdge [0 to 31 / 10 / 1 mm]

4-938-003 Copy:Main LEdge [0 to 31 / 10 / 1 mm]

4-938-004 Copy:Main TEdge [0 to 31 / 10 / 1 mm]

4-938-005 Scan:Sub LEdge [0 to 31 / 15 / 1 mm]

4-938-006 Scan:Sub TEdge [0 to 31 / 15 / 1 mm]

4-938-007 Scan:Main LEdge [0 to 31 / 15 / 1 mm]

4-938-008 Scan:Main TEdge [0 to 31 / 15 / 1 mm]

4939 [ACS:Color Range]

457
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Adjust the tone (color gamut) for determining whether the original is full color or
black and white in 5 adjustment levels. (-2 to +2. As the default, it is set to 0.)
Adjusting this toward "-" prompts the machine to determine the original more as
black and white. Adjusting this toward "+" prompts the machine to determine the
original more as full color.

4-939-001 [-2 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

4954 [Read/Restore Std] DFU

4958 [Read/Restore Std: Rear]

The fluctuation correction of scanning for chromaticity rank of the scanner (rear).

4-958-005 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
Chromaticity Rank 0: No correction

4993 [High Light Correction] DFU

4994 [Adj Txt/Photo Recognition Level] DFU

4996 [White Paper Detection Level] DFU

458
 Group 5000

Group 5000
Mode

[Add Display Language]

Adds language available in user choice. (Only the languages registered in the
machine)
Refer to the displayed language list to set in the way showed below.
List Number Assigned Bit Switch
No.1 to 8 BIT1 to 8 (SP5009-201)
5009 No.9 to 16BIT1 to 8 (SP5009-202)
No.17 to 24BIT1 to 8 (SP5009-203)
No.25 to 32BIT1 to 8 (SP5009-204)
Example: To add American(No.3 in the list) or Czech (No.15)
Turn Bit 3 of “SP5009-201” 0 to 1 for American.
Turn Bit 7 of “SP5009-202” 0 to 1 for Czech.
After setting, turn the main power switch off and on to make the setting valid.

5-009-201 1-8 *CTL [1 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

5-009-202 9-16 *CTL [1 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

5-009-203 17-24 *CTL [1 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

5-009-204 25-32 *CTL [1 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

[mm/inch Display Selection]

5024
Display units (mm or inch) for custom paper sizes.

[0 or 1 / 1 (USA), 0 (Europe/Asia) / 1/
step]
5-024-001 0:mm 1:inch *CTL
0: mm
1: inch

459
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[Accounting counter]

Selects the counting method.

5045 For the 5th station model, this SP does not apper on the operation panel.

• Do not change the counter method except contract reason.

[0 to 5 / 1 / step]
0: 3-count display mode (for 5th station)
1: 3-count display mode
5-045-001 Counter Method *CTL
3: 4-count display mode
4: 2-color display mode (Custom)
5: for store display mode(Custom)

[TonerRefillDisplay]
5051
Enables or disables the toner refill detection display.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-051-001 - *CTL 0: ON
1: OFF

[Display IP Address]
5055
Display or does not display the IP address on the operation panel.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-055-001 - *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

5062 [Parts Replacement Alert Display]

Display or does not display the PM part yield on the LCD.

0: Not display
1: Display

5-062-001 #Development Unit(Bk) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-002 #Developer(Bk) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

460
 Group 5000

5-062-003 #Development Unit(Bk):Vent Filter *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-005 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Bk) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-006 PCU CL(Bk):Cleaning Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-007 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-008 PCU CL(Bk):Lubricant *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-009 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-010 PCU CL(Bk):Joint *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-011 PCU CL(Bk):Gears *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-012 PCU CL(Bk):CL Blade:Side Seal *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-013 PCU CL(Bk):Lub Blade:Side Seal *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-015 #Charger Unit(Bk) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-016 #Photoconductor Unit(Bk) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-018 #Development Unit(C) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-019 #Developer(C) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-020 #Development Unit(C):Vent Filter *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-022 #PCU Cleaning Unit(C) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-023 PCU CL(C):Cleaning Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-024 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-025 PCU CL(C):Lubricant *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-026 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-027 PCU CL(C):Joint *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-028 PCU CL(C):Gears *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-029 PCU CL(C):CL Blade:Side Seal *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-030 PCU CL(C):Lub Blade:Side Seal *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-032 #Charger Unit(C) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-033 #Photoconductor Unit(C) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

461
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

5-062-035 #Development Unit(M) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-036 #Developer(M) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-037 #Development Unit(M):Vent Filter *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-039 #PCU Cleaning Unit(M) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-040 PCU CL(M):Cleaning Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-041 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-042 PCU CL(M):Lubricant *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-043 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-044 PCU CL(M):Joint *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-045 PCU CL(M):Gears *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-046 PCU CL(M):CL Blade:Side Seal *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-047 PCU CL(M):Lub Blade:Side Seal *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-049 #Charger Unit(M) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-050 #Photoconductor Unit(M) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-052 #Development Unit(Y) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-053 #Developer(Y) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-054 #Development Unit(Y):Vent Filter *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-056 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Y) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-057 PCU CL(Y):Cleaning Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-058 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-059 PCU CL(Y):Lubricant *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-060 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-061 PCU CL(Y):Joint *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-062 PCU CL(Y):Gears *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-063 PCU CL(Y):CL Blade:Side Seal *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-064 PCU CL(Y):Lub Blade:Side Seal *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

462
 Group 5000

5-062-066 #Charger Unit(Y) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-067 #Photoconductor Unit(Y) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-069 #Development Unit(S) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-070 #Developer(S) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-071 #Development Unit(S):Vent Filter *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-073 #PCU Cleaning Unit(S) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-074 PCU CL(S):Cleaning Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-075 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-076 PCU CL(S):Lubricant *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-077 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-078 PCU CL(S):Joint *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-079 PCU CL(S):Gears *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-080 PCU CL(S):CL Blade:Side Seal *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-081 PCU CL(S):Lub Blade:Side Seal *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-083 #Charger Unit(S) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-084 #Photoconductor Unit(S) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-086 #Intermediate Transfer Belt *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-087 #Image Transfer Roller(Bk) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-088 #Image Transfer Roller(C) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-089 #Image Transfer Roller(M) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-090 #Image Transfer Roller(Y) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-091 #Image Transfer Roller(S) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-092 #Paper Transfer Bias Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-093 #ITB Cleaning Unit *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-094 ITB CL Unit:Cleaning Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-095 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

463
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

5-062-096 ITB CL Unit:Lubricant *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-097 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-099 #Paper Transfer Unit *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-100 Paper Transfer Unit:Discharger *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-101 Paper Transfer Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-102 Paper Transfer Unit:CL Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-103 Paper Transfer Unit:Lubricant *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-106 #Fuser Unit *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-107 Fuser Unit:Belt *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-108 Fuser Unit:Fusing Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-109 Fuser Unit:FusingR:Bearings *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-110 Fuser Unit:Pressure Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-111 Fuser Unit:PressR:Bearings *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-112 #Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-113 #Fuser Cleaning Unit *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-114 Fuser Cleaning Unit:web *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-115 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-116 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Spring Plate *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-118 #Ozone Filter:Main *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-119 Ozone Filter *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-120 Ozone Filter:C/T BOX *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-121 #Dust Proof Filter:Main *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-122 Filter:Prevent Fence *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-123 Filter:Duct *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-124 Filter:Absorb Dust Sub-Unit *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-131 #Tray1 *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

464
 Group 5000

5-062-132 Tray1:Pickup Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-133 Tray1:Feed Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-134 Tray1:Separate Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-136 #Tray2 *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-137 Tray2:Pickup Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-138 Tray2:Feed Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-139 Tray2:Separate Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-141 #3-Tray LCT:Tray3 *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-142 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Pickup Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-143 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-144 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Separate Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-146 #3-Tray LCT:Tray4 *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-147 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Pickup Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-148 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-149 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Separate Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-151 #3-Tray LCT:Tray5 *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-152 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Pickup Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-153 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-154 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Separate Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-156 #Bypass Tray *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-157 Bypass Tray:Pickup Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-158 Bypass Tray:Feed Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-159 Bypass Tray:Separate Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-161 #Interposer Upper Tray *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-162 Interposer Upper Tray:Pickup Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-163 Interposer Upper Tray:Feed Belt *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

465
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

5-062-164 Interposer Upper Tray:Separate Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-166 #Interposer Lower Tray *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-167 Interposer Lower Tray:Pickup Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-168 Interposer Lower Tray:Feed Belt *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-169 Interposer Lower Tray:Separate Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
*CTL
5-062-171 #ADF (Copier Model Only)

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
*CTL
5-062-172 ADF:Feed Belt (Copier Model Only)

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
*CTL
5-062-173 ADF:Pickup Roller (Copier Model Only)

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
*CTL
5-062-174 ADF:Separate Roller (Copier Model Only)

5-062-176 #2-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Belt *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-177 #2-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Belt *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-178 #2-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Belt *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-179 #2-Tray LCT:Tray6:Feed Belt *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-180 #2-Tray LCT:Tray7:Feed Belt *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-181 #2-Tray LCT:Tray8:Feed Belt *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-183 #Trimming Unit *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-184 #Trimmings Catcher *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-185 #Rotation Clamp Pad *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-186 #Stack Rotation Vibrating Plate *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-187 #Switchback Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-188 #Ripple Idle Roller (Center) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-189 #Ripple Idle Rollers *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

466
 Group 5000

5-062-190 #TE Press Roller (Large) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-191 #TE Press Roller (Small) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-192 #Spine Fold Harness (Right) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-193 #Spine Fold Harness (Left) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-194 #Signature Transport Harness *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-195 #Stack Rotation Up-down Harness *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-196 #Stack Rotation Grip Harness *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-197 #Stack Rotate Press LED Harness *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-198 #Pick-up Roller Upper *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-199 #Separation Roller Upper *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-200 #Feed Roller Upper *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-201 #Pick-up Roller Lower *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-202 #Separation Roller Lower *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-203 #Feed Roller Lower *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-204 #Blade Cradle *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-205 #Switchback Torque Limiter *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-206 #Deodorant Filter (Upper&Lower) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-207 #Cover Feed Switchback Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-208 #Jogger Motor *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-209 #Main Grip Motor *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-210 #Signature Thickness Sensor *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-211 #Signature Rotate Torque Diode *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-212 #Trimmings Buffer Motor *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-213 #Signature Press Trq Lmt Clutch *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-214 #Gluing Unit *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-215 #Ball Screw Unit *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

467
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

5-062-216 #Sign/Stacking Discharger *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-217 #Horizontal/Reg Discharger *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-218 #Booklet Stack Drawer Connector *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-062-219 #Edge Press Plate Sproket Ass'y *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

[PM Parts Display]

5066
Display or does not display the “PM parts” button on the LCD.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-066-001 - *CTL 0: Not display
1: Display

[Part Replacement Operation Type]

Selects the service maintenance or user maintenance for each PM parts. If the user
5067 service is selected, PM alert is displayed on the LCD.
0: Service
1: User

5-067-001 #Development Unit(Bk) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-002 #Developer(Bk) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-003 #Development Unit(Bk):Vent Filter *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-005 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Bk) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-006 PCU CL(Bk):Cleaning Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-007 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-008 PCU CL(Bk):Lubricant *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-009 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-010 PCU CL(Bk):Joint *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-011 PCU CL(Bk):Gears *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-012 PCU CL(Bk):CL Blade:Side Seal *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-013 PCU CL(Bk):Lub Blade:Side Seal *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

468
 Group 5000

5-067-015 #Charger Unit(Bk) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-016 #Photoconductor Unit(Bk) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-018 #Development Unit(C) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-019 #Developer(C) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-020 #Development Unit(C):Vent Filter *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-022 #PCU Cleaning Unit(C) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-023 PCU CL(C):Cleaning Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-024 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-025 PCU CL(C):Lubricant *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-026 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-027 PCU CL(C):Joint *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-028 PCU CL(C):Gears *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-029 PCU CL(C):CL Blade:Side Seal *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-030 PCU CL(C):Lub Blade:Side Seal *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-032 #Charger Unit(C) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-033 #Photoconductor Unit(C) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-035 #Development Unit(M) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-036 #Developer(M) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-037 #Development Unit(M):Vent Filter *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-039 #PCU Cleaning Unit(M) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-040 PCU CL(M):Cleaning Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-041 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-042 PCU CL(M):Lubricant *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-043 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-044 PCU CL(M):Joint *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-045 PCU CL(M):Gears *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

469
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

5-067-046 PCU CL(M):CL Blade:Side Seal *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-047 PCU CL(M):Lub Blade:Side Seal *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-049 #Charger Unit(M) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-050 #Photoconductor Unit(M) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-052 #Development Unit(Y) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-053 #Developer(Y) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-054 #Development Unit(Y):Vent Filter *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-056 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Y) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-057 PCU CL(Y):Cleaning Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-058 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-059 PCU CL(Y):Lubricant *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-060 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-061 PCU CL(Y):Joint *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-062 PCU CL(Y):Gears *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-063 PCU CL(Y):CL Blade:Side Seal *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-064 PCU CL(Y):Lub Blade:Side Seal *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-066 #Charger Unit(Y) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-067 #Photoconductor Unit(Y) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-069 #Development Unit(S) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-070 #Developer(S) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-071 #Development Unit(S):Vent Filter *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-073 #PCU Cleaning Unit(S) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-074 PCU CL(S):Cleaning Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-075 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-076 PCU CL(S):Lubricant *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-077 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

470
 Group 5000

5-067-078 PCU CL(S):Joint *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-079 PCU CL(S):Gears *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-080 PCU CL(S):CL Blade:Side Seal *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-081 PCU CL(S):Lub Blade:Side Seal *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-083 #Charger Unit(S) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-084 #Photoconductor Unit(S) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-086 #Intermediate Transfer Belt *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-087 #Image Transfer Roller(Bk) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-088 #Image Transfer Roller(C) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-089 #Image Transfer Roller(M) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-090 #Image Transfer Roller(Y) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-091 #Image Transfer Roller(S) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-092 #Paper Transfer Bias Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-093 #ITB Cleaning Unit *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-094 ITB CL Unit:Cleaning Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-095 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-096 ITB CL Unit:Lubricant *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-097 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-099 #Paper Transfer Unit *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-100 Paper Transfer Unit:Discharger *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-101 Paper Transfer Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-102 Paper Transfer Unit:CL Blade *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-103 Paper Transfer Unit:Lubricant *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-106 #Fuser Unit *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-107 Fuser Unit:Belt *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-108 Fuser Unit:Fusing Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

471
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

5-067-109 Fuser Unit:FusingR:Bearings *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-110 Fuser Unit:Pressure Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-111 Fuser Unit:PressR:Bearings *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-112 #Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-113 #Fuser Cleaning Unit *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-114 Fuser Cleaning Unit:web *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-115 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-116 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Spring Plate *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-118 #Ozone Filter:Main *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-119 Ozone Filter *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-120 Ozone Filter:C/T BOX *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-121 #Dust Proof Filter:Main *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-122 Filter:Prevent Fence *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-123 Filter:Duct *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-124 Filter:Absorb Dust Sub-Unit *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-131 #Tray1 *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-132 Tray1:Pickup Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-133 Tray1:Feed Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-134 Tray1:Separate Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-136 #Tray2 *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-137 Tray2:Pickup Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-138 Tray2:Feed Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-139 Tray2:Separate Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-141 #3-Tray LCT:Tray3 *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-142 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Pickup Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-143 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

472
 Group 5000

5-067-144 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Separate Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-146 #3-Tray LCT:Tray4 *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-147 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Pickup Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-148 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-149 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Separate Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-151 #3-Tray LCT:Tray5 *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-152 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Pickup Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-153 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-154 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Separate Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-156 #Bypass Tray *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-157 Bypass Tray:Pickup Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-158 Bypass Tray:Feed Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-159 Bypass Tray:Separate Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-161 #Interposer Upper Tray *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-162 Interposer Upper Tray:Pickup Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-163 Interposer Upper Tray:Feed Belt *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-164 Interposer Upper Tray:Separate Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-166 #Interposer Lower Tray *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-167 Interposer Lower Tray:Pickup Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-168 Interposer Lower Tray:Feed Belt *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-169 Interposer Lower Tray:Separate Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
*CTL
5-067-171 #ADF (Copier Model Only)

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
*CTL
5-067-172 ADF:Feed Belt (Copier Model Only)

473
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
*CTL
5-067-173 ADF:Pickup Roller (Copier Model Only)

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
*CTL
5-067-174 ADF:Separate Roller (Copier Model Only)

5-067-176 #2-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Belt *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-177 #2-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Belt *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-178 #2-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Belt *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-179 #2-Tray LCT:Tray6:Feed Belt *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-180 #2-Tray LCT:Tray7:Feed Belt *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-181 #2-Tray LCT:Tray8:Feed Belt *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-183 #Trimming Unit *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-184 #Trimmings Catcher *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-185 #Rotation Clamp Pad *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-186 #Stack Rotation Vibrating Plate *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-187 #Switchback Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-188 #Ripple Idle Roller (Center) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-189 #Ripple Idle Rollers *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-190 #TE Press Roller (Large) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-191 #TE Press Roller (Small) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-192 #Spine Fold Harness (Right) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-193 #Spine Fold Harness (Left) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-194 #Signature Transport Harness *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-195 #Stack Rotation Up-down Harness *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-196 #Stack Rotation Grip Harness *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-197 #Stack Rotate Press LED Harness *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-198 #Pick-up Roller Upper *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

474
 Group 5000

5-067-199 #Separation Roller Upper *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-200 #Feed Roller Upper *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-201 #Pick-up Roller Lower *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-202 #Separation Roller Lower *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-203 #Feed Roller Lower *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-204 #Blade Cradle *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-205 #Switchback Torque Limiter *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-206 #Deodorant Filter (Upper&Lower) *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-207 #Cover Feed Switchback Roller *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-208 #Jogger Motor *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-209 #Main Grip Motor *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-210 #Signature Thickness Sensor *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-211 #Signature Rotate Torque Diode *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-212 #Trimmings Buffer Motor *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-213 #Signature Press Trq Lmt Clutch *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-214 #Gluing Unit *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-215 #Ball Screw Unit *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-216 #Sign/Stacking Discharger *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-217 #Horizontal/Reg Discharger *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-218 #Booklet Stack Drawer Connector *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5-067-219 #Edge Press Plate Sproket Ass'y *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

[Set Bypass Paper Size Display] (Copier Model only)

5071 Turn on or off the paper size confirmation pop-up on the LED. This pop-up prevents
mismatching between a paper size selected by the operation panel and an actual
paper size on the by-pass tray.

475
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-071-001 - CTL 0: Off
1: On

[Supply Part Replacement Opration Type]

5073
Selects ether User or Service manages supply parts.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-073-001 Waste Tonner Bottle *CTL 0:No Display
1:Display

[Home Key Customization]

5074
Sets applications that appear on the operation panel when “home key” is pressed.

[0 to 0xFF / 00000000 / 1/step]

Bit0: Sets login operation mode for panel
display.
5-074-002 Login Setting *CTL
0: Displayed
1: Not display
Bit1 to bit7: Not used

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Auto
5-074-050 Show Home Edit Menu CTL
1: Displayed
2: Not displayed

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Function disable
5-074-091 Function Setting *CTL
1: SDK application
2: Browser application

[0 to 0xFFFF FFFF/ 0 / 1/step]

5-074-092 Product ID *CTL
Sets the application product ID.

[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
5-074-093 Application Screen ID *CTL Sets the display category of the extended
application.

476
 Group 5000

[ServiceSP Entery Code Setting]

5081
DFU

[LED Light Switch Setting]

5083
Turns LED lighting ON and OFF at Toner Near End.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-083-001 Toner Near End *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-083-002 Waste Toner Near End *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

[Counter Size Setting] (Printer Model only)

RTB 119
5104
Corrected
-

5-104-001 A3/DLT Double Count *CTL [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / -]

Sets double count on/off when using A3/DLT.

0: OFF
1: ON

5-104-002 Bypass Paper Size Undetection *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

Sets paper size when bypass paper size is undetected.

0: A4 (LT)
1: A3 (DLT)

5-104-101 Banner Count Setting *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

Sets banner count on/off.

0: OFF does not count banner size (over 488mm).
1: ON counts banner size (over 488mm)

5-104-102 Banner Count Threshold *CTL [0 or 65535 / 0 / 1 / mm]

Counts every size (mm) you specified as banner.

Setting 0mm counts over 488mm as 1.

477
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[Non-Std. Paper Sel.]

5112
Permit or not permit the use of non-standard paper for the paper size selection.

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / -]
5-112-001 - *CTL 0: Not permitted
1: Permitted

[Optional Counter Type]

5113
Sets extended device hit number for connecting to extend external device.

[0 to 12 / 0 / 1/step]
0: None,
1: Key Card(RK3,4)
2: Key Card(down),
Default Optional Counter 3: PrepaidCard
5-113-001 *CTL
Type 4: Coin Rack
5: MFKeyCard
11: Exp.KeyCard(Add)
12: Exp.KeyCard(Deduct)
This program specifies the counter type.

[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: None
1: Expansion Device 1
External Optional
5-113-002 *CTL 1: Expansion Device 2
Counter Type
1: Expansion Device 3
This program specifies the external counter
type.

[Optional Counter I/F]

5114
Sets this SP for connecting to extended device that use MF key card/F.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-114-001 MF Key Card Extension *CTL 0: Not installed
1: Installed (scanning accounting)

478
 Group 5000

[Disable Copying] (Copier Model only)

5118
This program disables copying.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-118-001 - *CTL 0: Not disabled
1: Disabled

[Mode Clear Opt. Counter Removal]

5120 This program updates the information on the optional counter. When you install or
remove an optional counter, check the settings.

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Yes (removed)
5-120-001 - *CTL
1: Standby (installed but not used)
2: No (not removed)

[Counter Up Timing]
5121 This program specifies when the counter goes up. The settings refer to “paper feed”
and “paper exit” respectively.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-121-001 0:Feed 1:Exit *CTL 0: Feed
1: Exit

5126 [Set F-size Document] (Copier Model only)

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1]
5-126-001
0:Foolscap 8.5x13 1:Folio 8.25x13 3:F 8 x 13

[APS OFF Mode] (Copier Model only)

5127
This program disables the APS.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-127-001 - *CTL 0: Not disabled
1: Disabled

479
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[Code Mode With Key/Card Option]

Sets using a combination of code mode with Key/Card option.

5128
0: not used in combination
1: used in combination

5-128-001 - *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

5131 [Paper Size Type Selection]

0:DOM 1:NA 2:EU [0 to 2 / * /1]

5-131-001 *NA: 1
*EU: 2

Selects the paper size type (for originals and copy paper). (Only needs to be
adjusted if the optional printer controller is installed)
After changing the value, turn the main power switch off and on.
0: DOM (Japan)
1: NA (North America)
2: EU (Europe)

5150 [Length Setting]

[0 or 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF
Bypass(0:OFF 1:Long
CTL 1: Long
2:Extra Long)
2:Extra Long (Optional Multi Bypass Banner
Sheet Tray (1260mm))
5-150-001
Normally the paper length for sub scanning paper from the by-pass tray is limited to
600 mm, but this can be extended with this SP to 1260 mm.
Image quality is not assured for the length over 600mm.
When printing/feeding over 600mm length paper, customization request is required
for a customized printer driver.

480
 Group 5000

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
LCT(0:OFF 1:ON) CTL 0: OFF

5-150-002 1: ON

Sets LCT banner mode On/Off.

This SP has to be set when Optional Vacuum Feed Banner Sheet Tray is installed.

[App. Switch Method]

5162 Determines whether the application screen is switched with a hardware switch or
software switch.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-162-001 - *CTL 0: Soft Key Set
1: Hard Key Set

[CE Login]
5169
Continues login status by service after SP mode end.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-169-001 CE Login *CTL 0: Disabled
1: Enabled

5185 [TCRU: Set Machine]

This SP code sets up the machine for the TCRU program. Default: OFF
5-185-001 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1] 0:OFF 1:ON
Note: The machine must be cycled on after changing this SP setting.

5186 [RK4]

5-186-001 This setting determines whether jam removal operation is enabled or disabled for RK4.
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1] 0: Disable 1: Enable

[Copy Nv Version] (Copier Model only)

5188
Displays the version number of the NVRAM on the controller board.

5-188-001 - *CTL [- / - / -]

481
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[Unit Life Target Change]

Permits or prohibits the change of “Unit Life Target” from the Adjustment Settings for
5190 (Skilled) Operators Menu.
0: Permit
1: Prohibit

5-190-001 - *CTL [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

[Mode Set]
5191
Shifts to the power save mode or not.

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-191-001 Power Str Set *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

[External Controller Info. Settings]

5193
External controler settings.

[0 to 10 / 0 / 1/step]
0: External Controller is not installed
1: EFI
2: Ratio
3: Egret
5-193-001 - CTL
4: GJ
5:Creo
6: QX-100
7: Kurofune
8 to 10: Reserved

482
 Group 5000

[Limitless SW]

Selects the paper feed mode.

Productivity priority:
This changes the feeding tray as soon as the machine detects the priority tray even the
5195 paper still remains in the feeding tray.
Tray priority:
This changes the feeding tray after the paper in the tray where the machine has been
feeding paper has been run out of.
This SP is activated only when a customer selects the "Auto Paper Select".

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-195-001 - *CTL 0: Productivity Precede
1: Use paper up

[90 degree rotation (Copy)] (Copier Model only)

5196
-

5-196-001 90 deg. Rotation CTL [- / - / -]

[Paper Exit After Staple End]

Enables or disables the paper feeding out from the finisher without stapling.
• If this setting is "1: ON", paper is fed out without stapling at the maximum
5199 number of the finisher stapling when the machine gets a multiple printing job
(over maximum number).
• If this setting is "0: OFF", paper is fed out with stapling at the maximum number of
the finisher stapling when the machine gets a multiple printing job (over
maximum number).

[ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1:Without Stapling
5-199-001 CTL 0: OFF
0:No Change
1: ON

1:After Stapling
5-199-002 CTL [ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:No Change

483
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[Page Numbering] (Copier Model only)

This program adjusts the position of the second side page numbers.
5212
• "- value" moves the page number positions to the left edge.
• "+ value" moves the page number positions to the right edge.

[-10 to 10 / 0.00 / 1mm/step]

Duplex Printout Right/Left Specifies relative positions that face page
5-212-003 *CTL
Position numbering position against verso page
numbering position.

[-10 to 10 / 0.00 / 1mm/step]

Duplex Printout High/Low Specifies relative positions that face page
5-212-004 *CTL
Position numbering position against verso page
numbering position.

5227 [Page numbering] (Copier Model only)

[2 to 9 / 9 / 1/step]
Specifies input available figure length of
5-227-221 Allow Page No. Entry *CTL "Job serial numbers page print out starts
number” that specified by optional text
print out.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF

5-227-222 Zero Surplus Setting *CTL 1:ON

Specifies zero suppression of "Job serial
numbers page print out starts number" that
specified by optional text print out.

484
 Group 5000

[Set Time]

Adjusts the RTC (real time clock) time setting for the local time zone.
Examples: For Japan (+9 GMT), enter 540 (9 hours x 60 min.)
DOM: +540 (Tokyo)
NA: -300 (New York)
5302
EU: + 60 (Paris)
CH: +480 (Beijing)
TW: +480 (Taipei)
AS: +480 (Hong Kong)
KO: +540 (Korea)

5-302-002 Time Difference *CTL [-1440 to 1440 / - / 1min./step]

[Auto Off Set]

5305
Restricts the cancel of the auto power off function.

[0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-305-101 Auto Off Limit Set *CTL 0: Not restrict
1: Restrict

5307 [Daylight Saving Time]

[0 to 1 / - / 1/step]
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
(Default)
1: NA and EUR
5-307-001 Setting *CTL 0: ASIA and others
Enables or disables the summer time mode.

• Make sure that both SP5-307-3 and -4

are correctly set. Otherwise, this SP is not
activated even if this SP is set to "1".

485
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 to 0xffffffff / - / 1hex/step]
(Default)
NA: 0x11100200
Rule Set (Start) *CTL
EUR: 0x10500100
ASIA: 0x03100000
Other: 0x00000000

Specifies the start setting for the summer time mode.

There are 8 digits in this SP. For months 1 to 9, the "0" cannot be input in the first digit,
5-307-003 so the eight-digit setting for -2 or -3 becomes a seven-digit setting.
1st and 2nd digits: The month. [1 to 12]
3rd digit: The week of the month. [1 to 5]
4th digit: The day of the week. [0 to 6 = Sunday to Saturday]
5th and 6th digits: The hour. [00 to 23]
7th digit: The length of the advanced time. [0 to 9 / 1 hour /step]
8th digit: The length of the advanced time. [0 to 5 / 10 minutes /step]
• The digits are counted from the left.
• Make sure that SP5-307-1 is set to "1".

Rule Set (End) *CTL -

Specifies the end setting for the summer time mode.

There are 8 digits in this SP.
1st and 2nd digits: The month. [1 to 12]
3rd digit: The week of the month. [0 to 5]
5-307-004
4th digit: The day of the week. [0 to 7 = Sunday to Saturday]
5th and 6th digits: The hour. [00 to 23]
The 7th and 8 digits must be set to "00".
• The digits are counted from the left.
• Make sure that SP5-307-1 is set to "1".

5401 [Access Control]

486
 Group 5000

[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Read Only
1: Edit
2: Edit/Delete
5-401-103 Default Document ACL *CTL
3: Full control
Whenever a new login user is added to the
address book in external certification mode (for
Windows, LDAP, RDH), the default document
ACL is updated according to this SP setting.

[0 to 255 / 0 / 1sec/step]
5-401-104 Authentication Time *CTL
Specifies the timeout of the authentication.

487
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 to 0xFF / 00000000 / 1/step]

Selects the log out type for the extend
authentication device.
Bit 0: Log-out without an IC card
0: Not allowed (default)
1: Allowed
Bit1: Log out with IC card
0: Not allowed (default)
1: Allowed
Bit2: Return from energy save mode with IC
card
0: Not allowed (default)
1: Allowed
Extend Certification Bit3, Bit4: Password manual entry
5-401-162 *CTL
Detail
00: Mode 0 (default)
01: Mode 1
10: Mode 2
11: Mode 3
Bit5: PIN entry with alphanumeric character
0: Not allowed (default)
1: Allowed
Bit6: Restrict card scanning
0: Not allowed (default)
1: Allowed
Bit7: Panel lock when log out failured
0: Not allowed (default)
1: Allowed

[0 to 0xFFFFFFFF / 0 / 1/step]

5-401-200 SDK1 UniqueID *CTL "SDK" is the "Software Development Kit". This
data can be converted from SAS (VAS) when
installed or uninstalled.

488
 Group 5000

[0 to 0xFF / 0 / 1 /step]
SDK1 Certification "SDK" is the "Software Development Kit". This
5-401-201 *CTL
Method data can be converted from SAS (VAS) when
installed or uninstalled.

[0 to 0xFFFFFFFF / 0 / 1/step]

5-401-210 SDK2 UniqueID *CTL "SDK" is the "Software Development Kit". This
data can be converted from SAS (VAS) when
installed or uninstalled.

[0 to 0xFF / 0 / 1/step]
SDK2 Certification "SDK" is the "Software Development Kit". This
5-401-211 *CTL
Method data can be converted from SAS (VAS) when
installed or uninstalled.

[0 to 0xFFFFFFFF / 0 / 1/step]

5-401-220 SDK3 UniqueID *CTL "SDK" is the "Software Development Kit". This
data can be converted from SAS (VAS) when
installed or uninstalled.

[0 to 0xFF / 0 / 1/step]
SDK3 Certification "SDK" is the "Software Development Kit". This
5-401-221 *CTL
Method data can be converted from SAS (VAS) when
installed or uninstalled.

[- / 00000000 / 1 /-]
Bit0: SDK authentication
0: Disable, 1: Enable
Bit1: SKB Display
5-401-230 SDK Certification Device *CTL
0: Disable, 1: Enable
Bit2: Administrator login
0: Disable, 1: Enable
Bit3 to Bit7: Reserved (set “0” only)

489
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 to 0xFF / 00000000 / 1/step]

Bit0: Logout confirm option
0: OFF, 1: ON
Bit1, Bit2: Auto-logout timer (retry timer)
00: 60sec, 01: 10sec, 10: 20sec, 11: 30sec,
Bit3: Personal authority / Group authority and
operation
5-401-240 Detail Option *CTL 0: OFF, 1: ON
Bit4: Skip password entry
0: OFF, 1: ON
Bit5: Set the display of the remaining
Frequence
0: OFF, 1: ON,
Bit6, Bit7: Set the display time
00: 3sec, 01: 6sec, 10: 9sec, 11: 12sec

[Access Control]
5402
-

490
 Group 5000

[0 to 0xFF / 00000000 / 1/step]

Bit0: SDKJ Authentication
0: Panel Type
1: Remote Type
Bit1: Using user code setup
0: OFF, 1: ON
Bit2: Using key-counter setup
5-402-101
SDKJ1 Limit Setting - 0: OFF, 1: ON
to *CTL
SDKJ30 Limit Setting Bit3: Using external billing device setup
5-402-130
0: OFF, 1: ON
Bit4: Using extended external billing device
setup
0: OFF, 1: ON
Bit5, Bit6: Not used
Bit7: Using extended function J limit users
0: OFF, 1: ON

5-402-141
SDKJ1 ProductID -
to *CTL [0 to 0xFFFFFFFF / 0 / 1/step]
SDKJ30 ProductID
5-402-170

[User Code Count Clear]

5404
Clears all counters for users.

[- / - / -]
5-404-001 - *CTL
[Execute]

[LDAP Certification]
5411
Sets description of LDAP certification.

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-411-004 Simplified Authentication *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

491
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Password NULL not permitted.
5-411-005 Password Null Not Permit *CTL 1: Password NULL permitted.
This SP is referenced only when SP5411-4 is
set to "1" (On).

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-411-006 Detail Option *CTL 0: Anonymous authentication OFF
1: Anonymous authentication ON

[Krb-Certification]
5412
-

[- / 11111111 / 1/step]
0x01:AES256-CTS-HMAC-SHA1-96
0x02:AES128-CTS-HMAC-SHA1-96
0x04:DES3-CBC-SHA1
5-412-100 Encrypt Mode *CTL 0x08:RC4-HMAC
0x10:DES-CBC-MD5
0xFF(0x1F):ALL
Executes kerberos certification according to
certified encryption strength.

[Lockout Setting]
5413
Switches on/off the lock on the local address book account.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-413-001 Lockout On/Off *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

5-413-002 Lockout Threshold *CTL [1 to 10 / 5 / 1time/step]

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-413-003 Cancelation On/Off *CTL
0:OFF, 1:ON

[1 to 9999 / 60 / 1minute/step]
5-413-004 Cancelation Time *CTL
Sets release time of lockout release function.

492
 Group 5000

5414 [Access Mitigation]

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF, 1: ON
5-414-001 Mitigation On/Off *CTL
Switches on/off masking of continuously
used IDs and passwords that are identical.

[0 to 60 / 15 / 1minute/step]

5-414-002 Mitigation Time *CTL Sets the length of time for excluding
continuous access for identical user IDs and
passwords.

5415 [Password Attack]

[0 to 100 / 30 / 1time/step]

5-415-001 Permissible Number *CTL Sets the number of attempts to attack the
system with random passwords to gain
illegal access to the system.

[0 to 10 / 5 / 1second/step]
5-415-002 Detect Time *CTL Sets the time limit to stop a password attack
once such an attack has been detected.

5416 [Access Information]

[50 to 200 / 200 / 1/step]

5-416-001 Access User Max Num *CTL Limits the number of users used by the access
exclusion and password attack detection
functions.

[50 to 200 / 200 / 1/step]

Access Password Max Limits the number of passwords used by the
5-416-002 *CTL
Num access exclusion and password attack
detection functions.

[1 to 10 / 3 / 1second/step]

5-416-003 Monitor Interval *CTL Sets the processing time interval for
referencing user ID and password
information.

5417 [Access Attack]

493
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 to 500 / 100 / 1time/step]

Access Permissible Sets a limit on access attempts when an
5-417-001 *CTL
Number excessive number of attempts are detected
for MFP features.

[10 to 30 / 10 / 1second/step]
5-417-002 Attack Detect Time *CTL Sets the length of time for monitoring the
frequency of access to MFP features.

[0 to 9 / 3 / 1second/step]

5-417-003 Productivity Fall Waite *CTL Sets the wait time to slow down the speed of
certification when an excessive number of
access attempts have been detected.

[50 to 200 / 200 / 1/step]

Sets a limit on the number of requests
5-417-004 Attack Max Num *CTL received for certification in order to slow
down the certification speed when an
excessive number of access attempts have
been detected.

[User Authentication]
5420
These functions are enabled only after the user access feature has been enabled.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-420-001 Copy *CTL 0: Authentication ON
1: Authentication OFF

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-420-002 Color Security Setting *CTL 0: Authentication ON
1: Authentication OFF

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-420-011 DocumentServer *CTL 0: Authentication ON
1: Authentication OFF

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-420-021 Fax *CTL 0: Authentication ON
1: Authentication OFF

494
 Group 5000

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-420-031 Scanner *CTL 0: Authentication ON
1: Authentication OFF

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-420-041 Printer *CTL 0: Authentication ON
1: Authentication OFF

5-420-051 SDK1 *CTL

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-420-061 SDK2 *CTL 0: Authentication ON
1: Authentication OFF
5-420-071 SDK3 *CTL

5430 [Auth Dialog Message Change]

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Function OFF
5-430-001 Message Change On/Off *CTL 1: Function ON
Turns on or off the displayed message
change for the authentication.

[- / - / -]
[Execute]
5-430-002 Message Text Download CTL
Executes the message download for the
authentication.

[Char:Up to 16 bytes / - / -]
5-430-003 Message Text ID CTL
Inputs message text for the authentication.

[External Auth User Preset] (Copier Model only)

5431
Turns on or off the copy permission for the external authentication.

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-431-010 Tag *CTL
0: Not permit, 1: Permit

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-431-011 Entry *CTL
0: Not permit, 1: Permit

495
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-431-012 Group *CTL
0: Not permit, 1: Permit

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-431-020 Mail *CTL
0: Not permit, 1: Permit

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-431-032 Folder *CTL
0: Not permit, 1: Permit

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-431-033 ProtectCode *CTL
0: Not permit, 1: Permit

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-431-034 SmtpAuth *CTL
0: Not permit, 1: Permit

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-431-035 LdapAuth *CTL
0: Not permit, 1: Permit

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-431-036 Smb Ftp Fldr Auth *CTL
0: Not permit, 1: Permit

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-431-037 AcntAcl *CTL
0: Not permit, 1: Permit

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-431-038 DocumentAcl *CTL
0: Not permit, 1: Permit

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-431-040 CertCrypt *CTL
0: Not permit, 1: Permit

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-431-050 UserLimitCount *CTL
0: Not permit, 1: Permit

[Authentication Error Code]

5481
These SP codes determine how the authentication failures are displayed.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-481-001 System Log Disp *CTL 0: Display OFF
1: Display ON

496
 Group 5000

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-481-002 Panel Disp *CTL 0: Display OFF
1: Display ON

[MF KeyCard]
5490
Sets up operation of the machine with a keycard (Japan only).

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Disabled. Cancels operation without a
5-490-001 Job Permit Setting *CTL user code.
1: Enabled. Allows operation without a user
code.

[Optional Counter]
5491
-

[0 or 1 / 00000000 / 1/step]
Bit0:
5-491-001 Detail Option *CTL 0: Forced Job Canceling ON
1: Forced Job Canceling OFF
Bit1 to Bit7: Not used

[PM Alarm]
5501
Sets PM count level that emits PM alarm call.

[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Alarm off
5-501-001 PM Alarm Level *CTL
1 to 9999: Alarm goes off when Value (1 to
9999) x 1000 > PM counter

[Jam Alarm]
5504 Sets the alarm to sound for the specified jam level (document miss feeds are not
included).

497
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0(Z): Jam alarm prohibited
1(L): level H 1/4
5-504-001 - *CTL 2(M): level H 1/2
3(H): Jam occurrence interval sheets of
indicated paper that indicated product
proposal.

5-504-002 Threshold *CTL [1 to 99 / 10 / 1 / -]

[Error Alarm]

Sets the error alarm level.

5505
The error alarm counter counts "1" when any SC is detected. However, the error
alarm counter decreases by "1" when an SC is not detected during a set number of
copied sheets.

[0 to 255 / * / hundred/step]
0: Alarm Off
5-505-001 Error Alarm *CTL
*D194, D203, M195, M207: 30
*D195, D204, M196,M208: 45

5-505-002 Threshold *CTL [1 to 99 / 10 / 1 / -]

[Supply/CC Alarm]
5507
Enables or disables the notifying a supply call via the @Remote.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-507-001 Paper Supply Alarm *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-507-002 Staple Supply Alarm *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-507-003 Toner Supply Alarm *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

498
 Group 5000

[0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
0:OFF
5-507-006 WasteTonerBottle *CTL
1: Supply Call ON
2: CC Call ON

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
0: OFF
5-507-012 Special Toner Supply *CTL 1: ON
Sets special toner supply auto-call on/off for
the 5th station.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-507-080 Toner Call Timing *CTL 0: At replacement
1: AtLessThanThresh

[10 to 90 / 10 / 10%/step]
5-507-081 Toner Call Threshold *CTL This program enables only if SP5-507-080 is
"1"

[250 to 10000 / 1000 / 1/step]

5-507-128 Interval :Others *CTL Sets report level of paper supply
administration call.

[250 to 10000 / 1000 / 1/step]

5-507-132 Interval :A3 *CTL Sets report level of paper supply
administration call.

[250 to 10000 / 1000 / 1/step]

5-507-133 Interval :A4 *CTL Sets report level of paper supply
administration call.

[250 to 10000 / 1000 / 1/step]

5-507-134 Interval :A5 *CTL Sets report level of paper supply
administration call.

[250 to 10000 / 1000 / 1/step]

5-507-141 Interval :B4 *CTL Sets report level of paper supply
administration call.

499
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[250 to 10000 / 1000 / 1/step]

5-507-142 Interval :B5 *CTL Sets report level of paper supply
administration call.

[250 to 10000 / 1000 / 1/step]

5-507-160 Interval :DLT *CTL Sets report level of paper supply
administration call.

[250 to 10000 / 1000 / 1/step]

5-507-164 Interval :LG *CTL Sets report level of paper supply
administration call.

[250 to 10000 / 1000 / 1/step]

5-507-166 Interval :LT *CTL Sets report level of paper supply
administration call.

[250 to 10000 / 1000 / 1/step]

5-507-172 Interval :HLT *CTL Sets report level of paper supply
administration call.

[CC Call]
5508
Sets PM count level that emits PM alarm call.

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-508-001 Jam Remains *CTL 0: Disable
1: Enable

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-508-002 Continuous Jams *CTL 0: Disable
1: Enable

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-508-003 Continuous Door Open *CTL 0: Disable
1: Enable

Jam Detection: Time

5-508-011 *CTL [3 to 30 / 10 / 1min/step]
Length

Jam Detection:
5-508-012 *CTL [2 to 10 / 5 / 1time/step]
Continuous Count

5-508-013 Door Open: Time Length *CTL [3 to 30 / 10 / 1min/step]

500
 Group 5000

[PartsAlermlevelCount]
5513 Call in at the point that the counter of “PM Parts Counter Display: Normal
(SP7-617-001)” reaches this level (K).

[0 to 9999 / 300 / 1K/step]

5-513-001 Normal *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

5-513-002 Df *CTL [1 to 9999 / 300 / 1K/step]

[PartsAlermlev]
5514 PM report alarm for each CSS parts: Sets DF paper feed criteria On/Off (report or
not).

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-514-001 Nomal *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-514-002 Df *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

[SC/Alarm Setting]

5515 With @Remote in use, these SP codes can be set to issue an SC call when an SC
error occurs. If this SP is switched off, the SC call is not issued when an SC error
occurs.

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-515-001 SC Call *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Service Parts Near End
5-515-002 *CTL 0: OFF
Call
1: ON

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-515-003 Service Parts End Call *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

501
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-515-004 User Call *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-515-006 Communication Test Call *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Machine Information
5-515-007 *CTL 0: OFF
Notice
1: ON

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-515-008 Alarm Notice *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Non Genuine Tonner
5-515-009 *CTL 0: OFF
Ararm
1: ON

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Supply Automatic
5-515-010 *CTL 0: OFF
Ordering Call
1: ON

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Supply Management
5-515-011 *CTL 0: OFF
Report Call
1: ON

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-515-012 Jam/Door Open Call *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

5517 [Get Machine Information]

5-517-001 Alarm On/Off Setting *CTL [0 to 1 / 1 / 1 / -]

5-517-002 Alarm Interval *CTL [10 to 255 / 10 / 1 / ]

GetCustomPprInfo:RetryIn
5-517-021 *CTL [10 to 255 / 10 / 1 / min]
terval

502
 Group 5000

[10 to 255 / 10 / 1min/step]

Get SMC Info Retry When SMC info collect is interrupt, retries
5-517-031 *CTL during the time between receving Request for
Internal
obtaining SMC info, to value set with this
setting.

5610 [Base Gamma Ctrl Pt:Execute] (Copier Model only)

5-610-004 Get Factory Default

5-610-005 Set Factory Default [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

5-610-006 Restore Original Value

5611 [Toner Color in 2C] (Copier Model only)

5-611-001 B-C

5-611-002 B-M

5-611-003 G-C
[0 to 128 / 100 / 1]
5-611-004 G-Y

5-611-005 R-M

5-611-006 R-Y

[Color Mode Display Selection] (Copier Model only)

5618
Selects the color selection display on the LCD.

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: ACS, Color, Black & White, Two Colors,
5-618-001 - *CTL
Single colour
1: ACD, Full Color, Black & White

503
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[Custom Setting Paper: Data Setting]

- File name:”library.mqp”... Standard paper data MQP file

“user.mqp” ... User setting paper data MQP file
5711
Upload... Copies it from folder in SD card “\MQP” to folder “/mnt/usb3/mqp” in
flash.
Download... Copies it from folder in flash to folder in SD card. (opposite from
Upload)

[Execute]
Standard Paper Data
5-711-001 *CTL Uploads “Paper Library” data to the
UpLoad
machine from the SD card.

[Execute]
Custom Paper Data
5-711-002 *CTL Uploads “Saved Paper Library” data to
UpLoad
the machine from the SD card

[Execute]
Custom Paper Data
5-711-102 *CTL Downloads “Saved Paper Library” data
Download
to SD card from the machine.

Standard Paper Data Ver.

5-711-201 *CTL [Execute]
(Flash)

Standard Paper Data Ver.

5-711-202 *CTL [Execute]
(SD Card)

[Custom Paper: Thick]

5715 Displays paper weight information of custom paper.

(the last 3 digits of SP number is same as cumstom paper No.)

504
 Group 5000

[0 to 7 / 1 / 1 / -]
0: Paper Weight 1 (52.3 - 63.0g/m2)
1: Paper Weight 2 (63.1 - 80.0g/m2)
2: Paper Weight 3 (80.1 - 105.0g/m2)
5-715-001
ID1 to ID100 *CTL 3: Paper Weight 4 (105.1 - 163.0g/m2)
to 100
4: Paper Weight 5 (163.1 - 220.0g/m2)
5: Paper Weight 6 (220.1 - 256.0g/m2)
6: Paper Weight 7 (256.1 - 300.0g/m2)
7: Paper Weight 8 (300.1 - 360.0g/m2)

[Custom Paper: Thin]

5716 Displays thin paper information of custom paper.

(the last 3 digits of SP number is same as cumstom paper No.)

5-716-001
ID1 to ID100 *CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1 / -]
to 100

[Custom Paper: UP/Web Info. 1: P-Type]

5717 Displays paper type information of custom paper.

(the last 3 digits of SP number is same as cumstom paper No.)

505
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 to 0xFFFF / 1 / 1 / -]
0: Plain
1: Recycled Paper
2: Printed Paper
3: Letterhead
4: Label Paper
5-717-001 5: Index card
ID1 to ID100 *CTL
to 100 6: Transparency
7: Tracing paper
8: Envelope
9: Magnet
10: Metallic/Pearl
11: Plastic File Folder
12: Synthetic Paper

[Custom Paper: UP/Web Info. 2: Coated]

5718 Displays coat paper information for each custom paper.

(The last 3 digits of SP number is same as custom paper No.)

[0 to 0xFFFF / 1 / 1 / -]
0: None
5-718-001
ID1 to ID100 *CTL 1: Glossy Paper
to 100
2: Matte Paper
3: High Glossy Paper

[Custom Paper: UP/Web Info. 3: Punch]

5719 Displays the punched paper information for custom paper.

(The last 3 digits of SP number is same as custom paper No.)

[0 to 0xFFFF / 1 / 1 / -]
5-719-001
ID1 to ID100 *CTL 0: No punched paper
to 100
1: Punched paper

506
 Group 5000

[Custom Paper: UP/Web Info. 4: Color]

5720 Displays the paper color information for custom paper.

(The last 3 digits of SP number is same as custom paper No.)

[0 to 0xFFFF / 1 / 1 / -]
5-720-001 0: White
ID1 to ID100 *CTL
to 100 10: Black
11: Color

[Custom Paper: Size Code]

Displays the paper size information by paper size code.

5721
The setting of custom size is “31”.
(The last 3 digits of SP number is same as custom paper No.)

5-721-001
ID1 to ID100 *CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1 / -]
to 100

Paper Size Codes

Paper Size Feed Edge Code

A3 SEF 132

A4 SEF 133

A4 LEF 005

A5 SEF 134

A5 LEF 006

A6 SEF 135

B4 SEF 141

B5 SEF 142

B5 LEF 014

B6 SEF 143

DLT SEF 160

Legal SEF 164

507
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Paper Size Feed Edge Code

Foolscap SEF 165

Letter SEF 166

Letter LEF 038

GovernmentLG SEF 167

Folio SEF 168

F/GL SEF 169

G LT SEF 170

G LT LEF 042

Eng Quatro SEF 171

Eng Quatro LEF 043

Executive SEF 173

Executive LEF 045

Half Letter SEF 172

Half Letter LEF 044

8K SEF 194

16 K SEF 195

16 K LEF 067

12x18 SEF 175

11x15 SEF 177

11x14 SEF 161

10x15 SEF 162

10x14 SEF 163

13x19.2 SEF 181

13x19 SEF 180

12.6x19.2 SEF 199

508
 Group 5000

Paper Size Feed Edge Code

12.6x18.5 SEF 198

13x18 SEF 182

SRA3 SEF 154

SRA4 SEF 155

SRA4 LEF 27

[Custom Paper: Width (M-scan 0.1 mm)]

5722 Displays paper width information (main scan) for each custom paper.
(The last 3 digits of SP number is same as custom paper No.)

5-722-001 to
ID1 to ID100 *CTL [0 to 0xFFFFFFFF / 1 / 0.1 / -]
100

[Custom Paper: Length (S-scan 0.1 mm)]

5723 Displays paper length information (sub scan) for each custom paper.
(The last 3 digits of SP number is same as custom paper No.)

5-723-001 to
ID1 to ID100 *CTL [0 to 0xFFFFFFFF / 1 / 0.1 / -]
100

[Custom Paper: MQP Version]

5724 Displays MQP versions for each custom paper.

(The last 3 digits of SP number is same as custom paper No.)

5-724-001 to
ID1 to ID100 *CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2 / -]
100

[Custom Paper: Data Type]

5725 Displays the data type for each custom paper.

(The last 3 digits of SP number is same as custom paper No.)

5-725-001 to
ID1 to ID100 *CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1 / -]
100

509
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[Network Setting] (Printer Model only)

5728
Sets port numbers for transfering to the Android operation panel

5-728-001 NAT Machine Port1 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 49101 / 1 / -]

5-728-002 NAT UI Port1 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 55101 / 1 / -]

5-728-003 NAT Machine Port2 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 49102 / 1 / -]

5-728-004 NAT UI Port2 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 55102 / 1 / -]

5-728-005 NAT Machine Port3 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 49103 / 1 / -]

5-728-006 NAT UI Port3 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 55103 / 1 / -]

5-728-007 NAT Machine Port4 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 49104 / 1 / -]

5-728-008 NAT UI Port4 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 55104 / 1 / -]

5-728-009 NAT Machine Port5 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 49105 / 1 / -]

5-728-010 NAT UI Port5 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 55105 / 1 / -]

5-728-011 NAT Machine Port6 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 49106 / 1 / -]

5-728-012 NAT UI Port6 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 55106 / 1 / -]

5-728-013 NAT Machine Port7 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 49107 / 1 / -]

5-728-014 NAT UI Port7 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 55107 / 1 / -]

5-728-015 NAT Machine Port8 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 49108 / 1 / -]

5-728-016 NAT UI Port8 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 55108 / 1 / -]

5-728-017 NAT Machine Port9 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 49109 / 1 / -]

5-728-018 NAT UI Port9 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 55109 / 1 / -]

5-728-019 NAT Machine Port10 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 49110 / 1 / -]

5-728-020 NAT UI Port10 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 55110 / 1 / -]

5730 [Extended Function Setting]

510
 Group 5000

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
5-730-001 JavaTM Platform setting *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

5-730-010 Expiration Prior Alarm Set *CTL [0 to 999 / 20 / 1day/step]

[Counter Effect]
5731
This SP is uesd only for Japan machines.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Change MK1 Cnt (Paper
5-731-001 *CTL 0: OFF
-> Combine)
1: ON

[PDF Setting] (Copier Model only)

5734
Limits PDF file type when operating Scan to, fax send, and web download.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-734-001 PDF/A Fixed *CTL 0: non-fixed setting
1: fixed setting

5745 [DeemedPowerConsumption]

5-745-211 Controller Standby *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

5-745-212 STR *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

5-745-213 Main Power Off *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

5-745-214 Scanning and Printing *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

5-745-215 Printing *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

5-745-216 Scanning *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

5-745-217 Engine Standby *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

5-745-218 Low Power Consumption *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

5-745-219 Silent Condition *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

5-745-220 Heater Off *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

511
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[Browser Setting]
5747
-

5-747-201 JPEG Quality *CTL [0 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step ]
5-747-203 Extended Memory Limit *CTL 0: Use extended memory
1: Not use extended memory

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Vertical Scroll Display
5-747-204 *CTL 0: Fixed
Setting
1: Not fixed

[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Confirmation dialog for page moving:
displayed, for security warning: displayed
1: Confirmation dialog for page moving: not
displayed, for security warning: displayed
Warning Confirmation
5-747-205 *CTL 2: Confirmation dialog for page moving: not
Setting
displayed, for security warning: not
displayed
3: Confirmation dialog for page moving:
displayed, for security warning: not
displayed

5-747-206 Browser3 CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

5-747-207 Browser4 CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

5-747-208 Browser5 CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

5-747-209 Browser6 CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

5-747-210 Browser7 CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

5-747-211 Browser8 CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

5-747-212 Browser9 CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

5-747-213 Browser10 CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

SP added
5-748-102
RTB 1h

512
 Group 5000

[Import/Export]
5749
Imports and exports preference information.

[- / - / -]
Target: System, Printer, Fax, Scanner
Option: Unique, Secret
5-749-001 Export CTL
Copy config: Encryption, Encryption key(if
selected)
[Execute]

[- / - / -]
Option: Unique
5-749-101 Import CTL Copy config: Encryption, Encryption key(if
selected)
[Execute]

[Key Event Encryption Setting]

5751
Sets encryption key to encrypt key information.

5-751-001 Password *CTL [32characters / - / 1/step]

[Display Setting] (Copier Model only)

5755
Sets the display for the administrator password.

[- / - / -]
[Execute]
Disp Administrator
5-755-001 CTL Displays the password setting screen for the
Password Change Scrn
supervisor and administrator 1 in the startup
after the execution.

[- / - / -]
Hide Administrator [Execute]
5-755-002 CTL
Password Change Scrn Hides the input screen of the administrator
password temporarily after the execution.

5789 [Custom Paper Value Initialize]

513
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

This SP clears the user paper settings selected by the user.

0: Clears all user paper settings.
1: Clears user paper settings 1

5-789-001 Custom Paper [0 to 100 / 0 / 1]

[Memory Clear]
5801 Resets NVRAM data to the default settings. Before executing any of these SP codes,
print an SMC Report.

[- / - / -]
5-801-001 All Clear CTL
[Execute]

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
[Execute]
5-801-002 Engine
Initializes all registration settings for the
engine and copy process settings.

[- / - / -]
[Execute]

5-801-003 SCS CTL Initializes default system settings, SCS

(System Control Service) settings, operation
display coordinates, and ROM update
information.

[- / - / -]
[Execute]
5-801-004 IMH Memory Clr CTL
Clears Image Memory Handler which
manages memory and HDD access.

[- / - / -]
[Execute]
5-801-005 MCS CTL Initializes the automatic delete time setting for
stored documents.
(MCS: Memory Control Service)

[- / - / -]
Copier application
5-801-006 CTL [Execute]
(Copier Model only)
Initializes all copier application settings.

514
 Group 5000

[- / - / -]
[Execute]
Initializes the printer defaults, programs
registered, the printer SP bit switches, and the
printer CSS counter.
The following service setting:
• Bit switches
• Gamma setting (User & Service)
5-801-008 Printer Application CTL
• Toner Limit
The following user setting:
• Tray Priority
• Menu protect
• System Setting except for setting of
Energy Saver
• I/F Setup (I/O Buffer and I/O Timeout)
• PCL Menu

[- / - / -]
Scanner Application [Execute]
5-801-009 CTL
(Copier Model only) Initializes the scanner defaults for the scanner
and all the scanner SP modes.

[- / - / -]
[Execute]
Deletes the Netfile (NFA) management files
5-801-010 Web Service CTL and thumbnails, and initializes the Job login
ID. Netfiles are jobs to be printed from the
document server using a PC and the
DeskTopBinder software.

[- / - / -]
5-801-011 NCS CTL
DFU

[- / - / -]
[Execute]
5-801-014 Clear DCS Setting CTL
Initializes the DCS (Delivery Control Service)
settings.

515
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[- / - / -]
[Execute]
5-801-015 Clear UCS Setting CTL
Initializes the UCS (User Information Control
Service) settings.

[- / - / -]
[Execute]
5-801-016 MIRS Setting CTL
Initializes the MIRS (Machine Information
Report Service) settings.

[- / - / -]
[Execute]
5-801-017 CCS CTL
Initializes the CCS (Certification and Charge-
control Service) settings.

[- / - / -]
[Execute]
5-801-018 SRM Memory Clr CTL
Initializes the SRM (System Resource
Manager) settings.

[- / - / -]
5-801-019 LCS CTL [Execute]
Initializes the LCS settings.

[- / - / -]
5-801-020 Web Uapli CTL [Execute]
Initializes the web user application settings.

[- / - / -]
5-801-021 ECS CTL [Execute]
Initializes the ECS settings.

[- / - / -]
5-801-024 BROWSER CTL
[Execute]

[- / - / -]
5-801-025 Websys CTL
[Execute]

[- / - / -]
5-801-026 PLN CTL
[Execute]

516
 Group 5000

[- / - / -]
5-801-027 SAS CTL
[Execute]

[Free Run]
5802
Sets the free-run on/off for the plotter.

5-802-004 ON/OFF [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

5806 [RFID CONT.READING]

This SP is used for validation and testing of the RFIDs. After one of these SP codes is
switched ON, a communication count will run until switched OFF.

5-806-001 TIMES [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1times]

5-806-002 NOT 0 [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1times]

5-806-003 RET. [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1times]

5-806-009 EXE.S [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

5810 [SC Reset]

When the machine issues a "Level A" SC code, this indicates a serious problem in
the fusing unit (SC542 to SC546, for example).
• As soon as the Level A SC code is issued, the machine is disabled immediately.
• The operator cannot reset the SC because the machine requires servicing
immediately.
• The machine cannot be used until the machine has been service.
Touch [EXECUTE] to release the machine for servicing.

5-810-001 Fusing SC Reset [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

5811 [Machine Serial] DFU

This SP presents the screen used to enter the 11-digit number of the machine. The
allowed entries are "A" to "Z" and "0" to "9". The setting is done at the factory, and
should not be changed in the field.

5-811-002 Display [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]

5-811-004 Set: BCU [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]

517
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

5812 [Service Tel. No. Setting]

[up to 20 / - / 1/step]
Sets the telephone number for a service
representative. This number is printed on the
5-812-001 Service *CTL Counter List, which can be printed with the user’s
“Counter” menu.
This can be up to 20 characters (both numbers and
alphabetic characters can be input).

[up to 20 / - / 1/step]
Sets the fax or telephone number for a service
representative. This number is printed on the
5-812-002 Facsimile *CTL
Counter List.
This can be up to 20 characters (both numbers and
alphabetic characters can be input).

[up to 20 / - / 1/step]

5-812-003 Supply *CTL Use this to input the telephone number of your
supplier for consumables. Enter the number and
press #.

[up to 20 / - / 1/step]
5-812-004 Operation *CTL Use this to input the telephone number of your sales
agency. Enter the number and press #.

[Remote Service]
5816
Use it for Network remote diagnosis.

[0 to 2 / 2 / 2/step]
0: Remote service off
5-816-001 I/F Setting CTL* 1: CSS remote service on
2: NRS remote service on
Selects the remote service setting.

518
 Group 5000

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Start of the service
1: End of the service
Performs the CE Call at the start or end of the
5-816-002 CE Call CTL*
service.

• This SP is activated only when SP 5816-001 is

set to”2”.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
Enables or disables the remote service function.
5-816-003 Function Flag CTL*

• This SP setting is changed to "1" after @Remote

register has been completed.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Uses the RCG certification
5-816-007 SSL Disable CTL* 1: Does no use the RCG certification
Uses or does not use the RCG certification by SSL
when calling the RCG.

[1 to 90 / 30 / 1second/step]
RCG Connect
5-816-008 CTL* Specifies the connect timeout interval when calling
Timeout
the RCG.

[0 to 100 / 60 / 1second/step]
RCG Write
5-816-009 CTL* Specifies the write timeout interval when calling the
Timeout
RCG.

[0 to 100 / 60 / 1second/step]
5-816-010 RCG Read Timeout CTL* Specifies the read timeout interval when calling the
RCG.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: No. Access denied
5-816-011 Port 80 Enable CTL* 1: Yes. Access granted.
Enables/disables access via port 80 to the SOAP
method.

519
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: RFU is executed whenever update request is
received.
5-816-013 RFU Timing CTL*
1: RFU is executed only when the machine is in the
sleep mode.
Selects the RFU timing.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:Normal condition 1:Error
Displays the cause of an RCG error. When
5-816-014 RCG Error Timing CTL @Remote is used, normally displays "0".
If "1" is displayed, this means that the authentication
from client to server failed when the network re-
booted. To restore normal operation, cycle the
machine off/on to return a "0" (normal condition).

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Installation not completed
5-816-021 RCG-C Registed CTL 1: Installation completed
This SP displays the Embedded RC Gate installation
end flag.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Internet connection
Connect Type
5-816-023 CTL* 1: Dial-up connection
(N/M)
This SP displays and selects the Embedded RC Gate
connection method.

Cert Expire Timing [0 to 0xFFFFFFFF / 0 / 1second/step]

5-816-061 CTL*
DFU Proximity of the expiration of the certification.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Not use

5-816-062 Use Proxy CTL* 1: Use

This SP setting determines if the proxy server is used
when the machine communicates with the service
center.

520
 Group 5000

[- / - / -]
This SP sets the address of the proxy server used for
communication between the RCG
Device and the gateway. Use this SP to set up or
display the customer proxy server
address
The address is necessary to set up the embedded
5-816-063 Proxy Host CTL*
RCG-N.

• The address display is limited to 128

characters. Characters beyond the 128
characters are ignored.
• This address is customer information and is not
printed in the SMC report.

[0 to 0xFFFF / 0 / 1/step]
This SP sets the port number of the proxy server
used for communication between the Embedded
RCG-N and the gateway. This setting is necessary
to set up the embedded
5-816-064 Proxy PortNumber CTL*
RC Gate-N.

• This port number is customer information and is

not printed in the SMC report.

[- / - / -]
This SP sets the HTTP proxy certification user name.

5-816-065 Proxy User Name CTL* • The length of the name is limited to 31
characters. Any character beyond the 31st
character is ignored.
• This name is customer information and is not
printed in the SMC report.

521
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[- / - / -]
This SP sets the HTTP proxy certification password.

5-816-066 Proxy Password CTL* • The length of the password is limited to 31

characters. Any character beyond the 31st
character is ignored.
• This name is customer information and is not
printed in the SMC report.

522
 Group 5000

[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
CERT:Up State CTL*
Displays the status of the certification update.

0 The certification used by RCG-N is set correctly.

The certification request (setAuthKey) for update has been received from the
1
GW URL and certification is presently being updated.

The certification update is completed and the GW URL is being notified of

2
the successful update.

The certification update failed, and the GW URL is being notified of the
3
failed update.

The period of the certification has expired and new request for an update is
4
being sent to the GW URL.

A rescue update for certification has been issued and a rescue certification
11
setting is in progress for the rescue GW connection.

The rescue certification setting is completed and the GW URL is being

12
5-816-067 notified of the certification update request.

The notification of the request for certification update has completed

13 successfully, and the system is waiting for the certification update request
from the rescue GW URL.

The notification of the certification request has been received from the
14
rescue GW controller, and the certification is being stored.

The certification has been stored, and the GW URL is being notified of the
15
successful completion of this event.

The storing of the certification has failed, and the GW URL is being notified
16
of the failure of this event.

The certification update request has been received from the GW URL, the
GW URL was notified of the results of the update after it was completed, but
17
a certification error has been received, and the rescue certification is being
recorded.

The rescue certification of No. 17 has been recorded, and the GW URL is
18
being notified of the failure of the certification update.

523
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
CERT:Error CTL* Displays a number code that describes the reason
for the request for update of the certification.

0 Normal. There is no request for certification update in progress.

Request for certification update in progress. The current certification has

1
expired.

5-816-068 2 An SSL error notification has been issued. Issued after the certification has
expired.

Notification of shift from a common authentication to an individual

3
certification.

4 Notification of a common certification without ID2.

5 Notification that no certification was issued.

6 Notification that GW URL does not exist.

[- / - / -]
5-816-069 CERT:Up ID CTL*
The ID of the request for certification.

[0 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
Displays the status of the firmware update.
0: Farm update reception standby
1: Farm update start schedule standby.
5-816-083 Firm Up Status CTL*
2: User confirmation standby.
3: Device farm update preparation is executing.
4: Device farm update process is executing.
5: Device farm update end process is executing.

This SP setting determines if the operator can

confirm the previous version of the firmware before
the firmware update execution. If the option to
Firm Up User
5-816-085 CTL* confirm the previous version is selected, a
Check
notification is sent to the system manager and the
firmware update is done with the firmware files from
the URL.

524
 Group 5000

Allows the service technician to confirm the size of

5-816-086 Firmware Size CTL* the firmware data files during the firmware update
execution.

[- / - / -]
CERT: Macro
5-816-087 CTL Displays the macro version of the @Remote
Ver.
certification. Max. 8digits.

[- / - / -]
5-816-088 CERT: PAC Ver. CTL Displays the macro version of the @Remote
certification. Max. 16 digits.

[- / - / -]
Displays ID2 for the @Remote certification. Spaces
5-816-089 CERT: ID2 Code CTL are displayed as underscores (_). Asterisks (*)
indicate that no @Remote certification exists.
"000000___________" indicates "Common
certification". Max. 16 digits.

[- / - / -]
Displays the common name of the @Remote
certification subject. CN = the following 17 bytes.
5-816-090 CERT: Subject CTL Spaces are displayed as underscores (_). Asterisks
(*) indicate that no @Remote certification exists.
"000000___________" indicates "Common
certification". Max. 16 digits.

[- / - / -]

5-816-091 CERT: Serial No CTL Displays serial number for the @Remote
certification. Asterisks (*) indicate that no @Remote
certification exists. Max. 7 digits.

[- / - / -]
Displays the common name of the issuer of the
5-816-092 CERT: Issuer CTL @Remote certification. CN = the following 30 bytes.
Asterisks () indicate that no @Remote certification
exists. Max. 7 digits.

[- / - / -]

5-816-093 CERT: Valid Start CTL Displays the start time of the period for which the
current @Remote certification is enabled. Max. 10
digits.

525
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[- / - / -]

5-816-094 CERT: Valid End CTL Displays the end time of the period for which the
current @Remote certification is enabled. Max. 10
digits.

[1 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
1:512bit
2:2048bit
Displays the strength of encryption used for NRS
5-816-102 CERT: Strength CTL* authentication. The displayed value is not the value
acquired from the authentication domain, rather it is
the value stored in NVRAM when authentication is
written. When NRS starts up, if there is a mismatch
between this SP setting and the authentication
encryption, then the SP value is updated.

[1 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
Saves the communication type that the machine
succeeded in @Remote client communication
5-816-103 - CTL* 0: Not communicated (initial settting)
1: IPv4
2: IPv6
3: Hostname

526
 Group 5000

[1 to 7 / 7 / 1/step]
Determines the destinations of NRSGateway that
the machine can use during @Remote
communication. If NRS device runs, the setting
specified here will be invalid.
Enable: Uses as the destinations
Disable: Does not use as the destinations

IPv6 IPv4
Value Hostname
Address Address
5-816-104 - CTL*
1 Disable Disable Enable

2 Disable Enable Disable

3 Disable Enable Enable

4 Enable Disable Disable

5 Enable Disable Enable

6 Enable Enable Disable

7 Enable Enable Enable

[5 to 255 / 5 / 1/sec]
Saves the time until the latest network information is
determined.
5-816-115 - CTL* If SCS does not notify a boot of the network or IPv6
address event, NRS determines the network
information and notrifies the setting change(s) to
intermediary device(s).

527
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 to 10 / NA:1, EU:3, Other:0 / 1/step]

0: Japan
1: USA
2: Canada
3: UK
Selection 4: Germany
5-816-150 CTL
Country 5: France
6: Italy
7: Netherlands
8: Belgium
9: Luxembourg
10: Spain

Line Type [- / - / -]
5-816-151 Automatic CTL
Judgement [Execute]

Line Type
5-816-152 CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 0]
Judgement Result

[0 or 1 / 0 / -]
Selection Dial /
5-816-153 CTL 0: Tone dialing phone
Push
1: Pulse dialing phone

Outside Line
5-816-154 Outgoing CTL [char (4 digits) / NULL / -]
Number

Dial Up User
5-816-156 CTL [char (32 digits) / initial user name / -]
Name

Dial Up
5-816-157 CTL [char (32 digits) / initial password / -]
Password

Local Phone
5-816-161 CTL [numeric (24 digits) / NULL / -]
Number

Connection
Timing
5-816-162 CTL [0 to 24 / 1 / 1/step]
Adjustment
Incoming

528
 Group 5000

5-816-163 Access Point CTL [char (16 digits) / NULL / -]

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-816-164 Line Connecting CTL 0: Sharing FAX
1: No Sharing FAX

Modem Serial [- / NULL / -]

5-816-173 CTL
NO. Displays the modem serial number.

Retransmission [- / - / -]
5-816-174 CTL
Limit [Execute]

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-816-187 FAX TX Priority CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

[- / - / -]
5-816-200 Manual Polling CTL [Execute]
Executes the manual polling.

Regist Status CTL [0 to 4 / 0 / 1/step]

Displays a number that indicates the status of the @Remote service device.
0: Neither the registered device by the external nor embedded RCG device is set.
1: The embedded RCG device is being set. Only Box registration is completed. In
5-816-201 this status, this unit cannot answer a polling request from the external RCG.
2. The embedded RCG device is set. In this status, the external RCG unit cannot
answer a polling request.
3. The registered device by the external RCG is being set. In this status the
embedded RCG device cannot be set.
4 The registered module by the external RCG has not started.

[- / - / -]
5-816-202 Letter Number CTL* Allows entry of the number of the request needed
for the RCG-N device.

529
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[- / - / -]
[Execute]
5-816-203 Confirm Execute CTL Executes the inquiry request to the @Remote GW
URL.
If SP5-816-202 was not entered, an error occurs.

[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Displays a number that indicates the result of the
inquiry executed with SP5816 203.
0: Succeeded
1: Inquiry number error
2: Registration in progress
5-816-204 Confirm Result CTL 3: Proxy error (proxy enabled)
4: Proxy error (proxy disabled)
5: Proxy error (Illegal user name or password)
6: Communication error
7: Certification update error
8: Other error
9: Inquiry executing

[- / - / -]
Displays the result of the notification sent to the
5-816-205 Confirm Place CTL device from the GW URL in answer to the inquiry
request. Displayed only when the result is registered
at the GW URL.

[- / - / -]
5-816-206 Register Execute CTL [Execute]
Executes "Embedded RCG Registration".

530
 Group 5000

[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Register Result C Displays a number that indicates the registration
result.

Displays a number that indicates the registration result.

0: Succeeded
2: Registration in progress
3: Proxy error (proxy enabled)
4: Proxy error (proxy disabled)
5: Proxy error (Illegal user name or password)
6: Communication error
7: Certification update error
8: Other error
5-816-207 9: Registration executing

10: Request paper number registration error (Hit device is not registered when
request area of installation information was device transfer)
11: Request paper number registration error (Hit device have been registered
already)
12: Request paper number registration error (parameter error)
20: Dial-up confirmation failure
21: Answer tone detection error
22: Carrier detection failure
23: Modem setting value injustice
24: Supply current shortage
25: Modem circuit failing out
26: Circuit is in use

[-2147483647 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1/step]

5-816-208 Error Code C Displays a number that describes the error code
that was issued when either SP5816-204 or
SP5816-207 was executed.

Cause Code Meaning

531
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

-11001 Chat parameter error

-11002 Chat execution error

Illegal Modem Parameter -11003 Unexpected error

-11004 Cutting process occurs during modem connecting.

-11005 NCS reboot occurs during modem connecting.

Inquiry, registration attempted without acquiring

-12002
device status.

Attempted registration without execution of an

-12003
Operation Error, inquiry and no previous registration.

Incorrect Setting Attempted setting with illegal entries for certification

-12004
and ID2.

@Remote communication is prohibited. The device

-12005
has an Embedded RC gate-related problem.

A confirmation request was made after the

-12006
confirmation had been already completed.

The request number used at registration was

-12007
different from the one used at confirmation.
Operation Error,
Update certification failed because mainframe was
Incorrect Setting -12008
in use.

D2 mismatch between an individual certification

-12009
and NVRAM.

-12010 Certification area is not initialized.

532
 Group 5000

Attempted dial up overseas without the correct

-2385
international prefix for the telephone number.

-2387 Not supported at the Service Center

-2389 Database out of service

-2390 Program out of service

-2391 Two registrations for same device

Error Caused by Response -2392 Parameter error

from GW URL
-2393 Basil not managed

-2394 Device not managed

-2395 Box ID for Basil is illegal

-2396 Device ID for Basil is illegal

-2397 Incorrect ID2 format

-2398 Incorrect request number format

[- / - / -]
5-816-209 Instl Clear CTL
[Execute]

5-816-240 CommErrorTime CTL [- / - / -]

5-816-241 CommErrorCode CTL [- / - / -]

5-816-242 CommErrorCode 2 CTL [- / - / -]

5-816-243 CommErrorCode 3 CTL [- / - / -]

5-816-244 CommErrorSate 1 CTL [- / - / -]

5-816-245 CommErrorSate 2 CTL [- / - / -]

5-816-246 CommErrorSate 3 CTL [- / - / -]

5-816-247 SSL Err Count CTL [- / 0 / -]

5-816-248 Other Err Count CTL [- / 0 / -]

[- / - / -]
5-816-250 CommLog Print CTL [Execute]
Prints the communication log.

533
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[Remote Service RCG Setting]

5821
-

[00000000h to FFFFFFFFh /
00000000h / 1/step]

5-821-002 RCG IPv4 Address CTL* Sets the IP address of the RCG
(Remote Communication Gate)
destination for call processing at the
remote service center.

[0 to 65535 / 443 / 1/step]

5-821-003 RCG Port CTL* Sets destination port number of RCG

(Remote Communication Gate) at call
process against center.

[0 to 15 / “/RCG/services/” /-]
Sets the IPv4 address of the RCG
5-821-004 RCG IPv4 URL Path CTL* destination URL path for call
processing at the remote service
center.

[- / 0 / -]

5-821-005 RCG IPv6 Address CTL* Sets the IPv6 address of the RCG
destination for call processing at the
remote service center.

[0 to 15 / “/RCG/services/” /-]
Sets the IPv6 address of the RCG
5-821-006 RCG IPv6 URL Path CTL* destination URL path for call
processing at the remote service
center.

Sets the IPv6 address of the RCG

destination host name for call
5-821-007 RCG Host Name CTL*
processing at the remote service
center.

Sets the IPv6 address of the RCG host

name destination URL path for call
5-821-008 RCG Host URL Path CTL*
processing at the remote service
center.

534
 Group 5000

[NV-RAM Data Upload]

5824
Uploads the NVRAM data to an SD card. Push Execute.

[- / - / -]
5-824-001 NV-RAM Data Upload CTL
[Execute]

[NV-RAM Data Download]

5825 Downloads data from an SD card to the NVRAM in the machine. After downloading
is completed, remove the card and turn the machine power off and on.

[- / - / -]
5-825-001 NV-RAM Data Download CTL
[Execute]

5828 [Network Setting]

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
1284 Compatibility
*CTL 0: Disabled
5-828-050 (Centro)
1: Enabled

Enables or disables 1284 Compatibility.

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ECP (Centro) *CTL 0: Disabled
5-828-052
1: Enabled

Enables or disables ECP Compatibility.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Job Spooling *CTL 0: Disabled
5-828-065
1: Enabled

Enables/disables Job Spooling.

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Job Spooling Clear:
*CTL 0: ON (Data is cleared)
5-828-066 Start Time
1: OFF (Automatically printed)

Treatment of the job when a spooled job exists at power on.

535
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Validates
1: Invalidates
bit0: LPR
bit1: FTP
Job Spooling
*CTL bit2: IPP
5-828-069 (Protocol)
bit3: SMB
bit4: BMLinkS
bit5: DIPRINT
bit6: sftp
bit7: (Reserved)

Validates or invalidates the job spooling function for each protocol.

Protocol usage * CTL [0 or 1 / 0x00000000 / 1bit/step]

Shows which protocols have been used with the network.

0: Off (Not used the network with the protocol.)
1: On (Used the network with the protocol once or more.)
bit0: IPsec, bit1: IPv6, bit2: IEEE 802. 1X, bit3:Wireless LAN,
bit4: Security mode level setting, bit5:Appletalk, bit6: DHCP,
bit7: DHCPv6, bit8: telnet, bit9: SSL, bit10: HTTPS,
5-828-087
bit11: BMLinkS printing, bit12: diprint printing, bit13: LPR printing,
bit14: ftp printing, bit15: rsh printing, bit16: SMB printing,
bit17: WSD-Printer, bit18: WSD-Scanner, bit19: Scan to SMB,
bit20: Scan to NCP, bit21: Reserve, bit22: Bluetooth,
bit23: IEEE 1284, bit24: USB printing, bit25: Dynamic DNS,
bit26: Netware printing, bit27: LLTD, bit28: IPP printing,
bit29: IPP printing (SSL), bit30: ssh, bit31: sftp

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
TELNET (0: OFF 1:
* CTL 0: Disable
5-828-090 ON)
1: Enable

Enables or disables the Telnet protocol.

536
 Group 5000

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Web (0: OFF 1: ON) * CTL 0: Disable
5-828-091
1: Enable

Enables or disables the Web operation.

Active IPv6 Link Local

5-828-145 CTL [- / - / -]
Address

This is the IPv6 local address link referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN
(802.11b) in the format:
"Link Local Address" + "Prefix Length"
The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits each.

SettingActive IPv6 [00000000000000000000000000000000

5-828-147 CTL
Stateless Address 1 0000h to
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF80h /
SettingActive IPv6 000000000000000000000000000000004
5-828-149 CTL
Stateless Address 2 0h / -]
These SPs are the IPv6 status addresses (1 to 5)
referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN
SettingActive IPv6 (802.11b) in the format:
5-828-151 CTL
Stateless Address 3 "Status Address" + "Prefix Length"
The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits
configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits each.

SettingActive IPv6 [00000000000000000000000000000000

5-828-153 CTL
Stateless Address 4 0000h to
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF80h /
SettingActive IPv6 000000000000000000000000000000004
5-828-155 CTL
Stateless Address 5 0h / -]
These SPs are the IPv6 status addresses (1 to 5)
referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN
(802.11b) in the format:
5-828-156 IPv6 Manual Address *CTL
"Status Address" + "Prefix Length"
The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits
configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits each.

537
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[00000000000000000000000000000000h
IPv6 Gateway to FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh /
*CTL
Address 00000000000000000000000000000000h
5-828-158 / -]

This SP is the IPv6 gateway address referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN
(802.11b). The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits configured in 8 blocks of 16
bits each.

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
IPv6 Stateless Auto
*CTL 0: Disable
5-828-161 Setting
1: Enable

Enables or disables the automatic setting for IPv6 stateless.

IPsec Aggressive
*CTL
5-828-219 Mode Setting
-

Web Item visible *CTL [0x0000 to 0xffff / 0xffff / -]

Displays or does not display the Web system items.

5-828-236 bit0: Net RICOH

bit1: Consumable Supplier

bit2-15: Reserved (all)

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Web shopping link
*CTL 0: Not display
visible
5-828-237 1:Display

Displays or does not display the link to Net RICOH on the top page and link page of
the web system.

[Up to 31char / URL1 / 1/step]

Web supplies Link
*CTL 0: Not display
visible
5-828-238 1: Display

Displays or does not display the link to Consumable

Supplier on the top page and link page of the web system.

538
 Group 5000

Web Link1 Name *CTL [Up to 31char / URL1 / 1/step]

5-828-239 This SP confirms or changes the URL1 name on the link page of the web system. The
maximum characters for the URL name are 31 characters.

Web Link1 URL *CTL [Up to 127char / URL1 / 1/step]

5-828-240 This SP confirms or changes the link to URL1 on the link page of the web system. The
maximum characters for the URL are 127 characters.

[Up to 31 char / URL2/ -]

Web Link1 visible *CTL 0: Not display
5-828-241
1: Display

Sets/displays whether to display the link of URL1 for websys top page.

5-828-242 Web Link2 Name *CTL [- / - / -]

5-828-243 Web Link2 URL *CTL [- / - / -]

5-828-244 Web Link2 visible *CTL [- / - / -]

5-828-249 DHCPv6 DUID CTL [- / - / -]

5831 [Initial Setting Mode Clear] (Copier Model only)

[ - / - / - / -]
5-831-001 Copier up application CTL
[Execute]

[HDD]
5832
Initializes the hard disk. Use this SP mode only if there is a hard disk error.

[- / - / -]
5-832-001 HDD Formatting (ALL) CTL
[Execute]

HDD Formatting (IMH) [- / - / -]

5-832-002 CTL
(Copier Model only) [Execute]

HDD Formatting
[- / - / -]
5-832-003 (Thumbnail/OCR) CTL
[Execute]
(Copier Model only)

539
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

HDD Formatting (Job Log) [- / - / -]

5-832-004 CTL
(Copier Model only) [Execute]

HDD Formatting (Printer

[- / - / -]
5-832-005 Fonts) CTL
[Execute]
(Copier Model only)

HDD Formatting (User Info) [- / - / -]

5-832-006 CTL
(Copier Model only) [Execute]

Mail RX Data [- / - / -]
5-832-007 CTL
(Copier Model only) [Execute]

Mail TX Data [- / - / -]
5-832-008 CTL
(Copier Model only) [Execute]

HDD Formatting (Data for a

[- / - / -]
5-832-009 Design) CTL
[Execute]
(Copier Model only)

HDD Formatting (Log) [- / - / -]

5-832-010 CTL
(Copier Model only) [Execute]

HDD Formatting (Ridoc I/F) [- / - / -]

5-832-011 CTL
(Copier Model only) [Execute]

HDD Formatting
[- / - / -]
5-832-012 (Thumbnail) CTL
[Execute]
(Copier Model only)

5840 [IEEE 802.11]

540
 Group 5000

[1 to 11 or 13 / 11 or 13 / 1 /step]
Channel Max *CTL Europe/Asia: 1 to 13
NA/ Asia: 1 to 11

Sets the maximum number of channels available for data transmission via the
5-840-006 wireless LAN. The number of channels available varies according to location. The
default settings are set for the maximum end of the range for each area. Adjust the
upper 4 bits to set the maximum number of channels. DFU

• Do not change the setting.

[1 to 11 or 13 / 1 / 1/step]
Channel Min *CTL Europe: 1 to 13
NA/ Asia: 1 to 11

Sets the minimum number of channels available for data transmission via the wireless
5-840-007 LAN. The number of channels available varies according to location. The default
settings are set for the minimum end of the range for each area. Adjust the lower 4
bits to set the minimum number of channels. DFU

• Do not change the setting.

[00 to 11 / 00 / 1binary/step]
00: Key #1
WEP key Select *CTL 01: Key #2 (Reserved)
5-840-011
10: Key #3 (Reserved)
11: Key #4 (Reserved)

Selects the WEP key.

[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Info
WPA Debug Lvl *CTL
2: wArning
5-840-045
3: error

Selects the debug level for WPA authentication application.

This SP is displayed only when the IEEE802.11 card is installed.

541
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

11w
*CTL [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 / -]
(Printer Model only)

Changes the setting information of 11w.

5-840-046
0: disabled
1: preferred
2: Required

PSK Set Type *CTL [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

Changes the setting type of PSK.

5-840-047
0: Passphrase
1: PSK

5841 [Supply Name Setting]

5-841-001 Toner Name Setting:Black *CTL

5-841-002 Toner Name Setting:Cyan *CTL

Specifies supply names. These appear
5-841-003 Toner Name Setting:Yellow *CTL on the screen when the user presses
the Inquiry button in the user tools
Toner Name
5-841-004 *CTL screen.
Setting:Magenta
[0 to 20 / NULL / 1byte/step]
5-841-008 Paste Name *CTL

5-841-009 WasteTonerBottle *CTL

5-841-011 Staple Std1 *CTL

Specifies supply names. These appear
5-841-012 Staple Std2 *CTL
on the screen when the user presses
5-841-013 Staple Std3 *CTL the Inquiry button in the user tools
screen.
5-841-014 Staple Std4 *CTL
[0 to 20 / NULL / 1byte/step]
5-841-021 Staple Bind 1 *CTL

542
 Group 5000

5-841-022 Staple Bind 2 *CTL

5-841-023 Staple Bind 3 *CTL

5-841-031 Ring Name (50/black) *CTL Specifies supply names. These appear
5-841-032 Ring Name (50/white) *CTL on the screen when the user presses
the Inquiry button in the user tools
5-841-033 Ring Name (100/black) *CTL screen.

5-841-034 Ring Name (100/white) *CTL [0 to 20 / NULL / 1byte/step]

5-841-042 Toner Name Setting: Clear *CTL

5-841-043 Toner Name Setting: White *CTL

5842 [GWWS Analysis]

[8bit assign / 00000000 / bit switch]

0bit[LSB]: system, other group
1bit: capture related group
2bit: authentication related group
3bit: address book related group

Setting 1 *CTL 4bit: device management related

group
5-842-001 5bit: output related(print, FAX, and
delivery) group
6bit: repository, F0,etc. document
related group
7bit: debug log level suppression

Default: 00000000 - do not change

Netfiles: Jobs to be printed from the document server using a PC and the
DeskTopBinder software

543
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[8bit assign / 00000000 / bit switch]

0 to 6bit: unused

Setting 2 *CTL 7bit: time stamp setting for

5-842-002 5682mmesg log.
(1: min./sec/msec, 0: day/hour/
min./sec)

Optional settings for debug output mode for each NFA process.

5844 [USB]

[- / 0x04 / -]
Transfer Rate *CTL 0x01: Full speed
5-844-001
0x04: Auto Change

Adjusts the USB transfer rate.

Vendor ID *CTL [- / - / -]
5-844-002
Displays the vendor ID. DFU

Product ID *CTL [- / - / -]
5-844-003
Displays the product ID. DFU

Device Release Number *CTL [- / - / -]

5-844-004
Displays the development release version number. DFU

Fixed USB Port *CTL [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 / -]

Sets the driver installation setting level by using the common model name / serial
No. of PnP information (USB).
5-844-005 0: None

1: Level 1 (No driver re-installation for the same model)

2: Level 2 (No driver re-installation for the different model by setting PnP model
name(-006) or serial number(-007))

PnP Model Name *CTL [- / - / - / -]

5-844-006
Sets PnP Model Name when Fixed USB Port (SP5-844-005) is set “Level 2”.

544
 Group 5000

PnP Serial Number *CTL [- / - / - / -]

Sets PnP Serial Number when Fixed USB Port (SP5-844-005) is set “Level 2”.
5-844-007 • Default: Used the serial number generated by model name.
* Not using this SP’s serial number.
• Not default: Used this SP’s serial number.

Mac Supply Level *CTL [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / -]

0: OFF
5-844-008
1: ON
Sets Mac Supply Level ON/OFF.

Notify Unsupport *CTL [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / -]

Sets whether display or not display the banner message on the operation panel
when unsupported device is connected to USB host (A).
5-844-100 0: Disable (Not display)

1: Enable (Display)
Unsupported device: cannot use the function of devices, such as USB mouse or
digital camera (without PictBridge Option).

[Delivery Server Setting]

5845
Provides items for delivery server settings.

FTP Port No. *CTL [0 to 65535 / 3670 / 1/step]

5-845-001
Sets the FTP port number used when image files to the Scan Router Server.

[000.000.000.000 to
IP Address (Primary) *CTL 255.255.255.255 /
5-845-002 000.000.000.000 / -/step]

Use this SP to set the Scan Router Server address. The IP address under the transfer
tab can be referenced by the initial system setting.

Retry Interval
*CTL [60 to 90 / 300 / 1 / sec]
(Printer Model only)
5-845-003
Sets the retry interval when image file could not send to the server properly. Enables
if SP5-845-004 is set “1” or more.

545
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Number of Retries
*CTL [0 to 99 / 3 / 1 / count]
5-845-004 (Printer Model only)

Sets the number of retries. Retries after the time set by SP5-845-003.

Delivery Error Display Time

*CTL [0 to 999 / 300 / 1 second /step]
(Copier Model only)
5-845-006
Use this setting to determine the length of time the prompt message is displayed
when a test error occurs during document transfer with the NetFile application and
an external device.

IP Address (Secondary) [000.000.000.000 to

*CTL 255.255.255.255 /
(Copier Model only) 000.000.000.000 / -/step]
5-845-008
Specifies the IP address assigned to the computer designated to function as the
secondary delivery server of Scan Router. This SP allows only the setting of the IP
address without reference to the DNS setting.

[0 to 4 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: Unknown
Delivery Server Model 1: SG1 Provided
*CTL
5-845-009 (Copier Model only) 2: SG1 Package
3: SG2 Provided
4: SG2 Package

Allows changing the model of the delivery server registered by the I/O device.

546
 Group 5000

Delivery Svr. Capability

*CTL [0 to 255 / - / 1/step]
(Copier Model only)

Bit7 1 Comment information exits

Bit6 1 Direct specification of mail address possible

Bit5 1 Mail RX confirmation setting possible

5-845-010 Bit4 1 Address book automatic update function exists

Bit3 1 Fax RX delivery function exists

Bit2 1 Sender password function exists

Bit1 1 Function to link MK-1 user and Sender exists

Bit0 1 Sender specification required (if set to 1, Bit6 is set to “0”)

Changes the capability of the registered that the I/O device registered.

Delivery Svr Capability

(Ext) *CTL [0 to 255 / - / 1 /step]
(Copier Model only)

5-845-011 Changes the capability of the registered that the I/O device registered.

Bit7 = 1 Address book usage limitation (Limitation for each authorized user)
Bit6 = 1 RDH authorization link
Bit5 to 0: Not used

Server Scheme (Primary)

*CTL [ Up to 6 char / - / -/step]
5-845-013 (Copier Model only)

This SP is used for the scan router program.

Server Port Number

(Primary) *CTL [ - / - / -/step]
5-845-014 (Copier Model only)

This is used for the scan router program.

Server URL Path (Primary)

*CTL [ - / - / -/step]
5-845-015 (Copier Model only)

This is used for the scan router program.

547
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Server Scheme
(Secondary) *CTL [ Up to 6 char / - / -/step]
5-845-016 (Copier Model only)

This SP is used for the scan router program.

Server Port Number

(Secondary) *CTL [1 to 65535 / 80 / 1/step]
5-845-017 (Copier Model only)

This SP is used for the scan router program.

Server URL Path

(Secondary) *CTL [ Up to 16 byte / - / -/step]
5-845-018 (Copier Model only)

This SP is used for the scan router program.

[0 or 1 / 1 / -/step]
Rapid Sending Control *CTL 0: Control disabled
5-845-022
1: Control enabled

Enables or disables the prevention function for the continuous data sending error.

5846 [UCS Setting]

Machine ID (for Delivery

Server) *CTL [- / - / -]
(Copier Model only)
5-846-001
Displays the unique device ID in use by the delivery server directory. The value is
only displayed and cannot be changed. This ID is created from the NIC MAC or
IEEE 1394 EUI. The ID is displayed as either 6-byte or 8-byte binary.

Machine ID Clear(for
[- / - / -]
Delivery Server) *CTL
[Execute]
(Copier Model only)
5-846-002
Clears the unique ID of the device used as the name in the file transfer directory.
Execute this SP if the connection of the device to the delivery server is unstable. After
clearing the ID, the ID will be established again automatically by cycling the
machine off and on.

548
 Group 5000

Maximum Entries
*CTL [2000 to 20000 / 2000 / 1/step]
(Copier Model only)
5-846-003 Changes the maximum number of entries that UCS can handle.

If a value smaller than the present value is set, the UCS managed data is cleared,
and the data (excluding user code information) is displayed.

Delivery Server Retry Timer

*CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
(Copier Model only)
5-846-006
Sets the interval for retry attempts when the delivery server fails to acquire the
delivery server address book.

Delivery Server Retry Times

*CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
(Copier Model only)
5-846-007
Sets the number of retry attempts when the delivery server fails to acquire the
delivery server address book.

Delivery Server Maximum

Entries *CTL [2000 to 20000 / 2000 / 1/step]
5-846-008 (Copier Model only)

Sets the maximum number account entries of the delivery server user information
managed by UCS.

LDAP Search Timeout *CTL [1 to 255 / 60 / 1/step]

5-846-010
Sets the length of the timeout for the search of the LDAP server.

WSD Maximum Entries

*CTL [50 to 250 / 250 / 1/step]
5-846-020 (Copier Model only)

Sets the maximum entries for the address book of the WSD (WS-scanner).

Folder Auth Change [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

5-846-021 *CTL
(Copier Model only) 0: Login User, 1: Destination

Addr Book Migration(USB-

[- / - / -]
5-846-040 >HDD) *CTL
[Execute]
(Copier Model only)

549
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[- / - / -]
Fill Addr Acl Info *CTL
[Execute]

This SP must be executed immediately after installation of an HDD unit in a basic

machine that previously had no HDD. The first time the machine is powered on with
the new HDD installed, the system automatically takes the address book from the
NVRAM and writes it onto the new HDD. However, the new address book on the
HDD can be accessed only by the system administrator at this stage. Executing this
SP by the service technician immediately after power on grants full address book
access to all users.
5-846-041 Procedure

1. Turn the machine off.

2. Install the new HDD.
3. Turn the machine on.
4. The address book and its initial data are created on the HDD automatically.
5. However, at this point the address book can be accessed by only the system
administrator or key operator.
6. Enter the SP mode and do SP5846-041. After this SP executes successfully,
any user can access the address book.

[0 to 30 / 0 /1/step]
0: Unconfirmed
1: SD Slot 1
2: SD Slot 2
Addr Book Media *CTL 3: SD Slot 3
5-846-043
4: USB Flash ROM
10: SD Slot 10
20: HDD
30: Nothing

Displays the slot number where an address book data is in.

Initialize Local Address [- / - / -]

CTL
5-846-047 Book [Execute]

Clears the local address book information, including the user code.

550
 Group 5000

Initialize Delivery Addr

[- / - / -]
Book CTL
5-846-048 (Copier Model only) [Execute]

Clears the distribution address book information, except the user code.

[- / - / -]
Initialize LDAP Addr Book CTL
5-846-049 [Execute]

Clears the LDAP address book information, except the user code.

[- / - / -]
Initialize All Addr Book CTL
5-846-050 [Execute]

Clears all directory information managed by UCS, including all user codes.

[- / - / -]
Backup All Addr Book CTL
5-846-051 [Execute]

Uploads all directory information to the SD card.

[- / - / -]
Restore All Addr Book CTL
5-846-052 [Execute]

Downloads all directory information from the SD card.

[- / - / -]
Clear Backup Info CTL
[Execute]

Deletes the address book data from the SD card in the service slot.
Deletes only the files that were uploaded from this machine.
5-846-053
This feature does not work if the card is write-protected.

• After you do this SP, go out of the SP mode, and then turn the power off. Do not
remove the SD card until the Power LED stops flashing.

551
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Search Option *CTL [0x00 to 0xff / 0x0f/ 1/step]

This SP uses bit switches to set up the fuzzy search options for the UCS local address
book.
Bit: Meaning
5-846-060 0: Checks both upper/lower case characters
1: Japan Only
2: Japan Only
3: Japan Only
4 to 7: Not Used

Complexity Option 1 *CTL [0 to 32 / 0 / 1/step]

Use this SP to set the conditions for password entry to access the local address book.
Specifically, this SP limits the password entry to upper case and sets the length of the
password.
5-846-062

• This SP does not normally require adjustment.

• This SP is enabled only after the system administrator has set up a group
password policy to control access to the address book.

Complexity Option 2 *CTL [0 to 32 / 0 / 1/step]

5-846-063 Use this SP to set the conditions for password entry to access the local address book.
Specifically, this SP limits the password entry to lower case and defines the length of
the password.

Complexity Option 3 *CTL [0 to 32 / 0 / 1/step]

5-846-064 Use this SP to set the conditions for password entry to access the local address book.
Specifically, this SP limits the password entry to numbers and defines the length of
the password.

Complexity Option 4 *CTL [0 to 32 / 0 / 1/step]

5-846-065 Use this SP to set the conditions for password entry to access the local address book.
Specifically, this SP limits the password entry to symbols and defines the length of the
password.

552
 Group 5000

FTP Auth Port Setting

*CTL [0 to 65535 / 3671 / 1/step]
(Copier Model only)
5-846-091
Specifies the FTP port for getting a distribution server address book that is used in the
identification mode.

Encryption Stat *CTL [0 to 255 / - / 1/step]

5-846-094
Shows the status of the encryption function for the address book data.

[Web Service: Access Cnt]

5848 2 sets the 4-bit switch assignment for the access control setting. Setting of
5848 0001 has no effect on access and delivery from Scan Router.
5848 100 sets the maximum size allowed for downloaded images. The default is
equal to 1 gigabyte.

[- / - / -]
Access Ctrl: Repository 0000: No access control
5-848-002 (only Lower 4 bits) *CTL 0001: Denies access to DeskTop
(Copier Model only) Binder.
0010: No writing control

[- / - / -]
Access Control: Doc. Svr. 0000: No access control
*CTL
5-848-003 Print (Lower 4 bits) 0001: Denies access to DeskTop
Binder.

Switches access control on and off.

[- / - / -]
Access Control: udirectory 0000: No access control
*CTL
5-848-004 (Lower 4 bits) 0001: Denies access to DeskTop
Binder.

Switches access control on and off.

553
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[- / - / -]
Access Ctrl: Comm. Log Fax 0000: No access control
*CTL
5-848-007 (Lower 4 bits) 0001: Denies access to DeskTop
Binder.

Switches access control on and off.

[- / - / -]
Access Ctrl: Job Ctrl (Lower 0000: No access control
*CTL
5-848-009 4 bits) 0001: Denies access to DeskTop
Binder.

Switches access control on and off.

[- / - / -]
Access Ctrl:
0000: No access control
Devicemanagement (Lower *CTL
5-848-011 4bits) 0001: Denies access to DeskTop
Binder.

Switches access control on and off.

[- / - / -]
Access Ctrl: Delivery (Lower
4 bits) 0000: No access control
*CTL
5-848-021 (Copier Model only) 0001: Denies access to DeskTop
Binder.

Switches access control on and off.

[- / - / -]
Access Ctrl: uadministration 0000: No access control
*CTL
5-848-022 (Lower 4bits) 0001: Denies access to DeskTop
Binder.

Switches access control on and off.

[- / - / -]
Access Ctrl: Log Service 0000: No access control
5-848-024 *CTL
(Lower 4bits) 0001: Denies access to DeskTop
Binder.

Access Ctrl: Rest [00000000 to 00000001 /

5-848-025 *CTL
WebService (Lower 4bits) 00000000 / - / -]

554
 Group 5000

Repository: Download
5-848-099 Image Setting *CTL DFU
(Copier Model only)

Repository: Download
5-848-100 Image Max. Size *CTL [1 to 2048 / 2048 / 1 MB /step]
(Copier Model only)

[LogTrans]
5848
Sets the log transfer timing.

[- / - / -/ -]
0: Transfer OFF
5-848-217 Setting: Timing *CTL
1: Sequential transfer
2: Ordinary Transfer

5849 [Installation Date]

5-849-001 Display *CTL [- / - / -]

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step]
5-849-002 Switch to Print *CTL 0: OFF (No Print)
1: ON (Print)

5-849-003 Total Counter *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

5851 [Bluetooth]

mode *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

5-851-001
Sets the operation mode for the Bluetooth Unit. Press either key.

[Stamp Data Download] (Copier Model only)

Push [Execute] to download the fixed stamp data from the machine ROM onto the
5853 hard disk. Then these stamps can be used by the system. If this is not done, the user
will not have access to the fixed stamps ("Confidential", "Secret", etc.).
You must always execute this SP after replacing the HDD or after formatting the
HDD. Always switch the machine off and on after executing this SP.

555
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

5-853-001 - CTL [- / - / -]

[Remote ROM Update]

5856 Allows the technician to upgrade the firmware using a local port (IEEE1284) when
updating the remote ROM.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-856-002 Local Port *CTL 0: Disable
1: Enable

[Save Debug Log]

5857 Do not use this SP to capture debug logs.

Use the captured log function instead of this SP.

Save Debug Log *CTL [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/Step]

Enables log trace function or debug log saving function. The debug log cannot be
captured until this feature is switched on.
• 0: Enables log trace function
• 1: Enables debug log saving function
5-857-001
• 2: OFF

• If “0” is selected, it disables the settings of SP5857-002 to 013 and gives

executing failure. If “1” is selected, it disables ordinarily saving function;
however, SP5857-101 to 112 are able to execute.

[ 1 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
1:IC Card
Target (2:HDD 3:SD) *CTL
5-857-002 2: HDD
3: SD Card

Sets the storage location for the debug log.

Debug Logging Start Date *CTL [- / 20120101 / 1/step]

5-857-101
Sets start date of the debug log output.

556
 Group 5000

Debug Logging End Date *CTL [- / 20371212 / 1/step]

5-857-102
Sets end date of the debug log output.

[- / - / -]
Acquire All Debug Logs *CTL
5-857-103 [Execute]

Obtains all debug logs.

Acquire Only Controller [- / - / -]

*CTL
5-857-104 Debug [Execute]

Obtains controller debug log only.

Acquire Only Engine [- / - / -]

*CTL
5-857-105 Debug Logs [Execute]

Obtains engine debug log only.

Acquire Only Snapshot [- / - / -]

*CTL
5-857-106 Debug Logs [Execute]

Obtains snapshot debug log only.

Acquire Only Opepanel [- / - / -]

*CTL
5-857-107 Debug Logs [Execute]

Outputs the controller debug log to the media inserted front I/F.

[- / - / -]
Make LogTrace Dir *CTL
5-857-120 [Execute]

Creates log strage directory.

Get All Debug Logs Time [- / - / -]

*CTL
5-857-151 Disp [Execute]

Displays estimated time to get all debug logs.

Get Controller Debug Logs [- / - / -]

*CTL
5-857-152 Time Disp [Execute]

Displays estimated time to get controller debug logs.

557
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Get Engine Debug Logs [- / - / -]

*CTL
5-857-153 Time Disp [Execute]

Displays estimated time to get engine debug logs.

Get Opepanel Debug Logs [- / - / -]

*CTL
5-857-154 Time Disp [Execute]

Displays estimated time to get operation panel debug logs.

[- / - / -]
Get SMC Time Disp *CTL
5-857-155 [Execute]

Displays estimated time to get SMC.

5860 [SMTP/POP3/IMAP4]

SMTP Server Port Number

5-860-002 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 25 / 1 / -]
(Printer Model only)

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
SMTP Authentication
5-860-003 *CTL 0: OFF
(Printer Model only)
1: ON

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 / -]
SMTP Auth. Encryption 0: Auto
5-860-006 *CTL
(Printer Model only) 1: Clear text
2: Ciphertext

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
POP before SMTP
5-860-007 *CTL 0: OFF
(Printer Model only)
1: ON

POP to SMTP Waiting Time

5-860-008 *CTL [1 to 10000 / 300 / 1 / -]
(Printer Model only)

[1 to 3 / 1 / 1 / -]
Mail Receive Protocol 1: POP3
5-860-009 *CTL
(Printer Model only) 2: IMAP4
3: SMTP

558
 Group 5000

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 / -]
POP3/IMAP4 Auth.
0: Auto
5-860-013 Encryption *CTL
1: Clear text
(Printer Model only)
2: Ciphertext

POP3 Server Port Number

5-860-014 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 110 / 1 / -]
(Printer Model only)

IMAP4 Server Port Number

5-860-015 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 143 / 1 / -]
(Printer Model only)

SMTP Receive Port Number

5-860-016 *CTL [1 to 65535 / 25 / 1 / -]
(Printer Model only)

Mail Receive Interval

5-860-017 *CTL [2 to 1440 / 3 / 1 / minute]
(Printer Model only)

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 / -]
Mail Keep Setting 0: Not keep
5-860-019 *CTL
(Printer Model only) 1: Keep all
2: Keep error mail

Partial Mail Receive

*CTL [1 to 168 / 72 / 1 hour/step]
Timeout
5-860-020 Sets the amount of time to wait before saving a mail that breaks up during reception.
The received mail is discarded if the remaining portion of the mail is not received
during this prescribed time.

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
MDN Response RFC2298
*CTL 0: No
5-860-021 Compliance
1: Yes

Determines whether RFC2.5298 compliance is switched on for MDN reply mail.

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
SMTP Auth. From Field
*CTL 0: No. “From” item not switched.
Replacement
5-860-022 1: Yes. “From item switched.

Determines whether the FROM item of the mail header is switched to the validated
account after the SMTP server is validated.

559
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

SMTP Auth. Direct Setting *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / - /step]

Selects the authentication method for SMPT.

Bit switch:
Bit 0: LOGIN
Bit 1: PLAIN
5-860-025
Bit 2: CRAM MD5
Bit 3: DIGEST MD5
Bit 4 to 7: Not used

• This SP is activated only when SMTP authorization is enabled by UP mode.

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: Microsoft Outlook Express standard
S/MIME: MIME Header *CTL
5-860-026 1: Internet Draft standard
2: RFC standard

Selects the MIME header type of an E-mail sent by S/MIME.

S/MIME: Authentication [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Check *CTL 0: No (not check)
5-860-028 (Printer Model only)
1: Yes (check)

Specifys whether to check destination certificate when sending S/MIME mail.

5866 [E-mail Report]

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-866-001 Report Validity CTL 0: Enabled
1: Disabled

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-866-005 Add Date Field CTL 0: Enabled
1: Disabled

5870 [Common Key Info Writing]

560
 Group 5000

[- / - / -]
Writing CTL
5-870-001 [Execute]

Writes the authentication data (used for NRS) in the memory.

[- / - / -]
Initialize CTL
5-870-003 [Execute]

Initializes the authentication data in the memory.

[- / - / -]
Writing: 2048bit CTL
5-870-004 [Execute]

Writes the authentication data 2048bit (used for NRS) in the memory.

5873 [SD Card Appli Move]

[- / - / -]
Move Exec CTL
[Execute]
5-873-001
This SP copies the application programs from the original SD card in SD card slot 2
to an SD card in SD card slot 1.

[- / - / -]
Undo Exec CTL
[Execute]
5-873-002
This SP copies back the application programs from an SD card in SD Card Slot 2 to
the original SD card in SD card slot 1. Use this menu when you have mistakenly
copied some programs by using "Move Exec" (SP5873-1).

[SC Auto Reboot]

5875
-

5-875-001 Reboot Setting * CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-875-002 Reboot Type *CTL 0: Manual reboot
1: Automatic reboot

5878 [Option Setup]

561
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[- / - / -]
Data Overwrite Security CTL
[Execute]
5-878-001
Enables the Data Overwrite Security unit. Press "Execute" on the operation panel.
Then turn the machine off and on.

[- / - / -]
Data Overwrite Security CTL
5-878-002 [Execute]

Executes the setup for encryption.

OCR Dictionary [- / - / -]
CTL
5-878-004 (Copier Model only) [Execute]

Use this SP to install the OCR option.

5881 [Fixed Phrase Block Erasing]

- CTL [- / - / -]
5-881-001
Delets the fixed pharase

5885 [Set WIM Function] Web Image Monitor Settings

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF
1: ON
Bit Meaning
0: Forbid all document server access
(1)
5-885-020 DocSvr Acc Ctrl *CTL 1: Forbid user mode access (1)
2: Forbid print function (1)
3: Forbid fax TX (1)
4: Forbid scan sending (1)
5: Forbid downloading (1)
6: Forbid delete (1)
7: Reserved

562
 Group 5000

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
DocSvr Format *CTL
5-885-050 0: Thumbnail, 1: Icon, 2: Details

Selects the display type for the document box list.

DocSvr Trans *CTL [ 5 to 20 / 10 / 1/step]

5-885-051
Sets the number of documents to be displayed in the document box list.

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Setting for each e-mail
Set Signature *CTL
1: Signature for all
5-885-100
2: No signature

Selects whether the signature is added to the scanned documents with the WIM
when they are transmitted by an e-mail.

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1]
Set Encrypsion *CTL 0: Not encrypted
5-885-101 1: Encryption

Determines whether the scanned documents with the WIM are encrypted when they
are transmitted by an e-mail.

5-885-200 Detect Mem Leak *CTL

Not Used
5-885-201 DocSvr Timeout *CTL

5886 [Farm Update Setting]

Skip Version Check CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

5-886-100
Sets whether to do a version-up check when updating a firmware in the package.

Skip LR Check CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

5-886-101 Sets whether to update firmwares individually in the machine when updating a
firmware in the package.

563
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[SD GetCounter]

This SP sends a text file to an SD card inserted in SD card Slot 2 (lower slot). The
operation stores.
The file is stored in a folder created in the root directory of the SD card called
SD_COUNTER.
The file is saved as a text file (*.txt) prefixed with the number of the machine.
5887
1. Insert the SD card in SD card Slot 2 (lower slot).
2. Select SP5887 then touch [Execute].
Touch [Execute] in the message when you are prompted.

• “SD_COUNTER” folder must be created under the root directory of the SC

card before this SP is executed.

[- / - / -]
5-887-001 SD GetCounter CTL
[Execute]

5888 [Personal Information Protect]

Personal Information Protect *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Selects the protection level for logs.

5-888-001
0: No authentication, No protection for logs
1: No authentication, Protected logs (only an administrator can see the logs)

5893 [SDK Application Counter]

5-893-001 to [- / - / -]
SDK-1 - SDK-12 CTL
012 [Display text]

5894 [External Counter Setting]

This SP switches the operation mode of the external counter.

5-894-001 Switch Charge Mode [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]

[Application invalidation]
5895
-

564
 Group 5000

5-895-001 Printer CTL [- / - / -]

5-895-002 Scanner CTL [- / - / -]

[HDD Pages]

Changes pages of LS partition of HDD and pages per job.

After changing the value, initializes the HDD when the machine is turned on next
time.
Initializing the HDD also initializes STAMPs.
Restart the machine to enable this changes.
0: Standarf
• Maximum LS storage: 15000 pages
• Maximum managable pages (Copy apl): 5000 pages
5898 • Maximum managable pages (Printer apl): 15000 pages (LS partition) /
20000 pages (TEMP partition)
1: Extension A
• Maximum LS storage: 30000 pages
• Maximum managable pages (Copy apl): 5000 pages /job
• Maximum managable pages (Printer apl): 20000 pages /job
2: Extension B
• Maximum LS storage: 50000 pages
• Maximum managable pages (Copy apl): 2000 pages /job
• Maximum managable pages (Printer apl): 2000 pages /job

[* / 0 / 1 / -]
5-898-001 LS/TEMP Pages Mgmt CTL *Copier model: 0 to 2
*Printer model: 0 to 1

5900 [Engine Log Upload]

Specify the target module and trigger of engine log upload.

5-900-001 Pattern [0 to 4 / 0 / 1 ]

5-900-002 Trigger [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 ]

5901 [Engine Log SD-Card Save Set]

565
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

5-901-001 File Name Disp:Engine Log [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

Displays the file name of engine log (main) saved on the SD card.

5-901-002 File Name Disp:Debug Monitor [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

Displays the file name of debug monitor log (main) saved on the SD card.

5-901-003 Engine Log File Size(KB) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

Displays the data size of engine log saved on the SD card.

* Updated in real-time.

5-901-004 Debug Monitor Log File Size(KB) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

Displays the data size of debug monitor log saved on the SD card.
* Updated in real-time.

5-901-005 File Name Disp:Engine Log [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

Displays the file name of engine log (sub) saved on the SD card.

5-901-006 File Name Disp:Debug Monitor [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

Displays the file name of debug monitor log (sub) saved on the SD card.

5-901-007 Engine Log File Size(KB) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

Displays the data size of engine log saved on the SD card.

* Updated in real-time.

5-901-008 Debug Monitor Log File Size(KB) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

Displays the data size of debug monitor log saved on the SD card.
* Updated in real-time.

5-901-009 Save Setting:Engine Log [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]

Sets whether save or not save the engine log to the SD card.

5-901-010 Save Setting:Debug Monitor [0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]

Sets whether save or not save the debug monitor log to the SD card.

5907 [Plug & Play Maker/Model Name]

566
 Group 5000

Plug & Play Maker/

*CTL [- / - / -]
Model/Name

Selects the brand name and the production name for Windows Plug & Play. This
5-907-001 information is stored in the NVRAM. If the NVRAM is defective, these names should
be registered again.
After selecting, press the "Original Type" key and "#" key at the same time. When
the setting is completed, the beeper sounds five times.

[Switchover Permission Time] (Copier Model only)

5913
-

5-913-002 Print Application *CTL [3 to 30, immediate / 3 / 1sec/step]

5959 [Paper Size]

Tray 1 (tandem tray) and the LCT do not have automatic paper size detection. Use
these SP codes to set the paper size for Tray 1 and the optional LCT when it is
installed.

[0 to 1 / * / 1]
1st Tray (Tandem) *NA (North America):1
*EU (Europe):0
5-959-001 The following paper sizes can be set. If the A3 DLT kit is not installed, you can only
use settings 0 and 1
0: A4
1: 8.5x11

1st Tray (A3 Kit) [0 to 8 / 0 / 1 ]

The 1st Tray accepts the paper sizes below after the A3 Kit has been installed.

0: A4 5: 11x17

5-959-002 1: 8.5x11 6: 8.5x14 SEF

2: A3 SEF 7: 8.5x11 SEF

3: B4 SEF 8: Custom

4:A4 SEF

567
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

5960 [A3 Tray Custom Paper Size Set]

Sets the custom paper size for the A3/DLT option installed in Tray 1.

5-960-001 Width (Main Scan) [210 to 305 / 297 / 0.1]

5-960-002 Length (Sub Scan) [210 to 439 / 210 / 0.1]

5965 [Dehum-Heat on]

Sets the anti-condensation heaters to remain on at all times. Normally, the heaters
switch on only after the machine has been switched off.

5-965-001 0:OFF/1:ON [0 to1 / 0 / 1]

[Copy Server: Set Function] (Copier Model only)

5967 Enables and disables the document server. This is a security measure that prevents
image data from being left in the temporary area of the HDD. After changing this
setting, you must switch the main switch off and on to enable the new setting.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5-967-001 (0: ON 1: OFF) *CTL 0: ON
1: OFF

[User Stamp Registration] (Copier Model only)

5973
-

5-973-101 Frame deletion setting *CTL [0 to 3 / 0 / 1 / mm]

5974 [Cherry Server] (Copier Model only)

(0:Light 1:Full) CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / -]

5-984-001
Switches Light or Full ver.of the cherry application.

[Device Setting] (Copier Model only)

5985 The NIC and USB support features are built into the GW controller. Use this SP to
enable and disable these features. In order to use the NIC and USB functions built
into the controller board, these SP codes must be set to "1".

568
 Group 5000

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Disable
On Board NIC CTL
1: Enable
2: Function limitation

Switches Light or Full ver.of the cherry application.

5-985-001
When the "Function limitation" is set, "On board NIC" is limited only for the NRS or
LDAP/NT authentication.

• Other network applications than NRS or LDAP/NT authentication are not

available when this SP is set to "2". Even though you can change the initial
settings of those network applications, the settings do not work.

On Board USB CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

5-985-002
Switches Light or Full ver.of the cherry application.

5987 [Mech. Counter]

This SP switches the mechanical counter on and off.

5-987-001 0: OFF / 1: ON [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

5990 [SP Print Mode]

5-990-001 All (Data List) CTL [- / - / -]

5-990-002 SP (Mode Data List) CTL [- / - / -]

5-990-003 User Program CTL [- / - / -]

5-990-004 Logging Data CTL [- / - / -]

5-990-005 Diagnostic Report CTL [- / - / -]

5-990-006 Non-Default CTL [- / - / -]

5-990-007 NIB Summary CTL [- / - / -]

Copier User Program

5-990-021 CTL [- / - / -]
(Copier Model only)

569
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Scanner SP
5-990-022 CTL [- / - / -]
(Copier Model only)

Scanner User Program

5-990-023 CTL [- / - / -]
(Copier Model only)

5-990-024 SDK/J Summary CTL [- / - / -]

5-990-025 SDK/J Application Info CTL [- / - / -]

5-990-026 Printer SP CTL [- / - / -]

[SP Text mode]

5992 Exports the SMC sheet data to the SD Card.

Press “Execute” key to start exporting the SMC data in the SP mode display.

5-992-001 All (Data List) CTL

5-992-002 SP (Mode Data List) CTL

5-992-003 User Program CTL

5-992-004 Logging Data CTL

5-992-005 Diagnostic Report CTL

5-992-006 Non-Default CTL

5-992-007 NIB Summary CTL

[- / - / -]
Copier User Program
5-992-021 CTL [Execute]
(Copier Model only)

Scanner SP
5-992-022 CTL
(Copier Model only)

Scanner User Program

5-992-023 CTL
(Copier Model only)

5-992-024 SDK/J Summary CTL

5-992-025 SDK/J Application Info CTL

5-992-026 Printer SP mode CTL

570
 Group 5000

5998 [Fusing Warm UP]

Sets the fusing warm up on/off.

1: Fusing Warm Up ON
0: Fusing Warm Up OFF

5-998-001 Preceding Warm UP ON/OFF [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 ]

571
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Group 6000
Peripherals

6006 [ADF Adjustment] Copier Model Only

6-006-001 Side-to-Side Regist: Front [-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

Adjusts the side-to-side registration for the front in ADF mode.

• Increasing value shifts the image position to the right side of paper.
• Decreasing value shifts the image position to the left side of paper.

6-006-002 Side-to-Side Regist: Rear [-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

Adjusts the side-to-side registration for the back in ADF mode.

• Increasing value shifts the image position to the right side of paper.
• Decreasing value shifts the image position to the left side of paper.

6-006-010 L-Edge Regist (1-Pass): Front [-5 to 5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

Applicable only for Single Pass Document Feeder.

Adjusts the sheet-through registration for Side 1.
• Adjusting value to (-) hastens the timing.
• Adjusting value to (+) slows the timing.

6-006-011 L-Edge Regist (1-Pass): Rear [-5 to 5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

Applicable only for Single Pass Document Feeder. Adjusts the sheet-through
registration for Side 2.
• Adjusting value to (-) hastens the timing.
• Adjusting value to (+) slows the timing.

6-006-012 1st Buckle (1-Pass) [-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

Applicable only for Single Pass Document Feeder. Adjusts the pull-out roller buckle
amount.
• Adjusting value to (-) decreases the buckling amount.
• Adjusting value to (+) increases the buckling amount.

6-006-013 2nd Buckle (1-Pass) [-2 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

572
 Group 6000

Applicable only for Single Pass Document Feeder. Adjusts the buckle amount of scan
entrance roller.

6-006-014 T-Edge Erase (1-Pass): Front [-5 to 5 / -1.5 / 0.1 mm]

Applicable only for Single Pass Document Feeder. Adjusts the trailing edge
registration for Side 1.
• Increasing value increases the trailing edge of an image.
• Decreasing value decreases the trailing edge of an image.

6-006-015 T-Edge Erase (1-Pass): Rear [-5 to 5 / -1.5 / 0.1 mm]

Applicable only for Single Pass Document Feeder. Adjusts the trailing edge
registration for Side 2.
• Increasing value:increases the trailing edge of an image.
• Decreasing value decreases the trailing edge of an image.

6009 [ADF Free Run] Copier Model Only

This SP does an ADF free run in duplex original mode.

6-009-001 Free Run Simplex Motion

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1]
6-009-002 Free Run Duplex Motion

6016 [ADF Priority Org Size Setting] Copier Model Only

ADF Original Size Detection Priority. Allows selection of alternate settings for
automatic original size detection.

6-016-001 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

6017 DF Magnification Adj. Copier Model Only

Adjusts magnification for the ADF by changing scanning speed.

6-017-001 [-5 to 5 / 0 / 0.1%]

6020 [Skew Correction Moving Setting] Copier Model Only

573
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

If the original is small (B6, A5, HLT), the delay sensor detects the leading edge of
the sheet and delays the original at the entrance roller for the prescribed number of
pulses to buckle the leading edge and correct skew.
[0 to 1/1]
0: Delay skew correction only for small originals
1: Delay skew correction for all originals, regardless of size. (May reduce the
scanning speed of the ADF)

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1]
6-020-001
0:Buckle Correction OFF 1:Buckle Correction ON

6040 [Double Feed Detect Setup] Not used

6200 [Adjust Booklet Staple Position]

Adjusts the booklet staple position for a specified paper size.

Adjusting value to (+) shifts the staple position towards the leading edge when the
machine receives the paper.
Adjusting value to (-) shifts the staple position towards the trailing edge when the
machine receives the paper.

6-200-001 13"x19.2"

6-200-002 13"x19"

6-200-003 12.6"x19.2" [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-200-004 12.6"x18.5"

6-200-005 13"x18"

6-200-006 SR A3

6-200-007 12"x18"

6-200-008 A3 SEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-200-009 B4 SEF

6-200-010 SR A4

574
 Group 6000

6-200-013 A4 SEF

6-200-014 B5 SEF

6-200-015 DLT SEF

[-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]
6-200-016 LG SEF

6-200-017 LT SEF

6-200-018 Other

6201 [Adjust Booklet Fold Position]

Adjusts the booklet fold position for a specified paper size.

Adjusting value to (+) shifts the fold position to the leading edge of paper receiving.
Adjusting value to (-) shifts the fold position to the trailing edge of paper receiving.

6-201-001 13"x19.2"

6-201-002 13"x19"

6-201-003 12.6"x19.2" [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-201-004 12.6"x18.5"

6-201-005 13"x18"

6-201-006 SR A3

6-201-007 12"x18"

6-201-008 A3 SEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-201-009 B4 SEF

6-201-010 SR A4

575
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-201-013 A4 SEF

6-201-014 B5 SEF

6-201-015 DLT SEF

[-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]
6-201-016 LG SEF

6-201-017 LT SEF

6-201-018 Other

6202 [Adj Booklet Jog Fence Position]

Adjusts the booklet jogger fence position for a specified paper size.
Adjusting value to (+) widens jogger width than the standard value.
Adjusting value to (-) narrows jogger width than the standard value.

6-202-001 13"x19.2" [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-202-002 13"x19" [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-202-003 12.6"x19.2" [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-202-004 12.6"x18.5" [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-202-005 13"x18" [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-202-006 SR A3 [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-202-007 12"x18" [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-202-008 A3 SEF [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-202-009 B4 SEF [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-202-010 SR A4 [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-202-013 A4 SEF [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-202-014 B5 SEF [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-202-015 DLT SEF [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-202-016 LG SEF [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-202-017 LT SEF [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

576
 Group 6000

6-202-018 Other [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6203 [Set Number of Folds for Book]

This SP sets the number of times the folding rollers are driven forward and reverse to
sharpen the crease of a folded booklet before it exits the folding unit. When set at
the default (0):
• The folding blade pushes the center of the stack into the nip of the folding roller.
• The folding rollers rotated ccw to crease the booklet, reverse cw, then rotate
ccw again crease the booklet fold twice before feeding to the folding unit exit
rollers.

6-203-001 [-3 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]

6204 [BkFold Plate Adjustment]

Adjusts the projection amount of the fold plate in booklet fold.

Adjusting value to (-) decreases the projection amount.

6-204-001 - [-3 to 0 / 0 / 0.5 mm]

6205 [Adj Booklet Stapler Jog Pawl]

Adjusts the holding degree of booklet stapler jog pawl for a specified paper size.
Adjusting value to (-) decreases holding degree of paper.
Adjusting value to (+) increases holding degree of paper.

6-205-001 13"x19.2"

6-205-002 13"x19"

6-205-003 12.6"x19.2" [-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-205-004 12.6"x18.5"

6-205-005 13"x18"

577
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-205-006 SR A3

6-205-007 12"x18"

6-205-008 A3 SEF
[-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]
6-205-009 B4 SEF

6-205-010 SR A4

6-205-013 A4 SEF

6-205-014 B5 SEF

6-205-015 DLT SEF

6-205-016 LG SEF [-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-205-017 LT SEF

6-205-018 Other

6206 [Bklet Tray Line Spd Adjust]

Adjusts the line speed on booklet tray to adjust the jog accuracy of output paper.
Adjusting value to (-) decelerates the line speed.
Adjusting value to (+) accelerates the line speed.

6-206-001 [-5 to 5 / 0 / 0.1 %]

6207 [Bklet Tray Mt ON Adjust]

Adjusts the timing to activate the motor on booklet stack tray belt (or Booklet Output
Tray Belt) in order to adjust the leading edge position of an output paper, which
varies depending on paper buckle.
Adjusting value to (-) decelerates the transporting speed.
Adjusting value to (+) accelerates the transporting speed.

6-207-001 [-20 to 20 / 0 / 1 mm]

6208 [Bklet Tray Mt Off Adjust]

578
 Group 6000

Adjusts the timing to deactivate the motor on booklet stack tray belt (or Booklet
Output Tray Belt) in order to adjust the trailing edge position of an output paper.
Adjusting value to (-) shifts the trailing edge of output paper coming from booklet
finisher towards the trailing edge of paper.
Adjusting value to (+) shifts the trailing edge of output paper coming from booklet
finisher towards the leading edge of paper.

6-208-001 [-20 to 20 / 0 / 1 mm]

6209 [Staple Pos Adj:Main Scan:1]

In a single staple for a specified paper size;

Adjusting value to (+) widens the staple position from the side edge of paper.
Adjusting value to (-) narrows the staple position from the side edge of paper.

6-209-001 A3 SEF

6-209-002 B4 SEF

6-209-003 A4 SEF [-1.5 to 1.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-209-004 A4 LEF

6-209-005 B5 SEF

6-209-006 B5 LEF

6-209-007 DLT SEF

6-209-008 LG SEF [-1.5 to 1.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-209-009 LT SEF

6-209-010 LT LEF

6-209-011 8-Kai SEF

6-209-012 16-Kai SEF

[-1.5 to 1.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]
6-209-013 16-Kai LEF

6-209-014 Other

6210 [Staple Pos Set:Main Scan:1]

579
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

In a single staple for a specified paper size;

Adjusting value to (+) widens the staple position from the side edge of paper.
Adjusting value to (-) narrows the staple position from the side edge of paper.

6-210-001 A3 SEF

6-210-002 B4 SEF

6-210-003 A4 SEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-210-004 A4 LEF

6-210-005 B5 SEF

6-210-006 B5 LEF

6-210-007 DLT SEF

6-210-008 LG SEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-210-009 LT SEF

6-210-010 LT LEF

6-210-011 8-Kai SEF

6-210-012 16-Kai SEF

[-2 to 2 / 0 / 1 mm]
6-210-013 16-Kai LEF

6-210-014 Other

6211 [Staple Pos Adj:Main Scan:2]

In a double staple for a specified paper size;

Adjusting value to (+) widens the distance of two staple positions from the paper
center.
Adjusting value to (-) narrows the distance of two staple positions from the paper
center.

580
 Group 6000

6-211-001 A3 SEF

6-211-002 B4 SEF

6-211-003 A4 SEF [-1.5 to 1.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-211-004 A4 LEF

6-211-005 B5 SEF

6-211-006 B5 LEF

6-211-007 DLT SEF

6-211-008 LG SEF [-1.5 to 1.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-211-009 LT SEF

6-211-010 LT LEF

6-211-011 8-Kai SEF

6-211-012 16-Kai SEF

[-1.5 to 1.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]
6-211-013 16-Kai LEF

6-211-014 Other

6212 [Staple Pos Set:Main Scan:2]

In a double staple for a specified paper size;

Adjusting value to (+) widens the distance of two staple positions from the paper
center.
Adjusting value to (-) narrows the distance of two staple positions from the paper
center.

6-212-001 A3 SEF [-16 to 115 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-212-002 B4 SEF [-16 to 75 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-212-003 A4 SEF [-16 to 28 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-212-004 A4 LEF [-16 to 115 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-212-005 B5 SEF [-16 to 0 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-212-006 B5 LEF [-16 to 75 / 0 / 1 mm]

581
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-212-007 DLT SEF [-16 to 98 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-212-008 LG SEF [-16 to 34 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-212-009 LT SEF [-16 to 34 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-212-010 LT LEF [-16 to 98 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-212-011 8-Kai SEF [-16 to 85 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-212-012 16-Kai SEF [-16 to 12 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-212-013 16-Kai LEF [-16 to 85 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-212-014 Other [-16 to 115 / 0 / 1 mm]

6213 [Staple Pos Adj:Sub Scan]

In a single staple for a specified paper size;

Adjusting value to (+) widens the distance between the trailing edge of paper and
staple position.
Adjusting value to (-) narrows the distance between the trailing edge of paper and
staple position.

6-213-001 A3 SEF

6-213-002 B4 SEF

6-213-003 A4 SEF [-1.5 to 1.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-213-004 A4 LEF

6-213-005 B5 SEF

6-213-006 B5 LEF

6-213-007 DLT SEF

6-213-008 LG SEF [-1.5 to 1.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-213-009 LT SEF

6-213-010 LT LEF

582
 Group 6000

6-213-011 8-Kai SEF

6-213-012 16-Kai SEF

[-1.5 to 1.5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]
6-213-013 16-Kai LEF

6-213-014 Other

6214 [Staple Pos Set:Sub Scan]

In a single staple for a specified paper size;

Adjusting value to (+) widens the distance between the trailing edge of paper and
staple position.
Adjusting value to (-) narrows the distance between the trailing edge of paper and
staple position.

6-214-001 A3 SEF

6-214-002 B4 SEF

6-214-003 A4 SEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-214-004 A4 LEF

6-214-005 B5 SEF

6-214-006 B5 LEF

6-214-007 DLT SEF

6-214-008 LG SEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-214-009 LT SEF

6-214-010 LT LEF

6-214-011 8-Kai SEF

6-214-012 16-Kai SEF

[-2 to 2 / 0 / 1 mm]
6-214-013 16-Kai LEF

6-214-014 Other

6215 [Staple Pos Dev Adj:Sub Scan]

583
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Touch [1:+1 Time] to have the jogger fences press against the sides of the stack on
the staple tray one more time to align the stack for corner stapling.
6-215-001
[-1.0 to 1 / 0 / 0.1 mm]
[0:Default] [1:+1 Time]

6216 [Adj End Bind Jogger]

Adjusts the shifting amount when front/rear jogger fences align a sheet in staple of a
specified paper size.
Adjusting value to (+) increases the jogger width so that the jogger width becomes
wider than a standard.
Adjusting value to (-) decreases the jogger width so that the jogger width becomes
narrower than a standard.

6-216-001 A3 SEF

6-216-002 B4 SEF

6-216-003 A4 SEF [-1.0 to 1 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-216-004 A4 LEF

6-216-005 B5 SEF

6-216-006 B5 LEF

6-216-007 DLT SEF

6-216-008 LG SEF [-1.0 to 1 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-216-009 LT SEF

6-216-010 LT LEF

6-216-011 8-Kai SEF

6-216-012 16-Kai SEF

[-1.0 to 1 / 0 / 0.1 mm]
6-216-013 16-Kai LEF

6-216-014 Other

6217 [Staple Jogging Times]

Specifies the number of staple jogging.

584
 Group 6000

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1]
6-217-001 0: Default
1: +1 Time

6218 [Adj Leading Edge Stopper]

Adjust the travel distance of the paper edge stopper for edge stapling
Adjusting value to (+) increases the paper holding degree.
Adjusting value to (-) decreases the paper holding degree.

6-218-001 A3 SEF

6-218-002 B4 SEF

6-218-003 A4 SEF [-2.5 to 2.5 / 0 / 0.5 mm]

6-218-004 A4 LEF

6-218-005 B5 SEF

6-218-006 B5 LEF

6-218-007 DLT SEF

6-218-008 LG SEF [-2.5 to 2.5 / 0 / 0.5 mm]

6-218-009 LT SEF

6-218-010 LT LEF

6-218-011 8-Kai SEF

6-218-012 16-Kai SEF

[-2.5 to 2.5 / 0 / 0.5 mm]
6-218-013 16-Kai LEF

6-218-014 Other

6219 [ExitGuidePlate CloseTiming Adj]

Adjusts the exit guide plate close timing. Adjusting value to (+) hastens the timing;
adjusting value to (-) slows the timing.

6-219-001 - [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

585
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6220 [Hitroll Motor Rotation Time]

Adjusts the start timing of hit roller rotation in a specified paper size, Adjusting value
to (+) starts the timing earlier; adjusting value to (-) starts late.

6-220-001 A3 SEF

6-220-002 B4 SEF

6-220-003 A4 SEF [-50 to 50 / 0 / 5 msec]

6-220-004 A4 LEF

6-220-005 B5 SEF

6-220-006 B5 LEF

6-220-007 DLT SEF

6-220-008 LG SEF [-50 to 50 / 0 / 5 msec]

6-220-009 LT SEF

6-220-010 LT LEF

6-220-011 8-Kai SEF

6-220-012 16-Kai SEF

[-50 to 50 / 0 / 5 msec]
6-220-013 16-Kai LEF

6-220-014 Other

6222 [Trail Edge Press Adj]

Adjusts the shifting amount of trailing edge stopper in stapling a specified thick of
paper. Adjusting value to (+) increases the shift amount; adjusting value to (-)
decreases the shift amount.

6-222-001 Thick 2

6-222-002 Thick 3
[-3.0 to 3 / 0 / 1 mm]
6-222-003 Thick 4

6-222-004 Thick 5

6223 [Adj Punch Posi Sub Scan]

586
 Group 6000

In punching a specified paper type;

Adjusting value to (+) punches at a distance farther from the trailing edge of paper;
adjusting value to (-) punches at a distance nearer from the trailing edge of paper.

6-223-001 2-Hole EU/JPN

6-223-002 3-Hole NA

6-223-003 4-Hole EU [-3.5 to 3.5 / 0 / 0.5 mm]

6-223-004 4-Hole Scandinavia

6-223-005 2-Hole Scandinavia

6224 [Adj Punch Posi Main Scan]

In punching a specified paper type;

Adjusting value to (+)punches at a distance farther from the trailing edge of paper;
Adjusting value to (-)punches at a distance nearer from the trailing edge of paper.

6-224-001 2-Hole EU/JPN

6-224-002 3-Hole NA

6-224-003 4-Hole EU [-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.5 mm]

6-224-004 4-Hole Scandinavia

6-224-005 2-Hole Scandinavia

6225 [Adj Pre Stack Number]

Adjusts the number of pre-stack for a specified paper size.

6-225-001 A3 SEF [0 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

6-225-002 B4 SEF [0 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

6-225-003 A4 SEF [0 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

6-225-004 A4 LEF [0 to 6 / 6 / 1 ]

6-225-005 B5 SEF [0 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

6-225-006 B5 LEF [0 to 6 / 6 / 1 ]

6-225-007 DLT SEF [0 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

587
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-225-008 LG SEF [0 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

6-225-009 LT SEF [0 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

6-225-010 LT LEF [0 to 6 / 6 / 1 ]

6-225-011 8-Kai SEF [0 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

6-225-012 16-Kai SEF [0 to 4 / 4 / 1 ]

6-225-013 16-Kai LEF [0 to 6 / 6 / 1 ]

6-225-014 Other [0 to 9 / 0 / 1 ]

6226 [Adj Registration Control]

Enables/disables the skew correction.

0: Corr: OFF
1: Corr: ON

[0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
6-226-001 0: Corr:OFF
- 1: Corr:ON (Default)

6227 [Adj Registration Buckle]

Adjusts the degree of skew correction for a specified paper.

Adjusting value to (+) increase the buckle degree; adjusting (-) decreases the buckle
degree.

6-227-001 A4 LEF

6-227-002 A5 SEF

6-227-003 A5 LEF

6-227-004 B5 LEF
[-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.5 mm]
6-227-005 LT LEF

6-227-006 HLT SEF

6-227-007 HLT LEF

6-227-008 Other

588
 Group 6000

6229 [Skew Corr Adj(Z-Fold)]

Selects skew correction option for Z-fold.

[0 to 2 / 2 / 1 ]
0: Corr: OFF
6-229-001
1: Corr: ON
2: Rev Corr: ON

6230 [Adj Registration Buckle]

Enables to adjust the skew correction amount if SP6-229 is set to “1”.

Adjusting value to (-) decreases the correction amount.

6-230-001 [-9 to 0 / 0 / 0.5 mm]

6231 [Skew Corr Reverse Amt Adj(Z-F)]

Enables to adjust the skew reverse amount if SP6-229 is set to “2”.

Adjusting (-) decreases the reverse amount.

6-231-001 [-3 to 0 / 0 / 0.5 mm]

6232 [Adj Output Jog Position]

Adjusts the shifting direction of output jogger position (Main scan direction).
Adjusting value to (-) shifts the jogger width towards narrower than a standard;
adjusting value to (+) shifts the jogger width towards larger than a standard.

6-232-001 A3 SEF

6-232-002 B4 SEF

6-232-003 A4 SEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-232-004 A4 LEF

6-232-005 A5 SEF

589
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-232-006 A5 LEF

6-232-007 B5 SEF

6-232-008 B5 LEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-232-009 DLT SEF

6-232-010 LG SEF

6-232-011 LT SEF

6-232-012 LT LEF

6-232-013 HLT SEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-232-014 HLT LEF

6-232-015 Other

6233 [Output Jog Position Set]

Specifies whether to use jogger.

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
6-233-001 0: Enable (Default)
1: Disable

6234 [Output Jog Position Ang Adj:]

Adjusts the angle of vertical direction for jogger.

Adjusting value to (-) shifts the angle to lower than a standard; adjusting value to (+)
shifts the angle to larger than a standard.

6-234-001 [-10 to 10 / 0 / 5 deg]

6235 [Output Jog Pos Set(Staple)]

Specifies whether to use jogger when staple

[0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
6-235-001 0: Enable
1: Disable (Default)

590
 Group 6000

6236 [Exit Paper Tray Lowering Adj]

Adjusts the lowering amount of shift tray in ejecting a paper stack.

Adjusting value to (+) increases the lowering amount.

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
0: Default
6-236-001
1: More
2: Less

6237 [Tray Full Set(Length?216)]

Decreases the number of loading sheets which a tray-full is detected.By applying this
setting, paper load status is to be enhanced.

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
0: Default
6-237-001
1: 1500 Sheets
2: 1000 Sheets

6238 [Tray Full Set(216<Length?432)]

Decreases the number of loading sheets which a tray-full is detected.By applying this
setting, paper load status is to be enhanced.

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
0: Default
6-238-001
1: 1000 Sheets
2: 500 Sheets

6239 [Tray Full Set(432<Length)]

Decreases the number of loading sheets for detecting a tray-full. By applying this
setting, paper load status is to be enhanced.

[0 to 1 / 1 / 1 ]
6-239-001 0: Default
1: 500 Sheets

591
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6240 [Drag Roller Timing Adj]

Adjusts the rotating time of drag roller.

Adjusting value to (-) hastens the stop timing of drag roller.

6-240-001 [-250 to 0 / 0 / 10 msec]

6243 [Shift Tray:Paper Jogger Set]

Enabling this SP provides higher jog accuracy on a shift tray.

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
6-243-001 0: Speed Priority
1: Accuracy Priority

6244 [Outputed:Trail Edge Press Set]

Sets whether to activate/deactivate the press lever.

In the default setting (Auto), the press lever is active when handling a coated paper
with a large size (364 mm or more in main scan direction).
In Force ON, activates the press lever for all paper sizes.
In Force OFF, deactivates press lever for all cases. Only performs the initial
operation.

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
0: Auto
6-244-001
1: Force ON
2: Force OFF

6245 [Paper Exit Fan Setting]

Sets whether to activate/deactivate paper exit fan.

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 ]
0: Auto
6-245-001
1: Force ON
2: Force OFF

6246 [Paper Exit Fan Vol Adj]

592
 Group 6000

Increases the air volume of paper exit fan.

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
6-246-001 0: Auto
1: Fan Vol Up

6247 [Bklet Tray Full Adj]

Adjusts the condition of booklet tray full.

6-247-001 [0 to 3 / 0.9 / 0.1 V]

6248 [Staple Job Shift Set]

Sets whether to activate/deactivate the shifting between staple job for staple paper
exit. In the default setting, the shifting is deactivated.

6-248-001 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

6324 [Jogger Fence Position Adjust]

Adjusts the horizontal alignment position against a paper stack when folding
multiple sheets with folding unit.
Adjusting value to (+) widens jogger width than the standard jogger width (at 1.5
mm inside from each the edge of paper); adjusting value to (-) narrows the jogger
width.

6-234-001 A3 SEF

6-234-002 B4 SEF

6-234-003 A4 SEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.5 mm]

6-234-004 DLT SEF

6-234-005 LG SEF

593
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-234-006 LT SEF

6-234-007 12x18

6-234-008 8-Kai -2 to 2 / 0 / 0.5 mm]

6-234-009 B5 SEF

6-234-019 Other

6325 [Registration Buckle Adjust]

Adjusts the registration buckle degree when folding a single sheet with folding unit.
This SP is valid only when SP6-326-001 is set to “Buckle Control ON.
Adjusting value to (+) increases the buckle degree than the standard.(5 mm);
adjusting value to (-) decreases than the standard.

6-235-001 A3 SEF

6-235-002 B4 SEF

6-235-003 A4 SEF [-4 to 2 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-235-004 DLT SEF

6-235-005 LG SEF

6-235-006 LT SEF

6-235-007 12x18

6-235-008 8-Kai -4 to 2 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-235-009 B5 SEF

6-235-019 Other

6326 [Registration Buckle Adjust Select]

Sets whether to enable/disable the registration buckle adjustment when folding a

single sheet with folding unit
6-236-001 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]
0: Buckle Control ON
1: Buckle Control OFF

594
 Group 6000

6500 [Punch Adjustment]

Adjusts the jogger position of front side, just before ring-binding.

6-500-001 A4 LEF
[-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.05 mm]
6-500-002 LT LEF

6501 [Paddle Pos Adjustment]

Adjusts the paddle height in binder unit.

6-501-001 [-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6502 [Adj Binding Position 1]

6-502-001 A4 LEF
[-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.2 mm]
6-502-002 LT LEF

6503 [Adj Binding Position 2]

6-503-001 A4 LEF
[-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.2 mm]
6-503-002 LT LEF

6504 [Adj Jog: Punching]

6-504-001 A4 LEF
[-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.05 mm]
6-504-002 LT LEF

6505 [Adj Jog: Paddle]

6-505-001 [-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6506 [Adj Jog: Binding 1]

6-506-001 A4 LEF
[-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1mm]
6-506-002 LT LEF

6507 [Adj Jog: Binding 2]

595
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-507-001 A4 LEF
[-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1mm]
6-507-002 LT LEF

6521 [Stack Thickness Volume Adjust]

Sets the stack thickness volume for book block’s spine.

6-521-001 0 mm Adjust [0 to 1023 / 97 / 1 ]

6-521-002 25mm Adjust [0 to 1023 / 865 / 1 ]

6522 [Glue Remain Thermistor: Wet Sd]

Adjusts the reference value to detect remaining amount of glue in the glue vat.

6-522-001 Glue Vat: Wet Side Lower Limit [0 to 255 / 132 / 1 ]

6-522-002 Glue Vat: Wet Side Upper Limit [0 to 255 / 142 / 1 ]

6523 [Cover Factory Set]

Adjusts the horizontal registration position for cover (large/small), and the cover
center position

6-523-001 H-Reg Large

6-523-002 H-Reg Small [-5 to 5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-523-003 Center

6524 [Stack SWBK Adj]

Adjusts the buckle amount when switch-backing on Signature/Stacking tray.

6-524-001 [-5 to 5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6525 [Jogger Motor Mov Amt Adj]

6-525-001 Jogger F Motor:Small [-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

Adjusts the pressing amount for rear jog fence (movable part) against signature with
smaller than 298 mm in width.

596
 Group 6000

6-525-002 Jogger R
Motor:Small [-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

Adjusts the pressing amount for rear jog fence (base part) against signature with
smaller than 298 mm in width

6-525-003 Jogger F
Motor:Large [-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

Adjusts the pressing amount for rear jog fence (movable part) against signature with
larger than 298 mm in width

6-525-004 Jogger R
Motor:Large [-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

Adjusts the pressing amount for rear jog fence (base part) against signature with
larger than 298 mm in width

6526 [Glue Coating Amt Adj 1]

Adjusts the book block’s spine position to apply glue both in outward (pressing
phase) and return path (application phase).

6-526-001 - [-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.05 mm]

6527 [Glue Vat Mov Amt Adj]

Adjusts the edges position of glue vat and paper stack by moving amount of glue
vat.

6-527-001 [-8 to 8 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6528 [Finishing Pos Adj]

6-528-001 Finishing Size:Length [-5 to 5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

Adjusts the length in sub scan direction.

6-528-002 Finishing Size:Width [-5 to 5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

Adjusts the length in main scan direction.

6-528-003 Cutting Position [-5 to 5 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

Adjusts the length between the cutting position and signature’s edge.

597
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6529 [Finishing Angle Adjustment]

Square the top, bottom, and outside edges when trimming a deck of paper.
Apply this adjustment if the three edges of the deck of paper cut by the perfect
binder are not square.
Enter the distance from the square part at each edge.

6-529-001 10Sheets Rear

6-529-002 10Sheets Front

6-529-003 10Sheets Toward Small Hole

[-10 to 10 / 0 / 0.1 mm]
6-529-004 200Sheets Rear

6-529-005 200Sheets Front

6-529-006 200SheetsToward Small Hole

6530 [Corner Processing]

Adjusts the area without glue in which top/bottom cutting is enabled.

6-530-001 Vertical Cutting:ON-Rear [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-530-002 Vertical Cutting:ON-Front [-3 to 3 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-530-003 Vertical Cutting:OFF-Rear [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm]

6-530-004 Vertical Cutting:OFF-Front [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm]

6531 [Glue Coating Amt Adj 2]

Adjusts a gap for return path (glue application).

6-531-001 Plain:Stack Thickness1

6-531-002 Plain:Stack Thickness2

6-531-003 Plain:Stack Thickness3

[-1 to 1 / 0 / 0.05 mm]
6-531-004 Plain:Stack Thickness4

6-531-005 Plain:Stack Thickness5

6-531-006 Plain:Stack Thickness6

598
 Group 6000

6-531-007 Coated:Stack Thickness1

6-531-008 Coated:Stack Thickness2

6-531-009 Coated:Stack Thickness3

[-1 to 1 / 0 / 0.05 mm]
6-531-010 Coated:Stack Thickness4

6-531-011 Coated:Stack Thickness5

6-531-012 Coated:Stack Thickness6

6532 [SWBK Roller Lift HP Adj]

Adjusts the lowering start position for switch back roller on Stacking Tray

6-532-001 [-9 to 9 / 0 / 1 pls]

6533 [Blade/Blade Cradle Set]

6-533-001 Blade Replace Alarm Set [10000 to 100000 / 40000 / 1000 ]

Species the count to alarm the blade replacement.

6-533-002 Blade Cradle Mov ThreshSet [100 to 1000 / 550 / 10 ]

Determines the used count (cutting count) par a received position of blade cradle.

6-533-003 Blade Cradle Pos Update [0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]

Updates the blade cradle position.

6534 [Glue Temp Set]

6-534-001 [151 to 155 / 153 / 1 deg]

6536 [Degeneracy Mode Clear]

Clears the degeneracy mode.

6-536-001 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

6538 [Maintenance Mode]

This is used to check the items shown below running properly.

599
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-538-001 Grip Release1

6-538-002 MG Rotate HP Pos Mov

6-538-003 MG Rotate Binding Pos Mov

[0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]
6-538-004 Grip Release2

6-538-005 Blade Cradle Replace

6-538-006 Blade Replace

6-538-007 Cover Path:Open

6-538-008 Cover Path:Close

6-538-009 Stack Tray:Down

[0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]
6-538-010 Trim Scrap Buffer: Left

6-538-011 Trim Scrap Buffer: Right

6-538-012 Logistics Pos Mov

6539 [Interposer Tray VR Adj]

6-539-001 Upper Tray A4 Width

6-539-002 Upper Tray A4 Length

6-539-003 Upper Tray LT Width

6-539-004 Upper Tray LT Length

[0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]
6-539-005 Lower TrayA4 Width

6-539-006 Lower TrayA4 Length

6-539-007 Lower TrayLT Width

6-539-008 Lower TrayLT Length

6540 [Replacement Counter Clear]

Clears the replacement counter in the EEPROM of the machine.

600
 Group 6000

6-540-001 Blade

6-540-002 Blade Cradle [0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]

6-540-003 Glue Vat

6602 [Jog Fence Adjust: Stacker1]

6-602-001 A3 SEF

6-602-002 B4 SEF

6-602-003 A4 SEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-602-004 A4 LEF

6-602-005 A5 SEF

6-602-006 A5 LEF

6-602-007 B5 SEF

6-602-008 B5 LEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-602-009 DLT SEF

6-602-010 LG SEF

6-602-011 LT SEF

6-602-012 LT LEF

6-602-013 HLT SEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-602-014 HLT LEF

6-602-015 Other

6603 [LE Stopper Adjust: Stacker]

6-603-001 A3 SEF

6-603-002 B4 SEF

6-603-003 A4 SEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-603-004 A4 LEF

6-603-005 A5 SEF

601
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-603-006 A5 LEF

6-603-007 B5 SEF

6-603-008 B5 LEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-603-009 DLT SEF

6-603-010 LG SEF

6-603-011 LT SEF

6-603-012 LT LEF

6-603-013 HLT SEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-603-014 HLT LEF

6-603-015 Other

6604 [SubJog Fence Adjust: Stacker]

6-604-001 A3 SEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-604-002 B4 SEF

6-604-009 DLT SEF

6-604-010 LG SEF

6-604-015 Other

6608 [Jog Fence Adjust: Stacker2]

Adjusts the jogger position for downstream delivery if stacker 2 connected.

Adjusting value to (-) widens the setting value than the paper width; adjusting value
(+) narrows.

6-608-001 A3 SEF

6-608-002 B4 SEF

6-608-003 A4 SEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-608-004 A4 LEF

6-608-005 A5 SEF

602
 Group 6000

6-608-006 A5 LEF

6-608-007 B5 SEF

6-608-008 B5 LEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-608-009 DLT SEF

6-608-010 LG SEF

6-608-011 LT SEF

6-608-012 LT LEF

6-608-013 HLT SEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-608-014 HLT LEF

6-608-015 Other

6609 [LE Stopper Adjust: Stacker2]

Adjusts the stopper position of the leading edge for downstream delivery If stacker 2
connected.
Adjusting value (-) widens the setting value than the paper width; adjusting value (+)
narrows.

6-609-001 A3 SEF

6-609-002 B4 SEF

6-609-003 A4 SEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-609-004 A4 LEF

6-609-005 A5 SEF

6-609-006 A5 LEF

6-609-007 B5 SEF

6-609-008 B5 LEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-609-009 DLT SEF

6-609-010 LG SEF

603
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-609-011 LT SEF

6-609-012 LT LEF

6-609-013 HLT SEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-609-014 HLT LEF

6-609-015 Other

6610 [SubJog Fence Adjust: Stacker2]

Adjusts the sub jogger position for downstream delivery If stacker 2 connected.
Adjusting value (-) widens the setting value than the paper width; adjusting value (+)
narrows.

6-610-001 A3 SEF

6-610-002 B4 SEF

6-610-009 DLT SEF [-2 to 2 / 0 / 0.1 mm]

6-610-010 LG SEF

6-610-015 Other

6612 [Stacker1 Fan Setting]

Enables/disables the stacker 1 fan for upstream delivery if a single stacker or

stacker 2 connected.

6-612-001 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]
0:ON
1:OFF

6613 [Stacker2 Fan Setting]

Enables/disables the stacker 1 fan for downstream delivery if stacker 2 connected.

6-613-001 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
0:ON
1:OFF

604
 Group 6000

6614 [Stacker: Unusable Paper Set: Power ON]

Sets how to notify of the paper loaded on the shift tray on stacker at Power ON. This
SP applies for when using a single stacker, and upstream/downstream in stacker 2
connected.

6-614-001 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]
0:ON
1:OFF

6752 [FM2 Equal 1/2:FineAdjFld]

6-752-101 A3 SEF (Multi Sheet) [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2 mm]

6-752-102 B4 SEF (Multi Sheet) [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2 mm]

6-752-103 A4 SEF (Multi Sheet) [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2 mm]

6-752-104 DLT SEF (Multi Sheet) [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2 mm]

6-752-105 LG SEF (Multi Sheet) [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2 mm]

6-752-106 LT SEF (Multi Sheet) [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2 mm]

6-752-107 12"*18" (Multi Sheet) [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2 mm]

6-752-108 8-kai (Multi Sheet) [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2 mm]

6-752-109 B5 SEF (Multi Sheet) [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2 mm]

6-752-110 13"*19" (Multi Sheet) [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2 mm]

6-752-111 13"*19.2" (Multi Sheet) [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2 mm]

6-752-112 13"*18" (Multi Sheet) [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2 mm]

6-752-113 12.6"*18.5" (Multi Sheet) [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2 mm]

6-752-114 12.6"*19.2" (Multi Sheet) [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2 mm]

6-752-115 SRA3 (Multi Sheet) [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2 mm]

6-752-116 SRA4 (Multi Sheet) [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2 mm]

6-752-117 226*310 (Multi Sheet) [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2 mm]

6-752-118 310*432 (Multi Sheet) [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2 mm]

605
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-752-119 Custom (Multi Sheet) [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2 mm]

6753 [FM3 Equal 3rds:Fine Adj 1st] (D521)

6-753-101 B4 SEF (Multi Sheet)

6-753-102 A4 SEF (Multi Sheet)

6-753-103 LG SEF (Multi Sheet)

[ -4 to 4 / 0 / 0.2 mm]
6-753-104 LT SEF (Multi Sheet)

6-753-107 B5 SEF (Multi Sheet)

6-753-108 Custom (Multi Sheet)

6754 [FM3 Equal 3rds:Fine Adj 2nd]

6-754-101 B4 SEF (Multi Sheet)

6-754-102 A4 SEF (Multi Sheet)

6-754-103 LG SEF (Multi Sheet)

[-4 to 4 / 0 / 0.2 mm]
6-754-104 LT SEF (Multi Sheet)

6-754-107 B5 SEF (Multi Sheet)

6-754-108 Custom (Multi Sheet)

6755 [FM4 3rds 1 Flap:Fine Adj 1st]

606
 Group 6000

6-755-101 A3 SEF (Multi Sheet)

6-755-102 B4 SEF (Multi Sheet)

6-755-103 A4 SEF (Multi Sheet)

6-755-104 DLT SEF (Multi Sheet)

6-755-105 LG SEF (Multi Sheet)

[ -4 to 4 / 0 / 0.2 mm]
6-755-106 LT SEF (Multi Sheet)

6-755-107 12"*18" (Multi Sheet)

6-755-108 8-kai (Multi Sheet)

6-755-109 B5 SEF (Multi Sheet)

6-755-110 Custom (Multi Sheet)

6756 [FM4 3rds 1 Flap:Fine Adj 2nd]

6-756-101 A3 SEF (Multi Sheet)

6-756-102 B4 SEF (Multi Sheet)

6-756-103 A4 SEF (Multi Sheet) [ -4 to 4 / 0 / 0.2 mm]

6-756-104 DLT SEF (Multi Sheet)

6-756-105 LG SEF (Multi Sheet)

6-756-106 LT SEF (Multi Sheet) [0 to 4 / 0 / 0.2 mm]

6-756-107 12"*18" (Multi Sheet)

6-756-108 8-kai (Multi Sheet)

[ -4 to 4 / 0 / 0.2 mm]
6-756-109 B5 SEF (Multi Sheet)

6-756-110 Custom (Multi Sheet)

6762 [Top Tray Full Set: Enable]

Sets whether to detect full-tray in folding unit.

607
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1]
6-762-001 0: Full Detection ON
1: Full Detection OFF

6763 [Top Tray Full Set: Limit Output]

Specifies the number of sheets that the machine prints when it detects that the folding
unit tray is full before displaying a warning message.
Increasing the number of sheets printed decreases warning messages, prevents the
machine from stopping printing, and so increases throughput.
A multi-sheet fold copy is counted as a single sheet.

6-763-001 [0 to 250 / 0 / 1]

[Sheet Conversion (Thick Paper)]

6800
Permits punching, including tab sheets.

[1 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
1: 1 pages
6-800-001 - CTL
2: 2 pages
3: 3 pages

[Ring Bind Sheet Conversion (Thick Paper)]

6810
-

[1 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
1: 1 pages
6-810-001 - CTL
2: 2 pages
3: 3 pages

608
 Group 6000

[Extra]

More than the standard number of sheets can be stapled. This SP sets the additional
number of sheets (This Setting + Standard Number = maximum number of sheets).
• If the number of the maximum for staples is increased, and the mechanical
6830 warranty of the unit can be guaranteed, then the setting can take effect without
changing the controller software.
• However, assurance that mechanical performance can be guaranteed is
required before changing the setting to increase the staple load for more than
the maximum in the feed/exit specifications. Raising this setting without quality
assurance could damage the machine.

6-830-001 Staples 0 to 50 (Initial: 0) *CTL [0 to 50 / 0 / 1/step]

Saddles 0 to 50 (Initial:
6-830-002 *CTL [0 to 50 / 0 / 1/step]
0)

Half-Fold 0 to 50 (Initial:
6-830-003 *CTL [0 to 50 / 0 / 1/step]
0)

Ring Binding 0 to 50
6-830-004 *CTL [0 to 50 / 0 / 1/step]
(Initial:0)

[Function Enabled]
6890
-

Z-Fold [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
6-890-001 0: No Punch 1: Punching *CTL 0: Simultaneous use forbidden
OK 1: Simultaneous use allowed

[0 or 1 / / 0 / 1/step]
Staple
6-890-002 *CTL 0: Simultaneous use forbidden
0: No Shift 1: Shift OK
1: Simultaneous use allowed

6900 [ADF Bottom Plate Setting]

609
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

This SP setting determines whether the bottom plate lift motor of the of the ADF
switches on when the original is set in the ADF original tray, or when the [Start] key is
pressed.
The ADF bottom plate lift motor raises the bottom plate that pushes up the original
tray and raises it to the optimum feed position.
0: At Original Set
1: At Start

6-900-001 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

610
 Group 7000

Group 7000
Data Log

7001 [Engine Drive Distance Counter]

7-001-001 Intermediate Transfer Belt [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

[Total SC]
7401
Displays the number of SC codes detected.

7-401-001 SC Counter *CTL [00000 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

7-401-002 Total SC Counter *CTL [00000 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

[SC History]
Logs the SC codes detected.
7403
The 10 most recently detected SC Codes are not displayed on the screen, but can
be seen on the SMC (logging) outputs.

7-403-001 Latest *CTL [00000 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

7-403-002 Latest 1 *CTL [00000 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

7-403-003 Latest 2 *CTL [00000 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

7-403-004 Latest 3 *CTL [00000 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

7-403-005 Latest 4 *CTL [00000 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

7-403-006 Latest 5 *CTL [00000 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

7-403-007 Latest 6 *CTL [00000 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

7-403-008 Latest 7 *CTL [00000 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

7-403-009 Latest 8 *CTL [00000 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

7-403-010 Latest 9 *CTL [00000 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

611
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[SC990 / SC991 History]

Logs the SC991 detected.
The 10 most recently detected SC991 are not displayed on the screen, but can be
7404 seen on the SMC (logging) outputs.

• If the same SC codes are detected continuously and total counter is not
increasing, it only logs once in case of deleting other SC code logs.

7-404-001 Latest *CTL [- / - / - ]

7-404-002 Latest 1 *CTL [- / - / - ]

7-404-003 Latest 2 *CTL [- / - / - ]

7-404-004 Latest 3 *CTL [- / - / - ]

7-404-005 Latest 4 *CTL [- / - / - ]

7-404-006 Latest 5 *CTL [- / - / - ]

7-404-007 Latest 6 *CTL [- / - / - ]

7-404-008 Latest 7 *CTL [- / - / - ]

7-404-009 Latest 8 *CTL [- / - / - ]

7-404-010 Latest 9 *CTL [- / - / - ]

[Total Paper Jam]

7502
Displays the total number of jams detected.

7-502-001 Jam Counter *CTL [00000 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

7-502-002 Total Jam Counter *CTL [00000 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

[Total Original Jam Counter]

7503
Displays the total number of original jams.

7-503-001 - *CTL [00000 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

7-503-002 Total Original Counter *CTL [00000 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

612
 Group 7000

[Paper Jam Location]

7504
Displays the number of jams according to the location where jams were detected.

7-504-001 At Power On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

1st Paper Feed Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-003 Late Error

2nd Paper Feed Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-004 Late Error

3rd Paper Feed Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-005 Late Error

4th Paper Feed Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-006 Late Error

5th Paper Feed Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-007 Late Error

6th Paper Feed Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-008 Late Error

1st Transport Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-009 Error

2nd Transport Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-010 Late Error

3rd Transport Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-011 Late Error

4th Transport Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-012 Error

5th Transport Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-013 Error

6th Transport Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-014 Error

Vertical Transport Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-015 Late Error

Bank Exit Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-016 (Simplex): Late Error

613
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Bank Exit Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-017 (Duplex): Late Error

Main Relay Sensor 1:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-018 Late Error

Main Relay Sensor 2:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-019 Late Error

Main Relay Sensor 3:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-020 Late Error

3rd Vertical Trans Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-021 (Upper): Late Error

3rd Vertical Trans Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-022 (Lower): Late Error

4th Vertical Trans Sn: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-023 Error

5th Vertical Trans Sn: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-024 Error

7-504-025 LCT Exit Sensor: Late Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

LCT Relay Sensor 1: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-026 Error

LCT Relay Sensor 2: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-027 Error

Regist Timing Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-028 (Main): Late Error

Regist Timing Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-029 (LCT): Late Error

7-504-030 Paper Late Jam *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Transfer Timing Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-031 Late Error

7-504-032 PTB Sensor: Late Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Fusing Unit Exit Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-033 Late Error

614
 Group 7000

Exit Unit Entrance Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-034 Late Error

7-504-035 Exit JG Sensor: Late Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-036 Exit Sensor: Late Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Exit Relay Sensor (2nd

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-038 Pass): Late Error

Exit Relay Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-039 (Duplex): Late Error

Duplex Invert Sn (1st

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-040 Pass): Late Error

Duplex Invert Sn (2nd

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-041 Pass): Late Error

Duplex Transport Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-042 1: Late Error

Duplex Transport Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-043 2: Late Error

Duplex Transport Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-044 3: Late Error

Duplex Transport Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-045 6: Late Error

Duplex Transport Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-046 7: Late Error

1st Paper Feed Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-053 Late Error

2nd Paper Feed Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-054 Late Error

3rd Paper Feed Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-055 Late Error

4th Paper Feed Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-056 Late Error

5th Paper Feed Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-057 Late Error

615
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6th Paper Feed Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-058 Late Error

1st Transport Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-059 Error

2nd Transport Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-060 Late Error

3rd Transport Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-061 Late Error

4th Transport Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-062 Error

5th Transport Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-063 Error

6th Transport Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-064 Error

Vertical Transport Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-065 Late Error

Bank Exit Sensor: Lag

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-066 Error

Main Relay Sensor 1:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-068 Late Error

Main Relay Sensor 2:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-069 Late Error

Main Relay Sensor 3:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-070 Late Error

3rd Vertical Trans Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-071 (Upper): Late Error

3rd Vertical Trans Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-072 (Lower): Late Error

4th Vertical Trans Sn: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-073 Error

5th Vertical Trans Sn: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-074 Error

616
 Group 7000

7-504-075 LCT Exit Sensor: Late Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

LCT Relay Sensor 1: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-076 Error

LCT Relay Sensor 2: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-077 Error

Registration Timing
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-078 Sensor: Lag Error

Sub Scan Regist

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-080 Correction: Lag Error

Transfer Timing Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-081 Late Error

7-504-082 PTB Sensor: Late Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Fusing Unit Exit Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-083 Late Error

Exit Unit Entrance Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-084 Late Error

7-504-085 Exit JG Sensor: Late Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-086 Exit Sensor: Late Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Exit Relay Sensor (1st

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-087 Pass): Lag Error

Exit Relay Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-089 (Duplex): Late Error

Duplex Invert Sn (1st

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-090 Pass): Late Error

Duplex Invert Sn (2nd

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-091 Pass): Late Error

Duplex Transport Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-092 1: Late Error

Duplex Transport Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-093 2: Late Error

617
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Duplex Transport Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-094 3: Late Error

Duplex Transport Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-095 6: Late Error

Duplex Transport Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-096 7: Late Error

7-504-097 Over Skew *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-098 Over Shift *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-099 Double-Feed *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-100 FIN:Door Open *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-101 FIN:Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-102 FIN:Unusable Paper *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-103 FIN:Internal Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

FIN:Entrance Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-104 (Late)

FIN:Entrance Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-105 (Stay on)

FIN:Proof Exit Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-106 (Late)

FIN:Proof Exit Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-107 (Stay on)

FIN:Shift Tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-108 (Late)

FIN:Shift Tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-109 (Stay on)

FIN:Staple tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-110 (Late)

FIN:Staple tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-111 (Stay on)

618
 Group 7000

FIN:Staple Tray Paper Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-112 (Late)

FIN:Staple Tray Paper Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-113 (Stay on)

7-504-114 FIN:Belt Feed Out Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

FIN:Booklet Stapler Exit

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-115 (Late)

FIN:Booklet Stapler Exit

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-116 (Stay on)

FIN:Booklet Stapler Exit

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-117 Sn (Late)

FIN:Booklet Stapler Exit

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-118 Sn (Stay on)

7-504-119 FIN:Transport *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-120 FIN:Shift Tray Lift Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-121 FIN:Jogger Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-122 FIN:Shift Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-123 FIN:Staple Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

FIN:Stack Feed Out Belt

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-124 Motor

7-504-125 FIN:Punch Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-126 FIN:Jogger *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

FIN:Pre-stack Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-127 Motor

7-504-128 FIN:Stack Transport *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-129 FIN:Booklet *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-130 FIN:Folder *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-150 Interposer:Door Open *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-151 Interposer:Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

619
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Interposer:Unusable
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-152 Paper

7-504-153 Interposer:Internal Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Interposer:1st Paper Feed

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-154 Sn (Late)

Interposer:1st Paper Feed

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-155 Sn (Stay on)

Interposer:2nd Paper
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-156 Feed Sn (Late)

Interposer:2nd Paper
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-157 Feed Sn (Stay on)

Interposer:1st Pullout
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-158 Sensor (Late)

Interposer:1st Pullout
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-159 Sensor (Stay on)

Interposer:2st Pullout
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-160 Sensor (Late)

Interposer:2st Pullout
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-161 Sensor (Stay on)

Interposer:1st Vertical
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-162 Trans Sn (Late)

Interposer:1st Vertical
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-163 Trans Sn (Stay on)

Interposer:2nd Vertical
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-164 Trans Sn (Late)

Interposer:2nd Vertical
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-165 Trans Sn (Stay on)

Interposer:Paper Exit
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-166 Sensor (Late)

Interposer:Paper Exit
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-167 Sensor (Stay on)

620
 Group 7000

Interposer:Entrance Sn
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-168 (Late)

Interposer:Entrance Sn
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-169 (Stay on)

Interposer:Exit Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-170 (Late)

Interposer:Exit Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-171 (Stay on)

Interposer:Set Timing Sn
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-172 (Late)

7-504-173 Interposer:1st Lift Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-174 Interposer:2nd Lift Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Interposer:1st Pick-up
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-175 Motor

Interposer:2nd Pick-up
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-176 Motor

Plockmatic:Book Binder
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-194 Jam

7-504-199 GBC:Punch Unit Jam *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-200 Trimmer:Door Open *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-201 Trimmer:Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-202 Trimmer:Unusable Paper *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-203 Trimmer:Internal Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Trimmer:Entrance Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-204 (Late)

Trimmer:Entrance Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-205 (Stay on)

Trimmer:Skew Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-206 (Late)

621
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Trimmer:Skew Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-207 (Stay on)

7-504-208 Trimmer:Exit Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Trimmer:Exit Sensor (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-209 on)

Trimmer:Cutter Motor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-210 Lock

Trimmer:Cut Position
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-211 Motor

7-504-212 Trimmer:Press Roller *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Trimmer:Press Stopper
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-213 Motor

7-504-214 Trimmer:Tray Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Interface Box:Job Data

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-220 Error

Interface Box:Unusable
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-221 Paper

Interface Box:Internal
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-222 Error

7-504-223 Interface Box:DFD Jam *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Interface Box:Emergency
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-224 Stop Jam

Interface Box:DFD
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-225 Communication Error

7-504-250 Folder:Door Open *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-251 Folder:Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-252 Folder:Unusable Paper *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-504-253 Folder:Internal Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Folder:Entrance Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-254 (Late)

622
 Group 7000

Folder:Entrance Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-504-255 (Stay on)

[Original Jam Detection] (Copier Model Only)

7505 Displays the total number of original jams according to the location where jams were
detected.

7-505-001 At Power On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

ARDF:Separation Sensor
7-505-013 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
(Late)

ARDF:Skew Correction
7-505-014 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensor (Late)

7-505-015 ARDF:Interval Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

ARDF:Registration Sensor
7-505-016 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
(Late)

7-505-017 ARDF:Exit Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

ARDF:Separation Sensor
7-505-063 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
(Stay on)

ARDF:Skew Correction
7-505-064 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensor (Stay on)

ARDF:Interval Sensor (Stay

7-505-065 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
on)

ARDF:Registration Sensor
7-505-066 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
(Stay on)

7-505-067 ARDF:Exit Sensor (Stay on) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-505-099 Double-Feed *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

ARDF:Original Removal
7-505-239 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
Jam

[Jam Count by Paper Size]

7506
Displays the number of jams according to the paper size.

7-506-005 A4 LEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

623
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-506-006 A5 LEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-506-014 B5 LEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-506-038 LT LEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-506-044 HLT LEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-506-132 A3 SEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-506-133 A4 SEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-506-134 A5 SEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-506-141 B4 SEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-506-142 B5 SEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-506-160 DLT SEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-506-164 LG SEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-506-166 LT SEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-506-172 HLT SEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-506-255 Others *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

[Plotter Jam History]

Displays the copy jam history (the most recent 10 jams)
Sample Display:
CODE:007
SIZE:05h
TOTAL:0000334
7507
DATE:Mon Mar 15 11:44:50 2000
where:
CODE is the SP7504-* number (see above).
SIZE is the ASAP paper size code in hex.
TOTAL is the total jam error count
DATE is the date the jams occurred.

7-507-001 Latest *CTL [- / - / -]

624
 Group 7000

7-507-002 Latest 1 *CTL [- / - / -]

7-507-003 Latest 2 *CTL [- / - / -]

7-507-004 Latest 3 *CTL [- / - / -]

7-507-005 Latest 4 *CTL [- / - / -]

7-507-006 Latest 5 *CTL [- / - / -]

7-507-007 Latest 6 *CTL [- / - / -]

7-507-008 Latest 7 *CTL [- / - / -]

7-507-009 Latest 8 *CTL [- / - / -]

7-507-010 Latest 9 *CTL [- / - / -]

[Original Jam History] (Copier Model Only)

Displays the original jam history of the transfer unit in groups of 10, starting with the
most recent 10 jams. Display contents are as follows:
CODE is the SP7-505-* number.
SIZE is the paper size code in hex. (See "Paper Size Hex Codes" below.)
TOTAL is the total jam error count (SP7003)
7508
DATE is the date the previous jam occurred
Sample Display:
CODE: 007
SIZE: 05h
TOTAL: 0000334
DATE: Mon Mar 15 11:44:50 2000

7-508-001 Latest *CTL [- / - / -]

7-508-002 Latest 1 *CTL [- / - / -]

7-508-003 Latest 2 *CTL [- / - / -]

7-508-004 Latest 3 *CTL [- / - / -]

7-508-005 Latest 4 *CTL [- / - / -]

7-508-006 Latest 5 *CTL [- / - / -]

7-508-007 Latest 6 *CTL [- / - / -]

625
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-508-008 Latest 7 *CTL [- / - / -]

7-508-009 Latest 8 *CTL [- / - / -]

7-508-010 Latest 9 *CTL [- / - / -]

Paper Size Hex Codes

These codes are displayed by SP7507 and SP7508.

Size Code Size Code Size Code

A4 (S) 05 A3 (L) 84 DLT (L) A0

A5 (S) 06 A4 (L) 85 LG (L) A4

B5 (S) 0E A5 (L) 86 LT (L) A6

LT (S) 26 B4 (L) 8D HLT (L) AC

HLT (S) 2C B5 (L) 8E Others FF

[Paper Jam Location]

7509 Displays the total number of jams according to the location where jams were
detected.

Folder:Top Tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-001 (Late)

Folder:Top Tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-002 (Stay on)

Folder:Horizontal Path Exit

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-003 Sn (Late)

Folder:Horizontal Path Exit

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-004 Sn (Stay on)

Folder:1st Stopper Paper

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-005 Sn (Late)

Folder:1st Stopper Paper

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-006 Sn (Stay on)

Folder:2nd Stopper Paper

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-007 Sn (Late)

626
 Group 7000

Folder:2nd Stopper Paper

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-008 Sn (Stay on)

Folder:3rd Stopper Paper

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-009 Sn (Late)

Folder:3rd Stopper Paper

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-010 Sn (Stay on)

7-509-011 Folder:Registration Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Folder:Top Tray Paper Path

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-012 Sensor

7-509-013 Folder:Entrance JG Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-014 Folder:Stopper 1 Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-015 Folder:Stopper 2 Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-016 Folder:Stopper 3 Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Folder:Dynamic Roller Lift

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-017 Motor

Folder:Regist. Roller
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-018 Release Motor

7-509-019 Folder:Fold Plate Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-020 Folder:Jogger Fence Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Folder:Direct Send JG
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-021 Motor

7-509-022 Folder:FM6 JG Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Buffer:Transport Sensor 1
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-025 (Late)

Buffer:Transport Sensor 1
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-026 (Stay on)

Buffer:Transport Sensor 2
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-027 (Late)

Buffer:Transport Sensor 2
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-028 (Stay on)

627
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Buffer:Transport Sensor 3
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-029 (Late)

Buffer:Transport Sensor 3
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-030 (Stay on)

Buffer:Transport Sensor 4
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-031 (Late)

Buffer:Transport Sensor 4
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-032 (Stay on)

Buffer:Transport Sensor 5
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-033 (Late)

Buffer:Transport Sensor 5
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-034 (Stay on)

Buffer:Transport Sensor 6
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-035 (Late)

Buffer:Transport Sensor 6
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-036 (Stay on)

Buffer:Transport Sensor 7
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-037 (Late)

Buffer:Transport Sensor 7
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-038 (Stay on)

Buffer:Transport Sensor 8
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-039 (Late)

Buffer:Transport Sensor 8
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-040 (Stay on)

7-509-041 Buffer:Door Open *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-042 Buffer:Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-043 Buffer:Unusable Paper *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-044 Buffer:Internal Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Stacker1:Entrance Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-045 (Late)

628
 Group 7000

Stacker1:Entrance Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-046 (Stay on)

Stacker1:Proof Tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-047 (Late)

Stacker1:Proof Tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-048 (Stay on)

Stacker1:Stack Tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-049 (Late)

Stacker1:Stack Tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-050 (Stay on)

Stacker1:Relay Path
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-051 Sensor (Late)

Stacker1:Relay Path
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-052 Sensor (Stay on)

7-509-053 Stacker1:Exit Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Stacker1:Exit Sensor (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-054 on)

Stacker1:Shift Tray JG
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-055 Motor

Stacker1:Proof Tray JG
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-056 Motor

7-509-057 Stacker1:Shift Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Stacker1:Main Jog. Front

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-058 Fence Motor

Stacker1:Main Jog. Rear

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-059 Fence Motor

Stacker1:Main Jog. Fence

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-060 Retraction Motor

Stacker1:Sub Jogger
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-061 Fence Motor

7-509-062 Stacker1:LE Stopper Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

629
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-509-063 Stacker1:Tray Lift Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-064 Stacker1:Door Open *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-065 Stacker1:Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-066 Stacker1:Unusable Paper *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-067 Stacker1:Internal Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Stacker2:Entrance Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-070 (Late)

Stacker2:Entrance Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-071 (Stay on)

Stacker2:Proof Tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-072 (Late)

Stacker2:Proof Tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-073 (Stay on)

Stacker2:Stack Tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-074 (Late)

Stacker2:Stack Tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-075 (Stay on)

Stacker2:Relay Path
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-076 Sensor (Late)

Stacker2:Relay Path
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-077 Sensor (Stay on)

7-509-078 Stacker2:Exit Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Stacker2:Exit Sensor (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-079 on)

Stacker2:Shift Tray JG
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-080 Motor

Stacker2:Proof Tray JG
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-081 Motor

7-509-082 Stacker2:Shift Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

630
 Group 7000

Stacker2:Main Jog. Front

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-083 Fence Motor

Stacker2:Main Jog. Rear

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-084 Fence Motor

Stacker2:Main Jog. Fence

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-085 Retraction Motor

Stacker2:Sub Jogger
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-086 Fence Motor

7-509-087 Stacker2:LE Stopper Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-088 Stacker2:Tray Lift Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-089 Stacker2:Door Open *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-090 Stacker2:Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-091 Stacker2:Unusable Paper *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-092 Stacker2:Internal Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

R-Binder:Entrance Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-095 (Late)

R-Binder:Entrance Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-096 (Stay on)

R-Binder:Transport Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-097 (Late)

R-Binder:Transport Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-098 (Stay on)

7-509-099 R-Binder:Exit Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

R-Binder:Exit Sensor (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-100 on)

R-Binder:Pre-Punch
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-101 Reference Sensor

R-Binder:Post-Punch
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-102 Reference Sensor

631
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

R-Binder:Paper LE Detect
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-103 Sn (Stay on)

R-Binder:Paper LE Detect
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-104 Sn (Late)

R-Binder:Rings Reversed
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-105 Sensor

R-Binder:Binder Unit HP
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-106 Sensor

R-Binder:Output Unit
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-107 Entrance Sensor

7-509-108 R-Binder:Book Pass Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

R-Binder:Stack Height
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-109 Sensor

7-509-110 R-Binder:Punch Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-111 R-Binder:Shutter Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

R-Binder:Alignment Pin
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-112 Motor

7-509-113 R-Binder:Paper Jog Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

R-Binder:Alignment Pin
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-114 Error

7-509-115 R-Binder:Clamp Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

R-Binder:50/100 Clamp
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-116 Adjust Motor

R-Binder:Output Belt
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-117 Rotation Motor

7-509-118 R-Binder:Door Open *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-119 R-Binder:Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-120 R-Binder:Unusable Paper *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-121 R-Binder:Internal Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

632
 Group 7000

P-Binder:Horizontal Exit Sn
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-125 (Late)

P-Binder:Horizontal Exit Sn
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-126 (Stay on)

P-Binder:Cover Regist. Sn:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-127 SB (Late)

P-Binder:Cover Regist. Sn:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-128 SB (Stay on)

P-Binder:Cover Hori.
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-129 Sn:Small (Late)

P-Binder:Cover Hori.
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-130 Sn:Small (Stay on)

P-Binder:Cover Hori.
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-131 Sn:Large (Late)

P-Binder:Cover Hori.
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-132 Sn:Large (Stay on)

P-Binder:Entrance Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-133 (Late)

P-Binder:Entrance Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-134 (Stay on)

P-Binder:Signature Path Sn
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-135 1 (Late)

P-Binder:Signature Path Sn
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-136 1 (Stay on)

P-Binder:Signature Path Sn
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-137 2 (Late)

P-Binder:Signature Path Sn
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-138 2 (Stay on)

P-Binder:Timing Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-139 (Late)

P-Binder:Timing Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-140 (Stay on)

633
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

P-Binder:Tray Empty
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-141 Sensor (Late)

P-Binder:Tray Empty
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-142 Sensor (Stay on)

P-Binder:Sub Grip
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-143 Signature Sensor

P-Binder:Cover Path
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-144 Sensor 1 (Late)

P-Binder:Cover Path
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-145 Sensor 1 (Stay on)

P-Binder:Cover Path
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-146 Sensor 2 (Late)

P-Binder:Cover Path
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-147 Sensor 2 (Stay on)

P-Binder:Cover
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-148 Registration Sn (Late)

P-Binder:Cover
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-149 Registration Sn (Stay on)

P-Binder:Paper Size
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-150 Mismatch

7-509-151 P-Binder:Cover Size Short *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-152 P-Binder:Trim Width Over *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-153 P-Binder:Finish Size Over *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

P-Binder:Inserter Paper
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-154 Size Mismatch

P-Binder:Vertical Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-155 Sn 1 (Late)

P-Binder:Vertical Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-156 Sn 1 (Stay on)

P-Binder:Paper Feed Sn: U-

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-157 Tray (Late)

634
 Group 7000

P-Binder:Paper Feed Sn: U-

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-158 Tray (Stay on)

P-Binder:Paper Feed Sn: L-

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-159 Tray (Late)

P-Binder:Paper Feed Sn: L-

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-160 Tray (Stay on)

P-Binder:Regist. Sn: U-Tray

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-161 (Late)

P-Binder:Regist. Sn: U-Tray

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-162 (Stay on)

P-Binder:Regist. Sn: L-Tray

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-163 (Late)

P-Binder:Regist. Sn: L-Tray

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-164 (Stay on)

P-Binder:Inserter Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-165 Sn (Late)

P-Binder:Inserter Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-166 Sn (Stay on)

7-509-167 P-Binder:Door Open *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-168 P-Binder:Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-169 P-Binder:Unusable Paper *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-509-170 P-Binder:Internal Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

LCT1:U-Tray:Paper Feed
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-175 Sensor

LCT1:L-Tray:Paper Feed
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-176 Sensor

LCT1:U-Tray:Paper
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-177 Transport Sensor

LCT1:L-Tray:Paper
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-178 Transport Sensor

635
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

LCT1:U-Tray:Vertical
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-179 Transport Sensor

LCT1:L-Tray:Vertical
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-180 Transport Sensor

LCT1:Bypass:Vertical
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-181 Transport Sensor

7-509-182 LCT1:Exit Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

LCT1:Relay Unit:Entrance
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-183 Sensor

LCT1:Relay Unit:Exit
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-184 Sensor

LCT1:Relay Unit:Hori.
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-185 Trans. Entrance Sn

LCT1:Relay Unit:Hori.
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-186 Trans. Relay Sn

LCT1:Relay Unit:Hori.
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-187 Trans. Exit Sn

LCT2:U-Tray:Paper Feed
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-190 Sensor

LCT2:L-Tray:Paper Feed
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-191 Sensor

LCT2:U-Tray:Paper
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-192 Transport Sensor

LCT2:L-Tray:Paper
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-193 Transport Sensor

LCT2:U-Tray:Vertical
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-194 Transport Sensor

LCT2:L-Tray:Vertical
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-195 Transport Sensor

7-509-197 LCT2:Exit Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

LCT2:Relay Unit:Entrance
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-198 Sensor

636
 Group 7000

LCT2:Relay Unit:Exit
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-199 Sensor

LCT2:Relay Unit:Hori.
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-200 Trans. Entrance Sn

LCT2:Relay Unit:Hori.
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-201 Trans. Relay Sn

LCT2:Relay Unit:Hori.
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-202 Trans. Exit Sn

LCT3:U-Tray:Paper Feed
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-205 Sensor

LCT3:L-Tray:Paper Feed
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-206 Sensor

LCT3:U-Tray:Paper
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-207 Transport Sensor

LCT3:L-Tray:Paper
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-208 Transport Sensor

LCT3:U-Tray:Vertical
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-209 Transport Sensor

LCT3:L-Tray:Vertical
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-210 Transport Sensor

7-509-212 LCT3:Exit Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

LCT1:U-Tray:Paper Feed
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-215 Sensor

LCT1:L-Tray:Paper Feed
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-216 Sensor

LCT1:U-Tray:Paper
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-217 Transport Sensor

LCT1:L-Tray:Paper
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-218 Transport Sensor

LCT1:U-Tray:Vertical
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-219 Transport Sensor

637
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

LCT1:L-Tray:Vertical
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-220 Transport Sensor

LCT1:Bypass:Vertical
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-221 Transport Sensor

7-509-222 LCT1:Exit Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

LCT1:Relay Unit:Entrance
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-223 Sensor

LCT1:Relay Unit:Exit
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-224 Sensor

LCT1:Relay Unit:Hori.
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-225 Trans. Entrance Sn

LCT1:Relay Unit:Hori.
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-226 Trans. Relay Sn

LCT1:Relay Unit:Hori.
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-227 Trans. Exit Sn

LCT2:U-Tray:Paper Feed
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-230 Sensor

LCT2:L-Tray:Paper Feed
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-231 Sensor

LCT2:U-Tray:Paper
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-232 Transport Sensor

LCT2:L-Tray:Paper
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-233 Transport Sensor

LCT2:U-Tray:Vertical
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-234 Transport Sensor

LCT2:L-Tray:Vertical
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-235 Transport Sensor

7-509-237 LCT2:Exit Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

LCT2:Relay Unit:Entrance
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-238 Sensor

LCT2:Relay Unit:Exit
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-239 Sensor

638
 Group 7000

LCT2:Relay Unit:Hori.
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-240 Trans. Entrance Sn

LCT2:Relay Unit:Hori.
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-241 Trans. Relay Sn

LCT2:Relay Unit:Hori.
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-242 Trans. Exit Sn

LCT3:U-Tray:Paper Feed
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-245 Sensor

LCT3:L-Tray:Paper Feed
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-246 Sensor

LCT3:U-Tray:Paper
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-247 Transport Sensor

LCT3:L-Tray:Paper
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-248 Transport Sensor

LCT3:U-Tray:Vertical
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-249 Transport Sensor

LCT3:L-Tray:Vertical
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-250 Transport Sensor

7-509-252 LCT3:Exit Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Finisher:No Response at
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-509-255 Paper Exit

[Paper Jam Count by Location]

7514 Displays the total number of jams according to the location where jams were
detected.

7-514-001 At Power On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

1st Paper Feed Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-003 Error

2nd Paper Feed Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-004 Error

3rd Paper Feed Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-005 Error

639
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

4th Paper Feed Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-006 Error

5th Paper Feed Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-007 Error

6th Paper Feed Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-008 Error

1st Transport Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-009 Error

2nd Transport Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-010 Error

3rd Transport Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-011 Error

4th Transport Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-012 Error

5th Transport Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-013 Error

6th Transport Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-014 Error

Vertical Transport Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-015 Late Error

Bank Exit Sensor (Simplex):

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-016 Late Error

Bank Exit Sensor (Duplex):

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-017 Late Error

Main Relay Sensor 1: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-018 Error

Main Relay Sensor 2: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-019 Error

Main Relay Sensor 3: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-020 Error

3rd Vertical Trans Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-021 (Upper): Late Error

640
 Group 7000

3rd Vertical Trans Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-022 (Lower): Late Error

4th Vertical Trans Sn: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-023 Error

5th Vertical Trans Sn: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-024 Error

7-514-025 LCT Exit Sensor: Late Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

LCT Relay Sensor 1: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-026 Error

LCT Relay Sensor 2: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-027 Error

Regist Timing Sensor (Main):

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-028 Late Error

Regist Timing Sensor (LCT):

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-029 Late Error

7-514-030 Paper Late Jam *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Transfer Timing Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-031 Error

7-514-032 PTB Sensor: Late Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Fusing Unit Exit Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-033 Error

Exit Unit Entrance Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-034 Late Error

7-514-035 Exit JG Sensor: Late Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-036 Exit Sensor: Late Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Exit Relay Sensor (2nd Pass):

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-038 Late Error

Exit Relay Sensor (Duplex):

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-039 Late Error

Duplex Invert Sn (1st Pass):

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-040 Late Error

641
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Duplex Invert Sn (2nd Pass):

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-041 Late Error

Duplex Transport Sensor 1:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-042 Late Error

Duplex Transport Sensor 2:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-043 Late Error

Duplex Transport Sensor 3:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-044 Late Error

Duplex Transport Sensor 6:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-045 Late Error

Duplex Transport Sensor 7:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-046 Late Error

1st Paper Feed Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-053 Error

2nd Paper Feed Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-054 Error

3rd Paper Feed Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-055 Error

4th Paper Feed Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-056 Error

5th Paper Feed Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-057 Error

6th Paper Feed Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-058 Error

1st Transport Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-059 Error

2nd Transport Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-060 Error

3rd Transport Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-061 Error

4th Transport Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-062 Error

642
 Group 7000

5th Transport Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-063 Error

6th Transport Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-064 Error

Vertical Transport Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-065 Late Error

7-514-066 Bank Exit Sensor: Lag Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Main Relay Sensor 1: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-068 Error

Main Relay Sensor 2: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-069 Error

Main Relay Sensor 3: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-070 Error

3rd Vertical Trans Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-071 (Upper): Late Error

3rd Vertical Trans Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-072 (Lower): Late Error

4th Vertical Trans Sn: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-073 Error

5th Vertical Trans Sn: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-074 Error

7-514-075 LCT Exit Sensor: Late Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

LCT Relay Sensor 1: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-076 Error

LCT Relay Sensor 2: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-077 Error

Registration Timing Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-078 Lag Error

Sub Scan Regist Correction:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-080 Lag Error

Transfer Timing Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-081 Error

643
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-514-082 PTB Sensor: Late Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Fusing Unit Exit Sensor: Late

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-083 Error

Exit Unit Entrance Sensor:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-084 Late Error

7-514-085 Exit JG Sensor: Late Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-086 Exit Sensor: Late Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Exit Relay Sensor (1st Pass):

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-087 Lag Error

Exit Relay Sensor (Duplex):

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-089 Late Error

Duplex Invert Sn (1st Pass):

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-090 Late Error

Duplex Invert Sn (2nd Pass):

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-091 Late Error

Duplex Transport Sensor 1:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-092 Late Error

Duplex Transport Sensor 2:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-093 Late Error

Duplex Transport Sensor 3:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-094 Late Error

Duplex Transport Sensor 6:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-095 Late Error

Duplex Transport Sensor 7:

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-096 Late Error

7-514-097 Over Skew *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-098 Over Shift *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-099 Double-Feed *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-100 FIN:Door Open *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-101 FIN:Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

644
 Group 7000

7-514-102 FIN:Unusable Paper *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-103 FIN:Internal Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-104 FIN:Entrance Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

FIN:Entrance Sensor (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-105 on)

7-514-106 FIN:Proof Exit Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

FIN:Proof Exit Sensor (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-107 on)

7-514-108 FIN:Shift Tray Exit Sn (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

FIN:Shift Tray Exit Sn (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-109 on)

7-514-110 FIN:Staple tray Exit Sn (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

FIN:Staple tray Exit Sn (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-111 on)

FIN:Staple Tray Paper Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-112 (Late)

FIN:Staple Tray Paper Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-113 (Stay on)

7-514-114 FIN:Belt Feed Out Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

FIN:Booklet Stapler Exit

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-115 (Late)

FIN:Booklet Stapler Exit (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-116 on)

FIN:Booklet Stapler Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-117 (Late)

FIN:Booklet Stapler Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-118 (Stay on)

7-514-119 FIN:Transport *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-120 FIN:Shift Tray Lift Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-121 FIN:Jogger Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

645
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-514-122 FIN:Shift Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-123 FIN:Staple Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

FIN:Stack Feed Out Belt

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-124 Motor

7-514-125 FIN:Punch Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-126 FIN:Jogger *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

FIN:Pre-stack Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-127 Motor

7-514-128 FIN:Stack Transport *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-129 FIN:Booklet *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-130 FIN:Folder *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-150 Interposer:Door Open *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-151 Interposer:Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-152 Interposer:Unusable Paper *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-153 Interposer:Internal Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Interposer:1st Paper Feed Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-154 (Late)

Interposer:1st Paper Feed Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-155 (Stay on)

Interposer:2nd Paper Feed

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-156 Sn (Late)

Interposer:2nd Paper Feed

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-157 Sn (Stay on)

Interposer:1st Pullout Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-158 (Late)

Interposer:1st Pullout Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-159 (Stay on)

Interposer:2st Pullout Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-160 (Late)

646
 Group 7000

Interposer:2st Pullout Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-161 (Stay on)

Interposer:1st Vertical Trans

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-162 Sn (Late)

Interposer:1st Vertical Trans

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-163 Sn (Stay on)

Interposer:2nd Vertical Trans

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-164 Sn (Late)

Interposer:2nd Vertical Trans

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-165 Sn (Stay on)

Interposer:Paper Exit Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-166 (Late)

Interposer:Paper Exit Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-167 (Stay on)

7-514-168 Interposer:Entrance Sn (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Interposer:Entrance Sn (Stay
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-169 on)

7-514-170 Interposer:Exit Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Interposer:Exit Sensor (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-171 on)

Interposer:Set Timing Sn
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-172 (Late)

7-514-173 Interposer:1st Lift Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-174 Interposer:2nd Lift Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-175 Interposer:1st Pick-up Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-176 Interposer:2nd Pick-up Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-194 Plockmatic:Book Binder Jam *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-199 GBC:Punch Unit Jam *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-200 Trimmer:Door Open *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-201 Trimmer:Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

647
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-514-202 Trimmer:Unusable Paper *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-203 Trimmer:Internal Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Trimmer:Entrance Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-204 (Late)

Trimmer:Entrance Sensor
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-205 (Stay on)

7-514-206 Trimmer:Skew Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Trimmer:Skew Sensor (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-207 on)

7-514-208 Trimmer:Exit Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-209 Trimmer:Exit Sensor (Stay on) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-210 Trimmer:Cutter Motor Lock *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-211 Trimmer:Cut Position Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-212 Trimmer:Press Roller *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-213 Trimmer:Press Stopper Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-214 Trimmer:Tray Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-220 Interface Box:Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Interface Box:Unusable
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-221 Paper

7-514-222 Interface Box:Internal Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-223 Interface Box:DFD Jam *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Interface Box:Emergency
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-224 Stop Jam

Interface Box:DFD
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-225 Communication Error

7-514-250 Folder:Door Open *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-251 Folder:Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-252 Folder:Unusable Paper *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

648
 Group 7000

7-514-253 Folder:Internal Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

7-514-254 Folder:Entrance Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

Folder:Entrance Sensor (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7-514-255 on)

[Original Jam Count by Detection] (Copier Model only)

7515
Displays the number of original jams detected.

7-515-001 At Power On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

ARDF:Separation Sensor
7-515-013 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
(Late)

ARDF:Skew Correction
7-515-014 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensor (Late)

7-515-015 ARDF:Interval Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

ARDF:Registration Sensor
7-515-016 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
(Late)

7-515-017 ARDF:Exit Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

ARDF:Separation Sensor
7-515-063 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
(Stay on)

ARDF:Skew Correction
7-515-064 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensor (Stay on)

ARDF:Interval Sensor (Stay

7-515-065 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
on)

ARDF:Registration Sensor
7-515-066 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
(Stay on)

7-515-067 ARDF:Exit Sensor (Stay on) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-515-099 Double-Feed *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

ARDF:Original Removal
7-515-239 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
Jam

[Paper Size Jam Count]

7516
Displays the number of jams according to the paper size.

649
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-516-005 A4 LEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-516-006 A5 LEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-516-014 B5 LEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-516-038 LT LEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-516-044 HLT LEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-516-132 A3 SEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-516-133 A4 SEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-516-134 A5 SEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-516-141 B4 SEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-516-142 B5 SEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-516-160 DLT SEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-516-164 LG SEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-516-166 LT SEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-516-172 HLT SEF *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-516-255 Others *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

[Paper Jam Count by Location]

7519 Displays the total number of jams according to the location where jams were
detected.

7-519-001 Folder:Top Tray Exit Sn (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Folder:Top Tray Exit Sn (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-002 on)

Folder:Horizontal Path Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-003 (Late)

Folder:Horizontal Path Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-004 (Stay on)

Folder:1st Stopper Paper Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-005 (Late)

650
 Group 7000

Folder:1st Stopper Paper Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-006 (Stay on)

Folder:2nd Stopper Paper Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-007 (Late)

Folder:2nd Stopper Paper Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-008 (Stay on)

Folder:3rd Stopper Paper Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-009 (Late)

Folder:3rd Stopper Paper Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-010 (Stay on)

7-519-011 Folder:Registration Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Folder:Top Tray Paper Path

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-012 Sensor

7-519-013 Folder:Entrance JG Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-014 Folder:Stopper 1 Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-015 Folder:Stopper 2 Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-016 Folder:Stopper 3 Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-017 Folder:Dynamic Roller Lift Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Folder:Regist. Roller Release

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-018 Motor

7-519-019 Folder:Fold Plate Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-020 Folder:Jogger Fence Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-021 Folder:Direct Send JG Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-022 Folder:FM6 JG Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-025 Buffer:Transport Sensor 1 (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Buffer:Transport Sensor 1 (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-026 on)

7-519-027 Buffer:Transport Sensor 2 (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

651
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Buffer:Transport Sensor 2 (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-028 on)

7-519-029 Buffer:Transport Sensor 3 (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Buffer:Transport Sensor 3 (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-030 on)

7-519-031 Buffer:Transport Sensor 4 (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Buffer:Transport Sensor 4 (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-032 on)

7-519-033 Buffer:Transport Sensor 5 (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Buffer:Transport Sensor 5 (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-034 on)

7-519-035 Buffer:Transport Sensor 6 (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Buffer:Transport Sensor 6 (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-036 on)

7-519-037 Buffer:Transport Sensor 7 (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Buffer:Transport Sensor 7 (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-038 on)

7-519-039 Buffer:Transport Sensor 8 (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Buffer:Transport Sensor 8 (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-040 on)

7-519-041 Buffer:Door Open *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-042 Buffer:Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-043 Buffer:Unusable Paper *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-044 Buffer:Internal Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-045 Stacker1:Entrance Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Stacker1:Entrance Sensor (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-046 on)

Stacker1:Proof Tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-047 (Late)

652
 Group 7000

Stacker1:Proof Tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-048 (Stay on)

Stacker1:Stack Tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-049 (Late)

Stacker1:Stack Tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-050 (Stay on)

Stacker1:Relay Path Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-051 (Late)

Stacker1:Relay Path Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-052 (Stay on)

7-519-053 Stacker1:Exit Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-054 Stacker1:Exit Sensor (Stay on) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-055 Stacker1:Shift Tray JG Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-056 Stacker1:Proof Tray JG Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-057 Stacker1:Shift Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Stacker1:Main Jog. Front Fence

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-058 Motor

Stacker1:Main Jog. Rear Fence

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-059 Motor

Stacker1:Main Jog. Fence

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-060 Retraction Motor

Stacker1:Sub Jogger Fence

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-061 Motor

7-519-062 Stacker1:LE Stopper Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-063 Stacker1:Tray Lift Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-064 Stacker1:Door Open *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-065 Stacker1:Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-066 Stacker1:Unusable Paper *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-067 Stacker1:Internal Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

653
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-519-070 Stacker2:Entrance Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Stacker2:Entrance Sensor (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-071 on)

Stacker2:Proof Tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-072 (Late)

Stacker2:Proof Tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-073 (Stay on)

Stacker2:Stack Tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-074 (Late)

Stacker2:Stack Tray Exit Sn

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-075 (Stay on)

Stacker2:Relay Path Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-076 (Late)

Stacker2:Relay Path Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-077 (Stay on)

7-519-078 Stacker2:Exit Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-079 Stacker2:Exit Sensor (Stay on) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-080 Stacker2:Shift Tray JG Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-081 Stacker2:Proof Tray JG Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-082 Stacker2:Shift Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Stacker2:Main Jog. Front Fence

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-083 Motor

Stacker2:Main Jog. Rear Fence

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-084 Motor

Stacker2:Main Jog. Fence

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-085 Retraction Motor

Stacker2:Sub Jogger Fence

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-086 Motor

7-519-087 Stacker2:LE Stopper Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-088 Stacker2:Tray Lift Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

654
 Group 7000

7-519-089 Stacker2:Door Open *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-090 Stacker2:Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-091 Stacker2:Unusable Paper *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-092 Stacker2:Internal Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-095 R-Binder:Entrance Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

R-Binder:Entrance Sensor (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-096 on)

7-519-097 R-Binder:Transport Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

R-Binder:Transport Sensor (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-098 on)

7-519-099 R-Binder:Exit Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-100 R-Binder:Exit Sensor (Stay on) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

R-Binder:Pre-Punch Reference
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-101 Sensor

R-Binder:Post-Punch Reference
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-102 Sensor

R-Binder:Paper LE Detect Sn
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-103 (Stay on)

R-Binder:Paper LE Detect Sn
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-104 (Late)

7-519-105 R-Binder:Rings Reversed Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-106 R-Binder:Binder Unit HP Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

R-Binder:Output Unit Entrance

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-107 Sensor

7-519-108 R-Binder:Book Pass Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-109 R-Binder:Stack Height Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-110 R-Binder:Punch Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-111 R-Binder:Shutter Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

655
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-519-112 R-Binder:Alignment Pin Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-113 R-Binder:Paper Jog Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-114 R-Binder:Alignment Pin Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-115 R-Binder:Clamp Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

R-Binder:50/100 Clamp Adjust

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-116 Motor

R-Binder:Output Belt Rotation

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-117 Motor

7-519-118 R-Binder:Door Open *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-119 R-Binder:Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-120 R-Binder:Unusable Paper *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-121 R-Binder:Internal Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

P-Binder:Horizontal Exit Sn
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-125 (Late)

P-Binder:Horizontal Exit Sn
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-126 (Stay on)

P-Binder:Cover Regist. Sn: SB

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-127 (Late)

P-Binder:Cover Regist. Sn: SB

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-128 (Stay on)

P-Binder:Cover Hori. Sn:Small

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-129 (Late)

P-Binder:Cover Hori. Sn:Small

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-130 (Stay on)

P-Binder:Cover Hori. Sn:Large

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-131 (Late)

P-Binder:Cover Hori. Sn:Large

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-132 (Stay on)

7-519-133 P-Binder:Entrance Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

656
 Group 7000

P-Binder:Entrance Sensor (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-134 on)

P-Binder:Signature Path Sn 1
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-135 (Late)

P-Binder:Signature Path Sn 1
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-136 (Stay on)

P-Binder:Signature Path Sn 2
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-137 (Late)

P-Binder:Signature Path Sn 2
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-138 (Stay on)

7-519-139 P-Binder:Timing Sensor (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

P-Binder:Timing Sensor (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-140 on)

P-Binder:Tray Empty Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-141 (Late)

P-Binder:Tray Empty Sensor

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-142 (Stay on)

P-Binder:Sub Grip Signature

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-143 Sensor

P-Binder:Cover Path Sensor 1

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-144 (Late)

P-Binder:Cover Path Sensor 1

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-145 (Stay on)

P-Binder:Cover Path Sensor 2

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-146 (Late)

P-Binder:Cover Path Sensor 2

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-147 (Stay on)

P-Binder:Cover Registration Sn
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-148 (Late)

P-Binder:Cover Registration Sn
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-149 (Stay on)

7-519-150 P-Binder:Paper Size Mismatch *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

657
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-519-151 P-Binder:Cover Size Short *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-152 P-Binder:Trim Width Over *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-153 P-Binder:Finish Size Over *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

P-Binder:Inserter Paper Size

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-154 Mismatch

P-Binder:Vertical Transport Sn 1
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-155 (Late)

P-Binder:Vertical Transport Sn 1
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-156 (Stay on)

P-Binder:Paper Feed Sn: U-Tray

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-157 (Late)

P-Binder:Paper Feed Sn: U-Tray

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-158 (Stay on)

P-Binder:Paper Feed Sn: L-Tray

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-159 (Late)

P-Binder:Paper Feed Sn: L-Tray

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-160 (Stay on)

P-Binder:Regist. Sn: U-Tray

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-161 (Late)

P-Binder:Regist. Sn: U-Tray

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-162 (Stay on)

7-519-163 P-Binder:Regist. Sn: L-Tray (Late) *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

P-Binder:Regist. Sn: L-Tray (Stay

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-164 on)

P-Binder:Inserter Transport Sn
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-165 (Late)

P-Binder:Inserter Transport Sn
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-166 (Stay on)

7-519-167 P-Binder:Door Open *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-168 P-Binder:Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

658
 Group 7000

7-519-169 P-Binder:Unusable Paper *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-170 P-Binder:Internal Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-175 LCT1:U-Tray:Paper Feed Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-176 LCT1:L-Tray:Paper Feed Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

LCT1:U-Tray:Paper Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-177 Sensor

LCT1:L-Tray:Paper Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-178 Sensor

LCT1:U-Tray:Vertical Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-179 Sensor

LCT1:L-Tray:Vertical Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-180 Sensor

LCT1:Bypass:Vertical Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-181 Sensor

7-519-182 LCT1:Exit Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

LCT1:Relay Unit:Entrance
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-183 Sensor

7-519-184 LCT1:Relay Unit:Exit Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

LCT1:Relay Unit:Hori. Trans.

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-185 Entrance Sn

LCT1:Relay Unit:Hori. Trans.

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-186 Relay Sn

LCT1:Relay Unit:Hori. Trans. Exit

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-187 Sn

7-519-190 LCT2:U-Tray:Paper Feed Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-191 LCT2:L-Tray:Paper Feed Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

LCT2:U-Tray:Paper Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-192 Sensor

LCT2:L-Tray:Paper Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-193 Sensor

659
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

LCT2:U-Tray:Vertical Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-194 Sensor

LCT2:L-Tray:Vertical Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-195 Sensor

7-519-197 LCT2:Exit Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

LCT2:Relay Unit:Entrance
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-198 Sensor

7-519-199 LCT2:Relay Unit:Exit Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

LCT2:Relay Unit:Hori. Trans.

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-200 Entrance Sn

LCT2:Relay Unit:Hori. Trans.

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-201 Relay Sn

LCT2:Relay Unit:Hori. Trans. Exit

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-202 Sn

7-519-205 LCT3:U-Tray:Paper Feed Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-206 LCT3:L-Tray:Paper Feed Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

LCT3:U-Tray:Paper Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-207 Sensor

LCT3:L-Tray:Paper Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-208 Sensor

LCT3:U-Tray:Vertical Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-209 Sensor

LCT3:L-Tray:Vertical Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-210 Sensor

7-519-212 LCT3:Exit Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-215 LCT1:U-Tray:Paper Feed Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-216 LCT1:L-Tray:Paper Feed Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

LCT1:U-Tray:Paper Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-217 Sensor

660
 Group 7000

LCT1:L-Tray:Paper Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-218 Sensor

LCT1:U-Tray:Vertical Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-219 Sensor

LCT1:L-Tray:Vertical Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-220 Sensor

LCT1:Bypass:Vertical Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-221 Sensor

7-519-222 LCT1:Exit Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

LCT1:Relay Unit:Entrance
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-223 Sensor

7-519-224 LCT1:Relay Unit:Exit Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

LCT1:Relay Unit:Hori. Trans.

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-225 Entrance Sn

LCT1:Relay Unit:Hori. Trans.

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-226 Relay Sn

LCT1:Relay Unit:Hori. Trans. Exit

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-227 Sn

7-519-230 LCT2:U-Tray:Paper Feed Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-231 LCT2:L-Tray:Paper Feed Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

LCT2:U-Tray:Paper Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-232 Sensor

LCT2:L-Tray:Paper Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-233 Sensor

LCT2:U-Tray:Vertical Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-234 Sensor

LCT2:L-Tray:Vertical Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-235 Sensor

7-519-237 LCT2:Exit Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

LCT2:Relay Unit:Entrance
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-238 Sensor

661
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-519-239 LCT2:Relay Unit:Exit Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

LCT2:Relay Unit:Hori. Trans.

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-240 Entrance Sn

LCT2:Relay Unit:Hori. Trans.

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-241 Relay Sn

LCT2:Relay Unit:Hori. Trans. Exit

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-242 Sn

7-519-245 LCT3:U-Tray:Paper Feed Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-519-246 LCT3:L-Tray:Paper Feed Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

LCT3:U-Tray:Paper Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-247 Sensor

LCT3:L-Tray:Paper Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-248 Sensor

LCT3:U-Tray:Vertical Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-249 Sensor

LCT3:L-Tray:Vertical Transport
*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-250 Sensor

7-519-252 LCT3:Exit Sensor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Finisher:No Response at Paper

*CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
7-519-255 Exit

[Update Log]
7520 Displays error history of firmware update in the past 10 times. [-001] is the latest error
history, and [-010] is the most old error history.

7-520-001 ErrorRecord1 *CTL [1 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

7-520-002 ErrorRecord2 *CTL [1 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

7-520-003 ErrorRecord3 *CTL [1 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

7-520-004 ErrorRecord4 *CTL [1 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

7-520-005 ErrorRecord5 *CTL [1 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

7-520-006 ErrorRecord6 *CTL [1 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

662
 Group 7000

7-520-007 ErrorRecord7 *CTL [1 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

7-520-008 ErrorRecord8 *CTL [1 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

7-520-009 ErrorRecord9 *CTL [1 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

7-520-010 ErrorRecord10 *CTL [1 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

[Paper Kind Jam]

7521 Jam counter for each paper type.
It counts for each paper type when paper jam has occurred.

7-521-001 Normal *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-002 Recycle *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-003 Special *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-004 Tracing *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-005 OHP *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-006 Label *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-007 Bond *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-008 Cardstock *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-009 Glossy *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-010 Used *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-011 Film *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-012 Inkpost *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-013 HG Normal *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-014 Envelope *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-015 Photo *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-016 Coating *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-017 Special2 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-018 Special3 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

663
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-521-019 Post *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-020 Glossy Think *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-021 Special4 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-022 Special5 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-023 Special6 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-024 Coating2 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-025 Coating3 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-026 Coating Glossy *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-027 Coating Matte *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-028 Water Proof *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-029 Coating High Glossy *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-030 Ink Normal *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-031 Tracing Mono *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-032 Tracing Color *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-033 Matte Film *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-034 Coating Cad *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-035 Photo Glossy *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-036 Uneven *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-037 Magnet *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-038 Metallic Pearl *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-039 Clear File *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-040 Synthetic *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-041 NCR *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-521-255 Others *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

664
 Group 7000

[Paper Thick Jam]

7522 Jam counters for each paper weight.
It counts for each paper weight when paper jam has occurred.

7-522-001 Paper Thick 0 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-522-002 Paper Thick 1 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-522-003 Paper Thick 2 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-522-004 Paper Thick 3 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-522-005 Paper Thick 4 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-522-006 Paper Thick 5 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-522-007 Paper Thick 6 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-522-008 Paper Thick 7 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-522-009 Paper Thick 8 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-522-010 Paper Thick 9 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-522-255 Others *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

[Paper Kind Jam Count]

7531 Total jam counter for each paper type.
It counts for each paper type when paper jam has occurred.

7-531-001 Normal *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-002 Recycle *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-003 Special *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-004 Tracing *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-005 OHP *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-006 Label *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-007 Bond *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-008 Cardstock *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-009 Glossy *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

665
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-531-010 Used *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-011 Film *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-012 Inkpost *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-013 HG Normal *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-014 Envelope *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-015 Photo *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-016 Coating *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-017 Special2 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-018 Special3 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-019 Post *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-020 Glossy Think *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-021 Special4 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-022 Special5 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-023 Special6 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-024 Coating2 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-025 Coating3 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-026 Coating Glossy *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-027 Coating Matte *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-028 Water Proof *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-029 Coating High Glossy *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-030 Ink Normal *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-031 Tracing Mono *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-032 Tracing Color *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-033 Matte Film *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-034 Coating Cad *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-035 Photo Glossy *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

666
 Group 7000

7-531-036 Uneven *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-037 Magnet *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-038 Metallic Pearl *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-039 Clear File *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-040 Synthetic *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-041 NCR *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-531-255 Others *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

[Paper Thick Jam Count]

7532 Total jam counters for each paper weight.
It counts for each paper weight when paper jam has occurred.

7-532-001 Paper Thick 0 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-532-002 Paper Thick 1 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-532-003 Paper Thick 2 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-532-004 Paper Thick 3 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-532-005 Paper Thick 4 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-532-006 Paper Thick 5 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-532-007 Paper Thick 6 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-532-008 Paper Thick 7 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-532-009 Paper Thick 8 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-532-010 Paper Thick 9 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-532-255 Others *CTL [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

7617 [PM Parts Counter Display]

7-617-001 Normal *CTL [0000 to 9999999 / 0 / 1/step ]

667
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

It counts up after paper ejected.

Under the @Remote, when SP5-514-001 (PartsAlermlev: Normal) and
SP5-515-008 (SC/Alarm Setting: Alarm Notice) are set to “1: ON”, the machine
issues “Parts Alarm: Transfer Paper” to the @Remote center if the counter reached to
the number of SP5-513-001.

7-617-002 Df *CTL [0000 to 9999999 / 0 / 1/step]

It counts up after scanning the document.

Under the @Remote, when SP5-514-002 (PartsAlermlev: Df) and SP5-515-008
(SC/Alarm Setting: Alarm Notice) are set to “1: ON”, the machine issues “Parts
Alarm: Transfer Paper” to the @Remote center if the counter reached to the number
of SP5-513-002.

[PM Parts Counter Reset]

7618
-

[- / - / - ]
[Execute]
7-618-001 Normal *CTL Clears the counter of SP7617-001. Push
[Execute] to clear the parts replacement
alarm counter for the main machine.

[- / - / - ]
[Execute]
7-618-002 Df *CTL Clears the counter of SP7617-002. Push
[Execute] to clear the parts replacement
alarm counter for the ADF.

7621 [PM Counter] [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

7622 [Reset] [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

001 #Development Unit(Bk) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

002 Developer(Bk) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

003 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Bk) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

005 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Bk) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

006 PCU CL(Bk):Cleaning Blade [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

668
 Group 7000

007 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

008 PCU CL(Bk):Lubricant [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

009 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Blade [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

010 PCU CL(Bk):Joint [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

011 PCU CL(Bk):Gears [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

012 PCU CL(Bk):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

013 PCU CL(Bk):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

015 #Charger Unit(Bk) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

016 #Photoconductor Unit(Bk) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

018 #Development Unit(C) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

019 Developer(C) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

020 Development Unit:Vent Filter(C) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

022 #PCU Cleaning Unit(C) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

023 PCU CL(C):Cleaning Blade [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

024 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

025 PCU CL(C):Lubricant [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

026 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Blade [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

027 PCU CL(C):Joint [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

028 PCU CL(C):Gears [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

029 PCU CL(C):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

030 PCU CL(C):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

032 #Charger Unit(C) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

033 #Photoconductor Unit(C) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

035 #Development Unit(M) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

036 Developer(M) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

037 Development Unit:Vent Filter(M) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

669
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

039 #PCU Cleaning Unit(M) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

040 PCU CL(M):Cleaning Blade [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

041 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

042 PCU CL(M):Lubricant [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

043 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Blade [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

044 PCU CL(M):Joint [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

045 PCU CL(M):Gears [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

046 PCU CL(M):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

047 PCU CL(M):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

049 #Charger Unit(M) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

050 #Photoconductor Unit(M) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

052 #Development Unit(Y) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

053 Developer(Y) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

054 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Y) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

056 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Y) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

057 PCU CL(Y):Cleaning Blade [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

058 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

059 PCU CL(Y):Lubricant [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

060 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Blade [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

061 PCU CL(Y):Joint [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

062 PCU CL(Y):Gears [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

063 PCU CL(Y):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

064 PCU CL(Y):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

066 #Charger Unit(Y) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

067 #Photoconductor Unit(Y) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

069 #Development Unit(S) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

670
 Group 7000

070 Developer(S) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

071 Development Unit:Vent Filter(S) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

073 #PCU Cleaning Unit(S) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

074 PCU CL(S):Cleaning Blade [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

075 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

076 PCU CL(S):Lubricant [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

077 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Blade [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

078 PCU CL(S):Joint [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

079 PCU CL(S):Gears [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

080 PCU CL(S):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

081 PCU CL(S):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

083 #Charger Unit(S) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

084 #Photoconductor Unit(S) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

086 #Intermediate Transfer Belt [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

087 #Image Transfer Roller(Bk) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

088 #Image Transfer Roller(C) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

089 #Image Transfer Roller(M) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

090 #Image Transfer Roller(Y) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

091 #Image Transfer Roller(S) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

092 #Paper Transfer Counter Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

093 #ITB Cleaning Unit [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

094 ITB CL Unit:Cleaning Blade [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

095 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

096 ITB CL Unit:Lubricant [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

097 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Blade [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

099 #Paper Transfer Unit [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

671
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

100 Paper Transfer Unit:Discharger [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

101 Paper Transfer Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

102 Paper Transfer Unit:CL Blade [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

103 Paper Transfer Unit:Lubricant [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

106 #Fuser Unit [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

107 Fuser Unit:Belt [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

108 Fuser Unit:Fuse Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

109 Fuser Unit:FuseR:Bearings [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

110 Fuser Unit:Pressure Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

111 Fuser Unit:PressR:Bearings [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

115 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

116 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Spring Plate [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

118 #Ozone Filter:Main [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

119 Ozone Filter [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

120 Ozone Filter:C/T BOX [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

121 #Dust Proof Filter:Main [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

122 Filter:Prevent Fence [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

123 Filter:Duct [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

124 Filter:Absorb Dust Sub-Unit [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

131 #Tray1 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

132 Tray1:Pickup Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

133 Tray1:Feed Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

134 Tray1:Separate Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

136 #Tray2 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

137 Tray2:Pickup Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

138 Tray2:Feed Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

672
 Group 7000

139 Tray2:Separate Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

141 #3-Tray LCT:Tray3 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

142 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Pickup Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

143 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

144 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Separate Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

146 #3-Tray LCT:Tray4 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

147 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Pickup Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

148 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

149 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Separate Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

151 #3-Tray LCT:Tray5 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

152 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Pickup Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

153 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

154 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Separate Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

156 #Bypass Tray [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

157 Bypass Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

158 Bypass Tray:Feed Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

159 Bypass Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

161 #Interposer Upper Tray [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

162 Interposer Upper Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

163 Interposer Upper Tray:Feed Belt [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

164 Interposer Upper Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

166 #Interposer Lower Tray [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

167 Interposer Lower Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

168 Interposer Lower Tray:Feed Belt [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

169 Interposer Lower Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

171 #ADF [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

673
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

172 ADF:Feed Belt [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

173 ADF:Pickup Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

174 ADF:Separate Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

176 #2-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Belt [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

177 #2-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Belt [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

178 #2-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Belt [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

179 #2-Tray LCT:Tray6:Feed Belt [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

180 #2-Tray LCT:Tray7:Feed Belt [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

181 #2-Tray LCT:Tray8:Feed Belt [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

183 #Trimming Unit [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

184 #Trimmings Catcher [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

185 #Rotation Clamp Pad [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

186 #Stack Rotation Vibrating Plate [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

187 #Switchback Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

188 #Ripple Idle Roller (Center) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

189 #Ripple Idle Rollers [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

190 #TE Press Roller (large) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

191 #TE Press Roller (Small) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

192 #Spine Fold Harness (right) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

193 #Spine Fold Harness (left) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

194 #Signature Transport Harness [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

195 #Stack Rotation Up-down Harness [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

196 #Stack Rotation Grip Harness [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

197 #Stack Rotate Press LED Harness [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

198 #Pick-up Roller Upper [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

199 #Separation Roller Upper [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

674
 Group 7000

200 #Feed Roller Upper [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

201 #Pick-up Roller Lower [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

202 #Separation Roller Lower [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

203 #Feed Roller Lower [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

204 #Blade Cradle [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

205 #Switchback Torque Limiter [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

206 #Deodorant Filter (Upper&Lower) [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

207 #Cover Feed Switchback Roller [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

208 #Jogger Motor [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

209 #Main Grip Motor [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

210 #Signature Thickness Sensor [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

211 #Signature Rotate Torque Diode [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

212 #Trimmings Buffer Motor [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

213 #Signature Press Trq Lmt Clutch [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

215 #Ball Screw Unit [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

216 #Sign/Stacking Discharge Brush [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

217 #Horizontal/Reg Discharge Brush [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

218 #Booklet Stack Drawer Connector [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

219 #Edge Press Plate Sproket Ass'y [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

7623 [Standard Value]

Sets the standard values of PM counter end.

7-623-002 Developer(Bk) [0 to 99999999 / 99999999 / 1 ]

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-003 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Bk) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 900000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 1000000

675
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-005 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Bk) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-006 PCU CL(Bk):Cleaning Blade *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-007 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Roller *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-008 PCU CL(Bk):Lubricant *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-009 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Blade *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-010 PCU CL(Bk):Joint *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-011 PCU CL(Bk):Gears *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-012 PCU CL(Bk):CL Blade:Side Seal *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-013 PCU CL(Bk):Lub Blade:Side Seal *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-015 #Charger Unit(Bk) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

676
 Group 7000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-016 #Photoconductor Unit(Bk) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 1700000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 1880000

7-623-019 Developer(C) [0 to 99999999 / 99999999 / 1 ]

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-020 Development Unit:Vent Filter(C) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 900000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 1000000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-022 #PCU Cleaning Unit(C) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-023 PCU CL(C):Cleaning Blade *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-024 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Roller *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-025 PCU CL(C):Lubricant *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-026 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Blade *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-027 PCU CL(C):Joint *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-028 PCU CL(C):Gears *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

677
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-029 PCU CL(C):CL Blade:Side Seal *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-030 PCU CL(C):Lub Blade:Side Seal *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-032 #Charger Unit(C) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-033 #Photoconductor Unit(C) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 1700000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 1880000

7-623-036 Developer(M) [0 to 99999999 / 99999999 / 1 ]

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-037 Development Unit:Vent Filter(M) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 900000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 1000000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-039 #PCU Cleaning Unit(M) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-040 PCU CL(M):Cleaning Blade *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-041 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Roller *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-042 PCU CL(M):Lubricant *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

678
 Group 7000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-043 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Blade *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-044 PCU CL(M):Joint *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-045 PCU CL(M):Gears *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-046 PCU CL(M):CL Blade:Side Seal *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-047 PCU CL(M):Lub Blade:Side Seal *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-049 #Charger Unit(M) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-050 #Photoconductor Unit(M) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 1700000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 1880000

7-623-053 Developer(Y) [0 to 99999999 / 99999999 / 1 ]

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-054 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Y) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 900000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 1000000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-056 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Y) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

679
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-057 PCU CL(Y):Cleaning Blade *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-058 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Roller *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-059 PCU CL(Y):Lubricant *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-060 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Blade *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-061 PCU CL(Y):Joint *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-062 PCU CL(Y):Gears *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-063 PCU CL(Y):CL Blade:Side Seal *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-064 PCU CL(Y):Lub Blade:Side Seal *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-066 #Charger Unit(Y) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-067 #Photoconductor Unit(Y) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 1700000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 1880000

680
 Group 7000

7-623-070 Developer(S) [0 to 99999999 / 99999999 / 1 ]

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-071 Development Unit:Vent Filter(S) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 900000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 1000000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-073 #PCU Cleaning Unit(S) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-074 PCU CL(S):Cleaning Blade *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-075 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Roller *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-076 PCU CL(S):Lubricant *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-077 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Blade *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-078 PCU CL(S):Joint *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-079 PCU CL(S):Gears *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-080 PCU CL(S):CL Blade:Side Seal *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

681
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-081 PCU CL(S):Lub Blade:Side Seal *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-083 #Charger Unit(S) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-084 #Photoconductor Unit(S) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 1700000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 1880000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-086 #Intermediate Transfer Belt *D194, D203, M195, M207: 1700000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 1880000

7-623-087 #Image Transfer Roller(Bk)

7-623-088 #Image Transfer Roller(C)

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-089 #Image Transfer Roller(M) *D194, D203, M195, M207: 1800000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 2000000
7-623-090 #Image Transfer Roller(Y)

7-623-091 #Image Transfer Roller(S)

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-092 #Paper Transfer Counter Roller *D194, D203, M195, M207: 1200000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 1300000

7-623-093 #ITB Cleaning Unit

7-623-094 ITB CL Unit:Cleaning Blade

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-095 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Roller *D194, D203, M195, M207: 600000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 670000
7-623-096 ITB CL Unit:Lubricant

7-623-097 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Blade

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-099 #Paper Transfer Unit *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

682
 Group 7000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-100 Paper Transfer Unit:Discharger *D194, D203, M195, M207: 600000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 670000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-101 Paper Transfer Roller *D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-102 Paper Transfer Unit:CL Blade *D194, D203, M195, M207: 600000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 670000

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-103 Paper Transfer Unit:Lubricant *D194, D203, M195, M207: 450000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 500000

7-623-106 #Fuser Unit [0 to 99999999 / 900000 / 1 ]

7-623-107 Fuser Unit:Belt [0 to 99999999 / 900000 / 1 ]

7-623-108 Fuser Unit:Fuse Roller [0 to 99999999 / 900000 / 1 ]

7-623-109 Fuser Unit:FuseR:Bearings [0 to 99999999 / 900000 / 1 ]

7-623-110 Fuser Unit:Pressure Roller [0 to 99999999 / 1200000 / 1 ]

7-623-111 Fuser Unit:PressR:Bearings [0 to 99999999 / 1200000 / 1 ]

7-623-112 #Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller [0 to 99999999 / 490000 / 1 ]

7-623-113 #Fuser Cleaning Unit [0 to 99999999 / 600000 / 1 ]

7-623-114 Fuser Cleaning Unit:web [0 to 99999999 / 600000 / 1 ]

7-623-115 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Roller [0 to 99999999 / 830000 / 1 ]

7-623-116 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Spring Plate [0 to 99999999 / 900000 / 1 ]

7-623-118 #Ozone Filter:Main

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-119 Ozone Filter *D194, D203, M195, M207: 1200000
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 1300000
7-623-120 Ozone Filter:C/T BOX

683
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-623-121 #Dust Proof Filter:Main

[0 to 99999999 / * / 1 ]
7-623-122 Filter:Prevent Fence
*D194, D203, M195, M207: 400000
7-623-123 Filter:Duct
*D195, D204, M196, M208: 440000
7-623-124 Filter:Absorb Dust Sub-Unit

7-623-131 #Tray1 [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 ]

7-623-132 Tray1:Pickup Roller [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 ]

7-623-133 Tray1:Feed Roller [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 ]

7-623-134 Tray1:Separate Roller [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 ]

7-623-136 #Tray2 [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 ]

7-623-137 Tray2:Pickup Roller [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 ]

7-623-138 Tray2:Feed Roller [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 ]

7-623-139 Tray2:Separate Roller [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 ]

7-623-141 #3-Tray LCT:Tray3 [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1 ]

7-623-142 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Pickup Roller [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1 ]

7-623-143 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Roller [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1 ]

7-623-144 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Separate Roller [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1 ]

7-623-146 #3-Tray LCT:Tray4 [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1 ]

7-623-147 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Pickup Roller [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1 ]

7-623-148 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Roller [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1 ]

7-623-149 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Separate Roller [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1 ]

7-623-151 #3-Tray LCT:Tray5 [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1 ]

7-623-152 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Pickup Roller [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1 ]

7-623-153 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Roller [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1 ]

7-623-154 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Separate Roller [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1 ]

7-623-156 #Bypass Tray [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 ]

7-623-157 Bypass Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 ]

684
 Group 7000

7-623-158 Bypass Tray:Feed Roller [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 ]

7-623-159 Bypass Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 ]

7-623-161 #Interposer Upper Tray [0 to 99999999 / 60000 / 1 ]

Interposer Upper Tray:Pickup

7-623-162 [0 to 99999999 / 60000 / 1 ]
Roller

7-623-163 Interposer Upper Tray:Feed Belt [0 to 99999999 / 60000 / 1 ]

Interposer Upper Tray:Separate

7-623-164 [0 to 99999999 / 60000 / 1 ]
Roller

7-623-166 #Interposer Lower Tray [0 to 99999999 / 60000 / 1 ]

Interposer Lower Tray:Pickup

7-623-167 [0 to 99999999 / 60000 / 1 ]
Roller

7-623-168 Interposer Lower Tray:Feed Belt [0 to 99999999 / 60000 / 1 ]

Interposer Lower Tray:Separate

7-623-169 [0 to 99999999 / 60000 / 1 ]
Roller

7-623-171 #ADF [0 to 99999999 / 120000 / 1 ]

7-623-172 ADF:Feed Belt [0 to 99999999 / 120000 / 1 ]

7-623-173 ADF:Pickup Roller [0 to 99999999 / 120000 / 1 ]

7-623-174 ADF:Separate Roller [0 to 99999999 / 120000 / 1 ]

7-623-176 #2-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Belt [0 to 99999999 / 7000000 / 1 ]

7-623-177 #2-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Belt [0 to 99999999 / 7000000 / 1 ]

7-623-178 #2-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Belt [0 to 99999999 / 7000000 / 1 ]

7-623-179 #2-Tray LCT:Tray6:Feed Belt [0 to 99999999 / 7000000 / 1 ]

7-623-180 #2-Tray LCT:Tray7:Feed Belt [0 to 99999999 / 7000000 / 1 ]

7-623-181 #2-Tray LCT:Tray8:Feed Belt [0 to 99999999 / 7000000 / 1 ]

7-623-183 #Trimming Unit [0 to 99999999 / 40000 / 1 ]

7-623-184 #Trimmings Catcher [0 to 99999999 / 40000 / 1 ]

7-623-185 #Rotation Clamp Pad [0 to 99999999 / 40000 / 1 ]

685
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-623-186 #Stack Rotation Vibrating Plate [0 to 99999999 / 40000 / 1 ]

7-623-187 #Switchback Roller [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 ]

7-623-188 #Ripple Idle Roller (Center) [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 ]

7-623-189 #Ripple Idle Rollers [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 ]

7-623-190 #TE Press Roller (large) [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 ]

7-623-191 #TE Press Roller (Small) [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 ]

7-623-192 #Spine Fold Harness (right) [0 to 99999999 / 120000 / 1 ]

7-623-193 #Spine Fold Harness (left) [0 to 99999999 / 120000 / 1 ]

7-623-194 #Signature Transport Harness [0 to 99999999 / 120000 / 1 ]

#Stack Rotation Up-down

7-623-195 [0 to 99999999 / 120000 / 1 ]
Harness

7-623-196 #Stack Rotation Grip Harness [0 to 99999999 / 120000 / 1 ]

7-623-197 #Stack Rotate Press LED Harness [0 to 99999999 / 120000 / 1 ]

7-623-198 #Pick-up Roller Upper [0 to 99999999 / 100000 / 1 ]

7-623-199 #Separation Roller Upper [0 to 99999999 / 100000 / 1 ]

7-623-200 #Feed Roller Upper [0 to 99999999 / 100000 / 1 ]

7-623-201 #Pick-up Roller Lower [0 to 99999999 / 100000 / 1 ]

7-623-202 #Separation Roller Lower [0 to 99999999 / 100000 / 1 ]

7-623-203 #Feed Roller Lower [0 to 99999999 / 100000 / 1 ]

7-623-204 #Blade Cradle [0 to 99999999 / 5500 / 1 ]

7-623-205 #Switchback Torque Limiter [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 ]

7-623-206 #Deodorant Filter (Upper&Lower) [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 ]

7-623-207 #Cover Feed Switchback Roller [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 / 1 ]

7-623-208 #Jogger Motor [0 to 99999999 / 15000000 / 1 ]

7-623-209 #Main Grip Motor [0 to 99999999 / 100000 / 1 ]

7-623-210 #Signature Thickness Sensor [0 to 99999999 / 50000 / 1 ]

686
 Group 7000

7-623-211 #Signature Rotate Torque Diode [0 to 99999999 / 50000 / 1 ]

7-623-212 #Trimmings Buffer Motor [0 to 99999999 / 50000 / 1 ]

7-623-213 #Signature Press Trq Lmt Clutch [0 to 99999999 / 50000 / 1 ]

7-623-215 #Ball Screw Unit [0 to 99999999 / 200000 / 1 ]

7-623-216 #Sign/Stacking Discharge Brush [0 to 99999999 / 2000000 / 1 ]

7-623-217 #Horizontal/Reg Discharge Brush [0 to 99999999 / 2000000 / 1 ]

7-623-218 #Booklet Stack Drawer Connector [0 to 99999999 / 20000 / 1 ]

7-623-219 #Edge Press Plate Sproket Ass'y [0 to 99999999 / 150000 / 1 ]

SP7624
RTB 155
[Pg Count History:Latest 1]
7625
Displays PM Counter History: Latest 1.

[Pg Count History: Latest 2]

7626
Displays PM Counter History: Latest 2.

1 #Development Unit(Bk) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

2 Developer(Bk) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

3 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Bk) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

5 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Bk) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

6 PCU CL(Bk):Cleaning Blade [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

7 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

8 PCU CL(Bk):Lubricant [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

9 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Blade [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

10 PCU CL(Bk):Joint [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

11 PCU CL(Bk):Gears [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

12 PCU CL(Bk):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

13 PCU CL(Bk):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

15 #Charger Unit(Bk) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

687
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

16 #Photoconductor Unit(Bk) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

18 #Development Unit(C) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

19 Developer(C) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

20 Development Unit:Vent Filter(C) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

22 #PCU Cleaning Unit(C) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

23 PCU CL(C):Cleaning Blade [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

24 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

25 PCU CL(C):Lubricant [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

26 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Blade [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

27 PCU CL(C):Joint [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

28 PCU CL(C):Gears [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

29 PCU CL(C):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

30 PCU CL(C):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

32 #Charger Unit(C) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

33 #Photoconductor Unit(C) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

35 #Development Unit(M) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

36 Developer(M) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

37 Development Unit:Vent Filter(M) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

39 #PCU Cleaning Unit(M) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

40 PCU CL(M):Cleaning Blade [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

41 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

42 PCU CL(M):Lubricant [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

43 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Blade [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

44 PCU CL(M):Joint [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

45 PCU CL(M):Gears [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

46 PCU CL(M):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

688
 Group 7000

47 PCU CL(M):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

49 #Charger Unit(M) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

50 #Photoconductor Unit(M) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

52 #Development Unit(Y) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

53 Developer(Y) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

54 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Y) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

56 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Y) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

57 PCU CL(Y):Cleaning Blade [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

58 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

59 PCU CL(Y):Lubricant [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

60 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Blade [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

61 PCU CL(Y):Joint [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

62 PCU CL(Y):Gears [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

63 PCU CL(Y):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

64 PCU CL(Y):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

66 #Charger Unit(Y) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

67 #Photoconductor Unit(Y) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

69 #Development Unit(S) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

70 Developer(S) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

71 Development Unit:Vent Filter(S) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

73 #PCU Cleaning Unit(S) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

74 PCU CL(S):Cleaning Blade [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

75 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

76 PCU CL(S):Lubricant [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

77 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Blade [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

78 PCU CL(S):Joint [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

689
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

79 PCU CL(S):Gears [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

80 PCU CL(S):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

81 PCU CL(S):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

83 #Charger Unit(S) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

84 #Photoconductor Unit(S) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

86 #Intermediate Transfer Belt [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

87 #Image Transfer Roller(Bk) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

88 #Image Transfer Roller(C) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

89 #Image Transfer Roller(M) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

90 #Image Transfer Roller(Y) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

91 #Image Transfer Roller(S) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

92 #Paper Transfer Counter Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

93 #ITB Cleaning Unit [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

94 ITB CL Unit:Cleaning Blade [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

95 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

96 ITB CL Unit:Lubricant [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

97 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Blade [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

99 #Paper Transfer Unit [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

100 Paper Transfer Unit:Discharger [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

101 Paper Transfer Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

102 Paper Transfer Unit:CL Blade [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

103 Paper Transfer Unit:Lubricant [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

106 #Fuser Unit [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

107 Fuser Unit:Belt [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

108 Fuser Unit:Fuse Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

109 Fuser Unit:FuseR:Bearings [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

690
 Group 7000

110 Fuser Unit:Pressure Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

111 Fuser Unit:PressR:Bearings [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

115 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

116 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Spring Plate [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

118 #Ozone Filter:Main [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

119 Ozone Filter [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

120 Ozone Filter:C/T BOX [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

121 #Dust Proof Filter:Main [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

122 Filter:Prevent Fence [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

123 Filter:Duct [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

124 Filter:Absorb Dust Sub-Unit [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

131 #Tray1 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

132 Tray1:Pickup Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

133 Tray1:Feed Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

134 Tray1:Separate Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

136 #Tray2 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

137 Tray2:Pickup Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

138 Tray2:Feed Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

139 Tray2:Separate Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

141 #3-Tray LCT:Tray3 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

142 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Pickup Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

143 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

144 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Separate Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

146 #3-Tray LCT:Tray4 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

147 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Pickup Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

148 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

691
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

149 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Separate Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

151 #3-Tray LCT:Tray5 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

152 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Pickup Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

153 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

154 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Separate Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

156 #Bypass Tray [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

157 Bypass Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

158 Bypass Tray:Feed Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

159 Bypass Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

161 #Interposer Upper Tray [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

162 Interposer Upper Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

163 Interposer Upper Tray:Feed Belt [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

164 Interposer Upper Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

166 #Interposer Lower Tray [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

167 Interposer Lower Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

168 Interposer Lower Tray:Feed Belt [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

169 Interposer Lower Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

171 #ADF [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

172 ADF:Feed Belt [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

173 ADF:Pickup Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

174 ADF:Separate Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

176 #2-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Belt [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

177 #2-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Belt [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

178 #2-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Belt [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

179 #2-Tray LCT:Tray6:Feed Belt [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

180 #2-Tray LCT:Tray7:Feed Belt [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

692
 Group 7000

181 #2-Tray LCT:Tray8:Feed Belt [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

183 #Trimming Unit [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

184 #Trimmings Catcher [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

185 #Rotation Clamp Pad [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

186 #Stack Rotation Vibrating Plate [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

187 #Switchback Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

188 #Ripple Idle Roller (Center) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

189 #Ripple Idle Rollers [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

190 #TE Press Roller (large) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

191 #TE Press Roller (Small) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

192 #Spine Fold Harness (right) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

193 #Spine Fold Harness (left) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

194 #Signature Transport Harness [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

195 #Stack Rotation Up-down Harness [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

196 #Stack Rotation Grip Harness [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

197 #Stack Rotate Press LED Harness [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

198 #Pick-up Roller Upper [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

199 #Separation Roller Upper [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

200 #Feed Roller Upper [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

201 #Pick-up Roller Lower [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

202 #Separation Roller Lower [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

203 #Feed Roller Lower [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

204 #Blade Cradle [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

205 #Switchback Torque Limiter [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

206 #Deodorant Filter (Upper&Lower) [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

207 #Cover Feed Switchback Roller [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

693
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

208 #Jogger Motor [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

209 #Main Grip Motor [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

210 #Signature Thickness Sensor [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

211 #Signature Rotate Torque Diode [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

212 #Trimmings Buffer Motor [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

213 #Signature Press Trq Lmt Clutch [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

215 #Ball Screw Unit [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

216 #Sign/Stacking Discharge Brush [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

217 #Horizontal/Reg Discharge Brush [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

218 #Booklet Stack Drawer Connector [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

219 #Edge Press Plate Sproket Ass'y [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1]

7628 [Clear PM Counter]

Clears PM Counters.

7-628-002 Reset All Counts [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

Do this SP to clear all PM counts, including those that have not exceeded their limits.

7710 [Output Page Counter: Display]

Displays output page counter.

It counts up every imaging process and no matter if there is no image.

7-710-001 K

7-710-002 C

7-710-003 M [0 to 4000000000 / 0 / 1 page]

7-710-004 Y

7-710-005 S

7720 [Average Img Coverage: Disp]

694
 Group 7000

Displays the average of image coverage.

7-720-001 K

7-720-002 C

7-720-003 M [0 to 100 / 0 / 0.01 %]

7-720-004 Y

7-720-005 S

7801 [ROM No./Firmware Version]

Displays the serial number and the ROM version for each unit or peripheral.

ROM No.

7-801-002 Engine [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-005 ADF [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-007 FIN1 [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-008 FIN2 [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-010 LCT [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-020 Cover Interposer [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-025 Folding Unit [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-028 LCT2 [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-029 RingBinder Main [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-030 RingBinder Sub [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-031 P-Binder_Relay [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-032 P-Binder_Master [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-033 P-Binder_Insert [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-034 P-Binder_Slave [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-035 P-Binder_Cutter [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-036 Stacker [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

695
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-801-037 Stacker 2 [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-039 Buffer Pass Unit [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-042 TDCU [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-043 LCT3 [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-044 3rd-Party Peripheral I/F Box [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

[Firmware Version]

7-801-102 Engine [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-105 ADF [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-107 FIN1 [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-108 FIN2 [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-110 LCT [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-120 Cover Interposer [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-125 Folding Unit [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-128 LCT2 [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-129 RingBinder Main [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-130 RingBinder Sub [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-131 P-Binder_Relay [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-132 P-Binder_Master [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-133 P-Binder_Insert [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-134 P-Binder_Slave [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-135 P-Binder_Cutter [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-136 Stacker [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-137 Stacker 2 [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-139 Buffer Pass Unit [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-142 TDCU [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

7-801-143 LCT3 [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

696
 Group 7000

7-801-144 3rd-Party Peripheral I/F Box [0 to 0 / 0 / 0 ]

[ROM No./ Firmware Version]

7801
Displays firmware information for main machine and all other connected devices.

7-801-255 - CTL -

[PM Counter Display]

Displays the number of sheets printed for each current maintenance unit.
PM counters click up based on the number of A4 (LT) LEF size sheets printed.
7803 Therefore, the A3 (DLT) Double Count is activated. The Double Count cannot be
deactivated.
When a unit is replaced, the machine automatically detects that the new unit is
installed.

7-803-001 Paper *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1/step]

[PM Counter Reset]

7804 Clears the PM counter.
Press [EXECUTE] to reset the PM count.

[- / - / - ]
7-804-001 Paper CTL
[Execute]

[SC/Jam Counter Reset]

7807
Clears the counters related to SC codes and paper jams.

[- / - / - ]
7-807-001 - CTL
[Execute]

[MF Error Counter]

7826
Displays the number of counts requested of the card/key counter.

[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-826-001 Error Total *CTL A request for the count total failed at
power on. This error will occur if the device
is installed but disconnected.

697
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1/step]

7-826-002 Error Staple *CTL The request for a staple count failed at
power on. This error will occur if the device
is installed but disconnected.

[MF Error Counter Clear]

7827 Clears MF Error Counter.
Only valid when the MK-1 has been connected.

[- / - / - ]
7-827-001 - CTL
[Execute]

[Self-Diagnose Result Display]

7832
Displays the result of the diagnostics.

[- / - / - ]
7-832-001 - CTL
[Execute]

[ACC Counter] (Copier Model Only)

7835
-

7-835-001 Copy ACC *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-835-002 Printer ACC *CTL [- / - / - / -]

[Total Memory Size]

7836
Displays the memory capacity of the controller system.

7-836-001 Total Memory Size CTL [- / - / - ]

[ServiceSP Entry Code Chg Hist]

Records dates and times of resetting / changing “Service SP mode switch code
7840
setting” for the recent 2 times.
(Decides whether the record is for setting changes or resets by branch number.)

7-840-001 Change Time :Latest *CTL [- / - / - ]

7-840-002 Change Time : Last1 *CTL [- / - / - ]

698
 Group 7000

7-840-101 Initialize Time : Latest *CTL [- / - / - ]

7-840-102 Initialize Time : Last1 *CTL [- / - / - ]

7852 [DF Glass Dust Check] (Copier Model Only)

Displays the count for the number of times the machine has detected dust on the ARDF
scanning glass at the beginning of copy jobs. This SP operates only after SP4020 1
has been turned on

7-852-001 Dust Detection Counter

7-852-002 Dust Counter Clear Counter [0 to 65 535 / 0 / 1]

7-852-003 Dust Detection Counter: Back

[Coveage Range]

Sets upper and lower coverage range.

7855 The value of SP7-855-001 cannot be bigger than SP7-855-002.
* This SP does not be cleared, set the initial value when replacing the NVRAM. If this
initial value is not set, the value is set to “0” and coverage counter (SP8-601-***)
does not work properly.

7-855-001 Coverage Range 1 *CTL [1 to 200 / 5 / 1 / -]

7-855-002 Coverage Range 2 *CTL [1 to 200 / 20 / 1 / -]

[Assert Info.]
7901 Records the location where a problem is detected in the program. Used for
debugging.

7-901-001 File Name *CTL [- / - / -]

7-901-002 Number of Lines *CTL [- / - / -]

7-901-003 Location *CTL [- / - / -]

[ROM No]

7910 Gets ROM No. of main machine and peripherals.

These numbers do not display on the operation panel but print on the SMC sheets.

699
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-910-001 System/Copy *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-002 Engine *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-003 Lcdc *CTL [- / - / - / -]

ADF
*CTL [- / - / - / -]
7-910-005 (Copier Model only)

7-910-007 Finisher1 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-008 Finisher2 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-010 LCT *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-018 NetworkSupport *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-020 Cover Interposer *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-022 BIOS *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-023 HDD Format Option *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-025 Folding Unit *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-028 LCT2 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-029 RB PCB 1 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-030 RB PCB 2 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-031 PB PCB 1 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-032 PB PCB 2 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-033 PB PCB 3 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-034 PB PCB 4 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-035 PB PCB 5 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-036 Stacker 1 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-037 Stacker 2 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-039 Buffer Pass Unit *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-042 TDCU *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-043 LCT3 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

700
 Group 7000

7-910-044 Fin_IFBox *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-132 NetWare *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-150 RPCS *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-151 PS *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-152 RPDL *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-156 R55 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-157 RTIFF *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-158 PCL *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-159 PCLXL *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-160 MSIS *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-162 PDF *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-165 PJL *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-167 MediaPrint:JPEG *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-168 MediaPrint:TIFF *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-180 FONT *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-181 FONT1 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-182 FONT2 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-183 FONT3 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-184 FONT4 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-185 FONT5 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-200 Factory *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-201 Copy *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-202 NetworkDocBox *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-204 Printer *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-205 Scanner *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-210 MIB *CTL [- / - / - / -]

701
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-910-211 Websupport *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-212 WebUapl *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-213 SDK1 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-214 SDK2 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-215 SDK3 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-910-250 Package *CTL [- / - / - / -]

[Firmware Version]

7911 Gets firmware version of main machine and peripherals.

These numbers do not display on the operation panel but print on the SMC sheets.

7-911-001 System/Copy *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-002 Engine *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-003 Lcdc *CTL [- / - / - / -]

ADF
*CTL [- / - / - / -]
7-911-005 (Copier Model only)

7-911-007 Finisher1 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-008 Finisher2 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-010 LCT *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-018 NetworkSupport *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-020 Cover Interposer *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-022 BIOS *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-023 HDD Format Option *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-025 Folding Unit *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-028 LCT2 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-029 RB PCB 1 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-030 RB PCB 2 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

702
 Group 7000

7-911-031 PB PCB 1 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-032 PB PCB 2 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-033 PB PCB 3 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-034 PB PCB 4 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-035 PB PCB 5 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-036 Stacker 1 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-037 Stacker 2 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-039 Buffer Pass Unit *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-042 TDCU *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-043 LCT3 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-044 Fin_IFBox *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-132 NetWare *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-150 RPCS *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-151 PS *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-152 RPDL *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-156 R55 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-157 RTIFF *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-158 PCL *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-159 PCLXL *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-160 MSIS *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-162 PDF *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-165 PJL *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-167 MediaPrint:JPEG *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-168 MediaPrint:TIFF *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-180 FONT *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-181 FONT1 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

703
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-911-182 FONT2 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-183 FONT3 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-184 FONT4 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-185 FONT5 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-200 Factory *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-201 Copy *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-202 NetworkDocBox *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-204 Printer *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-205 Scanner *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-210 MIB *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-211 Websupport *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-212 WebUapl *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-213 SDK1 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-214 SDK2 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-215 SDK3 *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7-911-250 Package *CTL [- / - / - / -]

7931 [Toner Bottle S]

7932 [Toner Bottle M] Not used

7933 [Toner Bottle C] Not used

7934 [Toner Bottle Y] Not used

7935 [Toner Bottle Log 1, 2, 3, 4, 5: S]

7936 [Toner Bottle Log 1, 2, 3, 4, 5: M] Not used

7937 [Toner Bottle Log 1, 2, 3, 4, 5: C] Not used

7938 [Toner Bottle Log 1, 2, 3, 4, 5: Y] Not used

1 SerialNo. [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

704
 Group 7000

2 Attachment Date [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

3 Attachment: Total Counter [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]

4 Refill Information [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

11 SerialNo. [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

12 Attachment Date [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

13 Attachment: Total Counter [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]

14 Refill Information [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

21 SerialNo. [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

22 Attachment Date [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

23 Attachment: Total Counter [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]

24 Refill Information [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

31 SerialNo. [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

32 Attachment Date [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

33 Attachment: Total Counter [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]

34 Refill Information [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

41 SerialNo. [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

42 Attachment Date [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

43 Attachment: Total Counter [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]

44 Refill Information [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

7940 [Drive Distance:End Std Value]

Displays the end of standard value for the drive distance.

7-940-002 Developer(Bk) [0 to 99999999 / 5565000 / 1 m]

7-940-003 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Bk) [0 to 99999999 / 359000 / 1 m]

7-940-005 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Bk) [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-006 PCU CL(Bk):Cleaning Blade [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

705
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-940-007 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Roller [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-008 PCU CL(Bk):Lubricant [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-009 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Blade [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-010 PCU CL(Bk):Joint [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-011 PCU CL(Bk):Gears [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-012 PCU CL(Bk):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-013 PCU CL(Bk):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-015 #Charger Unit(Bk) [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-016 #Photoconductor Unit(Bk) [0 to 99999999 / 702000 / 1 m]

7-940-019 Developer(C) [0 to 99999999 / 5565000 / 1 m]

7-940-020 Development Unit:Vent Filter(C) [0 to 99999999 / 359000 / 1 m]

7-940-022 #PCU Cleaning Unit(C) [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-023 PCU CL(C):Cleaning Blade [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-024 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Roller [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-025 PCU CL(C):Lubricant [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-026 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Blade [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-027 PCU CL(C):Joint [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-028 PCU CL(C):Gears [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-029 PCU CL(C):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-030 PCU CL(C):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-032 #Charger Unit(C) [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-033 #Photoconductor Unit(C) [0 to 99999999 / 702000 / 1 m]

7-940-036 Developer(M) [0 to 99999999 / 5565000 / 1 m]

7-940-037 Development Unit:Vent Filter(M) [0 to 99999999 / 359000 / 1 m]

7-940-039 #PCU Cleaning Unit(M) [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-040 PCU CL(M):Cleaning Blade [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

706
 Group 7000

7-940-041 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Roller [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-042 PCU CL(M):Lubricant [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-043 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Blade [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-044 PCU CL(M):Joint [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-045 PCU CL(M):Gears [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-046 PCU CL(M):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-047 PCU CL(M):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-049 #Charger Unit(M) [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-050 #Photoconductor Unit(M) [0 to 99999999 / 702000 / 1 m]

7-940-053 Developer(Y) [0 to 99999999 / 5565000 / 1 m]

7-940-054 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Y) [0 to 99999999 / 359000 / 1 m]

7-940-056 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Y) [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-057 PCU CL(Y):Cleaning Blade [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-058 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Roller [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-059 PCU CL(Y):Lubricant [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-060 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Blade [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-061 PCU CL(Y):Joint [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-062 PCU CL(Y):Gears [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-063 PCU CL(Y):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-064 PCU CL(Y):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-066 #Charger Unit(Y) [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-067 #Photoconductor Unit(Y) [0 to 99999999 / 702000 / 1 m]

7-940-070 Developer(S) [0 to 99999999 / 5565000 / 1 m]

7-940-071 Development Unit:Vent Filter(S) [0 to 99999999 / 359000 / 1 m]

7-940-073 #PCU Cleaning Unit(S) [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-074 PCU CL(S):Cleaning Blade [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

707
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-940-075 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Roller [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-076 PCU CL(S):Lubricant [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-077 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Blade [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-078 PCU CL(S):Joint [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-079 PCU CL(S):Gears [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-080 PCU CL(S):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-081 PCU CL(S):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-083 #Charger Unit(S) [0 to 99999999 / 166000 / 1 m]

7-940-084 #Photoconductor Unit(S) [0 to 99999999 / 702000 / 1 m]

7-940-086 #Intermediate Transfer Belt [0 to 99999999 / 702000 / 1 m]

7-940-087 #Image Transfer Roller(Bk) [0 to 99999999 / 744000 / 1 m]

7-940-088 #Image Transfer Roller(C) [0 to 99999999 / 744000 / 1 m]

7-940-089 #Image Transfer Roller(M) [0 to 99999999 / 744000 / 1 m]

7-940-090 #Image Transfer Roller(Y) [0 to 99999999 / 744000 / 1 m]

7-940-091 #Image Transfer Roller(S) [0 to 99999999 / 744000 / 1 m]

7-940-092 #Paper Transfer Counter Roller [0 to 99999999 / 496000 / 1 m]

7-940-093 #ITB Cleaning Unit [0 to 99999999 / 248000 / 1 m]

7-940-094 ITB CL Unit:Cleaning Blade [0 to 99999999 / 248000 / 1 m]

7-940-095 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Roller [0 to 99999999 / 248000 / 1 m]

7-940-096 ITB CL Unit:Lubricant [0 to 99999999 / 248000 / 1 m]

7-940-097 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Blade [0 to 99999999 / 248000 / 1 m]

7-940-099 #Paper Transfer Unit [0 to 99999999 / 165000 / 1 m]

7-940-100 Paper Transfer Unit:Discharger [0 to 99999999 / 248000 / 1 m]

7-940-101 Paper Transfer Roller [0 to 99999999 / 165000 / 1 m]

7-940-102 Paper Transfer Unit:CL Blade [0 to 99999999 / 248000 / 1 m]

7-940-103 Paper Transfer Unit:Lubricant [0 to 99999999 / 186000 / 1 m]

708
 Group 7000

7-940-106 #Fuser Unit [0 to 99999999 / 5565000 / 1 m]

7-940-107 Fuser Unit:Belt [0 to 99999999 / 5565000 / 1 m]

7-940-108 Fuser Unit:Fuse Roller [0 to 99999999 / 5565000 / 1 m]

7-940-109 Fuser Unit:FuseR:Bearings [0 to 99999999 / 5565000 / 1 m]

7-940-110 Fuser Unit:Pressure Roller [0 to 99999999 / 5565000 / 1 m]

7-940-111 Fuser Unit:PressR:Bearings [0 to 99999999 / 5565000 / 1 m]

7-940-115 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Roller [0 to 99999999 / 5565000 / 1 m]

7-940-116 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Spring Plate [0 to 99999999 / 5565000 / 1 m]

7942 [Drive Distance:End Std Value] [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

Displays ratio for the end standard value of the drive distance counter.

7944 [Drive Distance Counter] [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 m]

Displays the drive distance counter.

7945 [Distance History:Latest 1] [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 m]

7946 [Distance History:Latest 2] [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 m]

Displays the history 1, 2 for the drive distance counter.

2 Developer(Bk)

3 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Bk)

5 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Bk)

6 PCU CL(Bk):Cleaning Blade

7 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Roller

8 PCU CL(Bk):Lubricant

9 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Blade

10 PCU CL(Bk):Joint

11 PCU CL(Bk):Gears

12 PCU CL(Bk):CL Blade:Side Seal

709
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

13 PCU CL(Bk):Lub Blade:Side Seal

15 #Charger Unit(Bk)

16 #Photoconductor Unit(Bk)

19 Developer(C)

20 Development Unit:Vent Filter(C)

22 #PCU Cleaning Unit(C)

23 PCU CL(C):Cleaning Blade

24 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Roller

25 PCU CL(C):Lubricant

26 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Blade

27 PCU CL(C):Joint

28 PCU CL(C):Gears

29 PCU CL(C):CL Blade:Side Seal

30 PCU CL(C):Lub Blade:Side Seal

32 #Charger Unit(C)

33 #Photoconductor Unit(C)

36 Developer(M)

37 Development Unit:Vent Filter(M)

39 #PCU Cleaning Unit(M)

40 PCU CL(M):Cleaning Blade

41 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Roller

42 PCU CL(M):Lubricant

43 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Blade

44 PCU CL(M):Joint

45 PCU CL(M):Gears

46 PCU CL(M):CL Blade:Side Seal

710
 Group 7000

47 PCU CL(M):Lub Blade:Side Seal

49 #Charger Unit(M)

50 #Photoconductor Unit(M)

53 Developer(Y)

54 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Y)

56 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Y)

57 PCU CL(Y):Cleaning Blade

58 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Roller

59 PCU CL(Y):Lubricant

60 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Blade

61 PCU CL(Y):Joint

62 PCU CL(Y):Gears

63 PCU CL(Y):CL Blade:Side Seal

64 PCU CL(Y):Lub Blade:Side Seal

66 #Charger Unit(Y)

67 #Photoconductor Unit(Y)

70 Developer(S)

71 Development Unit:Vent Filter(S)

73 #PCU Cleaning Unit(S)

74 PCU CL(S):Cleaning Blade

75 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Roller

76 PCU CL(S):Lubricant

77 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Blade

78 PCU CL(S):Joint

79 PCU CL(S):Gears

80 PCU CL(S):CL Blade:Side Seal

711
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

81 PCU CL(S):Lub Blade:Side Seal

83 #Charger Unit(S)

84 #Photoconductor Unit(S)

86 #Intermediate Transfer Belt

87 #Image Transfer Roller(Bk)

88 #Image Transfer Roller(C)

89 #Image Transfer Roller(M)

90 #Image Transfer Roller(Y)

91 #Image Transfer Roller(S)

92 #Paper Transfer Counter Roller

93 #ITB Cleaning Unit

94 ITB CL Unit:Cleaning Blade

95 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Roller

96 ITB CL Unit:Lubricant

97 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Blade

99 #Paper Transfer Unit

100 Paper Transfer Unit:Discharger

101 Paper Transfer Roller

102 Paper Transfer Unit:CL Blade

103 Paper Transfer Unit:Lubricant

106 #Fuser Unit

107 Fuser Unit:Belt

108 Fuser Unit:Fuse Roller

109 Fuser Unit:FuseR:Bearings

110 Fuser Unit:Pressure Roller

111 Fuser Unit:PressR:Bearings

712
 Group 7000

115 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Roller

116 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Spring Plate

7950 [Replacement Date]

Displays last replacement date for each part.

Displays as yymmdd.

7-950-002 Developer(Bk) [yymmdd]

7-950-003 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Bk) [yymmdd]

7-950-005 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Bk) [yymmdd]

7-950-006 PCU CL(Bk):Cleaning Blade [yymmdd]

7-950-007 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-008 PCU CL(Bk):Lubricant [yymmdd]

7-950-009 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Blade [yymmdd]

7-950-010 PCU CL(Bk):Joint [yymmdd]

7-950-011 PCU CL(Bk):Gears [yymmdd]

7-950-012 PCU CL(Bk):CL Blade:Side Seal [yymmdd]

7-950-013 PCU CL(Bk):Lub Blade:Side Seal [yymmdd]

7-950-015 #Charger Unit(Bk) [yymmdd]

7-950-016 #Photoconductor Unit(Bk) [yymmdd]

7-950-019 Developer(C) [yymmdd]

7-950-020 Development Unit:Vent Filter(C) [yymmdd]

7-950-022 #PCU Cleaning Unit(C) [yymmdd]

7-950-023 PCU CL(C):Cleaning Blade [yymmdd]

7-950-024 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-025 PCU CL(C):Lubricant [yymmdd]

7-950-026 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Blade [yymmdd]

713
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-950-027 PCU CL(C):Joint [yymmdd]

7-950-028 PCU CL(C):Gears [yymmdd]

7-950-029 PCU CL(C):CL Blade:Side Seal [yymmdd]

7-950-030 PCU CL(C):Lub Blade:Side Seal [yymmdd]

7-950-032 #Charger Unit(C) [yymmdd]

7-950-033 #Photoconductor Unit(C) [yymmdd]

7-950-036 Developer(M) [yymmdd]

7-950-037 Development Unit:Vent Filter(M) [yymmdd]

7-950-039 #PCU Cleaning Unit(M) [yymmdd]

7-950-040 PCU CL(M):Cleaning Blade [yymmdd]

7-950-041 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-042 PCU CL(M):Lubricant [yymmdd]

7-950-043 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Blade [yymmdd]

7-950-044 PCU CL(M):Joint [yymmdd]

7-950-045 PCU CL(M):Gears [yymmdd]

7-950-046 PCU CL(M):CL Blade:Side Seal [yymmdd]

7-950-047 PCU CL(M):Lub Blade:Side Seal [yymmdd]

7-950-049 #Charger Unit(M) [yymmdd]

7-950-050 #Photoconductor Unit(M) [yymmdd]

7-950-053 Developer(Y) [yymmdd]

7-950-054 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Y) [yymmdd]

7-950-056 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Y) [yymmdd]

7-950-057 PCU CL(Y):Cleaning Blade [yymmdd]

7-950-058 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-059 PCU CL(Y):Lubricant [yymmdd]

7-950-060 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Blade [yymmdd]

714
 Group 7000

7-950-061 PCU CL(Y):Joint [yymmdd]

7-950-062 PCU CL(Y):Gears [yymmdd]

7-950-063 PCU CL(Y):CL Blade:Side Seal [yymmdd]

7-950-064 PCU CL(Y):Lub Blade:Side Seal [yymmdd]

7-950-066 #Charger Unit(Y) [yymmdd]

7-950-067 #Photoconductor Unit(Y) [yymmdd]

7-950-070 Developer(S) [yymmdd]

7-950-071 Development Unit:Vent Filter(S) [yymmdd]

7-950-073 #PCU Cleaning Unit(S) [yymmdd]

7-950-074 PCU CL(S):Cleaning Blade [yymmdd]

7-950-075 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-076 PCU CL(S):Lubricant [yymmdd]

7-950-077 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Blade [yymmdd]

7-950-078 PCU CL(S):Joint [yymmdd]

7-950-079 PCU CL(S):Gears [yymmdd]

7-950-080 PCU CL(S):CL Blade:Side Seal [yymmdd]

7-950-081 PCU CL(S):Lub Blade:Side Seal [yymmdd]

7-950-083 #Charger Unit(S) [yymmdd]

7-950-084 #Photoconductor Unit(S) [yymmdd]

7-950-086 #Intermediate Transfer Belt [yymmdd]

7-950-087 #Image Transfer Roller(Bk) [yymmdd]

7-950-088 #Image Transfer Roller(C) [yymmdd]

7-950-089 #Image Transfer Roller(M) [yymmdd]

7-950-090 #Image Transfer Roller(Y) [yymmdd]

7-950-091 #Image Transfer Roller(S) [yymmdd]

7-950-092 #Paper Transfer Counter Roller [yymmdd]

715
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-950-093 #ITB Cleaning Unit [yymmdd]

7-950-094 ITB CL Unit:Cleaning Blade [yymmdd]

7-950-095 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-096 ITB CL Unit:Lubricant [yymmdd]

7-950-097 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Blade [yymmdd]

7-950-099 #Paper Transfer Unit [yymmdd]

7-950-100 Paper Transfer Unit:Discharger [yymmdd]

7-950-101 Paper Transfer Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-102 Paper Transfer Unit:CL Blade [yymmdd]

7-950-103 Paper Transfer Unit:Lubricant [yymmdd]

7-950-106 #Fuser Unit [yymmdd]

7-950-107 Fuser Unit:Belt [yymmdd]

7-950-108 Fuser Unit:Fuse Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-109 Fuser Unit:FuseR:Bearings [yymmdd]

7-950-110 Fuser Unit:Pressure Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-111 Fuser Unit:PressR:Bearings [yymmdd]

7-950-115 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-116 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Spring Plate [yymmdd]

7-950-118 #Ozone Filter:Main [yymmdd]

7-950-119 Ozone Filter [yymmdd]

7-950-120 Ozone Filter:C/T BOX [yymmdd]

7-950-121 #Dust Proof Filter:Main [yymmdd]

7-950-122 Filter:Prevent Fence [yymmdd]

7-950-123 Filter:Duct [yymmdd]

7-950-124 Filter:Absorb Dust Sub-Unit [yymmdd]

7-950-131 #Tray1 [yymmdd]

716
 Group 7000

7-950-132 Tray1:Pickup Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-133 Tray1:Feed Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-134 Tray1:Separate Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-136 #Tray2 [yymmdd]

7-950-137 Tray2:Pickup Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-138 Tray2:Feed Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-139 Tray2:Separate Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-141 #3-Tray LCT:Tray3 [yymmdd]

7-950-142 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Pickup Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-143 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-144 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Separate Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-146 #3-Tray LCT:Tray4 [yymmdd]

7-950-147 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Pickup Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-148 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-149 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Separate Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-151 #3-Tray LCT:Tray5 [yymmdd]

7-950-152 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Pickup Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-153 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-154 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Separate Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-156 #Bypass Tray [yymmdd]

7-950-157 Bypass Tray:Pickup Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-158 Bypass Tray:Feed Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-159 Bypass Tray:Separate Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-161 #Interposer Upper Tray [yymmdd]

7-950-162 Interposer Upper Tray:Pickup Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-163 Interposer Upper Tray:Feed Belt [yymmdd]

717
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-950-164 Interposer Upper Tray:Separate Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-166 #Interposer Lower Tray [yymmdd]

7-950-167 Interposer Lower Tray:Pickup Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-168 Interposer Lower Tray:Feed Belt [yymmdd]

7-950-169 Interposer Lower Tray:Separate Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-171 #ADF [yymmdd]

7-950-172 ADF:Feed Belt [yymmdd]

7-950-173 ADF:Pickup Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-174 ADF:Separate Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-176 #2-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Belt [yymmdd]

7-950-177 #2-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Belt [yymmdd]

7-950-178 #2-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Belt [yymmdd]

7-950-179 #2-Tray LCT:Tray6:Feed Belt [yymmdd]

7-950-180 #2-Tray LCT:Tray7:Feed Belt [yymmdd]

7-950-181 #2-Tray LCT:Tray8:Feed Belt [yymmdd]

7-950-183 #Trimming Unit [yymmdd]

7-950-184 #Trimmings Catcher [yymmdd]

7-950-185 #Rotation Clamp Pad [yymmdd]

7-950-186 #Stack Rotation Vibrating Plate [yymmdd]

7-950-187 #Switchback Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-188 #Ripple Idle Roller (Center) [yymmdd]

7-950-189 #Ripple Idle Rollers [yymmdd]

7-950-190 #TE Press Roller (large) [yymmdd]

7-950-191 #TE Press Roller (Small) [yymmdd]

7-950-192 #Spine Fold Harness (right) [yymmdd]

7-950-193 #Spine Fold Harness (left) [yymmdd]

718
 Group 7000

7-950-194 #Signature Transport Harness [yymmdd]

7-950-195 #Stack Rotation Up-down Harness [yymmdd]

7-950-196 #Stack Rotation Grip Harness [yymmdd]

7-950-197 #Stack Rotate Press LED Harness [yymmdd]

7-950-198 #Pick-up Roller Upper [yymmdd]

7-950-199 #Separation Roller Upper [yymmdd]

7-950-200 #Feed Roller Upper [yymmdd]

7-950-201 #Pick-up Roller Lower [yymmdd]

7-950-202 #Separation Roller Lower [yymmdd]

7-950-203 #Feed Roller Lower [yymmdd]

7-950-204 #Blade Cradle [yymmdd]

7-950-205 #Switchback Torque Limiter [yymmdd]

7-950-206 #Deodorant Filter (Upper&Lower) [yymmdd]

7-950-207 #Cover Feed Switchback Roller [yymmdd]

7-950-208 #Jogger Motor [yymmdd]

7-950-209 #Main Grip Motor [yymmdd]

7-950-210 #Signature Thickness Sensor [yymmdd]

7-950-211 #Signature Rotate Torque Diode [yymmdd]

7-950-212 #Trimmings Buffer Motor [yymmdd]

7-950-213 #Signature Press Trq Lmt Clutch [yymmdd]

7-950-215 #Ball Screw Unit [yymmdd]

7-950-216 #Sign/Stacking Discharge Brush [yymmdd]

7-950-217 #Horizontal/Reg Discharge Brush [yymmdd]

7-950-218 #Booklet Stack Drawer Connector [yymmdd]

7-950-219 #Edge Press Plate Sproket Ass'y [yymmdd]

719
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7951 [Remain Day Counter: Pages]

Displays the remaining days calculated by page counter.

7-951-002 Developer(Bk) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-003 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Bk) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-005 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Bk) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-006 PCU CL(Bk):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-007 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-008 PCU CL(Bk):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-009 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-010 PCU CL(Bk):Joint [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-011 PCU CL(Bk):Gears [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-012 PCU CL(Bk):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-013 PCU CL(Bk):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-015 #Charger Unit(Bk) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-016 #Photoconductor Unit(Bk) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-019 Developer(C) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-020 Development Unit:Vent Filter(C) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-022 #PCU Cleaning Unit(C) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-023 PCU CL(C):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-024 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-025 PCU CL(C):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-026 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-027 PCU CL(C):Joint [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-028 PCU CL(C):Gears [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-029 PCU CL(C):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-030 PCU CL(C):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

720
 Group 7000

7-951-032 #Charger Unit(C) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-033 #Photoconductor Unit(C) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-036 Developer(M) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-037 Development Unit:Vent Filter(M) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-039 #PCU Cleaning Unit(M) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-040 PCU CL(M):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-041 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-042 PCU CL(M):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-043 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-044 PCU CL(M):Joint [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-045 PCU CL(M):Gears [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-046 PCU CL(M):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-047 PCU CL(M):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-049 #Charger Unit(M) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-050 #Photoconductor Unit(M) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-053 Developer(Y) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-054 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Y) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-056 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Y) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-057 PCU CL(Y):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-058 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-059 PCU CL(Y):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-060 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-061 PCU CL(Y):Joint [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-062 PCU CL(Y):Gears [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-063 PCU CL(Y):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-064 PCU CL(Y):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

721
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-951-066 #Charger Unit(Y) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-067 #Photoconductor Unit(Y) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-070 Developer(S) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-071 Development Unit:Vent Filter(S) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-073 #PCU Cleaning Unit(S) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-074 PCU CL(S):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-075 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-076 PCU CL(S):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-077 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-078 PCU CL(S):Joint [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-079 PCU CL(S):Gears [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-080 PCU CL(S):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-081 PCU CL(S):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-083 #Charger Unit(S) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-084 #Photoconductor Unit(S) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-086 #Intermediate Transfer Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-087 #Image Transfer Roller(Bk) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-088 #Image Transfer Roller(C) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-089 #Image Transfer Roller(M) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-090 #Image Transfer Roller(Y) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-091 #Image Transfer Roller(S) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-092 #Paper Transfer Counter Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-093 #ITB Cleaning Unit [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-094 ITB CL Unit:Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-095 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-096 ITB CL Unit:Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

722
 Group 7000

7-951-097 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-099 #Paper Transfer Unit [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-100 Paper Transfer Unit:Discharger [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-101 Paper Transfer Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-102 Paper Transfer Unit:CL Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-103 Paper Transfer Unit:Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-106 #Fuser Unit [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-107 Fuser Unit:Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-108 Fuser Unit:Fuse Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-109 Fuser Unit:FuseR:Bearings [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-110 Fuser Unit:Pressure Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-111 Fuser Unit:PressR:Bearings [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-115 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-116 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Spring Plate [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-118 #Ozone Filter:Main [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-119 Ozone Filter [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-120 Ozone Filter:C/T BOX [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-121 #Dust Proof Filter:Main [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-122 Filter:Prevent Fence [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-123 Filter:Duct [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-124 Filter:Absorb Dust Sub-Unit [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-131 #Tray1 [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-132 Tray1:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-133 Tray1:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-134 Tray1:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-136 #Tray2 [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

723
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-951-137 Tray2:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-138 Tray2:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-139 Tray2:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-141 #3-Tray LCT:Tray3 [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-142 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-143 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-144 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-146 #3-Tray LCT:Tray4 [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-147 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-148 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-149 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-151 #3-Tray LCT:Tray5 [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-152 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-153 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-154 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-156 #Bypass Tray [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-157 Bypass Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-158 Bypass Tray:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-159 Bypass Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-161 #Interposer Upper Tray [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-162 Interposer Upper Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-163 Interposer Upper Tray:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-164 Interposer Upper Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-166 #Interposer Lower Tray [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-167 Interposer Lower Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-168 Interposer Lower Tray:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

724
 Group 7000

7-951-169 Interposer Lower Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-171 #ADF [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-172 ADF:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-173 ADF:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-174 ADF:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-176 #2-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-177 #2-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-178 #2-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-179 #2-Tray LCT:Tray6:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-180 #2-Tray LCT:Tray7:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-951-181 #2-Tray LCT:Tray8:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7952 [Remain Day Counter: Distance]

Displays the remaining days calculated by distance counter.

7-952-002 Developer(Bk) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-003 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Bk) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-005 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Bk) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-006 PCU CL(Bk):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-007 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-008 PCU CL(Bk):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-009 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-010 PCU CL(Bk):Joint [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-011 PCU CL(Bk):Gears [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-012 PCU CL(Bk):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-013 PCU CL(Bk):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-015 #Charger Unit(Bk) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

725
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-952-016 #Photoconductor Unit(Bk) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-019 Developer(C) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-020 Development Unit:Vent Filter(C) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-022 #PCU Cleaning Unit(C) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-023 PCU CL(C):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-024 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-025 PCU CL(C):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-026 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-027 PCU CL(C):Joint [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-028 PCU CL(C):Gears [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-029 PCU CL(C):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-030 PCU CL(C):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-032 #Charger Unit(C) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-033 #Photoconductor Unit(C) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-036 Developer(M) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-037 Development Unit:Vent Filter(M) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-039 #PCU Cleaning Unit(M) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-040 PCU CL(M):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-041 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-042 PCU CL(M):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-043 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-044 PCU CL(M):Joint [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-045 PCU CL(M):Gears [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-046 PCU CL(M):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-047 PCU CL(M):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-049 #Charger Unit(M) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

726
 Group 7000

7-952-050 #Photoconductor Unit(M) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-053 Developer(Y) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-054 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Y) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-056 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Y) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-057 PCU CL(Y):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-058 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-059 PCU CL(Y):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-060 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-061 PCU CL(Y):Joint [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-062 PCU CL(Y):Gears [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-063 PCU CL(Y):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-064 PCU CL(Y):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-066 #Charger Unit(Y) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-067 #Photoconductor Unit(Y) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-070 Developer(S) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-071 Development Unit:Vent Filter(S) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-073 #PCU Cleaning Unit(S) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-074 PCU CL(S):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-075 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-076 PCU CL(S):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-077 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-078 PCU CL(S):Joint [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-079 PCU CL(S):Gears [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-080 PCU CL(S):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-081 PCU CL(S):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-083 #Charger Unit(S) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

727
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-952-084 #Photoconductor Unit(S) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-086 #Intermediate Transfer Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-087 #Image Transfer Roller(Bk) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-088 #Image Transfer Roller(C) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-089 #Image Transfer Roller(M) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-090 #Image Transfer Roller(Y) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-091 #Image Transfer Roller(S) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-092 #Paper Transfer Counter Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-093 #ITB Cleaning Unit [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-094 ITB CL Unit:Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-095 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-096 ITB CL Unit:Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-097 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-099 #Paper Transfer Unit [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-100 Paper Transfer Unit:Discharger [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-101 Paper Transfer Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-102 Paper Transfer Unit:CL Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-103 Paper Transfer Unit:Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-106 #Fuser Unit [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-107 Fuser Unit:Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-108 Fuser Unit:Fuse Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-109 Fuser Unit:FuseR:Bearings [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-110 Fuser Unit:Pressure Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-111 Fuser Unit:PressR:Bearings [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-115 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-952-116 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Spring Plate [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

728
 Group 7000

7954 [Pg Counter(%)]

This SP displays the current usage (listed as percent of usage) of the components
listed below: Current Usage/Standard Usage Service Life x 100

7-954-002 Developer(Bk) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-003 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Bk) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-005 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Bk) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-006 PCU CL(Bk):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-007 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-008 PCU CL(Bk):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-009 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-010 PCU CL(Bk):Joint [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-011 PCU CL(Bk):Gears [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-012 PCU CL(Bk):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-013 PCU CL(Bk):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-015 #Charger Unit(Bk) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-016 #Photoconductor Unit(Bk) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-019 Developer(C) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-020 Development Unit:Vent Filter(C) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-022 #PCU Cleaning Unit(C) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-023 PCU CL(C):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-024 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-025 PCU CL(C):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-026 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-027 PCU CL(C):Joint [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-028 PCU CL(C):Gears [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-029 PCU CL(C):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

729
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-954-030 PCU CL(C):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-032 #Charger Unit(C) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-033 #Photoconductor Unit(C) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-036 Developer(M) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-037 Development Unit:Vent Filter(M) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-039 #PCU Cleaning Unit(M) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-040 PCU CL(M):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-041 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-042 PCU CL(M):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-043 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-044 PCU CL(M):Joint [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-045 PCU CL(M):Gears [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-046 PCU CL(M):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-047 PCU CL(M):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-049 #Charger Unit(M) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-050 #Photoconductor Unit(M) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-053 Developer(Y) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-054 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Y) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-056 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Y) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-057 PCU CL(Y):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-058 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-059 PCU CL(Y):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-060 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-061 PCU CL(Y):Joint [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-062 PCU CL(Y):Gears [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-063 PCU CL(Y):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

730
 Group 7000

7-954-064 PCU CL(Y):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-066 #Charger Unit(Y) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-067 #Photoconductor Unit(Y) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-070 Developer(S) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-071 Development Unit:Vent Filter(S) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-073 #PCU Cleaning Unit(S) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-074 PCU CL(S):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-075 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-076 PCU CL(S):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-077 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-078 PCU CL(S):Joint [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-079 PCU CL(S):Gears [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-080 PCU CL(S):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-081 PCU CL(S):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-083 #Charger Unit(S) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-084 #Photoconductor Unit(S) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-086 #Intermediate Transfer Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-087 #Image Transfer Roller(Bk) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-088 #Image Transfer Roller(C) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-089 #Image Transfer Roller(M) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-090 #Image Transfer Roller(Y) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-091 #Image Transfer Roller(S) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-092 #Paper Transfer Counter Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-093 #ITB Cleaning Unit [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-094 ITB CL Unit:Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-095 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

731
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-954-096 ITB CL Unit:Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-097 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-099 #Paper Transfer Unit [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-100 Paper Transfer Unit:Discharger [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-101 Paper Transfer Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-102 Paper Transfer Unit:CL Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-103 Paper Transfer Unit:Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-106 #Fuser Unit [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-107 Fuser Unit:Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-108 Fuser Unit:Fuse Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-109 Fuser Unit:FuseR:Bearings [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-110 Fuser Unit:Pressure Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-111 Fuser Unit:PressR:Bearings [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-115 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-116 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Spring Plate [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-118 #Ozone Filter:Main [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-119 Ozone Filter [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-120 Ozone Filter:C/T BOX [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-121 #Dust Proof Filter:Main [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-122 Filter:Prevent Fence [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-123 Filter:Duct [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-124 Filter:Absorb Dust Sub-Unit [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-131 #Tray1 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-132 Tray1:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-133 Tray1:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-134 Tray1:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

732
 Group 7000

7-954-136 #Tray2 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-137 Tray2:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-138 Tray2:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-139 Tray2:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-141 #3-Tray LCT:Tray3 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-142 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-143 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-144 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-146 #3-Tray LCT:Tray4 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-147 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-148 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-149 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-151 #3-Tray LCT:Tray5 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-152 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-153 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-154 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-156 #Bypass Tray [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-157 Bypass Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-158 Bypass Tray:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-159 Bypass Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-161 #Interposer Upper Tray [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-162 Interposer Upper Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-163 Interposer Upper Tray:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-164 Interposer Upper Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-166 #Interposer Lower Tray [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-167 Interposer Lower Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

733
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-954-168 Interposer Lower Tray:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-169 Interposer Lower Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-171 #ADF [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-172 ADF:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-173 ADF:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-174 ADF:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-176 #2-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-177 #2-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-178 #2-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-179 #2-Tray LCT:Tray6:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-180 #2-Tray LCT:Tray7:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-181 #2-Tray LCT:Tray8:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-183 #Trimming Unit [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-184 #Trimmings Catcher [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-185 #Rotation Clamp Pad [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-186 #Stack Rotation Vibrating Plate [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-187 #Switchback Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-188 #Ripple Idle Roller (Center) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-189 #Ripple Idle Rollers [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-190 #TE Press Roller (large) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-191 #TE Press Roller (Small) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-192 #Spine Fold Harness (right) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-193 #Spine Fold Harness (left) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-194 #Signature Transport Harness [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-195 #Stack Rotation Up-down Harness [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-196 #Stack Rotation Grip Harness [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

734
 Group 7000

7-954-197 #Stack Rotate Press LED Harness [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-198 #Pick-up Roller Upper [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-199 #Separation Roller Upper [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-200 #Feed Roller Upper [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-201 #Pick-up Roller Lower [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-202 #Separation Roller Lower [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-203 #Feed Roller Lower [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-204 #Blade Cradle [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-205 #Switchback Torque Limiter [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-206 #Deodorant Filter (Upper&Lower) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-207 #Cover Feed Switchback Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-208 #Jogger Motor [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-209 #Main Grip Motor [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-210 #Signature Thickness Sensor [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-211 #Signature Rotate Torque Diode [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-212 #Trimmings Buffer Motor [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-213 #Signature Press Trq Lmt Clutch [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-215 #Ball Screw Unit [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-216 #Sign/Stacking Discharge Brush [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-217 #Horizontal/Reg Discharge Brush [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-218 #Booklet Stack Drawer Connector [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-954-219 #Edge Press Plate Sproket Ass'y [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7955 [Estimated Remain Pages]

Displays the estimated remaining pages caluculates by page counter and distance
counter.

735
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-955-002 Developer(Bk) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-003 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Bk) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-005 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Bk) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-006 PCU CL(Bk):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-007 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-008 PCU CL(Bk):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-009 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-010 PCU CL(Bk):Joint [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-011 PCU CL(Bk):Gears [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-012 PCU CL(Bk):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-013 PCU CL(Bk):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-015 #Charger Unit(Bk) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-016 #Photoconductor Unit(Bk) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-019 Developer(C) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-020 Development Unit:Vent Filter(C) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-022 #PCU Cleaning Unit(C) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-023 PCU CL(C):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-024 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-025 PCU CL(C):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-026 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-027 PCU CL(C):Joint [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-028 PCU CL(C):Gears [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-029 PCU CL(C):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-030 PCU CL(C):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-032 #Charger Unit(C) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-033 #Photoconductor Unit(C) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

736
 Group 7000

7-955-036 Developer(M) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-037 Development Unit:Vent Filter(M) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-039 #PCU Cleaning Unit(M) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-040 PCU CL(M):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-041 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-042 PCU CL(M):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-043 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-044 PCU CL(M):Joint [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-045 PCU CL(M):Gears [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-046 PCU CL(M):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-047 PCU CL(M):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-049 #Charger Unit(M) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-050 #Photoconductor Unit(M) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-053 Developer(Y) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-054 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Y) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-056 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Y) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-057 PCU CL(Y):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-058 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-059 PCU CL(Y):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-060 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-061 PCU CL(Y):Joint [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-062 PCU CL(Y):Gears [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-063 PCU CL(Y):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-064 PCU CL(Y):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-066 #Charger Unit(Y) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-067 #Photoconductor Unit(Y) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

737
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-955-070 Developer(S) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-071 Development Unit:Vent Filter(S) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-073 #PCU Cleaning Unit(S) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-074 PCU CL(S):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-075 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-076 PCU CL(S):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-077 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-078 PCU CL(S):Joint [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-079 PCU CL(S):Gears [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-080 PCU CL(S):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-081 PCU CL(S):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-083 #Charger Unit(S) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-084 #Photoconductor Unit(S) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-086 #Intermediate Transfer Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-087 #Image Transfer Roller(Bk) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-088 #Image Transfer Roller(C) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-089 #Image Transfer Roller(M) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-090 #Image Transfer Roller(Y) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-091 #Image Transfer Roller(S) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-092 #Paper Transfer Counter Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-093 #ITB Cleaning Unit [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-094 ITB CL Unit:Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-095 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-096 ITB CL Unit:Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-097 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-099 #Paper Transfer Unit [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

738
 Group 7000

7-955-100 Paper Transfer Unit:Discharger [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-101 Paper Transfer Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-102 Paper Transfer Unit:CL Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-103 Paper Transfer Unit:Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-106 #Fuser Unit [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-107 Fuser Unit:Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-108 Fuser Unit:Fuse Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-109 Fuser Unit:FuseR:Bearings [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-110 Fuser Unit:Pressure Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-111 Fuser Unit:PressR:Bearings [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-115 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-116 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Spring Plate [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-118 #Ozone Filter:Main [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-119 Ozone Filter [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-120 Ozone Filter:C/T BOX [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-121 #Dust Proof Filter:Main [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-122 Filter:Prevent Fence [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-123 Filter:Duct [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-124 Filter:Absorb Dust Sub-Unit [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-131 #Tray1 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-132 Tray1:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-133 Tray1:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-134 Tray1:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-136 #Tray2 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-137 Tray2:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-138 Tray2:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

739
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-955-139 Tray2:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-141 #3-Tray LCT:Tray3 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-142 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-143 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-144 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-146 #3-Tray LCT:Tray4 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-147 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-148 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-149 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-151 #3-Tray LCT:Tray5 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-152 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-153 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-154 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-156 #Bypass Tray [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-157 Bypass Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-158 Bypass Tray:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-159 Bypass Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-161 #Interposer Upper Tray [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-162 Interposer Upper Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-163 Interposer Upper Tray:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-164 Interposer Upper Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-166 #Interposer Lower Tray [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-167 Interposer Lower Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-168 Interposer Lower Tray:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-169 Interposer Lower Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-171 #ADF [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

740
 Group 7000

7-955-172 ADF:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-173 ADF:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-174 ADF:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-176 #2-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-177 #2-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-178 #2-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-179 #2-Tray LCT:Tray6:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-180 #2-Tray LCT:Tray7:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7-955-181 #2-Tray LCT:Tray8:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

7956 [Estimated Remain Days]

Displays the estimated remaining days caluculates by page counter and distance
counter.

7-956-002 Developer(Bk) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-003 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Bk) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-005 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Bk) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-006 PCU CL(Bk):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-007 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-008 PCU CL(Bk):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-009 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-010 PCU CL(Bk):Joint [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-011 PCU CL(Bk):Gears [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-012 PCU CL(Bk):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-013 PCU CL(Bk):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-015 #Charger Unit(Bk) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-016 #Photoconductor Unit(Bk) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

741
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-956-019 Developer(C) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-020 Development Unit:Vent Filter(C) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-022 #PCU Cleaning Unit(C) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-023 PCU CL(C):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-024 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-025 PCU CL(C):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-026 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-027 PCU CL(C):Joint [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-028 PCU CL(C):Gears [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-029 PCU CL(C):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-030 PCU CL(C):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-032 #Charger Unit(C) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-033 #Photoconductor Unit(C) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-036 Developer(M) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-037 Development Unit:Vent Filter(M) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-039 #PCU Cleaning Unit(M) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-040 PCU CL(M):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-041 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-042 PCU CL(M):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-043 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-044 PCU CL(M):Joint [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-045 PCU CL(M):Gears [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-046 PCU CL(M):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-047 PCU CL(M):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-049 #Charger Unit(M) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-050 #Photoconductor Unit(M) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

742
 Group 7000

7-956-053 Developer(Y) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-054 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Y) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-056 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Y) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-057 PCU CL(Y):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-058 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-059 PCU CL(Y):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-060 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-061 PCU CL(Y):Joint [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-062 PCU CL(Y):Gears [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-063 PCU CL(Y):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-064 PCU CL(Y):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-066 #Charger Unit(Y) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-067 #Photoconductor Unit(Y) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-070 Developer(S) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-071 Development Unit:Vent Filter(S) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-073 #PCU Cleaning Unit(S) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-074 PCU CL(S):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-075 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-076 PCU CL(S):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-077 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-078 PCU CL(S):Joint [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-079 PCU CL(S):Gears [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-080 PCU CL(S):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-081 PCU CL(S):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-083 #Charger Unit(S) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-084 #Photoconductor Unit(S) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

743
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-956-086 #Intermediate Transfer Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-087 #Image Transfer Roller(Bk) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-088 #Image Transfer Roller(C) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-089 #Image Transfer Roller(M) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-090 #Image Transfer Roller(Y) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-091 #Image Transfer Roller(S) [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-092 #Paper Transfer Counter Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-093 #ITB Cleaning Unit [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-094 ITB CL Unit:Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-095 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-096 ITB CL Unit:Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-097 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-099 #Paper Transfer Unit [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-100 Paper Transfer Unit:Discharger [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-101 Paper Transfer Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-102 Paper Transfer Unit:CL Blade [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-103 Paper Transfer Unit:Lubricant [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-106 #Fuser Unit [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-107 Fuser Unit:Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-108 Fuser Unit:Fuse Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-109 Fuser Unit:FuseR:Bearings [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-110 Fuser Unit:Pressure Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-111 Fuser Unit:PressR:Bearings [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-115 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-116 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Spring Plate [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-118 #Ozone Filter:Main [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

744
 Group 7000

7-956-119 Ozone Filter [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-120 Ozone Filter:C/T BOX [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-121 #Dust Proof Filter:Main [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-122 Filter:Prevent Fence [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-123 Filter:Duct [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-124 Filter:Absorb Dust Sub-Unit [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-131 #Tray1 [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-132 Tray1:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-133 Tray1:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-134 Tray1:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-136 #Tray2 [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-137 Tray2:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-138 Tray2:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-139 Tray2:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-141 #3-Tray LCT:Tray3 [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-142 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-143 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-144 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-146 #3-Tray LCT:Tray4 [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-147 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-148 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-149 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-151 #3-Tray LCT:Tray5 [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-152 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-153 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-154 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

745
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-956-156 #Bypass Tray [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-157 Bypass Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-158 Bypass Tray:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-159 Bypass Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-161 #Interposer Upper Tray [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-162 Interposer Upper Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-163 Interposer Upper Tray:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-164 Interposer Upper Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-166 #Interposer Lower Tray [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-167 Interposer Lower Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-168 Interposer Lower Tray:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-169 Interposer Lower Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-171 #ADF [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-172 ADF:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-173 ADF:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-174 ADF:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-176 #2-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-177 #2-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-178 #2-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-179 #2-Tray LCT:Tray6:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-180 #2-Tray LCT:Tray7:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7-956-181 #2-Tray LCT:Tray8:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 255 / 1 days]

7957 [Monthly Average Pages]

Displays the average of monthly page count.

7-957-002 Developer(Bk) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

746
 Group 7000

7-957-003 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Bk) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-005 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Bk) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-006 PCU CL(Bk):Cleaning Blade [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-007 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-008 PCU CL(Bk):Lubricant [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-009 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Blade [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-010 PCU CL(Bk):Joint [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-011 PCU CL(Bk):Gears [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-012 PCU CL(Bk):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-013 PCU CL(Bk):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-015 #Charger Unit(Bk) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-016 #Photoconductor Unit(Bk) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-019 Developer(C) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-020 Development Unit:Vent Filter(C) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-022 #PCU Cleaning Unit(C) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-023 PCU CL(C):Cleaning Blade [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-024 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-025 PCU CL(C):Lubricant [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-026 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Blade [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-027 PCU CL(C):Joint [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-028 PCU CL(C):Gears [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-029 PCU CL(C):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-030 PCU CL(C):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-032 #Charger Unit(C) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-033 #Photoconductor Unit(C) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-036 Developer(M) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

747
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-957-037 Development Unit:Vent Filter(M) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-039 #PCU Cleaning Unit(M) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-040 PCU CL(M):Cleaning Blade [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-041 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-042 PCU CL(M):Lubricant [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-043 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Blade [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-044 PCU CL(M):Joint [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-045 PCU CL(M):Gears [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-046 PCU CL(M):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-047 PCU CL(M):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-049 #Charger Unit(M) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-050 #Photoconductor Unit(M) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-053 Developer(Y) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-054 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Y) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-056 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Y) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-057 PCU CL(Y):Cleaning Blade [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-058 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-059 PCU CL(Y):Lubricant [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-060 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Blade [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-061 PCU CL(Y):Joint [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-062 PCU CL(Y):Gears [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-063 PCU CL(Y):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-064 PCU CL(Y):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-066 #Charger Unit(Y) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-067 #Photoconductor Unit(Y) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-070 Developer(S) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

748
 Group 7000

7-957-071 Development Unit:Vent Filter(S) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-073 #PCU Cleaning Unit(S) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-074 PCU CL(S):Cleaning Blade [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-075 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-076 PCU CL(S):Lubricant [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-077 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Blade [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-078 PCU CL(S):Joint [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-079 PCU CL(S):Gears [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-080 PCU CL(S):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-081 PCU CL(S):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-083 #Charger Unit(S) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-084 #Photoconductor Unit(S) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-086 #Intermediate Transfer Belt [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-087 #Image Transfer Roller(Bk) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-088 #Image Transfer Roller(C) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-089 #Image Transfer Roller(M) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-090 #Image Transfer Roller(Y) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-091 #Image Transfer Roller(S) [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-092 #Paper Transfer Counter Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-093 #ITB Cleaning Unit [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-094 ITB CL Unit:Cleaning Blade [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-095 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-096 ITB CL Unit:Lubricant [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-097 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Blade [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-099 #Paper Transfer Unit [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-100 Paper Transfer Unit:Discharger [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

749
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-957-101 Paper Transfer Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-102 Paper Transfer Unit:CL Blade [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-103 Paper Transfer Unit:Lubricant [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-106 #Fuser Unit [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-107 Fuser Unit:Belt [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-108 Fuser Unit:Fuse Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-109 Fuser Unit:FuseR:Bearings [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-110 Fuser Unit:Pressure Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-111 Fuser Unit:PressR:Bearings [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-115 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-116 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Spring Plate [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-118 #Ozone Filter:Main [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-119 Ozone Filter [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-120 Ozone Filter:C/T BOX [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-121 #Dust Proof Filter:Main [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-122 Filter:Prevent Fence [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-123 Filter:Duct [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-124 Filter:Absorb Dust Sub-Unit [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-131 #Tray1 [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-132 Tray1:Pickup Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-133 Tray1:Feed Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-134 Tray1:Separate Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-136 #Tray2 [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-137 Tray2:Pickup Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-138 Tray2:Feed Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-139 Tray2:Separate Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

750
 Group 7000

7-957-141 #3-Tray LCT:Tray3 [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-142 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Pickup Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-143 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-144 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Separate Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-146 #3-Tray LCT:Tray4 [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-147 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Pickup Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-148 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-149 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Separate Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-151 #3-Tray LCT:Tray5 [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-152 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Pickup Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-153 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-154 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Separate Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-156 #Bypass Tray [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-157 Bypass Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-158 Bypass Tray:Feed Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-159 Bypass Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-161 #Interposer Upper Tray [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-162 Interposer Upper Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-163 Interposer Upper Tray:Feed Belt [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-164 Interposer Upper Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-166 #Interposer Lower Tray [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-167 Interposer Lower Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-168 Interposer Lower Tray:Feed Belt [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-169 Interposer Lower Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-171 #ADF [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-172 ADF:Feed Belt [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

751
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-957-173 ADF:Pickup Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-174 ADF:Separate Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-176 #2-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Belt [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-177 #2-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Belt [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-178 #2-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Belt [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-179 #2-Tray LCT:Tray6:Feed Belt [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-180 #2-Tray LCT:Tray7:Feed Belt [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7-957-181 #2-Tray LCT:Tray8:Feed Belt [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 sheet]

7960 [Estimated Usage Rate]

Displays the estimated usage rate calculated by page counter and distance counter.

7-960-002 Developer(Bk) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-003 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Bk) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-005 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Bk) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-006 PCU CL(Bk):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-007 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-008 PCU CL(Bk):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-009 PCU CL(Bk):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-010 PCU CL(Bk):Joint [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-011 PCU CL(Bk):Gears [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-012 PCU CL(Bk):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-013 PCU CL(Bk):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-015 #Charger Unit(Bk) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-016 #Photoconductor Unit(Bk) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-019 Developer(C) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-020 Development Unit:Vent Filter(C) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

752
 Group 7000

7-960-022 #PCU Cleaning Unit(C) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-023 PCU CL(C):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-024 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-025 PCU CL(C):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-026 PCU CL(C):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-027 PCU CL(C):Joint [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-028 PCU CL(C):Gears [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-029 PCU CL(C):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-030 PCU CL(C):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-032 #Charger Unit(C) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-033 #Photoconductor Unit(C) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-036 Developer(M) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-037 Development Unit:Vent Filter(M) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-039 #PCU Cleaning Unit(M) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-040 PCU CL(M):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-041 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-042 PCU CL(M):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-043 PCU CL(M):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-044 PCU CL(M):Joint [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-045 PCU CL(M):Gears [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-046 PCU CL(M):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-047 PCU CL(M):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-049 #Charger Unit(M) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-050 #Photoconductor Unit(M) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-053 Developer(Y) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-054 Development Unit:Vent Filter(Y) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

753
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-960-056 #PCU Cleaning Unit(Y) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-057 PCU CL(Y):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-058 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-059 PCU CL(Y):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-060 PCU CL(Y):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-061 PCU CL(Y):Joint [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-062 PCU CL(Y):Gears [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-063 PCU CL(Y):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-064 PCU CL(Y):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-066 #Charger Unit(Y) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-067 #Photoconductor Unit(Y) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-070 Developer(S) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-071 Development Unit:Vent Filter(S) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-073 #PCU Cleaning Unit(S) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-074 PCU CL(S):Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-075 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-076 PCU CL(S):Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-077 PCU CL(S):Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-078 PCU CL(S):Joint [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-079 PCU CL(S):Gears [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-080 PCU CL(S):CL Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-081 PCU CL(S):Lub Blade:Side Seal [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-083 #Charger Unit(S) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-084 #Photoconductor Unit(S) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-086 #Intermediate Transfer Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-087 #Image Transfer Roller(Bk) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

754
 Group 7000

7-960-088 #Image Transfer Roller(C) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-089 #Image Transfer Roller(M) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-090 #Image Transfer Roller(Y) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-091 #Image Transfer Roller(S) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-092 #Paper Transfer Counter Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-093 #ITB Cleaning Unit [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-094 ITB CL Unit:Cleaning Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-095 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-096 ITB CL Unit:Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-097 ITB CL Unit:Lubrication Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-099 #Paper Transfer Unit [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-100 Paper Transfer Unit:Discharger [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-101 Paper Transfer Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-102 Paper Transfer Unit:CL Blade [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-103 Paper Transfer Unit:Lubricant [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-106 #Fuser Unit [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-107 Fuser Unit:Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-108 Fuser Unit:Fuse Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-109 Fuser Unit:FuseR:Bearings [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-110 Fuser Unit:Pressure Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-111 Fuser Unit:PressR:Bearings [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-115 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-116 Fuser Cleaning Unit:Spring Plate [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-118 #Ozone Filter:Main [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-119 Ozone Filter [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-120 Ozone Filter:C/T BOX [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

755
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-960-121 #Dust Proof Filter:Main [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-122 Filter:Prevent Fence [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-123 Filter:Duct [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-124 Filter:Absorb Dust Sub-Unit [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-131 #Tray1 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-132 Tray1:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-133 Tray1:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-134 Tray1:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-136 #Tray2 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-137 Tray2:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-138 Tray2:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-139 Tray2:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-141 #3-Tray LCT:Tray3 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-142 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-143 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-144 3-Tray LCT:Tray3:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-146 #3-Tray LCT:Tray4 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-147 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-148 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-149 3-Tray LCT:Tray4:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-151 #3-Tray LCT:Tray5 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-152 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-153 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-154 3-Tray LCT:Tray5:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-156 #Bypass Tray [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-157 Bypass Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

756
 Group 7000

7-960-158 Bypass Tray:Feed Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-159 Bypass Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-161 #Interposer Upper Tray [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-162 Interposer Upper Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-163 Interposer Upper Tray:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-164 Interposer Upper Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-166 #Interposer Lower Tray [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-167 Interposer Lower Tray:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-168 Interposer Lower Tray:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-169 Interposer Lower Tray:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-171 #ADF [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-172 ADF:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-173 ADF:Pickup Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-174 ADF:Separate Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-176 #2-Tray LCT:Tray3:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-177 #2-Tray LCT:Tray4:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-178 #2-Tray LCT:Tray5:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-179 #2-Tray LCT:Tray6:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-180 #2-Tray LCT:Tray7:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-181 #2-Tray LCT:Tray8:Feed Belt [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-183 #Trimming Unit [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-184 #Trimmings Catcher [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-185 #Rotation Clamp Pad [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-186 #Stack Rotation Vibrating Plate [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-187 #Switchback Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-188 #Ripple Idle Roller (Center) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

757
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-960-189 #Ripple Idle Rollers [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-190 #TE Press Roller (large) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-191 #TE Press Roller (Small) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-192 #Spine Fold Harness (right) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-193 #Spine Fold Harness (left) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-194 #Signature Transport Harness [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-195 #Stack Rotation Up-down Harness [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-196 #Stack Rotation Grip Harness [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-197 #Stack Rotate Press LED Harness [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-198 #Pick-up Roller Upper [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-199 #Separation Roller Upper [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-200 #Feed Roller Upper [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-201 #Pick-up Roller Lower [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-202 #Separation Roller Lower [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-203 #Feed Roller Lower [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-204 #Blade Cradle [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-205 #Switchback Torque Limiter [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-206 #Deodorant Filter (Upper&Lower) [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-207 #Cover Feed Switchback Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-208 #Jogger Motor [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-209 #Main Grip Motor [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-210 #Signature Thickness Sensor [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-211 #Signature Rotate Torque Diode [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-212 #Trimmings Buffer Motor [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-213 #Signature Press Trq Lmt Clutch [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-215 #Ball Screw Unit [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

758
 Group 7000

7-960-216 #Sign/Stacking Discharge Brush [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-217 #Horizontal/Reg Discharge Brush [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-218 #Booklet Stack Drawer Connector [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7-960-219 #Edge Press Plate Sproket Ass'y [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 %]

7963 [Operation Env. Log:TransBelt]

This SP displays the distance traveled by the K PCDU drum so the engine can
acclimate operation for the ambient temperature and humidity.

7-963-001 Temp<=0 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

7-963-002 0<Temp<=5: 0<=Hum<30 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

7-963-003 0<Temp<=5: 30<=Hum<70 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

7-963-004 0<Temp<=5: 70<=Hum<100 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

7-963-005 5<Temp<15: 0<=Hum<30 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

7-963-006 5<Temp<15: 30<=Hum<55 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

7-963-007 5<Temp<15: 55<=Hum<80 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

7-963-008 5<Temp<15: 80<=Hum<=100 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

7-963-009 15<=Temp<25: 0<=Hum<30 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

7-963-010 15<=Temp<25: 30<=Hum<55 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

7-963-011 15<=Temp<25: 55<=Hum<80 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

7-963-012 15<=Temp<25: 80<=Hum<=100 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

7-963-013 25<=Temp<30: 0<=Hum<30 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

7-963-014 25<=Temp<30: 30<=Hum<55 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

7-963-015 25<=Temp<30: 55<=Hum<80 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

7-963-016 25<=Temp<30: 80<=Hum<=100 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

7-963-017 30<=Temp<35: 0<=Hum<30 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

7-963-018 30<=Temp<35: 30<=Hum<55 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

759
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-963-019 30<=Temp<35: 55<=Hum<80 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

7-963-020 30<=Temp<35: 80<=Hum<=100 [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

7-963-021 35<=Temp [0 to 99 999 999 / 0 / 1 m]

7964 [Operation Env. Log Clear]

Touch [EXECUTE\ to clear the ambient temperature log.

7-964-001
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

7970 [Motor Drive Information]

Displays the torque value for each motor.

7-970-001 K_Drum Ave. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-002 K_Drum Max. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-003 K_Drum Min. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-004 C_Drum Ave. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-005 C_Drum Max. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-006 C_Drum Min. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-007 M_Drum Ave. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-008 M_Drum Max. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-009 M_Drum Min. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-010 Y_Drum Ave. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-011 Y_Drum Max. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-012 Y_Drum Min. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-013 S_Drum Ave. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-014 S_Drum Max. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-015 S_Drum Min. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-016 ITB Drive Ave. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-017 ITB Drive Max. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

760
 Group 7000

7-970-018 ITB Drive Min. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-019 PTR Drive Ave. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-020 PTR Drive Max. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-021 PTR Drive Min. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-022 Transfer Timing Ave. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-023 Transfer Timing Max. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-024 Transfer Timing Min. Torque [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-025 ITU FB Sensor: Main Ave. [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7-970-026 ITU FB Sensor: Sub Ave. [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 ]

7985 [5th St Dev. Motor Position Count]

7-985-001 Success [0 to 5120 / 0 / 1 counts]

Displays the success counter for the development motor (S) home position detection.

7-985-002 Failure [0 to 5120 / 0 / 1 counts]

Displays the failure counter for the development motor (S) home position detection.

7986 [5th St Dev. Motor Position Count]

Cleas development motor home position detection count for 5th station (special
color).

7-986-001 Clear [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

7987 [Drum Motor Error Counter]

Drum motor lock condition counts for the four drum motors.

761
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

7-987-001 Drum Motor K

7-987-002 Drum Motor C

7-987-003 Drum Motor M [0 to 3/ 0 / 1]

7-987-004 Drum Motor Y

7-987-005 Drum Motor S

7988 [Drum Motor Error Counter Clear]

Clears the motor lock condition counts for the four drum motors.

7-988-001 Drum Motor K

7-988-002 Drum Motor C

7-988-003 Drum Motor M [0 to 1 / 0 / 0 ]

7-988-004 Drum Motor Y

7-988-005 Drum Motor S

7989 [Trimmer Unit Counter]

Displays the count for the number of cuts performed by the trimmer unit cutting
blade.

7-989-001 Trim Count [0 to 99 999 999 / 100 / 1]

762
 Group 8000

Group 8000
Data Log 2

Many of these counters are provided for features that are currently not available, such as sending color
faxes, and so on. However, here are some Group 8 codes that when used in combination with others,
can provide useful information.

SP Numbers What They Do

SP8211 to SP8216 The number of pages scanned to the document server.

SP8401 to SP8406 The number of pages printed from the document server

SP8691 to SP8696 The number of pages sent from the document server

Specifically, the following questions can be answered:

• How is the document server actually being used?
• What application is using the document server most frequently?
• What data in the document server is being reused?
Most of the SPs in this group are prefixed with a letter that indicates the mode of operation (the mode of
operation is referred to as an "application"). Before reading the Group 8 Service Table, make sure that
you understand what these prefixes mean.

Prefixes What it means

Grand total of the items counted for all applications (C, F,

T: Total: (Grand Total).
P, etc.).

C: Copy application.

F: Fax application. Totals (pages, jobs, etc.) executed for each application
P: Print application. when the job was not stored on the document server.

S: Scan application.

763
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Totals (jobs, pages, etc.) for the document server. The L:

counters work differently case by case. Sometimes, they
count jobs/pages stored on the document server; this can
be in document server mode (from the document server
Local storage (document
L: window), or from another mode, such as from a printer
server)
driver or by pressing the Store File button in the Copy
mode window. Sometimes, they include occasions when
the user uses a file that is already on the document server.
Each counter will be discussed case by case.

Other applications Refers to network applications such as Web Image

(external network Monitor. Utilities developed with the SDK (Software
O:
applications, for Development Kit) will also be counted with this group in the
example) future.

Keys and abbreviations in Data Log 2

Abbreviation What it means

/ "By", e.g. "T:Jobs/Apl" = Total Jobs "by" Application

> More (2> "2 or more", 4> "4 or more"

AddBook Address Book

Apl Application

B/W Black & White

Bk Black

C Cyan

ColCr Color Create

ColMode Color Mode

Comb Combine

Comp Compression

Deliv Delivery

Designated Application. The application (Copy, Fax, Scan, Print) used to

DesApl
store the job on the document server, for example.

Dev Counter Development Count, no. of pages developed.

764
 Group 8000

Abbreviation What it means

Dup, Duplex Duplex, printing on both sides

Emul Emulation

FC Full Color

FIN Post-print processing, i.e. finishing (punching, stapling, etc.)

Full Bleed No Margins

GenCopy Generation Copy Mode

Get Print Counter. For jobs 10 pages or less, this counter does not count
up. For jobs larger than 10 pages, this counter counts up by the number
GPC
that is in excess of 10 (e.g., for an 11-page job, the counter counts up
11-10 =1)

Image Edit performed on the original with the copier GUI, e.g. border
ImgEdt
removal, adding stamps, page numbers, etc.

K Black (YMCK)

LS Local Storage. Refers to the document server.

LSize Large (paper) Size

Mag Magnification

MC One color (monochrome)

New Remote Service, which allows a service center to monitor machines

NRS
remotely. "NRS" is used overseas, "CSS" is used in Japan.

Org Original for scanning

OrgJam Original Jam

Print Job Manager/Desk Top Editor: A pair of utilities that allows print
jobs to be distributed evenly among the printers on the network, and
Palm 2
allows files to moved around, combined, and converted to different
formats.

PC Personal Computer

Pages. A page is the total scanned surface of the original. Duplex pages
PGS count as two pages, and A3 simplex count as two pages if the A3/DLT
counter SP is switched ON.

765
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Abbreviation What it means

PJob Print Jobs

Ppr Paper

PrtJam Printer (plotter) Jam

PrtPGS Print Pages

Red (Toner Remaining). Applies to the wide format model A2 only. This
R
machine is under development and currently not available.

Rez Resolution

SC Service Code (Error SC code displayed)

Scn Scan

Sim, Simplex Simplex, printing on 1 side.

S-to-Email Scan-to-E-mail

SMC report printed with SP5990. All of the Group 8 counters are
SMC
recorded in the SMC report.

Svr Server

TonEnd Toner End

TonSave Toner Save

TXJob Send, Transmission

YMC Yellow, Magenta, Cyan

YMCK Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black

• All of the Group 8 SPs are able to reset by “SP5 801 1 Memory All Clear”.

766
 Group 8000

[T:Total Jobs] *CTL

8001
These SPs count the number of times each
[C:Total Jobs] application is used to do a job.
8002 *CTL
(Copier Model only) [0 to 99999999 / - / 1]
8004 [P:Total Jobs] *CTL Note: The L: counter is the total number of
times the other applications are used to send
[S:Total Jobs] a job to the document server, plus the
8005 *CTL
(Copier Model only) number of times a file already on the
document server is used.
[L:Total Jobs]
8006 *CTL
(Copier Model only)

• These SPs reveal the number of times an application is used, not the number of pages processed.
• When an application is opened for image input or output, this counts as one job.
• Interrupted jobs (paper jams, etc.) are counted, even though they do not finish.
• Only jobs executed by the customer are counted. Jobs executed by the customer engineer using
the SP modes are not counted.
• When using secure printing (when a password is required to start the print job), the job is counted
at the time when either "Delete Data" or "Specify Output" is specified.
• When a copy job on the document server is printed, SP8022 also increments, and when a print
job stored on the document server is printed, SP8024 also increments.
• When an original is both copied and stored on the document server, the C: and L: counters both
increments.
• When a print job is stored on the document server, only the L: counter increments.
• When the user presses the Document Server button to store the job on the document server, only
the L: counter increments.
• When the user enters document server mode and prints data stored on the document server, only
the L: counter increments.
• When an image received from Palm 2 is received and stored, the L: counter increments.

767
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[T:Jobs/LS]
*CTL
8011 (Copier Model only)

[C:Jobs/LS]
8012 *CTL These SPs count the number of jobs stored to
(Copier Model only) the document server by each application, to
8014 [P:Jobs/LS] *CTL reveal how local storage is being used for
input.
[S:Jobs/LS] [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
8015 *CTL
(Copier Model only) The L: counter counts the number of jobs
[L:Jobs/LS] stored from within the document server mode
8016 *CTL screen at the operation panel.
(Copier Model only)

[O:Jobs/LS]
8017 *CTL
(Copier Model only)

• When a scan job is sent to the document server, the S: counter increments. When you enter
document server mode and then scan an original, the L: counter increments.
• When a print job is sent to the document server, the P: counter increments.
• When a network application sends data to the document server, the O: counter increments.
• When an image from Palm 2 is stored on the document server, the O: counter increments.

[T:Pjob/LS]
8021 *CTL
(Copier Model only)

[C:Pjob/LS]
8022 *CTL
(Copier Model only) These SPs reveal how files printed from the
document server were stored on the
8024 [P:Pjob/LS] *CTL document server originally.

[S:Pjob/LS] [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
8025 *CTL
(Copier Model only) The L: counter counts the number of jobs
stored from within the document server mode
[L:Pjob/LS] screen at the operation panel.
8026 *CTL
(Copier Model only)

[O:Pjob/LS]
8027 *CTL
(Copier Model only)

• When a copy job stored on the document server is printed with another application, the C: counter
increments.

768
 Group 8000

• When an application like DeskTopBinder merges a copy job that was stored on the document
server with a print job that was stored on the document server, the C: and P: counters both
increment.
• When a job already on the document server is printed with another application, the L: counter
increments.
• When a scanner job stored on the document server is printed with another application, the S:
counter increments. If the original was scanned from within document server mode, then the L:
counter increments.
• When images stored on the document server by a network application (including Palm 2), are
printed with another application, the O: counter increments.
• When a copy job stored on the document server is printed with a network application (Web Image
Monitor, for example), the C: counter increments.

[T:Pjob/DesApl]
8031 *CTL
(Copier Model only)

[C:Pjob/DesApl]
8032 *CTL
(Copier Model only) These SPs reveal what applications were
used to output documents from the document
8034 [P:Pjob/DesApl] *CTL server.

[S:Pjob/DesApl] [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
8035 *CTL
(Copier Model only) The L: counter counts the number of jobs
printed from within the document server
[L:Pjob/DesApl] mode screen at the operation panel.
8036 *CTL
(Copier Model only)

[O:Pjob/DesApl]
8037 *CTL
(Copier Model only)

• When documents already stored on the document server are printed, the count for the application
that started the print job is incremented.
• When the print job is started from a network application (Desk Top Binder, Web Image Monitor,
etc.) the L: counter increments.

769
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[T:TX Jobs/LS]
8041 *CTL
(Copier Model only)
These SPs count the applications that stored
[C:TX Jobs/LS]
8042 *CTL files on the document server that were later
(Copier Model only) accessed for transmission over a network
(attached to an e-mail).
8044 [P:TX Jobs/LS] *CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
[S:TX Jobs/LS]
8045 *CTL Note: Jobs merged for sending are counted
(Copier Model only) separately.

[L:TX Jobs/LS] The L: counter counts the number of jobs

8046 *CTL scanned from within the document server
(Copier Model only)
mode screen at the operation panel.
[O:TX Jobs/LS]
8047 *CTL
(Copier Model only)

• When a stored copy job is sent from the document server, the C: counter increments.
• When images stored on the document server by a network application or Palm2 are sent as an e-
mail, the O: counter increments.

[T:TX Jobs/DesApl]
8051 *CTL
(Copier Model only)

[C:TX Jobs/DesApl]
8052 *CTL These SPs count the applications used to send
(Copier Model only)
files from the document server over a network
8054 [P:TX Jobs/DesApl] *CTL (attached to an e-mail). Jobs merged for
sending are counted separately.
[S:TX Jobs/DesApl]
8055 *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
(Copier Model only) The L: counter counts the number of jobs sent
from within the document server mode screen
[L:TX Jobs/DesApl]
8056 *CTL at the operation panel.
(Copier Model only)

[O:TX Jobs/DesApl]
8057 *CTL
(Copier Model only)

• If the send is started from Desk Top Binder or Web Image Monitor, for example, then the O:
counter increments.

770
 Group 8000

[T:FIN Jobs]
8061 These SPs total the finishing methods. The finishing method is specified by the
application.

[P:FIN Jobs] (Copier Model only)

8062 These SPs total finishing methods for print jobs only. The finishing method is specified
by the application.

[P:FIN Jobs]
8064 These SPs total finishing methods for print jobs only. The finishing method is specified
by the application.

[S:FIN Jobs] (Copier Model only)

8065 These SPs total finishing methods for scan jobs only. The finishing method is specified
by the application.
Note: Finishing features for scan jobs are not available at this time.

[L:FIN Jobs] (Copier Model only)

8066 These SPs total finishing methods for jobs output from within the document server
mode screen at the operation panel. The finishing method is specified from the print
window within document server mode.

[O:FIN Jobs]
8067 These SPs total finishing methods for jobs executed by an external application, over
the network. The finishing method is specified by the application.

Sort *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]

001
Number of jobs started in Sort mode.

Stack *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]

002
Number of jobs started out of Sort mode.

Staple *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]

003
Number of jobs started in Staple mode.

Booklet *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

004 Number of jobs started in Booklet mode. If the machine is in staple mode, the Staple
counter also increments.

771
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Z-Fold *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

005 Number of jobs started In any mode other than the Booklet mode and set for folding
(Z-fold).

Punch *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

006 Number of jobs started in Punch mode. When Punch is set for a print job, the P:
counter increments. (See SP8-064-6.)

Other *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

007
(Reserved)

008 Inside-Flod *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

009 Three-In-Fold *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

010 Three-OUT-Fold *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

011 Four-Fold *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

012 KANNON-Fold *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

013 Perfect-Bind *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

014 Ring-Bind *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

3rd-Party Peripheral I/F

015 *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]
Box

[T:Jobs/PGS]
8071 These SPs count the number of jobs broken down by the number of pages in the job,
regardless of which application was used.

[C:Jobs/PGS] (Copier Model only)

8072 These SPs count and calculate the number of copy jobs by size based on the number
of pages in the job.

[P:Jobs/PGS]
8074 These SPs count and calculate the number of print jobs by size based on the number
of pages in the job.

772
 Group 8000

[S:Jobs/PGS] (Copier Model only)

8075 These SPs count and calculate the number of scan jobs by size based on the number
of pages in the job.

[L:Jobs/PGS] (Copier Model only)

8076 These SPs count and calculate the number of jobs printed from within the document
server mode window at the operation panel, by the number of pages in the job.

[O:Jobs/PGS]
8077 These SPs count and calculate the number of "Other" application jobs (Web Image
Monitor, Palm 2, etc.) by size based on the number of pages in the job.

001 1 Page *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

002 2 Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

003 3 Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

004 4 Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

005 5 Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

006 6 to 10 Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

007 11 to 20 Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

008 21 to 50 Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

009 51 to 100 Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

010 101 to 300 Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

011 301 to 500 Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

012 501 to 700 Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

013 701 to 1000 Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

014 1001 to Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 ]

• For example: When a copy job stored on the document server is printed in document server mode,
the appropriate L: counter (SP8076 0xx) increments.
• Interrupted jobs (paper jam, etc.) are counted, even though they do not finish.
• If a job is paused and re-started, it counts as one job.

773
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

• If the finisher runs out of staples during a print and staple job, then the job is counted at the time the
error occurs.
• For copy jobs (SP 8072) and scan jobs (SP 8075), the total is calculated by multiplying the
number of sets of copies by the number of pages scanned. (One duplex page counts as 2.)
• The first test print and subsequent test prints to adjust settings are added to the number of pages of
the copy job (SP 8072).
• When printing the first page of a job from within the document server screen, the page is counted.

[T:S-to-Email Jobs] (Copier Model only)

8131 These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned and
attached to an e-mail, regardless of whether the document server was used or not.

[S: S-to-Email Jobs] (Copier Model only)

8135 These SPs count the number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned and
attached to e-mail, without storing the original on the document server.

001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

003 ACS *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

• These counters count jobs, not pages.

• If the job is stored on the document server, after the job is stored it is determined to be color or
black-and-white then counted.
• If the job is cancelled during scanning, or if the job is cancelled while the document is waiting to be
sent, the job is not counted.
• If the job is cancelled during sending, it may or may not be counted, depending on what stage of
the process had been reached when the job was cancelled.
• If several jobs are combined for sending to the Scan Router, Scan-to-Email, or Scan-to-PC, or if
one job is sent to more than one destination. each send is counted separately. For example, if the
same document is sent by Scan-to-Email as well as Scan-to-PC, then it is counted twice (once for
Scan-to-Email and once for Scan-to-PC).

[T:Deliv Jobs/Svr] (Copier Model only)

8141 These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned and
sent to a Scan Router server.

774
 Group 8000

[S: Deliv Jobs/Svr] (Copier Model only)

8145 These SPs count the number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned in scanner
mode and sent to a Scan Router server.

001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

003 ACS *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

• These counters count jobs, not pages.

• The jobs are counted even though the arrival and reception of the jobs at the Scan Router server
cannot be confirmed.
• If even one color image is mixed with black-and-white images, then the job is counted as a "Color"
job.
• If the job is cancelled during scanning, or if the job is cancelled while the document is waiting to be
delivered, the job is not counted.
• If the job is cancelled during sending, it may or may not be counted, depending on what stage of
the process had been reached when the job was cancelled.
• Even if several files are combined for sending, the transmission counts as one job.

[T:Deliv Jobs/PC] (Copier Model only)

8151 These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned and
sent to a folder on a PC (Scan-to-PC).
Note: At the present time, 8 151 and 8 155 perform identical counts.

[S:Deliv Jobs/PC] (Copier Model only)

8155 These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned and
sent with Scan-to-PC.

001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

003 ACS *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

• These counters count jobs, not pages.

• If the job is cancelled during scanning, it is not counted.
• If the job is cancelled while it is waiting to be sent, the job is not counted.

775
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

• If the job is cancelled during sending, it may or may not be counted, depending on what stage of
the process had been reached when the job was cancelled.
• Even if several files are combined for sending, the transmission counts as one job.

[T:Deliv Jobs/WSD] (Copier Model only)

8171
These SPs count the pages scanned by WS.

[S:Deliv Jobs/WSD] (Copier Model only)

8175
These SPs count the pages scanned by WS.

001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

003 ACS *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

[T:Scan to Media Jobs] (Copier Model only)

8181
These SPs count the scanned pages in a media by the scanner application.

[S:Scan to Media Jobs] (Copier Model only)

8185
These SPs count the scanned pages in a media by the scanner application.

001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

003 ACS *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

[T:Total Scan PGS]

8191 *CTL
(Copier Model only)

[C:Total Scan PGS]

8192 *CTL These SPs count the pages scanned by each
(Copier Model only) application that uses the scanner to scan
images.
[S:Total Scan PGS]
8195 *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
(Copier Model only)

[L:Total Scan PGS]

8196 *CTL
(Copier Model only)

• SP 8 191 to 8 196 count the number of scanned sides of pages, not the number of physical pages.

776
 Group 8000

• These counters do not count reading user stamp data, or reading color charts to adjust color.
• Previews done with a scanner driver are not counted.
• A count is done only after all images of a job have been scanned.
• Scans made in SP mode are not counted.
Examples
• If 3 B5 pages and 1 A3 page are scanned with the scanner application but not stored, the S: count
is 4.
• If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied and stored to the document server using the Store File
button in the Copy mode window, the C: count is 6 and the L: count is 6.
• If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied but not stored, the C: count is 6.
• If you enter document server mode then scan 6 pages, the L: count is 6.

[T:LSize Scan PGS]

*CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]
(Copier Model only)

8201 These SPs count the total number of large pages input with the scanner for scan and
copy jobs.
Note: These counters are displayed in the SMC Report, and in the User Tools
display.

[S:LSize Scan PGS]

*CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]
(Copier Model only)

8205 These SPs count the total number of large pages input with the scanner for scan jobs
only.
Note: These counters are displayed in the SMC Report, and in the User Tools
display.

[T:Scan PGS/LS]
8211 *CTL
(Copier Model only) These SPs count the number of pages
scanned into the document server.
[C:Scan PGS/LS]
8212 *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
(Copier Model only)
The L: counter counts the number of pages
[S:Scan PGS/LS] stored from within the document server mode
8215 *CTL screen at the operation panel, and with the
(Copier Model only)
Store File button from within the Copy mode
[L:Scan PGS/LS] screen
8216 *CTL
(Copier Model only)

777
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

• Reading user stamp data is not counted.

• If a job is cancelled, the pages output as far as the cancellation are counted.
• If the scanner application scans and stores 3 B5 sheets and 1 A4 sheet, the S: count is 4.
• If pages are copied but not stored on the document server, these counters do not change.
• If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied and stored to the document server, the C: count is 6 and the
L: count is 6.
• If you enter document server mode then scan 6 pages, the L: count is 6.

[ADF Org Feeds] (Copier Model only)

8221 These SPs count the number of pages fed through the ADF for front and back side
scanning.

Front *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

Number of front sides fed for scanning:

With an ADF that can scan both sides simultaneously, the Front side count is the same
8-221-001 as the number of pages fed for either simplex or duplex scanning.

With an ADF that cannot scan both sides simultaneously, the Front side count is the
same as the number of pages fed for duplex front side scanning. (The front side is
determined by which side the user loads face up.)

Back *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

Number of rear sides fed for scanning:

8-221-002 With an ADF that can scan both sides simultaneously, the Back count is the same as
the number of pages fed for duplex scanning.
With an ADF that cannot scan both sides simultaneously, the Back count is the same
as the number of pages fed for duplex rear-side scanning.

• When 1 sheet is fed for duplex scanning the Front count is 1 and the Back count is 1.
• If a jam occurs during the job, recovery processing is not counted to avoid double counting. Also,
the pages are not counted if the jam occurs before the first sheet is output.

[Scan PGS/Mode] (Copier Model only)

8231 These SPs count the number of pages scanned by each ADF mode to determine the
work load on the ADF.

Large Volume *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-231-001
Selectable. Large copy jobs that cannot be loaded in the ADF at one time.

778
 Group 8000

SADF *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 ]

8-231-002
Selectable. Feeding pages one by one through the ADF.

Mixed Size *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-231-003
Selectable. Select "Mixed Sizes" on the operation panel.

Custom Size *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-231-004
Selectable. Originals of non-standard size.

Platen *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-231-005
Book mode. Raising the ADF and placing the original directly on the platen.

Mixed 1side/ 2side *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-231-006
Simplex and Duplex mode.

• If the scan mode is changed during the job, for example, if the user switches from ADF to Platen
mode, the count is done for the last selected mode.
• If the user selects "Mixed Sizes" for copying in the platen mode, the Mixed Size count is enabled.
• In the SADF mode if the user copies 1 page in platen mode and then copies 2 pages with SADF,
the Platen count is 1 and the SADF count is 3.

[T:Scan PGS/Org]
*CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
(Copier Model only)
8241
These SPs count the total number of scanned pages by original type for all jobs,
regardless of which application was used.

[C:Scan PGS/Org]
*CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8242 (Copier Model only)

These SPs count the number of pages scanned by original type for Copy jobs.

[S:Scan PGS/Org]
*CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8245 (Copier Model only)

These SPs count the number of pages scanned by original type for Scan jobs.

779
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[L:Scan PGS/Org]
*CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
(Copier Model only)
8246
These SPs count the number of pages scanned and stored from within the document
server mode screen at the operation panel, and with the Store File button from within
the Copy mode screen

8241 8242 8245 8246

001 Text Yes Yes Yes Yes

002 Text/Photo Yes Yes Yes Yes

003 Photo Yes Yes Yes Yes

004 GenCopy, Pale Yes Yes Yes Yes

005 Map Yes Yes No Yes

006 Normal/Detail Yes No No No

007 Fine/Super Fine Yes No No No

008 Binary Yes No Yes No

009 Grayscale Yes No Yes No

010 Color Yes No Yes No

011 Other Yes Yes Yes Yes

• If the scan mode is changed during the job, for example, if the user switches from ADF to Platen
mode, the count is done for the last selected mode.

780
 Group 8000

[T:Scan PGS/ImgEdt] These SPs show how many times Image Edit
8251 *CTL features have been selected at the operation
(Copier Model only)
panel for each application. Some examples
[C:Scan PGS/ImgEdt] of these editing features are:
8252 *CTL
(Copier Model only) Erase> Border

[S:Scan PGS/ImgEdr] Erase> Center

8255 *CTL Image Repeat
(Copier Model only)
Centering
[L:Scan PGS/ImgEdt]
8256 *CTL Positive/Negative
(Copier Model only)
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Note: The count totals the number of times the
[O:Scan PGS/ImgEdt] edit features have been used. A detailed
8257 *CTL
(Copier Model only) breakdown of exactly which features have
been used is not given.

The L: counter counts the number of pages stored from within the document server mode screen at the
operation panel, and with the Store File button from within the Copy mode screen.

8261 [T:Scan PGS/ColCr] (Copier Model only)

8262 [C:Scan PGS/ ColCr] (Copier Model only)

8265 [S:Scn PGS/Color] (Copier Model only)

8266 [L:Scn PGS/ColCr] (Copier Model only)

These SPs show how many times color creation features have been selected at the
operation panel.

001 Color Conversion *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

002 Color Erase *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

003 Background *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

004 Other *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

781
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[T:Scan PGS/TWAIN] These SPs count the number of pages

8281 *CTL scanned using a TWAIN driver. These
(Copier Model only)
counters reveal how the TWAIN driver is
used for delivery functions.
[S:Scan PGS/TWAIN] [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8285 *CTL
(Copier Model only) Note: At the present time, these counters
perform identical counts.

[T:Scan PGS/Stamp] These SPs count the number of pages

8291 *CTL stamped with the stamp in the ADF unit.
(Copier Model only)
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
The L: counter counts the number of pages
[S:Scan PGS/Stamp] stored from within the document server mode
8295 *CTL screen at the operation panel, and with the
(Copier Model only)
Store File button from within the Copy mode
screen

[T:Scan PGS/Size] (Copier Model only)

8301 These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by all applications. Use
these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and output (printing) page size
[SP 8-441].

[C:Scan PGS/Size] (Copier Model only)

8302 These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by the Copy application.
Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and output (printing) page
size [SP 8-442].

[S:Scan PGS/Size] (Copier Model only)

8305 These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by the Scan application.
Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and output page size [SP
8-445].

[L:Scan PGS/Size] (Copier Model only)

These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned and stored from within
8306 the document server mode screen at the operation panel, and with the Store File
button from within the Copy mode screen. Use these totals to compare original page
size (scanning) and output page size [SP 8-446].

001 A3 *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

782
 Group 8000

002 A4 *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

003 A5 *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

004 B4 *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

005 B5 *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

006 DLT *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

007 LG *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

008 LT *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

009 HLT *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

010 Full Bleed *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

254 Other (Standard) *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

255 Other (Custom) *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

T:Scan PGS/Rez
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
(Copier Model only)
8311
These SPs count by resolution setting the total number of pages scanned by
applications that can specify resolution settings.

S: Scan PGS/Rez
*CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
(Copier Model only)
8315 These SPs count by resolution setting the total number of pages scanned by
applications that can specify resolution settings.
Note: At the present time, SP8-311 and SP8-315 perform identical counts.

001 1200dpi < *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

002 600dpi to 1199dpi *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

003 400dpi to 599dpi *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

004 200dpi to 399dpi *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

005 < 199dpi *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

• Copy resolution settings are fixed so they are not counted.

783
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

8381 [T:Total PrtPGS] *CTL

[C:Total PrtPGS]
8382 *CTL
(Copier Model only)

8384 [P:Total PrtPGS] *CTL

[S:Total PrtPGS]
8385 *CTL These SPs count the number of pages printed
(Copier Model only)
by the customer. The counter for the
[L:Total PrtPGS] application used for storing the pages
8386 *CTL increments.
(Copier Model only)
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8387 [O:Total PrtPGS] *CTL

001 Field Number

002 Other: Single Fifth Station

Other: Single Fifth Station

003
Over A3

• When the A3/DLT double count function is switched on with SP5104, 1 A3/DLT page is counted
as 2.
• When several documents are merged for a print job, the number of pages stored are counted for
the application that stored them.
• These counters are used primarily to calculate charges on use of the machine, so the following
pages are not counted as printed pages:
- Blank pages in a duplex printing job.
- Blank pages inserted as document covers, chapter title sheets, and slip sheets.
- Reports printed to confirm counts.
- All reports done in the service mode (service summaries, engine maintenance reports, etc.)
- Test prints for machine image adjustment.
- Error notification reports.
- Partially printed pages as the result of a copier jam.

[LSize PrtPGS] *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8391 These SPs count pages printed on paper sizes A3/DLT and larger.
Note: In addition to being displayed in the SMC Report, these counters are also
displayed in the User Tools display on the copy machine.

784
 Group 8000

8-391-001 A3/DLT, Larger

8-391-003 BannaerPaper

[T:PrtPGS/LS]
8401 *CTL
(Copier Model only)
These SPs count the number of pages printed
[C:PrtPGS/LS] from the document server. The counter for the
8402 *CTL
(Copier Model only) application used to print the pages is
incremented.
8404 [P:PrtPGS/LS] *CTL The L: counter counts the number of jobs
[S:PrtPGS/LS] stored from within the document server mode
8405 *CTL screen at the operation panel.
(Copier Model only)
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[L:PrtPGS/LS]
8406 *CTL
(Copier Model only)

• Print jobs done with Web Image Monitor and Desk Top Binder are added to the L: count.

This SP counts the amount of paper (front/

back counted as 1 page) used for duplex
8411 Prints/Duplex *CTL printing. Last pages printed only on one side
are not counted.
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]

[T:PrtPGS/Dup Comb] (002and 003 are Copier Model only)

8421 These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of pages
processed for printing. This is the total for all applications.

[C:PrtPGS/Dup Comb] (Copier Model only)

8422 These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of pages
processed for printing by the copier application.

[P:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
8424 These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of pages
processed for printing by the printer application.

785
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[S:PrtPGS/Dup Comb] (Copier Model only)

8425 These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of pages
processed for printing by the scanner application.

[L:PrtPGS/Dup Comb] (Copier Model only)

8426 These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of pages
processed for printing from within the document server mode window at the
operation panel.

[O:PrtPGS/Dup Comb] (002and 003 are Copier Model only)

8427 These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of pages
processed for printing by Other applications

001 Simplex> Duplex *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

002 Duplex> Duplex *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

003 Book> Duplex *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

004 Simplex Combine *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

005 Duplex Combine *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

2in1 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

006
2 pages on 1 side (2-Up)

4 in1 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

007
4 pages on 1 side (4-Up)

6 in1 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

008
6 pages on 1 side (6-Up)

8 in1 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

009
8 pages on 1 side (8-Up)

9 in1 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

010
9 pages on 1 side (9-Up)

16 in1 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

011
16 pages on 1 side (16-Up)

786
 Group 8000

012 Booklet *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

013 Magazine *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

014 2-in-1 + Booklet *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

015 4-in-1 + Booklet *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

016 6-in-1 + Booklet *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

017 8-in-1 + Booklet *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

018 9-in-1 + Booklet *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

019 2-in-1 + Magazine *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

020 4-in-1 + Magazine *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

021 6-in-1 + Magazine *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

022 8-in-1 + Magazine *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

023 9-in-1 + Magazine *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

024 16-in-1 + Magazine *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

• These counts (SP8 421 to SP8 427) are especially useful for customers who need to improve their
compliance with ISO standards for the reduction of paper consumption.
• Pages that are only partially printed with the n-Up functions are counted as 1 page.
• Here is a summary of how the counters work for Booklet and Magazine modes:

Booklet Magazine

Original Pages Count Original Pages Count

1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2

3 2 3 2

4 2 4 2

5 3 5 4

6 4 6 4

7 4 7 4

787
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Booklet Magazine

Original Pages Count Original Pages Count

8 4 8 4

[T:PrtPGS/ImgEdt]
8431 These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features below,
regardless of which application was used.

[C:PrtPGS/ImgEdt] (Copier Model only)

8432 These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features below with
the copy application.

[P:PrtPGS/ImgEdt]
8434 These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features below with
the print application.

[L:PrtPGS/ImgEdt] (Copier Model only)

8436 These SPs count the total number of pages output from within the document server
mode window at the operation panel with the three features below.

[O:PrtPGS/ImgEdt]
8437 These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features below with
Other applications.

Cover/Slip Sheet *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

001 Total number of covers or slip sheets inserted. The count for a cover printed on both
sides counts 2.

Series/Book *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

002 The number of pages printed in series (one side) or printed as a book with booklet
right/left pagination.

User Stamp *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

003 The number of pages printed where stamps were applied, including page
numbering and date stamping.

788
 Group 8000

[T:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8441
These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by all applications.

[C:PrtPGS/Ppr Size] (Copier Model only)

8442 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the copy
application.

[P:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8444 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the printer
application.

[S:PrtPGS/Ppr Size] (Copier Model only)

8445 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the scanner
application.

[L:PrtPGS/Ppr Size] (Copier Model only)

8446 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed from within the
document server mode window at the operation panel.

[O:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8447 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by Other
applications.

001 A3 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

002 A4 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

003 A5 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

004 B4 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

005 B5 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

006 DLT *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

007 LG *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

008 LT *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

009 HLT *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

010 Full Bleed *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

254 Other (Standard) *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

789
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

255 Other (Custom) *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

• These counters do not distinguish between LEF and SEF.

[PrtPGS/Ppr Tray]
8451
These SPs count the number of sheets fed from each paper feed station.

Bypass Tray
8-451-001 Bypass Tray *CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-451-002 Tray 1 *CTL Copier

8-451-003 Tray 2 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-451-004 Tray 3 *CTL

LCT
8-451-005 Tray 4 *CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-451-006 Tray 5 *CTL

8-451-007 Tray 6 *CTL

8-451-008 Tray 7 *CTL

8-451-009 Tray 8 *CTL

8-451-010 Tray 9 *CTL

8-451-011 Tray 10 *CTL

8-451-012 Tray 11 *CTL

8-451-013 Tray 12 *CTL

8-451-014 Tray 13 *CTL

8-451-015 Tray 14 *CTL

8-451-016 Tray 15 *CTL

790
 Group 8000

[T:PrtPGS/Ppr Type]

These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by all applications.
• These counters are not the same as the PM counter. The PM counter is based on
8461 feed timing to accurately measure the service life of the feed rollers. However,
these counts are based on output timing.
• Blank sheets (covers, chapter covers, slip sheets) are also counted.
• During duplex printing, pages printed on both sides count as 1, and a page
printed on one side counts as 1.

[C:PrtPGS/Ppr Type] (Copier Model only)

8462
These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by the copy application.

[P:PrtPGS/Ppr Type]
8464
These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by the printer application.

[L:PrtPGS/Ppr Type] (Copier Model only)

8466 These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed from within the document
server mode window at the operation panel.

001 Normal *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

002 Recycled *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

003 Special *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

004 Thick *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

005 Normal (Back) *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

006 Thick (Back) *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

007 OHP *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

008 Other *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

[PrtPGS/Mag]
8471
These SPs count by magnification rate the number of pages printed.

791
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

8-471-001 < 49% *CTL

8-471-002 50% to 99% *CTL

8-471-003 100% *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-471-004 101% to 200% *CTL

8-471-005 201% < *CTL

Counts are done for magnification adjusted for pages, not only on the operation panel but performed
remotely with an external network application capable of performing magnification adjustment as well.
Magnification adjustments done with printer drivers with PC applications such as Excel are also counted.
Magnification adjustments done for adjustments after they have been stored on the document server are
not counted.
Magnification adjustments performed automatically during Auto Reduce/Enlarge copying are counted.
The magnification rates of blank cover sheets, slip sheets, etc. are automatically assigned a rate of
100%.

8481 [T:PrtPGS/TonSave] *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8484 [P:PrtPGS/TonSave] *CTL

These SPs count the number of pages printed with the Toner Save feature switched
on.
Note: These SPs return the same results as this SP is limited to the Print application.

8491 [T:PrtPGS/Col Mode] (Copier Model only)

8492 [C:PrtPGS/Col Mode] (Copier Model only)

8496 [L:PrtPGS/Col Mode] (Copier Model only)

8497 [O:PrtPGS/Col Mode] (Copier Model only)

792
 Group 8000

001 B/W *CTL

002 Single Color *CTL

003 Two Color *CTL

004 Full Color *CTL These SPs count the number of pages printed
051 B/W(Banner) 051 in the Color Mode by each application.

052 Full Color(Banner) 052

053 Single Color(Banner) 053

054 Two Color(Banner) 054

8501 [T:PrtPGS/Col Mode]

8504 [P:PrtPGS/Col Mode]

8507 [O:PrtPGS/Col Mode]

001 B/W *CTL

002 Mono Color *CTL

003 Full Color *CTL

004 Single Color *CTL

These SPs count the number of pages printed
005 Two Color *CTL
in the Color Mode by the print application.
051 B/W(Banner) *CTL

052 Full Color(Banner) *CTL

053 Single Color(Banner) *CTL

054 Two Color(Banner) *CTL

[T:PrtPGS/Emul]
8511
These SPs count by printer emulation mode the total number of pages printed.

[P:PrtPGS/Emul]
8514
These SPs count by printer emulation mode the total number of pages printed.

001 RPCS *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

793
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

002 RPDL *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

003 PS3 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

004 R98 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

005 R16 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

006 GL/GL2 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

007 R55 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

008 RTIFF *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

009 PDF *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

010 PCL5e/5c *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

011 PCL XL *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

012 IPDL-C *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

013 BM-Links *CTL Japan Only

014 Other *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

015 IPDS *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

016 XPS *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

• SP8 511 and SP8 514 return the same results as they are both limited to the Print application.
• Print jobs output to the document server are not counted.

[T:PrtPGS/FIN]
8521 These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by all
applications.

[C:PrtPGS/FIN] (Copier Model only)

8522 These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by the Copy
application.

[P:PrtPGS/FIN]
8524 These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by the Print
application.

794
 Group 8000

[S:PrtPGS/FIN] (Copier Model only)

8525 These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by the Scanner
application.

[L:PrtPGS/FIN] (Copier Model only)

8526 These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed from within the
document server mode window at the operation panel.

001 Sort *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

002 Stack *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

003 Staple *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

004 Booklet *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

005 Z-Fold *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

006 Punch *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

007 Other *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

Inside Fold *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

008
Half-Fold (FM2) (Multi Fold Unit)

Three-IN-Fold *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

009
Letter Fold-in (FM4) (Multi Fold Unit)

Three-OUT-Fold *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

010
Letter Fold-out (FM3) (Multi Fold Unit)

Four Fold *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

011
Double Parallel Fold (FM5) (Multi Fold Unit)

KANNON-Fold *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

012
Gate Fold (FM6) (Multi Fold Unit)

Perfect-Bind *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

013
Perfect Binder

795
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Ring-Bind *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

014
Ring Binder

015 3rd Vendor *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

• If stapling is selected for finishing and the stack is too large for stapling, the unstapled pages are
still counted.
• The counts for staple finishing are based on output to the staple tray, so jam recoveries are
counted.

This SP counts the amount of staples used by

8531 [Staples] *CTL the machine.
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8551 [T:PrtBooks/FIN]

8-551-001 Perfect-Bind *CTL Booklet finishing

8-551-002 Ring-Bind *CTL Not used

8552 [C:PrtBooks/FIN] (Copier Model only)

8-552-001 Perfect-Bind *CTL Booklet finishing

8-552-002 Ring-Bind *CTL Not used

8554 [P:PrtBooks/FIN]

8-564-001 Perfect-Bind *CTL Booklet finishing

8-564-002 Ring-Bind *CTL Not used

8556 [L:PrtBooks/FIN] (Copier Model only)

8-566-001 Perfect-Bind *CTL Booklet finishing

8-566-002 Ring-Bind *CTL Not used

8561 [T:A Sheet Of Paper]

796
 Group 8000

8-561-001 Total: Over A3/DLT *CTL

8-561-002 Total: Under A3/DLT *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
8-561-003 Duplex: Over A3/DLT *CTL

8-561-004 Duplex: Under A3/DLT *CTL

8562 [C:A Sheet Of Paper] (Copier Model only)

8-562-001 Total: Over A3/DLT *CTL

8-562-002 Total: Under A3/DLT *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
8-562-003 Duplex: Over A3/DLT *CTL

8-562-004 Duplex: Under A3/DLT *CTL

8564 [P:A Sheet Of Paper]

8-564-001 Total: Over A3/DLT *CTL

8-564-002 Total: Under A3/DLT *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
8-564-003 Duplex: Over A3/DLT *CTL

8-564-004 Duplex: Under A3/DLT *CTL

8566 [L:A Sheet Of Paper] (Copier Model only)

8-566-001 Total: Over A3/DLT *CTL

8-566-002 Total: Under A3/DLT *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
8-566-003 Duplex: Over A3/DLT *CTL

8-566-004 Duplex: Under A3/DLT *CTL

8567 [O:A Sheet Of Paper]

797
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

8-567-001 Total: Over A3/DLT *CTL

8-567-002 Total: Under A3/DLT *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
8-567-003 Duplex: Over A3/DLT *CTL

8-567-004 Duplex: Under A3/DLT *CTL

[T:Counter]

8581 These SPs count the total output broken down by color output, regardless of the
application used. In addition to being displayed in the SMC Report, these counters
are also displayed in the User Tools display on the copy machine.

8-581-001 Total *CTL

8-581-002 Total: Full Color *CTL

8-581-003 B&W/Single Color *CTL

8-581-004 Development: CMY *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
8-581-005 Development: K *CTL

8-581-008 Print: Color *CTL

8-581-009 Print: B/W *CTL

8-581-010 Total: Color *CTL

8-581-011 Total: B/W *CTL

8-581-012 Full Color: A3 *CTL

8-581-013 Full Color: -B4 *CTL

8-581-014 Full Color Print *CTL

8-581-015 Mono Color Print *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]

8-581-017 Twin Color Mode Print *CTL

8-581-018 Full Color Print (Twin) *CTL

8-581-019 Mono Color Print (Twin) *CTL

8-581-020 Full Color Total (CV) *CTL

798
 Group 8000

8-581-021 Mono Color Total (CV) *CTL

8-581-022 Full Color Print (CV) *CTL

8-581-023 Eco Color Print (FC) *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
8-581-024 Eco Color Print (Bk) *CTL

8-581-025 Total: Color (Eco Bk) *CTL

8-581-026 Total: B/W (Eco Bk) *CTL

8-581-027 Total: Color (Eco FC) *CTL

8-581-028 Development: CMY (A3) *CTL

8-581-029 Development: K (A3) *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]

8-581-030 Total: Color (A3) *CTL

8-581-031 Total: B/W (A3) *CTL

8-581-033 Fifth Station Total *CTL

8-581-036 Single Fifth Station *CTL

8-581-037 Fifth Station 1 *CTL

8-581-038 Fifth Station 2 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
8-581-039 Fifth Station 3 *CTL

8-581-040 Fifth Station 4 *CTL

Development: Fifth
8-581-041 *CTL
Station

[C:Counter] (Copier Model only)

8582 These SPs count the total output of the copy application broken down by color
output.

8-582-001 B/W *CTL

8-582-002 Mono Color *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
8-582-003 Full Color *CTL

8-582-004 Single Color *CTL

799
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[P:Counter]
8584 These SPs count the total output of the print application broken down by color
output.

8-584-001 B/W *CTL

8-584-002 Mono Color *CTL

8-584-003 Full Color *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]

8-584-004 Single Color *CTL

8-584-005 Two Color *CTL

[L:Counter] (Copier Model only)

8586
These SPs count the total output of the local storage broken down by color output.

8-586-001 B/W *CTL

8-586-002 Mono Color *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
8-586-003 Full Color *CTL

8-586-004 Single Color *CTL

[O:Counter]
8591 These SPs count the totals for A3/DLT paper use, number of duplex pages printed,
and the number of staples used. These totals are for Other (O:) applications only.

8-591-001 A3/DLT *CTL

8-591-002 Duplex *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-591-005 Banner *CTL

[T:Coverage Counter]
8601 These SPs count the total coverage for each color and the total printout pages for
each printing mode.

8-601-001 B/W *CTL

[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
8-601-002 Color *CTL

800
 Group 8000

8-601-011 B/W Printing Pages *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-601-012 Color Printing Pages *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-601-021 Coverage Counter 1 *CTL

8-601-022 Coverage Counter 2 *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-601-023 Coverage Counter 3 *CTL

8601 [Coverage Counter]

Coverage Counter 1
8-601-031 *CTL
(YMC)

Coverage Counter 2
8-601-032 *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
(YMC)

Coverage Counter 3
8-601-033 *CTL
(YMC)

8601 [T:Coverage Counter]

8-601-081 Fifth Station 1 *CTL

8-601-082 Fifth Station 2 *CTL

[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1 / %]
8-601-083 Fifth Station 3 *CTL

8-601-084 Fifth Station 4 *CTL

[C:Coverage Counter]
8602
-

8-602-001 B/W *CTL

8-602-002 Single Color *CTL

[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
8-602-003 Two Color *CTL

8-602-004 Full Color *CTL

[P:Coverage Counter]
8604
-

801
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

8-604-001 B/W *CTL

8-604-002 Single Color *CTL

[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
8-604-003 Two Color *CTL

8-604-004 Full Color *CTL

[L:Coverage Counter]
8606
-

8-606-001 B/W *CTL

8-606-002 Single Color *CTL

[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
8-606-003 Two Color *CTL

8-606-004 Full Color *CTL

[SDK Apli Counter]

8617
These SPs count the total printout pages for each SDK application.

8-617-001 SDK-1 *CTL

8-617-002 SDK-2 *CTL

8-617-003 SDK-3 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-617-004 SDK-4 *CTL

8-617-005 SDK-5 *CTL

8-617-006 SDK-6 *CTL

8-617-007 SDK-7 *CTL

8-617-008 SDK-8 *CTL

8-617-009 SDK-9 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-617-010 SDK-10 *CTL

8-617-011 SDK-11 *CTL

8-617-012 SDK-12 *CTL

802
 Group 8000

Func Use Counter

8621
-

8-621-001 Function-001 *CTL

8-621-002 Function-002 *CTL

8-621-003 Function-003 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-621-004 Function-004 *CTL

8-621-005 Function-005 *CTL

8-621-006 Function-006 *CTL

8-621-007 Function-007 *CTL

8-621-008 Function-008 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-621-009 Function-009 *CTL

8-621-010 Function-010 *CTL

8-621-011 Function-011 *CTL

8-621-012 Function-012 *CTL

8-621-013 Function-013 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-621-014 Function-014 *CTL

8-621-015 Function-015 *CTL

8-621-016 Function-016 *CTL

8-621-017 Function-017 *CTL

8-621-018 Function-018 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-621-019 Function-019 *CTL

8-621-020 Function-020 *CTL

803
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

8-621-021 Function-021 *CTL

8-621-022 Function-022 *CTL

8-621-023 Function-023 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-621-024 Function-024 *CTL

8-621-025 Function-025 *CTL

8-621-026 Function-026 *CTL

8-621-027 Function-027 *CTL

8-621-028 Function-028 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-621-029 Function-029 *CTL

8-621-030 Function-030 *CTL

8-621-031 Function-031 *CTL

8-621-032 Function-032 *CTL

8-621-033 Function-033 *CTL

8-621-034 Function-034 *CTL

8-621-035 Function-035 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-621-036 Function-036 *CTL

8-621-037 Function-037 *CTL

8-621-038 Function-038 *CTL

8-621-039 Function-039 *CTL

8-621-040 Function-040 *CTL

804
 Group 8000

8-621-041 Function-041 *CTL

8-621-042 Function-042 *CTL

8-621-043 Function-043 *CTL

8-621-044 Function-044 *CTL

8-621-045 Function-045 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-621-046 Function-046 *CTL

8-621-047 Function-047 *CTL

8-621-048 Function-048 *CTL

8-621-049 Function-049 *CTL

8-621-050 Function-050 *CTL

8-621-051 Function-051 *CTL

8-621-052 Function-052 *CTL

8-621-053 Function-053 *CTL

8-621-054 Function-054 *CTL

8-621-055 Function-055 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-621-056 Function-056 *CTL

8-621-057 Function-057 *CTL

8-621-058 Function-058 *CTL

8-621-059 Function-059 *CTL

8-621-060 Function-060 *CTL

8-621-061 Function-061 *CTL

8-621-062 Function-062 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-621-063 Function-063 *CTL

8-621-064 Function-064 *CTL

805
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[T:S-to-Email PGS]
8651 These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages attached to an e-mail for
both the Scan and document server applications.

8-651-001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]

8-651-002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]

[S:S-to-Email PGS]
8655 These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages attached to an e-mail for
both the Scan and document server applications.

8-655-001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]

8-655-002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]

• The count for B/W and Color pages is done after the document is stored on the HDD. If the job is
cancelled before it is stored, the pages are not counted.
• If Scan-to-Email is used to send a 10-page document to 5 addresses, the count is 10 (the pages
are sent to the same SMTP server together).
• If Scan-to-PC is used to send a 10-page document to 5 folders, the count is 50 (the document is
sent to each destination of the SMB/FTP server).
• Due to restrictions on some devices, if Scan-to-Email is used to send a 10-page document to a
large number of destinations, the count may be divided and counted separately. For example, if a
10-page document is sent to 200 addresses, the count is 10 for the first 100 destinations and the
count is also 10 for the second 100 destinations, for a total of 20.).

[T:Deliv PGS/Svr] (Copier Model only)

8661 These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent to a Scan Router
server by both Scan and LS applications.

8-661-001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]

8-661-002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]

[S:Deliv PGS/Svr] (Copier Model only)

8665 These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent to a Scan Router
server by the Scan application.

806
 Group 8000

8-665-001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]

8-665-002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]

• The B/W and Color counts are done after the document is stored on the HDD of the Scan Router
server.
• If the job is canceled before storage on the Scan Router server finishes, the counts are not done.
• The count is executed even if regardless of confirmation of the arrival at the Scan Router server.

[T:Deliv PGS/PC] (Copier Model only)

8671 These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent to a folder on a PC
(Scan-to-PC) with the Scan and LS applications.

[S: Deliv PGS/PC] (Copier Model only)

8675 These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent with Scan-to-PC with
the Scan application.

001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]

002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]

[T:TX PGS/LS]
8691 *CTL
(Copier Model only)
These SPs count the number of pages sent
[C:TX PGS/LS] from the document server. The counter for the
8692 *CTL application that was used to store the pages
(Copier Model only)
is incremented.
[P:TX PGS/LS] [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
8694 *CTL
(Copier Model only) The L: counter counts the number of pages
stored from within the document server mode
[S:TX PGS/LS] screen at the operation panel. Pages stored
8695 *CTL
(Copier Model only) with the Store File button from within the
Copy mode screen go to the C: counter.
[L:TX PGS/LS]
8696 *CTL
(Copier Model only)

• Print jobs done with Web Image Monitor and Desk Top Binder are added to the count.

807
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

• If several documents are merged for sending, the number of pages stored are counted for the
application that stored them.

[TX PGS/Port] (Copier Model only)

8701 These SPs count the number of pages sent by the physical port used to send them.
For example, if a 3-page original is sent to 4 destinations via ISDN G4, the count for
ISDN (G3, G4) is 12.

8-701-001 PSTN-1 *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

8-701-002 PSTN-2 *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

8-701-003 PSTN-3 *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

8-701-004 ISDN (G3,G4) *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

8-701-005 Network *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

8711 [T:Scan PGS/Comp] (Copier Model only)

[S:Scan PGS/Comp] (Copier Model only)

8715
These SPs count the number of pages sent by each compression mode.

001 JPEG/JPEG2000 *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

002 TIFF(Multi/Single) *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

003 PDF *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

004 Other *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

005 PDF/Comp *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

006 PDF/A *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

007 PDF(OCR) *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

008 PDF/Comp(OCR) *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

009 PDF/A(OCR) *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

8721 [T:Deliv PGS/WSD] (Copier Model only)

[S: Dvliv PGS/WSD] (Copier Model only)

8725
These SPs count the number of pages scanned by each scanner mode.

808
 Group 8000

001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

8731 [T:Scan PGS/Media] (Copier Model only)

[S:Scan PGS/Media] (Copier Model only)

8735 These SPs count the number of pages scanned and saved in a meia by each scanner
mode.

001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

[RX PGS/Port] (Copier Model only)

8741 These SPs count the number of pages received by the physical port used to receive
them.

8-741-001 PSTN-1 *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

8-741-002 PSTN-2 *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

8-741-003 PSTN-3 *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

8-741-004 ISDN (G3,G4) *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

8-741-005 Network *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

[Dev Counter]
8771 These SPs count the frequency of use (number of rotations of the development rollers)
for black and other color toners.

8-771-001 Total *CTL

8-771-002 K *CTL

8-771-003 Y *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-771-004 M *CTL

8-771-005 C *CTL

809
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

8-771-101 Fifth Station 1 *CTL

8-771-102 Fifth Station 2 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-771-103 Fifth Station 3 *CTL

8-771-104 Fifth Station 4 *CTL

[Toner_Botol_Info.] *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8781 These SPs display the number of already replaced toner bottles.
NOTE: Currently, the data in SP7-833-011 through 014 and the data in
SP8-781-001 through 004 are the same.

8-781-001 Toner: BK The number of black-toner bottles

8-781-002 Toner: Y The number of yellow-toner bottles

8-781-003 Toner: M The number of magenta-toner bottles

8-781-004 Toner: C The number of cyan-toner bottles

8-781-101 Fifth Station 1

8-781-102 Fifth Station 2

8-781-103 Fifth Station 3

8-781-104 Fifth Station 4

This SP displays the percent of space

[LS Memory Remain] available on the document server for storing
8791 *CTL documents.
(Copier Model only)
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1 / step]

[Toner Remain]

These SPs display the percent of toner remaining for each color. This SP allows the
8801 user to check the toner supply at any time.
Note: This precise method of measuring remaining toner supply (1% steps) is better
than other machines in the market that can only measure in increments of 10 (10%
steps).

810
 Group 8000

8-801-001 K *CTL

8-801-002 Y *CTL

8-801-003 M *CTL [0 to 100 / 0 / 10% / step]

8-801-004 C *CTL

8-801-101 Fifth Station *CTL

[Eco Counter]
8811
-

8-811-001 Eco Total *CTL

8-811-002 Color *CTL

8-811-003 Full Color *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-811-004 Duplex *CTL

8-811-005 Combine *CTL

8-811-006 Color (%) *CTL

8-811-007 Full Color (%) *CTL

8-811-008 Duplex (%) *CTL [0 to 100 / 0 / 1% / step]

8-811-009 Combine (%) *CTL

8-811-010 Paper Cut (%) *CTL

8-811-101 Eco Totalr:Last *CTL

8-811-102 Color:Last *CTL

8-811-103 Full Color:Last *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-811-104 Duplex:Last *CTL

8-811-105 Combine:Last *CTL

811
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

8-811-106 Color(%):Last *CTL

8-811-107 Full Color (%):Last *CTL

8-811-108 Duplex (%):Last *CTL [0 to 100 / 0 / 1% / step]

8-811-109 Combine (%):Last *CTL

8-811-110 Paper Cut (%):Last *CTL

[Cvr Cnt: 0-10%]

8851 These SPs display the number of scanned sheets on which the coverage of each
color is from 0% to 10%.

8-851-011 0 to 2%: BK *CTL

8-851-012 0 to 2%: Y *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-851-013 0 to 2%: M *CTL

8-851-014 0 to 2%: C *CTL

8-851-021 3 to 4%: BK *CTL

8-851-022 3 to 4%: Y *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-851-023 3 to 4%: M *CTL

8-851-024 3 to 4%: C *CTL

8-851-031 5 to 7%: BK *CTL

8-851-032 5 to 7%: Y *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-851-033 5 to 7%: M *CTL

8-851-034 5 to 7%: C *CTL

8-851-041 8 to 10%: BK *CTL

8-851-042 8 to 10%: Y *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-851-043 8 to 10%: M *CTL

8-851-044 8 to 10%: C *CTL

812
 Group 8000

8-851-111 0 to 2%:Fifth Station 1 *CTL

8-851-112 0 to 2%:Fifth Station 2 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-851-113 0 to 2%:Fifth Station 3 *CTL

8-851-114 0 to 2%:Fifth Station 4 *CTL

8-851-121 3 to 4%:Fifth Station 1 *CTL

8-851-122 3 to 4%:Fifth Station 2 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-851-123 3 to 4%:Fifth Station 3 *CTL

8-851-124 3 to 4%:Fifth Station 4 *CTL

8-851-131 5 to 7%:Fifth Station 1 *CTL

8-851-132 5 to 7%:Fifth Station 2 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-851-133 5 to 7%:Fifth Station 3 *CTL

8-851-134 5 to 7%:Fifth Station 4 *CTL

8-851-141 8 to 10%:Fifth Station 1 *CTL

8-851-142 8 to 10%:Fifth Station 2 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-851-143 8 to 10%:Fifth Station 3 *CTL

8-851-144 8 to 10%:Fifth Station 4 *CTL

[Cvr Cnt: 11-20%]

8861 These SPs display the number of scanned sheets on which the coverage of each
color is from 11% to 20%.

8-861-001 BK *CTL

8-861-002 Y *CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-861-003 M *CTL

8-861-004 C *CTL

813
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

8-861-101 Fifth Station 1 *CTL

8-861-102 Fifth Station 2 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-861-103 Fifth Station 3 *CTL

8-861-104 Fifth Station 4 *CTL

[Cvr Cnt: 21-30%]

8871 These SPs display the number of scanned sheets on which the coverage of each
color is from 21% to 30%.

8-871-001 BK *CTL

8-871-002 Y *CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-871-003 M *CTL

8-871-004 C *CTL

8-871-101 Fifth Station 1 *CTL

8-871-102 Fifth Station 2 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-871-103 Fifth Station 3 *CTL

8-871-104 Fifth Station 4 *CTL

[Cvr Cnt: 31%-]

8881 These SPs display the number of scanned sheets on which the coverage of each
color is 31% or higher.

8-881-001 BK *CTL

8-881-002 Y *CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-881-003 M *CTL

8-881-004 C *CTL

814
 Group 8000

8-881-011 31 to 50%:BK *CTL

8-881-012 31 to 50%:Y *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-881-013 31 to 50%:M *CTL

8-881-014 31 to 50%:C *CTL

8-881-021 51 to 70%:BK *CTL

8-881-022 51 to 70%:Y *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-881-023 51 to 70%:M *CTL

8-881-024 51 to 70%:C *CTL

8-881-031 71%- :BK *CTL

8-881-032 71%- :Y *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-881-033 71%- :M *CTL

8-881-034 71%- :C *CTL

8-881-111 31 to 50%:Fifth Station 1 *CTL

8-881-112 31 to 50%:Fifth Station 2 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-881-113 31 to 50%:Fifth Station 3 *CTL

8-881-114 31 to 50%:Fifth Station 4 *CTL

8-881-121 51 to 70%:Fifth Station 1 *CTL

8-881-122 51 to 70%:Fifth Station 2 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-881-123 51 to 70%:Fifth Station 3 *CTL

8-881-124 51 to 70%:Fifth Station 4 *CTL

8-881-131 71%- :Fifth Station 1 *CTL

8-881-132 71%- :Fifth Station 2 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-881-133 71%- :Fifth Station 3 *CTL

8-881-134 71%- :Fifth Station 4 *CTL

815
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[Page/Toner Bottle]
8891
These SPs display the amount of the remaining current toner for each color.

8-891-001 BK *CTL

8-891-002 Y *CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-891-003 M *CTL

8-891-004 C *CTL

8-891-101 Fifth Station 1 *CTL

8-891-102 Fifth Station 2 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-891-103 Fifth Station 3 *CTL

8-891-104 Fifth Station 4 *CTL

[Page/Toner_Prev1]
8901
These SPs display the amount of the remaining previous toner for each color.

8-901-001 BK *CTL

8-901-002 Y *CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-901-003 M *CTL

8-901-004 C *CTL

8-901-101 Fifth Station 1 *CTL

8-901-102 Fifth Station 2 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-901-103 Fifth Station 3 *CTL

8-901-104 Fifth Station 4 *CTL

[Page/Toner_Prev2]
8911
These SPs display the amount of the remaining 2nd previous toner for each color.

816
 Group 8000

8-911-001 BK *CTL

8-911-002 Y *CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-911-003 M *CTL

8-911-004 C *CTL

8-911-101 Fifth Station 1 *CTL

8-911-102 Fifth Station 2 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-911-103 Fifth Station 3 *CTL

8-911-104 Fifth Station 4 *CTL

[Cvr Cnt/Total]
8921
Displays the total coverage and total printout number for each color.

8-921-001 Coverage (%) Bk *CTL

8-921-002 Coverage (%) Y *CTL

[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
8-921-003 Coverage (%) M *CTL

8-921-004 Coverage (%) C *CTL

8-921-011 Coverage /P: Bk *CTL

8-921-012 Coverage /P: Y *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-921-013 Coverage /P: M *CTL

8-921-014 Coverage /P: C *CTL

8-921-031 Coverage(%):Eco BK *CTL

8-921-032 Coverage(%):Eco Y *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1 / %]

8-921-033 Coverage(%):Eco M *CTL (Printer Model only)

8-921-034 Coverage(%):Eco C *CTL

817
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

8-921-041 Coverage/P:Eco BK *CTL

8-921-042 Coverage/P:Eco Y *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / -]

8-921-043 Coverage/P:Eco M *CTL (Printer Model only)

8-921-044 Coverage/P:Eco C *CTL

Coverage(%):Fifth Station
*CTL
8-921-101 1

Coverage(%):Fifth Station
*CTL
8-921-102 2
[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1 / %]
Coverage(%):Fifth Station
*CTL
8-921-103 3

Coverage(%):Fifth Station
*CTL
8-921-104 4

Coverage/P:Fifth Station
*CTL
8-921-111 1

Coverage/P:Fifth Station
*CTL
8-921-112 2
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / -]
Coverage/P:Fifth Station
*CTL
8-921-113 3

Coverage/P:Fifth Station
*CTL
8-921-114 4

[Machine Status]

8941 These SPs count the amount of time the machine spends in each operation mode.
These SPs are useful for customers who need to investigate machine operation for
improvement in their compliance with ISO Standards.

Operation Time *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-941-001 Engine operation time. Does not include time while controller is saving data to HDD
(while engine is not operating).

Standby Time *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-941-002 Engine not operating. Includes time while controller saves data to HDD. Does not
include time spent in Energy Save, Low Power, or Off modes.

818
 Group 8000

Energy Save Time *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 10 / step]

8-941-003
Includes time while the machine is performing background printing.

Low Power Time *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-941-004 Includes time in Energy Save mode with Engine on. Includes time while machine is
performing background printing.

Off Mode Time *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-941-005 Includes time while machine is performing background printing. Does not include
time machine remains powered off with the power switches.

SC *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-941-006
Total time when SC errors have been staying.

PrtJam *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-941-007
Total time when paper jams have been staying during printing.

OrgJam *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-941-008
Total time when original jams have been staying during scanning.

Supply PM Unit End *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-941-009
Total time when toner end has been staying

[AddBook Register] (Copier Model only)

8951
These SPs count the number of events when the machine manages data registration.

User Code/User ID *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

8-951-001
User code registrations.

Mail Address *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

8-951-002
Mail address registrations.

Group *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

8-951-004
Group destination registrations.

Copy Program *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 255 / step]

8-951-007
Copy application registrations with the Program (job settings) feature.

819
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Printer Program *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 255 / step]

8-951-009
Printer application registrations with the Program (job settings) feature.

Scanner Program *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 255 / step]

8-951-010
Scanner application registrations with the Program (job settings) feature.

[Electricity Status]
8961
-

8-961-001 Ctrl Standby Time *CTL

8-961-002 STR Time *CTL

8-961-003 Main Power Off Time *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

Reading and Printing

8-961-004 *CTL
Time

8-961-005 Printing Time *CTL

8-961-006 Reading Time *CTL

8-961-007 Eng Waiting Time *CTL

8-961-008 Low Power State Time *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-961-009 Silent State Time *CTL

8-961-010 Heater Off State Time *CTL

8-961-011 LCD on Time *CTL

[Unit Control]
8971
-

Engine Off Recovery

8-971-001 *CTL
Count
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8-971-002 Power Off Count *CTL

8-971-003 Force Power Off Count *CTL

820
 Group 8000

[Admin. Counter List]

8999
Displays each total print out and total coverage.

8-999-001 Total *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

Copy: Full Color

8-999-002 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
(Copier Model only)

Copy: BW
8-999-003 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
(Copier Model only)

Copy: Single Color

8-999-004 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
(Copier Model only)

Copy: Two Color

8-999-005 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
(Copier Model only)

8-999-006 Printer: Full Color *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-999-007 Printer: BW *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-999-008 Printer: Single Color *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-999-009 Printer: Two Color *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-999-012 A3/DLT *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8-999-013 Duplex *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

Copy: Full Color (%)

8-999-022 *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
(Copier Model only)

Copy: BW (%)
8-999-023 *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
(Copier Model only)

Copy: Single Color

8-999-024 (%) *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
(Copier Model only)

Copy: Two Color (%)

8-999-025 *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
(Copier Model only)

8-999-026 Printer: Full Color (%) *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]

8-999-027 Printer: BW (%) *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]

821
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

8-999-028 Printer: Single Color (%) *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]

8-999-029 Printer: Two Color (%) *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]

8-999-032 Banner *CTL

8-999-041 Total: Fifth Station 1 *CTL

8-999-042 Total: Fifth Station 2 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / -]

8-999-043 Total: Fifth Station 3 *CTL

8-999-044 Total: Fifth Station 4 *CTL

Coverage: Fifth Station 1

*CTL
8-999-051 (%)

Coverage: Fifth Station 2

*CTL
8-999-052 (%)
[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1 / %]
Coverage: Fifth Station 3
*CTL
8-999-053 (%)

Coverage: Fifth Station 4

*CTL
8-999-054 (%)

8-999-060 Single Fifth Station *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / -]

Scanner Transmission:
8-999-104 Color *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
(Copier Model only)

Scanner Transmission: BW
8-999-105 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
(Copier Model only)

822
 Input Check

Input Check
Main Machine Input Check

5803 [Input Check]

Paper Feed 1 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-001
Displays the register value for Vodka S1 P7.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Bit 5 Main Relay Sensor 2 Detect Not detect

Bit 4 Main Relay Sensor 3 Detect Not detect

Bit 3 LCIT Relay Sensor 1 Detect Not detect

Bit 2 Main Relay Sensor 2 Detect Not detect

Bit 1 Duplex Transport Sensor 4 Detect Not detect

Bit 0 Duplex Transport Sensor 5 Detect Not detect

Paper Feed 2 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-002
Displays the register value for Vodka S1 P12.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Bit 5 - - -

Bit 4 - - -

Bit 3 - - -

Bit 2 Shift Unit Sensor Normal Shading

Bit 1 Registration Gate Sensor Normal Shading

823
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Bit 0 - - -

Paper Feed 3 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-003
Displays the register value for Vodka S2 P28.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Bit 5 - - -

Bit 4 Fusing Relay On: High side OFF ON

Bit 3 Fusing Heater All On OFF ON

Bit 2 Fusing Relay On 1 OFF ON

Bit 1 Main Relay Sensor 1 Detect Not detect

Bit 0 Duplex Inverter Sensor Detect Not detect

Paper Feed 4 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-004
Displays the register value for Vodka S2 P30.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Bit 5 Duplex Transport Sensor 3 Detect Not detect

Bit 4 Duplex Transport Sensor 2 Detect Not detect

Bit 3 Duplex Transport Sensor 1 Detect Not detect

Bit 2 Purge Relay Sensor Detect Not detect

Bit 1 Exit JG Sensor Detect Not detect

Bit 0 Exit Sensor Detect Not detect

824
 Input Check

Paper Feed 5 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-005
Displays the register value for Vodka S3 P17.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 Decurler Unit HP Sensor Penetration Shading

Bit 6 Decurler Unit Limit Sensor Penetration Shading

Bit 5 Exit Unit Entrance Sensor Detect Not detect

Bit 4 Exit Relay Sensor Detect Not detect

Rear Fence Return Sensor: Tandem

Bit 3 Penetration Shading
Tray(Left)

Rear Fence HP Sensor: Tandem

Bit 2 Penetration Shading
Tray(Left)

Bit 1 Bank Exit Sensor Detect Not detect

Bit 0 Vertical Transport Sensor Detect Not detect

Paper Feed 6 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-006
Displays the register value for Vodka S3 P21.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 Decurl Unit Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 6 Decurler Feed Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 5 Tray2 Pickup Roller Lift Sensor Penetration Shading

Bit 4 Tray1 Pickup Roller Lift Sensor Penetration Shading

Bit 3 2nd Transport Sensor Detect Not detect

Bit 2 1st Transport Sensor Detect Not detect

Bit 1 Tray2 Paper Feed Sensor Detect Not detect

Bit 0 Tray1 Paper Feed Sensor Detect Not detect

825
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Paper Feed 7 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-007
Displays the register value for Vodka S2 P13.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Bit 5 PTB Sensor Detect Not detect

Bit 4 Fuser Unit Exit Sensor Detect Not detect

Bit 3 Pressure Roller Paper Sensor Detect Not detect

Bit 2 Pressure Roller Cam Position Sensor B Penetration Shading

Bit 1 Pressure Roller Cam Position Sensor A Penetration Shading

Bit 0 Accordion Jam Sensor Detect Not detect

Bank Feed 1 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-008
Displays the register value for Vodka S3 P1.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 Slave WatchDog Timer Normal Abnormal

Bit 6 Master WatchDog Timer Normal Abnormal

Bit 5 Set Detection Switch Detect Not detect

Bit 4 Tray 2: Paper Size Switch 5 Detect Not detect

Bit 3 Tray 2: Paper Size Switch 4 Detect Not detect

Bit 2 Tray 2: Paper Size Switch 3 Detect Not detect

Bit 1 Tray 2: Paper Size Switch 2 Detect Not detect

Bit 0 Tray 2: Paper Size Switch 1 Detect Not detect

Bank Feed 2 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-009
Displays the register value for Vodka S3 P8.

Bit Component 0 1

826
 Input Check

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 Tandem tray set detection: left Set Not set

Bit 5 Tray 1 Left Tray Paper Sensor Detect Not detect

Bit 4 Tandem tray set detection: right Set Not set

Bit 3 Tray 1 Right Tray Paper Sensor Detect Not detect

Bit 2 - - -

Bit 1 - - -

Bit 0 - - -

Bank Feed 3 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-010
Displays the register value for Vodka S3 P10.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Bit 5 - - -

Bit 4 - - -

Paper Height Sensor 4

Bit 3 Penetration Shading
Tandem Tray (Right)

Paper Height Sensor 3

Bit 2 Penetration Shading
Tandem Tray (Right)

Paper Height Sensor 2

Bit 1 Penetration Shading
Tandem Tray (Right)

Paper Height Sensor 1

Bit 0 Penetration Shading
Tandem Tray (Right)

Bank Feed 4 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-011
Displays the register value for Vodka S3 P11.

827
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Bit 5 - - -

Bit 4 - - -

Bit 3 Purged Paper Sensor Detect Not detect

Bit 2 Tray2 Paper End Sensor Detect Not detect

Bit 1 Tray1 Paper End Sensor Detect Not detect

Lower Limit Sensor

Bit 0 Penetration Shading
Tandem Tray (Right)

Bank Feed 5 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-012
Displays the register value for Vodka S3 P23.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Rear Side Fence Closed Sensor

Bit 5 Close Open
Tandem Tray (Right)

Rear Side Fence Open Sensor

Bit 4 Close Open
Tandem Tray (Right)

Front Side Fence Closed Sensor

Bit 3 Close Open
Tandem Tray (Right)

Front Side Fence Open Sensor

Bit 2 Close Open
Tandem Tray (Right)

Bit 1 Tray 2 Lift Motor 2 - -

Bit 0 Tray 2 Lift Motor 1 - -

828
 Input Check

Motor Error Detect 1 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-015
Displays the register value for Vodka S1 P13.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 LCIT 2 communication (Break detection) Break Break cancel

Bit 5 LCIT 3 communication (Break detection) Break Break cancel

Bit 4 - - -

Bit 3 Exit Relay Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 2 Duplex Transport Motor 1 Normal Abnormal

Bit 1 Invert Exit Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 0 Duplex Inverter Motor Normal Abnormal

Motor Error Detect 2 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-016
Displays the register value for Vodka S1 P19.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Bit 5 Registration Timing Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 4 Shift Roller Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 3 Shift Unit Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 2 Registration Gate Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 1 Registration Entrance Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 0 Duplex Transport Motor 2 Normal Abnormal

Motor Error Detect 3 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-017
Displays the register value for Vodka M2 P26.

Bit Component 0 1

829
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 PTB Fan (Front) Normal Abnormal

Bit 5 PTB Fan (Center) Normal Abnormal

Bit 4 PTB Fan (Rear) Normal Abnormal

Bit 3 Main unit drawer Open/Close Switch Set Not set

Bit 2 Toner Pump Motor (S) Normal Abnormal

Bit 1 Toner Pump Motor (YM) Abnormal Normal

Bit 0 Toner Pump Motor (CK) Abnormal Normal

Motor Error Detect 4 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-018
Displays the register value for Vodka M3 P12.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 Rear Box Heat Sink Collecting Fan Normal Abnormal

Bit 6 PSU Cooling Fan 2 Normal Abnormal

Bit 5 PSU Cooling Fan 1 Normal Abnormal

Bit 4 Air Box Exhaust Fan (Bottom) Normal Abnormal

Bit 3 Air Box Exhaust Fan (Top) Normal Abnormal

Bit 2 Controller Box Exhaust Fan(Top Right) Normal Abnormal

Bit 1 Controller Box Exhaust Fan(Top Left) Normal Abnormal

Bit 0 Controller Box Exhaust Fan (Bottom) Normal Abnormal

Motor Error Detect 5 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-019
Displays the register value for Vodka M3 P13.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 -

Bit 6 Fusing Heater All On (slave) Normal Abnormal

Bit 5 Fusing Relay On 1 (slave) Normal Abnormal

830
 Input Check

Bit 4 Liquid Remaining Detect Sensor Normal Abnormal

Bit 3 Development Unit Cooling Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 2 Controller Box Ozone Collecting Fan Normal Abnormal

Bit 1 Paper Exit Guide Cooling Fan Normal Abnormal

Bit 0 Ozone Exhaust Fan (S) Normal Abnormal

Motor Error Detect 6/Set Detect 1 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-020
Displays the register value for Vodka M3 P21.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 Rear Box Ozone Exhaust Fan Normal Abnormal

Bit 6 Paper Cooling Exhaust Fan 1 Normal Abnormal

Bit 5 Fuser Cleaning Unit Set Sensor Set Not set

Bit 4 Main Unit Used Toner Transport Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 3 ITB Cooling Fan Normal Abnormal

Bit 2 Left Drawer Unit Set Detection Set Not set

Bit 1 Tray 1 Drawer Set Detection Set Not set

Bit 0 Tray 2 Drawer Set Detection Set Not set

Motor Error Detect 7 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-021
Displays the register value for Vodka M3 P25.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 Paper Cooling Exhaust Fan 2 Normal Abnormal

Bit 6 ID/MUSIC Sensor Fan Normal Abnormal

Bit 5 Heat Sink Cooling Suction Fan Normal Abnormal

Bit 4 Heat Sink Cooling Exhaust Fan Normal Abnormal

Bit 3 Rear Box Exhaust Fan Normal Abnormal

Bit 2 Development Unit Cooling Fan 3 Normal Abnormal

831
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Bit 1 Development Unit Cooling Fan 2 Normal Abnormal

Bit 0 Development Unit Cooling Fan 1 Normal Abnormal

Motor Error Detect 8 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-022
Displays the register value for Vodka M3 P28.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 Paper Cooling Intake Fan Normal Abnormal

Bit 6 Fusing Exit Exhaust Fan Normal Abnormal

Bit 5 Controller Box Intake Fan 2 Normal Abnormal

Bit 4 Controller Box Intake Fan 1 Normal Abnormal

Bit 3 Ozone Exhaust Fan (Y) Normal Abnormal

Bit 2 Ozone Exhaust Fan (M) Normal Abnormal

Bit 1 Ozone Exhaust Fan (C) Normal Abnormal

Bit 0 Ozone Exhaust Fan (K) Normal Abnormal

Motor Error Detect 9 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-023
Displays the register value for Vodka S3 P12.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Bit 5 - - -

Bit 4 Bank Exit Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 3 Vertical Transport Motor Normal Abnormal

Rear Fence Drive Motor

Bit 2 Normal Abnormal
Tandem Tray(Left)

Bit 1 Tray 1 Lift Motor 2 - -

Bit 0 Tray 1 Lift Motor 1 - -

832
 Input Check

Motor Error Detect 10 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-024
Displays the register value for Vodka M3 P30.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Bit 5 PTB Sensor 1/2 Detect Not detect

Bit 4 Decurler Set Detection Set Not set

Bit 3 Tray 2 Grip Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 2 Tray 1 Grip Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 1 Tray 2 Paper Feed Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 0 Tray 1 Paper Feed Motor Normal Abnormal

Motor Error Detect 11 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-025
Displays the register value for Vodka M1 P25.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 Main Machine Front Doors Close Open

Bit 6 CIS Fan Normal Abnormal

Bit 5 - - -

Bit 4 - - -

Bit 3 - - -

Bit 2 - - -

Bit 1 - - -

Bit 0 - - -

Motor Error Detect 12 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-026
Displays the register value for Vodka M3 P22.

Bit Component 0 1

833
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Bit 5 - - -

Bit 4 - - -

Bit 3 - - -

Bit 2 Used Toner Bottle Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 1 Feed Motor Cooling Fan Normal Abnormal

Bit 0 PSU Cooling Fan 3 Normal Abnormal

Motor Error Detect 13 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-027
Displays the register value for Vodka M3 P8.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Bit 5 - - -

Bit 4 - - -

Bit 3 - - -

Bit 2 PTB Fan (Rear) Normal Abnormal

Bit 1 - - -

Bit 0 - - -

High Voltage Error 1 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-030
Displays the register value for Vodka M1 P26.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 Charge Bias Power Pack (Y) Normal Abnormal

Bit 6 Charge Bias Power Pack (M) Normal Abnormal

Bit 5 Charge Bias Power Pack (C) Normal Abnormal

834
 Input Check

Bit 4 Charge Bias Power Pack (K) Normal Abnormal

Bit 3 Development Bias Power Pack (Y) Normal Abnormal

Bit 2 Development Bias Power Pack (M) Normal Abnormal

Bit 1 Development Bias Power Pack (C) Normal Abnormal

Bit 0 Development Bias Power Pack (K) Normal Abnormal

High Voltage Error 2 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-031
Displays the register value for Vodka M1 P27.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 Right Drawer Unit Set Detection Normal Abnormal

Bit 6 Separation Power Pack Normal Abnormal

Bit 5 Paper Transfer AC Power Pack Normal Abnormal

Bit 4 Paper Transfer DC Power Pack Normal Abnormal

Bit 3 Image Transfer Power Pack (Y) Normal Abnormal

Bit 2 Image Transfer Power Pack (M) Normal Abnormal

Bit 1 Image Transfer Power Pack (C) Normal Abnormal

Bit 0 Image Transfer Power Pack (K) Normal Abnormal

Fusing Error Detection 1 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-032
Displays the register value for Vodka S1 P1.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Bit 5 - - -

Bit 4 - - -

Bit 3 - - -

Bit 2 Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller Motor Normal Abnormal

835
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Bit 1 Fusing Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 0 Pressure Roller Cooling Fan Normal Abnormal

Fusing Error Detection 2 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-033
Displays the register value for Vodka S3 P22.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 Heating Roller Thermistor Abnormal Normal

Bit 5 Pressure Roller Thermistor Abnormal Normal

Bit 4 Heating Roller Thermopile Abnormal Normal

Bit 3 Pressure Roller NC Sensor Abnormal Normal

Bit 2 Heating Roller NC Sensor Abnormal Normal

Bit 1 - - -

Bit 0 - - -

Fusing sensor ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-034
Displays the register value for Vodka S2 P7.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Bit 5 - - -

Bit 4 - - -

Bit 3 Exit Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 2 Web End Sensor Penetration Shading

Fuser Belt Smoothing Roller Contact

Bit 1 Penetration Shading
Sensor

Bit 0 - - -

836
 Input Check

Set Detect 2/Sensor ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-035
Displays the register value for Vodka M2 P21.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Bit 5 Toner Supply Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 4 Toner End Sensor (S) Normal Abnormal

Bit 3 Drum Cleaning Unit Set Switch (S) Normal Abnormal

Bit 2 ITB Cleaning Unit Cover Set Switch Normal Abnormal

Bit 1 ITB Cleaning Unit Set Switch Normal Abnormal

Bit 0 Image Transfer Contact Sensor (K) 1 Release Contact

Set Detect 3 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-036
Displays the register value for Vodka M3 P27.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 -

Bit 6 24VS to PFB Monitering Normal Abnormal

Bit 5 24V3 to PFB Monitering Normal Abnormal

Bit 4 24VS to IOB Monitering Normal Abnormal

Bit 3 Blown Fuse Detection Normal Abnormal

Bit 2 24V to IOB Monitering Normal Abnormal

Bit 1 24V5 to IOB Monitering Normal Abnormal

Bit 0 Transport/Fusing Exhaust Fan Normal Abnormal

Used Toner System ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-037
Displays the register value for Vodka M3 P29.

Bit Component 0 1

837
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Bit 7 -

Bit 6 Slave WatchDog Timer Off On

Bit 5 Master WatchDog Timer Off On

Bit 4 Used Toner Bottle Door Sensor Close Open

Bit 3 Used Toner Bottle Set Switch Set Not set

Bit 2 Used Toner Bottle Full Sensor Normal Full

Bit 1 Used Toner Bottle Near Full Sensor Normal Near full

Bit 0 Used Toner Bottle Motor Normal Abnormal

Dbl-Feed (Receptor) ENG [0000 to 0xFFFF / 0000 / 1 ]

5-803-038
Displays the converted value of for S1 CH0 AD.

CIS (Detect) ENG [0000 to 0xFFFF / 0000 / 1 ]

5-803-039
Displays the result of SP5-805-111.

Used Toner Lock Sensor (Main) ENG [0000 to 0xFFFF / 0000 / 1 ]

5-803-040
Displays the counter of Vodka M3 TIO12.

Image Transfer Unit 1 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-042
Displays the “n1“command data of TDCU"C2".

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 5th Station Set Detection Set Not set

Bit 6 Image Transfer Contact Sensor (S) Not home HP

Bit 5 Front Overrun Sensor Release Contact

Bit 4 Rear Overrun Sensor Contact Release

Bit 3 PTR Separation Sensor Abnormal Normal

Bit 2 Image Transfer Contact Sensor (YMC) Abnormal Normal

838
 Input Check

Bit 1 Belt Centering Roller HP Sensor Release Contact

Bit 0 ITB Unit Set Detection Set Not set

Image Transfer Unit 2 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-043
Displays the “n2“command data of TDCU"C2".

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 Drum Motor (S) Normal Abnormal

Bit 6 Drum Motor (K) Normal Abnormal

Bit 5 Drum Motor (C) Normal Abnormal

Bit 4 Drum Motor (M) Normal Abnormal

Bit 3 Drum Motor (Y) Normal Abnormal

Bit 2 - - -

Bit 1 - - -

Bit 0 Image Transfer Contact Sensor (K) Contact Release

Image Transfer Thermistor ENG [0000 to 0xFFFF / 0000 / 1 ]

5-803-044
Displays the temperature of the ITB FB sensor.

Lubricant Detection ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-045
Displays the register value for Vodka M1 P12.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 Lubricant Remaining Detection Y Abnormal Normal

Bit 6 Lubricant Remaining Detection M Abnormal Normal

Bit 5 Lubricant Remaining Detection C Abnormal Normal

Bit 4 Lubricant Remaining Detection K Abnormal Normal

Bit 3 External WDT Function Function No Function

Bit 2 - - -

839
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Bit 1 24VS Monitering Detect Not detect

Bit 0 24V Monitering Detect Not detect

5st Sensor ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-046
Displays the register value for Vodka M2 P12.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 5V(DRB) detection Normal Abnormal

Bit 6 Toner Bottle Detection Sensor (S) No lock Lock

Bit 5 Front doors open/close detection Close Open

Bit 4 Development Bias Power Pack (S) Normal Abnormal

Bit 3 External WDT Function Function No function

Bit 2 Charge Bias Power Pack (S) Normal Abnormal

Bit 1 Image Transfer Power Pack (S) Normal Abnormal

Bit 0 Lubricant Remaining Detection S Detect Not detect

24V Detect ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-047
Displays the register value for Vodka M1 P14.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Bit 5 - - -

Bit 4 - - -

Bit 3 - - -

Bit 2 24VS (TDCU) detection Detect Not detect

Bit 1 RXD break (TDCU) detection Break Break cancel

Bit 0 - - -

840
 Input Check

Counter Set Detect ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-048
Displays the register value for Vodka S1 P23.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Bit 5 - - -

Bit 4 - - -

Bit 3 Total Counter Abnormal Normal

Bit 2 Key Counter Abnormal Normal

Bit 1 Key Counter Device Set Detection Set Not set

Bit 0 Key Card Device Set Detection Set Not set

DEMS HP Sensor 1 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-049
Displays the external interrupt register value for H'220FD00C.

DEMS HP Sensor 2 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-050
Displays the external interrupt register value for H'220FE00C.

DEMS HP Sensor 3 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-051
Displays the external interrupt register value for H'240FD00C.

Toner Supply System 1 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-052
Displays the register value for Vodka M2 P23.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 Toner End Sensor 1 (Y) Normal Abnormal

Bit 6 Toner End Sensor 1 (M) Normal Abnormal

Bit 5 Toner End Sensor 1 (C) Normal Abnormal

841
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Bit 4 Toner End Sensor 1 (K) Normal Abnormal

Bit 3 Ceaning Unit Set Switch Y Set Not set

Bit 2 Ceaning Unit Set Switch M Set Not set

Bit 1 Ceaning Unit Set Switch C Set Not set

Bit 0 Ceaning Unit Set Switch K Set Not set

Toner Supply System 2 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-053
Displays the register value for Vodka P5 of TSB.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Bit 5 - - -

Bit 4 - - -

Bit 3 Toner Bottle Detection Sensor (Y) Bottle No bottle

Bit 2 Toner Bottle Detection Sensor (M) Bottle No bottle

Bit 1 Toner Bottle Detection Sensor (C) Bottle No bottle

Bit 0 Toner Bottle Detection Sensor (K) Bottle No bottle

Toner Supply System 3 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-054
Displays the register value for Vodka P7 of TSB.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 Toner End Sensor 2 (Y) No toner Toner

Bit 6 Toner End Sensor 2 (M) No toner Toner

Bit 5 Toner End Sensor 2 (C) No toner Toner

Bit 4 Toner End Sensor 2 (K) No toner Toner

Bit 3 - - -

Bit 2 - - -

842
 Input Check

Bit 1 - - -

Bit 0 - - -

Toner Supply System 4 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-055
Displays the register value for Vodka P4 of TSB.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Bit 5 - - -

Bit 4 - - -

Bit 3 Toner Bottle Cap Motor (Y) Normal Abnormal

Bit 2 Toner Bottle Cap Motor (M) Normal Abnormal

Bit 1 Toner Bottle Cap Motor (C) Normal Abnormal

Bit 0 Toner Bottle Cap Motor (K) Normal Abnormal

Toner Supply System Analog 1 ENG [0000 to 0xFFFF / 0000 / 1 ]

5-803-056
Displays the converted value for Vodka AN0 AD of TSB.

Toner Supply System Analog 2 ENG [0000 to 0xFFFF / 0000 / 1 ]

5-803-057
Displays the converted value for Vodka AN1 AD of TSB.

Toner Supply System Analog 3 ENG [0000 to 0xFFFF / 0000 / 1 ]

5-803-058
Displays the converted value for Vodka AN3 AD of TSB.

Toner Supply System Analog 4 ENG [0000 to 0xFFFF / 0000 / 1 ]

5-803-059
Displays the converted value for Vodka AN5 AD of TSB.

843
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Toner Supply System Analog 5 ENG [0000 to 0xFFFF / 0000 / 1 ]

5-803-060
Displays the converted value for Vodka AN7 AD of TSB.

Motor Error Detect TDCU 1 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-061
Displays the “n2“command data of TDCU"C2".

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 Drum Motor (S) Normal Abnormal

Bit 6 Drum Motor (K) Normal Abnormal

Bit 5 Drum Motor (C) Normal Abnormal

Bit 4 Drum Motor (M) Normal Abnormal

Bit 3 Drum Motor (Y) Normal Abnormal

Bit 2 - - -

Bit 1 - - -

Bit 0 Image Transfer Contact Sensor (K) 1/2 Contact Release

Motor Error Detect TDCU 2 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-062
Displays the “n3“command data of TDCU"C2".

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 Drum Cleaning Motor (S) Normal Abnormal

Bit 6 Drum Cleaning Motor (K) Normal Abnormal

Bit 5 Drum Cleaning Motor (C) Normal Abnormal

Bit 4 Drum Cleaning Motor (M) Normal Abnormal

Bit 3 Drum Cleaning Motor (Y) Normal Abnormal

Bit 2 Shift Timing Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 1 PTR/ITB Cleaning Unit Motor Normal Abnormal

Bit 0 ITB Drive Motor Normal Abnormal

844
 Input Check

Motor Error Detect TDCU 3 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-063
Displays the “n4“command data of TDCU"C2".

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 Development Motor (S) Normal Abnormal

Bit 6 Development Motor (K) Normal Abnormal

Bit 5 Development Motor (C) Normal Abnormal

Bit 4 Development Motor (M) Normal Abnormal

Bit 3 Development Motor (Y) Normal Abnormal

Bit 2 - - -

Bit 1 - - -

Bit 0 - - -

Set Detect 4 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-064
Displays the register value for Vodka M1 P8.

Fuse Detect ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-065
Displays the register value for Vodka M3 P9.

Bit Component 0 1

Bit 7 - - -

Bit 6 - - -

Blown Fuse Detection for Charge Roller

Bit 5 Normal Abnormal
Cleaning Roller Solenoid (S)

Blown Fuse Detection for Charge Roller

Bit 4 Normal Abnormal
Cleaning Roller Solenoid (Y)

Blown Fuse Detection for Charge Roller

Bit 3 Normal Abnormal
Cleaning Roller Solenoid (M)

Blown Fuse Detection for Charge Roller

Bit 2 Normal Abnormal
Cleaning Roller Solenoid (C)

845
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Blown Fuse Detection for Charge Roller

Bit 1 Normal Abnormal
Cleaning Roller Solenoid (K)

Blown Fuse Detection for Toner Supply

Bit 0 Normal Abnormal
Clutch (C, M, Y, K, S)

[INPUT Check]
5803
3-Tray LCIT, Bypass Tray installed on 3-Tray LCIT.

5-803-082 LCT-CPU-Port1 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-083 LCT-CPU-Port7 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-084 LCT-CPU-Port9 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-085 LCT-eIO1-PortB ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-086 LCT-eIO1-PortC ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-087 LCT-eIO1-PortD ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-088 LCT-eIO2-PortB ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-089 LCT-eIO2-PortC ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-090 LCT-eIO2-PortD ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-091 LCT-eIO3-PortB ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-092 LCT-eIO3-PortC ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-093 LCT-eIO3-PortD ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-094 LCT-eIO4-PortB ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-095 LCT-eIO4-PortC ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-096 LCT-eIO4-PortD ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

CPU-Port1(5-803-082) bit information

Bit Component 0 1

bit0 - - -

bit1 - - -

bit2 - - -

846
 Input Check

Bit Component 0 1

bit3 - - -

bit4 - - -

bit5 - - -

bit6 - - -

bit7 Exit Roller Lift HP Sensor Not Detect Detect

eIO1-PortC(5-803-086) bit information

bit Component 0 1

bit0 1st tray Paper Feed Unit Set Detection (TCRU) Set Not Set

bit1 1st tray Paper End Sensor Detect Not Detect

bit2 1st tray Lift Sensor Detect Not Detect

bit3 1st tray Paper Feed Sensor Detect Not Detect

bit4 - - -

bit5 1st tray Air Assist Fan (Rear) Alarm Normal Abnormal

bit6 1st tray Air Assist Fan (Front) Alarm Normal Abnormal

bit7 1st tray Set Detection Set Not Set

CPU-Port7(5-803-083) bit information

Bit Component 0 1

bit0 - - -

bit1 - - -

bit2 - - -

bit3 - - -

bit4 - - -

bit5 Door Safety Switch Close Open

bit6 - - -

847
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Bit Component 0 1

bit7 - - -

eIO1-PortD(5-803-087) bit information

bit Component 0 1

bit0 Dip SW100-4 ON OFF

bit1 Dip SW100-3 ON OFF

bit2 Dip SW100-2 ON OFF

bit3 Dip SW100-1 ON OFF

bit4 LCT Exit Sensor Detect Not Detect

bit5 1st tray Relay Sensor1 (Upper) Detect Not Detect

bit6 1st tray Relay Sensor2 (Lower) Detect Not Detect

bit7 1st tray Transport Sensor Detect Not Detect

CPU-Port9(5-803-084) bit information

bit Component 0 1

bit0 Dip SW002-1 ON OFF

bit1 Dip SW002-2 ON OFF

bit2 Dip SW002-3 ON OFF

bit3 Dip SW002-4 ON OFF

bit4 Dip SW002-5 ON OFF

bit5 Dip SW002-6 ON OFF

bit6 Dip SW002-7 ON OFF

bit7 Dip SW002-8 ON OFF

eIO2-PortB(5-803-088) bit information

Bit Component 0 1

bit0 2nd Tray Paper Height Sensor 1 Not Detect Detect

848
 Input Check

Bit Component 0 1

bit1 2nd Tray Paper Height Sensor 2 Not Detect Detect

bit2 2nd Tray Paper Height Sensor 3 Not Detect Detect

bit3 2nd Tray Paper Height Sensor 4 Not Detect Detect

bit4 2nd Tray Paper Width Sensor 1 Not Detect Detect

bit5 2nd Tray Paper Width Sensor 2 Not Detect Detect

bit6 2nd Tray Paper Width Sensor 3 Not Detect Detect

bit7 2nd Tray Paper Length Sensor Not Detect Detect

eIO1-PortB(5-803-085) bit information

bit Component 0 1

bit0 1st tray Paper Height Sensor 1 Not Detect Detect

bit1 1st tray Paper Height Sensor 2 Not Detect Detect

bit2 1st tray Paper Height Sensor 3 Not Detect Detect

bit3 1st tray Paper Height Sensor 4 Not Detect Detect

bit4 1st tray Paper Width Sensor 1 Not Detect Detect

bit5 1st tray Paper Width Sensor 2 Not Detect Detect

bit6 1st tray Paper Width Sensor 3 Not Detect Detect

bit7 1st tray Paper Length Sensor Not Detect Detect

eIO2-PortC(5-803-089) bit information

bit Component 0 1

bit0 2nd tray Paper Feed Unit Set Detection (TCRU) Set Not Set

bit1 2nd tray Paper End Sensor Detect Not Detect

bit2 2nd tray Lift Sensor Detect Not Detect

bit3 2nd tray Paper Feed Sensor Detect Not Detect

bit4 - - -

849
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

bit Component 0 1

bit5 2nd tray Air Assist Fan (Rear) Alarm Normal Abnormal

bit6 2nd tray Air Assist Fan (Front) Alarm Normal Abnormal

bit7 2nd tray Set Detection Set Not Set

eIO2-PortD(5-803-090)bit information
bit Component 0 1

bit0 Dip SW200-4 ON OFF

bit1 Dip SW200-3 ON OFF

bit2 Dip SW200-2 ON OFF

bit3 Dip SW200-1 ON OFF

bit4 - - -

bit5 - - -

bit6 2nd tray Relay Sensor Detect Not Detect

bit7 2nd tray Transport Sensor Detect Not Detect

eIO4-PortB(5-803-094) bit information

bit Component 0 1

bit0 Bypass: Lift Sensor 1 Not Detect Detect

bit1 Bypass: Lift Sensor 2 Not Detect Detect

bit2 Bypass: Paper Width Switch 1 Detect Not Detect

bit3 Bypass: Paper Width Switch 2 Detect Not Detect

bit4 Bypass: Paper Width Switch 3 Detect Not Detect

bit5 Bypass: Paper Width Switch 4 Detect Not Detect

bit6 Bypass: Paper Width Switch 5 Detect Not Detect

bit7 Bypass: Paper Length Sensor Detect Not Detect

850
 Input Check

eIO3-PortB(5-803-091) bit information

bit Component 0 1

bit0 1st tray Paper Height Sensor 1 Not Detect Detect

bit1 1st tray Paper Height Sensor 2 Not Detect Detect

bit2 1st tray Paper Height Sensor 3 Not Detect Detect

bit3 1st tray Paper Height Sensor 4 Not Detect Detect

bit4 1st tray Paper Width Sensor 1 Not Detect Detect

bit5 1st tray Paper Width Sensor 2 Not Detect Detect

bit6 1st tray Paper Width Sensor 3 Not Detect Detect

bit7 1st tray Paper Length Sensor Not Detect Detect

eIO4-PortC(5-803-095) bit information

bit Component 0 1

bit0 Bypass: Tray Lower Limit Sensor Not Detect Detect

bit1 Bypass: Paper End Sensor Detect Not Detect

bit2 Bypass: Paper Height Sensor 1 Detect Not Detect

bit3 Bypass: Paper Feed Sensor Detect Not Detect

bit4 - - -

bit5 Bypass: Tray Lift Switch ON OFF

bit6 Multi Bypass Slide Detection Close Open

bit7 Multi Bypass Set Detection Set Not Set

eIO3-PortC(5-803-092) bit information

bit Component 0 1

bit0 3rd tray Paper Feed Unit Set Detection (TCRU) Set Not Set

bit1 3rd tray Paper End Sensor Detect Not Detect

bit2 3rd tray Lift Sensor Detect Not Detect

bit3 3rd tray Paper Feed Sensor Detect Not Detect

851
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

bit Component 0 1

bit4 - - -

bit5 3rd tray Air Assist Fan (Rear) Alarm Normal Abnormal

bit6 3rd tray Air Assist Fan (Front) Alarm Normal Abnormal

bit7 3rd tray Set Detection Set Not Set

eIO4-PortD(5-803-096) bit information

bit Component 0 1

bit0 - - -

bit1 - - -

bit2 - - -

bit3 Bypass: Paper Height Sensor 2 Detect Not Detect

bit4 - - -

bit5 - - -

bit6 - - -

bit7 Bypass Transport Sensor 1 Detect Not Detect

eIO3-PortD(5-803-093) bit information

bit Component 0 1

bit0 - - -

bit1 - - -

bit2 - - -

bit3 - - -

bit4 - - -

bit5 - - -

bit6 3rd tray Relay Sensor Detect Not Detect

bit7 3rd tray Transport Sensor Detect Not Detect

852
 Input Check

[INPUT Check]
5803
BufferPass Unit

BufferPass Unit:CTB_H8S-Port9 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-140
Displays the read value for H8S-PORT9.

Buffer Pass Unit:CTB_H8S-PortA ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-141
Displays the read value for H8S-PORTA.

Buffer Pass Unit:CTB_H8S-PortB ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-142
Displays the read value for H8S-PORTB.

Buffer Pass Unit:CTB_H8S-PortC ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-143
Displays the read value for H8S-PORTC.

Buffer Pass Unit:CTB_H8S-PortD ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-144
Displays the read value for H8S-PORTD.

Buffer Pass Unit:CTB_H8S-PortE ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-145
Displays the read value for H8S-PORTE.

CTB_H8S-PORT 9(5-803-140) bit information

bit Component 0 1

bit0 - - -

bit1 -

bit2 Lower Exhaust Fan (Downstream) Normal Abnormal

bit3 Lower Exhaust Fan (Upstream) Normal Abnormal

bit4 - - -

bit5 - - -

bit6 Lower Cooling Fan (Rear) Normal Abnormal

bit7 Lower Cooling Fan (Front) Normal Abnormal

853
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

CTB_ H8S –PORT A(5-803-141) bit information

bit Component 0 1

bit0 Front Door Open/close Switch Close Open

bit1 - - -

bit2 - - -

bit3 - - -

bit4 - - -

bit5 - - -

bit6 - - -

bit7 - - -

CTB_ H8S –PORT B(5-803-142) bit information

bit Component 0 1

bit0 Right Transport Motor Normal Abnormal

bit1 Left Transport Motor Normal Abnormal

bit2 - - -

bit3 - - -

bit4 - - -

bit5 - - -

bit6 - - -

bit7 - - -

CTB_ H8S –PORT C(5-803-143) bit information

bit Component 0 1

bit0 - - -

bit1 - - -

bit2 Upper Exhaust Fan (Downstream) Normal Abnormal

bit3 Upper Exhaust Fan (Upstream) Normal Abnormal

854
 Input Check

bit Component 0 1

bit4 - - -

bit5 - - -

bit6 Upper Cooling Fan (Rear) Normal Abnormal

bit7 Upper Cooling Fan (Front) Normal Abnormal

CTB_ H8S –PORT D(5-803-144) bit information

bit Component 0 1

bit0 Transport Sensor 6 Detect Not detect

bit1 Transport Sensor 3 Detect Not detect

bit2 Transport Sensor 7 Detect Not detect

bit3 Transport Sensor 2 Detect Not detect

bit4 Transport Sensor 8 Detect Not detect

bit5 Transport Sensor 1 Detect Not detect

bit6 - - -

bit7 - - -

CTB_ H8S –PORT E(5-803-145) bit information

bit Component 0 1

bit0 - - -

bit1 - - -

bit2 24V Monitering 24V_ON 24V_OFF

bit3 24V_INT Monitering 24VINT_ON 24VINT_OFF

bit4 Transport Unit Set Detection Set Not Set

bit5 - - -

bit6 Transport Sensor 5 Detect Not detect

bit7 Transport Sensor 4 Detect Not detect

855
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[INPUT Check]
5803
Vaccume Feed LCIT, Bypass Tray installed on Vaccume Feed LCIT.

5-803-150 2-Tray LCT_1:Port1 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-151 2-Tray LCT_1:Port2 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-152 2-Tray LCT_1:Port3 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-153 2-Tray LCT_1:Port4 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-154 2-Tray LCT_1:Port5 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-155 2-Tray LCT_1:Port6 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-156 2-Tray LCT_1:Port7 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-157 2-Tray LCT_1:Port8 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-158 2-Tray LCT_1:Port9 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-159 2-Tray LCT_1:Port10 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-160 2-Tray LCT_1:Port11 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-166 2-Tray LCT_2:Port1 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-167 2-Tray LCT_2:Port2 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-168 2-Tray LCT_2:Port3 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-169 2-Tray LCT_2:Port4 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-170 2-Tray LCT_2:Port5 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-171 2-Tray LCT_2:Port6 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-172 2-Tray LCT_2:Port7 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-173 2-Tray LCT_2:Port8 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-174 2-Tray LCT_2:Port9 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-175 2-Tray LCT_2:Port10 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-176 2-Tray LCT_2:Port11 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-182 2-Tray LCT_3:Port1 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-183 2-Tray LCT_3:Port2 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

856
 Input Check

5-803-184 2-Tray LCT_3:Port3 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-185 2-Tray LCT_3:Port4 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-186 2-Tray LCT_3:Port5 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-187 2-Tray LCT_3:Port6 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-188 2-Tray LCT_3:Port7 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-189 2-Tray LCT_3:Port8 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-190 2-Tray LCT_3:Port9 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-191 2-Tray LCT_3:Port10 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

5-803-192 2-Tray LCT_3:Port11 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1]

Port1 bit information

bit Component 0 1

bit0 Front Door Open/Close Switch Close Open

bit1 Multi Bypass Slide Detection Close Open

bit2 Bridge Unit Door Open Detection Close Open

bit3 Horizontal Transport Open Detection Close Open

bit4 Banner Sheet Tray Set Detection Switch Close Open

bit5 - - -

bit6 - - -

bit7 - - -

Port2 bit information

Bit Component 0 1

bit0 Multi Bypass Set Detection Detect Not detect

bit1 Bridge Unit Set Detection Detect Not detect

bit2 Banner Sheet Tray Set Detection Switch Detect Not detect

bit3 - - -

857
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Bit Component 0 1

Bit4 LCIT Exit Roller Contact Sensor Not detect Detect

Bit5 Banner Sheet Tray Lift Switch LED Detect Not detect

Bit6 - - -

Bit7 - - -

Port3 bit information

Bit Component 0 1

bit0 Tray1 Paper Tray Set Detection Set Not set

bit1 Tray1 Paper Feed Belt Set Detection Set Not set

bit2 Tray1 Tray Upper Limit Sensor Detect Not detect

bit3 - - -

bit4 Tray1 Paper Upper Limit Sensor 1 Detect Not detect

bit5 Tray1 Paper Upper Limit Sensor 2 Detect Not detect

bit6 Tray1 Sub Paper Remaining Sensor Not detect Detect

bit7 Tray1 Paper Lower Limit Sensor Not detect Detect

Port4 bit information

Bit Component 0 1

bit0 Tray1 Paper Size Sensor 1 Not detect Detect

bit1 Tray1 Paper Size Sensor 2 Not detect Detect

bit2 Tray1 Paper Size Sensor 3 Not detect Detect

bit3 Tray1 Paper Size Sensor 4 Not detect Detect

bit4 Tray1 LCIT Paper Length Sensor 1 Not detect Detect

bit5 Tray1 LCIT Paper Length Sensor 2 Not detect Detect

bit6 Tray1 Main Paper Remaining Not detect Detect

bit7 Tray1 Paper End Sensor Detect Not detect

858
 Input Check

Port5 bit information

Bit Component 0 1

bit0 Tray2 Paper Tray Set Detection Set Not set

bit1 Tray2 Paper Feed Belt Set Detection Set Not set

bit2 Tray2 Tray Upper Limit Sensor Not detect Detect

bit3 - - -

bit4 Tray2 Paper Upper Limit Sensor 1 Detect Not detect

bit5 Tray2 Paper Upper Limit Sensor 2 Detect Not detect

bit6 Tray2 Sub Paper Remaining Sensor Not detect Detect

bit7 Tray2 Paper Lower Limit Sensor Not detect Detect

Port6 bit information

Bit Component 0 1

Bit0 Tray2 Paper Size Sensor 1 Not detect Detect

bit1 Tray2 Paper Size Sensor 2 Not detect Detect

bit2 Tray2 Paper Size Sensor 3 Not detect Detect

bit3 Tray2 Paper Size Sensor 4 Not detect Detect

bit4 Tray2 LCIT Paper Length Sensor 1 Not detect Detect

bit5 Tray2 LCIT Paper Length Sensor 2 Not detect Detect

bit6 Tray2 Main Paper Remaining Not detect Detect

bit7 Tray2 Paper End Sensor Detect Not detect

Port7 bit information

Bit Component 0 1

bit0 Bypass: Tray Lift Switch Detect Not detect

bit1 Bypass: Lift Sensor 1 Detect Not detect

bit2 Bypass: Lift Sensor 2 Detect Not detect

bit3 Bypass: Paper Height Sensor 1 Not detect Detect

859
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Bit Component 0 1

bit4 Bypass: Paper Height Sensor 2 Not detect Detect

bit5 Bypass: Tray Lower Limit Sensor Not detect Detect

bit6 Bypass: Paper End Sensor Detect Not detect

bit7 - - -

Port8 bit information

Bit Component 0 1

bit0 Bypass: Paper Width Switch 1 Detect Not detect

bit1 Bypass: Paper Width Switch 2 Detect Not detect

bit2 Bypass: Paper Width Switch 3 Detect Not detect

bit3 Bypass: Paper Width Switch 4 Detect Not detect

bit4 Bypass: Paper Width Switch 5 Detect Not detect

bit5 Bypass: Paper Length Sensor Detect Not detect

bit6 - - -

bit7 - - -

Port9 bit information

Bit Component 0 1

bit0 Tray1 Paper Feed Sensor Detect Not detect

bit1 Tray1 Transport Sensor Detect Not detect

bit2 Tray1 Vertical Transport Sensor Detect Not detect

bit3 - - -

bit4 Tray2 Paper Feed Sensor Detect Not detect

bit5 Tray2 Transport Sensor Detect Not detect

bit6 Tray2 Vertical Transport Sensor Detect Not detect

bit7 - - -

860
 Input Check

Port10 bit information

Bit Component 0 1

bit0 Bypass: Paper Feed Sensor Detect Not detect

bit1 Bypass Transport Sensor 2 Detect Not detect

bit2 Bypass Transport Sensor 1 Detect Not detect

bit3 - - -

bit4 - - -

bit5 - - -

bit6 - - -

bit7 - - -

Port11 bit information

Bit Component 0 1

bit0 LCIT Exit Sensor Detect Not detect

bit1 LCIT Connect Entrance Sensor Detect Not detect

bit2 LCIT Connect Exit Sensor Detect Not detect

bit3 Horizontal Transport Entrance Sensor Detect Not detect

bit4 Horizontal Transport Middle Sensor Detect Not detect

bit5 Horizontal Transport Exit Sensor Detect Not detect

bit6 - - -

bit7 - - -

5803 [INPUT Check]

HP Senser
ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]
5-803-200 (Copier Model only)

Gets information of scanner HP sensor.

861
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Platen Cover Sensor

ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]
5-803-201 (Copier Model only)

Gets information of the platen sensor.

ADF Input Check

[1-Pass ADF INPUT Check] (Copier Model only)

6011
Gets information of specified sensor.

Original Length 1 (B5 Sensor) ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

6-011-001
Gives 1 when the sensor detects original

Original Length 2 (A4 Sensor) ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

6-011-002
Gives 1 when the sensor detects original

Original Length 3 (LG Sensor) ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

6-011-003
Gives 1 when the sensor detects original

Original Width 1 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

6-011-004
Gives 1 when the sensor detects original

Original Width 2 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

6-011-005
Gives 1 when the sensor detects original

Original Width 3 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

6-011-006
Gives 1 when the sensor detects original

Original Width 4 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

6-011-007
Gives 1 when the sensor detects original

Original Width 5 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

6-011-008
A Gives 1 when the sensor detects original

Original Detection ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

6-011-009
Gives 1 when original is set at original tray.

862
 Input Check

Separation Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

6-011-010
Gives 1 when the sensor detects original

Skew Correction ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

6-011-011
Gives 1 when the sensor detects original

Scan Entrance Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

6-011-012
Gives 1 when the sensor detects original

Registration Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

6-011-013
Gives 1 when the sensor detects original

Exit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

6-011-014
Gives 1 when the sensor detects original

Feed Cover Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

6-011-015
Gives 1 when the sensor detects cover open.

Lift Up Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

6-011-016
Gives 1 when original tray lifts up.

Pick-Up Roller HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

6-011-018
Gives 1 when the pick-up roller is not located in home position.

Bottom Plate HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

6-011-021
Gives 1 when the bottom platte is not located in home position.

Bottom Plate Position Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]

6-011-022
Gives 1 when the pick-up roller is not located proper position for oringal feed.

Original Length 4 (LT/A4

ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1]
6-011-023 Tail Sensor)
Gives 1 when the sensor detects original

Detect Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 ]

6-011-024
-

863
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Finisher Input Check

[Finisher Input Check]

6241
Gets information of specified sensor.

6-241-001 Finisher Entrance Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-002 Pre-stack Paper Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-003 Pre-stack Roller HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-004 Proof Tray JG HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-005 Stack JG HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-006 Proof Tray Exit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-007 Proof Tray Full Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-008 Punch Vertical Registration Sn ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-009 Punch Side-to-Side Regist Sn ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-010 Punch Blade HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-011 Punch Unit HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-012 Punch Switch ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-013 Punch Hopper Full Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-014 Punch Set Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-015 Stack Plate HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-016 Corner Stapler HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-017 Stapler Rotation HP Sn: Front ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-018 Stapler Rotation HP Sn: Rear ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-019 Fence S-to-S Moving HP Senser ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-020 Fence Up-Down Moving HP Senser ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-021 Jogger Fence HP Sensor: Front ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-022 Jogger Fence HP Sensor: Rear ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

864
 Input Check

6-241-023 Positioning Roller Vibrating HP Senser ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-024 Top Fence HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-025 Stack Feed-out Belt HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-026 Stapling Tray Paper Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-027 Corner Stapler HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-028 Staple End Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-029 Self-Limit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-030 Stpl Trimmings Hopper Set Sn ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-031 Stpl Trimmings Hopper Full Sn ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-032 Stapling Tray Entrance Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-033 Stack Transport Unit HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-034 Stack JG Vibrating HP Senser ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-035 Bklet Top Fence HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-036 Bklet Stplr Clamp Roller HP Sn ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-037 Fold Plate Cam HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-038 Fold Plate HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-039 Bklet Side Fence HP Sn: Front ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-040 Bklet Side Fence HP Sn: Rear ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-041 Bklet Stplr Bottom Fence HP Sn ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-042 Fold Unit Entrance Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-043 Bklet Stapler Exit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-044 Bklet Stapler HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-045 Bklet Stplr Stpl End Sn: Front ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-046 Bklet Stplr Stpl End Sn: Rear ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-047 Bklet Tray Full Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-048 Bklet Tray Paper Set Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

865
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-241-049 Bklet Tray Set Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-050 Shift Tray Exit Sensor: Long ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-051 Shift Tray Exit Sensor: Short ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-052 Exit Guide HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-053 Drag Roller Vibrating HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-054 Press Lever HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-055 Shift Tray Upper Limit Switch ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-056 Shift Tray HP Sensor: Front ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-057 Shift Tray HP Sensor: Rear ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-058 Paper Height Sensor: Staple ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-059 Paper Height Sensor: Shift ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-060 Paper Height Sensor: Z-Fold ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-061 Paper Height Sensor: TE ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-062 Shift Tray Full Sensor: 500 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-063 Shift Tray Full Sensor: 1000 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-064 Shift Tray Full Sensor: 1500 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-065 Shift Full Sensor(L-Limit) ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-066 Shift Full Sensor(Reserve) ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-067 Shift Tray Emergency Stop Sw ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-068 Shift Tray Jogger Fence HP Senser ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-069 Shift Tray Jog Fence Retra HP Senser ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-070 Front Door Switch ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-071 Punch Type 1 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-072 Punch Type 2 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-073 Staple Tray Set Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-241-074 Reserved ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

866
 Input Check

Multi Folding Unit Input Check

[INPUT Check Multi Folder]-

6309
Gets information of specified sensor.

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-001 ENG
Entrance Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-002 ENG
Entrance JG HP Sensor 1:Home Position

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-004 ENG
Registration Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-005 ENG
Dynamic Roller HP Sensor 1: Home Position

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-006 ENG
Registration Roller HP Sensor 1: Home Position

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-007 ENG
Fold Plate HP Sensor 1: Home Position

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-008 ENG
Jogger Fence HP Sensor 1: Home Position

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-010 ENG
1st Stopper Paper Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-011 ENG
1st Stopper HP Sensor 1: Home Position

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-012 ENG
2nd Stopper Paper Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-013 ENG
2nd Stopper HP Sensor 1: Home Position

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-014 ENG
3rd Stopper Paper Sensor 0: Detect

867
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-015 ENG
3rd Stopper HP Sensor 1: Home Position

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-016 ENG
Direct-Send JG HP Sensor 1: Home Position

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-017 ENG
FM6 Pawl HP Sensor 0: Home Position

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-018 ENG
Top Tray Paper Path Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-019 ENG
Top Tray Exit Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-020 ENG
Horizontal Path Exit Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-021 ENG
Top Tray Full Sensor (E) 1: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-023 ENG
Front Door Switch (SW1) 0:Close

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-024 ENG
Horizontal Path Paper Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-025 ENG
Vertical Path Paper Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-026 ENG
Bypass Entrance Paper Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-309-027 ENG
Bypass Exit Paper Sensor 0: Detect

Cvr Inserter Input Check

[Cvr Inserter Input Check]

6400
Gets information of specified sensor.

868
 Input Check

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-001 ENG
1st Paper Feed Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-002 ENG
2nd Feed Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-003 ENG
1st Transport Roller 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-004 ENG
2nd Transport Roller 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-005 ENG
1st Vertical Transport Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-006 ENG
2nd Vertical Transport Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-007 ENG
Output Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-008 ENG
Entrance Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-009 ENG
Exit Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-010 ENG
1st Pick-up Roller HP Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-011 ENG
2nd Pick-up Roller HP Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-012 ENG
1st Upper Limit Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-013 ENG
2nd Upper Limit Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-014 ENG
1st Lower Limit Sensor 0: Detect

869
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-015 ENG
2nd Lower Limit Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-016 ENG
1st Near End Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-017 ENG
2nd Near End Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-018 ENG
1st End Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-019 ENG
2nd End Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-020 ENG
1st Length Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-021 ENG
2nd Length Sensor 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-022 ENG
1st Width Sensor 1 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-023 ENG
1st Width Sensor 2 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-024 ENG
1st Width Sensor 3 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-025 ENG
1st Width Sensor 4 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-026 ENG
1st Width Sensor 5 0: Detect

6-400-027 2nd Width Sensor 1 ENG z

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-028 ENG
2nd Width Sensor 2 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-029 ENG
2nd Width Sensor 3 0: Detect

870
 Input Check

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-030 ENG
2nd Width Sensor 4 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-031 ENG
2nd Width Sensor 5 0: Detect

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-032 ENG
1st Feed Cover Sensor 1:Close

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-033 ENG
2nd Feed Cover Sensor 1:Close

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-034 ENG
Cover Vertical Transport Switch 1:Close

[0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
6-400-035 ENG
Front Door Open Switch 1:Close

Ring Binder Input Check

[Input Check: Ring Binder]

6508
Gets information of specified sensor.

6-508-001 Entrance Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-002 Transport Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-003 Exit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-004 Punch Process Reference Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-005 Binder Delivery Base Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-006 Path JG HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-007 Jog HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-008 Jog Roller Lift HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-009 Punch HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-010 Punch Encoder Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-011 Unit Detect Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

871
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-508-012 Punch Size A4/LT Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-013 Punch Type Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-014 Full Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-015 Punchout Box Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-016 Output Belt 1 HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-017 Output Belt 2 HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-018 Output Belt Rotation HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-019 Output Unit Entrance Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-020 Booklet Pass Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-021 Stack HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-022 Stack Height Sensor 1 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-024 Stacker Detect Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-025 Tray Detect Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-026 Obstacle Detect Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-027 Book Position Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-028 Binder Unit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-029 Width Align HP Sensor 1 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-030 Paddle Roller HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-031 Clamp HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-032 Alignment Pin HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-033 Shutter HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-034 50-Sheet Detect Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-035 Thickness Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-037 LE Detect Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-038 Alignment Pin Top Edge Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-039 Width Align HP Sensor 2 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

872
 Input Check

6-508-040 De-curler Motor HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-041 Shutter Motor HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-042 Roller Lift Motor HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-043 Binder HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-044 Bind Timing Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-045 Ring Replace HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-046 Ring Replace Timing Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-047 Ring Supply Detect Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-048 Cartridge Reversed Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-049 Ring Near-End Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-050 Ring 50/100 Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-508-051 Ring A4/LT Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

Perfect Binder Input Check

[Input Check: Perfect Binder]

6537
Gets information of specified sensor.

6-537-001 Entrance sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-002 Timing Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-003 Jog Sensor HP: Front ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-004 Jog Sensor HP: Rear ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-005 Jog Sensor HP: Front Large ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-006 Jog Sensor HP: Rear Large ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-007 Cover Path: Sensor 1 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-008 Cover Path: Sensor 2 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-009 Signature Path: Sensor 1 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

873
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-537-010 Signature Path: Sensor 2 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-011 Inserter Com Sn:Before Joining ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-012 Switchback Flapper HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-013 Switchback Roller HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-014 Cover Registration Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-015 Straight-Through Exit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-016 TE Press Lever HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-017 Stack Overflow Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-018 Tray Lower Limit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-019 Detect Sensor: Front ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-020 Detect Sensor: Rear ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-021 Cover Guide HP Sensor: Right ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-022 Cover Guide HP Sensor: Left ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-023 Cover Guide Open Sensor: Right ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-024 Cover Guide Open Sensor: Left ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-025 Stack Weight Move HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-026 Stack Tray HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-027 Front Door SW ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-028 Top Cover Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-029 Top Cover Switch ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-030 Glue Tank Cover Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-031 Temperature Start Switch ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-032 Inserter Connect Signal ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-033 Glue Tank Empty Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-034 Glue Tank Full Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-035 24 V Guard 1 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

874
 Input Check

6-537-036 24 V Guard 2 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-037 Stack Tray Empty Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-038 Front Door Lock Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-039 Power Supply Fan Lock: Left ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-040 Sub Grip Upper HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-041 Signature Exit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-042 Size Move HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-043 Registration Unit HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-044 Post Main Grip Encoder Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-045 24V 2 Check Signal ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-046 Spine Fold Press Sensor: Right ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-047 Main Grip HP Sensor: Left ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

Cover Horizontal Registration Sensor:

6-537-048 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
Small

Cover Horizontal Registration Sensor:

6-537-049 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]
Large

6-537-050 Glue Tank HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-051 Main Grip HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-052 Main Grip Front Encoder Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-053 24V 3 Check Signal ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-054 Main Grip Press Sensor: Left ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-055 Main Grip Press Sensor: Small ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-056 Sub Grip Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-057 Sub Grip Open Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-058 Sub Grip Close Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-059 Spine Fold Close Sensor: Left ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

875
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-537-060 Spine Plate Open Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-061 Spine Plate Close Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-062 Spine Fold HP Sensor: Left ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-063 Spine Fold HP Sensor: Right ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-064 Cutter LE Detect Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-065 Main Grip Rotate Enable Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-066 Main Grip Rotate Bind Position Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-067 Main Grip Rotate HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-068 Rear Main Grip Open Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-069 Rear Main Grip Close Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-070 Front Main Grip Open Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-071 Front Main Grip Close Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-072 Main Grip Signature Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-073 Thermostat Abnormal ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-074 Glue Heater Thermistor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-075 Glue Unit HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-076 Book Output Path HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-077 Book Output Path Push Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-078 Sub Grip HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-079 Signature Main Grip Position Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-080 Signature Fan 2 Lock: Rear ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-081 Signature Fan 2 Lock: Front ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-082 Signature Fan 1 Lock: Rear ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-083 Signature Fan 1 Lock: Front ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-084 Power Supply Fan Lock: Center ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-085 Power Supply Fan Lock: Rear ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

876
 Input Check

6-537-086 Spine Plate Fan Lock: Upper Rear ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-087 Spine Plate Fan Lock: Front ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-088 Spine Plate Fan Lock: Lower Rear ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-089 Spine Plate Fan Lock: Lower Front ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-090 Glue Tank Roller: Rotate Detect Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-091 Glue Supply Fan: Lock 1 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-092 Glue Supply Fan Lock 2 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-093 Book Catch Fence HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-094 Output Stack Door Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-095 Output Stack Door Switch ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-096 Book Buffer Tray HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-097 Trim Scrap Buffer HP Sensor: Right ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-098 Press HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-099 Blade Cradle HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-100 Cutter Limit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-101 Cutter Area Sensor 1 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-102 Entrance Path Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-103 Book Registration Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-104 Cutter Area Sensor 2 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-105 LE Detect Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-106 Grip End Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-107 Book Rotate HP Sensor 1: Right ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-108 Press End Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-109 Slide HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-110 Grip HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-111 Book Rotate HP Sensor 2: Left ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

877
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-537-112 Press Limit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-113 Trim Scrap Box Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-114 Book Arrival Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-115 Book Detect Sensor: Output Tray ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-116 Output Tray HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-117 Trim Scrap Buffer HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-118 Trim Scrap Box Full Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-119 Front Door SW: Center ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-120 Front Door SW: 36V ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-121 Thrust Plate Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-122 Upper Tray Empty Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-123 Lower Tray Empty Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-124 Upper Tray Pickup Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-125 Lower Tray Pickup Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-126 Inserter Cover Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-127 Lower Tray Out Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-128 Lower Tray Registration Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-129 Upper Tray Registration Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-130 Upper Tray: Large Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-131 Upper Tray: Small Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-132 Lower Tray Lower Limit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-133 Transport Sensor: Midway ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-134 Inserter Unit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-135 Upper Tray Lower Limit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-136 Drive Gear Switching Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-137 Transport Sensor 1 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

878
 Input Check

6-537-138 Transport Sensor 2 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-139 Relay Unit Transport Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-537-140 Relay Unit Front Door Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

Stacker 1 Input Check

[Stacker1 Input Check]

6600
Gets information of specified sensor.

6-600-001 Entrance Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-002 Shift Tray Exit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-003 Proof Tray Exit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-004 Exit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-005 Transport Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-006 Proof Tray Full Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-007 Shift Tray JG HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-008 Proof Tray JG HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-009 Shift Roller HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-010 Front Jogger Fence HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-011 Rear Jogger Fence HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-012 Jog Fence Retraction HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-013 LE Stopper HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-014 Height Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-015 Shift Tray Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-016 Tray Full Sensor 1: 25% ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-017 Tray Full Sensor 2: 50% ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-018 Tray Full Sensor 3: 75% ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

879
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-600-019 Tray Full Sensor 4: 100% ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-020 Tray Low Limit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-021 Roll Away Cart Set SW ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-022 Tray Guard Sensor 1 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-023 Tray Guard Sensor 2 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-024 Sub Jogger HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-025 Down Button ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-026 Jam Button ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-027 Top Door SW ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-600-028 Front Door SW ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

Stacker 2 Input Check

[Stacker2 Input Check]

6606
Gets information of specified sensor.

6-606-001 Entrance Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-002 Shift Tray Exit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-003 Proof Tray Exit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-004 Exit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-005 Transport Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-006 Proof Tray Full Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-007 Shift Tray JG HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-008 Proof Tray JG HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-009 Shift Roller HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-010 Front Jogger Fence HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-011 Rear Jogger Fence HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

880
 Input Check

6-606-012 Jog Fence Retraction HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-013 LE Stopper HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-014 Height Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-015 Shift Tray Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-016 Tray Full Sensor 1: 25% ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-017 Tray Full Sensor 2: 50% ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-018 Tray Full Sensor 3: 75% ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-019 Tray Full Sensor 4: 100% ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-020 Tray Low Limit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-021 Roll Away Cart Set SW ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-022 Tray Guard Sensor 1 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-023 Tray Guard Sensor 2 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-024 Sub Jogger HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-025 Down Button ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-026 Jam Button ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-027 Top Door SW ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-606-028 Front Door SW ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

Trimmer Input Check

[SHINJIKO Input Check]

6650
Gets information of specified sensor.

6-650-001 Entrance Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-650-002 Stopper Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-650-003 Exit Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-650-004 Booklet Sensor 1 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

881
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-650-005 Booklet Sensor 2 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-650-006 Booklet Sensor 3 ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-650-007 Trimming Blade HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-650-008 Cut Posion HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-650-009 Press Roller HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-650-010 Press Stopper HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-650-011 Scrap Hopper Full HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-650-012 Scrap Hopper HP Sensor ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

6-650-013 Door Switch ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 / -]

882
 Output Check

Output Check
Main Machine Output Check 1

5804 [Output Check]

Execute the movement check of the specifed part.

5-804-001 Feed Mtr 1 (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-002 Feed Mtr 1 (Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-003 Feed Mtr 1 (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-004 Feed Mtr 2 (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-005 Feed Mtr 2 (Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-006 Feed Mtr 2 (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-007 Bypass Grip Mtr 1 (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-008 Bypass Grip Mtr 1 (Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-009 Bypass Grip Mtr 1 (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-010 Bypass Grip Mtr 2 (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-011 Bypass Grip Mtr 2 (Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-012 Bypass Grip Mtr 2 (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-013 Bypass V-Transport (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-014 Bypass V-Transport (Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-015 Bypass V-Transport (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-016 Bank Exit Mtr (Hi1:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-017 Bank Exit Mtr (Hi1:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-018 Bank Exit Mtr (Hi1:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-019 Bank Exit Mtr (Nor:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-020 Bank Exit Mtr (Nor:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

883
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

5-804-021 Bank Exit Mtr (Nor:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-022 Bank Exit Mtr (Slow Down:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-023 Bank Exit Mtr (Slow Down:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-024 Bank Exit Mtr (Slow Down:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-025 Registration Entrance Mtr (Hi1:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-026 Registration Entrance Mtr (Hi1:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-027 Registration Entrance Mtr (Hi1:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-028 Registration Entrance Mtr (Nor:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-029 Registration Entrance Mtr (Nor:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-030 Registration Entrance Mtr (Nor:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-031 Reg Ent Mtr (Slow Dn:Std Spd) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-032 Reg Ent Mtr (Slow Dn:Med Spd) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-033 Reg Ent Mtr (Slow Dn:Low Spd) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-034 Registration Timing Mtr (Hi1:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-035 Registration Timing Mtr (Hi1:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-036 Registration Timing Mtr (Hi1:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-037 Registration Timing Mtr (Nor:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-038 Registration Timing Mtr (Nor:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-039 Registration Timing Mtr (Nor:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-040 Reg Tmg Mtr (Slow Dn:Std Spd) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-041 Reg Tmg Mtr (Slow Dn:Med Spd) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-042 Reg Tmg Mtr (Slow Dn:Low Spd) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-043 Shift Roller Motor (Hi1:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-044 Shift Roller Motor (Nor:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-045 Shift Roller Motor (Nor:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-046 Shift Roller Motor (Nor:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

884
 Output Check

5-804-047 Shift Roller Motor (Slow Dn:Std Spd) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-048 Shift Roller Motor (Slow Dn:Med Spd) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-049 Shift Roller Motor (Slow Dn:Low Spd) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-050 1st Tray: Bottom Plate (Lift: 1 s) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-051 1st Tray: Bottom Plate (Lower: 1 s) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-052 2nd Tray: Bottom Plate (Lift: 1 s) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-053 2nd Tray: Bottom Plate (Lower: 1 s) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-054 Rear Fence Motor (Fwd: 1 s) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-055 Rear Fence Motor (Rev: 1 s) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-058 Unit Shift Motor (HP) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-059 Unit Shift Motor (Drive) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-060 Gate Retract Motor (HP) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-061 Gate Retract Motor (Drive) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-062 Paper Exit Cooling Fan 7 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-063 1st Tray: PickUp SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-064 1st Tray: REV SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-065 2nd Tray: PickUp SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-066 2nd Tray: REV SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-067 Relay SOL1 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-068 Relay SOL2 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-069 LCT Relay SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-070 Exit JG SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-071 Inverter JG SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-072 Exit/Inverter JG SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-073 Lock SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-074 Connect SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

885
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

5-804-075 Rear Side Fence SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-076 Front Side Fence SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-077 Bank LED: 1st Tray ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-078 Bank LED: 2nd Tray ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-080 Polygon Motor: KC ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-081 Polygon Motor: MY ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-082 Polygon Motor: S ENG [ONOFF]

5-804-090 Used Toner Bottle Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-091 Toner Supply Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-092 Lubrication Sensor Power: KCMY ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-093 Lubrication Sensor Power: S ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-100 DrumMotor(K):HighSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-101 DrumMotor(C):HighSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-102 DrumMotor(M):HighSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-103 DrumMotor(Y):HighSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-104 DevelopmentMotor(K):HighSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-105 DevelopmentMotor(C):HighSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-106 DevelopmentMotor(M):HighSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-107 DevelopmentMotor(Y):HighSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-108 CleaningMotor(K):HighSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-109 CleaningMotor(C):HighSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-110 CleaningMotor(M):HighSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-111 CleaningMotor(Y):HighSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-112 ITB Motor:HighSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-113 PRT Motor:HighSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-114 Fusing Motor:HighSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

886
 Output Check

5-804-115 Paper Ejection Motor:HighSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-116 DrumMotor(K):MiddleSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-117 DrumMotor(C):MiddleSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-118 DrumMotor(M):MiddleSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-119 DrumMotor(Y):MiddleSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-120 DevelopmentMotor(K):MiddleSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-121 DevelopmentMotor(C):MiddleSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-122 DevelopmentMotor(M):MiddleSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-123 DevelopmentMotor(Y):MiddleSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-124 CleaningMotor(K):MiddleSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-125 CleaningMotor(C):MiddleSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-126 CleaningMotor(M):MiddleSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-127 CleaningMotor(Y):MiddleSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-128 ITB Motor:MiddleSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-129 PRT Motor:MiddleSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-130 Fusing Motor:MiddleSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-131 Paper Ejection Motor:MiddleSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-132 DrumMotor(K):LowSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-133 DrumMotor(C):LowSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-134 DrumMotor(M):LowSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-135 DrumMotor(Y):LowSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-136 DevelopmentMotor(K):LowSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-137 DevelopmentMotor(C):LowSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-138 DevelopmentMotor(M):LowSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-139 DevelopmentMotor(Y):LowSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-140 CleaningMotor(K):LowSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

887
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

5-804-141 CleaningMotor(C):LowSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-142 CleaningMotor(M):LowSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-143 CleaningMotor(Y):LowSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-144 ITB Motor:LowSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-145 PRT Motor:LowSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-146 Fusing Motor:LowSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-147 Paper Ejection Motor:LowSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-148 Toner Discharge Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-149 Transfer Timing Motor (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-150 Transfer Timing Motor (Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-151 Transfer Timing Motor (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-152 Fusing Motor:Reverse LowSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-153 DrumMotor(S):HighSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-154 DevelopmentMotor(S):HighSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-155 CleaningMotor(S):HighSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-156 DrumMotor(S):MiddleSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-157 DevelopmentMotor(S):MiddleSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-158 CleaningMotor(S):MiddleSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-159 DrumMotor(S):LowSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-160 DevelopmentMotor(S):LowSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-161 CleaningMotor(S):LowSpeed ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-162 Exit/Relay Mtr (Hi2:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-163 Exit/Relay Mtr (Hi2:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-164 Exit/Relay Mtr (Nor:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-165 Exit/Relay Mtr (Nor:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-166 Exit/Relay Mtr (Nor:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

888
 Output Check

5-804-167 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Hi2:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-168 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Hi2:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-169 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Hi2:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-170 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Nor:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-171 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Nor:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-172 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Nor:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-173 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Rev:Hi2:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-174 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Rev:Hi2:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-175 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Rev:Hi2:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-176 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Rev:Nor:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-177 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Rev:Nor:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-178 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Rev:Nor:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-179 Duplex/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Hi2:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-180 Duplex/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Hi2:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-181 Duplex/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Hi2:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-182 Duplex/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Nor:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-183 Duplex/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Nor:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-184 Duplex/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Nor:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-185 Duplex/Inverter Mtr (Rev:Hi1:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-186 Duplex/Inverter Mtr (Rev:Hi1:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-187 Duplex/Inverter Mtr (Rev:Hi1:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-188 Dup Trans Mtr1 (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-189 Dup Trans Mtr1 (Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-190 Dup Trans Mtr1 (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-194 Dup Trans Mtr3 (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-195 Dup Trans Mtr3 (Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

889
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

5-804-196 Dup Trans Mtr3 (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

Scananer Lamp
ENG [ON/OFF]
5-804-202 (Copire Model only)

5-804-209 De-curler Unit Move:Lower Default ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-210 Exit/Relay Mtr (Hi2:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-211 Exit/Relay Mtr (Hi2:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-212 Exit/Relay Mtr (Hi2:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-213 Exit/Relay Mtr (Nor:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-214 Exit/Relay Mtr (Nor:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-215 Exit/Relay Mtr (Nor:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-216 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Hi2:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-217 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Hi2:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-218 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Hi2:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-219 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Nor:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-220 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Nor:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-221 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Nor:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-222 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Rev:Hi2:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-223 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Rev:Hi2:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-224 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Rev:Hi2:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-225 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Rev:Nor:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-226 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Rev:Nor:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-227 Exit/Inverter Mtr (Rev:Nor:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-228 Duplex/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Hi2:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-229 Duplex/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Hi2:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-230 Duplex/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Hi2:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-231 Duplex/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Nor:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

890
 Output Check

5-804-232 Duplex/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Nor:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-233 Duplex/Inverter Mtr (Fwd:Nor:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-234 Duplex/Inverter Mtr (Rev:Hi1:Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-235 Duplex/Inverter Mtr (Rev:Hi1:Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-236 Duplex/Inverter Mtr (Rev:Hi1:Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-237 Dup Trans Mtr1 (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-238 Dup Trans Mtr1 (Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-239 Dup Trans Mtr1 (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-240 Dup Trans Mtr3 (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-241 Dup Trans Mtr3 (Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-242 Dup Trans Mtr3 (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-243 De-curler Unit Move:Lower Default ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-244 De-curler Unit Move:Upper Default ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-245 De-curl Trans Mtr (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-246 De-curl Trans Mtr (Med Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-247 De-curl Trans Mtr (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-804-248 De-curl Trans Mtr (Reverse) ENG [ON/OFF]

Main Machine Output Check 2

[Output Check]
5805
Execute the movement check of the specifed part.

5-805-001 PTB Fan Front ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-002 PTB Fan Rear ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-003 PTB Fan Center ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-004 Heat Sink C-Suction Fan: Nrm Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

891
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

5-805-005 Heat Sink C-Suction Fan: Hlf Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-006 Heat Sink C-Exhaust Fan: Nrm Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-007 Heat Sink C-Exhaust Fan: Hlf Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-008 Paper Cooling Intake Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-009 Paper Cooling Exhaust Fan 1 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-010 Fusing Exit Exhaust Fan: Nrm Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-011 Fusing Exit Exhaust Fan: Hlf Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-012 Rear Box Exhaust Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-014 Trans/Fusing Exhaust Fan: Nrm Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-015 Trans/Fusing Exhaust Fan: Hlf Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-016 Belt Cooling Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-017 Pressure Roller Cooling Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-018 Press Roller Fan HS ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-019 Rear Box Heat Sink Collection Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-020 Rear Box Ozone Ex Fan: Nrm Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-021 Rear Box Ozone Ex Fan: Hlf Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-022 Ctl Box Intake Fan1: Nrm Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-023 Ctl Box Intake Fan1: Hlf Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-024 Ctl Box Intake Fan2: Nrm Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-025 Ctl Box Intake Fan2: Hlf Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-026 Ctl Box Exhaust Fan1: Nrm Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-027 Ctl Box Exhaust Fan1: Hlf Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-028 Ctl Box Exhaust Fan2: Nrm Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-029 Ctl Box Exhaust Fan2: Hlf Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-030 Ctl Box Ozone Collecting Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-031 ID/MUSIC Sensor Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

892
 Output Check

5-805-032 Development Unit Cooling Fan 1 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-033 Development Unit Cooling Fan 2 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-034 Development Unit Cooling Fan 3 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-035 Ozone Exhaust Fan (K) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-036 Ozone Exhaust Fan (C) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-037 Ozone Exhaust Fan (M) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-038 Ozone Exhaust Fan (Y) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-039 Ozone Exhaust Fan (S) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-040 Ozone Collecting Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-041 PSU Cooling Fan 1: Nrm Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-042 PSU Cooling Fan 1: Hlf Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-043 PSU Cooling Fan 2: Nrm Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-044 PSU Cooling Fan 2: Hlf Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-045 Ctl-B Ex Fan: Top Left: Nrm Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-046 Ctl-B Ex Fan: Top Left: Hlf Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-047 Ctl-B Ex Fan: Top Right: Nrm Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-048 Ctl-B Ex Fan: Top Right: Hlf Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-049 Ctl-B Ex Fan: Bottom: Nrm Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-050 Ctl-B Ex Fan: Bottom: Hlf Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-051 Air Box Ex Fan: Top: Nrm Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-052 Air Box Ex Fan: Top: Hlf Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-053 Air Box Ex Fan: Bottom: Nrm Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-054 Air Box Ex Fan: Bottom: Hlf Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-055 CIS Cleaning Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-056 Development Unit Coolant Pump ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-060 Toner Bottle Motor (K) ENG [ON/OFF]

893
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

5-805-061 Toner Bottle Motor (C) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-062 Toner Bottle Motor (M) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-063 Toner Bottle Motor (Y) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-064 Toner Bottle Motor (S) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-065 Toner Pump Motor (K) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-066 Toner Pump Motor (C) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-067 Toner Pump Motor (M) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-068 Toner Pump Motor (Y) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-069 Toner Pump Motor (S) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-070 Toner Supply Clutch (K) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-071 Toner Supply Clutch (C) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-072 Toner Supply Clutch (M) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-073 Toner Supply Clutch (Y) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-074 Toner Supply Clutch (S) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-075 Charge Roller Cleaner Lift SOL (K) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-076 Charge Roller Cleaner Lift SOL (C) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-077 Charge Roller Cleaner Lift SOL (M) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-078 Charge Roller Cleaner Lift SOL (Y) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-079 Charge Roller Cleaner Lift SOL (S) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-080 QL (K) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-081 QL (C) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-082 QL (M) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-083 QL (Y) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-084 QL (S) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-085 Sub Hopper Motor (K) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-086 Sub Hopper Motor (C) ENG [ON/OFF]

894
 Output Check

5-805-087 Sub Hopper Motor (M) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-088 Sub Hopper Motor (Y) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-090 PSU Cooling Fan3 (Nrm Spd) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-091 PSU Cooling Fan3 (Hlf Spd) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-092 Paper Cooling Exhaust Fan2 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-093 Paper Exit Guide Cooling Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-094 Transport Motor Cooling Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-095 Paper Exit Fan (OP) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-096 Front Relay Fan: Nrm Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-097 Front Relay Fan: Hlf Spd ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-098 PTR Lift Motor(UP) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-099 PTR Lift Motor(DOWN) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-100 Web Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-101 Press Roller Lift Motor (HP) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-102 Press Roller Lift Motor (Up) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-103 Refresh Roller Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-106 Refresh Roller Lift Motor (HP) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-107 Refresh Roller Lift Motor (Up) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-108 Web Unit Lift Motor (HP) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-109 Web Unit Lift Motor (Up) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-110 Dbl-Feed Sensor (Emitter) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-111 CIS LED (Duty 50% Fixed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-112 Steering Motor (HP) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-113 ITB Lift Motor (K)UP ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-114 ITB Lift Motor (K)DOWN ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-115 ITB Lift Motor (FC)UP ENG [ON/OFF]

895
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

5-805-116 ITB Lift Motor (FC)DOWN ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-117 ITB Lift Motor (S)UP ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-118 ITB Lift Motor (S)DOWN ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-120 Charge DC Voltage (K) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-121 Charge DC Voltage (C) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-122 Charge DC Voltage (M) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-123 Charge DC Voltage (Y) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-124 Charge AC Voltage (K) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-125 Charge AC Voltage (C) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-126 Charge AC Voltage (M) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-127 Charge AC Voltage (Y) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-128 Development DC Bias (K) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-129 Development DC Bias (C) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-130 Development DC Bias (M) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-131 Development DC Bias (Y) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-132 Primary Transfer (K) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-133 Primary Transfer (C) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-134 Primary Transfer (M) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-135 Primary Transfer (Y) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-136 Secondary Transfer (+) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-137 Secondary Transfer (-) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-138 Secondary Transfer (AC) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-139 Secondary Transfer (DC) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-140 Separation AC ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-141 Separation DC ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-142 Charge DC Voltage (S) ENG [ON/OFF]

896
 Output Check

5-805-143 Charge AC Voltage (S) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-144 Development DC Bias (S) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-145 Primary Transfer (S) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-146 Development AC Bias (K) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-147 Development AC Bias (C) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-148 Development AC Bias (M) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-149 Development AC Bias (Y) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-150 RFID ON/OFF:K ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-151 RFID ON/OFF:C ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-152 RFID ON/OFF:M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-153 RFID ON/OFF:Y ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-154 RFID ON/OFF:S ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-155 RFID COM ON/OFF:C ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-156 RFID COM ON/OFF:M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-157 RFID COM ON/OFF:Y ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-158 Dup Exhaust Fan Front NS ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-159 RFID COM ON/OFF:S ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-160 Development AC Bias (S) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-161 Dup Exhaust Fan Rear HS ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-162 Exit Exhaust Fan Front NS ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-163 Exit Exhaust Fan Front HS ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-164 Exit Exhaust Fan Rear NS ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-165 Exit Exhaust Fan Rear HS ENG [ON/OFF]

897
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Buffer Pass Unit

[Output Check]
5805
Execute the movement check of the specifed part.

5-805-166 Buffer Pass Unit:Feed Motor 1 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-167 Buffer Pass Unit:Feed Motor 2 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-168 Buffer Pass Unit:Cool Fan 1-2 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-169 Buffer Pass Unit:Exhaust Fan 1-2 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-170 Buffer Pass Unit:Cool Fan 3-4 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-171 Buffer Pass Unit:Exhaust Fan 3-4 ENG [ON/OFF]

A3 LCIT, Bypass Tray

[Output Check]
5805
Execute the movement check of the specifed part.

5-805-173 A3 LCT 3rd Tray: Pickup SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-174 A3 LCT 4th Tray: Pickup SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-175 A3 LCT 5th Tray: Pickup SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-176 Bypass Pickup SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-177 A3 LCT: 3rd Tray Feed Mtr (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-178 A3 LCT: 3rd Tray Feed Mtr (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-179 A3 LCT: 4th Tray Feed Mtr (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-180 A3 LCT: 4th Tray Feed Mtr (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-181 A3 LCT: 5th Tray Feed Mtr (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-182 A3 LCT: 5th Tray Feed Mtr (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-183 Bypass: Feed Mtr (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-184 Bypass: Feed Mtr (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

898
 Output Check

5-805-185 A3 LCT: 3rd Tray Grip Mtr (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-186 A3 LCT: 3rd Tray Grip Mtr (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-187 A3 LCT: 4th Tray Grip Mtr (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-188 A3 LCT: 4th Tray Grip Mtr (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-189 A3 LCT: 5th Tray Grip Mtr (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-190 A3 LCT: 5th Tray Grip Mtr (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-191 Bypass: Transport Mtr (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-192 Bypass: Transport Mtr (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-193 A3 LCT: 3rd Transport Mtr (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-194 A3 LCT: 3rd Transport Mtr (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-195 A3 LCT: 4th Transport Mtr (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-196 A3 LCT: 4th Transport Mtr (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-197 A3 LCT: 5th Transport Mtr (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-198 A3 LCT: 5th Transport Mtr (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-199 Bypass: Transport Mtr (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-200 Bypass: Transport Mtr (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-201 A3 LCT: Exit Mtr (Std Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-202 A3 LCT: Exit Mtr (Low Speed) ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-203 A3 LCT: Exit Roller Retract Mtr ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-204 A3 LCT: 3rd Tray Front Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-205 A3 LCT: 3rd Tray Rear Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-206 A3 LCT: 4th Tray Front Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-207 A3 LCT: 4th Tray Rear Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-208 A3 LCT: 5th Tray Front Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-209 A3 LCT: 5th Tray Rear Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-210 A3LCT 3rd Tray: LED ENG [ON/OFF]

899
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

5-805-211 A3LCT 4th Tray: LED ENG [ON/OFF]

5-805-213
to 215
5-805-212 A3LCT 5th Tray: LED ENG [ON/OFF]
RTB 134

Vacuum Feed LCIT

[Output Check]
5806
Execute the movement check of the specifed part.

5-806-100 Twin LCT1:F1Belt M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-101 Twin LCT1:F1Transport M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-102 Twin LCT1:F1Height SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-103 Twin LCT1:F1Float Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-104 Twin LCT1:F1Separate Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-105 Twin LCT1:F1Fr Side Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-106 Twin LCT1:F1Rr Side Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-107 Twin LCT1:F1Suction Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-108 Twin LCT1:F1LED ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-109 Twin LCT1:F1 V-Transport M1 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-110 Twin LCT1:F1 V-Transport M2 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-111 Twin LCT1:F2Belt M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-112 Twin LCT1:F2Transport M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-113 Twin LCT1:F2Height SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-114 Twin LCT1:F2Float Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-115 Twin LCT1:F2Separate Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-116 Twin LCT1:F2Fr Side Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-117 Twin LCT1:F2Rr Side Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-118 Twin LCT1:F2Suction Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

900
 Output Check

5-806-119 Twin LCT1:F2LED ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-120 Twin LCT1:F2 V-Transport M1 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-121 Twin LCT1:F2 V-Transport M2 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-122 Twin LCT1:V-Transport Exit M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-123 Twin LCT1:Exit M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-124 Twin LCT1:Exit Roller Retract M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-125 Twin LCT2:F1Belt M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-126 Twin LCT2:F1Transport M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-127 Twin LCT2:F1Height SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-128 Twin LCT2:F1Float Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-129 Twin LCT2:F1Separate Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-130 Twin LCT2:F1Fr Side Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-131 Twin LCT2:F1Rr Side Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-132 Twin LCT2:F1Suction Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-133 Twin LCT2:F1LED ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-134 Twin LCT2:F1 V-Transport M1 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-135 Twin LCT2:F1 V-Transport M2 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-136 Twin LCT2:F2Belt M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-137 Twin LCT2:F2Transport M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-138 Twin LCT2:F2Height SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-139 Twin LCT2:F2Float Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-140 Twin LCT2:F2Separate Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-141 Twin LCT2:F2Fr Side Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-142 Twin LCT2:F2Rr Side Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-143 Twin LCT2:F2Suction Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-144 Twin LCT2:F2LED ENG [ON/OFF]

901
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

5-806-145 Twin LCT2:F2 V-Transport M1 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-146 Twin LCT2:F2 V-Transport M2 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-147 Twin LCT2:V-Transport Exit M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-148 Twin LCT2:Exit M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-149 Twin LCT2:Exit Roller Retract M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-150 Twin LCT3:F1Belt M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-151 Twin LCT3:F1Transport M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-152 Twin LCT3:F1Height SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-153 Twin LCT3:F1Float Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-154 Twin LCT3:F1Separate Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-155 Twin LCT3:F1Fr Side Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-156 Twin LCT3:F1Rr Side Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-157 Twin LCT3:F1Suction Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-158 Twin LCT3:F1LED ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-159 Twin LCT3:F1 V-Transport M1 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-160 Twin LCT3:F1 V-Transport M2 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-161 Twin LCT3:F2Belt M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-162 Twin LCT3:F2Transport M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-163 Twin LCT3:F2Height SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-164 Twin LCT3:F2Float Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-165 Twin LCT3:F2Separate Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-166 Twin LCT3:F2Fr Side Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-167 Twin LCT3:F2Rr Side Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-168 Twin LCT3:F2Suction Fan ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-169 Twin LCT3:F2LED ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-170 Twin LCT3:F2 V-Transport M1 ENG [ON/OFF]

902
 Output Check

5-806-171 Twin LCT3:F2 V-Transport M2 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-172 Twin LCT3:V-Transport Exit M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-173 Twin LCT3:Exit M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-174 Twin LCT3:Exit Roller Retract M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-175 Twin LCT1:H-Transport Entrance M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-176 Twin LCT1:H-Transport Exit M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-177 Twin LCT1:Connection M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-178 Twin LCT2:H-Transport Entrance M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-179 Twin LCT2:H-Transport Exit M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-180 Twin LCT2:Connection M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-181 Twin LCT:BypassFeed M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-182 Twin LCT:BypassTransport M ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-183 Twin LCT:BypassV-Transport M1 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-184 Twin LCT:BypassV-Transport M2 ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-185 Twin LCT:BypassPickup SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-186 2-T LCT1:F1 Float Fan Shut SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-187 2-T LCT_1:F1 Front Fan Shut SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-188 2-T LCT_1:F1 Rear Fan Shut SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-189 2-T LCT_1:F2 Float Fan Shut SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-190 2-T LCT_1:F2 Front Fan Shut SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-191 2-T LCT_1:F2 Rear Fan Shut SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-192 2-T LCT_2:F1 Float Fan Shut SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-193 2-T LCT_2:F1 Front Fan Shut SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-194 2-T LCT_2:F1 Rear Fan Shut SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-195 2-T LCT_2:F2 Float Fan Shut SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-196 2-T LCT_2:F2 Front Fan Shut SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

903
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

5-806-197 2-T LCT_2:F2 Rear Fan Shut SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-198 2-T LCT_3:F1 Float Fan Shut SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-199 2-T LCT_3:F1 Front Fan Shut SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-200 2-T LCT_3:F1 Rear Fan Shut SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-201 2-T LCT_3:F2 Float Fan Shut SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-202 2-T LCT_3:F2 Front Fan Shut SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

5-806-203 2-T LCT_3:F2 Rear Fan Shut SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

ADF Output Check

[1-Pass ADF OUTPUT Check] (Copier Model only)

6012
Execute the movement check of the specifed part.

6-012-001 Pick-Up Motor Forward ENG [ON/OFF]

6-012-003 Feed Motor Forward ENG [ON/OFF]

6-012-005 Relay Motor Forward ENG [ON/OFF]

6-012-009 Exit Motor Forward ENG [ON/OFF]

6-012-010 Bottom Plate Motor For/Rev ENG [ON/OFF]

6-012-015 Pull-Out Motor Forward ENG [ON/OFF]

6-012-016 Middle Motor Forward ENG [ON/OFF]

Finisher Output Check

[Finisher Output Check]

6242
Execute the movement check of the specifed part.

6-242-001 Entrance Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-002 Registration Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-003 Proof Tray Vertical Trans Mt ENG [ON/OFF]

904
 Output Check

6-242-004 Pre-stack Release Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-005 Pre-stack Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-006 Shift JG Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-007 Stapler JG Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-008 Proof Tray Exit Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-009 Horizontal Transport Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-010 Punch Movement Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-011 Punch Switch Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-012 Punch Drive Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-013 Stapling Tray Entrance Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-014 Stack Plate Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-015 Punch S-to-S Regist: CIS Lamp ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-016 Stapler Rotation Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-017 Stapler Movement Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-018 Fence Up-Down Moving Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-019 Fence S-to-S Moving Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-020 Front Jogger Fence Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-021 Rear Jogger Fence Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-022 Positioning Roller Vibrating Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-023 Positioning Roller Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-024 Feed Out Belt Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-025 Top Fence Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-026 Shutter Solenoid ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-027 Staple Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-028 Stack Transport Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-029 Stack JG Vibrating Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

905
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-242-030 Stack Transport Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-031 Reserved ENG [- / - / - / -]

6-242-032 Bklet Stplr Clamp Roller Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-033 Bklet Stplr Bottom Fence Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-034 Bklet Stplr Side Fence Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-035 Bklet Stplr Top Fence Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-036 Bklet Stplr Mt ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-037 Booklet Tray Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-038 Fold Roller Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-039 Fold Plate Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-040 Shift Tray Exit Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-041 Shift Moving Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-042 Drag Drive Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-043 Drag Roller Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-044 Exit Guide Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-045 Shift Tray Lift Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-046 Shift Tray Jogger Fence Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-047 Shift Tray Jog Fence Retra Mt ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-048 Exit Fan Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-242-049 Press Lever ENG [ON/OFF]

Multi Folding Unit Output Check

[Output Check Multi Folder]

6310
Execute the movement check of the specifed part.

6-310-001 Horizontal Transport Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

906
 Output Check

6-310-002 Top Tray Transport Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-003 Top Tray Exit Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-004 Dynamic Roller Transport Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-005 Registration Roller Transport Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-007 Entrance JG Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-008 1st Stopper Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-009 2nd Stopper Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-010 3rd Stopper Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-011 Dynamic Roller Lift Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-012 Registration Roller Release Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-013 Fold Plate Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-014 Jogger Fence Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-016 Direct-Send JG Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-017 FM6 Pawl Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-018 1st Fold Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-019 2nd Fold Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-020 Crease Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-021 Bypass JG Solenoid ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-022 Exit JG Solenoid ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-023 Top Tray JG Solenoid ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-024 LE Stop Pawl Solenoid ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-025 Reverse JG Solenoid ENG [ON/OFF]

6-310-026 Horizontal Exit Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

907
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Cvr Inserter Output Check

[Cvr Inserter Output Check]

6401
Execute the movement check of the specifed part.

6-401-001 OFF (Stop) ENG [- / - / - / -]

6-401-002 1st Pick-up Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-401-003 2nd Pick-up Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-401-004 1st Paper Feed Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-401-005 2nd Paper Feed Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-401-006 1st Transport Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-401-007 2nd Transport Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-401-008 Vertical Transport Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-401-009 Horizontal Transport Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

Ring Binder Output Check

[Output Check: Ring Binder]

6509
Execute the movement check of the specifed part.

6-509-001 Entrance Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-002 Transport Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-003 Exit Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-004 Path JG Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-005 Jog Roller Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-006 Side Jogger Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-007 After-Punch Output Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-008 Jog Roller Lift Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-009 Hole Clear Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

908
 Output Check

6-509-010 Top Fence SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-011 Output Belt 1 Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-012 Output Belt 2 Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-013 Output Belt Rotation Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-014 Output Tray Lift Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-015 De-curler Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-016 Shutter Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-017 Paddle Roller Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-018 Alignment Pin Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-019 Paddle Roller Lift Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-020 Width Align Motor 1 ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-021 Clamp Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-022 Width Align Motor 2 ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-023 Roller Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-024 Roller Lift Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-025 Main Lift Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-509-026 50/100 Adjustment Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

Stacker1 Output Check

[Stacker1 Output Check]

6601
Execute the movement check of the specifed part.

6-601-001 Entrance Motor/Fan2 ENG [ON/OFF]

6-601-002 Proof Tray Exit Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-601-003 Shift Exit Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-601-004 Transport Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

909
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-601-005 Shift JG Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-601-006 Proof Tray JG Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-601-007 Shift Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-601-008 Front Jogger Fence Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-601-009 Rear Jogger Fence Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-601-010 Jogger Fence Retraction Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-601-011 LE Stopper Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-601-012 Sub Jogger Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-601-013 Tray Lift Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-601-014 Front Door Lock SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

6-601-015 Fan1 ENG [ON/OFF]

6-601-016 Tray Full LED ENG [ON/OFF]

6-601-017 Jam LED ENG [ON/OFF]

6-601-018 Jog In Progress LED ENG [ON/OFF]

6-601-019 Tray Lift LED ENG [ON/OFF]

6-601-020 Error LED ENG [ON/OFF]

Stacker2 Output Check

[Stacker2 Output Check]

6607
Execute the movement check of the specifed part.

6-607-001 Entrance Motor/Fan2 ENG [ON/OFF]

6-607-002 Proof Tray Exit Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-607-003 Shift Exit Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-607-004 Transport Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-607-005 Shift JG Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

910
 Output Check

6-607-006 Proof Tray JG Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-607-007 Shift Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-607-008 Front Jogger Fence Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-607-009 Rear Jogger Fence Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-607-010 Jogger Fence Retraction Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-607-011 LE Stopper Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-607-012 Sub Jogger Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-607-013 Tray Lift Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-607-014 Front Door Lock SOL ENG [ON/OFF]

6-607-015 Fan1 ENG [ON/OFF]

6-607-016 Tray Full LED ENG [ON/OFF]

6-607-017 Jam LED ENG [ON/OFF]

6-607-018 Jog In Progress LED ENG [ON/OFF]

6-607-019 Tray Lift LED ENG [ON/OFF]

6-607-020 Error LED ENG [ON/OFF]

SHINJIKO Output Check

[SHINJIKO Output Check]

6651
Execute the movement check of the specifed part.

6-651-001 Entrance Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-651-002 Exit Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-651-003 Press Roller Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-651-004 Cut Posion Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-651-005 Press Stopper Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

6-651-006 Tray Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

911
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

6-651-007 Trimming Blade Motor ENG [ON/OFF]

912
 Printer SP Mode (GW Printer)

Printer SP Mode (GW Printer)

Bit Switch

1001 [Bit Switch]

001 Bit Switch 1 Settings 0 1

bit 0 DFU - -

bit 1 Responding with the hostname as the Model Hostname

sysName name
(PnP name)

This BitSwitch can change the value of the sysName.

bit 2 DFU - -

bit 3 No I/O Timeout Disabled Enabled

Enables/Disables MFP I/O Timeouts. If enabled, the MFP I/O Timeout

setting will have no affect. I/O Timeouts will never occur.

bit 4 SD Card Save Mode Disabled Enabled

If this bit switch is enabled, print jobs will be saved to the GW SD slot and
not output to paper.

bit 5 [PS and PDF] Paper size error margin ±5pt ±10pt

When a PS job is printed by using a custom paper size, the job might not be
printed because of a paper size mismatch caused by a calculation error. By
default, the error margin for matching to a paper size is ±5 points. By
enabling this BitSwitch, the error margin for matching to a paper size can
be extended to ±10 points.

bit 6 DFU - -

bit 7 [RPCS,PCL]: Printable area frame border Disabled Enabled

Prints all RPCS and PCL jobs with a border around the printable area.

1001 [Bit Switch]

002 Bit Switch 2 Settings 0 1

913
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

bit 0 DFU - -

bit 1 DFU - -

bit 2 Applying a Collate Type Shift Collate Normal

Collate

A collate type (shift or normal) will be applied to all jobs that do not
explicitly define a collate type.
Note: If #5-0 is enabled, this BitSwitch has no effect.

bit 3 [PCL5e/c,PS]: PDL Auto Switching Enabled Disabled

Enables/Disables the MFPs ability to change the PDL processor mid-job.

Some host systems submit jobs that contain both PS and PCL5e/c. If Auto
PDL switching is disabled, these jobs will not be printed properly.

bit 4 DFU - -

bit 5 DFU - -

bit 6 Use normal Use alternative

Switch dither
dither dither

*Please refer to RTB#RD014018

bit 7 DFU - -

1001 [Bit Switch]

914
 Printer SP Mode (GW Printer)

003 Bit Switch 3 Settings 0 1

bit 0 DFU - -

bit 1 DFU - -

bit 2 [PCL5e/c]: Legacy HP compatibility Disabled Enabled

Uses the same left margin as older HP models such as HP4000/HP8000.

In other words, the left margin defined in the job (usually "<ESC>*r0A")
will be changed to "<ESC>*r1A".

bit 3 DFU - -

bit 4 DFU - -

bit 5 DFU - -

bit 6 DFU - -

bit 7 DFU - -

1001 [Bit Switch]

004 Bit Switch 4 Settings 0 1

bit 0 DFU - -

bit 1 DFU - -

bit 2 DFU - -

bit 3 DFU - -

bit 4 DFU - -

bit 5 DFU - -

bit 6 DFU - -

bit 7 DFU - -

1001 [Bit Switch]

005 Bit Switch 5 Settings 0 1

915
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

Show "Collate Type", "Staple Type" and

"Punch Type" buttons on the operation Disabled Enabled
panel.

If enabled, users will be able to configure a Collate Type, Staple Type,

bit 0
and Punch Type from the operation panel. The available types will
depend on the device and configured options.
After enabling the function, the settings will appear under:
"User Tools > Printer Features > System"

bit 1 Multiple copies if a paper size or type Disabled

Enabled
mismatch occurs (single
(multiple)
copy)

If a paper size or type mismatch occurs during the printing of multiple

copies, only a single copy is output by default. Using this BitSw, the
device can be configured to print all copies even if a paper mismatch
occurs.

bit 2 Prevent SDK applications from altering

Disabled Enabled
the contents of a job.

If this switch is enabled, SDK applications will not be able to alter print
data. This is achieved by preventing SDK applications from accessing a
module called the "GPS Filter".
Note: The main purpose of this switch is for troubleshooting the effects of
SDK applications on data.

bit 3 [PS] PS Criteria Pattern3 Pattern1

Change the number of PS criterion used by the PS interpreter to determine

whether a job is PS data or not.
Pattern3: includes most PS commands.
Pattern1: A small number of PS tags and headers

bit 4 Disabled Enabled (750)

Increase max number of stored jobs.
(100)

Changes the maximum number of jobs that can be stored on the HDD.
The default (disabled) is 100. If this is enabled, the max. will be raised to
750.

916
 Printer SP Mode (GW Printer)

bit 5 Enabled
Face-up output Disabled
(Face-up)

All print jobs will be output face-up in the destination tray.

bit 6 Method for determining the image

Disabled Enabled
rotation for the edge to bind on.

If enabled, the image rotation will be performed as they were in the

specifications of older models for the binding of pages of mixed
orientation jobs.
The old models are below:
- PCL: Pre-04A models
- PS/PDF/RPCS:Pre-05S models

bit 7 DFU - -

1001 [Bit Switch]

006 Bit Switch 6 Settings 0 1

bit 0 DFU - -

bit 1 DFU - -

bit 2 DFU - -

bit 3 DFU - -

bit 4 DFU - -

bit 5 DFU - -

bit 6 DFU - -

bit 7 DFU - -

1001 [Bit Switch]

917
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

007 Bit Switch 7 Settings 0 1

Print path Disabled Enabled

If enabled, simplex pages (in mixed simplex/duplex PS/PCL5 jobs only)

bit 0 and the last page of an odd paged duplex job (PS, PCL5, PCL6), are
always routed through the duplex unit. Not having to switch paper paths
increases the print speed slightly.

bit 1 DFU - -

bit 2 DFU - -

bit 3 DFU - -

bit 4 DFU - -

bit 5 DFU - -

bit 6 DFU - -

bit 7 DFU - -

1001 [Bit Switch]

008 Bit Switch 8 Settings 0 1

bit 0 DFU - -

bit 1 DFU - -

bit 2 DFU - -

bit 3 Enabled
(allow BW
[PCL,PS]: Allow BW jobs to print without
Disabled jobs to print
requiring User Code
without a user
code)

BW jobs submitted without a user code will be printed even if user code
authentication is enabled.
Note: Color jobs will not be printed without a valid user code.

bit 4 DFU - -

bit 5 DFU - -

918
 Printer SP Mode (GW Printer)

bit 6 PCL, RPCS, PS: Forced BW print Enabled Disabled

Switches whether to ignore PDL color command.

bit 7 DFU - -

1001 [Bit Switch]

009 Bit Switch 9 Settings 0 1

bit 0 PDL Auto Detection timeout of jobs Disabled

Enabled
submitted via USB or Parallel Port (IEEE (Immediatel
1284). (10 seconds)
y)

To be used if PDL auto-detection fails. A failure of PDL auto-detection

doesn't necessarily mean that the job can't be printed. This bit switch tells
the device whether to time-out immediately (default) upon failure or to
wait 10 seconds.

bit 1 DFU - -

bit 2 Job Cancel Disabled

Enabled
(Not
(Cancelled)
cancelled)

If this bit switch, all jobs will be cancelled after a jam occurs.
Note: If this bitsw is enabled, printing under the following conditions
might result in problems:
- Job submission via USB or Parallel Port
- Spool printing (WIM >Configuration > Device Settings > System)

bit 3 DFU - -

919
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

bit 4 Timing of the PJL Status ReadBack (JOB

END) when printing multiple collated Disable Enable
copies.

This switch determines the timing of the PJL USTATUS JOB END sent when
multiple collated copies are being printed.
0 (default): JOB END is sent by the device to the client after the first copy
has completed printing. This causes the page counter to be incremented
after the first copy and then again at the end of the job.
1: JOB END is sent by the device to the client after the last copy has
finished printing. This causes the page counter to be incremented at the
end of each job.

bit 5 Display UTF-8 text in the operation

Enabled Disabled
panel

Enabled (=0):
Text composed of UTF-8 characters can be displayed in the operation
panel.
Disabled (=1):
UTF-8 characters cannot be displayed in the operation panel.
For example, job names are sometimes stored in the MIB using UTF-8
encoded characters. When these are displayed on the operation panel,
they will be garbled unless this switch is enabled (=0).

bit 6 Disable super option Enabled Disabled

Switches super option disable on / off. It this is On, multiple jobs are
grouped at LPR port. PJL settings are enabled even jobs that are specified
queue names are sent.

bit 7 Enable/Disable Print from USB/SD's

Enabled Disabled
Preview function

Determines whether Print from USB/SD will have the Preview function.
Enabled (=0): Print from USB/SD will have the Preview function.
Disabled (=1): Print from USB/SD will not have the Preview function.

1001 [Bit Switch]

920
 Printer SP Mode (GW Printer)

010 Bit Switch A Settings 0 1

bit 0 DFU - -

bit 1 DFU - -

bit 2 DFU - -

bit 3 DFU - -

bit 4 DFU - -

bit 5 Store and Skip Errored Job locks the Queue is not
Queue locked
queue locked after
after SSEJ
SSEJ

If this is 1, then after a job is stored using Store and Skip Errored Job
(SSEJ), new jobs cannot be added to the queue until the stored job has
been completely printed.

bit 6 Allow use of Store and Skip Errored Job Does not
Allows SSEJ
if connected to an external charge allow SSEJ
with ECD
device. with ECD

If this is 0, Store and Skip Errored Job (SSEJ) will be automatically

disabled if an external charge device is connected.
Note: We do not officially support enabling this bitsw (1). Use it at your
own risk.

bit 7 Job cancels remaining pages when the

Job does not
paid-for pages have been printed on an Job cancels
cancel
external charge device

When setting 1 is enabled, after printing the paid-for pages on an

external charge device, the job that includes any remaining pages will be
canceled.
This setting will prevent the next user from printing the unnecessary pages
from the previous user's print job.

1001 [Bit Switch]

011 Bit Switch B Settings 0 1

921
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

bit 0 Show Menu List Hide Menu Show Menu

List List

If this is 0, the Menu List button will be removed from Printer Features.

bit 1 Print job interruption (Printer Model Does not

Allow
Only) allow
interruption
interruption

0 (default): Print jobs are not interrupted. If a job is promoted to the top of
the print queue, it will wait for the currently printing job to finish.
1: If a job is promoted to the top of the queue, it will interrupt the currently
printing job and start printing immediately.

bit 2 DFU - -

bit 3 Change the behavior of the center staple Cancel the Continue to
job print

This Bit Switch can change the behavior of the center staple when the
maximum number of sheets for stapling is exceeded.
0 (default): The job is canceled and an error is recorded in the log.
1: The job is not canceled and is produced. How the job is produced in
any behavior depends on the type of finisher.

bit 4 Add "Apply Auto Paper Select" is the

condition that decides if the device's
Disabled Enabled
paper size or paper type should be
overwritten.

If this BitSwitch is set to "1" (enabled), the "Apply Auto Paper Select"
setting will decide if the paper size or paper type that is specified in the
device settings should be overwritten by the job's commands when "Tray
Setting Priority" is set to "Driver/Command" or "Any Type".
- Apply Auto Paper Select = OFF: Overwritten (priority is given to the
job’s commands)
- Apply Auto Paper Select = ON: Not overwritten (priority is given to the
device settings)

bit 5 DFU - -

bit 6 DFU - -

bit 7 DFU - -

922
 Printer SP Mode (GW Printer)

1001 [Bit Switch]

012 Bit Switch C Settings 0 1

bit 0 DFU - -

bit 1 DFU - -

bit 2 DFU - -

bit 3 DFU - -

bit 4 DFU - -

bit 5 DFU - -

bit 6 DFU - -

bit 7 DFU - -

SP1-XXX

1003 [Clear Setting]

[- / - / -]
Initialize Printer System *CTL
1-003-001 [Execute]

Initializes settings in the "System" menu of the user mode.

[- / - / -]
1-003-003 Delete Program *CTL
[Execute]

[Print Summary]
1004
Prints the service summary sheet (a summary of all the controller settings).

[- / - / -]
1-004-001 Print Printer Summary *CTL
[Execute]

1005 [Display Version]

- CTL [-/-/-]
1-005-002
Displays the version of the controller firmware.

923
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

1006 [Sample/Locked Print]

0:Link with Doc. Srv [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 ]

*CTL
1:Enable 0: Linked, 1: On

1-006-001 Enables and disables the document server. When you select "0," the document
server is enabled or disabled in accordance with Copy Service Mode SP5-967.
When you select "1," the document server is enabled regardless of Copy Service
Mode SP5-967.

[Data Recall]
1101 Recalls a set of gamma settings. This can be either a) the factory setting, b) the
previous setting, or c) the current setting.

1-101-001 Factory CTL

1-101-002 Previous CTL [-/-/-]

1-101-003 Current CTL [Execute]

1-101-004 ACC CTL

[Resolution Setting]
1102
Selects the printing mode (resolution) for the printer gamma adjustment.

[0 to 9 / 0 / 1]
0: 1200x1200 Photo (2bit/4col)
1: 1200x1200 Photo (1bit/4col)
2: 600x600 Photo (4bit/4col)
3: 600x600 Photo (2bit/4col)
Tone Control Mode
1-102-001 CTL 4: 600x600 Photo (1bit/4col)
Selection
5: 1200x1200 Text (2bit/4col)
6: 1200x1200 Text (1bit/4col)
7: 600x600 Text (4bit/4col)
8: 600x600 Text (2bit/4col)
9: 600x600 Text (1bit/4col)

924
 Printer SP Mode (GW Printer)

[Test Page]
1103 Prints the test page to check the color balance before and after the gamma
adjustment.

1-103-001 Color Gray Scale CTL [-/-/-]

1-103-002 Color Pattern CTL [Execute]

[Gamma Adjustment]
1104
Adjusts the printer gamma for the mode selected in the "Mode Selection" menu.

1-104-001 Black: Highlight CTL

1-104-002 Black: Shadow CTL

[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
1-104-003 Black: Middle CTL

1-104-004 Black: IDmax CTL

1-104-021 Cyan: Highlight CTL

1-104-022 Cyan: Shadow CTL

[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
1-104-023 Cyan: Middle CTL

1-104-024 Cyan: IDmax CTL

1-104-041 Magenta: Highlight CTL

1-104-042 Magenta: Shadow CTL

[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
1-104-043 Magenta: Middle CTL

1-104-044 Magenta: IDmax CTL

1-104-061 Yellow: Highlight CTL

1-104-062 Yellow: Shadow CTL

[0 to 255 / 0 / 1 ]
1-104-063 Yellow: Middle CTL

1-104-064 Yellow: IDmax CTL

925
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[Save Tone Control Value]

Stores the print gamma adjusted with the "Gamma Adj." menu item as the current
1105 setting. Before the machine stores the new "current setting", it moves the data
currently stored as the "current setting" to the "previous setting" memory storage
location.

Save Tone Control [-/-/-]

1-105-001 *CTL
Value [Execute]

[Toner Limit]
1106
Adjusts the maximum toner amount for image development.

1-106-001 Toner Limit Value *CTL [0 to 400 / 0 / 1%]

[Media Print Device Setting]

1110
Selects the setting for the media print device.

1-110-002 0: Disable 1: Enable *CTL [0 or 1 / 1 / 1]

1111 [All Job Delete Mode]

[ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1]
0:excluding New Job
*CTL 0: Excluding New Job
1:including New Job
1-111-001 1: Including New Job

Selects whether to include an image processing job in jobs subject to full

cancellation from the SCS job list.

926
 Scanner SP Mode (GW Scanner)

Scanner SP Mode (GW Scanner)

SP1-XXX (System and Others)

[Scan Nv Version]
1001 Displays the scanner firmware version stored in NVRAM in a 9-digit format: Func.
Name_Model Name_History No.

1-001-005 - *CTL [- / - / -]

[Erase Margin(Remote scan)]

1005 Creates an erase margin for all edges of the scanned image.
If the machine has scanned the edge of the original, create a margin. This SP is
activated only when the machine uses TWAIN scanning.

1-005-001 Range from 0 to 5 mm *CTL [0 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm]

1009 [Remote scan disable]

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1]
- *CTL 0: ON (enabled)
1-009-001 1: OFF (disabled)

This SP switches the TWAIN scanner function on/off. This is one of the scanner
application functions.

1010 [Non Display Clear Light PDF]

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1]
- *CTL
1-010-001 0: Display, 1: No display

Display or Non display remote scan.

1011 [Org Count Display]

927
 3. Appendices: Service Program Mode Tables

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1]
- *CTL 0: OFF (no display)
1-011-001
1: ON (count displays)

This SP codes switches the original count display on/off.

1012 [User Info Release]

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1]
- *CTL 1: Release
0: Do not release

This SP code sets the machine to release or not release the following items at job end.
1-012-001 • Destination (E-mail/Folder/CS)
• Sender name
• Mail Text
• Subject line
• File name

1013 [Multi Media Function]

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1]
- *CTL 0: Disable
1: Enable
1-013-002
This SP code enables/disables the multi-media function option (USB 2.0/SD Slot)
mounted on the front of the machine. Operators can scan documents to either an SD
card or a USB memory device inserted into this unit. This SP must be enabled (set to
"1") in order for the device to function.

1014 [Scan to Folder Pass Input Set]

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1]
- *CTL 0: Disable
1-014-001
1: Enable

Enables / Disables to input password for Scan To Folder.

928
 Scanner SP Mode (GW Scanner)

SP2-XXX (Scanning-image quality)

[Compression Level (Grayscale)]

2021 Selects the compression ratio for grayscale processing mode (JPEG) for the five
settings that can be selected at the operation panel.

2-021-001 Comp1:5-95 *CTL [5 to 95 / 20 / 1]

2-021-002 Comp2:5-95 *CTL [5 to 95 / 40 / 1]

2-021-003 Comp3:5-95 *CTL [5 to 95 / 65 / 1]

2-021-004 Comp4:5-95 *CTL [5 to 95 / 80 / 1]

2-021-005 Comp5:5-95 *CTL [5 to 95 / 95 / 1]

[Compression ratio of ClearLight PDF]

2024 Selects the compression ratio for clearlight PDF for the two settings that can be
selected at the operation panel.

2-024-001 Compression Ratio (Normal) *CTL [5 to 95 / 25 / 1]

2-024-002 Compression Ratio (High) *CTL [5 to 95 / 20 / 1]

[Compression ratio of ClearLightPDF JPEG2000]

2025 Selects the compression ratio for clearlight PDF for the two settings that can be
selected at the operation panel.

Compression Ratio
2-025-001 *CTL [5 to 95 / 25 / 1]
(Normal) JPEG2000

Compression Ratio
2-025-002 *CTL [5 to 95 / 20 / 1]
(High) JEPG2000

2030 [OCR PDF DetectSens]

2-030-001 White Lumi Value: 0 - 255 *CTL [0 to 255 / 250 / 1]

2-030-002 White Pix Ratio: 0 - 100 *CTL [0 to 100 / 80 / 1]

2-030-003 White Tile Ratio: 0 -100 *CTL [0 to 100 / 80 / 1]

929
 MEMO

930
MEMO

931
 MEMO

932 EN